<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://epg.modot.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Hoskir</id>
	<title>Engineering Policy Guide - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://epg.modot.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Hoskir"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Special:Contributions/Hoskir"/>
	<updated>2026-10-07T06:32:13Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.9</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=106.12_Qualified_Lists_(QL)_and_Pre-Acceptance_Lists_(PAL)&amp;diff=59516</id>
		<title>106.12 Qualified Lists (QL) and Pre-Acceptance Lists (PAL)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=106.12_Qualified_Lists_(QL)_and_Pre-Acceptance_Lists_(PAL)&amp;diff=59516"/>
		<updated>2026-10-06T16:02:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: /* 06.12.2.1.1 Construction and Materials Responsibility */ updated heading&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float: right; margin-top: 5px; margin-left: 30px; margin-bottom: 30px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;__TOC__&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float: right; margin-right:0px; margin-top: 5px; width:275px; background-color: #f8f9fa; padding: 0.3em; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; text-align:left; border-radius:3px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;Forms&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/NewProductEvaluationForm.pdf New Product Evaluation Form]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://www.modot.org/sites/default/files/documents/construction_and_materials/material_qualified_product_listing/gs013f2.pdf GS-13 Form 2]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://www.modot.org/sites/default/files/documents/construction_and_materials/material_qualified_product_listing/gs013f3.pdf GS-13 Form 3]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://www.modot.org/sites/default/files/documents/GS013F4.pdf GS-13 Form 4]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;Inspection Guide&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[106.12_Qualified_Lists_(QL)_and_Pre-Acceptance_Lists_(PAL)#106.12.2.4_PAL_Inspection_Guide|PAL Inspection Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;QRGs&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[:Category:101 Standard Forms#Sample Record General Information| Sample Record General Information]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Media:PAL Plant Inspection and Record 2014.docx|PAL Plant Inspection and Record]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==106.12.1 Qualified Lists==&lt;br /&gt;
The Qualified Lists (QL) are lists of materials and suppliers that have been evaluated by the department and determined to comply with the specified requirements of the Standard Specifications. The materials on the QLs need to be inspected and reported by District Materials personnel before incorporating them into the project. Information on how QL materials are inspected can be found in the respective material details sections of the Standard Specifications. The QLs can be found on MoDOT’s website at https://www.modot.org/materials-qualified-lists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==106.12.2 Pre-Acceptance Lists==&lt;br /&gt;
Manufacturers and material components may have a Pre-Acceptance list (PAL) included in this article. Construction and Materials will take every reasonable precaution to ensure that the lists are kept current, however if there is a question, Construction and Materials should be contacted. There are occasions when items are dropped from the list. If the deletions are critical, the district will be advised by letter or other communication. Otherwise, deletions and additions will be taken care of with subsequent article updates. Specific producers and/or specific products will be listed with an expiration date, depending on the material. This date designates when the item’s Pre-Acceptance will be terminated and should be referenced to verify the PAL status, prior to the use of that material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[106.12_Qualified_Lists_(QL)_and_Pre-Acceptance_Lists_(PAL)#106.12.2.4_PAL_Inspection_Guide|PAL Inspection Guide]] assists the inspector in performing a thorough PAL Facility Quality Assurance Review. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pre-Acceptance lists indicate materials or sources that have complied with the pre-acceptance requirements of the specification and have committed to providing specification compliant material. (See [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/NewProductEvaluationForm.pdf New Product Evaluation Form].) After an initial transition period, materials that have a Pre-Acceptance List will require PAL inclusion for acceptance. During the transition period, materials that have a PAL may be accepted by PAL inclusion or an alternate inspection procedure. All PAL material will be considered for acceptance in accordance with the appropriate specifications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===106.12.2.1 Responsibility===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====106.12.2.1.1 Construction and Materials Responsibility====&lt;br /&gt;
Construction and Materials, also referred to as Materials (or Central Office – Materials), is responsible for the following regarding the PAL inspection program:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====1) List Maintenance=====&lt;br /&gt;
Evaluation of material products for pre-acceptance will be coordinated by Central Office Materials. Inclusion and removal of materials or sources from the lists will be the responsibility of Central Office Materials. Frequency of testing will be determined or approved by Materials. The expiration date shown for a company or product will be three years from the first day of the month following the month in which approval of the company was granted. Approval of each branded product will be handled independently. A company may submit reapplication at any time and a new three-year approval will be established if the application is in order. If the company is simply renewing its application, and none of its product listing has changed, they need only complete Form M-STMNT ([https://www.modot.org/sites/default/files/documents/GS013F4.pdf GS-13 Form 4]) in full. If a company is renewing its application and the product listing has changed, a [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/NewProductEvaluationForm.pdf New Product Evaluation Form] should be completed in full for each changed product. A product listing change includes a formulation or other physical or chemical change in a product. All pertinent product documentation required by the applicable Specification and New Product Evaluation Form should be included. Form M-STMNT ([https://www.modot.org/sites/default/files/documents/GS013F4.pdf GS-13 Form 4]) should also be fully completed. Reapplication cannot be used to offset the status of any material or producer with regard to PAL failures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2) Removal from PAL for Sample Failure=====&lt;br /&gt;
In general, removal of a PAL material or source for sample failure will occur upon the second failed sample in any 12 consecutive months. However, Materials reserves the right for immediate removal upon any failure, if such action is deemed necessary based on specific circumstances. The Producer/Supplier will be notified of the first failure, and any subsequent failures, by written letter under the signature of the State Construction and Materials Engineer. The letter will be sent via certified mail, with return receipt requested. The letter will be kept on file at the Central Office and district PAL representatives will be made aware of the failure and that notification to the Producer/Supplier has been made. The date of the letter will serve as the start date for the beginning of the probationary period or suspension period. Removal for reasons other than sample failure will occur as indicated in the specifications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;PAL Review Committee.&#039;&#039;&#039; A committee will consider all PAL probationary or suspension actions relative to the PAL process. The committee will include the Chemical Laboratory, Physical Laboratory, the Assistant State Construction and Materials Engineer, and two Construction and Materials Liaison Engineers, one with a materials background and one with a construction background, as selected by the State Construction and Materials Engineer. The materials Construction and Materials Liaison Engineer will arrange a meeting of the committee when so requested by any committee member. Three members of the committee must agree to any action recommended. The recommended action is forwarded to the State Construction and Materials Engineer for approval.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;PAL Review Process.&#039;&#039;&#039; The PAL review process will be initiated for: failure of a material to meet specifications, failure of a PAL participant to provide proper documentation, failure of a PAL participant to facilitate the inspection process as necessary, or other reasons where a participant might be removed from the Pre-Acceptance List. When a failure occurs, the district inspector is to be notified of the failure. The district will determine the disposition of the failed material. When the material is located in more than one district, the materials Construction and Materials Liaison Engineer will coordinate a determination of appropriate disposition of the material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3) PAL Material Arrival Confirmation=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Project Specific Material.&#039;&#039;&#039; Upon determination by the manufacturer, supplier, wholesaler, or contractor, that PAL material will be delivered to a project, they must notify Central Office  Materials. The notification must include the contractor, contract number, the specific line item number that the material will be used on, the material, the manufacturer of the material (if there are multiple locations for a manufacture, the specific manufacture must be listed), the heat/lot/batch number of the material, the brand name of the product (if applicable), the shipping date, and the quantity to be shipped. (See [https://www.modot.org/sites/default/files/documents/construction_and_materials/material_qualified_product_listing/gs013f3.pdf GS-13 Form 3].) This notification will allow Materials to determine what material is being delivered, if the specific material indicated is an acceptable PAL material, and how much material is to be expected. When the brand name (manufacturer) or shipping date is not firm at the time the form is submitted, they can be predicted. If any prediction is subsequently determined by the shipper to be incorrect, the shipper shall re-submit the GS-13 Form 3, which includes the PAL Identification Number, with the corrections clearly indicated. A handwritten correction of the original form is acceptable. Shippers are allowed to submit the form with predicted values to accommodate their need to have the PAL Identification Number early in the fabrication or manufacturing process. All documentation required by the specification shall be retained on file by the entity submitting GS-13 Form 3, for a period of two years. The information must be made available to the MoDOT inspector upon request. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Upon receipt and review of the form, Materials will create a sample record for the material, in AASHTOWARE Project (AWP), and notify the manufacturer, supplier, wholesaler, or contractor of the sample ID number. This sample ID will be the “PAL Tracking Number” for the material. The manufacturer, supplier, wholesaler, or shipper shall attach the phrase “PAL” plus the provided number, to the material, so that all material represented shall be readily and accurately identifiable with a tag or label. This will require every bucket, tote, box, or bundle be identified with a tag or label containing the PAL Tracking Number. Immediate use of material properly identified with a PAL Tracking Number is acceptable. The intent is to make the PAL Tracking Number obvious on the tag or label. Inspectors are encouraged to notify Construction and Materials when the tag or label provided does not fulfill this intent adequately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Value Added (General) Material.&#039;&#039;&#039; Upon arrival of PAL material at a fabrication, production or mixing facility, (this includes steel fabrication, pre-cast, pre-stress and ready-mix facilities) notification must be sent to Materials. The notification must include the facility name and location, a contact person at the fabrication facility who will be responsible for PAL material concerns, the material, the manufacturer of the material (if there are multiple locations for a manufacture, the specific manufacture must be listed), the heat/lot/batch number of the material,  the brand name of the product (if applicable), the arrival data, and the quantity. (See [https://www.modot.org/sites/default/files/documents/construction_and_materials/material_qualified_product_listing/gs013f2.pdf GS-13 Form 2]) In most instances, this notification is the responsibility of the facility; however there will be instances where the facility seldom receives PAL material. The MoDOT inspector at that facility is encouraged to assist with submission of the appropriate information. This notification will allow Materials to determine what material is being delivered, if the specific material indicated is an acceptable PAL material, and how much material is involved. Upon receipt and review of the required documentation, Materials will then be responsible to create a sample record for the material in AWP and notify the fabrication facility of the sample ID number. This sample ID will be the “PAL Tracking Number” for the material. The fabrication facility shall attach the phrase “PAL” plus the number to the material, or post the Receiver’s GS-13 Form 2, so that all material represented shall be readily and accurately identifiable. Immediate use of material properly identified with a PAL Tracking Number is acceptable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Exempted Facilities.&#039;&#039;&#039; Facilities that are responsible for the “Shipper’s PAL Material Transmittal Form” will not be required to submit the “Fabricator’s PAL Material Receival Form”. Documentation at these facilities will be checked periodically during on-site quality assurance reviews. The facility must retain the documentation on file for one year from the final handling of the material. The documentation must be filed so a representative of the facility can provide it to the inspector within a few minutes of any request.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Authority.&#039;&#039;&#039; The State Construction and Materials office is responsible for ensuring that the PAL Tracking Number is generated by someone that has the authority and expertise required to make the determination that all PAL requirements have been met. The determination of acceptability shall not be made until all required documentation has been received and verified to be correct.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Emergency Shipping.&#039;&#039;&#039; There may be instances when a PAL approved manufacturer, supplier, wholesaler, or contractor must ship PAL material immediately and they are not able to obtain a PAL Tracking Number. With prior approval from Materials, the manufacturer, supplier, wholesaler, or contractor may issue a PAL Tracking Number to themselves. The manufacturer, supplier, wholesaler, or contractor is still required to notify Materials of the shipment, as soon as possible, by use of [https://www.modot.org/sites/default/files/documents/construction_and_materials/material_qualified_product_listing/gs013f3.pdf GS-13 Form 3]. The form shall include all of the required information, including the self-assigned PAL Tracking Number(s). Company initials for use in the sample ID will be assigned by Materials and the sample ID will have the form laid out in [[:Category:101 Standard Forms#Sample Record General Information| Sample Record General Information]]. PAL Tracking Numbers issued by a manufacturer, supplier, wholesaler, or contractor are for emergency situations only. It is not the intention that this method be used on a regular basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====106.12.2.1.2 District Responsibility====&lt;br /&gt;
Each district office shall have the following responsibility regarding the PAL inspection program:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====1) District PAL Representative=====&lt;br /&gt;
Each district shall designate a district materials employee to be their PAL representative. This person shall be the contact for any PAL related concerns and will represent the district in any meetings and training required on PAL topics. If contacted by a manufacturer, supplier, wholesaler or contractor regarding acceptance into the PAL system, the district is encouraged to provide assistance in the application and any routine PAL processes. Any member of the district with knowledge of the PAL system can provide assistance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2) Construction Inspection=====&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:106.2.1.2.jpg|right|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Construction personnel at the project site will review any PAL material that arrives, for general condition and apparent compliance with the applicable specifications. Material that appears to be specification compliant and that has a proper PAL tag attached may be released for use by the contractor. The PAL I.D. number and a basic description of the material will be recorded by the construction inspection staff for confirmation of the AWP record. The AWP sample record will be reviewed to confirm that the material received and the material reported matches. The match will be documented in the AWP record as a remark or (Services) disposition remark. (Refer to [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Disposition_Remarks_PAL_Material.doc Disposition Remarks for PAL Materials]).  The remark will include the inspector’s userid, the date, and the comment “material received”. In the event that the material does not reasonably match the sample record description, District office and Materials are to be notified by the inspector. Generally, material that is not accepted due to errors in the PAL documentation, such as tagging, is NOT rejected, it simply must be held for correction. If it is not PAL specification compliant, it is not acceptable, but it should not be “rejected” unless the material itself is not specification compliant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3) Materials Inspection=====&lt;br /&gt;
Inspection requirements for PAL materials will be as required by the specific section of the Standard Specification, the Standard Plans and the Engineering Policy Guide, except that the frequency of required samples shall be as required by Materials. The PAL inspection policy may reduce the number of samples required, but will not reduce the detail or thoroughness of the inspection. During the transition to PAL from traditional inspection processes, material may be accepted other than as indicated in the applicable EPG articles or sections of the specifications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4) District PAL Facility Responsibility=====&lt;br /&gt;
Each district shall run the Cognos 8 report “District PAL Producer Responsibility” to determine which PAL facilities their district is responsible for inspecting. This report should be run periodically to ensure that the district is aware of all new and removed facilities. If a district feels that a facility has been incorrectly assigned to them, they should notify Materials immediately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====5) Frequency of Facility Review, Sampling and Testing=====&lt;br /&gt;
Each district shall run, for each facility assigned to their district, on a near monthly basis, the ReportNet report “Facility Review Summary for designated date range” to determine which materials and facilities should be sampled and inspected. The report displays information on shipment, sampling and visits for the PAL facility selected. If a significant quantity of material has been shipped from the facility, that facility should have a PAL Facility Quality Assurance Review. At the discretion of the district, PAL Facility Quality Assurance Reviews may be conducted on a quarterly basis.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A detailed explanation and walkthrough of a PAL Facility Quality Assurance Review are provided in the [[106.12 Pre-Acceptance Lists (PAL)#106.12.4 PAL Inspection Guide|PAL Inspection Guide]]. The inspector is encouraged to use the PAL Inspection Guide to ensure that a thorough PAL Facility Quality Assurance Review has been performed. At a minimum, the inspector should review the procedures outlined in the PAL Inspection Guide and be aware of what a complete and proper review includes. The PAL quality assurance inspection of material should always be performed after the plant personnel have conducted their quality control and testing on the material. It is important that the producer be given the opportunity to segregate non-compliant material as part of their quality control process. The quality control process must reliably eliminate suspect material from possible shipment to MoDOT projects. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some PAL facilities that are only a distributor of PAL material. These facilities still require a PAL Facility Quality Assurance Review and the frequency will be determined as described above. The procedure for performing a PAL Facility Quality&lt;br /&gt;
Assurance Review at a distributor is also included in the [[106.12 Pre-Acceptance Lists (PAL)#106.12.4 PAL Inspection Guide|PAL Inspection Guide]]. The inspector has the option of sampling any PAL material at any time and any location to ensure compliance with the PAL program.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some PAL facilities that rarely ship material directly to the jobsite and instead ship to other PAL facilities for distribution. These facilities still require a PAL Facility&lt;br /&gt;
Quality Assurance Review and the frequency will be determined as described above. A visit to one of these facilities should, at a minimum, include a review of PAL documentation and procedures. The inspector may sample PAL material at the facility or obtain a sample from the PAL facility to which it was shipped. If the PAL facility to which the material was shipped is located in another district, the inspector may request that district to sample the material at that PAL facility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======Create an AASHTOWARE Sample Record======&lt;br /&gt;
Samples taken should be detailed in AWP as &amp;quot;Quality - PAL Related Record or Sample&amp;quot; and linked to the appropriate PAL Tracking Number (a sample ID number), when applicable. The sample ID assigned to a PAL quality assurance sample shall conform to [[:Category:101 Standard Forms#Sample Record General Information| Sample Record General Information]]. One sample record, using the Material Code 106XXPAL, shall document the findings of the inspector on that date with regard to accessibility and completeness of material documentation, cooperation of facility staff in the documentation review, accessibility to the operation and to samples, assistance with sampling and facilitation of any field testing required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====6) Sampling and Testing at the Jobsite=====&lt;br /&gt;
It is the responsibility of district Materials to ensure that all required samples are taken and field tests performed. Additional samples may be taken at the discretion of the district or as directed by Materials based on the concerns of any MoDOT inspector that has contact with the material. The manufacturer and/or contractor should be notified of the impending sample so they can make the appropriate adjustments to their shipment. Whenever possible, this notification should be made in advance of the shipment. The district should be aware that use of this material is not pending sampling and testing unless some deficiency is observed or suspected, and thus care should be taken to ensure proper, adequate samples are taken and that submittals and contact regarding material concerns should be handled in an expeditious manner. Samples taken at the direction of Materials should be detailed in AWP as &amp;quot;Quality - PAL Related Record or Sample&amp;quot; (Sample Type) and be linked to the PAL Tracking Number (sample ID number). Samples taken at the discretion of the district based on suspicion of contamination, poor handling, or other problems not directly attributable to the manufacturer should be designated “District Project” or “District General”. Report the sample to the contract number, but show quantity as zero. The sample ID assigned to a &amp;quot;Quality - PAL Related Record or Sample&amp;quot; shall conform to [[:Category:101 Standard Forms#Sample Record General Information| Sample Record General Information]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====7) Maintenance Purchase Order Sampling and Testing=====&lt;br /&gt;
Material presented to MoDOT to fulfill a purchase order is to be in accordance with PAL if the bid documents reference the Standard Specifications or a Materials General Services Special Provision (MGS) that requires PAL compliance. If the bid documents do not reference the Standard Specifications or an MGS requiring PAL compliance, the material will be inspected for general appearance, conditions after shipment, and to confirm specification compliance based on field tests performed by the inspector and the requirements of the maintenance purchase order and bid documents. Material acceptance or rejection is to be reported in AWP. A copy of the report is to be provided to district procurement services when districts processes require it prior to payment to the supplier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====8) Transferring PAL Material to Other Contracts=====&lt;br /&gt;
There may be times when PAL material can be transferred to another contract. An example would be concrete pavement curing material, leftover from a previous contract. Approved PAL material may be transferred to another contract upon approval from the engineer. The material cannot be transferred after the initial 3-year period date, beginning with the original sample date. The material shall meet current specifications regardless of specifications in place when initially approved or purchased, and still performs as intended. Disposition remarks shall be added to the original sample record to indicate the quantity of material being transferred, and which contract the material is transferring from and transferring to. Transferred PAL material shall be delivered to the correct project location and shall be in good condition as noted above. The transferred PAL material shall have the proper labeling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PAL material transfers are initiated by submitting a [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Request_to_Transfer_Inspected_Matl.pdf Request for Transfer of Inspected Material] form from the District the material currently resides (also see [[106.20 Reporting#106.20.6 Material Transfer Reports|EPG 106.20.6]]). If the transferred material will remain in the same District but will transfer to another contract, the Request to Transfer form is still required.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===106.12.2.2 Sampling===&lt;br /&gt;
The material shall be sampled and tested as indicated by the applicable specification, except that the Central Office may designate sample size at the time the sample is requested. The PAL specification requires that the contractor or material supplier obtain a representative sample of material when so designated by MoDOT. The MoDOT inspector will designate the material to be sampled and will observe the sampling process. The name of the sampler will be recorded in the sample record. Any deviation from good sampling procedures will be documented in the sample record remarks. It is the responsibility of the material manufacturer to provide instructions for obtaining a representative sample. These samples may affect the manufacturer’s ability to remain on PAL. It is critical that potential sampling errors be documented in detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discretionary Sampling.&#039;&#039;&#039; The district may sample any PAL material any time the quality of the material is suspect. Such sampling and testing may cause rejection of the shipment or require other remedy to correct any deficiency, and may affect the material’s status on PAL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===106.12.2.3 Reports===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====106.12.2.3.1 Material Acceptance====&lt;br /&gt;
At the time a PAL Identification Number is assigned, the material is considered conditionally accepted and, an AWP Sample Record is created to provide the PAL Identification Number and to be the final material acceptance report.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====106.12.2.3.2 Material Rejection====&lt;br /&gt;
Conditional acceptance is based on the PAL process and may be revoked for material damaged in transit, material that is not accurately represented when the PAL Identification Number was obtained, or material subsequently sampled and tested as part of the PAL quality assurance process, which fails.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Central Laboratory Rejection.&#039;&#039;&#039; When a sample fails to comply with specifications or when material is found to be unacceptable for use, the material will be rejected, and the sample record associated with the material will be marked rejected. The inspector that submitted the sample will be informed of the failure and will then be responsible for notification of the contractor, shipper, and appropriate MoDOT personnel regarding the material failure and any action expected related to disposition of the represented material. The inspector will be responsible for any AWP records necessary to remove the material’s posting to any contracts. The record should detail explicitly that the material was submitted for use and acceptance based on PAL inspection practices, and shall indicate the PAL Identification Number and the cause for rejection. The inspector is not responsible for any action regarding the shipper’s Pre-Acceptance Listing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Field Rejection.&#039;&#039;&#039; When a sample fails to comply with specifications or when material is found to be unacceptable for use, the material will be rejected, and the sample record associated with the material will be marked rejected. The inspector will be responsible for notification of the contractor, shipper, and appropriate MoDOT personnel regarding the material failure and any action expected related to disposition of the represented material. The inspector will be responsible for any AWP records necessary to remove the material’s posting to the contract. The record should detail explicitly that the material was submitted for use and acceptance based on PAL inspection practices, and shall indicate the PAL Identification Number and the cause for rejection The inspector will notify the Central Office of the failure so action regarding the shipper’s Pre-Acceptance Listing may be taken by the Central Office.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Disposition of Rejected Material.&#039;&#039;&#039; Use of the rejected material will cease immediately and a determination will be made as to the acceptability of any material in place.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===106.12.2.4 PAL Inspection Guide===&lt;br /&gt;
The PAL Inspection Guide assists the inspector in performing a thorough PAL Facility Quality Assurance Review. [[106.12 Pre-Acceptance Lists (PAL)#4) District PAL Facility Responsibility|District PAL Facility Responsibility]] and [[106.12 Pre-Acceptance Lists (PAL)#5) Frequency of Facility Review, Sampling and Testing|Frequency of Facility Review, Sampling and Testing]] describe the steps that shall be followed in preparation for this inspection. If the ReportNet reports “District PAL Producer Responsibility” and “Facility Review Summary for designated date range” have not been run, please refer to the afore mentioned sections. The frequency for this inspection is also described in EPG 106.12 Pre-Acceptance Lists (PAL).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A PAL Facility Quality Assurance Review can be divided into two types; manufacturer review and distributor review. Manufacturers are facilities that produce a PAL material. Distributors are facilities that do not manufacture PAL material, but ship PAL material, manufactured by other companies, directly to the job site. Each of these types of PAL Quality Assurance Review has different procedures, and will be covered separately and in detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====106.12.2.4.1 Manufacturer – PAL Facility Quality Assurance Review====&lt;br /&gt;
A review of the manufacturer’s certifications and test results is required on a PAL Facility Quality Assurance Review. The manufacturer is required to supply these documents to the inspector upon request.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em auto 1em auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &lt;br /&gt;
| Are the manufacturer’s documents kept on file, at a minimum, for the period of time required by the applicable Specification Section? &#039;&#039;&#039;If No,&#039;&#039;&#039; notify Construction and Materials for assessment. ||Yes|| No&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Are the manufacturer’s certifications and test results easily relatable to their production lots, batches or heats? &#039;&#039;&#039;If No,&#039;&#039;&#039; notify Construction and Materials for assessment. ||Yes|| No&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A walk-through of the manufacturer’s storage facilities should also be included with this visit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em auto 1em auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&lt;br /&gt;
|If the manufacturer stocks MoDOT compliant and non-MoDOT material, is the material segregated or easily distinguishable? &#039;&#039;&#039;If No,&#039;&#039;&#039; refer to the options below: || - || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|&#039;&#039;&#039;Option 1:&#039;&#039;&#039; Notify the manufacturer that if they do not segregate MoDOT compliant and non- MoDOT material, there is a possibility that non-MoDOT material will be sampled. A note should be made in the Remarks or Free Form test of the PAL Facility Quality Assurance Review AWP sample record indicating that there may be a problem with the manufacturer’s method of distinguishing MoDOT material from non-MoDOT material.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|&#039;&#039;&#039;Option 2:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the manufacturer continues to stock MoDOT compliant and non-MoDOT material together after they have been notified of the consequences, sample material that may not be intended for MoDOT use.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Are there any materials that may be stored in a way that could negatively affect the properties of the material causing it to not be specification compliant? &#039;&#039;&#039;If Yes,&#039;&#039;&#039; refer to the options below. ||Yes ||No&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|&#039;&#039;&#039;Option 1:&#039;&#039;&#039; Take a sample of the suspect material in addition to any samples already taken.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|&#039;&#039;&#039;Option 2:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the manufacturer aware of the concern. Re-examine the storage of the material upon the next PAL Facility Quality Assurance Review. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, samples of materials shall be taken in accordance with the applicable section of the Engineering Policy Guide. At a minimum, one sample, or group of samples, shall be taken for those materials that have shipped significant quantity to a MoDOT jobsite. Samples shall be submitted to the Central Laboratory for testing. Additional samples may be taken and tested at the manufacturer’s facilities at the manufacturer’s request. These test results will not be considered for PAL Quality Assurance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em auto 1em auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&lt;br /&gt;
|Was the manufacturer able to easily locate the selected lot, batch, or heat for sampling? If No, notify Construction and Materials for assessment. ||Yes|| No&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Did the manufacturer properly obtain the samples? &#039;&#039;&#039;If No,&#039;&#039;&#039;refer to the options below. ||Yes|| No&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|&#039;&#039;&#039;Option 1:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the manufacturer aware of their potential sampling error and suggest they resample the material.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|&#039;&#039;&#039;Option 2:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the manufacturer has previously been made aware of their error in sampling procedure, notify Construction and Materials for assessment.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|When tested, does the material meet the requirements of the specification (if applicable)? &#039;&#039;&#039;If No,&#039;&#039;&#039; notify Construction and Materials for assessment. ||Yes|| No&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon completion of your PAL Facility Quality Assurance Review, create an AWP sample record as described in [[106.12 Pre-Acceptance Lists (PAL)#Create an AASHTOWARE Sample Record|Create an AASHTOWARE Sample Record]]. Also create additional AWP sample records as required by the applicable Engineering Policy Guide article for each sample taken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====106.12.2.4.2 Distributor – PAL Facility Quality Assurance Review====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A review of the certifications and test results, provided by the manufacturer of the material to the distributor, is required on a PAL Facility Quality Assurance Review. The distributor is required to supply these documents to the inspector upon request. The distributor may be allowed to contact their central office, or the manufacturer, to obtain these documents, but the documentation must be supplied in a timely manner. A random selection of certifications and test results should, at a minimum, be reviewed for those materials that shipped in significant quantity to a MoDOT jobsite.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em auto 1em auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&lt;br /&gt;
|Was the distributor able to supply the required documents to the inspector in a timely manner? &#039;&#039;&#039;If No,&#039;&#039;&#039; notify Construction and Materials for assessment. ||Yes|| No&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Are the documents easily relatable to the material that they were supplied for? &#039;&#039;&#039;If No,&#039;&#039;&#039; notify Construction and Materials for assessment. ||Yes|| No&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A walk-through of the distributor’s storage facilities should also be included with this visit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em auto 1em auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&lt;br /&gt;
|If the distributor stocks MoDOT compliant and non-MoDOT material, is the material segregated or easily distinguishable? &#039;&#039;&#039;If No,&#039;&#039;&#039; refer to the options below.|| - || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|&#039;&#039;&#039;Option 1:&#039;&#039;&#039; Notify the distributor that if they do not segregate MoDOT compliant and non-MoDOT material, there is a possibility that non-MoDOT material will be sampled. A note should be made in the Remarks or Free Form test of the PAL Facility Quality Assurance Review AWP sample record indicating that there may be a problem with the manufacturer’s method of distinguishing MoDOT material from non-MoDOT material.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|&#039;&#039;&#039;Option 2:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the distributor continues to stock MoDOT compliant and non-MoDOT material together after they have been notified of the consequences, sample material that may not be intended for MoDOT use.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Are there any materials that may be stored in a way that could negatively affect the properties of the material causing it to not be specification compliant? &#039;&#039;&#039;If Yes,&#039;&#039;&#039; refer to the options below. ||Yes|| No&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|&#039;&#039;&#039;Option 1:&#039;&#039;&#039; Take a sample of the suspect material in addition to any samples already taken.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|&#039;&#039;&#039;Option 2:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the distributor aware of the concern. Re-examine the storage of the material upon the next PAL Facility Quality Assurance Review.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There may be instances where the district performing the PAL Facility Quality Assurance&lt;br /&gt;
Review has been requested by another district to sample a material. Reasons for this include, but are not limited to; a PAL facility that is too great a distance from the responsible district, a sample of material failed to meet specification and another sample was requested from a different location than the sample was initially taken. Samples of materials shall be taken in accordance with the applicable Engineering Policy Guide article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em auto 1em auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&lt;br /&gt;
|Did the distributor properly obtain the samples? &#039;&#039;&#039;If No,&#039;&#039;&#039; refer to the options below. ||Yes ||No&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|&#039;&#039;&#039;Option 1:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the distributor aware that they may wish to contact the manufacturer regarding proper sampling.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|&#039;&#039;&#039;Option 2:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the distributor has previously been made aware of their error in sampling procedure, notify Construction and Materials for assessment.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon completion of your PAL Facility Quality Assurance Review, create an AASHTOWARE sample record as described in [[106.12 Pre-Acceptance Lists (PAL)#Create an AASHTOWARE Sample Record|Create an AASHTOWARE Sample Record]]. Also create additional AWP sample records as required by the applicable Engineering Policy Guide article for each sample taken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[category: 106 Control of Material|106.12]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=LPA:136.12_Figures,_Glossary_and_Other_Useful_Links&amp;diff=59515</id>
		<title>LPA:136.12 Figures, Glossary and Other Useful Links</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=LPA:136.12_Figures,_Glossary_and_Other_Useful_Links&amp;diff=59515"/>
		<updated>2026-10-06T15:14:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float: right; margin-left: 30px; margin-bottom: 30px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;__TOC__&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==136.12.1 Figures==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em auto 1em auto&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[136.1 Introduction | EPG 136.1 Introduction]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;background:#F5F5F7&amp;quot; | New Figure No. !! style=&amp;quot;background:#F5F5F7&amp;quot; | Figure Title&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/LPA/136.1.10_Project_Flowchart_for_Local_Federal-Aid_Projects.pdf 136.1] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Project Flowchart for Local Federal-Aid Projects&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/LPA/136.1.10.1_LPA_Planning_Process_Chart.pdf 136.1.1] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | LPA Planning Process Chart&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/LPA/136.1.10.2_MoDOT_Programming_Process_Chart.pdf  136.1.2] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | MoDOT Programming Process Chart&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/LPA/136.1.10.3_Right_of_Way_Process_Chart.pdf 136.1.3] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Right of Way Process&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/LPA/136.1.10.4_Preliminary_Plan_Process_Chart.pdf 136.1.4] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Preliminary Plans Process&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/LPA/136.1.10.5_Plans_Specifications_and_Estimate_Process_Chart.pdf 136.1.5] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Final Plans Specifications &amp;amp; Estimate Process&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/LPA/136.1.10.6_Letting_Plans_and_Contract_Proposal_Process_Chart.pdf 136.1.6] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Letting Plans &amp;amp; Contract Proposal Process&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/LPA/136.1.10.7_Construction_Bidding_and_Contract_Process_Chart.pdf 136.1.7] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Construction Process&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/LPA/136.1.10.8_LPA_MoDOT_Agreement_Process_Chart.pdf 136.1.8] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | LPA MoDOT Agreement Process Chart&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/LPA/136.1.10.9_Engineering_Services_Contract_Process_Chart.pdf 136.1.9] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Engineering Services Contract Process Chart&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em auto 1em auto&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics | EPG 136.3 Federal Aid Basics]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;background:#F5F5F7&amp;quot;|New Figure No.!! style=&amp;quot;background:#F5F5F7&amp;quot;|Figure Title&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[media:136.3.1 Sept 2017.doc|136.3.1]]	||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |Programming Data Form&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[media:136.3.4.pdf|136.3.4]]	||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |Non-State Bridge Soft Match Credit Program Documentation Checklist&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[media:136.3.16.doc|136.3.16]]	||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |Sample Ordinance&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[media:136.3.17 May 2012.doc|136.3.17]]	||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |Work by Local Forces Proposal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[media:136.3.18 2014.xls|136.3.18]]	||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Construction Reimbursement Form&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;Construction Reimbursement Form&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[media:Fig.136.3.19 Sept 2019.pdf|136.3.19]]||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Current BEAP Consultant List&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[media:Fig.136.3.20 2021.docx|136.3.20]]||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | BEAP Project Tracking Form&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[media:Fig.136.3.24 2021.docx|136.3.24||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | TEAP Program Application]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[media:Fig.136.3.25.xls|136.3.25||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | TEAP Consultant MOU]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[media:Fig.136.3.26.xls|136.3.26||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | TEAP Project Invoice Form]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[media:Fig.136.3.27.pdf|136.3.27||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Example of a Soft Match Credit Transfer Request]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em auto 1em auto&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management|EPG 136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;background:#F5F5F7&amp;quot;|New Figure No.!! style=&amp;quot;background:#F5F5F7&amp;quot;|Figure Title&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/LPA/Fig._136.4.1.docx 136.4.1] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Engineering Services Contract&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[media:Fig._136.4.2_2022.doc|136.4.2]] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Consultant Selection Criteria&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[media:134.3.2 2021.pdf|136.4.3/134.3.2]]||	align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |Allowable Profit Curve as a % of Direct Salary Costs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[media:Fig. 136.4.4.doc|136.4.4]]||	align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |Supplemental Agreement to Engineering Services contract&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[media:136.4.5.doc|136.4.5]]		||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |Consultant Performance Appraisal Form&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|	[[media:136.4.6.docx|136.4.6]]	||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |Common Unallowable Costs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[media:136.4.7 2019.docx|136.4.7]]	||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |Sample Solicitation &amp;amp; Sample Scope of Services&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[media:136.4.9 Sept 2013.doc|136.4.9]]	||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |Local Sponsor ESC Sample Cover Letter&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/LPA/136.4.10_LPA_Invoice.xlsx 136.4.10] ||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |LPA Consultant Services Invoice&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[media:136 4 11 rev05012023.docx|136.4.11]]	||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |Consultant Selection &amp;amp; ESC Submittal Checklist&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[media:Fig. 136.4.12.pdf|136.4.12]]	||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |QBS Process Flowchart&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[media:136.4.13.doc|136.4.13]]	||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |Consultant Services Q&amp;amp;A&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[media:136 4 14 05012023.doc|136.4.14]]	||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |Checklist for reviewing Consultant Contracts&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[media:136.4.15 2014.doc|136.4.15]]	||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |Conflict of Interest Disclosure Form&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[media:136.4.16.pdf|136.4.16]]	||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |Overhead Schedule Example&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[media:136.4.17 Dec 2012.xlsx|136.4.17]]	||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |Engineering Services Invoice EXAMPLE&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/LPA/CS_Invoice_Documentation_Checklist.docx 136.4.18] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Checklist for Engineering Services Invoice&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[media:136.4.19.docx|136.4.19]] ||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |LPA On-Call Consultant Evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BDC/Estimated_Breakdown_Of_Work_for_LPA-DBE_Goal_for_LPA_Engineering_Contracts.xlsx 136.4.20] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Estimated Breakdown of Work on Engineering Consultant Contracts&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em auto 1em auto&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[136.5 Non-Infrastructure|EPG 136.5 Non-Infrastructure]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;background:#F5F5F7&amp;quot;|New Figure No.!! style=&amp;quot;background:#F5F5F7&amp;quot;|Figure Title&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|	[[media:136.5.1.xls|136.5.1]]||	align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |Services Provided Worksheet&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|	[[media:136.5.2.xls|136.5.2]]||	align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |Materials Worksheet&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|	[[media:136.5.3.xls|136.5.3]]||	align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |Equipment Usage Worksheet&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[media:136.5.4 2013.doc|136.5.4]] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |Non-Infrastructure Obligation Request Form&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[media:136.5.5.doc|136.5.5]]||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |LPA Request for Environmental Services - Non-Infrastructure&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em auto 1em auto&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; |[[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements|EPG 136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;background:#F5F5F7&amp;quot;|New Figure No.!! style=&amp;quot;background:#F5F5F7&amp;quot;|Figure Title&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|	[[media:136.6.1.docx|136.6.1]]	||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |Project Review Process flowchart&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|	[[media:136.6.2.docx|136.6.2]]||	align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |Key Environmental/Cultural Resources Compliance Milestones&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/ENV/Fig._136.6.3_Environmental-Cultural_Resources_Compliance_Checklist.docx 136.6.3] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Environmental/Cultural Resources Compliance Checklist&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -  || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot;| [https://www6.modot.mo.gov/RERProject/Pages/Login.aspx?ReturnUrl=%2fRERProject%2f LPA Request for Environmental Review]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/ENV/RER_Instruction_Manual.docx 136.6.4] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | How to Complete the Request for Environmental Review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[media:136.6.5.pdf|136.6.5]] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Instructions for Preparing Categorical Exclusion Determination&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[media:136.6.6 2021.pdf | 136.6.6]] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Generalized flowchart of the Section 106 Process for Local Public Agencies&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|	[[media:136.6.7 2017.docx|136.6.7]]	||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |Memorandum of Agreement for Migration of Adverse Effects&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|	[[media:136.6.8 2013.doc|136.6.8]]||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |	LPA Section 4(f) Compliance Worksheet for Public Lands&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|	[[media:136.6.9.doc|136.6.9]]||	align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |Content of a Section 4(f) Evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|	[[media:136.6.10.doc|136.6.10]]	||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |Diagram of Typical Floodplain&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|	[http://sema.dps.mo.gov/programs/floodplain/documents/floodplain-develoment-permit.pdf 136.6.11]||	align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |LPA Floodplain Development Permit&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|	[http://sema.dps.mo.gov/programs/floodplain/documents/no-rise-certification.pdf 136.6.12]||	align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |Engineering “No-Rise” Certificate&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|	[[media:136.6.13.doc|136.6.13]]	||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |Procedures for “No-Rise” Certification for Proposed Development&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|	[[media:136.6.14.docx|136.6.14]]	||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot;  width=500px|Procedures for Environmental Clearance of Borrow Sites and Other Disturbed Areas Outside Right of Way&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[media:136.6.15.docx|136.6.15]]	||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot;  width=500px| Example e106 Form&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[media:136.6.16 2018.pdf|136.6.16]]	||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot;  width=500px|LPA Project Environmental Checklist&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[media:136.6.17.docx|136.6.17]]	||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot;  width=500px|Sample LPA Transmittal of MOA Letter &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[media:Fig. 136.6.18.pdf|136.6.18]] ||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot;  width=500px|Threatened and Endangered Species Federal Aid Transportation Submittal Checklist&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/ENV/Fig._136.6.19.docx 136.6.19]||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot;  width=500px| MoDOT USFWS Threatened and Endangered Species Habitats&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background:#F5F5F7&amp;quot;|Other Figures and Information for EPG 136.6&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|[http://www.achp.gov/archguide.html Advisory Council “Model MOA”]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|[https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/ENV/CE2_Template.docx Categorical Exclusion Determination(CE2)]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|[http://dnr.mo.gov/forms/780-1718_inst.pdf Instructions for Completing the SHPO 106 Survey Memo]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|[[Media:127.11 Form AD 1006.DOC|Farmland Conversion Impact Rating]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|[http://www.usace.army.mil/CECW/Documents/cecwo/reg/nwp/nwp2007_gen_conditions_def.pdf Nationwide 404 Permit for Minor Road Crossings (NWP 14 Linear Transportation Projects)]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|[http://www.dnr.mo.gov/forms/780-1718.pdf State Historic Preservation Office’s Section 106 Survey Form]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|[http://www.dnr.mo.gov/forms/780-1027-f.pdf State Historic Preservation Office’s Section 106 Project Information Form]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em auto 1em auto&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[136.7 Design|EPG 136.7 Design]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;background:#F5F5F7&amp;quot;|New Figure No.!! style=&amp;quot;background:#F5F5F7&amp;quot;|Figure Title&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|	136.7.1||	align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |Dimensional Accuracy&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|	136.7.2||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |	Utility Depth and Encasement Requirements&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|	[[media:136.7.3.xls|136.7.3]]||	align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |Blank Structure Inventory and Appraisal Sheet&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|	[[media:136.7.4.xls|136.7.4]]||	align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |LFD Load Rating Summary Sheet&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|	[[media:136.7.5.xls|136.7.5]]||	align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |LRFR Load Rating Summary Sheet&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|	[[media:136.7.6.doc|136.7.6]]||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |	Example Notice of Public Hearing&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[media:136.7.7.docx|136.7.7]]||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Safety Requirements JSP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[media:136.7.8.doc|136.7.8]]	||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |Utilities Scoping Checklist&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em auto 1em auto&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition|EPG 136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;background:#F5F5F7&amp;quot; | New Figure No. !! style=&amp;quot;background:#F5F5F7&amp;quot; | Figure Title&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/LPA/Acquisition_Authority_Request(Form_136.8.1).docx 136.8.1] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Acquisition Authority Request&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Adj%20of%20Value%20or%20Just%20Compensation%20Form%20136.8.2.docx 136.8.2] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Adjustment of Value or Just Compensation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Administrative%20Settlement%20Justification%20Form%20136.8.3.docx 136.8.3] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Administrative Settlement Justification&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Appraisal%20Monitor%20Checklist%20Form%20136.8.4.docx 136.8.4] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Appraisal Monitor Checklist&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/LPA/Appraisal_Review_and_Approval_of_Just_Compensation_Form_136.8.5.docx 136.8.5] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Appraisal Review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Assumptions%20and%20Limiting%20Conditions%20Form%20136.8.6.docx 136.8.6] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Assumptions and Limiting Conditions&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Certificate%20of%20Appraiser%20Form%20136.8.7.docx 136.8.7] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Certificate of Appraiser&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Clearance%20Certification%20Statement%20Form%20136.8.8.docx 136.8.8] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Clearance Certification Statement&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[media:136.8.8a.docx|136.8.8a]] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Right of Way Required - Personal Property Moved - Occupied Improvements Acquired&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Comparable%20Lease%20Form%20136.8.9.docx 136.8.9] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Comparable Lease&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Donation%20in%20Exchange%20for%20Construction%20Features%20Letter%20Form%20136.8.10.docx 136.8.10] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Donation in Exchange for Construction Features Letter&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Final%20Vacancy%20Notice%20for%20Relocation%20Form%20136.8.11.docx 136.8.11] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Final Vacancy Notice for Relocation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Legal%20Justification%20for%20Settlement%20Form%20136.8.12.docx 136.8.12] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Legal Justification for Settlement&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Legal%20Trial%20Report%20136.8.13.docx 136.8.13] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Legal Trial Report&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/LPA%20Negotiator%20Services%20Agreement%20Form%20136.8.14.docx 136.8.14] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | LPA Negotiator Services Agreement&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/LPA%20Prorata.docx 136.8.7.1.11] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Local Public Agency Prorata Real Estate Tax Claim&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| - || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | [[media:236 RW Leaflet.doc|LPA Right of Way Acquisition Brochure]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Negotiator&#039;s%20Report%20Form%20136.8.15.docx 136.8.15] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Negotiator’s Report&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Nonresidential%20Sale%20Form%20136.8.16.docx 136.8.16] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Nonresidential Sale&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Parcel%20File%20Checklist%20Form%20136.8.17.docx 136.8.17] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Parcel File Checklist&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/LPA/Plan%20Review%20Checklist%20Form%20136.8.18.docx 136.8.18] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Plan Review Checklist&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Privately%20Donated%20Land%20as%20Credit%20to%20Matching%20Share%20of%20Project%20Costs%20Form%20136.8.19.docx 136.8.19] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Privately Donated Land as Credit for Match&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Project%20Acquisition%20Monitor%20Checklist%20Form%20136.8.20.docx 136.8.20] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Project Acquisition Monitor Checklist&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Proposal%20for%20Appraisal%20Work%20Form%20136.8.21.docx 136.8.21] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Proposal for Appraisal Work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Relocation%20Monitor%20Checklist%20Form%20136.8.22.docx 136.8.22] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Relocation Monitor Checklist&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Residential%20Sale%20Form%20136.8.23.docx 136.8.23] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Residential Sale&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Review%20Appraiser%20Contract%20Form%20136.8.24.docx 136.8.24] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Review Appraiser Contract&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Right%20of%20Way%20Acquisition%20Schedule%20Form%20136.8.2.2.docx 136.8.2.2] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Right of Way Acquisition Schedule&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Right%20of%20Way%20Acquisition%20Scehdule%20Instructions%20Form%20136.8.2.2.A.docx 136.8.2.2.A] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Right of Way Acquisition Schedule Instructions &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| - || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%206_Appraisal%20and%20Appraisal%20Review/Roster%20of%20Approved%20Contract%20Appraisers.pdf Roster of Approved Contract Appraisers]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| - || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%207_Negotiation/Roster%20of%20Approved%20Contract%20Negotiators.pdf Roster of Approved Contract Negotiators]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Sample%20Donation%20Letter%20and%20Waiver%20of%20Appraisal%20Form%20136.8.25.docx 136.8.25] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Sample Donation Letter &amp;amp; Waiver of Appraisal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Sample%20Letter%20Offer%20Pyment%20Estimate%20Form%20136.8.26.docx 136.8.26] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Sample Letter Offer – Pay Estimate&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Sample%20Letter%20Offer%20Value%20Finding%20or%20Standard%20Formt%20Appraisal%20Form%20136.8.27.docx 136.8.27] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Sample Letter Offer – Value Finding&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Scope%20of%20Assignment%20Form%20136.8.28.docx 136.8.28] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Scope of Assignment&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/LPA/Standard_Appraisal_Form_136.8.29.docx 136.8.29] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Standard Appraisal Format&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Summary%20of%20HB%201944%20Form%20136.8.30.docx 136.8.30] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Summary of HB 1944&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Summary%20Value%20of%20Tenant%20Interests%20Form%20136.8.31.docx 136.8.31] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Summary Value of Tenant Interests&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/LPA/Uniform_Residential_Appraisal_Format_(URAR)_Form_136.8.32.docx 136.8.32] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Uniform Residential Appraisal Report&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/LPA/Value_Finding_Appraisal_Format_136.8.33.docx 136.8.33] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Value Finding Appraisal Format&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/LPA/Waiver_Valuation_Payment_Estimate_Form_136.8.34.docx 136.8.34] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Waiver Valuation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/60%20Day%20Notice%20of%20Owners%20Rights%20Form%20136.8.35.docx 136.8.35] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | 60-Day Notice of Owners Rights&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em auto 1em auto&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)|EPG 136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;background:#F5F5F7&amp;quot; | New Figure No. !! style=&amp;quot;background:#F5F5F7&amp;quot; | Figure Title&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/LPA/LPA_Final_PS&amp;amp;E_Submittal_Checklist.xlsx 136.9.1] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Final PS&amp;amp;E Submittal Checklist&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[media:136.9.2.doc|136.9.2]] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Subcontractor Certification Regarding Affirmative Action&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/LPA/Federal_Project_Bid_Proposal_Boilerplate.docx 136.9.3] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/ADA_Checklist.pdf 136.9.4] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | ADA Checklist (PDF version)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/ADA_Checklist.docx 136.9.4] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | ADA Checklist (MS Word version)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[media:136.9.5 2020.docx|136.9.5]] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | LPA Certification of PS&amp;amp;E&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[media:136.9.6.docx|136.9.6]] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Utility Status Letter&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/programadmin/contracts/1273/1273.pdf 136.9.7] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | FHWA 1273&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/LPA/136.9.8_LPA_DBE_Provisions.docx 136.9.8] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | DBE Provisions&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/LPA/DBE_Identification_Submittal_Form_LPA.docx 136.9.9] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | DBE Submittal Forms&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[media:136.9.10.pdf|136.9.10]] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Example Itemized Bid Form&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[media:136.9.11.pdf|136.9.11]] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Example Estimate (with categories)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/LPA/LPA_Bidders_List_Quote_Summary.docx 136.9.12] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | LPA Bidders List Quote Summary&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em auto 1em auto&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[136.10 Advertisement for Bid and Project Award|EPG 136.10 Advertisement for Bid and Project Award]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;background:#F5F5F7&amp;quot; | New Figure No. !! style=&amp;quot;background:#F5F5F7&amp;quot; | Figure Title&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/LPA/Sample_Advertisement.docx 136.10.1] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Sample Advertisement&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/LPA/LPA_Bid_Concurrence_Checklist_136.10.2.docx 136.10.2] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | LPA Bid Concurrence Checklist&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[media:136.10.3.docx|136.10.3]] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Sample Contract Agreement&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[media:136.10.4.doc |136.10.4]] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Sample Contract Bond&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[media:136.10.5.pdf|136.10.5]] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Sample Contractor&#039;s Acknowledgement&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em auto 1em auto&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction|EPG 136.11 Local Public Agency Construction]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;background:#F5F5F7&amp;quot;|New Figure No.!! style=&amp;quot;background:#F5F5F7&amp;quot;|Figure Title&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|	[[media:136.11.1 Nov 2013.doc|136.11.1]]||	align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |General Guideline for LPA Preconstruction Conference&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|	[[media:136.11.2.xlsx|136.11.2]]	||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |Change Order Form&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|	[[media:136.11.3 2016.pdf|136.11.3]]	||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |Progress Report&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Request_to_Subcontract_C_220.pdf 136.11.4] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Request for Approval of Subcontract&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[media:136.11.5 Dec 2015.xls|136.11.5]] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | DBE Subcontract Worksheet&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|	[[media:136.11.6 Dec 2015.pdf|136.11.6]]||	align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |Subcontractor Certification Regarding Affirmative Action&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/CR1_Wage_Rate_Interview.pdf 136.11.7] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Wage Rate Interview (Labor Compliance/EEO)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://www.modot.org/media/43964 136.11.8] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Form FHWA-1391&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[media:136.11.9 2016.docx|136.11.9]] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Contractor DBE Certification&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|	[[media:136.11.10.doc|136.11.10]]||	align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |Contractor’s Affidavit Regarding Settlement of Claims&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://labor.mo.gov/media/pdf/pw-4-ai 136.11.11] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | Affidavit (Compliance with Prevailing Wage Law)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[media:136.11.12.doc|136.11.12]]||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |	Site Visit Checklist&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Job_Site_Bulletin_Board_Checklist_fillable.pdf 136.11.13]||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |	Job Bulletin Board Checklist&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[media:Fig. 136.11.14 secure.pdf|136.11.14]]||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |Construction Invoice Example 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[media:Fig. 136.11.15.pdf|136.11.15]]||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; |Construction Invoice Example 2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[media:136.11.18.docx|136.11.18]]||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot;| LPA Final Inspection Letter&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[media:136.11.19.docx|136.11.19]]||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot;| LPA Final List of Acceptance Testers&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[media:136.11.20.docx|136.11.20]]||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot;| LPA DBE Certification Letter&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[media:136.11.21.docx|136.11.21]]||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot;| LPA Vendor Lien Waiver&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[media:136.11.22.docx|136.11.22]]||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot;| LPA Final Acceptance Checklist&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[media:136.11.23 2016.pdf|136.11.23]]||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot;|LPA Semi-Final Inspection Checklist (Form C-236)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| - ||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot;|[https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/LPA/Final_Acceptance_Report_Form_C-239.pdf Final Acceptance Report (Form C-239)]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| - ||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot;|[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/CUF_Determination_Form.pdf Commercially Useful Function (CUF) Determination Form]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| EPG Article	||align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | [[Off-Systems Guide Schedule for Federal-Aid Acceptance Sampling and Testing (FAST)|Off-Systems Guide Schedule for Federal-Aid Acceptance Sampling &amp;amp; Testing (FAST)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==136.12.2 Glossary==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;AASHTO:&#039;&#039;&#039; American Association of State Hwy &amp;amp; Transportation Officials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;AADT:&#039;&#039;&#039; Annual Average Daily Traffic. (ADT, Average Daily Traffic, is also commonly used.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ACHP:&#039;&#039;&#039; Advisory Council on Historic Preservation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Agreement:&#039;&#039;&#039; The legal document between agencies necessary to administer projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;AISC:&#039;&#039;&#039; American Institute of Steel Construction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Allocation:&#039;&#039;&#039; The reservation of federal funds to the local agencies each year. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;APE:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Area of Potential Effects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;AREMA:&#039;&#039;&#039; American Railway Engineering and Maintenance-of-Way Association. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Authorization:&#039;&#039;&#039; Approval by FHWA to incur future costs relative to a project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;BMP:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Best Management Practive&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;BRM:&#039;&#039;&#039; On-System Bridge Replacement and Rehabilitation Program. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;BRO:&#039;&#039;&#039; Off-System Bridge Replacement and Rehabilitation Program. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Brooks Act:&#039;&#039;&#039; Consultant contracts for engineering and design related services financed with Federal-Aid highway funds must result from negotiations which utilize [[:Category:134 Engineering Professional Services#134.1 Introduction|qualifications-based selection procedures]]. Qualifications based procedures do not allow for price to be used as a factor in the selection process. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Categorical Exclusion (CE):&#039;&#039;&#039; Projects that are minor enough in nature that they will not require preparation of a formal environmental statement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CE:&#039;&#039;&#039; Construction Engineering&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CE2:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Categorical Exclusion II&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CERCLIS:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Information System&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CFR:&#039;&#039;&#039; Code of Federal Regulations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Change Order:&#039;&#039;&#039; A supplement to the contract that provides authority to pay for revisions in quantities or authorize changes to design features or specifications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CMAQ:&#039;&#039;&#039; Congestion Mitigation and Air Quality &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;COE:&#039;&#039;&#039; U.S. Army Corps of Engineers &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Commission:&#039;&#039;&#039; Missouri Highway and Transportation Commission. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Competitive Bidding:&#039;&#039;&#039; Construction projects are required to be advertised and awarded to the lowest responsible and responsive bidder through open competitive bidding, unless use of an eligible force account is more cost effective. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Construction Engineering (CE):&#039;&#039;&#039; Construction inspection engineering &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Council:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Advisory Council on Historic Preservation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;County Aid Road Trust (CART) Funding:&#039;&#039;&#039; CART Funds are apportioned to counties on the basis of two factors : 1) one-half of the funds are credited to the county based on the ratio that its road mileage bears to the total county road mileage in the unincorporated areas of the state, and 2) one-half is credited to the county based on the ratio that its rural land valuation bears to the rural land valuation of the entire state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Credit Bridge:&#039;&#039;&#039; Bridge constructed to BRO standards with local funds, 80% of the cost may be applied to a normal federally funded bridge project in lieu of the 20% local match. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cultural Resources:&#039;&#039;&#039; A cultural resource is any archaeological site, building, structure (e.g., bridge), district, or object. A historically significant cultural resource is one that meets certain criteria and is included in, or eligible for inclusion on, the National Register of Historic Places (NRHP) and is termed a historic property or historic resource. Not all cultural resources are historically significant, but potential project impacts to all must be considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;DBA:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Decibel Adjusted&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;DBE:&#039;&#039;&#039; Disadvantage (or Disadvantaged) Business Enterprise&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Debarred:&#039;&#039;&#039; Suspended from entering into a contract with the Government&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Deficient Structure:&#039;&#039;&#039; A bridge which is either structurally deficient or functionally obsolete. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;DEIS:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Draft Environmental Impact Statement&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Standards:&#039;&#039;&#039; Projects on the National Highway System (NHS) must be designed with AASHTO and/or FHWA approved standards. It is recommended that all projects follow AASHTO guidelines for design and construction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;DNR:&#039;&#039;&#039; Missouri Department of Natural Resources &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;DOI:&#039;&#039;&#039; U.S. Department of Interior &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Donations:&#039;&#039;&#039; “Donations” and “Contributions” are costs incurred for eligible non-federal share project activities that are necessary for the implementation of a project and are  provided by a third party to an LPA without charge.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;EA:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Environmental Assessment&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;EEO:&#039;&#039;&#039; Equal Employment Opportunity &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;EIS:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Environmental Impact Statement&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;EO:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Executive Order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;EPA:&#039;&#039;&#039; Environmental Protection Agency&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;EPG:&#039;&#039;&#039;  [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Main_Page Engineering Policy Guide]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;FEIS:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Final Environmental Impact Statement&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;FEMA:&#039;&#039;&#039; Federal Emergency Management Agency&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;FHWA:&#039;&#039;&#039; Federal Highway Administration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;FONSI:&#039;&#039;&#039; Finding of No Significant Impact &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Force Account Work:&#039;&#039;&#039; Work that arises unexpectedly during the construction of a project. The work can be performed by a contractor, a subcontractor or the local agency&#039;s forces and the cost is determined by keeping track of the labor forces, equipment, material and associated costs used to complete the unexpected work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;FPPA:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Farmland Protection Policy Act&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Functionally Obsolete:&#039;&#039;&#039; A bridge is generally considered functionally obsolete if it is unable to properly accommodate traffic due to poor roadway alignment, waterway, insufficient width, waterway, low structural evaluation, or inadequate clearances. For a more detailed description of the specific criteria used to determine this item, refer to [[:Category:753 Bridge Inspection Rating|EPG 753 Bridge Inspection Rating]] or the appropriate FHWA publication. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;FWS:&#039;&#039;&#039; U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;HABS:&#039;&#039;&#039; Historic American Building Survey &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;HAER:&#039;&#039;&#039; Historic American Engineering Record &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Hazardous Waste:&#039;&#039;&#039; [[127.8 Hazardous and Solid Waste|Hazardous waste]] is a material that could cause harm to people or the environment; it can include solid materials, liquids, and gases. Some examples could be gas station releases, drums or containers of known or unknown material, tanks, old dumps, and e-waste. Any container with unknown contents should be considered hazardous until identified by a qualified person. If there is a question about what might be hazardous, contact the Missouri Department of Natural Resources Environmental Emergency Response Unit at 573-634-2436 for assistance with identification. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;HBP:&#039;&#039;&#039; Highway Bridge Program. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Historic Property:&#039;&#039;&#039;  A historic property is a cultural resource that meets at least one of the following criteria: a) it is associated with events that have made a significant contribution to our history; b) it is associated with significant persons in our past; c) it has high artistic value, is the work of a master craftsman, or embodies distinctive characteristics of a type, period, or method of construction; or d) it can answer specific research questions and topics or can contribute to our current state of knowledge.  Historic properties typically must be at least 50 years of age or older but exceptionally important properties can be less than 50 years old.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Historic Resource:&#039;&#039;&#039; A historic resource is a cultural resource that meets at least one of the following criteria: a) it is associated with events that have made a significant contribution to our history; b) it is associated with significant persons in our past; c) it has high artistic value, is the work of a master craftsman, or embodies distinctive characteristics of a type, period, or method of construction; or d) it can answer specific research questions and topics or can contribute to our current state of knowledge. Historic resources typically must be at least 50 years of age or older but exceptionally important resources can be less than 50 years old. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;HMGP:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Hazard Mitigation Grant Program&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;HUD:&#039;&#039;&#039; U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Independent Assurance Test:&#039;&#039;&#039; A test performed independently of a job control test and according to the [[:Category:123 Federal-Aid Highway Program#123.3.1 Independent Assurance Samples and Tests (IAS) System Based|guide schedule]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In Kind Services:&#039;&#039;&#039; Donated labor, equipment or material. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ISTEA:&#039;&#039;&#039; Intermodal Surface Transportation Efficiency Act. Six year Highway Act from October 1, 1991 to September 30, 1997. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Job Control Test:&#039;&#039;&#039; Routine test performed on the site by the local agency or its representative to assure that the project is constructed in compliance with the applicable specifications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Keeper:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Keeper of the National Register of Historic Places&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LFD:&#039;&#039;&#039; Load Factor Design&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Low Water Bridge:&#039;&#039;&#039; A bridge having a waterway capacity design less than the 10 year frequency discharge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Low Water Crossing:&#039;&#039;&#039; Waterway crossing other than a bridge where construction improvements have been made to produce a firm surface for vehicles to travel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LPA:&#039;&#039;&#039; Local Public Agency&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LRFD:&#039;&#039;&#039; Load and Resistance Factor Design&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LRFR:&#039;&#039;&#039; Load and Resistance Factor Rating&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LUST:&#039;&#039;&#039; Leaking petroleum underground storage tank&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LWCF:&#039;&#039;&#039; Land and Water Conservation Fund&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LWCFA:&#039;&#039;&#039; Land and Water Conservation Fund Act&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MAP-21:&#039;&#039;&#039; Moving Ahead for Progress in the 21&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;st&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Century. Two-year Highway Act from October 1, 2012 to September 30, 2014. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MDC:&#039;&#039;&#039; Missouri Department of Conservation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MHTC:&#039;&#039;&#039; Missouri Highway and Transportation Commission &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MoDOT:&#039;&#039;&#039; Missouri Department of Transportation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MOA:&#039;&#039;&#039; Memorandum of Agreement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Materials Certification:&#039;&#039;&#039; Statements provided by the contractor, fabricator, or manufacturer that certain materials comply with the requirements of the contract. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[http://www.modot.mo.gov/business/standards_and_specs/standardplans.htm Missouri Standard Plans]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Construction detail plans available from MoDOT which meet AASHTO design requirements. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[http://www.modot.mo.gov/business/standards_and_specs/highwayspecs.htm Missouri Standard Specifications for Highway Construction, 2004 Edition]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The directions, provisions and requirements for the performance of the work for the quantity, quality and proportion of materials. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MPO:&#039;&#039;&#039; Metropolitan Planning Organizations carry out the transportation planning process for communities with a population greater than 50,000. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MUTCD:&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;National Register:&#039;&#039;&#039; National Register of Historic Places&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NBI:&#039;&#039;&#039; National Bridge Inventory &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NEPA:&#039;&#039;&#039; National Environmental Policy Act &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NFIB:&#039;&#039;&#039; Nation Flood Insurance Program&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NFIP:&#039;&#039;&#039; National Flood Insurance Program&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NHPA:&#039;&#039;&#039; National Historic Preservation Act &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOA:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Notice of Availability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NPDES:&#039;&#039;&#039; National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NRCS:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Natural Resources Conservation Service&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NRHP:&#039;&#039;&#039;  National Register of Historic Places&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NWP:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Nationwide Section 404 Permit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Obligation Limitation:&#039;&#039;&#039; Limits the amount of federal funds that may be obligated during a certain time period (also called Obligation Authority and Contract Control). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Obligation of Funds:&#039;&#039;&#039; The formal commitment by FHWA to participate in a share of the project costs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Off-System Routes:&#039;&#039;&#039; Routes that have a functional classification of rural local, local road or street, or a rural minor collector. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On-System Routes:&#039;&#039;&#039; Routes that have a functional classification of urban collector, rural major collector, rural or urban arterial, or an expressway. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PA:&#039;&#039;&#039; Programmatic Agreement&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PDEIS:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Preliminary Draft Environmental Impact Statement&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PE:&#039;&#039;&#039; Preliminary Engineering. All engineering work performed by the local agency or their consultant prior to award of contract. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PEA:&#039;&#039;&#039; Preliminary Environmental Assessment&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PFEIS:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Preliminary Final Environmental Impact Statement&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PS&amp;amp;E:&#039;&#039;&#039; Construction plans, specifications, and quantity estimates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Posting:&#039;&#039;&#039; Establishment of a maximum weight limit for vehicles using the bridge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pro Rata Share:&#039;&#039;&#039; The legal federal share for a project established at the time of project approval. Pro rata share is typically expressed as a percentage of the total participating costs of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Public Interest Finding:&#039;&#039;&#039; Cost effective justification that must be provided to MoDOT by a local agency that is seeking to do a federally funded project with its own forces. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;QBS:&#039;&#039;&#039; Qualifications Based Selection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;RCG:&#039;&#039;&#039; Recording and Coding Guide for the structure inventory and appraisal of the nations bridges&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Rehabilitation:&#039;&#039;&#039; Work required to eliminate the items that cause a bridge to be identified as deficient. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reimbursement:&#039;&#039;&#039; Payment of federal funds to a local agency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;RER:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Request for Environmental Review &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Responsible Person in Charge:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;RFP:&#039;&#039;&#039; Request for Proposal &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;RFQ:&#039;&#039;&#039; Request for Qualifications&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ROD:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Record of Decision&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;RSMO:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Revised Missouri State Statue&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SAFETEA-LU:&#039;&#039;&#039; Safe, Accountable, Flexible, Efficient Transportation Equity Act: A Legacy for Users. Five-year Highway Act from October 1, 2004 to September 30, 2009 with two one-year extensions to September 30, 2012. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Section 106:&#039;&#039;&#039; Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966 -  the primary legislation that requires cultural resource investigations.  Any project using federal funds or needing federal permits must comply with the Section 106 requirements.  The Section 106 process consists of three primary stages, with the outcome of each stage determining whether the activities of the next stage are necessary (36 CFR Part 800)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Section 401:&#039;&#039;&#039; Water Quality Certification&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Section 404/Wetlands:&#039;&#039;&#039; A project may involve activities in an area that contains wetland or waters of the United States and may require a Section 404 permit from the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers.  It is a violation of federal law to place fill in waters of the U.S. or wetlands without the necessary permits.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Section 4(f):&#039;&#039;&#039; Section 4(f) of the Department of Transportation Act of 1966 – provides protection for public parks and recreation areas, wildlife and waterfowl refuges and significant historic sites on publicly owned land.  It requires demonstrating that there is no feasible and prudent alternative to the use of the property and that all is possible planning has been done to minimize harm to the property.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Section 6(f) of the Land and Water Conservation Fund:&#039;&#039;&#039; A project that has potential involvement with parks or other public lands which may have been purchased or improved using funds from the Land and Water Conservation Fund (LWCF).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;S.E.M.A.:&#039;&#039;&#039; The State Emergency Management Agency has responsibility for coordinating state agencies&#039; response to disasters. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SHPO:&#039;&#039;&#039; State Historic Preservation Officer &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SI&amp;amp;A:&#039;&#039;&#039; Structure Inventory and Appraisal Sheet&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SIP:&#039;&#039;&#039; State Implementation Plan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Soft Match:&#039;&#039;&#039; Credit earned by counties who replace their deficient bridges with local funding. It can be used in lieu of the 20% local match on bridge projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SOQ:&#039;&#039;&#039; Statement of Qualifications&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sponsor:&#039;&#039;&#039; The local government or public agency responsible for providing matching funds for the proposed project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SRTS:&#039;&#039;&#039; Safe Routes to Schools &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;STIP:&#039;&#039;&#039; Statewide Transportation Improvement Program &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;STP:&#039;&#039;&#039; Surface Transportation Program &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Structurally Deficient:&#039;&#039;&#039; A bridge is generally considered to be structurally deficient if it is in relatively poor condition, or has insufficient load carrying capacity for modern design loadings. The insufficient load capacity may be the result of the loads used in the original design or degradation of structural properties due to deterioration. For a more detailed description of the specific criteria used to determine this item, [[:Category:753 Bridge Inspection Rating|EPG 753 Bridge Inspection Rating]] or appropriate FHWA publications should be consulted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sufficiency Rating:&#039;&#039;&#039; A numerical rating of a bridge based on its structural adequacy, safety, serviceability, functional obsolescence and essentially for public use. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TAP:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Transportation Alternatives Program&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TEA21:&#039;&#039;&#039; Transportation Equity Act for the 21st Century. Six-year Highway Act from October 1, 1997 to September 30, 2003 with a one-year extension to September 30, 2004. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TIFF:&#039;&#039;&#039; Tagged Image File Format&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TIP:&#039;&#039;&#039; Transportation Improvement Program &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Title 23 U.S.C.:&#039;&#039;&#039; Title 23 of the United States Code contains most of the laws governing the Federal-Aid Highway Program. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TNM:&#039;&#039;&#039; Traffic Noise Model&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;UPARR:&#039;&#039;&#039; Urban Park and Recreation Recovery&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;USC:&#039;&#039;&#039; United States Code&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;USDA:&#039;&#039;&#039; United States Department of Agriculture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;USGS:&#039;&#039;&#039; United States Geological Survey &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;UST:&#039;&#039;&#039; Petroleum Underground storage tank site&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;WBE:&#039;&#039;&#039; Women Business Enterprise. Term not in current usage. Definition of Disadvantaged Business Enterprise includes WBEs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Work by Local Forces:&#039;&#039;&#039; Construction performed by the local agency&#039;s work force. If the local agency elects to perform work with its own forces, and/or use their own materials and equipment, MoDOT and FHWA must approve all work being done. The work by local forces must be in the public interest and shown to be cost effective. See [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.12 Federal-aid Participation for Local Work|EPG 136.3.12 Federal-aid Participation for Local Work]] for more details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;23 CFR:&#039;&#039;&#039; Title 23 of the Code of Federal Regulations is a collection (updated annually) of the general and permanent rules and regulations required to implement the provisions of federal law relating to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and Federal Highway Administration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==136.12.3 Helpful Information and Links==&lt;br /&gt;
Please use the [http://www3.modot.mo.gov/FEDAID.nsf/LPA?OpenForm LPA Manual Change Request Form] to request manual changes throughout the year or the [http://www3.modot.mo.gov/FEDAID.nsf/Comments?OpenForm Revisions Comments Form] to make comments on proposed revisions.  &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
===136.12.3.1 MoDOT District and Central Office Information===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width: 1000px; margin: auto; background: #f5f5f5; padding-top: 10px; padding-bottom: 5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-size: 95%; background:#f5f5f5&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;1000px&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;DISTRICT OFFICES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:bottom;&amp;quot; | [https://www.modot.org/northwest &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;NW District&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;] !! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:bottom;&amp;quot; | [https://www.modot.org/northeast &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;NE District&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;] !! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:bottom;&amp;quot; | [https://www.modot.org/kansascity &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Kansas City District&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;] !! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:bottom;&amp;quot; | [https://www.modot.org/modot-central-district &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Central District&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;] !! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:bottom;&amp;quot; | [https://www.modot.org/stlouis &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;St. Louis District&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;] !! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:bottom;&amp;quot; | [https://www.modot.org/southwest &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;SW District&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;] !! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:bottom;&amp;quot; | [https://www.modot.org/southeast &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;SE District&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | St. Joseph || align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | Hannibal || align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | Lee&#039;s Summit || align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | Jefferson City || align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | Chesterfield || align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | Springfield || align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | Sikeston&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width: 1000px; margin: auto; background: #f5f5f5; padding-top: 5px; padding-bottom: 5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-size: 95%; background:#f5f5f5&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;1000px&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; | CENTRAL OFFICE&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|MoDOT - Financial Services (FS)||colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|MoDOT - Design (DE)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|PO Box 270||colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|PO Box 270&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Jefferson City, MO 65102||colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Jefferson City, MO 65102&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|(573) 526-8106; Fax: (573) 526-2819||colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|(573) 751-2876; Fax: (573) 526-3261&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width: 1000px; margin: auto; background: #f5f5f5; padding-top: 5px; padding-bottom: 5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-size: 95%; background:#f5f5f5&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;1000px&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|[https://www.modot.org/list-missouri-mpos METROPOLITAN PLANNING ORGANIZATIONS]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width: 1000px; margin: auto; background: #f5f5f5; padding-top: 5px; padding-bottom: 5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-size: 95%; background:#f5f5f5&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;1000px&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;OTHER REGULATORY AGENCIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;State Historic Preservation Office&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Policy and Coordination Division&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Federal Highway Administration&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MO Dept. of Natural Resources || 101 Park DeVille Drive, Suite A || MO Dept. of Conservation || 3220 W. Edgewood, Suite H&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| PO Box 176 || Columbia, MO 65203-0007 || PO Box 180 || Jefferson City, MO 65109&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Jefferson City, MO 65102 || (573)234-2132 || Jefferson City, MO 65102-0180 || (573) 636-7104&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| (573) 751-2479 || || (573) 751-4115 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width: 1000px; margin: auto; background: #f5f5f5; padding-top: 5px; padding-bottom: 0px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-size: 95%; background:#f5f5f5&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;1000px&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;CORPS OF ENGINEER&#039;S OFFICE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | (Contact MoDOT district office if clarification is needed for which Corp Office has jurisdiction)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Kansas City District&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;St. Louis District&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Rock Island District&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Memphis District&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Little Rock District&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 700 Federal Office Building || 1222 Spruce Street || PO Box 2004 || 167 North Main Street, Room B202 || PO Box 867&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 601 East 12th Street || St. Louis, MO 63103-2833 || Rock Island, IL 61204-2004 || Memphis, TN 38103-1894 || Little Rock, AR 72203-0867&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Kansas City, MO 64106 || (314) 331-8000 || (309) 788-6361 || (901) 544-3005 || (501) 324-5531&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| (816) 426-5241 || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.12.3.2 Other Helpful Information===&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.modot.mo.gov/safety/SafeRoutestoSchool.htm Safe Routes To School (SRTS)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.modot.mo.gov/scenicbyways/index.htm Scenic Byways]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.modot.org/about-lpacontact-us MoDOT District Contacts for LPA]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.modot.mo.gov/safety/trafficvolumemaps.htm AADT on MoDOT Routes]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.modot.mo.gov/business/contractor_resources/External_Civil_Rights/DBE_program.htm DBE Directory]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.12.3.2.1 Commonly Used Forms====&lt;br /&gt;
[[media:136.14.2.1 Bridge Inventory Survey Form.xls|Bridge Inventory Survey Form]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.modot.mo.gov/business/manuals/FFATA.htm Form 1590, Federal Funding Accountability and Transparency Act (FFATA)]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.modot.mo.gov/business/contractor_resources/External_Civil_Rights/jobtraining.htm On the Job Training Manual and Submittal Forms]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/programadmin/contracts/1273/1273.pdf FHWA Form 1273 Required Contract Provisions]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[media:136.14.2.1 Utility Agreement Actual Cost 2016.doc|Utility Agreement - Actual Cost]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[media:136.14.2.1 Utility Agreement Lump Sum 2016.doc|Utility Agreement - Lump Sum]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[media:136.14.2.1 Notice to Proceed.doc|Notice to Proceed]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[media:136.14.2.1 Force Account Record Equipment and Material.doc|Daily Force Account Record-Equipment Rental Account/Materials Account]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[media:136.14.2.1 Force Account Record Labor.doc|Daily Force Account Record-Labor Account]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[media:136.14.2.1 Force Account Record Cost Summary.doc|Force Account Record - Cost Summary]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[media:136.14.2.1 Sample Timesheet.xls|Sample Timesheet]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[media:136.14.2.1 Construction Safety Program.pdf|Construction Contract Calls for Bid]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[media:136.14.2.1 Awarded Construction Contracts.pdf|Awarded Construction Contracts]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[media:136.14.2.1 Local Project Checklist.pdf|Local Project Checklist]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[media:136.12.3.3.1 Obligation Request Form Apr 2015.docx|Obligation Request Form]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.12.3.2.2 Examples of Completed Forms====&lt;br /&gt;
[[media:136.14.2.2 Form CE2.doc|Form CE-2 Example]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[media:643.2 Lump Sum Estimate.doc|Utility Lump Sum Estimate Example]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[media:643.2 Actual Cost Estimate.doc|Utility Actual Cost Estimate Example]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[media:136.14.2.2 Utilites Status Letter.pdf|Sample Utilities Status Letter]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[media:136.14.2.2 Sample JSP for Utilities.pdf|Sample Job Special Provisions for Utilities]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[media:136.14.2.2 Bridge Slab Pour Checklist.pdf|Bridge Slab Pour Checklist &amp;amp; Pre-Pour Meeting Topics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.12.3.3 Links to Other Resources===&lt;br /&gt;
* Americans with Disabilities Act Access Guidelines (ADAAG):&lt;br /&gt;
:* [http://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/buildings-and-sites/about-the-ada-standards/ada-standards Access Board’s ADA standards page]&lt;br /&gt;
:* [http://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/streets-sidewalks/public-rights-of-way/background Access Board’s Background on the Public Rights-of-Way Rulemaking]&lt;br /&gt;
:* [http://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/streets-sidewalks/public-rights-of-way/guidance-and-research Access Board’s Guidance and Research]&lt;br /&gt;
:* [http://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards Access Board’s Guidelines and Standards]&lt;br /&gt;
:* [http://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/streets-sidewalks/public-rights-of-way/proposed-rights-of-way-guidelines Access Board’s Proposed Guidelines (2011)]&lt;br /&gt;
:* [http://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/streets-sidewalks/public-rights-of-way/background/revised-draft-guidelines Access Board’s PROWAG (2005)]&lt;br /&gt;
:* [http://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/streets-sidewalks/public-rights-of-way Access Board’s Public Rights-of-Way]&lt;br /&gt;
:* [http://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/streets-sidewalks/public-rights-of-way/other-prow-resources Access Board’s Public Rights-of-Way Resources]&lt;br /&gt;
:* [http://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/streets-sidewalks Access Board’s Streets and Sidewalks]&lt;br /&gt;
:* [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/environment/sidewalks/index.htm FHWA – Designing Sidewalks and Trails for Access, Part I]&lt;br /&gt;
:* [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/environment/sidewalk2/index.htm FHWA – Designing Sidewalks and Trails for Access, Part II]&lt;br /&gt;
:* [http://www.mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ Manual on Uniform traffic Control Devices - signals]&lt;br /&gt;
:* [http://www.modot.org/othertransportation/bike_ped/Bikepedintro.htm MoDOT Bike/Ped webpage] &lt;br /&gt;
:* [http://www.modot.mo.gov/business/standards_and_specs/documents/ConcreteSidewkCurbRamps1.pdf  MoDOT Special Sheet, Concrete Curb Ramps]	&lt;br /&gt;
:* [https://www.modot.org/media/16874 MoDOT Standard Plan 608.10] &lt;br /&gt;
:* [https://www.modot.org/media/16879 MoDOT Standard Plan 608.50]&lt;br /&gt;
:* [http://www.access-board.gov/ The United States Access Board]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/legsregs/directives/cfr23toc.htm Code of Federal Regulations 23 Highways]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:242 Optional and Alternate Pavement Designs|EPG 242 Optional and Alternate Pavement Designs]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[907.10_Complete_Streets|EPG 907.10 Complete Streets]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Equal Employment Opportunity Requirements ([https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-41/subtitle-B/chapter-60/part-60-1 41 CFR 60.1] and [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-41/subtitle-B/chapter-60/part-60-2 41 CFR 60.2]) &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/federalaid/projects.cfm Guide to Federal-Aid Programs and Projects]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/ Federal Highway Administration]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.wdol.gov/dba.aspx#0 Federal Wage Rates]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/programadmin/contracts/index.cfm FHWA&#039;s Construction webpage]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/reports/financingfederalaid/ Financing Federal-Aid Highways]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://moltap.org/ Missouri LTAP, Local Technical Assistance Program]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.modot.mo.gov/business/standards_and_specs/highwayspecs.htm Missouri Standard Specifications for Highway Construction]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.enhancements.org/ National Transportation Enhancement Clearinghouse]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/reports/utilguid/ Program Guide - Utility Adjustments and Accommodations on Federal-Aid Highway Projects]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://labor.mo.gov/prevailing-wage State Wage Rates for Local Agency Projects]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://labor.mo.gov/DLS/PrevailingWage/gwo State Wage Rates for MoDOT Projects]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.usace.army.mil/Pages/Default.aspx US Army Corps of Engineers]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.12.3.4 Recent Changes to LPA Policy===&lt;br /&gt;
This information has been moved to [[136.13 LPA Policy Changes|EPG 136.13 LPA Policy Changes]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:136 Local Public Agency (LPA) Policy|136.12]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=LPA:136.11_Local_Public_Agency_Construction&amp;diff=59514</id>
		<title>LPA:136.11 Local Public Agency Construction</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=LPA:136.11_Local_Public_Agency_Construction&amp;diff=59514"/>
		<updated>2026-10-06T14:44:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: updated links to request to subcontract&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float: right; margin-top: 5px; margin-left: 15px; margin-bottom: 15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;__TOC__&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float: right; margin-top: 5px; margin-left: 15px; width:400px; font-size: 95%; background-color: #f8f9fa; padding: 0.3em; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; text-align:left;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;Figures&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[LPA:136.12 Figures, Glossary and Other Useful Links#Construction Reimbursement Form|Fig. 136.3.18, Construction Reimbursement Form]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[media:136.11.1 Nov 2013.doc|Fig. 136.11.1, General Guidelines for LPA Preconstruction Conference]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[media:136.11.2.xlsx|Fig. 136.11.2, Change Order Form]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[media:136.11.3 2016.pdf|Fig. 136.11.3, Progress Report]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Request_to_Subcontract_C_220.pdf Fig. 136.11.4, Request for Approval of Subcontract]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[media:136.11.5 Dec 2015.xls|Fig. 136.11.5, DBE Subcontract Worksheet]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[media:136.11.6 Dec 2015.pdf|Fig. 136.11.6, Subcontractor Certification Regarding Affirmative Action]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/CR1_Wage_Rate_Interview.pdf Fig. 136.11.7, Wage Rate Interview (Labor Compliance/EEO)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.modot.org/media/43964 Fig. 136.11.8, Form FHWA-1391]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[media:136.11.9 2016.docx|Fig. 136.11.9, Contractor DBE Certification]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[media:136.11.10.doc|Fig. 136.11.10, Contractor’s Affidavit Regarding Settlement of Claims]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://labor.mo.gov/media/pdf/pw-4-ai Fig. 136.11.11, Affidavit (Compliance with Prevailing Wage Law)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[media:136.11.12.doc|Fig. 136.11.12, Site Visit Checklist]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Job_Site_Bulletin_Board_Checklist_fillable.pdf Fig. 136.11.13, Job Bulletin Board Checklist]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[media:Fig. 136.11.14 secure.pdf|Fig. 136.11.14, Construction Invoice Example 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[media:Fig. 136.11.15.pdf|Fig. 136.11.15, Construction Invoice Example 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[media:136.11.18.docx|Fig. 136.11.18, LPA Final Inspection Letter]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[media:136.11.19.docx|Fig. 136.11.19, LPA Final List of Acceptance Testers]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[media:136.11.20.docx|Fig. 136.11.20, LPA DBE Certification Letter]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[media:136.11.21.docx|Fig. 136.11.21, LPA Vendor Lien Waiver]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[media:136.11.22.docx|Fig. 136.11.22, LPA Final Acceptance Checklist]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[media:136.11.23 2016.pdf|Fig. 136.11.23, LPA Semi-Final Inspection Checklist (Form C-236 LPA)]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/LPA/Final_Acceptance_Report_Form_C-239.pdf Fig. 136.11.24, LPA Final Acceptance Report (Form C-239 LPA)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/CUF_Determination_Form.pdf Commercially Useful Function (CUF) Determination Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Off-Systems Guide Schedule for Federal-Aid Acceptance Sampling and Testing (FAST)|Off-Systems Guide Schedule for Federal-Aid Acceptance Sampling &amp;amp; Testing (FAST)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;quot;How To&amp;quot; PowerPoint Tutorials&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[media:136.11 How to Develop.ppt|How to Develop and Use the Daily Diary and Payment Diary for LPA Inspectors]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[media:136.11 How to Coomplete.ppt|How to Complete a Change Order and Get it Approved]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[media:136.11 How to Close.ppt|How to Close Out a Federal Aid Construction Project]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;Federal-Aid Essential Videos&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/federal-aidessentials/catmod.cfm?category=construc Project Construction and Contract Administration]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/federal-aidessentials/catmod.cfm?category=civilrig Civil Rights]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;Brochure&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[media:136.11 Buy America Brochure.pdf|Buy America Requirements for the Federal-Aid Construction Program]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This article is intended as a guide to Local Public Agencys (LPAs) to ensure federal-aid project requirements are met while administering the construction of and corresponding documentation required of a typical LPA project.  No work is to be initiated on any part of the project until federal funding has been approved (obligated) by [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/ FHWA] and the local agency has been notified by MoDOT to proceed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==136.11.1 Project Oversight==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The LPA shall have a &#039;&#039;&#039;person in &amp;quot;responsible charge&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; (RC) of the administration of the project including construction inspection.  This person must be an employee or a paid elected official of the local agency who is accountable for the project.  If a consultant is hired to oversee the project the RC should be available at all times to respond to any issues on the project.  The RC or designated consultant should have the necessary experience, training and knowledge to ensure that project construction and administration follows all requirements as described in the project documents and standard practice.  The RC will be the primary contact for MoDOT regarding any contract administration issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All items of work on the project shall be inspected.  Major items of work such as bridge deck pouring, paving or other high cost or critical items may require more attention than other minor items of work.  MoDOT’s Engineering Policy Guide or [https://www.modot.org/about-lpacontact-us MoDOT district representatives] are good sources for tools to adequately administer the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==136.11.2 Work by LPA Forces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The LPA may elect, with MoDOT and FHWA approval, to perform work with its own forces (see [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.12 Federal-aid Participation for Local Work|EPG 136.3.12 Federal-aid Participation for Local Work]] for more information), if done so they will not need to comply with the labor records, postings, payroll checking, interviews, and Davis-Bacon minimum prevailing wages requirements. However, it will be necessary for the LPA to comply with the provisions of [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/programadmin/contracts/1273/1273.pdf Form PR-1273], Required Federal-Aid Provisions - All Federal-Aid Construction Contracts, Section II - Equal Opportunity, and Section III - Non-segregated Facilities. These two sections essentially require that the local agency be an “Equal Opportunity Employer.” See [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.15 Reimbursement and Auditing|EPG 136.3.15 Reimbursement and Auditing]] for required records to support reimbursement for work performed by LPA forces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==136.11.3 Notice to Proceed==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following the concurrence of award of the contract from MoDOT, the LPA must submit executed copies of the contract to MoDOT.  The district representative will review the contract for compliance and will inform the LPA that they can issue &amp;quot;notice to proceed&amp;quot; (NTP) and proceed with construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;No work is to be initiated on any part of the project until FHWA approves (obligates) federal funding and MoDOT notifies the LPA to proceed.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A pre-construction conference must be scheduled and attended by the LPA, the contractor and MoDOT before any work begins on the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==136.11.4 Preconstruction Conference==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A preconstruction conference shall be conducted by the LPA, prior to the start of work, to ensure that all parties involved are aware of their responsibilities. Those invited to attend shall include but not be limited to representatives from the consultant (if applicable), contractor, subcontractors, utilities (if involved), local police, fire, postal, other emergency services (if necessary),  any school agencies (if traffic is to be severely restricted or road closed), and MoDOT. Arrangements for and notice given of the meeting shall be completed at least one week prior to the meeting date. [[media:136.11.1 Nov 2013.doc|Fig. 136.11.1 General Guidelines for LPA Preconstruction Conference]] outlines this conference.  Note that the initial data pertaining to the project is required within two working days after the start of work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For projects that have specified contractor furnished borrow or require disposal of waste material off the LPA right of way, the contractor should be reminded of the requirement that the affected areas must be reviewed by DNR for environmental clearances that will include, but not be limited to the Clean Water Act, the Endangered Species Act, the National Historic Preservation Act, the Farmland Protection Act, Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act and RSMo Chapter 194, Section 194.400 Unmarked Human Burial Sites.  A copy of the correspondence from these agencies should be filed with the [https://www.modot.org/about-lpacontact-us MoDOT district representative]. More information on contractor furnished borrow and waste sites can be found in [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements|EPG 136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements]].  Failure to comply with this requirement can cause loss of federal funding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If ADA improvements are included within the project, then the [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/ADA_Checklist.pdf ADA Checklist, (PDF version of Fig. 136.9.4)] (or the [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/ADA_Checklist.docx MS Word version of the ADA Checklist, Fig. 136.9.4]) should be included in the discussion.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Initial Data from LPA&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Within two working days after the start of work, the LPA shall furnish a letter to MoDOT containing the following information: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Project identification; &lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Contractor’s name and address; &lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; Construction Inspector’s name, address, and phone number; &lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Name of full-time employee of agency to be in &amp;quot;responsible charge&amp;quot; of project, including projects with consultant services ([https://www.law.cornell.edu/cfr/text/23/635.105 23 CFR 635.105]). &amp;quot;Responsible charge&amp;quot; means: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::a.	Aware of day-to-day operations on the project &lt;br /&gt;
::b.	Aware of and involved in decisions about changed conditions that require change orders &lt;br /&gt;
::c.	Aware of qualifications, assignments, performance of consultant staff at all stages of the project &lt;br /&gt;
::d.	Visiting the project on a frequency that is commensurate with the magnitude &amp;amp; complexity of the project &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;5.&#039;&#039;&#039; Name, address, and telephone number of local agency’s consultant, if applicable; &lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;6.&#039;&#039;&#039; Date of construction engineering contract approval; &lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;7.&#039;&#039;&#039; Date of notice to proceed; &lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;8.&#039;&#039;&#039; Completion date or working days; &lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;9.&#039;&#039;&#039; Amount of contract; &lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;10.&#039;&#039;&#039; Location and description of work; &lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;11.&#039;&#039;&#039; Date of letting; &lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;12.&#039;&#039;&#039; Date of award; &lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;13.&#039;&#039;&#039; Date of preconstruction conference; &lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;14.&#039;&#039;&#039; Date on which work actually started; and &lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;15.&#039;&#039;&#039; Summary of Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) intent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==136.11.5 Subcontracts ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Federal-aid contracts require that no less than 30% of the contract work shall be performed by the prime contractor’s own forces and equipment. All contracts shall further hold to the right of approval of any subcontracts prior to performance of subcontract work. The local agency is responsible for assuring the proposed subcontractors are both qualified to perform the proposed items of work and legally bound to comply with all the requirements of the contract as they would apply to the prime contractor, for example, wage rates, equal employment opportunity regulations, submittal of payrolls, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The LPA shall furnish the MoDOT representative the name and address of each subcontractor, the percentage of work sublet to that particular subcontractor, the percentages awarded to DBEs, and the total percentage of work sublet to date. DBEs must be on the MoDOT-approved listing at the time of letting. Subcontract approval forms ([https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Request_to_Subcontract_C_220.pdf Fig. 136.11.4], [[media:136.11.5 Dec 2015.xls|Fig. 136.11.5]] and [[media:136.11.6 Dec 2015.pdf|Fig. 136.11.6]]) must be used for submitting subcontractor information. [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/programadmin/contracts/1273/1273.pdf FHWA 1273, Required Federal Contract Provisions], is included in all federal aid contracts, and it is the prime contractor’s responsibility to ensure that all subcontract agreements also include a copy of FHWA 1273. The reviewer should perform a random check on the submitted subcontract agreements to help ensure the prime is meeting this requirement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon approval from the prime contractor, subcontractors may sublet a portion of their assigned work to another subcontractor. This relationship is called “2nd tier subcontracting”. A separate [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Request_to_Subcontract_C_220.pdf Fig.136.11.4], Request for Approval of Subcontract, submitted by the prime, is required for 2nd tier subcontract requests. The contractor shall disclose the name of the 1st tier subcontractor on the form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Request for Approval of Subcontract for the 1st tier subcontractor should list all of the work items they plan to perform, as well as all work they plan to sublet to their second tier subcontractors. The quantity and unit price for each line shall be that designated in the subcontract agreement between the prime contractor and the first tier subcontractor. The Request for Approval of Subcontract for the 2nd tier subcontract work lists only the work the 2nd tier sub will perform, and shows the quantity and price from the subcontract agreement between the 1st and 2nd tier subcontractors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==136.11.6 Information Posters==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contracts for highway construction projects require certain information to be conspicuously displayed on the project where employees regularly congregate in preparation for the day’s work.  The RC or a delegated representative is to conduct inspections of the bulletin boards. The first inspection should occur when employees begin work on the project.  After the initial review, inspections should be conducted every other month until the project is completed to ensure the bulletin board is in good condition and still displays the required posters. The list of required information to be posted both on the project and in the project office is located in [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:110_State_and_Federal_Wage_Rates_and_Other_Requirements#110.2_Federal-Aid_Projects_.28Guidance_for_Sec_110.2.29 EPG 110.2].  Many of the posters can be downloaded from MoDOT’s internet contractor resources website.  A [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Job_Site_Bulletin_Board_Checklist_fillable.pdf checklist of the job bulletin board posters] is also available.  All posters shall be completed as required, showing names and telephone numbers where indicated.  For more information on the Federal Davis-Bacon prevailing wage rates see [[136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PS &amp;amp; E)#136.9.4.1.1.10.1 Federal Wage Rates (23 USC 113 and 29 CFR 5)|EPG 136.9.4.1.1.10.1 Federal Wage Rates]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==136.11.7 Equal Employment Opportunity Requirements==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-41/subtitle-B/chapter-60/part-60-1 EEO requirements (41 CFR 60.1)] and [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-41/subtitle-B/chapter-60/part-60-2 (41 CFR 60.2)] are contained in the contract. The local agency should be familiar with and enforce those requirements. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The LPA shall furnish the name of the contractor or subcontractor whose contract or subcontract is $10,000.00 or more and must submit Federal-Aid Highway Construction Contractors Annual EEO Report, [https://www.modot.org/media/43964 Fig. 136.11.8, Form FHWA-1391], to the MoDOT Business Development and Compliance Division. Employment data should total correctly on this report. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a contractor or subcontractor has been active on a project but no work was performed during the above payroll report period, a “No Work Was Performed” report is to be submitted. If a project has not started, no report is required. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==136.11.8 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) requirements are also covered in [[:Category:146 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE)|EPG 146 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE)]].  DBE compliance consists of ensuring that the prime contractors utilize DBEs as indicated in their good faith effort.  These vendors will be a combination of subcontractors working on the project, suppliers, brokers, and trucking companies.  DBE vendors must be on the MoDOT-approved [https://www6.modot.mo.gov/MRCC/Home/PublicSearch MRCC] listing at the bid opening.  After the contract is awarded, the contractors should provide a [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Request_to_Subcontract_C_220.pdf Request to Subcontract Work form] for each subcontractor noting the DBE/non-DBE classification.  If a subcontractor is added to the project, they need to be pre-approved by MoDOT prior to performing any work.  The LPA should track the DBE progress throughout the project to ensure the goal is met.  In calculating the percentage of the contract work performed, all prices for sublet work shall be at contract unit bid prices. Sample forms ([https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Request_to_Subcontract_C_220.pdf Fig. 136.11.4] and [[media:136.11.5 Dec 2015.xls|Fig. 136.11.5]]) may be used for submitting subcontractor information and instructions for completing the form ([[media:136.11.6 Dec 2015.pdf|Fig. 136.11.6]]) are available.  If there is a concern during the project, contact the [https://www.modot.org/welcome-external-civil-rights Business Development and Compliance Division].  The prime contractor and LPA should ensure that the DBE vendors used to achieve the goal are performing a Commercially Useful Function (CUF).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==136.11.9 Commercially Useful Function (CUF)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Commercially Useful Function (CUF) basically consists of checking that the DBE vendor performs the work, supplies the material, has its own labor, and controls its work. The RC or delegated representative shall conduct at least one CUF interview using the [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/CUF_Determination_Form.pdf CUF Determination form] for each DBE vendor on the project.  Additional interviews shall occur if the inspector notices a change in the DBE vendor or prime contractors operations.  The verification for CUF varies depending on the capacity the DBE vendor is being used.  See [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:146_Disadvantaged_Business_Enterprise_%28DBE%29#146.3_Commercially_Useful_Function_Verifications EPG 146.3] for a detailed description of what constitutes a check for CUF for various DBE uses. Please review the common [https://epg.modot.org/files/d/df/146_Red_Flags.doc red flags] found on CUF reviews.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==136.11.10 On-the-job Training (OJT)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On-the-job Training (OJT) requirements are also covered in [[136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PS &amp;amp; E)#136.9.4.1.1.16 On the Job Training (OJT) (23 CFR Section 230)|EPG 136.9.4.1.1.16 On the Job Training]].  All training goals are established by the MoDOT Business Development and Compliance (BDC) Division prior to letting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to the notice to proceed, the contractor shall submit the [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/OJT_1_Trainee_Notification.pdf Trainee Notification form] to the RC or delegated representative. They will then forward the notification to MoDOT BDC Division for approval of the proposed trainee(s).  This process will be repeated if a trainee is added anytime during the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the trainee notification form, the contractor must submit [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/OJT_2_Contractor_Monthly_Trainee_Report.pdf monthly trainee reports] throughout the course of the training and the [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/OJT_3_Training_Completion.pdf trainee completion form]. The final trainee summary shall be completed at the end of the project or when the trainee goal on the project has been achieved. These forms shall also be submitted to the RC or delegated representative. The LPA will then forward the notification to MoDOT BDC Division for approval. The monthly trainee reports will be verified by the RC or delegated representative against the certified payroll for accuracy and then forwarded to MoDOT BDC Division. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further information and guidance about the OJT program and the submittal forms, you may access [https://www.modot.org/job-trainingcontract-compliance the BDC website] or call (573) 751-2978.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==136.11.11 Value Engineering Change Proposals==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Value engineering change proposals (VECP) are meant to provide a product of equal or improved quality that will reduce the project cost, improve safety or decrease the time required to complete the project.  See [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=4 Sec 104.6] and [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:130_Value_Engineering#130.2_Contractor_initiated_VECPs EPG 130.2] for guidelines on contractor proposals for value engineering.  A VECP must be approved by the contractor, consultant engineer (if applicable), LPA, MoDOT and FHWA (if applicable). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==136.11.12 Construction Administration==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.11.12.1 Consultant Conflict of Interest===&lt;br /&gt;
Under [https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=004674eb2f1f808c87da0c3713c3662e&amp;amp;mc=true&amp;amp;node=se23.1.1_133&amp;amp;rgn=div8 23 CFR 1.33], neither a consulting engineering firm, nor any of its employees, that is providing engineering and inspection services for the contracting agency shall be allowed to perform work that is the construction contractor&#039;s responsibility. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is unacceptable for a consultant to provide both project engineering services for the LPA and engineering services for the project construction contractor. Operating under this arrangement gives the appearance of a possible conflict of interest and is not allowed for federal-aid work, although, surveying will be permitted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.11.12.2 Construction Engineering Expectations===&lt;br /&gt;
The local agency is the main contact for the contractor and is responsible for overseeing the construction activities, which include the day-to-day review and inspection of the project construction activities and the record keeping necessary for documentation.  The local agency shall also have a qualified inspector on the project site.  The inspector must verify that work performed and materials incorporated are as specified in the contract documents and that the project is built in accordance with approved plans and specifications and that quantities are documented sufficiently to make payments for completed work.  At a minimum, the inspector must be present on the job site during critical construction operations including, but not limited to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:* structure layout&lt;br /&gt;
:* excavation and backfilling&lt;br /&gt;
:* driving pile&lt;br /&gt;
:* checking of reinforcing steel prior to concrete placement&lt;br /&gt;
:* concrete batching and pouring&lt;br /&gt;
:* placement of girders &lt;br /&gt;
:* placement of surfacing materials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ALL material incorporated into a project MUST be inspected and documented or the federal funds on the project will be jeopardized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==136.11.13 Documentation Requirements==&lt;br /&gt;
All costs incurred by the local agency for which federal reimbursement is sought must be supported by original source documents or documentation that provides adequate assurance the quantities of completed work were determined accurately and on a uniform basis. The primary source of administration information is found in two basic sources, the project inspector’s diary and payment diary. These diaries are the primary documents used to verify construction progress and payment and may become a crucial element if any disputes or issues arise on the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Diaries are essential to provide a description of day-to-day activities that occurred on the project, valuable quality control information and historical information of how the project was constructed.  As such, the diary is a document focusing on critical project information and used as a communication tool to assist in explaining what the contractor did that day and what took place on the job site.  By completing a diary, this provides assurances to MoDOT, taxpayers and FHWA there was compliance and quality control on the project.  The diary serves as the primary source of information to ensure pay quantities were measured and paid for accordingly.  It should also summarize the labor, material, equipment, work accomplished and other events that affect or explain the contractors progress.  The diary then becomes a factual, historical document used to review project compliance, contractor claims or dispute resolution, and serves as the project documentation during an audit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Diaries are written such that they are:&lt;br /&gt;
:1.	Clear; including  handwriting and meaning.  Refrain from words such as they, he, she.  Instead use specific names of individuals.&lt;br /&gt;
:2.	Concise; use minimum number of words and be factual&lt;br /&gt;
:3.	Correct; numerous corrected errors give impression of quality of work&lt;br /&gt;
:4.	Complete; include all information needed to be clear.  Document as if describing to someone unfamiliar with the project.  Include items such as activities and testing that took place, the result of those activities and tests and any action taken from those results.&lt;br /&gt;
:5.	Concurrent; document as the events happen, not after.  Waiting too long to document makes it easy to forget the specifics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Samples of documentation may be obtained from the district MoDOT representative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.11.13.1 Project Diaries===&lt;br /&gt;
Diaries and field books can be handwritten, bound documents or electronic and part of electronic construction management software systems. Diaries must be accurate, well-documented and completed in a timely manner, whether that be as the day progresses, at the end of the day or no later than the next day.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Handwritten diaries shall be completed in ink in securely bound, high-grade field books. Any corrections shall be made by lining out the entry, initialing and dating. Do not use erasures or correction fluids to make changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If electronic systems are used, a secure back up shall be maintained. Any electronically generated diaries must be kept in a software system which meets the following criteria:&lt;br /&gt;
:1.	Contract administrator(s) shall not have the capability of deleting any diary information&lt;br /&gt;
:2.	Any changes to diary entries shall be documented with&lt;br /&gt;
::a.	Previous entry&lt;br /&gt;
::b.	Corrected entry&lt;br /&gt;
::c.	Name or initials of person making the correction&lt;br /&gt;
::d.	Date of correction&lt;br /&gt;
::e.	Reason for correction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the LPA’s responsibility to ensure electronic diary system meets these requirements.  MoDOT / FHWA may review electronic diaries during any project review or site visit.  If it is determined changes to diary entries were deleted or in any other way compromised, the LPA will be at risk of losing &#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039; federal funding for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The project diary is completed daily, even if no work occurs, and includes the following:   &lt;br /&gt;
:*	Facts only, no opinions&lt;br /&gt;
:*	Date&lt;br /&gt;
:*	Weather including statements related to whether conditions are suitable for construction progress and any delays due to weather.  If not working due to weather, make such notation for the day.&lt;br /&gt;
:*	Progress of work as a percentage; suggested as a bar chart in a suitable scale to indicate the percentage of work completed to date  &lt;br /&gt;
:*	Pay item documentation including work by local forces&lt;br /&gt;
:*	Instructions to contractor&lt;br /&gt;
:*	Unusual occurrences effecting project activities  &lt;br /&gt;
:*	Determination of physical condition of work performed, i.e. temporary traffic control items, erosion control items&lt;br /&gt;
:*	Documentation of tests performed and test results&lt;br /&gt;
:*	Contractor work hours&lt;br /&gt;
:*	Completion of check lists&lt;br /&gt;
:*	Objective remarks of end product&lt;br /&gt;
:*	Visitors and communication on the project site&lt;br /&gt;
:*	Labor, equipment and material on site including usage, delays, breakdowns, idle time, inefficiencies, work accomplished and other events that affect or explain contractor progress.  If not working due to materials shortages, equipment breakdowns, rejected material, etc., make note of such.&lt;br /&gt;
:*	Number of employees in each trade and each employee matched with their item of work and equipment including any specific to DBE&lt;br /&gt;
:*	Signature of inspector completing the diary&lt;br /&gt;
:*	If a working day contract, the running total of contract time charged and reasons for days credited.&lt;br /&gt;
:*	Examples of noted events for the day are recommended to include:&lt;br /&gt;
::•	Status of project Traffic Control Operations including any changes made to the traffic control plan&lt;br /&gt;
::•	Status of project’s erosion control including any changes made to the erosion control plan&lt;br /&gt;
::•	Work or materials rejected and reasons why&lt;br /&gt;
::•	Length and cause of any delay&lt;br /&gt;
::•	Unusual conditions and effect on job; including any crashes that occurred in the work zone&lt;br /&gt;
::•	Visitors to the project site&lt;br /&gt;
::•	Other inspector action, e.g. note wage interviews, DBE compliance checks, major material status, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on federal requirements and guidelines, see the [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/programadmin/contracts/ FHWA – Construction Contract Administration webpage] or scroll down on [http://www.modot.org/business/lpa/NHITraining.htm MoDOT&#039;s LPA website] to locate an online NHI training course on Daily Diaries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.11.13.2 Payment Diaries===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;The following information shall be recorded neatly and clearly in the payment diary:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:*	Date&lt;br /&gt;
:*	Inspectors signature or initials&lt;br /&gt;
:*	Location of the installed work indicated by stations, log miles or location-based reference.  Pictures are also a good documentation source. &lt;br /&gt;
:*	Quantity of work installed on that day.&lt;br /&gt;
:*	Running total of that item of work.&lt;br /&gt;
:*	Any pertinent calculations or measurements including charge orders, extra work or work by local forces. &lt;br /&gt;
:*	Material received and approved (or rejected and reasoning). &lt;br /&gt;
:*	Receipt of materials certification.&lt;br /&gt;
:*	Notes related to how total compares to plan quantity.&lt;br /&gt;
:*	If material allowances are used, they must not exceed the estimated quantities required by the job nor the test reports or certifications. Care must also be taken to reduce the material allowance, as the material is paid-in-place. The invoice must be marked paid by the supplier. Being marked paid by the contractor is not allowed. &lt;br /&gt;
:*	For lump sum items and excavations, an estimated percentage of completed work shall be placed in the summary. Documentation for payment shall be shown in the project diary entries as the work is being accomplished. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.11.13.3 Invoices===&lt;br /&gt;
The LPA must submit invoices to MoDOT for reimbursement of costs contained in the agreements and contracts as they are incurred.  The invoices may not be submitted more than once every two weeks. Progress invoices must be submitted monthly.  The final invoice must be submitted within 30 days of final acceptance. See [[LPA:136.12 Figures, Glossary and Other Useful Links#Construction Reimbursement Form|Figure 136.3.18 for Construction Invoice]] templates. For detailed information on the procedures to be followed, see [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.15 Reimbursement and Auditing|EPG 136.3.15 Reimbursement and Auditing]]. In addition, [[media:Fig. 136.11.14 secure.pdf|Fig. 136.11.14]] and [[media:Fig. 136.11.15.pdf|Fig 136.11.15]] are completed construction invoices that can be used as examples when preparing a construction invoice for reimbursement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.11.13.4 Erosion Control===&lt;br /&gt;
The LPA shall ensure the land disturbance site is inspected on a regular schedule and within a reasonable time period (not to exceed 48 hours) following a runoff event. Regularly scheduled inspections (recommend using MoDOT&#039;s [https://www.modot.org/media/983 Land Disturbance Inspection  Record]) shall be conducted at a minimum of once every seven days. For disturbed areas where permanent ground cover has not been established, all installed BMPs and other pollution control measures shall be inspected for proper installation, operation and maintenance. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Locations where storm water leaves the site shall be inspected for evidence of erosion or sediment deposition. Any deficiencies noted during a weekly inspection shall be corrected within seven calendar days of that inspection. The results of the weekly inspections in a given month shall be recorded in that month’s report. The inspector shall promptly notify the site contractors responsible for operation and maintenance of BMPs of the deficiencies. See [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:806_Pollution%2C_Erosion_and_Sediment_Control#806.7_Construction_Inspection_Guidance_for_Sec._806 EPG 806.7 Construction Inspection Guidance for Sec. 806] and [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:203_Roadway_and_Drainage_Excavation%2C_Embankment_and_Compaction#Borrow_.28Sec_203.3.29 EPG 203.1 Borrow] for more information regarding storm water and erosion control requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A log of each inspection shall be kept. The inspection report is to include the following minimum information: inspector’s name, date of inspection, observations relative to the effectiveness of the BMPs, actions taken or necessary to correct deficiencies, and listing of areas where land disturbance operations have permanently or temporarily stopped. The inspection report shall be signed by the inspector. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The LPA shall at all times ensure that all pollution control measures and systems are in good order to achieve compliance with the terms of the general permit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.11.13.5 American’s with Disabilities Act (ADA) Checklist===&lt;br /&gt;
Pedestrian facilities must be accessible to all people to the maximum extent feasible in accordance with Title II of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA).  For detailed information and criteria see [[:Category:642 Pedestrian Facilities|EPG 642 Pedestrian Facilities]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to or during the final inspection, the [https://www.modot.org/about-lpacontact-us MoDOT district representative] will utilize the [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/ADA_Checklist.pdf ADA Checklist, (PDF version of Fig. 136.9.4)] (or the  [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/ADA_Checklist.docx MS Word version of the ADA Checklist, Fig. 136.9.4]), to verify the project has been constructed to meet the current ADA requirements.  Providing the checklist to the contractor at the preconstruction conference is considered a best practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.11.13.6 Progress Reports===&lt;br /&gt;
The LPA shall submit a copy of a monthly report to the [https://www.modot.org/about-lpacontact-us MoDOT district representative] stating the progress of the work. [[media:136.11.3 2016.pdf|Fig. 136.11.3]] provides the Progress Report format. The LPA may elect to summarize construction activities for the project on a weekly basis and consolidate them into the monthly report.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.11.13.7 Document Retention===&lt;br /&gt;
The MoDOT district or FHWA representative may review daily diaries and payment diaries on the project site at any time.  The LPA shall maintain all books, documents, papers, accounting records and other evidence pertaining to the costs incurred. Such materials shall be available at the LPA’s office for inspection by MoDOT, [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/ FHWA] or their authorized representatives at all reasonable times during the contract period and for (3) three years after the date on which the local agency receives reimbursement of its final invoice from MoDOT, and copies thereof shall be furnished if requested.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==136.11.14 Labor==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Missouri and federal law requires minimum wage rates (pay) for the various skilled trades. These wage rates are specified in the contract at the time of bidding and are enforced by MoDOT, the LPA, and the [http://www.labor.mo.gov/ MO Department of Labor] during the construction of the project.  For more information on the Federal Davis-Bacon prevailing wage rates see [[136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PS &amp;amp; E)#136.9.4.1.1.10.1 Federal Wage Rates (23 USC 113 and 29 CFR 5)|EPG 136.9.4.1.1.10.1 Federal Wage Rates]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.11.14.1 Labor Records===&lt;br /&gt;
The LPA shall obtain payrolls and forms related to [https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?tpl=/ecfrbrowse/Title41/41cfr60-1_main_02.tpl Equal Employment Opportunity (41 CFR 60.1)] and [https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=532eba60f86eea33a5dbf5930bf29b41&amp;amp;mc=true&amp;amp;node=pt41.1.60_62&amp;amp;rgn=div5 (41 CFR 60.2)]. They shall also ascertain that necessary posters (see [[#136.11.13 Documentation Requirements|EPG 136.11.13 Documentation Requirements]]) are in place on the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A certified copy of each weekly payroll must be submitted by the prime contractor within 7 days of the payment date of the payroll. The certification may be attached to the payroll or may be on the payroll itself. The prime contractor will be responsible for the submittal of payrolls and certifications for all subcontractors on the project.  In the event that work is temporarily suspended, the last payroll shall be marked appropriately to note that it will be the last payroll until work is resumed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Payrolls to be submitted shall be checked for compliance with the contract requirements. The local agency shall retain all payrolls for a period of three years after the date on which the local agency receives reimbursement of its final invoice from MoDOT, during which time they shall be open to inspection by MoDOT and/or FHWA. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The LPA shall check payrolls, with the following checks being made to ensure proper labor compliance: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:1.	The employee’s full name, identifying number (such as last four digits of Social Security Number) and complete address, including zip code, must appear on each payroll.  For projects that are only state-funded projects, addresses will be required to be placed on certified payrolls. For federal-aid projects, placing addresses on the payrolls will be optional. The contractor is no longer allowed to include complete Social Security numbers on certified payrolls for projects let after January 18, 2009.  In lieu of the Social Security number, the contractor must assign the employee an identification number and place that identification number on the certified payroll. This identification number can be the last four digits of the employee&#039;s Social Security number. For those projects that were let prior to January 18, 2009 the contractor must still provide Social Security numbers and addresses on certified payrolls. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:2. Check the payroll for correct employee classification. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::a.	Check to assure each employee has a classification. &lt;br /&gt;
::b. Make sure classifications are correct as related to the type of work the company has subcontracted. &lt;br /&gt;
::c. Employees enrolled in the MoDOT training program must be shown on the payroll in the classification they are enrolled in as trainee. (i.e. Crane Operator Trainee, Carpenter, Laborer, etc.) &lt;br /&gt;
::d. When possible, confirm that employees are classified correctly as to what type work they are performing by using the interview process, jobsite visits, and communication with the inspectors, and by reviewing the Inspector’s Daily Report of Construction. &lt;br /&gt;
::e. Foremen or supervisors who perform 20% or less of the day with the tools of the trade are exempt from the Davis Bacon Act. They must appear on the payroll as &amp;quot;foreman&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;supervisor&amp;quot; with a breakdown of hours per day and total hours and, since hourly wage rates are not required, they can be listed under Salary Agreement. &lt;br /&gt;
::f. Foremen or supervisors who work with tools of the trade more than 20% of the day are not entitled to an exemption under the Davis Bacon Act. Thus, if the hourly wage rate is the same for both classifications the employee will be listed on the payroll to show both classifications in which they performed (i.e. Foreman/Carpenter), hours per day listed along with an hourly wage rate, gross amount earned, deductions and net wages paid. But, if the hourly wage rate is not the same for both classifications then multiple listings for the employee shall be included on the payroll to show each classification of work performed in each day along with all the appropriate information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:3. Check the payroll for correct hourly wage and, where applicable, the correct overtime hourly rate. &lt;br /&gt;
::a. Check employee’s rate of pay against the state and federal wage rates, where applicable, to make sure the employee is receiving at least the minimum for the individual&#039;s classification as per the prevailing wage schedule in the contract. For federally funded projects the rate of pay is the highest of either the federal or state wage rates. &lt;br /&gt;
::b. Make sure fringe benefit amount plus base pay amount matches or exceeds the designated fringe benefit amount plus designated base pay amount from the applicable wage order. For example, the base pay amount could be less than that designated as the prevailing wage, if the fringe benefit amount is more than that designated, and the two together meet or exceed the designated gross prevailing wage. The contractor should be encouraged to list the exact fringe paid for each employee on the payroll. If the contractor chooses to certify that the fringe benefits are being paid to approved plans, funds, or programs, the contractor shall provide documentation that the correct payment amount is being paid to the fund for the individual employees. &lt;br /&gt;
::Check the daily and weekly hours worked in each classification including actual overtime hours worked (not adjusted hours). &lt;br /&gt;
:4. All deductions shall be listed and the net wage shown. The Form WH-347 is to be used where fringe benefits are paid into established programs. However, if fringe benefits are paid in cash to the employee, the amount shall be indicated on the payroll and noted on the statement of compliance. &lt;br /&gt;
::a. All deductions must be identified. If a deduction of “other” is listed on the payroll it must be explained on the statement of compliance. &lt;br /&gt;
::b. Some typical deductions include &lt;br /&gt;
:::1) State or federal taxes &lt;br /&gt;
:::2) Voluntary insurance, pension, and/or retirement plans &lt;br /&gt;
:::3) Child support and other payments ordered by a court (but not payments to the employer) &lt;br /&gt;
:::4) Prepaid wages &lt;br /&gt;
:::5) Payments to charitable organizations &lt;br /&gt;
:::6) Union dues when agreed to by the union (fines are not allowable) &lt;br /&gt;
::c. All deductions must be an approved deduction. (If not on the approved list above, documentation giving employee’s permission for the deduction must be on file.) &lt;br /&gt;
::d. Non-standard deductions can be approved by the Division of Labor on a yearly basis. The contractor must provide documentation along with the payroll when any approved non-standard deductions are in use.&lt;br /&gt;
:5. To assure that the payrolls are arithmetically correct, approximately 10% of the extensions on the first three payrolls shall be checked. The contractor is to be advised of any violations noted on the labor payroll. All the errors are to be corrected by means of a supplementary payroll. &lt;br /&gt;
:6. All checking by the local agency shall be initialed by the checker. &lt;br /&gt;
:7. Final payrolls shall be marked “Final” or “Last Payroll.” &lt;br /&gt;
:8. The local agency is to maintain a secure record of all payrolls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The prime contractor and each subcontractor are required to submit a weekly statement of compliance within seven days of the payment date of each payroll period. This statement must be signed by the contractor, subcontractor, or their agent who pays or supervises the payment of persons employed under the contract and shall certify that the payroll for the pay period contains the information required and that such information is correct and complete, [http://www.dol.gov/whd/programs/dbra/wh347.htm Form WH-347], is to be submitted in the prescribed form as set out in the “Required Contract Provisions” included in the contract. The local agency is to maintain a secure record of all statements. This Form WH-347 is available to contractors from the Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.11.14.2 Labor Interviews===&lt;br /&gt;
LPA personnel are to conduct one wage rate interview on each project every two weeks. Labor interviews are not required on railroad and other utility adjustments. The interviewer shall determine the employee’s name, the classification of the employee, the actual wage paid, and the posted wage rate. Interviews shall be documented as shown on form, [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/CR1_Wage_Rate_Interview.pdf Fig. 136.11.5 Wage Rate Interview (Labor Compliance/EEO)]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The LPA shall submit a semi-annual report to the [https://www.modot.org/about-lpacontact-us MoDOT district representative] containing the following information: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:1. Number of contractors or subcontractors against whom complaints were received &lt;br /&gt;
:2. Number of investigations completed (if complaints were received) &lt;br /&gt;
:3. Number of contractors or subcontractors found in violation &lt;br /&gt;
:4. Amount of restitution due under: &lt;br /&gt;
::a. Davis-Bacon and Related Acts &lt;br /&gt;
::b. Work Hours Act of 1962 &lt;br /&gt;
::(The Davis-Bacon Act encompasses prevailing wage rate violations, whereas the Contract Work Hours Act encompasses daily and weekly overtime violations.) &lt;br /&gt;
:5. Number of employees due wage restitution under Davis-Bacon and related Acts and/or Work Hours Act of 1962 &lt;br /&gt;
:6. Amount of liquidated damages assessed under Work Hours Act of 1962&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above report is due not later than April 4 for the period from October 1 to March 31 and not later than October 5 for the period from April 1 to September 30. This report shall include all information gathered on all projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==136.11.15 Change Orders==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A change order is a supplement to the contract. It is prepared to provide authority to pay for revisions in quantities and to authorize changes in scope of work, schedule, design concept or specifications. Changes in scope should be limited to the original intent, purpose and limits (length and width) of the job. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.11.15.1 Change Order Documentation===&lt;br /&gt;
Change orders should be documented on the MoDOT change order report form ([[media:136.11.2.xlsx|Fig. 136.11.2]]) and be identified by the Federal-aid project number, if applicable. The LPA representative writing the change order should use brief, accurate and complete reasons for the contract changes.  The reasons should include construction facts; such as utility locations, incorrect shrinkage factors, plan sheet errors, excessive erosion, etc.; rather than general statements that merely state quantities vary.  Change order items should be listed in the same order as they appear in the contract.  No combination of items will be permitted.  Controlling specifications should be checked carefully to establish the LPA’s responsibility for payment.  Change orders are to be numbered consecutively per contract.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the change order includes a contingent item for which the method of payment is not established by the contract specifications, a detail of all work covered by that item and the supplemental specification covering construction of that item must be shown including description, materials, construction requirements, method of measurement and basis of payment. References to the contract specifications may be used when applicable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:*	If a contingent item price can be agreed upon between the LPA and the contractor then the substantiating data shall be attached to show how the price was determined including an independent estimate of cost by the LPA.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:*	If a contingent item price cannot be agreed upon between the LPA and the contractor and the work has to be performed under force account, then the unit price will consist of the actual local agency or contractor material, labor and equipment costs in accordance with [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.15 Reimbursement and Auditing|EPG 136.3.15 Reimbursement and Auditing]].  The unit price should be shown as 1.00 and the units to be constructed would be the estimated cost. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Supplemental information necessary to document the change order should be attached to the change order. The attachments should include the contract number and change order number.  A clear description or drawing can expedite processing the change order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional engineering and/or resulting construction costs due to design errors and omissions, resulting in a re-design, are not eligible for federal participation. Participation in added project costs resulting from re-design or plan changes can only be considered in cases where it can definitely be established that the changes were the result of unforeseen site conditions or other causes that would not reasonably be under the control of the LPA or its engineer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contract time extensions granted by the local agency which affect project costs or liquidated damages must be fully justified and adequately documented. The local agency will be liable for any liquidated damages for time extensions granted by them and not approved by MoDOT. Under these conditions, the money value of the damages will be deducted from money due the LPA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final change order is used to convert quantities to final status as determined at completion of the project. The final change order should be completed within 45 days of Final Inspection.  If no final change order is necessary due to all quantities being updated to final status by previous change order, a statement to that effect should be included in the final plans submittal letter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.11.15.2 Change Order Approval===&lt;br /&gt;
Change orders must have approval from the LPA, consultant (if applicable), MoDOT and the FHWA (if applicable) before the work is started. Exceptions are granted for routine or minor changes, or emergency revisions for which verbal approval has been granted. In rare cases it may be necessary to proceed with emergency measures without prior approval. In such cases verbal approval should be sought from the authorizing parties as soon as practicable.  Indicate in the diary or letter of transmittal the name of the individual who provided that verbal approval. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contractor&#039;s signature should also be requested on change orders. If the contractor refuses to sign the change order, it should be documented and this documentation included with the change order when submitted to the authorizing parties. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change orders must be submitted as soon as practicable if they involve contingent items or changes in design features so that approval or rejection will be made before plans to perform the work materialize. Change orders covering overruns or underruns should be submitted promptly since they affect the contractor&#039;s monthly payment estimate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any electronic copy with digital signatures is considered official however the primary copy should be immediately saved to a protected location with at least one back up. When the contractor’s digitally signed copy is returned it should be saved over the primary copy and further digital signatures, if necessary, should be encoded to that primary copy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If paper is used, regardless of the approval level, the local agency will produce a total of two copies of change order. The LPA will forward both copies of change order to the contractor for signature. The contractor will sign and return one, and keep the other.  The original signed change order will be retained by the LPA for 3 years after final settlement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three levels of change order approval:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Change Order Level 1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Change Order Level 1&#039;&#039;&#039; is approved in documentation, by the contractor, consulting engineer (if applicable), the LPA and by the [https://www.modot.org/about-lpacontact-us MoDOT district representative].  Level 1 conditions include: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:1. Any no-cost change orders (used when the direct substitution of a particular line item with a contingent item does not generate an additional cost or cost reduction). &lt;br /&gt;
:2. Any change in a contract or contingency item less than $5,000. &lt;br /&gt;
:Examples of a Level 1 change order are available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Change Order Level 2&#039;&#039;&#039;  is approved, in documentation, by all listed in Change Order Level 1 and the FHWA on projects designated for federal involvement for change orders on the PODI Matrix. Level 2 conditions include: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:1. Final change orders &lt;br /&gt;
:2. Any change in a contract item or contingency item from $5,000 to $50,000. &lt;br /&gt;
:3. Any new contingency item from $5,000 to $50,000.&lt;br /&gt;
:4. Any specification change. &lt;br /&gt;
:5. Any revision in a contract unit price. &lt;br /&gt;
:6. Any change in a major line item greater than 25% from the original contract amount for that line item (in dollars). &lt;br /&gt;
:7. Any change of the contract amount greater than 25% of the original contract bid amount (also in dollars). &lt;br /&gt;
:8. Any change in design concept. &lt;br /&gt;
:9. Any change order not approved by the contractor. &lt;br /&gt;
:10. Any change order for adjustments due to differing site conditions or significant changes in the character of the work. &lt;br /&gt;
:11. All value engineering change orders regardless of cost. &lt;br /&gt;
:12. Any change order granting a time extension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Change Order Level 3&#039;&#039;&#039; is approved in documentation, by all listed in Change Order Level 2 and MoDOT’s State Construction and Materials Engineer. Level 3 conditions include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:1. Any change in a contract or contingency item greater than $50,000. &lt;br /&gt;
:2. Any new contingency item greater than $50,000. &lt;br /&gt;
:3. Additions greater than 50% of the original contract amount &lt;br /&gt;
:4. Additions greater than $50,000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==136.11.16 Dispute and Claim Resolution==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Occasional Escalation of an Issue – Conflicts are inevitable in any human endeavor. Key players should be encouraged to escalate to the next level of management any issues they are unable to resolve themselves.  Escalation saves time and money and may prevent the stakeholders from taking a rigid position and thus keep a relatively minor issue from becoming a claim. Most importantly, escalation of an issue may preserve the working relationship of the key players.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Development of an Issue Resolution Process – The key players should design their own systems for resolving issues on the project.  Specific teams composed of personnel from the various stakeholders, who are knowledgeable about their particular technical portions of the contract, discuss potential problems and the way they would like to see them handled.  They decide how issues that are not resolved at their level will be escalated to the next level in a timely fashion so that the decision-making process becomes more efficient and costly delays are avoided.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contractor Claims – In the event of a claim, contact your MoDOT representative.  If federal-aid participation is desired in a contract claim payment, early and often coordination is necessary between FHWA, MoDOT and the LPA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==136.11.17 Materials ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Testing and certification are necessary for all material incorporated into an LPA project. The testing and certification documentation must show the quantity of material being reported and whether it meets the specifications. .  All materials in a Federal-aid LPA project must comply with [[106.9 Buy America Requirement|Buy America]] requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.11.17.1 Material Acceptance===&lt;br /&gt;
Material acceptance is based on the following two types of sampling and testing: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:1. Job control samples are taken and tests are conducted as work progresses to assure the project is constructed in compliance with the applicable specifications. All project sampling and testing of materials shall be performed by the LPA or by a consultant employed by the LPA. The guidelines in the [[Off-Systems Guide Schedule for Federal-Aid Acceptance Sampling and Testing (FAST)|Off-Systems Guide Schedule for Federal-Aid Acceptance Sampling and Testing (FAST) table]] should be followed as a minimum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:All technicians who perform, or are required by the FHWA to witness, such sampling and testing shall be deemed as qualified by virtue of successfully completing the requirements of [[106.18 Technician Certification Program|EPG 106.18 Technician Certification Program]], for that specific technical area. They will be identified by a certification card issued by the certifying authority. The card will note the expiration date and each certification level and must be on hand during sample and testing.  Any individual who has not been qualified is not eligible to perform these functions on federal-aid projects. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Test reports or certifications are necessary for all material incorporated into the work. The test report or certification must show the quantity of material being reported and whether it meets the specifications.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Submission of job control test results to MoDOT is not required unless requested by MoDOT or the FHWA. These test results must be retained as outlined in this article. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:2. Independent assurance samples and tests will be performed by MoDOT personnel in accordance with the procedures and at the frequency set forth in [[106.22 Material Inspection Revisions|EPG 106.22 Material Inspection Revisions]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.11.17.2 Material Documentation===&lt;br /&gt;
The following material documentation shall be kept for 3 years following project acceptance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:* The name and work area being tested for any personnel conducting materials tests for acceptance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:* Material receipts must be retained and shall show proper reference to the job and indicate proper weight and measurements and moisture deductions when applicable. Each material ticket must be validated by both the scale inspector and the inspector at the job site. Certain small quantities are exempted from weight requirements. It is suggested that tickets be bound according to type of material and date. Each bundle would then support the entries in the field book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:* Testing and certification reports must be retained. It is also necessary that they be received by the LPA prior to their payment to the contractor for the material represented. Certain small quantities are exempted from testing requirements. Certification and test reports shall be labeled with the number of the bid item represented and shall be kept in numerical order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==136.11.18 Final Plans==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If any project involves work on state right of way or if MoDOT will be maintaining any portion of the completed improvement, the local agency shall furnish to the [https://www.modot.org/about-lpacontact-us MoDOT district representative] two complete sets of final “as built” plans. Final plans shall be submitted within 60 days of final acceptance (as defined in [[#136.11.19 Final Acceptance|EPG 136.11.19 Final Acceptance]]) of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all bridge plans, if there are any design changes, final “as built” bridge plans shall be submitted to the MoDOT district representative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==136.11.19 Final Acceptance==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Final acceptance&#039;&#039; of a project by an LPA occurs by verifying successful project completion through one or more inspections. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the LPA and the prime contractor presume that project construction is complete, an inspection is scheduled by the LPA. The inspection party includes representatives from the LPA, MoDOT, prime contractor, and in some cases, the FHWA and subcontractor(s). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The scheduled inspection becomes the &#039;&#039;final inspection&#039;&#039; if it is determined by the inspection party that all contract items have been completed in their entirety and are of satisfactory quality.  By merit of the final inspection, the project also receives &#039;&#039;final acceptance&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The scheduled inspection becomes a &#039;&#039;semi-final inspection&#039;&#039;, if it is determined by the inspection party that corrections or exceptions must be made before &#039;&#039;final acceptance&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
:* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Corrections&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; are work items that affect the performance and serviceability of the project and impact road users until they are completed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Exceptions&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; are time-dependent work items that do not directly impact road users.  They generally fall into one of the three following categories:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::1.	Establishment of soil stabilization through seeding/sodding/planting and maintenance of associated temporary erosion control measures,&lt;br /&gt;
::2.	Traffic signal test periods,&lt;br /&gt;
::3.	Lighting system test periods.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the corrections have been successfully completed the LPA may deem the project &#039;&#039;substantially complete&#039;&#039; and halt the working/calendar day count. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After corrections &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;and&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; exceptions have been successfully completed, the LPA inspection party shall perform a &#039;&#039;final inspection&#039;&#039; and grant &#039;&#039;final acceptance&#039;&#039;. The LPA takes over maintenance responsibility for the project from the contractor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Final acceptance&#039;&#039; by MoDOT occurs after the LPA has submitted all the applicable [[media:136.11.22.docx| final documents]] (certifications) listed in EPG 136.11.20 Project Closeout Certifications. These documents are to be received within 60 days of the final inspection date. After review and acceptance of the documentation, MoDOT will issue a [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/LPA/Final_Acceptance_Report_Form_C-239.pdf final acceptance report (Form C-239 LPA)] and process final reimbursement to the LPA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==136.11.20 Project Closeout Certifications==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Full payment of the final invoice will not be considered until the local agency has electronically furnished the following documents: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:1. The [[media:136.11.23 2016.pdf|LPA Semi-Final Inspection Checklist (Form C-236 LPA)]], that includes the listing of those who were present at the semi-final inspection. This is required for both contractor and local agency work, where applicable.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:2. The LPA’s [[media:136.11.18.docx|final acceptance letter]] showing the number of working days or calendar days charged, completion date and the amount of liquidated damages, if any. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:3. A [[media:136.11.19.docx|final list of acceptance testers]] used on the project and a certification stating &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::a. “The results of the tests or acceptance samples indicate that material incorporated in the construction work and the construction operations controlled by sampling and testing were in reasonably close conformity with the approved plans and specifications, and such results compare favorably with the results of independent assurance sampling and testing.” Any deviations from the specifications must be explained along with the reason for acceptance. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::b. “All field tests were performed in conformity with the governing specifications and the results were in reasonably close conformity with the specifications.” Explain any deviations and why the work was accepted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::c. “The project was constructed substantially in conformity with the plans and specifications for the project.” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:4. Contractor certification and local agency recommendation &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::a. The [[media:136.11.9 2016.docx|Fig. 136.11.9 Contractor DBE Certification]] showing the final DBE participation on the project including the DBEs used, the type of work performed, and the dollar amount paid to each DBE. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::b. The local agency’s recommendation regarding the contractor’s fulfillment of the DBE requirements. The local agency shall also provide written documentation from each DBE that they were paid in full for the work identified in the Contractor DBE Certification. Examples of documentation from DBEs may include a [[media:136.11.20.docx|letter]], e-mail, [[media:136.11.21.docx|lien waiver]] or copies of reimbursement checks. If DBE goals were not met, include documentation as to why. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:5. Final Invoice &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:6. Final Detailed Estimate of Quantities &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:7. [[media:136.11.10.doc|Fig. 136.11.10 Contractor&#039;s Affidavit Regarding Settlement of Claims]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:8. [[media:136.11.2.xlsx|Final Change Order]] (if needed) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:9. [https://labor.mo.gov/media/pdf/pw-4-ai Fig. 136.11.11 Affidavit (Compliance with Prevailing Wage Law)] from the prime and subcontractors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These documents are to be received within 60 days of the Final Inspection date. Final Reimbursement will be processed once all close out documentation has been reviewed and accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==136.11.21 Guidance for MoDOT Oversight==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [https://www.modot.org/about-lpacontact-us MoDOT district representative] shall periodically review the local project to verify that project administration procedures are adequate.  A [[media:136.11.12.doc|LPA Site Visit Checklist]] has been formulated to be used as a guide when visiting a LPA Site.  The checklist covers a wide range of details related to project administration and should be used as a guide by the LPA. The MoDOT review shall cover as many of the areas as possible and notations made regarding the project visits.  A diary entry shall be made by the MoDOT reviewer to document the project visit. Observations from the project and noted items from the LPA Site Visit Checklist should be included in the diary entry.  Any actual documents used or obtained during a site visit shall also be retained by the MoDOT district representative for three (3) years past the final reimbursement for the project by FHWA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The frequency of the site visits will be at the discretion of the MoDOT district representative and the adequacy of the LPA’s administration.  At least one visit and review at the beginning of the project and near the end of the project shall be conducted.  If any deficiencies are sited or further assistance is required by the LPA more visits are warranted.      &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:136 Local Public Agency (LPA) Policy|136.11]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=643.2_Utilities_in_Program_Delivery&amp;diff=59513</id>
		<title>643.2 Utilities in Program Delivery</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=643.2_Utilities_in_Program_Delivery&amp;diff=59513"/>
		<updated>2026-10-06T14:11:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: /* 643.2.13.3 PS&amp;amp;E Submittal */ updated link to utility status letter&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float: right; margin-top: 5px; margin-left: 15px; margin-bottom: 15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;__TOC__&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;margin-left:15px; margin-top:5px; border:1px solid #a9a9a9; background:#f5f5f5&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Forms&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/CertificationOfConsultant.docx Actual Cost Estimate (Example)]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/CertificationOfConsultant.docx Certification of Consultant]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/C-9.docx Daily Utility Report Form C-9]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/FinalInvoiceLetter.docx Final Acceptance Letter]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/FinalInvoiceReminderLetter.docx Final Invoice Reminder Letter]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/C-13.docx Final Utility Report Form C-13]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/LumpSumCostEstimate_Example.docx Lump Sum Cost Estimates (Example)]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/NonwrittenEasementRights_Example.docx Nonwritten Easement Rights (Example)]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/NoticeToProceedExampleLetter.docx Notice to Proceed Letter (Example)]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/PreAuditChecklist.docx Pre-Audit Checklist]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/ReportOnPersonalService.docx Report of Personal Service]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/UtilityConsultantContractChecklist.docx Utility Checklist for Reviewing Utility Owner&#039;s Consultant Contracts]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/UtilityStatusLetter.docx Utility Checklist for Reviewing Utility Status Letter]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/UtilityFIeldInspectionChecklist.docx Utility Field Inspection Checklist]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/WaiverOfHearingForm.docx Waiver of Hearing]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/WaiverOfHearingLetter.docx Waiver of Hearing Letter (Example)]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==643.2.1 Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
Improvements to the highway system often require negotiation between the Commission and a city, a county, or a public or private utility owner. The Commission’s district utilities staff is responsible for coordination of highway improvement projects with the utility owner’s representative. The impact to a utility, the responsibility for the cost of adjustments necessary to allow highway construction, the plan of adjustment of the utility, the responsibility of performance of work on utility facilities, and the schedule of the utility adjustment are all items that vary depending on the project and should be investigated and negotiated to ensure highway improvement projects are delivered on-time and on-budget. These should comply with Commission policy. A [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/flowchart.pdf flowchart] outlining all the utility adjustment processes (reimbursable and non-reimbursable relocations, Master Reimbursable Utility Agreements and Project Specific Agreements, etc.) are available in the list of figures at the top of the page. These processes will not always be in combination, but each should be considered with each project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The district utilities staff, in conjunction with the Transportation Project Manager (TPM), is expected to invite and encourage participation of utility owner representatives in MoDOT project meetings as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a project involves utility adjustments for which the Commission is responsible for costs, the TPM should program the costs of the utility adjustments as non-contractual construction costs in the STIP Information Management System (SIMS).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==643.2.2 Annual Utility Meeting==&lt;br /&gt;
Each district should hold an annual meeting with utilities to discuss current STIP projects in the district. The annual meeting should be held during each year&#039;s STIP preparations, ideally between January and May. All utility owners that have utility facilities in the district should be invited. The intent is to provide the utility owners with an idea of upcoming projects to allow them the opportunity to plan and budget for potential adjustments of their utility facilities, identify both MoDOT and utility roadblocks, and develop action plans to complete utility adjustments better, faster, and cheaper.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==643.2.3 Determination of Existing Utilities==&lt;br /&gt;
District utilities staff should determine the appropriate level of effort needed to accurately identify existing utilities within the footprint of a proposed highway construction project. Aboveground utilities are easily identifiable via field checks; however, determination of the precise location of underground utilities can be more challenging and time consuming. Therefore, the district utilities staff should balance the risk of conflict with the highway construction project against the level of effort needed to determine the location.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The level of effort on mapping utilities is dependent on the scope of the project and the potential for utilities having an impact on the construction of the project. The project schedule should include the time to complete this task accurately. The time and effort necessary for having accurate locates requires close interaction with the utility locators. Early contact with utility owner representatives may be necessary to accurately locate underground utility facilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Various methods of determining existing underground utilities result in different levels of quality. ASCE Standard 38 Standard Guidance for Investigating and Documenting Existing Utilities classifies four levels of quality:&lt;br /&gt;
:1. Quality Level D: QL-D is the most basic level of information for utility locations. It comes solely from existing utility records or verbal recollections, both typically unreliable sources. It may provide an overall &amp;quot;feel&amp;quot; for the congestion of utilities but is often highly limited in terms of comprehensiveness and accuracy. QL-D is useful primarily for project planning and route selection activities.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: ● Missouri 811 or “private-locate” markings are to be considered to be QL-D.&lt;br /&gt;
:2. Quality Level C: QL-C is probably the most used level of information. It involves surveying visible utility facilities (e.g., manholes, valve boxes, etc.) and correlating this information with existing utility records (QL-D information). When using this information, it is not unusual to find that many underground utilities have been either omitted or erroneously plotted. Therefore, its usefulness is primarily on rural projects where utilities are not prevalent or are not too expensive to repair or relocate.&lt;br /&gt;
:3. Quality Level B: QL-B involves the application of appropriate surface geophysical methods to determine the existence and horizontal position of virtually all utilities within the project limits. This activity is called &amp;quot;designating&amp;quot;. The information obtained in this manner is surveyed to project control. It addresses problems caused by inaccurate utility records, abandoned or unrecorded utility facilities, and lost references. The proper selection and application of surface geophysical techniques for achieving QL-B data is critical. Information provided by QL-B can enable the accomplishment of preliminary engineering goals. Decisions regarding location of storm drainage systems, footers, foundations, and other design features can be made to avoid conflicts with existing utilities. Slight adjustments in design can produce substantial cost savings by eliminating utility relocations.&lt;br /&gt;
:4. Quality Level A: QL-A, also known as &amp;quot;locating or potholing&amp;quot;, is the highest level of accuracy presently available and involves the full use of the subsurface utility engineering services. It provides information for the precise plan and profile mapping of underground utilities through the nondestructive exposure of underground utilities, and provides the type, size, condition, material, and other characteristics of underground features.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For projects with scopes that have potential for utility conflicts, the minimum level of effort required is SUE Quality Level D. Locations of existing utilities are determined by requesting locates through Missouri 811, also known as the “One-Call” process. Missouri 811 locating requests should be carefully considered for the scope of work of the project. When necessary, the location of existing utilities should be established by a field survey of locate markings and features and shown on the roadway plans. Higher level SUE Quality Levels can be used on any project. Adjustment cost savings, whether to the MoDOT or to the utility owner, are beneficial to the taxpayer. Good SUE projects are typically urban in nature, or in congested areas, where the project footprint is to be minimized, or anytime accurate vertical and horizontal location of the utility facility might allow a design to avoid the utility facility thus preventing the need for the adjustment. The SUE process combines civil engineering, surveying, and geophysics. It utilizes several technologies, including vacuum excavation and surface geophysics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When proposed excavation or installation of subsurface features (drainage, equipment bases, etc.) falls within three feet (3’) of a marked Missouri 811 line, soft digging (hand digging, potholing, vacuum methods, pressurized air/water jetting, pneumatic hand tools, etc.) is required to more exactly locate the utility facility both horizontally and vertically. Utility facilities present within the right of way by permit, should be investigated by the utility owner. The SUE of utility facilities that would be reimbursable or partially reimbursable as defined in [[#643.2.8_Cost_Responsibility|EPG 643.2.8]] will be investigated by MoDOT is a reimbursable expense to the utility owner. MoDOT may undertake the SUE investigation of these utility facilities utilizing a SUE provider.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==643.2.4 Conflict Determination==&lt;br /&gt;
Determination of whether a conflict exists between an existing utility facility and a proposed highway improvement project should occur at the earliest possible stage of project development. A conflict may be the result of the physical interaction between the roadway infrastructure and utility facility, a reduction in cover or increase in fill over underground utilities, a reduction in horizontal clearance whether above or below ground, a reduction in overhead vertical clearance, paving over utilities, or restricting a utility owner’s access to its utility facilities. District utilities staff should work with utilities to determine if a conflict exists and the appropriate plan of adjustment to remedy the conflict. The adjustment to the utility may be a relocation or another measure that protects the utility or access to the utility from the proposed highway improvement project. Determination of a conflict needs to be continually re-evaluated as the project design progresses. Continuing coordination is essential.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==643.2.5 Utility Plan of Adjustment==&lt;br /&gt;
===643.2.5.1 Request for Plan of Adjustment===&lt;br /&gt;
District utilities staff will request a plan of adjustment from utility owners whose utility facilities are in conflict with a proposed highway project. The plan of adjustment may consist of efforts to relocate the utility or otherwise protect a utility from the impacts of the proposed highway project. Utilities are shown on the roadway plan and profiles sheets that are furnished to utility owners for use in planning required utility adjustments. Any other sheets such as drainage, traffic signal, lighting, or ITS plans that show impacts to a utility facility should also be provided to the utility owners. All adjustments, reimbursable or not, require a plan of adjustment furnished by the utility owner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transmittal letter is included in the request for a plan of adjustment. The letter informs the utility owner that regardless of whether an adjustment is reimbursable, no physical adjusting or relocating of their utility facilities to accommodate the proposed highway improvement is to be performed without specific approval and authorization. Additionally, if any part of the adjustment has the potential to be reimbursable, they are advised:&lt;br /&gt;
# They may undertake preliminary engineering by their own forces upon approval by district utilities staff of the estimated costs of preliminary engineering.&lt;br /&gt;
# They may employ a consultant to do the PE work provided they request and obtain prior approval. See [[#643.2.6_Preliminary_Engineering_Requirements|EPG 643.2.6 Preliminary Engineering Requirements]].&lt;br /&gt;
# Any preliminary engineering costs accrued prior to the date of written authorization to proceed will not qualify for reimbursement.&lt;br /&gt;
# Replacement right of way or easements cannot be purchased without specific approval and authorization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===643.2.5.2 Proposed Plan of Adjustment===&lt;br /&gt;
Developing a plan of adjustment is a multi-step process. The utility owner will propose a conceptual approach to adjusting the utility facilities to allow highway construction. This conceptual approach is used as the basis for determining cost responsibility, estimate of costs for preliminary engineering and construction, developing the agreement if necessary, and final design of the adjustment. Negotiations between district utility staff and the utility owner’s representative can result in changes to the design throughout the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Final plans of adjustment must contain a legend on the first sheet identifying the utility symbols used. They must also show the existing utility facilities and their disposition, the location of the new or adjusted utility facilities, the existing and new right of way lines, the limited or fully controlled access symbols (where applicable), the existing and proposed roadways, ramps, and outer roadways and any other pertinent roadway information. They must contain sufficient details concerning location, elevation, compaction, clean up, etc. to provide for the proper adjustment of the utility facility. Relocated and/or existing utility facilities that will remain in place must be dimensioned or indicated in a manner to show their location in respect to the right of way lines. It is preferred that the utility owner transmits the plan of adjustment by electronic deliverables in a format that can be incorporated into the roadway plans. This will reduce the time and effort necessary as well as increase the accuracy of transferring this information into the roadway plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plans of adjustment received from the utility owner are to be checked for compliance with MoDOT’s requirements ([[#643.1_Utilities_Location|EPG 643.1 Utility Location]]) by the district utilities staff. They are also checked to ensure compatibility with the roadway design. Any continuing conflicts are resolved through negotiations with the utility owner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Occasionally, it is impractical to perform a utility adjustment in accordance with MoDOT’s requirements. Sometimes the utility may request approval of a plan of adjustment that does not conform to these requirements. Deviation from MoDOT’s utility requirements is a variance. Refer to [[#643.1.8_Variances|643.1.8 Variance Process]] for additional guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
The final plan of adjustment is included as Exhibit “A” to the agreement ([[#643.2.12_Utility_Agreements|EPG 643.2.12 Agreements]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==643.2.6 Preliminary Engineering Requirements==&lt;br /&gt;
Preliminary engineering (PE) can be performed one of four ways for utility adjustments:&lt;br /&gt;
# The utility owner can use its own engineering forces.&lt;br /&gt;
# MoDOT can select an engineering consultant, after consultation with the utility owner, and the consultant contract will be administered by MoDOT.&lt;br /&gt;
# The utility owner can select an engineering consultant, with approval by MoDOT, and the consultant contract will be administered by the utility owner.&lt;br /&gt;
# If a utility adjustment is being included in a MoDOT administered construction contract, the preliminary engineering of the adjustment can be provided by MoDOT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For reimbursable utility adjustments, the amount paid to engineers, architects, and others for required engineering and allied services can be included in reimbursement amount provided such amounts are not based on a percentage of the costs of the necessary adjustments to allow highway construction. Reimbursement is available for contracts executed after solicitation of a consultant for the specific adjustment or existing continuing contracts when it is demonstrated that such work is performed regularly for the utility owner in its own work and that the costs are reasonable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/UtilityConsultantContractChecklist.docx checklist is available for reviewing consultant-engineering contracts] to ensure the contract conforms to MoDOT policy and complies with applicable federal regulations. District utilities staff should use the checklist to review contracts and may consult with Audits and Investigations Division as necessary. The procedures in 23 CFR part 172, Administration of Engineering and Design Related Service Contracts may be used as a guide for reviewing proposed consultant contracts. [[:LPA:136.4_Consultant_Selection_and_Consultant_Contract_Management|EPG 136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management]] may also be used as a guide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===643.2.6.1 Solicited Consultant Contracts===&lt;br /&gt;
If solicitation of PE services is required for reimbursable utility adjustments, the utility owner must provide the following documents and information to district utilities staff. These documents need to be provided as soon as the utility owner has chosen to solicit a consultant. Document 1 must be supplied by all utility owners. Documents 2 and 3 are only required when the utility owner is a local government agency who is also a political subdivision of the state of Missouri (e.g., city-owned utilities, county-owned utilities). All other utility owners are encouraged, but not required, to provide Documents 2 and 3:&lt;br /&gt;
# A statement that the utility owner is not staffed or able to perform the required PE services with its own forces.&lt;br /&gt;
# Provide the names of at least three (3) consultants considered.&lt;br /&gt;
# The criteria used to evaluate each consultant and reasons why the selected consultant was selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following documents need to be provided as soon as the utility owner has successfully negotiated and entered into a contract with the consultant:&lt;br /&gt;
# The name and address of the selected consultant.&lt;br /&gt;
# A statement that the &amp;quot;[https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/CertificationOfConsultant.docx Certification of Consultant]&amp;quot; will be furnished immediately upon award of the contract to the consultant.&lt;br /&gt;
# One executed copy of the proposed engineering contract or agreement between the utility owner and consultant, only if the engineering will exceed $5,000.00.&lt;br /&gt;
# The consultant&#039;s fixed (lump sum) or estimated fee (actual cost) and the contract maximum.&lt;br /&gt;
# A cost summary providing a detailed breakdown of the basis for the consultant&#039;s compensation, including estimated labor hours, hourly rates for each classification, overhead rate (if used), the amount of profit charged, and any other estimated charges such as travel expenses, equipment rentals, etc. If an overhead rate is used, the consultant must also submit the supporting overhead rate calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
# An independent cost estimate of engineering services provided by the utility owner to use in comparison to the consultant’s proposed engineering services to check for cost reasonableness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===643.2.6.2 Continuing Consultant Contracts===&lt;br /&gt;
When a utility owner chooses to use an existing continuing contract for PE services, the utility owner must provide the following documents and information to the district utilities staff as soon as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
# A statement that the utility owner is not staffed or able to perform the engineering with its own forces.&lt;br /&gt;
# The name and address of the consultant under the existing continuing contract.&lt;br /&gt;
# A statement that the &amp;quot;[https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/CertificationOfConsultant.docx Certification of Consultant]&amp;quot; will be furnished.&lt;br /&gt;
# A copy of the continuing contract to the district utilities staff. The district utilities staff will review the contract for reasonableness of cost.&lt;br /&gt;
# The consultant&#039;s fixed (lump sum) or estimated fee (actual cost) and the contract maximum for the work associated with the utility adjustment.&lt;br /&gt;
# A cost summary providing a detailed breakdown of the basis for the consultant&#039;s compensation, including estimated labor hours, hourly rates for each classification, overhead rate (if used), the amount of profit charged, and any other estimated charges such as travel expenses, telephone, etc. If an overhead rate is used, the consultant must also submit the supporting overhead rate calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
# An independent cost estimate of engineering services provided by the utility owner to use in comparison to the consultant’s proposed engineering services to check for cost reasonableness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===643.2.6.3 Consultant Contract Changes===&lt;br /&gt;
If a PE services contract between a utility owner and a consultant needs to be revised, a copy of the revised contract, fee, and schedule should be submitted by the utility owner to the district utilities staff prior to allowing for contract changes. District utilities staff should review the contract changes to ensure the revised contract conforms to MoDOT policy and complies with applicable federal regulations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==643.2.7 Environmental and Right of Way==&lt;br /&gt;
===643.2.7.1 Utilities and Environmental Clearances===&lt;br /&gt;
District utilities staff should coordinate with the TPM and utility owner’s representative to understand and communicate on known environmental and cultural constraints that could impact a utility owner’s plan of adjustment. This will allow the utility owner to consider permitting timelines and alternatives that avoid environmental or cultural resources to keep the project on schedule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One strategy to make project delivery more efficient and ensure regulatory compliance is for MoDOT to obtain the environmental and cultural resource permits and clearances for the utility owners associated with a roadway improvement while obtaining its own. This would generally only be for the permits and regulatory clearances MoDOT already needs to pursue as a part of the transportation improvement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
District utilities staff should coordinate with the utility owner’s representative early in the project timeline to determine if it is in the best interest of both MoDOT and the utility owner to obtain permits and environmental clearances jointly. The following strategies can be utilized to determine if a joint approach to environmental work should be pursued:&lt;br /&gt;
* If utility facilities are moving to a location within or immediately adjacent to MoDOT right of way, a utility owner may be invited to participate in permitting and environmental compliance activities.&lt;br /&gt;
* If utilities move to a location not within or adjacent to MoDOT right of way, the utility company would not normally be invited to participate in permit applications and environmental compliance activities. However, some unique projects may necessitate further attention and should be discussed with the Design Liaison Engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If MoDOT and the utility owner agree to obtain joint permits and clearances, written communication between the utility owner’s representative and the district utilities staff should document the following items:&lt;br /&gt;
* List of the permits and clearances that MoDOT will acquire on behalf of the utility owner.&lt;br /&gt;
* List of the information needed from the utility owner in order for MoDOT to acquire the permits and clearances.&lt;br /&gt;
* Schedule and deadlines for submittal of the information by the utility owner. For example: utility plans, fill quantities, construction methods, dates, or seasons of construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Permits and clearances that may be needed by both a utility owner and MoDOT include:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[127.7_Threatened_and_Endangered_Species|Endangered Species Act consultation and clearance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[127.2_Historic_Preservation_and_Cultural_Resources#127.2.1.1_Historic_Preservation_Regulations_and_Laws|Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act clearance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[127.10_Section_4(f)_Public_Lands|Section 4(f) clearance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[127.10_Section_4(f)_Public_Lands#127.10.1.4_Section_6(f)_Laws_and_Regulations|Section 6(f) of the Land and Water Conservation Fund Act clearance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[127.4_Wetlands_and_Streams|Section 401 and Section 404 of the Clean Water Act permits]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:806_Pollution,_Erosion_and_Sediment_Control#806.1_Introduction_(see_Sec._806)|Section 402 of the Clean Water Act permit (State Operating Permit for Erosion Control)]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[127.8_Hazardous_and_Solid_Waste|Recommendations on contaminated soil disposition]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===643.2.7.2 Right of Way Acquisition and Utilities===&lt;br /&gt;
The Commission is obligated to acquire the width of right of way required by the design of the highway improvement. For utility facilities currently located within the Commission’s right of way, this includes the necessary space for the utility facilities impacted by the design of the highway improvement. Either additional right of way width to accommodate a utility corridor or a utility easement can be obtained for the relocation of utility facilities. When drainage easements are acquired along a channel, additional space for utility facilities should be considered to avoid conflicts between the utility facility and the bridge or culvert.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
District utilities staff should inform the utility owner’s representative of the potential of a conflict between an existing utility facility and a proposed highway construction project early in the project development process to allow sufficient time for the utility owner to prepare a plan of adjustment and notify the district utilities staff of any easement needs. When utility facilities are located on a utility owner’s private easement, the utility owner may obtain its own new easements. If the utility owner is not in a position to negotiate for new easements or if the utility owner’s policies will not permit it to condemn property to obtain the easement, MoDOT can acquire the easement in the same manner roadway right of way is obtained. The district utilities staff should verify the utility owner is aware of the opportunity to have MoDOT acquire the easement, and the utility owner should provide written documentation on whether the utility owner would like to pursue this option with MoDOT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For situations where the utility owner will obtain its own replacement right of way and the cost of the adjustment is MoDOT’s responsibility, the utility right of way cost should be reviewed by the district right of way department to ensure the cost is reasonable and acquisition followed state and federal regulations. In order to expedite utility adjustments necessary to allow highway construction, the district utility staff may authorize the utility owner to obtain easements prior to all details of a plan of adjustment being developed. In this situation, the district utilities staff should ensure enough details are known to justify the needed right of way, and an agreement for right of way costs only should be executed with the utility owner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For situations where MoDOT will obtain the right of way necessary to allow highway construction, district utility staff should negotiate with the utility owner’s representative to ensure all necessary utility easements are shown on the approved right of way plans. The TPM should confirm with district utilities staff that the right of way plans accurately reflect the needs of the utility owners prior to requesting right of way plan approval. The district Right of Way Manager should confirm with district utilities staff before requesting an acquisition date (A-date). Every effort should be made to avoid adding utility easement requests once negotiations with property owners have begun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Occasionally, when negotiations cannot be completed for easements for the adjustment of utility facilities, it may be necessary to condemn for the property. District utilities staff should coordinate with the utility owner’s representative to ensure no alternate design for the adjustment of the utility facility is practical. The decision to condemn for easements for the adjustment of the utility facilities requires the exercise of good judgment in reaching the conclusion that further good faith negotiations are futile and condemnation is necessary to maintain the project in the scheduled letting. The TPM should coordinate with the district utilities staff and district Right of Way (RW) personnel on the condemnation proceedings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Easement and other right of way documents used with utility owners are handled in accordance with procedures established jointly with RW and district utilities staff. District survey staff prepare the land descriptions for use in utility easements. The district utilities staff is responsible for completion of the easements in the correct form and scope. A sketch delineating the area described is attached to the easement as Exhibit “A”. Communication with the Design Division will ensure use of proper forms, corporate names and locations, and particular wording required for joint ownerships. The description for a utility easement is to be referenced to the nearest land corner shown on the plans. Examples of easements can be found in the template list in [https://netprod3.dot.missouri/eAgreements/Search/QuickSearch eAgreements].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In situations where MoDOT is acquiring right of way with existing utility easements, but the district utilities staff and the utility owner’s representative agree that the utility facility may remain in place, the utility owner will release the property to the Commission separate from the right of way acquisition. This is done by executing an Easement for Highway Construction (UT16). The utility owner grants and conveys, with warranty of title expressed or implied, to the Commission, the right to construct, reconstruct, and maintain a highway over and across that portion of the easement owned and held by the utility owner. In the future, the utility owner retains any reimbursable rights should future projects require adjustments to allow highway construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==643.2.8 Cost Responsibility==&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to determining if a conflict exists between an existing utility facility and a highway improvement project, it is important to determine who is responsible for the costs of the necessary adjustments to allow highway construction. An adjustment for which the Commission is responsible for the costs is known as a reimbursable adjustment. An adjustment for which the Commission is not responsible for the costs is known as a non-reimbursable adjustment. An adjustment for which the Commission and the utility share responsibility for costs is known as a partially reimbursable adjustment. Adjustments determined to be reimbursable or partially reimbursable by the Commission are to be completed under the terms of an agreement executed between the utility owner and the Commission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===643.2.8.1 Commission Responsibility===&lt;br /&gt;
====643.2.8.1.1 Utility Facilities Located on Private Easements====&lt;br /&gt;
When the utility facility is located on a private easement within the new right of way to be acquired for a future project, the Commission is responsible for the cost of the necessary adjustments to allow highway construction. It may be possible that such easement does not have written easement rights. The Commission will honor this oral right provided acceptable documentation is provided by the utility owner to the district utilities staff. An [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/NonwrittenEasementRights_Example.docx example of acceptable documentation for not written easement rights] is available. Other forms of documentation will be considered on an individual basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====643.2.8.1.1.1 Future Moves=====&lt;br /&gt;
When the utility facility is located on a private easement, taken into the Commission’s right of way, the Commission may agree that any future moves of the same utility by Commission order may be made at the Commission’s cost. Documentation of this agreement is by an Easement for Highway Construction (UT16) agreement. If the Commission provides a substitute private easement, then the Commission will have future obligations consistent with the utility facility’s status in an easement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====643.2.8.1.2 Utility Facilities Located within Commission Right of Way====&lt;br /&gt;
When the utility facility is located within Commission right of way, but has prior land rights, the Commission is responsible for the cost of adjustments to allow highway construction. The utility owner is responsible for documenting to the satisfaction of the district utilities staff, the basis for the claim of prior land rights within Commission right of way. Time spent researching prior rights is considered coordination and is reimbursable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====643.2.8.1.3 City or County Utility Facilities on City or County Streets====&lt;br /&gt;
When roadway improvements are within the corporate limits of cities, towns, and villages, a municipal agreement is negotiated between the Commission and the municipality. Likewise, when roadway improvements are within the limits of a county and outside the municipal limits, a county agreement is negotiated between the Commission and the County Commission. Included in these agreements are provisions regarding reimbursement for adjusting city or county owned utility facilities. Reimbursement is provided for adjustment of city or county owned utility facilities that are now located on city or county streets and not on Commission right of way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====643.2.8.1.4 Lumen====&lt;br /&gt;
Lumen – National (formerly CenturyLink, Lightcore, or Digital Telephone, Inc. (DTI)) and the Commission have entered into a partnership agreement, “Amended and Restated Fiber Optic Cable on Freeways in Missouri,” executed June 5, 2003 which obligates the Commission to be responsible for the cost of the necessary adjustments to allow highway construction along the routes identified in the agreement. A copy of the agreement is available to district utilities staff.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====643.2.8.1.5 Services to the Commission====&lt;br /&gt;
When a utility facility provides a service connection to local Commission facilities such as power to traffic signals, lighting, ITS, and cathodic protection and phone drops to traffic signal controllers or other Commission facilities, the Commission is responsible for the cost of the necessary adjustments to allow highway construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====643.2.8.1.6 Private Service Lines====&lt;br /&gt;
While most utility owners reconnect the private service lines at no cost to the property owner, some do not. If a utility owner does not reconnect service lines, MoDOT can include adjustment of private service lines in roadway contracts. Bid items for relocating service connections are provided for the different types of anticipated adjustments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====643.2.8.1.7 Second Moves====&lt;br /&gt;
If the Commission requires additional work to a utility facility after the facility has been relocated or adjusted in accordance with a plan of adjustment approved by the Commission for a single project number, the Commission is responsible for the cost of the additional work regardless of whether the initial adjustment was Commission responsibility as outlined in other parts of [[#643.2.8.1_Commission_Responsibility|643.2.8.1]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of the policy is to encourage utilities to relocate early rather than waiting until plans are published for bidding. The policy eliminates the utility having to relocate twice at its own expense because of late changes in the design. It is best to have utilities relocated prior to construction, and this policy helps achieve that goal. Therefore, it is imperative that the designer notifies district utilities staff as soon as possible of any changes made after these plans have been sent. If notified immediately, it may be possible to inform the utility owner prior to their final design thereby eliminating a second move.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this policy, the following are not considered second moves. Temporary and staged relocations necessary to accommodate construction and agreed upon by the utility and the Commission prior to relocation are considered a single move and are not subject to the provisions of the second move policy. If the Commission requires adjustment of a utility facility for which the utility owner is responsible for the cost of the adjustment and was originally determined to not need adjustment, the utility owner is responsible for the cost of the adjustment. The utility owner is responsible for the cost of additional work to any portion of the utility facility after the utility facility has been adjusted in accordance with a plan of adjustment approved by the Commission if the additional work is required by the Commission due to error by the utility owner in preparation of plan of adjustment, field location of, or construction of the adjustment of the utility facility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When evaluating construction contract changes by change order or value engineering, the impacts of the second move policy should be considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===643.2.8.2 Utility Owner Responsibility===&lt;br /&gt;
====643.2.8.2.1 Utility Facilities Owned and Operated by a Political Subdivision====&lt;br /&gt;
When a utility facility is located within Commission right of way, but does not have prior land rights, the utility owner is responsible for the cost of the necessary adjustments to allow highway construction. When a utility facility is located on public right of way other than Commission right of way, the utility owner is responsible for the cost of the necessary adjustments to allow highway construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a political subdivision must bear part or all the cost of adjustments to their utility facilities, and the cost creates a financial hardship, the Commission, by its authorized representative, the Chief Engineer, may temporarily assume these costs. A payback agreement with the political subdivision will include an applicable interest rate for a comparable maturity from a widely published index of tax-exempt municipal rates obtained from Financial Services. Payback time will not exceed five (5) years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====643.2.8.2.2 Utility Facilities Other Than Those Owned by a Political Subdivision====&lt;br /&gt;
When a utility facility is on the right of way of a public road or street or on state highway right of way without prior land rights and adjustment is necessary to allow for the construction of a roadway improvement, the utility owner is responsible for the cost of the necessary adjustments to allow highway construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===643.2.8.3 Shared Responsibility===&lt;br /&gt;
When a utility facility is located such that portions of it are a Commission responsibility and portions of it are a utility owner responsibility by the definitions above, the costs of the necessary adjustments to allow highway construction will be split by the Commission and the utility owner. If the exact cost for each party can be determined, each party will be responsible for their portion of the cost of relocating the utility facility. If the exact cost for each party cannot be determined, the parties will arrive at a percentage reimbursement on an equitable basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===643.2.8.4 Notice of Hearing===&lt;br /&gt;
When relocation or other difficulties with utility facilities on public right of way arise that prevent resolution by negotiation, formal hearings will be required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The district initiates a request for a utility relocation hearing with a letter to the Chief Counsel’s Office (CCO) (a copy is provided to the Design Division) requesting a hearing date. CCO will arrange for a hearing room, court reporter, etc. and advise the district of the hearing date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The district will prepare the notice of hearing by strictly following the given format and serve the notice on all persons and utility owners listed. The property and utility owner must be served only by personal service or by mailing a certified letter, return receipt requested, no later than 15 days before the date of hearing. This will require the district to make every effort to identify the correct property owner before preparing the notice of hearing. To avoid delays, every attempt will be made to issue the hearing notice at least 30 days prior to the hearing date in case any property has changed ownership and any additional property owners must be served. A notice of hearing on service line connections will also be served on the private or public owner of the main or distribution line to which the service lines are connected. A notarized &amp;quot;[https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/ReportOnPersonalService.docx Report of Personal Service]&amp;quot; will be completed when notification by certified mail is not used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One copy of the hearing notice and attachments, &amp;quot;[https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/ReportOnPersonalService.docx Report of Personal Service]&amp;quot; and certified mail notices are to be submitted to CCO after notification is complete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to the hearing, the district&#039;s representative will become familiar with the details of the utility adjustment in order to provide concise testimony to expedite the hearing process. CCO will assign an attorney to work with the district and present the case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Refer to 7 CSR 10-3.030 020 Utility Relocation Hearings for additional information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Waiver of Hearing should be obtained for non-reimbursable adjustments to document the commitment of the utility owner to adjust its utility facilities without adversely impacting the highway construction project. This may be accomplished informally via written communications between the district utilities staff and the utility owner’s representative. A [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/WaiverOfHearingForm.docx formal Waiver of Hearing statement] may be requested by either MoDOT or the utility owner. A [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/WaiverOfHearingLetter.docx sample transmittal letter for the Waiver of Hearing] is available. For reimbursable or partially reimbursable adjustments, the formal agreement serves as the basis of documentation of this commitment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==643.2.9 Estimates==&lt;br /&gt;
District utilities staff will negotiate with utility owners to determine reimbursable costs of the necessary adjustments to allow highway construction ([[#643.2.8_Cost_Responsibility|EPG 643.2.8 Cost Responsibility]]). These estimates are prepared in accordance with the provisions of 23 CFR 645 and any amendment thereto. These estimates must reflect the same procedures and costs used by the utility owners in their normal operations and must also accurately represent the expected costs of the work. The utility owner’s estimate will be reviewed by the district utilities staff to ensure compliance with 23 CFR 645.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===643.2.9.1 Independent Cost Estimate===&lt;br /&gt;
The independent cost estimate provides the basis for district utilities staff to review the utility owner’s estimate of costs of the necessary utility adjustments to allow highway construction and any subsequent negotiations with the utility owner. The district utilities staff should prepare an independent cost estimate. The independent cost estimate may be based on unit prices of anticipated items of work in a utility adjustment necessary to allow highway construction. The independent cost estimate alternately may be based on recent similar types of utility adjustments necessary to allow highway construction and scaled for size. Consultants can be used to develop the independent cost estimate. All documentation of the independent cost estimate should be placed in MoProjects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===643.2.9.2 Type of Project Cost Estimates===&lt;br /&gt;
Either Actual Cost or Lump Sum estimates may be used for estimating the costs on the necessary utility adjustments to allow highway construction. If an Actual Cost estimate is used, detailed records of materials, labor, and equipment are made by district utilities and/or construction staff during construction, and a final audit of the utility owner’s cost records is made to determine the Commission’s actual responsibility for costs of the adjustment completed to allow highway construction. If a Lump Sum estimate is used, a final audit of costs for an adjustment in payment is not required. The Actual Cost method requires more detailed record keeping and documentation by the utility owner and district staff during construction. The Lump Sum method requires more upfront detail and work by the utility owner and judgment on the district utilities staff on the acceptability of the cost. The district utilities staff will work with the utility owner’s representative to determine the best type of estimate and therefore agreement to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====643.2.9.2.1 Actual Cost Estimate====&lt;br /&gt;
The cost estimate that supports the actual cost agreement is prepared in sufficient detail to determine the reasonable expected cost of the work to support development of an agreement between the utility owner and the Commission. However, reimbursement is based on the actual costs of design and construction of the necessary adjustment to allow highway construction. The [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/ActualCostCostEstimate_Example.docx actual cost estimate] should detail all costs of the necessary adjustment to allow highway construction, even if the Commission is only responsible for a portion of the costs as detailed in EPG [[#643.2.8.3_Shared_Responsibility|643.2.8.3 Shared Responsibility]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/ActualCostCostEstimate_Example.docx Actual cost estimates] can be used for any dollar amount of reimbursement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====643.2.9.2.2 Lump Sum Estimates====&lt;br /&gt;
The cost estimate that supports the lump sum agreement must be accurate, comprehensive, verifiable, and in sufficient detail to present a clear picture of the work involved and the cost of the individual items. The estimate may cover only that portion of the adjustment for which the Commission is responsible for the costs of the necessary utility adjustments to allow highway construction.&lt;br /&gt;
[https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/LumpSumCostEstimate_Example.docx Lump sum estimates] are limited to a maximum of $200,000 of Commission responsibility of costs of the necessary utility adjustments to allow highway construction; however, exceptions may be made for special situations that have prior approval from Design Division. These exceptions usually cover major relocations for which the Commission&#039;s proportionate responsibility is extremely small.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===643.2.9.3 Utility Cost Estimate Requirements===&lt;br /&gt;
Whether using an Actual Cost or Lump Sum estimate, the following should be included in the estimate, if applicable. If any of the following sections are not included in the estimate, a qualifying statement as to why the costs were not included should be provided.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====643.2.9.3.1 Scope of Work====&lt;br /&gt;
All estimates require a concise summary of the work to be performed on the estimate. An example is &amp;quot;an estimate of cost covering the work of relocating Company&#039;s 12-inch Cushing-Woodriver pipeline to accommodate construction of Route 47 in Franklin County on Job No. J6P0172&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====643.2.9.3.2 Engineering Costs====&lt;br /&gt;
Costs of engineering, whether preliminary or construction, must be shown as separate items and are not to be included with &amp;quot;labor costs&amp;quot;. Concurrent cost accounting procedures of FHWA and MoDOT make this a necessity. See [[#643.2.6_Preliminary_Engineering_Requirements|EPG 643.2.6 Preliminary Engineering]] and [[#643.2.16.2_Construction_Contract_Requirements|EPG 643.2.16.2 Construction Contract Requirements]] for further information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====643.2.9.3.3 Right of Way Costs====&lt;br /&gt;
A detailed estimate of the cost to acquire replacement easements by the utility owner is required. The cost should be supported by a right of way plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====643.2.9.3.4 Material Costs====&lt;br /&gt;
Quantities, description of the item, the unit cost, and the extended totals are shown. Percentage computations will be shown immediately following &amp;quot;total cost&amp;quot; so the utility owner’s and Commission&#039;s cost obligations are properly indicated. Unit assembly costs similar to those used by several of the rural electric association (R.E.A.) cooperatives are acceptable, provided the same units and charges are used in the utility owner’s regular operations. A handling charge conforming with the utility owner’s regular procedures may also be included.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====643.2.9.3.5 Labor Costs====&lt;br /&gt;
Hours, individual or crew rates, and extended totals are shown. Payroll additives such as insurance, retirement, social security, vacation, and other benefits are shown as a separate item under this heading in accordance with utility owner’s regular procedures. Adequate explanation must be given for total percentage used, especially in those cases where materials and labor are combined as unit costs or where labor percentages include additives and equipment requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====643.2.9.3.6 Equipment Costs====&lt;br /&gt;
A description of the equipment to be used must be shown jointly with the number of hours to be charged. Rates charged for equipment usage must be justified by the utility owner’s established accounting procedures. When the utility owner does not have an established accounting procedure or a capitalization and depreciation schedule that is used in its own operations, the rates are to be established by using rental rate publications as a guide. A reasonable amount will be deducted, when using rental rate schedules, for profit that the rental company realizes. A full explanation of the methods used in establishing the rates must also be submitted to support the utility owner’s request and with approval of the district utilities staff.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Equipment may be rented when the utility owner’s equipment is not available or is inadequate, with the rental rate justified by appropriate solicitation of bids. See [[#643.2.16.2_Construction_Contract_Requirements|EPG 643.16.2 Construction Contract Requirements]] for further information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unusual accounting procedures may be accepted with adequate prior explanations and approval of the Design Division.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====643.2.9.3.7 Removal Costs====&lt;br /&gt;
These costs are estimated and shown in a similar method but separately from installation costs. When removal costs exceed salvage credits by more than the estimated cost of removal by the roadway contractor, an effort should be made to persuade the utility owner to abandon the utility facilities in place. An exception is made when the utility owner is required to remove abandoned utility facilities because of liability, hazard, or by specific agreement with the Commission. Abandoned utility facilities can be included with the miscellaneous removals in the roadway contract. It may be possible for the utility owner to remove those portions of the utility facility for which credits will exceed removal costs, with the remainder of the utility facility to be abandoned for removal in the roadway contract. Materials removed must be itemized, with the utility owner’s customary salvage credit given. Items to be scrapped or junked should be indicated. Whenever a utility facility or portion thereof is shown to be abandoned on the plan of adjustment, the roadway plans should be notated accordingly. This eliminates ownership problems if these utility facilities are removed or salvaged by the roadway contractor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the utility facility is no longer needed and removal is necessary to accommodate the roadway project, the removal of the item may be handled either as a right-of way-item or a utility adjustment. When handled as a right of way item, the damages allowed are to equal the depreciated value of the utility facility, with the necessary removals being accomplished by the roadway contractor. If accomplished as a utility adjustment, the Commission, by utility agreement, will reimburse the utility owner for removal costs and receive salvage credit for the material removed, up to but not exceeding removal costs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====643.2.9.3.8 Salvage of Removed Materials====&lt;br /&gt;
This statement, to explain the salvage credit or lack of credit, will reflect routine utility owner policy as well as the particular situation. The utility owner will place a value on any recovered material for salvage. District utilities staff should check this value for reasonableness. Examples of salvage statements include:&lt;br /&gt;
* Existing utility facilities to be abandoned in place, since the cost of salvaging, based on our past experience, will exceed their value.&lt;br /&gt;
* Only those items will be salvaged for which salvage credit will exceed the cost of removal and salvage.&lt;br /&gt;
* Company liability requires removal of the retired utility facilities, even though the cost of removal will exceed allowable credit for salvage.&lt;br /&gt;
* Salvage credits are in accordance with established company accounting procedures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====643.2.9.3.9 Accrued Depreciation Credits====&lt;br /&gt;
Credit is required for the accrued depreciation of a utility facility that is being replaced. Examples are a building, structure, pumping station, filtration plant, power plant, substation, or other similar operational unit. Credit for accrued depreciation will not be required for a segment of the utility&#039;s service, distribution, or transmission lines. It is also not required when the building or structure is being moved as necessitated by the highway project. Acceptable accrued depreciation credit will be determined by using the following formula:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{Actual \; Length \; of \; Service \; of \; Replaced \; Facility \; (Years)}{Total \; Estimated \;  Service \; Life \; of \; Replaced \; Facility \; (Years)} \times Original \; Cost \; (\$) = Credit&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====643.2.9.3.10 Betterment Credits====&lt;br /&gt;
Betterment means the upgrading of the utility facility being relocated, made solely for the benefit of and at the election of the utility owner and is not attributable to the roadway improvement. Credit to the Commission is required for the additional costs incurred for the betterments introduced in the adjusted utility facility. No betterment credit is required for additions or improvements which are:&lt;br /&gt;
* Required by the highway project&lt;br /&gt;
* Replacement devices or materials that are of equivalent standards although not identical&lt;br /&gt;
* Replacement of devices or materials no longer regularly manufactured with next highest grade or size&lt;br /&gt;
* Required by law under governmental and appropriate regulatory commission code&lt;br /&gt;
* Required by current design practices regularly followed by the utility owner in its own work, and there is a direct benefit to the highway project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====643.2.9.3.11 Overhead Costs====&lt;br /&gt;
Overhead costs are usually a percentage of the total labor cost. This item must be in accordance with the utility owner’s established accounting procedures, which in some cases may include handling costs or be a percentage of the total cost of the work involved. Additional attention to overhead costs is required when the rate is different from previously accepted rates. Occasionally, it can be difficult to obtain the necessary information at the time of the estimate to approve the overhead rates. In this situation, the estimate can be approved with exception of the overhead rates for payment. The utility owner is informed of this matter with the understanding that the overhead rates could be approved and paid with submission of appropriate supporting data and Financial Services audit review.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====643.2.9.3.12 Prorating Costs====&lt;br /&gt;
The need for prorating utility adjustment costs occurs when both the Commission and the utility owner are responsible for a portion of the utility adjustment necessary to allow for highway construction, and the actual costs for reimbursement in each category cannot be explicitly determined. Generally, the following conditions require division of costs:&lt;br /&gt;
* The adjustment is considered partially reimbursable per [[#643.2.8.3_Shared_Responsibility|EPG 643.2.8.3 Shared Responsibility]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Betterments are included in the necessary adjustment of the utility facility&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The district utilities staff should negotiate with the utility owner’s representative to determine an equitable basis for the prorating of costs based on the characteristics of the utility adjustment necessary to allow for highway construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====643.2.9.3.13 Costs Records====&lt;br /&gt;
The estimate should include a statement as to where the utility owner’s cost records may be reviewed. An example: &amp;quot;Company cost records will be available in our office at 2134 Industrial Avenue, Tulsa, Oklahoma&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====643.2.9.3.14 Other====&lt;br /&gt;
Additional statements will explain or further clarify the work that is included. Such other items may include bypasses, special equipment, need for larger utility facilities, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==643.2.10 Schedule==&lt;br /&gt;
Timely adjustments of utility facilities are essential for efficient completion of highway construction projects. Ideally, all utility adjustments are completed prior to a project’s Plans, Specifications, and Estimate (PS&amp;amp;E) submittal to Central Office. Depending on the specifics of the highway construction and utility adjustment necessary, early completion of the utility adjustment may not be practical. The district utilities staff should negotiate with the utility owner to determine the schedule parameters necessary for the utility adjustment. At a minimum, the utility owner should document the dates it anticipates starting and completing the work. If a utility adjustment depends upon the completion of a portion of the highway construction, the necessary milestone for starting the utility adjustment should be documented along with an anticipated number of working days to complete the utility adjustment. The schedule is included as Exhibit “C” to the agreement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==643.2.11 Pre-Audits==&lt;br /&gt;
The district utility staff performs a pre-audit review and approval prior to preparation of the agreement. A [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/PreAuditChecklist.docx pre-audit checklist] should be completed and saved in MoProjects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==643.2.12 Utility Agreements==&lt;br /&gt;
Whenever the Commission is responsible for the cost of the necessary adjustments to allow highway construction, an agreement is required. If a Master Reimbursable Utility Agreement (see [[#643.2.12.2_Master_Reimbursable_Utility_Agreements|EPG 643.2.12.2]]) has not been executed with the utility owner, a Project Specific Agreement (see [[#643.2.12.3_Project_Specific_Agreements|EPG 643.2.12.3]]) is executed between the utility owner and the Commission. In some cases, it may be more practical for the Commission to include adjustment of utilities into a Commission administered contract. A Utility Agreement - Actual Cost (For Utility Work That is to be Included in the Missouri Highways and Transportation Commission&#039;s Road Project) (see [[#643.2.12.4_Agreement_for_Utility_Work_Included_in_Roadway_Improvement_Project|EPG 643.2.12.4]]). Agreements include a plan of adjustment (Exhibit “A”), cost estimate (Exhibit “B”), and schedule (Exhibit “C”).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Utility Agreement boilerplate forms have been approved by the Chief Counsel’s Office (CCO). They are identified in the upper left-hand corner of each agreement by an identifier such as CCO Form: UT01 for the Master Reimbursable Utility Agreement. CCO updates these agreements as necessary. They serve as a guide in the preparation of the agreement to be executed with the utility owner for the adjustments required to their utility facilities to accommodate the proposed roadway improvement project. District utilities staff should use the latest version of the agreement found in [https://netprod3.dot.missouri/eAgreements/Search/QuickSearch eAgreements] in drafting an agreement with utility owners. A list of utility agreements and detailed information concerning the sequence for preparing and executing an agreement is available in  [[:Category:153_Agreements_and_Contracts|EPG 153 Agreements and Contracts]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These forms are to be used word for word. Revisions or additions are only made to address specific project details. The intent of each paragraph must be retained, although specific words may be revised to fit the particular situation. No paragraphs are deleted without prior approval from CCO. For guidance on acceptance of liability, refer to the [[:Category:153_Agreements_and_Contracts#153.1.1.2_Acceptance_of_Liability_Policy_(MoDOT_Access_Only)|Acceptance of Liability Policy]] at the CCO SharePoint page. Drafts of agreements having major revisions or complications are to be submitted, with supporting data, to Design Division for comment and approval.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A reference to 23 CFR 645 is included in all agreements. Utility owners must be acquainted with these requirements and procedures. The incorporation of 23 CFR 645 by reference in all agreements eliminates the need for a second set of regulations to be included in the document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The agreement for the adjustment of a utility is prepared by the district utilities staff and submitted to the utility owner for execution. The agreement is based on the plan, estimate of cost which was prepared in accordance with 23 CFR 645, and schedule. Authorized individuals representing the utility owner will execute the agreement. The agreement must be signed, sealed, and if necessary, notarized by the utility owner. If the utility owner does not have or use a corporate seal, write &amp;quot;NO SEAL&amp;quot; under the signatures of the owner’s officers. Agreements with political subdivisions are to be supported by an appropriate ordinance, a copy of which is to be submitted with the executed agreements. All copies will be forwarded to the CCO for further handling. A fully executed copy of the agreement will be retained in eAgreements. If the agreement was executed using electronic signatures, the district utilities staff should forward an electronic copy of the fully executed agreement to the utility owner. If the agreement was executed using wet signatures, one (1) paper copy of the fully executed agreement will be returned by the Commission Secretary’s Office to the district utilities staff. The district utilities staff will forward this copy to the utility owner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===643.2.12.1 Buy America Build America Requirements===&lt;br /&gt;
All agreements contain information on Buy America Build America (BABA) compliance. The utility owner should select the method of certification (See [[#643.2.19_Buy_America_Build_America_for_Utilities|EPG 643.2.19]]) at the time of agreement completion. The appropriate paragraph will be inserted into the agreement. All BABA compliance documents must be retained by the utility owner and made available upon request at no cost to the Commission and/or FHWA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====643.2.12.1.1 Utility Owner Self-Certification====&lt;br /&gt;
The City/Company certifies that when determining products/materials subject to Buy America Build America requirements to use in the performance of this Agreement, it shall use only such products/materials for which it has received a certification from its supplier, or provider of construction services that procures the product/material, certifying compliance with Buy America Build America requirements. This does not include products/materials for which waivers have been granted pursuant to 23 CFR 635.410. The City/Company will not be required to provide the Commission copies of the supplier certification as part of this Agreement or with the final invoice of said Commission’s Federal-Aid Highway Construction Project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====643.2.12.1.2 Vendor/Manufacturer Certification====&lt;br /&gt;
The City/Company certifies that when determining products/materials subject to Buy America Build America requirements to use in the performance of this Agreement, it shall use only such products/materials for which it has received a certification from its supplier, or provider of construction services that procures the product/material, certifying compliance with Buy America Build America requirements. This does not include products/materials for which waivers have been granted pursuant to 23 CFR 635.410. The City/Company shall provide to the Commission all Buy America compliance documents as outlined in the Commission’s Engineering Policy Guide 643. All required compliance documents shall accompany the final invoice submitted to the Commission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===643.2.12.2 Master Reimbursable Utility Agreements===&lt;br /&gt;
The UT01: Master Reimbursable Utility Agreement (MRUA) is a statewide agreement that has been executed by the utility owner and the Commission for all future reimbursable utility adjustments between both parties. Once a MRUA is executed, no other utility agreements are required on design-bid-build projects. The district utilities staff should encourage utility owners to enter into a MRUA with the Commission to reduce potential future delays in executing a project specific agreement. A list of previously executed [https://modotgov.sharepoint.com/sites/DE/Utilities/Agreements/MRUA%20-%20Existing?csf=1&amp;amp;web=1&amp;amp;e=4LJHoa Master Reimbursable Utility Agreements (Modot Access Only)] is available. District utilities staff should add newly executed agreements to this list. The MRUA can be employed as either an actual cost ([[#643.2.12.3.1_Actual_Cost_Agreements|EPG 643.2.12.3.1]]) or lump sum ([[#643.2.12.3.2_Lump_Sum_Agreements|EPG 643.2.12.3.2]]) agreement. When the reimbursable adjustment will utilize a MRUA, the district utilities staff will prepare a MRUA correspondence letter (“letter agreement”) referencing the executed MRUA. A copy of the MRUA correspondence letter should be saved in MoProjects for reference by Financial Services, the district construction office, and the district staff responsible for inspection of utility adjustments. All project specific items such as type of agreement (actual cost or lump sum), plan of adjustment, estimated total cost, cost allocation, and schedule are addressed in the MRUA correspondence letter from the district utilities staff to the utility owner. A [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/flowchart.pdf flowchart of the MRUA process] is available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===643.2.12.3 Project Specific Agreements===&lt;br /&gt;
If a utility owner does not have a MRUA with the Commission, a project specific agreement will be required for every project for which the Commission is responsible for the necessary adjustments to allow highway construction. The project specific agreement will be either an actual cost ([[#643.2.12.3.1_Actual_Cost_Agreements|EPG 643.2.12.3.1]]) or lump sum ([[#643.2.12.3.2_Lump_Sum_Agreements|EPG 643.2.12.3.2]]) agreement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====643.2.12.3.1 Actual Cost Agreements====&lt;br /&gt;
The UT03: Utility Agreement – Actual Cost is used when detailed estimates are not practical or costs appear to be questionable. Details on actual cost estimates can be found at [[#643.2.9.2.1_Actual_Cost_Estimate|EPG 643.2.9.2.1 Actual Cost Estimates]]. Once the final invoice on a UT03 is submitted to Financial Services, district utilities staff should change the status on the agreement in eAgreements to completed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====643.2.12.3.2 Lump Sum Agreements====&lt;br /&gt;
The UT02: Utility Agreement – Lump Sum eliminates the need for keeping detailed records of cost and the auditing of cost records. Estimates of cost must be prepared in detail for use of this agreement. When detailed estimates are not practical or costs appear unreasonable, actual cost agreements are to be used. Use of special forms of agreements, such as &amp;quot;subordination agreements&amp;quot;, which are desired by certain utility owners, is acceptable. These, too, must be revised to cover the particular situation. Details on lump sum estimates can be found at [[#643.2.9.2.2_Lump_Sum_Estimates|EPG 643.2.9.2.2 Lump Sum Estimates]]. Once the final invoice on a UT02 is submitted to Financial Services, district utilities staff should change the status on the agreement in eAgreements to “completed”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===643.2.12.4 Agreement for Utility Work Included in Roadway Improvement Project===&lt;br /&gt;
The UT04: Utility Agreement - Actual Cost (For Utility Work That is to be Included in the Missouri Highways and Transportation Commission&#039;s Road Project) allows for the adjustment to be based on actual cost with the roadway contractor performing the utility work. Caution should be exercised in the type of utilities to be relocated in roadway contracts. Utilities recommended are waterlines and sewer lines. Other utilities, such as gas lines, communication lines, and power lines are to be studied thoroughly before being included in the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Transportation Project Manager and district utilities staff must plan ahead to get this work in the roadway contract. The utility owner must agree to include the utility adjustment in the roadway contract. The adjustment may be on highway right of way or on private easement in the name of the utility owner. The utility owner can agree to allow MoDOT’s contractor to work in its easement. However, district utilities staff in consultation with district right of way staff should review the easement documentation to verify the utility owner’s rights to the easement and any limitations on its use. MoDOT’s contractor can work and operate on both Commission right of way and on the utility easement, even when not directly connected to the Commission right of way, as part of the job site. Temporary construction easements may be necessary in addition to the utility easement to ensure adequate working room for the contractor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:The utility owner may request exemption to any liability for negligence of our contractor working on their easement. The Commission can assume that liability (refer to [[:Category:153_Agreements_and_Contracts#153.1.1.2_Acceptance_of_Liability_Policy_(MoDOT_Access_Only)|Acceptance of Liability Policy]]), but it should be included in the utility agreement if so desired by the utility owner. A Job Special Provision is necessary to require the MoDOT contractor to hold the utility harmless from all claims due to contractor negligence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsurface information, i.e. boring data, etc., should be obtained by the utility owner since it may be needed for the design of the utility adjustment. This information should be included in the plans. If the utility owner must bear all or part of the cost of the adjustment, the utility owner must agree to pay a pre-deposit to the Commission prior to opening bids on the project. This should be in the utility agreement. The pre-deposit will be credited to the &amp;quot;Missouri Highway and Transportation Commission - Local Fund.&amp;quot; Any interest earned in the fund will apply to the cost of the adjustments. The utility agreement will include language that the utility will inspect the installation and assume maintenance of the utility facility after construction. MoDOT will also provide engineering supervision to be sure the road contractor is in compliance with the contract. Utility plans and specifications are to be approved by the owner prior to submittal to the Central Office. The following items will provide minimum information to allow MoDOT’s contractor to bid the work.&lt;br /&gt;
# Individual bid items (not &amp;quot;lump sum&amp;quot;) should be established to promote better bidding and to handle overruns and underruns. Bid items not included on the Computer Stored Bid Item list should be &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
# he bid package must be in our letting format. If the package was prepared by a consultant as if the utility owner were going to let it, all bid bond or bidding procedures must be screened to remove requirements contrary to MoDOT letting requirements. District utilities staff should work with the Transportation Project Manager, Design Liaison Engineer, and Central Office Bidding and Contract Services to ensure this requirement is met.&lt;br /&gt;
# The specifications required by the utility owner should be reviewed for items that could cause a bid problem for our contractor. Items such as non-readily available materials or sizes should be avoided.&lt;br /&gt;
# Utility plan sheets should be .pdf files equivalent to 22 in. x 34 in. It is helpful to have a quantity sheet specifically for utility items.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any special procedures required for the utility installation should be included in the Job Special Provisions.&lt;br /&gt;
# The utility package should be submitted on-time to Central Office with other project plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===643.2.12.5 Agreement for a Utility Only Project===&lt;br /&gt;
Any of the above agreements can be modified for a utility only project separate from the roadway project. The utility only project may be done by forces hired by the utility owner or by the Commission. A separate utility only project has distinct advantages when the following occurs:&lt;br /&gt;
* The utility work is extensive&lt;br /&gt;
* It must be performed in accordance with the utility owner’s seasonal requirements&lt;br /&gt;
* It extends beyond the limits of the construction project&lt;br /&gt;
* It must be performed considerably in advance of the roadway contract&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Necessary environmental and design work is still required for the limits of the separate utility only project. It may be necessary in these cases to have a second agreement with the utility owner to cover any other work that must be performed concurrently with the roadway contract. These latter agreements will use the roadway construction job number. Early need for utility projects is to be determined at the time when the STIP is updated each year. The utility construction funds will be shown in the year right of way funds are assigned. This will be done whenever possible to secure early adjustment of utility facilities. A request by the district is sent to the Planning Division. Estimated dollar amounts for utility adjustments are needed. These are estimates and do not need to be extremely accurate. When a special utility project is established, it is preferred, if at all possible, to include all the utility adjustments necessary for the entire roadway project. If funds are available, additional agreements can be added to this utility project until the final invoice for the first completed agreement is received for payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===643.2.12.6 Supplemental Agreements===&lt;br /&gt;
For utility owners with a UT01 agreement, a supplemental letter agreement documenting the change in the scope or cost of the work is acceptable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The UT05: First Supplemental Agreement is used to document changes to UT02 and UT03 agreements. If changes to the scope of work occur that are anticipated to exceed $100,000 or 15% of the original agreement, a UT05 is required. If the final invoice on an actual cost adjustment without changes in the scope of work exceeds the limits shown in the table below, a UT05 is required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 25px; text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Amount in Original Actual Agreement !! Final Bill Total Exceeds Original Amount by:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0-$25,000 || 50%&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| $25,000-$100,000 || 40%&lt;br /&gt;
|-	&lt;br /&gt;
| Exceeds $100,000 || 30%&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Should multiple UT05s be required with the same utility owner, the UT05 should be modified for additional supplemental agreements. Once the final invoice on an UT05 is submitted to Financial Services, district utilities staff should change the status on the agreement in eAgreements to “completed”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==643.2.13 Utility Adjustments in Roadway Plans and Job Special Provisions (JSPs)==&lt;br /&gt;
It is the responsibility of the MoDOT Transportation Project Manager (TPM) to ensure utility plans of adjustment are shown on the project plans at the Plan, Specification, and Estimate (PS&amp;amp;E) stage based upon information coordinated by the district utilities staff with the appropriate utility owner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===643.2.13.1 Plans===&lt;br /&gt;
A legend showing all applicable utility symbols and the names of the utility owners is shown on the first special utility sheet. In the absence of special utility sheets, this information may be shown on the title sheet or the first plan and profile sheet. The following note is required to be placed on the title sheet or the first plan and profile sheet and the first special utility sheet (if used) to inform contractors of the suitability of the utility information contained on the plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The existence and approximate location of utility facilities known to exist, as shown on the plans, are based on the best information available to the Commission at this time. This information is provided by the Commission &amp;quot;as-is&amp;quot; and the Commission expressly disclaims any representation or warranty as to the completeness, accuracy, or suitability of the information for any use. Reliance upon this information is done at the risk and peril of the user, and the Commission shall not be liable for any damages that may arise from any error in the information&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===643.2.13.2 Job Special Provisions===&lt;br /&gt;
Since the addition of utility information on the plans, supplied by a third party, could subject the Missouri Highway and Transportation Commission to additional liability, a Utility JSP reflecting the status of utility adjustments will be required. The JSP will include the name, address, e-mail address, and telephone number of all utility owner representatives for all utility facilities located on the project. The anticipated adjustment completion date for each utility adjustment is also to be shown based on the agreed upon dates, durations, or completion dates with the utility owner’s representative. This information will inform the bidder of the status of utilities for proper work coordination that could affect the bids for the proposed highway construction project. Status notations will include general notations such as: “N/A”, “Work is in progress”, “Work has not started”, “Work is complete”, and “Work is included in contract.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===643.2.13.3 PS&amp;amp;E Submittal===&lt;br /&gt;
In the District Final Plans Submittal Checklist (D-12), the TPM should note any issues related to existing utility facilities or the adjustment of utility facilities either shown or not shown on the plans. Projects with “No Utility Impacts” such as some overlays, striping, bridge washing, etc. do not need a Utility Status Letter or Utility JSP. The D-12 is used for these projects. In the D-12, under Project Details – “Utilities”, the note “NO” is selected and under “Status”, select “Clear”. For all other projects, the district utilities staff will write a [https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE/Utilities/Utility%20Status%20Letter.doc Utility Status Letter]. The TPM will include the Utility Status Letter with the submittal of the final plans to the Design Division. The Utility Status will be defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
# Utility facilities are present, but no conflict is anticipated with the highway construction project. Or,&lt;br /&gt;
# All utility facilities requiring adjustment to allow highway construction have been physically adjusted on the project. Or,&lt;br /&gt;
# Utility construction work is planned or active and will be completed to such a point that no impact will be expected to the highway construction project. The status of this work is defined in the utility JSP. Or,&lt;br /&gt;
# Utility facilities are not expected to be adjusted by the notice to proceed date for the road project, but the utility work will have no impact on the progress of the highway construction project. The status of this work is defined in the utility JSP. Or,&lt;br /&gt;
# Utility facilities must be adjusted after the road contractor completes stage construction or in coordination with the contractors’ work. Details of the coordination effort required of the contractor are defined in the utility JSP to properly advise bidders. Or,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Utility adjustment plans and specifications are included in the bid documents for the highway construction project. A UT04 agreement must be executed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==643.2.14 Payment to Utility Companies for Reimbursable Work==&lt;br /&gt;
Authorization and federal funding obligation must be approved prior to incurring costs. This applies to all types of work on utility facilities including preliminary engineering. An obligation is a commitment by the federal government to reimburse MoDOT for the federal share of a project’s eligible cost.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===643.2.14.1 Obligation Process===&lt;br /&gt;
Federal funding can be used with both lump sum and actual cost agreements. After the utility agreement is fully executed, the district utilities staff will email a copy of the utility agreement or the letter agreement referencing the MRUA to the email group OBLIGATE. This email should request the authorization authority for use of federal funds and to be informed of a Notice to Proceed (NTP) (see [[#643.2.15_Notice_to_Proceed|EPG 643.2.15]]) date by Financial Services once federal funding has been obligated. District utilities staff should allow three (3) weeks to receive the NTP. Financial Services will use Advance Construction (AC) funding to fund reimbursement to utility owners. With AC funding, state funds initially are used to pay for reimbursement to utility owners. Once construction is complete, with appropriate documentation of the work via the [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/C-9.docx C-9] and [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/C-13.docx C-13], Financial Services will convert to federal funding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===643.2.14.2 Preliminary Engineering===&lt;br /&gt;
On occasion, preliminary engineering (PE) may need to be undertaken by the utility owner prior to the execution of a utility agreement. If a utility owner has a MRUA, an estimate of the cost of the PE work by the utility owner may be used to obligate funding for preliminary engineering under the MRUA as a PE only letter agreement. If a lump sum or actual cost agreement will be required with the utility owner for the project, district utilities staff should do two (2) agreements with one agreement covering PE only, and once a design for the adjustment is obtained, a second agreement for the construction of the adjustment should be executed. If a separate PE only agreement is obtained, NTP will need to be issued twice to the utility owner: once for PE and once for construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===643.2.14.3 Right of Way===&lt;br /&gt;
Once Notice to Proceed has been given, the utility owner may begin the right of way acquisition process. If the utility owner needs to acquire right of way prior to a full agreement for relocation has been negotiated, the agreement specifically for the acquisition of right of way should be executed. This agreement will be sent to Financial Services to begin the obligation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===643.2.14.4 Construction===&lt;br /&gt;
Payment to utility owners for construction of the adjustment may occur in a number of phases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====643.2.14.4.1 Prepayment====&lt;br /&gt;
Per the utility agreement, the Commission allows utility owners to be prepaid prior to commencing work. The district utilities staff may negotiate the prepayment if the utility owner is receptive. The utility owner will submit a request for prepayment with an invoice prior to any prepayment. Route, county, and job number must be included in the request. The district utilities staff will submit a request to Financial Services with a copy saved in MoProjects for future reference by the district staff responsible for inspection of the utility adjustment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====643.2.14.4.2 Progress Payments====&lt;br /&gt;
If a utility owner has not been prepaid the entire estimated amount in the utility agreement, then the utility owner may request progress payments after completing a portion of the proposed work, including PE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Progress payments for PE by consultants should not exceed the &amp;quot;maximum not to exceed amount&amp;quot; shown in the cost estimate unless additional costs are approved first by district utilities staff.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For progress payments, the utility owner is required to submit only a summary of work and materials for which payment is claimed, not a detailed billing. District utilities staff should check only to be sure that sufficient work has been done to justify making the requested payment. Payment should be made for allowable costs incurred up to the date of the progress payment request.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Progress payment invoices do not relieve the utility owner of the responsibility of submitting one complete and final invoice upon completion of the adjustment. The utility owner’s address must be shown on the invoice. The district utilities staff should submit progress payment invoices and applicable C-9s to Financial Services within one (1) week of receipt of invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One copy of the progress payment and one copy of the district utilities staff letter of recommendation must be sent to Financial Services for payment and be stored in MoProjects. The cover memo should include the project number, route, county, actual cost or lump sum utility agreement, Commission obligation percentage, total cost estimate of Commission obligation, and indicate the progress payment number, i.e., progress payment number 1, 2, 3, etc. If more than one progress payment is requested by the utility company, the district should submit progress payment bills to Financial Services in the following format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 25px; text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Payment !! Amount&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Progress Payment #1 || $50,000&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Progress Payment #2 || 10,000&lt;br /&gt;
|-	&lt;br /&gt;
| Total Payment to Date || $60,000&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This format will help clarify payment history with the utility owner. Progress payments for actual cost utility agreements may not exceed the Commission&#039;s total estimated cost shown in the agreement. However, if the request for a progress payment exceeds the original estimate, a change order with explanation should accompany the request. (See [[#643.2.16.5_Change_Orders|EPG 643.2.16.5 Change Orders]].)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====643.2.14.4.3 Final Payment====&lt;br /&gt;
Utility owners are required to submit a detailed final invoice to MoDOT for all actual cost reimbursable utility work and for any lump sum reimbursable utility work that was not prepaid. For prepaid lump agreements, the utility owner must submit a zero-dollar ($0) invoice to demonstrate the work has been completed. After the utility work has been fully completed, the district utilities staff responsible for inspection should send the utility owner a “60 Day” [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/FinalInvoiceLetter.docx Final Acceptance Letter] requesting a complete final invoice within 60 days, as detailed in the utility agreement. If the final invoice is not received from the utility owner within 30 days, then a follow up letter should be sent (i.e., “30 Day” [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/FinalInvoiceReminderLetter.docx Reminder Final Invoice Letter]) reminding the utility owner of its obligation to submit a final invoice within 60 days of the completed work. If a final invoice from the utility owner is not received within this timeframe, then the district utilities staff should contact the Design Liaison Engineer for guidance on how to close out the work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The district utilities staff is expected to check the final bill within two (2) weeks after receipt in as much detail as possible against the C-9. It is their responsibility to verify from field records the quantities of labor, equipment, material used, material retired, and to justify all changes made. If the utility owner’s contractor made the adjustment at unit cost prices, then it is the district utility staff’s responsibility to verify the number of units completed and not the hours of labor and equipment. It is also important for the utility owner to show the words “final bill” or “final invoice” on the last bill, in order for MoDOT to understand that no additional charges will be made on the adjustment. The final bill must show a general description of the utility adjustment, the highway project number, the date on which work was completed or last item of billed expense was incurred, and the location where records can be audited. The order of items in the final statement should follow as closely as possible the order of items in the original estimate. A summary, on the utility owner’s letterhead, of the total cost of preliminary engineering, construction engineering, right of way, labor, overhead, construction travel expense, transportation, equipment, materials, supply, handling, and salvage credits should be shown in a way that will permit direct comparison with the approved estimate from the original or supplemental agreements (see [[#643.2.12.6_Supplemental_Agreements|EPG 643.2.12.6]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the Actual Cost final invoice shows a much higher cost than the original estimate without scope change, the utility owner is required to give reasons in a letter to the district utilities staff explaining why the invoice cost increased. When the Actual Cost final invoice exceeds the amount shown in the table in [[#643.2.12.6_Supplemental_Agreements|EPG 643.2.12.6]], a supplemental agreement is required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the district utilities staff has determined that the final invoice is accurate, the C-13 should be completed. Once the C-13 is completed, the C-13 and the final invoice from the utility owner are forward to Financial Services. For Actual Cost agreements, the C-9s should also be included in this transmittal. If no additional payments are required, the district utilities staff should note this in the transmittal as well. If the final invoice indicates previous payments to a utility owner exceeded the final invoice, the utility owner will need to send MoDOT a check for the overpayment amount. The check should be made payable to Director of Revenue – Credit State Road Fund. If the utility owner did not send MoDOT an overpayment check with the final invoice, district utilities staff should send a letter to the utility owner requesting the refund amount. Submittal of the final invoice to Financial Services should not occur until repayment has been received. The submittal to Financial Services should note the receipt of the repayment check.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==643.2.15 Notice to Proceed==&lt;br /&gt;
For PE only, once an agreement has been executed, and Financial Services has advised that authorization from FHWA has been received, district utilities staff will issue a notice to proceed (NTP) letter to the utility owner for the PE. For agreements that include PE and construction or once a final agreement for construction has been executed, right of way clearance has been issued, and Financial Services has advised that authorization from FHWA has been received, the district utilities staff will issue NTP to the utility owner for construction. See [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/NoticeToProceedExampleLetter.docx Example of Notice to Proceed Letter]. If salvage credit is part of the agreement with the utility owner, the NTP letter should include a statement that the utility owner will need to inform district utilities staff of the time and place that inspection may be made of the removed material. The utility owner may be held accountable for full value of materials disposed without proper notice. Utility owners may purchase materials prior to NTP for construction; however, no other work on the adjustment necessary to allow highway construction may begin prior to NTP for construction. The utility owner, for reasons of planning their workload or due to seasonal situations, may request early authorization to perform the work. This request, with the district utilities staff recommendations, is sent to the Design Liaison Engineer for further handling, approval, and advancement of the necessary funds. A copy of the NTP should be saved in MoProjects. If a utility owner begins adjustments prior to NTP for construction, district utilities staff should notify the utility owner immediately in writing that reimbursement will not be made for work done prior to NTP for construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==643.2.16 Construction of Utility Adjustments==&lt;br /&gt;
===643.2.16.1 Utility Owner Self-Perform===&lt;br /&gt;
As per 23 CFR 645.115 Construction, it may be cost-effective for certain utility adjustments to be performed by a utility owner with its own internal forces and equipment, provided the utility owner is qualified to perform the work in a satisfactory manner. This cost-effectiveness finding covers minor work on the utility owner’s existing utility facilities routinely performed by the utility owner with its own forces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===643.2.16.2 Construction Contract Requirements===&lt;br /&gt;
When the utility owner is not adequately staffed and equipped to perform such work with its own forces and equipment at a time convenient to coordination with the associated highway construction, such work may be done one of four ways for utility adjustments:&lt;br /&gt;
# MoDOT can provide the construction services, via awarded contract to the lowest qualified bidder based on appropriate solicitation. This can be done by including the adjustment work in the roadway improvement project ([[#643.2.14_Payment_to_Utility_Companies_for_Reimbursable_Work|EPG 643.2.12.4 Utility Agreement for Utility Work Included in Roadway Improvement Project]]) or by having a utility only project ([[#643.2.12.5_Agreement_for_a_Utility_Only_Project|EPG 643.2.12.5 Utility Only Project]]).&lt;br /&gt;
# The utility owner can award a construction contract to the lowest qualified bidder based on appropriate solicitation.&lt;br /&gt;
# The utility owner can utilize an existing continuing contract, provided the costs are reasonable (see [[#643.2.9.1_Independent_Cost_Estimate|EPG 643.2.9.1 Independent Cost Estimate]]).&lt;br /&gt;
# The utility owner can contract for low-cost incidental work, such as tree trimming and the like, without competitive bidding, provided the costs are reasonable (see [[#643.2.9.1_Independent_Cost_Estimate|EPG 643.2.9.1 Independent Cost Estimate]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a utility owner chooses option 2 to award its own new construction contract, the utility owner must provide the following documents and information to the district utilities staff. These documents need to be provided as soon as the utility owner has chosen to pursue a construction contract. Document 1 must be supplied by all utility owners. Documents 2 and 3 are only required when the utility owner is a local government agency who is also a political subdivision of the state of Missouri (e.g., city-owned utilities, county-owned utilities). All other utility owners are encouraged, but not required, to provide Documents 2 and 3.&lt;br /&gt;
# A statement that the utility owner is not staffed or able to perform the required construction activities with its own forces.&lt;br /&gt;
# A copy of the request for proposal used to secure bids.&lt;br /&gt;
# A list of a minimum of 3 bidders whom they believe can do the work. &#039;&#039;&#039;Political subdivisions are required to advertise for the work&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Upon review of these documents, the district utilities staff will advise the utility owner to proceed with the solicitation of bids, but the utility owner will not be permitted to award the contract without the concurrence of district utilities staff. For lump sum agreements, approval of contract work and subcontract work is not required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following documents need to be provided as soon as the utility owner has determined the lowest qualified contractor and would like to award the project. Document 1 must be supplied by all utility owners. Document 2 is only required when the utility owner is a local government agency who is also a political subdivision of the state of Missouri (e.g., city-owned utilities, county-owned utilities). All other utility owners are encouraged, but not required, to provide Document 2.&lt;br /&gt;
# The name address of the lowest qualified contractor.&lt;br /&gt;
# The tabulation of bids received and other information to support their recommendation for award to the lowest qualified bidder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The district utilities staff will review and approve the utility owner&#039;s bid information prior to the award of the contract. The Design Liaison Engineer is available to assist the district with review of bid information if necessary. Once the district utilities staff provides concurrence, the utility owner may proceed with awarding the contract. When the utility owner is a local government agency who is also a political subdivision of the state of Missouri (e.g., city-owned utilities, county-owned utilities), a copy of the executed contract must be shared with the district utilities staff. All other utility owners are encouraged, but not required, to provide a copy of the executed contract.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/UtilityConsultantContractChecklist.docx checklist is available for reviewing contracts] to ensure the contract conforms to MoDOT policy and complies with applicable federal regulations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a utility owner chooses to utilize an existing continuing contract, the utility owner will submit a copy of the contract to the district utilities staff. The district utilities staff will review the contract for reasonableness of cost. If district utilities staff and the utility owner’s representative cannot agree on the reasonableness of cost, then the utility owner will be required to award a new construction contract.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===643.2.16.3 Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
The degree of inspection needed for utility adjustments will vary considerably with the nature and location of the work and whether the Commission is responsible for any portion of the cost of reimbursement. Judgment must be used regarding the manner and regularity of inspection duties. Some phases of the work require a very close check to ensure that the highway will not be adversely affected and to ensure satisfactory performance of work in accordance with the agreement and plans. The degree of inspection may vary from spot checking of overhead installations to continuous close observation of backfilling trenches beneath proposed pavement, embankment area, or adjacent to bridge abutments. Proper inspection can ensure that the utility adjustment is completed as efficiently as possible to minimize future impacts to the utility facility and the highway construction project. A [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/UtilityFIeldInspectionChecklist.docx Field Inspection Checklist] to assist district utilities staff responsible for inspection is available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it is found that any actual cost reimbursable utility adjustment is being performed by unapproved contractors, district utilities staff should direct the work to stop. The utility owner’s representative should be informed immediately and should be advised in writing that the costs incurred by an unapproved contractor are not eligible for reimbursement under provisions of the agreement. The district utilities staff can take appropriate steps to approve a subcontract and advise when the utility owner can recommence work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===643.2.16.4 Documentation===&lt;br /&gt;
All documents related to the construction of the utility adjustment necessary to allow highway construction should be stored in MoProjects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Construction records must be kept to confirm that work is done in accordance with the terms of the agreement and in the manner proposed in the plans. The importance of a complete and accurate record cannot be overemphasized. Detailed records are necessary to support the recommendation for payment of the final invoice. A complete, separate daily record must be kept on each actual cost adjustment and submitted for review when the final invoice is recommended for payment. This district utilities staff responsible for inspection should complete the Daily Utility Report (C-9).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====643.2.16.4.1 Utility Reports====&lt;br /&gt;
The Daily Utility Report ([https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/C-9.docx Form C-9]) and the Final Utility Report ([https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/C-13.docx Form C-13]) are used for documenting utility adjustments necessary to allow highway construction. The use of C-9s and C-13s will vary with method of reimbursement. For utility adjustments necessary to allow highway construction that overlap with the highway contractor’s work, progress records should be kept as necessary to coordinate the highway and utility construction activities. Sufficient records must be maintained to check and verify the items of labor, equipment, materials, and salvaged items as submitted on the final invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====643.2.16.4.1.1 Daily Utility Report (C-9)=====&lt;br /&gt;
C-9s are only required for actual cost agreements. The district utilities staff responsible for inspection must in all cases keep records to document inclement weather, down time, and verbal authorization for minor changes. The district utilities staff responsible for inspection must complete a C-9 documenting the number and classification of employees and number of hours worked. Records of material used and of retired materials returned to stock or scrapped must be kept. The utility owner’s major items of equipment must also be recorded. When work is done by the contract method based on unit prices, the district utilities staff responsible for inspection should ascertain that units of work as provided in the bid proposal are measured and recorded to form a basis for checking the final invoice. C-9s should list the location and the number of units of work accomplished for that period. If contract labor or equipment is used by a utility owner on the basis of a bid per hour, per day, etc., it will be necessary to keep records on this labor or equipment time in the same manner as if the utility owner were performing the work with its own internal forces. District utilities staff responsible for inspection should also note all contractors working for the utility owner and the contractor approval authorization dates given in the agreement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====643.2.16.4.1.2 Final Utility Report (C-13)=====&lt;br /&gt;
C-13s summarize that the utility adjustment work that was done in accordance with the agreement and plans, the percentage of total cost that is the responsibility of the Commission, and any progress payments that have been made. A C-13 is required for both actual cost and lump sum agreements. The requested numbers shown on line 9 (Commission Estimated Cost) and line 10 (Amount of Final Bill) in the report are the Commission’s total responsibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====643.2.16.4.2 Breakdown and Emergency====&lt;br /&gt;
When breakdown and emergency situations occur, prior approval by MoDOT is not required for contract or equipment rental work unless the cost or period of time will be extensive. The utility owner should furnish a letter as soon as possible to explain the situation and set out the estimated costs involved. The district utilities staff’s records should substantiate the need and the changes for personnel and equipment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====643.2.16.4.3 Stop Work====&lt;br /&gt;
If at any point, a stop work order is given by MoDOT to a utility owner, written documentation of the stop work order should be saved in MoProjects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===643.2.16.5 Change Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
Any change in the plan of adjustment should be documented in writing to the utility owner as a change order. If the change order is anticipated to exceed $100,000 or 15% of the original agreement amount, district utilities staff should negotiate a supplemental agreement with the utility owner’s representative. Once a supplemental agreement is in place, district utilities staff should contact Financial Services to obtain an adjustment of the obligation mid-project. Change orders without supplemental agreements will be settled once the project is complete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====643.2.16.5.1 Actual Cost Agreement====&lt;br /&gt;
Slight modifications in quantities or the addition of minor items not included with the original agreement do not require a supplemental agreement. However, such changes should be documented in writing with the utility owner. A supplemental agreement is needed if costs exceed the above threshold or if there is a change in the percentage of cost that is the Commission’s responsibility on an agreement with shared responsibility for costs. Intermediate partial payments cannot be made on items in a supplemental agreement until the supplemental agreement is approved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====643.2.16.5.2 Lump Sum Agreement====&lt;br /&gt;
A supplemental agreement to a Lump Sum Agreement is only required for significant changes in the scope of work of the utility adjustment necessary to allow highway construction. Normal overruns are not considered as changes in approved work and will not be reimbursed. Significant changes in the scope of work on utility adjustments necessary to allow highway construction cannot be done until the supplemental agreement is approved, and the adjustment in obligation of funds is complete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==643.2.17 Utilities during Highway Construction==&lt;br /&gt;
The contractor is responsible for having utilities located by contacting Missouri One-Call (811) prior to any excavation on the project. A reminder of this responsibility should be made at the preconstruction meeting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===643.2.17.1 Preconstruction Meeting (Pre-Con)===&lt;br /&gt;
District utilities staff should be invited to all pre-cons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pre-cons fall into three categories relating to utilities:&lt;br /&gt;
# No utility adjustments are anticipated within the project limits,&lt;br /&gt;
# All utility adjustments completed prior to the pre-con, and&lt;br /&gt;
# All utility adjustments not completed prior to the pre-con.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====643.2.17.1.1 No Utility Adjustments Anticipated within the Project Limits====&lt;br /&gt;
For projects without a Utility Job Special Provision (JSP), no involvement of the utility owners is required at the pre-con. For projects with a Utility JSP, the Resident Engineer (RE) should invite all utility owner representatives listed in the JSP with known required adjustment to the pre-con. The RE should review potential impacts of the highway construction project with the contractor and the utility owner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====643.2.17.1.2 All Utility Adjustments Completed Prior to the Pre-Con====&lt;br /&gt;
The RE should invite all utility owner representatives listed in the JSP with known required adjustment to the pre-con. The RE should review potential impacts of the highway construction project with the contractor and the utility owner. A general discussion should highlight the previous adjustments made by the utility owner and what abandoned utility facilities the contractor may encounter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====643.2.17.1.3 All Utility Adjustments Not Completed Prior to the Pre-Con====&lt;br /&gt;
It is important for the RE and inspector to understand the utility owner’s work schedule and how it relates to the contractor’s work schedule. During the pre-con, the schedule of the utility owner and highway construction contractor should be discussed, and conflicts should be addressed to allow utility adjustments and highway construction to progress as near to the proposed schedule as possible. On large-scale projects that have many utility issues to address that could impact the work of the highway construction contractor, it may be necessary to have a separate pre-con with utility owner representatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===643.2.17.2 Coordination Meetings===&lt;br /&gt;
When the utility work will not be completed soon after the preconstruction meeting, the RE should meet with district utilities staff, the highway construction contractor, and the utility owner representatives on a regular basis to discuss utility coordination issues, so expectations from all parties are known and conveyed clearly. The utility owner may need some work performed by MoDOT or the highway construction contractor prior to completing their adjustments. (Examples include: survey staking of right of way or proposed facilities, trees cleared, grading performed, or new structures built).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==643.2.18 Service Drops==&lt;br /&gt;
Power and communication services provided by utility owners are necessary for the operation of the highway system. These services may include power to traffic signals, lighting, or ITS devices; power for cathodic protection; or telecommunication services to signal controllers or ITS devices. The project design teams should work with district utilities staff to identify proper locations for the applicable utility owners to provide these services. Various utility owners have different requirements for this process. The district utilities staff is encouraged to develop a workable relationship with the utility owners who provide these services to MoDOT. The costs of installing the services charged by the utility owner are considered a non-contractual item and should be accounted for in the project’s budget in the STIP. The proposed location and method for the service drops should be shown on the roadway plans. District utilities staff should meet with the utility owner’s representative to ensure the proposed location can be accommodated by the utility owner. For electrical service connections, the power supply assembly is ideally located a maximum of ten feet (10’) from the source location. Plans submitted for PS&amp;amp;E should reflect the agreed upon location for all service connections. During construction, district utilities staff and district construction staff should work together to ensure the placement of the services is consistent with the project plans. Payment for the service drops should be invoiced by the utility owner to the district. District utilities staff is responsible for submission of the invoice directly to Financial Services for payment noting the non-contractual charges for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==643.2.19 Buy America Build America for Utilities==&lt;br /&gt;
FHWA’s Buy America Build America (BABA) policies require a domestic manufacturing process for all steel or iron products, other construction materials, and manufactured products that are permanently incorporated into Federal-Aid Highway construction projects, including products and materials used for adjustments to utility facilities to allow highway construction. These guidelines are for all federally reimbursable transportation projects where FHWA is the lead federal agency; it does not take precedence over projects where Federal Transit Administration or the Federal Railroad Administration is deemed the be the lead federal agency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===643.2.19.1 Program Requirements for Utilities===&lt;br /&gt;
All MoDOT projects are federal-aid projects, and therefore, all reimbursable utility adjustments are required to follow the provisions of BABA. More information on MoDOT’s BABA policy and procedures can be found in [[106.9_Buy_America_Requirement|EPG 106.9 Buy America Requirement]]. Specifically, utility owners should be aware of the following procedures for determining applicability of the EPG 106.9 requirements to reimbursable utility adjustments necessary to allow highway construction:&lt;br /&gt;
* BABA does not apply when materials are relocated from one location to another within the project limits.&lt;br /&gt;
* BABA does not apply for materials necessary for temporary utility adjustments assuming materials are removed from the right of way upon completion of the utility adjustment to allow highway construction.&lt;br /&gt;
* Non-reimbursable work must be kept separate from reimbursable work (agreements, permits, etc.) in order to not be subject to BABA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===643.2.19.2 Certification Requirements for Utilities===&lt;br /&gt;
Utility owners have the option of choosing either to self-certify BABA compliance or provide vendor/manufacturer certification to MoDOT. The method of certification is chosen by the utility owner and is documented in either the MRUA or the project specific agreement. Regardless of agreement type or certification method, the utility owner must be compliant with BABA requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====643.2.19.2.1 BABA Utility Owner Self-Certification====&lt;br /&gt;
If a utility owner chooses to self-certify BABA compliance, the utility owner is not required to provide MoDOT copies of the supplier certification as part of the project documentation or with the final invoice for any reimbursable utility adjustment necessary to allow highway construction. Retention of all documents should be as described in the agreement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====643.2.19.2.2 BABA Vendor/Manufacturer Certification====&lt;br /&gt;
If a utility owner chooses to use vendor/manufacturer certification, the utility owner will supply MoDOT BABA compliance from all vendors and/or manufacturers. Certification from vendors will be signed by an authorized representative of the vendor on company letterhead or other acceptable documentation and will declare that all supplied materials subject to BABA requirements are fully compliant. Certification from iron or steel manufacturers must be in the form of a mill test report (MTF) issued and signed by the initial fabricator stating the materials subject to BABA were melted and manufactured in the United States. Other written statements on company letter or other acceptable documentation signed by an authorized representative of the manufacturer for any additional treatment to the fabricated material (such as blasting, galvanizing, painting, or coating) will state that all treatment processes occurred in the United States according to FWA guidelines. Retention of all documents should be as described in the agreement. Manufacturer certification for manufactured products or construction materials will state that all materials were sourced from the United States and were fabricated in the United States. Retention of all documents should be as described in the agreement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:643 Utility Procedures|643.02]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=237.9_Submission_of_Plans_and_Supporting_Documents&amp;diff=59512</id>
		<title>237.9 Submission of Plans and Supporting Documents</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=237.9_Submission_of_Plans_and_Supporting_Documents&amp;diff=59512"/>
		<updated>2026-10-06T14:08:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: /* 237.9.3.2 Required Information for Submittal */ updated link to Utility Status Letter&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[image:237.9.jpg|right|400px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss the amount and type of excavation included in the project during the [[237.9 Submission of Plans and Supporting Documents#237.9.8 Pre-Bid Conferences|pre-bid conference]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==237.9.1 PS&amp;amp;E Submittal for Letting==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In preparation for the advertisement and bid opening of a project, the district submits the Plans, Specifications, and Estimate (PS&amp;amp;E), in an electronic format, to the Bidding and Contract Services Section of Central Office Design to be reviewed for biddability of the documents and the development of an Engineer’s Estimate of the project. Electronically signed and sealed set of plans, job special provisions, estimate, electronic deliverables and other miscellaneous data necessary to process the project will be need to be saved to ProjectWise, MoProjects, and WebTransport. The district retains all original data submitted in the ProjectWise document management system and MoProjects site. The submittal of paper plans is not allowed unless specifically approved by Design. The district will be responsible for uploading the project into WebTransport. Additional information concerning the submittal can be found in [[#237.9.3 PS&amp;amp;E Submittal Guidelines|EPG 237.9.3 PS&amp;amp;E Submittal Guidelines]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float: right; margin-top: 5px; margin-left: 5px; width:370px; background-color: #f5f5f5; padding: 0.3em; border: 1px solid #cccccc; text-align:left;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;Figures&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[media:Fig 237.9 (4-03.7) Example of Pre-bid Mtg agenda.doc|Example of a Pre-bid Meeting Agenda]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;Forms&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/D-12-form.pdf District Final Design Checklist - Form D-12]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[media:Fig 237.7 (4-03.6) Example Equip &amp;amp; Materials List Cover ltr.doc|Form D-15, Cover Letter]] &lt;br /&gt;
* [[media:D-15 2013.doc|Form D-15, Equipment and Materials List]]  &lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/CS/MHTC_Agenda_Item_Checklist.dotx Conflict of Interest Form (MHTC Agenda Checklist)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/Project_Review_Checklist.pdf Project Review Checklist]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All plans shall be designed in English units.  No metric units or pay items will be allowed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;237.9.1.1 Plans.&#039;&#039;&#039;  Detail plans submitted to Central Office Design must be a complete set of construction plans, except standard plans and bridge drawings, and placed in the Contract Plans folder of ProjectWise. The district will submit the roadway plans and the Bridge Division will submit the bridge plans to Central Office Design.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;237.9.1.2 Job Special Provisions.&#039;&#039;&#039;  An electronic copy of the job special provisions (JSP) is provided via MoProjects site. The final version, sealed by the engineer, will be saved to the Contract Plans folder of ProjectWise.  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;237.9.1.3 Estimate.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;237.9.1.3 Estimate.&#039;&#039;&#039;  An electronic copy of the project estimate is provided via email as it contains confidential information. The file shall be in pdf format. The project estimate submitted to Central Office Design will contain the bridge estimate created by the Bridge Division. The Bridge Division will submit all bridge estimates by email for the district to include in the estimate sent to Central Office Design.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;237.9.1.4 Working Days Study.&#039;&#039;&#039; An electronic copy of the project working day study, in pdf format, is provided via the MoProjects site. Work Day Studies must provide the number of working days for each Job Number on a project so a DBE Goal can be established for each Job Number. Work Day Studies should not be developed using calendar days.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;237.9.1.5 Conflict of Interest.&#039;&#039;&#039;  The district shall ensure the conflict of interest status previously reported to program management is current. The district is to complete the [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/CS/MHTC_Agenda_Item_Checklist.dotx MHTC Agenda Checklist], which can be found electronically in the Word forms under the MoDOT tab. This form is to be completed whether there has been a change in the status as previously submitted or not and placed in the MoProjects site. For more information regarding conflict of interest, see [[:Category:129 Public Involvement#129.12 Presentation for Location or Design Approval to the Commission|EPG 129.12 Presentation for Location or Design Approval to the Commission]] and [[236.13 Designing Right of Way Plans#236.13.12 Plan Submittal and Filing|EPG 236.13.12 Plan Submittal and Filing]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;237.9.1.6 Miscellaneous.&#039;&#039;&#039;  There is other information that may need to be submitted depending on the type of project. These items are placed in the MoProjects site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;237.9.1.6.1 Equipment and Materials List.&#039;&#039;&#039; All projects containing permanent highway lighting or traffic signal items, or temporary lighting and signal items to be retained by the Commission, require an [https://epg.modot.org/files/6/69/D-15_2013.doc Equipment and Materials List (Form D-15)]. An electronic copy of the form and the [https://epg.modot.org/files/4/4b/Fig_237.7_%284-03.6%29_Example_Equip_%26_Materials_List_Cover_ltr.doc Form D-15 cover letter] will be transmitted via MoProjects site. The file needs be in pdf format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;237.9.1.6.2 Clearance Letters, Permits and Other Information.&#039;&#039;&#039; The following is a list of information that is required to be placed in MoProjects if they apply to the project.&lt;br /&gt;
:*	Right of Way Clearance Letter&lt;br /&gt;
:*	Utility Clearance Letter&lt;br /&gt;
:*	Environmental Clearance (RES)&lt;br /&gt;
:*	Nationwide Permit Number 14&lt;br /&gt;
:*	Asbestos Survey Reports&lt;br /&gt;
:*	Lead Based Paint Reports (Usually included in the Asbestos Survey Report)&lt;br /&gt;
:*	Transportation Management Plan&lt;br /&gt;
:*	Public Interest Findings&lt;br /&gt;
:*	Approved Design Exceptions&lt;br /&gt;
:*	Pavement Type Selection Letter&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==237.9.2 District Quality Assurance Requirements==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===237.9.2.1 Estimates===&lt;br /&gt;
Before submitting plans and project documents, the district should verify that key project data is accurately entered in MoDOT’s project estimating software. The district must ensure the latest Bridge estimate is included in the estimate.   Consult the “PROJECT INFORMATION” screen to verify the accuracy of the project data shown.  This includes, but is not limited to, the route number(s), log miles and/or stationing, job description, location description, longitude and latitude.  Identify specific routes when giving the route information.  If the project involves multiple routes, list each of their numbers or abbreviations.  Enter the longitude and latitude of the project midpoint.  Longitudes and latitudes are used to analyze the distribution of funds, projects and construction types and accurate completion of this information is vital.  Longitude and latitude coordinates may be obtained from [http://www.modot.mo.gov/newsandinfo/CountyMaps.htm MoDOT’s county maps], USGS maps, GPS devices, or other means.  Enter these numbers as degrees, minutes and seconds.  If seconds cannot be determined, these may be entered as “00”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===237.9.2.2 Horizontal and Vertical Alignments===&lt;br /&gt;
Before submitting plans and project information for Automated Machine Guidance (AMG) construction methods, verify that all horizontal and vertical alignments in the coordinate geometry database (a.k.a. GPK file) contain the final alignments used for developing the plans submitted and are accurate.  The coordinate geometry database should not include any preliminary alignments used in the development of the plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===237.9.2.3 Roadway Plan Review===&lt;br /&gt;
The district should thoroughly check all plans, drawings, computations, tabulations and other data prior to them uploading the project into WebTransport. Only a cursory review of these items will be performed by Central Office Design after the PS&amp;amp;E is submitted for review. The district is completely responsible for the accuracy, [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=237.1_Plan_Details#237.1.1_Plan_Preparation precision] and completeness of plans. Central Office Design personnel are available to advise the district at any time during the process of developing the plans.  Please feel free to contact the Bidding and Contract Services Section to get advice on how to organize Alternate Pavements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Changes to plans that have been advertised must be kept to a minimum. Changes to projects designated as [[:Category:123 Federal-Aid Highway Program#123.1.1 FHWA Oversight - National Highway System|PoDI by FHWA for Final PS&amp;amp;E on the PoDI Matrix]] are to be approved by FHWA before they are advertised. No substitution, addition, or deletion should be made to any project within one week of the bid opening, unless failure to make the correction will substantially affect the bidding or cost of the project. All other necessary proposal changes or plan revisions should be forwarded to district Construction and Materials upon completion of the bid opening for incorporation into the contract by change order or notification to the contractor at the pre-construction conference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==237.9.3 PS&amp;amp;E Submittal Guidelines==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
All plans, specifications and estimates (PS&amp;amp;E), must be uploaded into WebTransport, saved to ProjectWise, and saved to MoProjects no later than their due date found on the [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/BCS/Bid_Opening_Dates_and_Final_PS&amp;amp;E_Due_Dates.pdf PS&amp;amp;E Due Date Chart] on the Bidding and Contract Services SharePoint site. (Those outside of MoDOT may want to consult MoDOT&#039;s [https://www.modot.org/bid-opening-info Bid Opening Info website].) FHWA has selected projects to be reviewed and approved by FHWA before they can be advertised. These projects are called Projects of Division Interest (PoDI) projects. PoDI projects and projects designed for the US Forest Service must be received in Central Office Design no later than 14 weeks prior to the bid opening date. A [[:Category:123 Federal-Aid Highway Program#123.1.1 FHWA Oversight - National Highway System|list of the PoDI projects]] is available on the Bidding and Contract Services SharePoint site. This will provide the minimum amount of time required for processing and obtaining FHWA’s approval, and other required approvals, before advertising the projects for bidding. The deadline for submitting extremely complex projects, or those projects requiring a pre-bid conference, must be coordinated with Bidding and Contract Services Section. All right of way clearances, utility adjustments, permits, agreements, bridge designs, archaeological and environmental matters, etc., are to be completed prior to the submission of plans for the bid opening. If these items are not complete at the time of the PS&amp;amp;E submittal, the project will be identified as late on the Division Tracker Measure. The following describes the process for electronically submitting all PS&amp;amp;E documents to Central Office Design for processing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===237.9.3.1 Schedule for Submittal===&lt;br /&gt;
All PS&amp;amp;E information should be saved and available in ProjectWise, MoProjects, and uploaded into WebTransport by the [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/BCS/Bid_Opening_Dates_and_Final_PS&amp;amp;E_Due_Dates.pdf PS&amp;amp;E Due Date Chart]. (Those outside of MoDOT may want to consult MoDOT&#039;s [https://www.modot.org/bid-opening-info Bid Opening Info website].) The project manager shall notify Design that the final plans are ready for processing by sending an email to the following address:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::[mailto:plan.submittal@modot.mo.gov plan.submittal@modot.mo.gov ].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please specify the job number and letting date in the subject of the email. The following information must be attached to this email:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:*	The D-12 form&lt;br /&gt;
:*	The District Estimate printed out in pdf format&lt;br /&gt;
:*	The .PLUS file from Bid Tab Professional for the project&lt;br /&gt;
:*	The .XML file from Bid Tab Professional for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When projects require being re-let or are moved to a different month after PS&amp;amp;E submittal, a new email indicating the required information must be sent at the new letting submittal date (when the new desired letting PS&amp;amp;E are due) in order for the project review and letting process to be initiated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===237.9.3.2 Required Information for Submittal===&lt;br /&gt;
The PS&amp;amp;E submittal should contain the following information, if applicable, and any additional project specific information needed to process the project:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:* Sealed [[#237.9.1 PS&amp;amp;E Submittal for Letting|Plans]]&lt;br /&gt;
:* [https://epgtest.modot.org/index.php/Job_Special_Provisions Job Special Provisions (JSPs)]&lt;br /&gt;
:* Estimate&lt;br /&gt;
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/D-12-form.pdf D-12]&lt;br /&gt;
:* [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:128_Conceptual_Studies#128.4_Pavement_Rehabilitation_Projects_for_Freeways Pavement Type Selection Form]&lt;br /&gt;
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/124_Work_Day_Study_a.dotx Work Day Study]&lt;br /&gt;
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE/Utilities/Utility%20Status%20Letter.doc Utility Status Letter Utility Status Letter]&lt;br /&gt;
:* Right of Way Clearance Letter&lt;br /&gt;
:* Environmental Clearance (RES) &lt;br /&gt;
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/CS/MHTC_Agenda_Item_Checklist.dotx MHTC Agenda Item Checklist]* (Conflict of Interest Form)&lt;br /&gt;
:* [[237.14 Electronic Design Data Delivery (BIM Deliverables)|Electronic Deliverables]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::* [https://epg.modot.org/files/6/69/D-15_2013.doc D-15 Equipment and Materials list] and [https://epg.modot.mo.gov/files/4/4b/Fig_237.7_%284-03.6%29_Example_Equip_%26_Materials_List_Cover_ltr.doc cover letter]&lt;br /&gt;
:::* [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=236.13_Designing_Right_of_Way_Plans#236.13.16_Requesting_Asbestos_Inspection Asbestos Survey Inspection Reports]&lt;br /&gt;
:::* [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=616.14_Work_Zone_Safety_and_Mobility_Policy#616.14.10_Transportation_Management_Plan Transportation Management Plan]&lt;br /&gt;
:::* [[237.14 Electronic Design Data Delivery (BIM Deliverables)|Electronic Design Data]]&lt;br /&gt;
:::* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/ENV/Bridge_Blasting_and_Painting_Packet.pdf Bridge Blasting and Painting Packet] (and consult [[:Category:1081 Coating of Structural Steel|EPG 1081 Coating of Structural Steel]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::&#039;&#039;&#039;*&#039;&#039;&#039; This form is available via Word templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===237.9.3.3 Guidelines Details===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====237.9.3.3.1 Roadway Plans====&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:237.9.3.3.1_01.jpg|right|325px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The district shall only save the signed and sealed plan sheets and the electronic deliverables files in the Contract Plans Folder of ProjectWise under the appropriate district and job number. This folder is intended to only contain the contract documents that are used to advertise a project for bids. The Job Number (Job#) subfolder is automatically generated in the Contract Plans folder when the pdf is created from the original location. For consultant plans, the district will need to manually create the project folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====237.9.3.3.2 File Name Convention for Roadway Plans====&lt;br /&gt;
The roadway plan sheets must have a file name that follows MoDOT’s standard file naming convention found in [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=237.13_File_Naming_Convention EPG 237.13 Contract Plan File Name Convention]. The Central Office Reviewer will do a Quality Assurance check of the file names to ensure they follow the standards and will ask the district to change any file name that does not follow the standard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====237.9.3.3.3 Electronic Deliverables File====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The district or consultant should save all additional information to be provided to the contractor in a zip file called [[237.14 Electronic Design Data Delivery (BIM Deliverables)|Electronic Deliverables]].  The zip file should be placed in the Contract Plans Folder of ProjectWise at the time the PS&amp;amp;E documents are submitted to Central Office Design. The file should include the following information if applicable to the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:1.	Electronic Design Data for contractor estimating, surveying and construction (EDD).  Reference [[237.14 Electronic Design Data Delivery (BIM Deliverables)#237.14.2 Specifications for Electronic Design Data|EPG 237.14.2 Specifications for Electronic Design Data]].&lt;br /&gt;
:::*	This information is required when cross sections are provided on a project.&lt;br /&gt;
:2.	Work Zone Impact Analysis Spreadsheets&lt;br /&gt;
:3.	Plans for the existing bridge.  These are provided by the Bridge Division and are found in the Contract Plans folder in ProjectWise with the file name “JobNumber_Bridge_Electronic_Deliverables.zip”.&lt;br /&gt;
:4.	Any geotechnical reports to be provided to the contractor&lt;br /&gt;
:5.	D-15 Equipment and Materials List for permanent signal and lighting equipment&lt;br /&gt;
:6. Any lead-based paint test results and any asbestos survey reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The file naming convention and structure of the file should be as shown in the example below: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:J4P3100_ J4P3182_Electronic_Deliverables.zip (This is the File Name) &lt;br /&gt;
::J4P3100 (This is a Folder)&lt;br /&gt;
:::J4P3100_EDD_Info.zip &lt;br /&gt;
:::J4P3100_Bridge_Info_Sheets.zip &lt;br /&gt;
:::J4P3100_Geotech_Report.pdf &lt;br /&gt;
:::J4P3100_D15_Equipment_and_Materials.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::J4P3182 (This is a Folder)&lt;br /&gt;
:::J4P3182_EDD_Info.zip &lt;br /&gt;
:::J4P3182_Bridge_Info_sheets.zip &lt;br /&gt;
:::J4P3182_Geotech_Report.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
:::J4P3182_D15_Equipment_and_Materials.pdf &lt;br /&gt;
:::J4P3100_ J4P3182_Work_Zone_Impact_Analysis_Spreadsheets.zip &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The district or consultant is responsible for all QA/QC of the files. It is the project manager’s responsibility to ensure all data is present and accurate.  Sometimes the Electronic Deliverables file can become too large to post to [http://www.modot.org/business/contractor_resources/bid_opening_info/OpenLetting.shtml MoDOT&#039;s Online Plans Room].  It is required that the file size be limited to 500,000 KB. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Bridge Division sometimes provides Bridge Information Sheets that supply the existing bridge plans in a zip file. This file will be placed in the Contract Plans folder by the Bridge Division and have a file name as shown below. The district will responsible for putting this information in their Electronic Deliverables file. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Job#_Bridge_Information_Sheets_OptionalDescription.zip&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====237.9.3.3.4 PS&amp;amp;E Supporting Documents====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====237.9.3.3.4.1 File Location=====&lt;br /&gt;
All supporting documentation for the PS&amp;amp;E submittal will be placed in the [https://modotweb.modot.mo.gov/MoProjects/Account/Login MoProjects site] with a “DE Letting Documents” content type. The Project Manager will be responsible for creating the Project in MoProjects and insuring that all metadata is entered correctly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A screen print of the MoProjects site, in the project 5U0675, is shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:237.9.3.3.4.1.jpg|center|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====237.9.3.3.4.2 File Naming Conventions===== &lt;br /&gt;
The applicable supporting documents for the PS&amp;amp;E will be saved by the district using a file name as shown below. The districts are responsible for creating any pdf files needed. Any scanned documents that will appear in the contract must be scanned at a minimum of 300 dpi. In the examples below, Job# = Job Number (i.e., J6I1234). Italicized items are optional. All supporting documents must be saved with a content type equal to “DE Letting Documents”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Job#-Creator’s Userid.PLUS (Place in the Specs and Estimate folder only)&lt;br /&gt;
:Job#.XML (Place in the Specs and Estimate folder only)&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Job#_Conflict_of_Interest_CommissionerName.pdf or doc&#039;&#039;&#039; (MoProjects)&lt;br /&gt;
:Job#_D-12_Checklist.doc  (MoProjects)&lt;br /&gt;
:Job#_D-15_Cover_Letter.pdf (MoProjects)&lt;br /&gt;
:Job#_D-15_Equipment_Listing.pdf (can include cover letter) (MoProjects)&lt;br /&gt;
:Job#_Estimate.pdf  (Place in the Specs and Estimate folder only)&lt;br /&gt;
:Job#_FFOS_Breakdown.xlsx  (MoProjects)&lt;br /&gt;
:Job#_JSP_Roadway_OptionalDescription.doc (MoProjects)&lt;br /&gt;
:Job#_JSP_Bridge_OptionalDescription.doc (MoProjects)&lt;br /&gt;
:Job#_JSP_Sewer_OptionalDescription.doc&lt;br /&gt;
:Job#_TMP_Summary.docx or pdf (see [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=616.14_Work_Zone_Safety_and_Mobility_Policy#616.14.10_Transportation_Management_Plan EPG 616.14.10 Transportation Management Plan])&lt;br /&gt;
:Job#_Work_Day_Study.pdf or xlsx&lt;br /&gt;
:Job#_Public_Interests_Finding.pdf or doc (see [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=131.2_Proprietary_Items_and_Public_Interest_Findings EPG 131.2 Proprietary Items and Public Interest Findings])&lt;br /&gt;
:Job#_Work_Zone_Analysis_Spreadsheet_OptionalDescription.xlsm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following documents will be included in the “Doc - Letting Documents” view but will have different content types within MoProjects:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Content Type: Design Exceptions&lt;br /&gt;
:Job#_Design_Exceptions.pdf (see [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=131.1_Design_Exception_Process#131.1.1_When_to_Complete_a_Design_Exception EPG 131.1.1 When to Complete a Design Exception])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other information related to the project should be saved in MoProjects with a content type of “DE Letting Documents”. Although the below information may not be saved in MoProjects by the project manager, it is still the responsibility of the project manager to verify the information is available in MoProjects before the PS&amp;amp;E submittal to Central Office Design. The district should continue to be aware of all issues associated with the below documents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:* Environmental Section&lt;br /&gt;
::Job#_PermitName_Permit#.pdf (i.e., J6I1234_NWP_14.PDF) (see [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.19_Section_404_Clean_Water_Act_for_Bridge_Demolitions#127.19.1.3__Process EPG 127.19.1.3 Process])&lt;br /&gt;
::Job#_Permit_nonpcn.pdf (non-preconstruction notification)&lt;br /&gt;
::Job#_RES_Final.pdf (Link see [[127.1 Request for Environmental Services|EPG 127.1 Request for Environmental Services]])&lt;br /&gt;
:* Central Office Right of Way Section (see [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=236.13_Designing_Right_of_Way_Plans#236.13.15__Right_of_Way_Clearance EPG 236.13.15 Right of Way Clearance])&lt;br /&gt;
::Job#_RW_Clearance_type_date.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
:* District Utilities Engineer (see [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=643.1_Utilities_-_Status_and_Liability_Acceptance#643.1.2_Utility_Status EPG 643.1.2 Utility Status])&lt;br /&gt;
::Job#_Utilities_Clearance_Letter.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:* Construction and Materials Chemical Laboratory (see [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Asbestos_Survey_Report_T746_T747_T748_C760.pdf Asbestos Survey Report - All Suspect ACM, Form T746])&lt;br /&gt;
::Job#_Asbestos_Report_OptionalDescription.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:* Transportation Planning (see [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=237.8_Contract_Time#237.8.4_Acceleration_of_Work_Clauses EPG 237.8.4 Acceleration of Work Clauses])&lt;br /&gt;
::Job#_ Road_User_Costs.doc or pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following documents will be included in the “Doc - Letting Documents” view but will have different content types within MoProjects:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:* Construction and Materials Pavement Group (see [https://epg.modot.mo.gov/index.php?title=Category:128_Conceptual_Studies#128.4_Pavement_Rehabilitation_Projects_for_Freeways EPG 128.4 Pavement Rehabilitation Projects for Freeways])&lt;br /&gt;
::Content Type: Pavement Design&lt;br /&gt;
::Job#_Pavement_Type_Selection.doc or pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===237.9.3.4 Roadway JSP Submittal Process===&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:237.9.6.4.1.jpg|right|275px]]&lt;br /&gt;
1.  The Roadway Job Special Provisions (JSPs) will be saved to MoProjects, with a “DE Letting Documents” content type, for review by Central Office Design.  The initial submittal of the Job Special Provisions (JSPs) will not contain the engineer’s seal, but must contain the engineer’s signature block. The template for the engineer’s signature block is available on [[Job_Special_Provisions|MoDOT’s Job Special Provisions web page]] in the “Roadway_JSP_Template” JSP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  Upon completion of the initial review of the PS&amp;amp;E, the reviewer will provide review comments to the project manager by e-mail and request the district’s response. The districts will email the reviewer their response to the reviewer’s comments. The district will also email a marked up copy of the estimate showing any changes to be made to the estimate. The district will inform the reviewer of any sheets that need to be deleted for revisions to the plans and also inform the reviewer when the revised sheets are available for review.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.  Upon finalizing the review process, the reviewer will convert the JSPs into a pdf, add any additional information such as D-15 Equipment and Material Lists, nationwide permits, or asbestos survey reports and prepare the document for the engineer’s seal. The reviewer will save the completed set of JSPs to the Contract Plans folder in ProjectWise. The reviewer will then notify the project manager, via e-mail, that the [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=103.1_Bid_Opening_and_Award_Process#103.1.6.1_Assembling_Request_for_Bid Request for Bid document] (Bid Book) and the JSPs are saved in ProjectWise in the Contract Plans Folder and are ready for the district’s review and approval.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.  After reviewing the bidding documents, the project manager will apply the engineer’s seal to the Roadway JSPs and change the state of the file to “Signed and Sealed”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.  The project manager shall contact the reviewer, via e-mail, that the bidding documents are ready for posting to the [http://www.modot.org/business/contractor_resources/bid_opening_info/OpenLetting.shtml MoDOT&#039;s Online Plans Room].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.  JSPs sealed by a Consultant shall contain the consultant’s name, address, phone number, and certificate of authority in the seal block. The certificate of authority is a number, given by the Secretary of State Office, authorizing the engineering company to do business in the state of Missouri. The engineer’s seal shall not place any restrictions on the file that would limit MoDOT’s ability to print, assemble, or place comments on the document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===237.9.3.5 Applying Engineer’s Seal to JSPs===&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of different scenarios for applying the engineer’s seal. Any combination of signing and sealing the JSPs can be used to seal the JSPs for advertising the project on [http://www.modot.org/business/contractor_resources/bid_opening_info/OpenLetting.shtml MoDOT&#039;s Online Plans Room].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. If the JSPs contain only one seal, either wet or electronic, simply apply the engineer’s seal and save as an Adobe Acrobat pdf file.  JSPs with a wet seal will need to be scanned at 300 dpi and saved as a pdf file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. JSPs containing multiple wet seals, simply apply all wet seals, scan the document and save the file as a pdf.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If the JSPs contain multiple seals, with only one electronic seal and any number of wet seals, the wet seals should be applied first, the document scanned, and a pdf of the file should be placed in ProjectWise in the Contract Plans Folder. The reviewer, in Central Office Design, should be notified so they can prepare the documents for an electronic seal. When the document is ready, the reviewer will notify the PM that the document is in the Contract Plans Folder and that it is ready for their electronic seal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If the JSPs contain multiple seals, with more than one electronic seal, the electronic seals may be applied to the JSPs and saved as one file. All the electronic seals must be applied using Adobe Acrobat X Pro or a newer version of the software. The last person sealing the document must optimize the document for fast web viewing or the document cannot be opened in ProjectWise. Please note that it is recommended that only one electronic seal be applied to a JSP as files have become corrupt when multiple electronic seals have been applied. Please contact the reviewer, in Central Office Design, for help with multiple seals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The signature block should list the JSPs that apply to each engineer’s seal. If there is only one engineer’s seal that applies to all JSPs, then you may list all sections or abbreviate the listing (e.g., All, A to G, A - G, etc.). You should list the sections (A - G) if Additional Information is attached to the JSP. The Project Manager will be taking responsibility for the Additional Information if &amp;quot;All&amp;quot; is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===237.9.3.6 Finalizing the PS&amp;amp;E for Advertisement===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====237.9.3.6.1 Creating Bidding Documents====&lt;br /&gt;
The reviewer will create the Bid Book, Roadway JSPs, and the Bridge JSPs using Adobe Acrobat Pro as shown below. Combining the pages into a zip file or Adobe Acrobat Package is not acceptable. Not all files shown will be needed on every project. &lt;br /&gt;
::{| style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em auto 1em auto&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;|Bid book||width=&amp;quot;25| ||&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Roadway JSP File&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||width=&amp;quot;25| ||&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Bridge JSP File&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||Roadway JSPs for Job No. A||	||Bridge JSPs for Job No. A&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||Sewer JSPs for Job No. A||	||Bridge JSPs for Job No. B&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||Roadway JSPs for Job No. B||	||Bridge JSPs for Job No. C&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====237.9.3.6.2 Packaging Plans====&lt;br /&gt;
The reviewer will create a single file that contains all roadway plans by combining the following sheets in the order shown below using Adobe Acrobat Pro. Combining the sheets into a zip file or Adobe Acrobat Package is not acceptable. Not all sheets shown will be needed on every project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::Roadway Plans for Job No. A&lt;br /&gt;
::Sewer Plans for Job No. A&lt;br /&gt;
::Landscaping Plans for Job No. A&lt;br /&gt;
::Bridge Plans for Job No. A&lt;br /&gt;
::Roadway Plans for Job No. B&lt;br /&gt;
::Bridge Plans for Job No. B&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====237.9.3.6.3 Packaging Cross Sections====&lt;br /&gt;
The reviewer will create a single file that contains all cross section sheets by combining the following sheets in the order shown below using Adobe Acrobat Pro. Combining the sheets into a zip file or Adobe Acrobat package or binder is not acceptable. Not all files shown will be needed on every project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::Cross Sections Sheets for Job No. A&lt;br /&gt;
::Cross Sections Sheets for Job No. B&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===237.9.3.7 Posting Projects for Advertisement===&lt;br /&gt;
Bidding and Contract Services Section (BCS), of Central Office Design, will place the bidding documents on MoDOT’s Electronic Plans Room advertising the project. The files used in the advertisement will consist of the Bid Book, Roadway JSPs, Bridge JSPs, plan sheets, cross sections sheets, and the Electronic Deliverables file. The EBS file will be posted on the Bid Express (BidX) web site only. All files posted will be in the Adobe Acrobat pdf format except the Electronic Deliverables file which will be a zip file. The BCS Section will also save a copy of the advertised bidding documents in MoProjects with a “DE Award Plans” content type in the project of the parent Job Number. All Job Numbers on the call will be listed in the File Name with each Job Number separated by a underscore. This way a search for the Job Number will find the file no matter which folder the file is placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===237.9.3.8 Summary of Content Type for MoProjects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT uses the MoProjects SharePoint site to store all permanent information needed on a project.  MoProjects is organized using Projects and metadata which is assigned to each file.  Folders are not allowed to be used. The metadata is used for fast searches to find the information a user needs without having to search through multiple folders. All the information in MoProjects, used in the letting of a project, is organized by projects.  The name of the project is the Job Number. Each project will contain more data than is needed to let a project so entering the Metadata correctly is very important. The Project Manager is responsible for the metadata being entered correctly. Below is a summary of the metadata that needs to be entered:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:All Job Numbers entered must have the beginning “J” removed.  This is so the information in the Planning database (SIMS) will be compatible. The SIMS information is automatically populated in the metadata by the Job Number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:All PS&amp;amp;E Supporting Documents ([[#237.9.3.3.4 PS&amp;amp;E Supporting Documents|EPG 237.9.3.3.4 PS&amp;amp;E Supporting Documents]]) will have a Content Type = DE Letting Documents and Division = DE&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
:All advertised plans will have a Content Type = DE Award Plans and Division = DE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:All Contracts with the contractor will have a Content Type = DE Construction Contracts and Division = DE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==237.9.4 File Naming Convention for Addendums==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The file name for all [[103.1 Bid Opening and Award Process#103.1.6.6.1.1 Revisions to Plan Sheets|revised plan sheets]] for the first addendum must contain a _R001 at the end of the existing file name; the second addendum will contain a _R002; etc. The project manager shall notify the reviewer, via email, that the addendum is ready for processing in ProjectWise.  Examples of the file naming convention are shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:::001_TITLE_J6I1234_I1_R001.pdf &lt;br /&gt;
:::002_TS_01_J6I1234_I100_R001.pdf &lt;br /&gt;
:::130517_F01_J6I1234B_Electronic_Deliverables_R001.zip&lt;br /&gt;
:::130517_F01_J6I1234B_Addendum Letter_R001.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
:::130517_F01_J6I1234B_Addendum Letter_R002.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
:::130517_F01_J6I1234B_Addendum Letter_R003.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
:::130517_F01_J6I1234B_Bid_Book.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
:::130517_F01_J6I1234B_Bid_Book_R002.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
:::130517_F01_J6I1234B_JSP_Roadway.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
:::130517_F01_J6I1234B_JSP_Roadway_R001.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
:::130517_F01_J6I1234B_JSP_Roadway_R002.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
:::130517_F01_J6I1234B_JSP_Bridge_R003.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that this file naming convention is for addendums (kites) only and should not be used for revisions that are made to the plans before the project is advertised for bids. The _R001, at the end of the file name, is to be used only for changes/revisions associated with addendums that occur AFTER the plans have been advertised for bids and not during the standard revision process that occurs before the plans are advertised.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The files contained within the Contract Plans folder in ProjectWise should only be those that are part of the final bid documents made available to contractors on the [http://www.modot.org/business/contractor_resources/bid_opening_info/OpenLetting.shtml MoDOT&#039;s Online Plans Room]. Therefore, if you make changes to a sheet prior to the job being advertised for bids, please ask the reviewer to delete the sheet in ProjectWise before adding the revised sheet. This will eliminate any confusion when an addendum is needed for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:237.9.6.6. sheet deleted.jpg|right|225px]] &lt;br /&gt;
If there are multiple revisions to a plan sheet, and it is clearer to create an entirely new plan sheet, the district should mark an “X” through the existing plan sheet, add the triangle symbol with a number in the triangle, add the note “Sheet Deleted” and create a new plan sheet. The new sheet number should be updated with an “A” (i.e., if deleting Sheet 21, then the new sheet number will be 21A), and the sheet added should be designated with the triangle symbol with a number in the triangle and the note “Sheet Added”. The file naming convention for the deleted sheet will automatically be updated (through the pdf creation) with the _R001 because a revision was made to the existing sheet, as below. The deleted sheet should have an X through the sheet and still contain the engineer’s seal.  The deleted sheet must remain in Contract Plans so there is no missing sheet number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sheets Deleted and Added&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=103.1_Bid_Opening_and_Award_Process#Delete_Sheet Sheet Deleted] = 009_TS_21_J0I0985_I100_R001.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=103.1_Bid_Opening_and_Award_Process#Add_Sheet Sheet Added] = 009_TS_21A_J0I0985_I100_R001.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The newly created sheet will not automatically have the _R001 added because there was no file with that name existing when the sheet was added. Therefore the _R001 must be added to the end of the file name, by renaming the file, to associate the file to the addendum. The district must rename the sheet before the engineer seals the file or the reviewer will need to rename the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Once the plans have been advertised for bid, any revision to the plans must be treated as an addendum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==237.9.5 Bridge Plans==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Bridge Plan Sheets, Bridge JSPs and information only sheets will be saved in a separate file folder than the roadway documents included in the PS&amp;amp;E submittal package. The bridge plans and information sheets will be saved in the following location:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Documents Folder&lt;br /&gt;
:- Contract Plans Folder&lt;br /&gt;
::- District Folder&lt;br /&gt;
:::- Job Number Folder&lt;br /&gt;
::::- Bridge Number Folder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Bridge JSPs will be saved in the following location: &lt;br /&gt;
* Documents Folder &lt;br /&gt;
:- Contract Plans Folder &lt;br /&gt;
::- District Folder &lt;br /&gt;
:::- Job Number Folder &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. All other supporting documentation for the PS&amp;amp;E submittal will be provided to the district by email. Below is a listing of file names the Bridge Division may need to supply to the District Design. All files listed may not be needed for every project. Italicized text indicates optional text to may be included in the file name:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::Job#BR_&#039;&#039;Bridge#_UserID.&#039;&#039;PLUS&lt;br /&gt;
::Job#BR_&#039;&#039;Bridge#&#039;&#039;.XML&lt;br /&gt;
::Job#_&#039;&#039;Bridge#&#039;&#039;_Estimate.BAM&lt;br /&gt;
::Job#_&#039;&#039;Bridge#_Estimate.&#039;&#039;BDW&lt;br /&gt;
::Job#_&#039;&#039;Bridge# Estimate.&#039;&#039;CES&lt;br /&gt;
::Job#_&#039;&#039;Bridge#_Estimate&#039;&#039;.CTG&lt;br /&gt;
::Job#_&#039;&#039;Bridge#&#039;&#039;_Bridge_Supplemental_Report.doc&lt;br /&gt;
::Job#_&#039;&#039;Bridge#_Memo_To_Design.doc&lt;br /&gt;
::Job#_Bridge#_Cost&#039;&#039;_Estimate.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
::Job#_&#039;&#039;Bridge#&#039;&#039;_Layout_Sheets_Summary.doc&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Construction and Materials Geotechnical Engineering will save the soundings for a bridge into MoProjects with a “DE Letting Documents” content type. The Bridge Division memo to the district will indicate which bridges have soundings to ensure district will include sounding logs in the Bridge Electronic Deliverables.&lt;br /&gt;
Job# _Geotechnical_Report.zip&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==237.9.6 Consultant Designed Projects==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All plans for consultant-designed projects shall be submitted to Central Office in electronic form. The consultant may choose either of the two methods described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Scanned plan sheets:&#039;&#039;&#039; The consultant can continue to sign and seal plan sheets using traditional wet seals and handwritten signatures as required by [http://www.moga.mo.gov/mostatutes/stathtml/32700004111.html state statute]. All consultants that sign and seal plans must include the Company&#039;s Name, Address, Phone Number, and Certificate of Authority Number in the title block.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:The consultant is responsible for scanning each signed and sealed plan sheet to individual Adobe Acrobat Files (pdf format) following MoDOT’s standard [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=237.13_File_Naming_Convention file naming convention]. &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;No TIFF images will be accepted.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; The scanned files shall use a resolution of 300 dpi on a D-size (22 in. x 34 in.) sheet. In addition to the scanned images, the consultant shall submit one full size set of the original signed and sealed set of plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;2. Electronically signed and sealed plan sheets:&#039;&#039;&#039; The consultant may use the Adobe Acrobat electronic signature technology to sign and seal each plan sheet. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;If choosing to electronically sign&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:If choosing to electronically sign and seal the plans, the consultant shall submit the certificate of authenticity for each professional engineer signing and sealing the plans to the [mailto:Christian.Schwandtner@modot.mo.gov Design Management Systems Administrator] for signature verification purposes. All consultants that sign and seal plans must include the Company&#039;s Name, Address, Phone Number, and Certificate of Authority Number in the title block. MoDOT purchases all rights to the consultant plans and as such the Adobe Acrobat electronic signature technology shall be set to allow the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:237.9.6 2020.jpg|center|300px]]                 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consultants shall submit a copy of the electronic files to the District Project Manager for roadway projects or to the Structural Project Manager for bridge projects in DVD or CD-ROM media. The district or division is responsible for saving the pdfs of all signed and sealed plan sheets in the Contract Plans folder of Project Wise in accordance with [[#237.9.3 PS&amp;amp;E Submittal Guidelines|EPG 237.9.3 PS&amp;amp;E Submittal Guidelines]]. The district design team and the Bridge Division will be responsible for saving all supporting PS&amp;amp;E submittal documentation in the MoProjects site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==237.9.7 Plans Distribution==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Electronic copy of awarded plans will be placed in MoProjects with “DE Awarded Plans” content type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Electronic copy of awarded construction contract will be placed in MoProjects with “DE Construction Contracts” content type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==237.9.8 Pre-Bid Conferences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pre-bid conferences are held to increase potential bidders’ understanding of the plans and specifications.  A pre-bid conference is not a substitute for a constructability review by the project team during [[:Category:235 Preliminary Plans#235.5 Field Checks|plan development]].  Pre-bid conferences are required for all unique or complex projects, or projects with particularly difficult or unusual staging or construction methods.  As a general rule, a pre-bid conference is to be held for any project with a programmed cost in excess of $20 million, although the cost of the project is not the only factor to be considered. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pre-bid conferences are typically held one to two weeks after the advertisement of the project. The time and location of the pre-bid conference are set by the project manager in coordination with Central Office Design. The pre-bid meeting must be scheduled in such a way as to allow the potential bidders sufficient time to review the bidding documents. Minutes and a listing of all who attended the pre-bid conference are to be completed by the project manager and sent to the reviewer in Central Office Design. Central Office Design will post the minutes and a listing of contractors who attended the meeting on [http://www.modot.org/business/contractor_resources/bid_opening_info/PreBidNotice.htm MoDOT’s Pre-Bid Notices website]. Changes to the bidding documents as a result of the pre-bid conference will be handled as an addendum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MoDOT project manager is responsible for preparing an agenda for the pre-bid conference, and ensuring the proper topics are discussed.  The following is a list of possible topics that may be discussed at the pre-bid conference:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Project overview&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* General discussion of the design philosophy used for this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Status of right of way acquisition (if not clear).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Status of utility adjustments (if not clear).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Any non-standard pay items or special bid items including “No Direct Pay” or lump sum items.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Any [http://www.modot.mo.gov/business/contractor_resources/biditemslisting.htm bid item] including work that may not be readily apparent to the contractor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Any item or condition out of the ordinary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All special provisions, especially any unusual conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Any constructability concern or anticipated difficulty during the construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* General clarification of major bid items.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Discuss the available sub-surface information, the amount and type of excavation included in the project, and the availability of any necessary [[127.22 Off-Site Borrow, Spoil, and Staging Areas|borrow material]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Traffic Control Plans and how they relates to any staged construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Options for staging of construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Critical schedules needing to be met, working days, completion date, and any critical sequences of construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Phasing of construction contracts and how this project relates to other projects in the vicinity (future bid opening schedules, potential conflicts, coordination of other contracts, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Special environmental concerns or practices that must be observed during construction including any permits and the special conditions imposed by them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Other agencies involved with this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Identify any controversial items.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Public concerns expressed during the design of the project.&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:237.9.4 DBE.jpg|right|250px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;DBE Goal&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Unique design concerns, including special agreements made during right of way negotiations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Any contractor questions which have been answered prior to the meeting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Define the lines of communication between the contractor and MoDOT regarding questions the contractor may have about the plans (clarifications of plans, errors, omissions, etc.).  Identify the proper contacts for questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The [http://www.modot.mo.gov/business/contractor_resources/External_Civil_Rights/DBE_program.htm DBE] and Trainee goal requirements for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Shop drawing procedures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Answer any questions regarding the payment process or change order process and introduce the Resident Engineer and/or inspectors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An [[media:Fig 237.9 (4-03.7) Example of Pre-bid Mtg agenda.doc|example of a pre-bid meeting agenda]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[category:237 Contract Plans|237.09]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:101_Standard_Forms&amp;diff=59511</id>
		<title>Category:101 Standard Forms</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:101_Standard_Forms&amp;diff=59511"/>
		<updated>2026-10-06T13:57:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: /* Bridge */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float: right; margin-top: 5px; margin-left: 15px; margin-bottom: 15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;__TOC__&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== ===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float: right; width: 550px; margin-top: 8px; margin-bottom: 8px; padding: 5px; border: 2px solid black; border-radius:5px; box-shadow:5px 5px 5px #888888&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
EPG articles are not referenced as &amp;quot;sections&amp;quot; but as EPG XXX.X or as &amp;quot;articles&amp;quot; to avoid confusion with MoDOT specs (which are contractually binding).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Standard forms organized by functional unit are accessible from this page.&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;The files accessible by the links below are identical to those accessed through Word, Excel or other software application by MoDOT employees.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Many of these file links are also contained in Engineering Policy Guide articles that refer to the forms.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
---- &lt;br /&gt;
==Bridge==&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:101 Bridge.jpg|right|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 30px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-BR1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Bridge Forms&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-BR1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/BridgeDivisionMemo.dotx Bridge Division Memo]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/101_Bridge_Hydraulics_Report_Feb.dotx Bridge Hydraulics Report]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/ChangeOrder.dotx Change Order]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/ConstructabilityQuestionnaire.dotx Constructability Questionnaire]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/Culvert_Hydraulics_Report.docx Culvert Hydraulics Report]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/DesignExceptionInformationForm.docx Design Exception Information Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/DesignExceptToDistrict.dotx Design Except to District]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/101_Design_Layout_Box.docx Design Layout (Box)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/DesignLayout-Grade.dotx Design Layout (Grade)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/101_Design_Layout_Stream.docx Design Layout (Stream)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/DesignLayout-Wall.dotx Design Layout (Wall)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/101_Floodplain_Development_Permit_Application.pdf Floodplain Development Permit/Application]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/101_Floodplain_Development_Permit_To_District_Cover_Letter.docx Floodplain Development Permit To District Cover Letter]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/LayouttoFHWA.dotx Layout to FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/LayoutToRailroad.dotx Layout to Railroad]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/Missouri-IllinoisBorderBridgeClearinghouseForm.dotx Missouri-Illinois Border Bridge Clearinghouse Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/101_No_Rise_Certificate.pdf No-Rise Certificate]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/Request_for_Final_Soundings_for_Structures_Form.xlsx Request for Final Soundings for Structures Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/Telefax.dotx Telefax]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/TransmittalLetter.dotx Transmittal Letter]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/131.1_Vertical_Clearance_Coord_Form.pdf Vertical Clearance Design Exception Coordination with SDDCTEA]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Construction and Materials==&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:101CM.jpg|right|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 30px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Forms for MoDOT Use ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-CM1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] General Forms&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-CM1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-CM1a&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.15em; margin-left:15px; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[+/-] Project Closeout and As-Built Plans&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-CM1a&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/As_Built_Final_Plans_Checklist_SL_District.pdf As Built Plans Checklist - SL District]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Bridge_Clearance_Report_C239A.pdf Bridge Clearance Report (C-239A)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Contractors_Affidavit_C-242.pdf Contractor Affidavit Regarding Settlement of Claims]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Contractors_Affidavit_C-242_With_Exceptions.pdf Contractor&#039;s Affidavit Regarding Settlement of Claims (C-242) with Exceptions]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Final_Plans_Certification.pdf Final Plans Certification]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Final_Plans_Checklist.pdf Final Plans Checklist]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/KC_Final_Plans_Memo.pdf Final Plans Memo]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/C13_Final_Utility_Report.pdf Final Utility Report (C-13)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Bluebeam_Revu_Editing_As-Built_Plans.pdf Preparing As-Built (Final) Plans in Construction Using Bluebeam Revu]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Semi_Final_Inspection_C_236.pdf Semi-Final Inspection (C-236)]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/30_Day_Reminder_Final_Invoice_Letter.pdf 30 Day Reminder Final Invoice Letter]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/60_Day_Final_Acceptance_Letter.pdf 60 Day Final Acceptance Letter]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/ADA_Checklist.pdf ADA Checklist (PDF)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/ADA_Checklist.docx ADA Checklist (MS Word)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Aggregate_Base_Random_Locations.xlsm Aggregate Base Random Locations]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Asbestos_Bulk_Sample_Bridge_CL_EL_5.pdf Asbestos Bulk Sample Bridge CL EL 5]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Asbestos_Bulk_Sample_Parcel_CL_EL_5.pdf Asbestos Bulk Sample Parcel CL EL 5]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Asbestos_Survey_Report_T746_T747_T748_C760.pdf Asbestos Survey Report - All Suspect ACM (Form T746), Nonfriable ACM (Form T747) and All Materials (Form T748)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Bluebeam_Revu_2015_Training_Manual.pdf Bluebeam Revu Training Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Central_Lab_Sample_Sizes.xlsx Central Lab Sample Sizes QRG]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Change%20Order.XLS Change Order]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/CUF_Determination_Form.pdf Commercially Useful Function (CUF) Determination Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Contingent_Item_Price_Check.pdf Contingent Item Price Check]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/C9_Daily_Utility_Report.pdf Daily Utility Report (C-9)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Dimensions%20To%20Tons%20Converter.xlsx Dimensions To Tons Converter]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Documentation_Record.pdf Documentation Record]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/EEO_Checklist.pdf EEO Checklist]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Fence_Removal_Notice.pdf Fence Removal Notice]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Force_Account_Spreadsheet.xlsx Force Account Spreadsheet]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Equipment%20Watch%20QRG.docx Force Account Rental Rate - Quick Reference Guide]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Form%20M-45%20Bitumin%20Distributor%20Calibration.doc Form M-45 Bitumin Distributor Calibration]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Inspectors_Pay_Qty_Report_IPQR.pdf Inspectors Pay Qty Report (IPQR)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/IRI_Inertial_Profiler_Report_with_Bonus.xlsm IRI Inertial Profiler Report with Bonus]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Job_Site_Bulletin_Board_Checklist_fillable.pdf Job Site Bulletin Board Checklist]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/KC_Milestone_Memo.pdf Milestone Memo]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Milestone_Worksheet.pdf Milestone Worksheet]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Mobile_Mixer_Calibration.xlsx Mobile Mixer Calibration]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Mobile_Mixer_Verification_Sheet.pdf Mobile Mixer Verification Sheet]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Mobilization_Payments_Calculator.xlsx Mobilization Payments Calculator]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/NCR_Non_Conformance_Report.pdf Nonconformance Report (NCR)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Nuclear_Density_C709ND.pdf Nuclear Density (C-709ND)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Nuclear_Density_of_Plastic_Portland_Cement_Concrete_C_710ND.pdf Nuclear Density of Plastic Portland Cement Concrete (C-710ND)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Order_Record.pdf Order Record (C-259)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Outlier%20Analysis.xls Outlier Analysis]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Pavement_Type_Selection_Submittal.pdf Pavement Type Selection Submittal Information (PTS Submittal Form)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Payroll_Log.xltx Payroll Log Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/Pile_Driving_Set_Calculator.xlsx Pile Driving Set Calculator]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Pile_Driving_Data.pdf Pile Driving Data]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Pile_Driving_Data_PDA.pdf Pile Driving Data PDA]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/PODI_Bridge_Deck_Pour_Checklist.pdf PODI Bridge Deck Pour Checklist]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Pore_Pressure_Report_Type_A.pdf Pore Pressure Report - Type A]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Pore_Pressure_Report_Type_B.pdf Pore Pressure Report - Type B]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/PreCon_Letter_Federal.pdf PreCon Letter - Federal]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/PreCon_Letter_State.pdf PreCon Letter - State]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Prestress_Deficiency_Report.pdf Prestress Deficiency Report (1029-01)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Price_Verification.xlsx Price Verification]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Railroad_Crossing_Inspection.pdf Railroad Crossing Inspection]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RE_Letterhead.pdf RE Letterhead]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RE_Letterhead.docx RE Letterhead – Word Format]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Retroreflectivity_Payment_Adjustment.xlsm Retroreflectivity Payment Adjustment]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Retroreflectometer_Request.xlsm Retroreflectometer Request]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RoCap_Test_Form_Long_Bolts.pdf RoCap Test Form - Long Bolts]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RoCap_Test_Form_Short_Bolts.pdf RoCap Test Form - Short Bolts]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Semi_Annual_Labor_Compliance_Report.dotx Semi-annual Labor Compliance Report]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.modot.org/contractor-pay Contractor Payment Schedule]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Standard%20Compaction%20Test%20Blank.xls Standard Compaction Test Blank]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Survey%20Calculator.xlsx Survey Calculator]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Tank%20Capacity%202.0.xls Tank Capacity]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Tension_Log_Form.xlsx Tension Log Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/CR1_Wage_Rate_Interview.pdf Wage Interview (Form CR-1)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/TS/Work_Zone_Inspection_Checklist.pdf Work Zone Inspection Form]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-CM2&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Job Order Forms&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-CM2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/JOC_2025_Asphalt_Pavement_Repair.xlsm JOC 2025 Asphalt Pavement Repair]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/JOC_2026_Asphalt_Pavement_Repair.xlsm JOC 2026 Asphalt Pavement Repair]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/JOC_2025_Bridge_Repair_Spreadsheet.xlsm JOC 2025 Bridge Repair Spreadsheet]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/JOC_2026_Bridge_Repair_Spreadsheet.xlsm JOC 2026 Bridge Repair Spreadsheet]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/JOC_2025_Concrete_Pavement_Repair.xlsm JOC 2025 Concrete Pavement Repair]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/JOC_2026_Concrete_Pavement_Repair.xlsm JOC 2026 Concrete Pavement Repair]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/JOC_2025_Fence_Repair_Spreadsheet.xlsm JOC 2025 Fence Repair Spreadsheet]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/JOC_2026_Fence_Repair_Spreadsheet.xlsm JOC 2026 Fence Repair Spreadsheet]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/JOC_2025_Rail_Cable_Repair_Spreadsheet.xlsm JOC 2025 Rail Cable Fence Spreadsheet]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/JOC_2026_Rail_Cable_Repair_Spreadsheet.xlsm JOC 2026 Rail Cable Fence Spreadsheet]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-CM3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] AC Index Price and Fuel Adjustment Forms&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-CM3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AC_Index_Price_Adjustment_Hot_Mix_Asphalt_SY.xlsx AC Index Price Adjustment – Hot mix asphalt (per SY)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AC_Index_Price_Adjustment_Hot_Mix_Asphalt_Ton.xlsx AC Index Price Adjustment – Hot mix asphalt (per Ton)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AC_Index_Price_Adjustment_Seal_Coat.xlsx AC Index Price Adjustment – Sealcoat]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AC_Index_Price_Adjustment_UBAWS_Hot_Mix_and_Membrane.xlsx AC Index Price Adjustment – UBAWS Hot Mix and Membrane]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AC_Index_Price_Adjustment_Undersealing.xlsx AC Index Price Adjustment – Undersealing]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Fuel_Adjustment_Calculation.xlsx Fuel Adjustment Calculation]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-CM4&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Asphalt Inspection Forms&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-CM4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Asphalt_Core_Spreadsheet.xlsx Asphalt Core Spreadsheet]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Asphalt_Mix_Design.xlsm Asphalt Mix Design]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Asphalt_Random_Locations.xlsm Asphalt Random Locations]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Asphalt_Roadway_Report.xlsm Asphalt Roadway Report]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-CM5&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Concrete Inspection Forms&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-CM5&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-CM5a&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.15em; margin-left:15px; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Ready Mix Forms&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-CM5a&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RM_Aggregate_Scale_Calibration_200.dotx RM Aggregate Scale Calibration - 200]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RM_Aggregate_Scale_Calibration_300.dotx RM Aggregate Scale Calibration - 300]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RM_Aggregate_Scale_Calibration_350.dotx RM Aggregate Scale Calibration - 350]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RM_Air_Dispenser_Calibration.dotx RM Air Dispenser Calibration]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RM_Cement_Scale_Calibration_150.dotx RM Cement Scale Calibration - 150]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RM_Cement_Scale_Calibration_175.dotx RM Cement Scale Calibration - 175]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RM_Cement_Scale_Calibration_200.dotx RM Cement Scale Calibration - 200]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RM_Concrete_Systems_Form.dotx RM Concrete Systems Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RM_Equipment_Calibrated_and_Verified_Form.dotx RM Equipment Calibrated and Verified Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RM_Truck_Mixer_Information_Form.dotx RM Truck Mixer Information Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RM_Water_Calibration.dotx RM Water Calibration]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Concrete%20Daily%20Inspection%20Report%20C-681.xls Concrete Daily Inspection Report, C-681]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM//AWP_CIW_Mainline_Paving.xlsm Concrete Inspection Worksheet – Mainline QC/QA Paving]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Concrete_Roadway_Report.pdf Concrete Roadway Report]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Forms for Contractor Use ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- NOTE: FORMS FOR CONTRACTOR USE SHOULD MATCH WHAT IS OUT ON https://www.modot.org/forms-contractor-use --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-CM7&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[+/-] Construction and Contract Administration Forms&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-CM7&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Blank_2AA_Sheet.pdf 2AA Sheet-Blank]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Example_2AA_Sheet.pdf 2AA Sheet-Example]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/ADA_Checklist.pdf ADA Checklist - PDF]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/ADA_Checklist.docx ADA Checklist - Word Document]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Affidavit_for_Compliance_with_Prevailing_Wage.pdf Affidavit for Compliance with Prevailing Wage]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Contractors_Affidavit_C-242.pdf Contractor Affidavit Regarding Settlement of Claims]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/CUF_Determination_Form.pdf CUF Determination Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Lead_Abatement_MODOT_Contractor_Informational_Packet.pdf Lead Abatement MoDOT Contractor Informational]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Lead_Abatement_MODOT_FA_Project_Notification.pdf Lead Abatement MoDOT FA Project Notification Must be Filled out by RE]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Lead_Abatement_MODOT_Project_Notification.pdf Lead Abatement MoDOT Project Notification]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Lead_Abatement_MODOT_Project_Re_Notification.pdf Lead Abatement MoDOT Project Re-Notification]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Lead_Abatement_Program_Contact_Info.pdf Lead Abatement Program Contact Info]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/NCR_Non_Conformance_Report.pdf Nonconformance Report (NCR)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/Pile_Driving_Set_Calculator.xlsx Pile Driving Set Calculator]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Prequalification_Contractor_Questionnaire.pdf Prequalification Questionnaire]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Request_to_Subcontract_C_220.pdf Request to Subcontract Work (C-220)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Request_to_Subcontract_C_220_Excel.xlsm Request to Subcontract Work (C-220), Excel]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Sample_CPRRatingReport.pdf Sample Contractor Performance Rating Report]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Sign_Certification_of_Destruction.pdf Sign Certification of Destruction (PDF)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Sign_Delivery_Certification.pdf Sign Delivery Certification (PDF)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Subcontractor_Certification_Regarding_Affirmative_Action.pdf Subcontractor Certification Regarding Affirmative Action]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Tension_Log_Form.xlsx Tension Log Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Value_Engineering_Proposal_C_104.pdf Value Engineering Change Proposal (C-104)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Wage_Flow_Chart_for_Federal_Jobs.pdf Wage Flowchart for Federal Jobs-Precon]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Wage_Flow_Chart_for_State_Jobs.pdf Wage Flowchart for State Jobs-Precon]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Waste_Disposal_Agreement.pdf Waste Disposal Agreement]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-CM8&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Materials Forms&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-CM8&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Asphalt_Mix_Design.xlsm Asphalt Mix Design Submittal]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/CERTIFICATE_OF_MATERIALS_ORIGIN.pdf Buy America Materials of Origin]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/CERTIFICATE_OF_MATERIALS_ORIGIN_NONIRON_STEEL.pdf Buy America Materials of Origin Non-Iron/Steel (PDF)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Concrete%20Mix%20Design%20Submittal%20Form.xls Concrete Mix Design Submittal Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Missouri%20CoreLok%20Aggregate%20Workbook.xls Corelok Aggregate Workbook]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Durable%20Aggregate%20Calculation.xls Durable Aggregate Calculation]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Illinois_Flexibility_Index_Test.pdf Illinois Flexibility Index Test]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/NewProductEvaluationForm.pdf New Product Evaluation Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/GS013F4.pdf PAL Program Inclusion Certifications and Guarantee Statement]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/GS013F2.pdf PAL Fabricators Receival Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/GS013F3.pdf PAL Shippers Transmittal Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/PEM_Concrete_Resistivity_Form.xlsx PEM Concrete Resistivity Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/PipeShippingReportForm2.pdf CMP, RCP, Pipe Shipping Submittal Form: Precast Drainage Unit and Precast Box Culvert Shipping Report Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/PipeShippingReportForm_Thermoplastic.pdf Pipe Shipping Submittal Form: Thermoplastic]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Producer_Supplier_List.pdf Producer Supplier Listing Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RecycleBinderContribution.xls Recycle Binder Contribution v2.12]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RecycleBinderContribution_401.xls Recycle Binder Contribution v2.20]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Section1040,1043,1044_Inclusion_Certification.pdf Section 1040, 1043 and 1044 Inclusion Certification Statement]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Section1040,1043,1044_Shipping_Report_Form_Fillable.pdf Section 1040, 1043 and 1044 Shipping Report Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Request_to_Transfer_Inspected_Matl.pdf Transfer Request of Inspected Material]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-CM9&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Civil Rights Related Forms and Posters&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-CM9&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-CM9a&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.15em; margin-left:15px; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[+/-] DBE Forms&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-CM9a&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/DBE_and_non_DBE_Subcontractor_Reporting_Form.pdf DBE and non DBE Subcontractor Reporting Form]&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/DBE_Change_Form.pdf DBE Change Form]&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/DBE_Contractor_Project_Trucker_Equipment_List_Form.pdf DBE Contractor/Subcontractor Project Trucker and Equipment List]&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/DBE_Contractor_Subcontractor_Project_Trucker_Form_Instructions.pdf DBE Contractor/Subcontractor Project Trucker and Equipment List - Instructions]&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/DBE_Identification_Submittal_Form_MoDOT_Excel.xlsm DBE Identification Submittal Form (Excel)]&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/DBE_Identification_Submittal_Form_LPA_Excel.xlsm DBE Identification Submittal Form LPA (Excel)]&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/DBE_Final_Payment_Form.xlsm DBE Final Payment Form]&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/DBE_Termination_Form.pdf DBE Termination Form]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-CM9b&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.15em; margin-left:15px; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[+/-] On the Job Training Forms&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-CM9b&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/OJT_1_Trainee_Notification.pdf OJT 1, Training Notification]&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/OJT_2_Contractor_Monthly_Trainee_Report.pdf OJT 2, Contractor Monthly Trainee Report]&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/OJT_3_Training_Completion.pdf OJT 3, Training Completion Report]&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/OJT_4_Trainee_Contact.pdf OJT 4, Trainee Contact]&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/OJT_5_Discrimination_Complaint.pdf OJT 5, Discrimination Complaint]&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/OJT_6_Final_Trainee_Summary.pdf OJT 6, Training Summary]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-CM9c&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.15em; margin-left:15px; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[+/-] Workforce Diversity Forms&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-CM9c&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/WF_2%20_Contractor_Monthly_New_Hire_report.pdf Contractor Monthly New Hire Report]&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/MoDOT_Workforce_Pre_Construction_Diversity_Plan_Report.xlsx Initial Workforce Diversity Plan]&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/MODOT_Workforce_JSP_Cummulative_Workforce_Hours_Report.xlsx Monthly Workforce Reporting Report]&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/WF_1_New_Hire_Notification.pdf New Hire Notification]&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CR/WF_3_Sample_Workforce_Action_Plan.pdf Sample Workforce Action Plan]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-CM9d&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.15em; margin-left:15px; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[+/-] Federal Aid Job Site Posters&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-CM9d&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Please refer to [[110.2_Federal-Aid_Projects_(Guidance_for_Sec_110.2)|EPG 110.2 Federal-Aid Projects, Required Notices and Posters]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-CM9e&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.15em; margin-left:15px; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[+/-] State Aid Job Site Posters&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-CM9e&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Please refer to [[110.2_Federal-Aid_Projects_(Guidance_for_Sec_110.2)|EPG 110.2 Federal-Aid Projects, Required Notices and Posters]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-CM10&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Permit Forms for Working on Right of Way&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-CM10&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www6.modot.mo.gov/ElectronicPermitting/ElectronicPermitting.html Permit for Work on Right of Way]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.modot.org/notice-intent MoDOT Notice of Intent to Perform Work]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Quick Reference Guides (QRGs)===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-CM11&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] AASHTOWare Project&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-CM11&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_QRG_Revision_Dates.xlsx AWP QRG Revision Dates]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CM_AASHTOWARE_Project_Terminology.docx AWP CM AASHTOWARE Project Terminology]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CM_Certified_Testers.docx AWP CM Certified Testers]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CM_Filters.doc AWP CM Filters]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CM_Filters_for_Sample_Records_or_Acceptance_Actions.doc AWP CM Filters for Sample Records or Acceptance]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CM_Test_Equipment.doc AWP CM Test Equipment]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_1ChangeOrderOverview.doc AWP CO 1 Change Order Overview]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_2ChangeOrderAddingNewItemorOverrunUnderrunExisting.doc AWP CO 2 Change Order Adding New Item or Overrun/Underrun of Existing Items]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_3ChangeOrderTimeExtension.doc AWP CO 3 Change Order Time Extension]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_4ChangeOrderValueEngineering.doc AWP CO 4 Change Order Value Engineering]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_5ChangeOrderNoCostContractModification.doc AWP CO 5 Change Order, No Cost Contract Modification]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_7ChangeOrderApproval.doc AWP CO 7 Change Order Approval]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Change_Order_Codes.doc AWP CO Change Order Codes]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Change_Order_Reports.doc AWP CO Change Order Reports]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_CUF_Entry.doc AWP CO Commercially Useful Function (CUF) Review Date Entry]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/CUF_Determination_Form.pdf AWP CO Commercially Useful Function (CUF) Determination Form)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Construction_Stockpiles.doc AWP CO Construction Stockpiles]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Contract_Payment_Estimate_Exception_Override.doc AWP CO Contract Payment Estimate Exception Override]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_ContractVendorAssets.doc AWP CO Contract Vendor Assets]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Contract_Adjustments.docx AWP CO Contract Adjustments]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Contract_Times.doc AWP CO Contract Times]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_DailyDiary.doc AWP CO Daily Diary]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_DailyDiaryAdjustments.doc AWP CO Daily Diary Adjustments]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_DailyWorkReport.doc AWP CO Daily Work Report]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_DailyWorkReport_Deleting_Postings_and_Acceptance_Records.doc AWP CO Daily Work Report, Deleting DWR Postings and Acceptance Records]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Disposition_Remarks_PAL_Material.doc AWP CO Disposition Remarks for PAL Material]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Documentation_Records.docx AWP CO Documentation Records]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_EmergencyContacts.doc AWP CO Emergency Contacts]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Estimate.docx AWP CO Estimate]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Estimate_Final.doc AWP CO Estimate Final]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Item_Adjustments.doc AWP CO Item Adjustments]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Milestones.doc AWP CO Milestones]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Signal_Maintenance.doc AWP CO Signal Maintenance]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Change_Order_Reason_Codes_for_SL_Time_Extension_Change_Orders.doc AWP CO SL District Reason Codes for Time Extension Change Orders]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Subcontract.doc AWP CO Subcontract]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_Guide_For_Creating_QA_%20Sample_Records_Using%20E2O%20Spreadsheets.doc AWP Guide for Creating QA Sample Records Using E20 Spreadsheets (Internal Use Only)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_Adding_Contract_Lines_For_Acceptance_Actions.doc AWP MA Adding Contract Lines For Acceptance Actions]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_Adding_Concrete_Mix_Design.doc AWP MA Adding New Concrete Mix Design]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_Associating_Material_To_Source.docx AWP MA Associating Material to Source]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_Checking_For_UnAuthorized_Sample_Records.doc AWP MA Checking For Unauthorized Sample Records]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_DEC_Sample_Record.docx AWP MA DEC Sample Record]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_DeletingMaterialsFromAcceptanceActions.doc AWP MA Deleting materials From Acceptance]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_EditingContractAcceptanceActionsAndActionRelationships.doc AWP MA Editing Contract Acceptance Actions and Action Relationships]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_Generating_Contract_SampleChecklist.doc AWP MA Generating Contract Sample Checklist]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_IAS_Lab_Audit.doc AWP MA I.A.S. Lab Audit]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_PAL_Plant_Inspection_Record.doc AWP MA PAL Plant Inspection Record]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_ReGenerating_Contract_Lines_For_Original_Materials_And_Acceptance_Actions.doc AWP MA Regenerating Contract Lines for Original Materials and Acceptance Actions]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_Sample_Record_Acceptance_By_Certification.docx AWP MA Sample Record Acceptance By Certification]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_Sample_Record_Changing_Material_Code_Source_or_SampleType.docx AWP MA Sample Record Changing Material Code Source or Sample Type]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_Sample_Record_General.docx AWP MA Sample Record, General]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_Sample_Record_General_IAS_Audit_Record.docx AWP MA Sample Record, General IAS Audit Record]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_Sampling_and_Testing_Status_Report.docx AWP MA Sampling and Testing Status Report]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_UsingFindSample.docx AWP MA Using the Find Sample Function]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_QA_Asphalt.xlsm AWP_QA_Asphalt.xlsm AWP QA Asphalt]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-CM12&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Digital Signatures&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-CM12&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Digital_Signatures_using_Adobe_DC_Reader_Pro.docx Digital Signatures using Adobe DC Reader/Pro]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Digital_Signatures_using_Bluebeam_Revu.pdf Digital Signatures using Bluebeam Revu]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-CM13&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Storm Water Database&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-CM13&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/CM/101_How_to_Fill_Out_Land_Disturbance_Inspection_Record.pdf How to Fill Out Land Disturbance Inspection Record] &lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/CM/101_Land_Disturbance_Deficiencies_QRG_2019.pdf Land Disturbance Deficiencies]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/CM/101_Land_Disturbance_Storm_Water_Database_Closeout_Procedure_QRG_2020.pdf Land Disturbance Storm Water Database Closeout Procedure]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/CM/101_Land_Disturbance_Storm_Water_Database_Initial_Setup_for_Construction_Projects_2020.pdf Land Disturbance Storm Water Database Initial Setup for Construction Projects]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/CM/101_Land_Disturbance_Storm_Water_Database_Initial_Setup_for_Maintenance_Projects_QRG_2020.pdf Land Disturbance Storm Water Database Initial Setup for Maintenance Projects]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/CM/101_Land_Disturbance_Storm_Water_Database_7_Day_Reviews_QRG.pdf Land Disturbance Storm Water Database 7-Day Reviews]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/CM/101_Storm_Water_Land_Disturbance_Erosion_Reporting_QRG_Dec_2020.pdf Storm Water Land Disturbance Erosion Reporting]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Design==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 30px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-DE1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Bridge&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-DE1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/101_404_Permit.dotx 404 Permits]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/747_Bridge_Survey_Checklist.xlsx Bridge Survey Checklist]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/747_Bridge_Survey_Location_Request_Dec_2019.docx Bridge Survey Location Request]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/747_Bridge_Survey_Report.docx Bridge Survey Report Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/751.1.3.2_Structural_Rehabilitation_Checklist.xlsm Structural Rehabilitation Checklist (Excel)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/131.1_Vertical_Clearance_Coord_Form.pdf Vertical Clearance Design Exception Coordination with SDDCTEA]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-DE2&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Checklist&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-DE2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/124.2.4_Design_Progress_Check_list.docx Design Progress Check List]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/D-12-form.pdf District Final Design Checklist - D-12]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/124.2.4_Check_List_for_Preliminary_Plans.docx Preliminary Plans Check List]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/Project_Review_Checklist.pdf Project Review Checklist]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Right%20Way%20Plans%20Checklist%20Form%20236.13.7.docx Right of Way Plan Review Check List]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-DE3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Contracts&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-DE3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/District_Award.dotx District Award]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[237.14_Electronic_Design_Data_Delivery_(BIM_Deliverables)#237.14.4_Specifications_of_CADD_Deliverable_Contract_Plans_for_Consultants|Computer Deliverable Contract Plans]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/DE11_Municipal_Agreement.doc DE11]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/Sample_Scope_of_Services_-_Location_and_Environment.dotx Sample Scope of Services - Location and Environment]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/Sample_Scope_of_Services_Design.dotx Sample Scope of Services Design]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-DE4&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Design&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-DE4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/3R_CONCEPTUAL_STUDY_REPORT.docx 3R Conceptual Study Report]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/4R_CONCEPTUAL_STUDY_REPORT.docx 4R Pavement Rehabilitation Analysis Data and Conceptual Study Report]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/Commission_Backup_Form_Blank.dotx Commission Backup Form Blank]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/Commission_Backup_Form_Instructions.dotx Commission Backup Form Instructions]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/Conceptual_Study_Report.dotx Conceptual Study Report]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/Consultant_Rating_Form_134.2.2.5.1.doc Consultant Rating Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/ROW/D-28.doc D-28 Sign Design Order Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/DesignExceptionInformationForm.docx Design Exception Information Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/Equipment_and_Materials_List.dotx Equipment and Materials List]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE/SWPPP_Project_Specific_Form_806.8.2.pdf Form 806.8.2, Project-Specific SWPPP Information]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/Form_D21.pdf Highway Lighting Warrants D21]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/Location_Study_Report.dotx Location Study Report]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/M-40.docx M-40 Request for Drilling Services]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/Pavement_Distress_Log_Form_-_Asphalt_-_11x17.dotx Pavement Distress Log Form - Asphalt - 11x17]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/Pavement_Distress_Log_Form_-_Concrete_11x17.dotx Pavement Distress Log Form - Concrete 11x17]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/Pavement_Repair_Log.dotx Pavement Repair Log]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/Preliminary_Plans_Proposal_Review.dotx Preliminary Plans Proposal Review]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/Project_Data_for_BAMS.dotx Project Data for BAMS]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/Project_Initialization_Estimate_Form.dotx Project Initialization Estimate Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/134.2.2.2 Submittal to Professional Services Committee]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/Suggested_Revision_to_a_CADD_Standard.dotx Suggested Revision to a CADD Standard]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/Test-Cultural_Resource_Assessment_Letter.dotx Test-Cultural Resource Assessment Letter]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/Traffic_Signal_Warrants,_Form_D22.dotx Traffic Signal Warrants, Form D22]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/Utility_Print_Submittal_Letter.dotx Utility Print Submittal Letter]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/Utility_Print_Submittal_Letter_Revised_Plans.dotx Utility Print Submittal Letter, Revised Plans]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/124_Work_Day_Study_a.dotx Work Day Study]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;margin-left:36px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[:Category:134 Engineering Professional Services#134.1.3 Consultant Qualification|Engineering Professional Services]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-DE5&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Environmental and Cultural&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-DE5&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/ENV/CE2_Template.docx Categorical Exclusion Form(CE2)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/ENV/127.11_Farmland_Conversion_Impact_Rating_Corridor.pdf Farmland Conversion Impact Rating (Corridor)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/ENV/127.11_Farmland_Conversion_Impact_Rating_Site.pdf Farmland Conversion Impact Rating (Site)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www6.modot.mo.gov/EnvironmentalRequest/Pages/Login.aspx Request for Environmental Services (RES) Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/ENV/RES_Instruction_Manual.docx Instructions for the RES Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/ENV/Property_Permission_Letter_E-HP_sample.docx Sample letter requesting permission]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-DE6&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Materials&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-DE6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/101_Request_for_Asphalt_Cement_%25_Grade.dotx Request for Asphalt Cement % Grade]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/101_Soil_Info_Request.dotx Soil Info Request]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/101_Soil_Survey_Request.dotx Soil Survey Request]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-DE7&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Planning&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-DE7&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/101_ARAN_Report_Request.dotx ARAN Report Request]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/101_Conceptual_Study_Traffic_Count_Request.dotx Conceptual Study Traffic Count Request]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/101_Fis_Formc.dotx Fis Formc]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/TP/Road_User_Costs_Request_Form.pdf Road User Costs Request Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/TP/Traffic_Forecast_Request_Form.pdf Traffic Forecast Request Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/101_Turning_Movement_Traffic_Count_Request.dotx Turning Movement Traffic Count Request]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-DE8&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Public Involvement&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-DE8&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/101_Public_Hearing_Statement_Form.dotx Public Hearing Statement Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE/Public%20Involvement/Sample%20Letter%20Advertising%20a%20Public%20Hearing.docx Sample Letter Advertising a Public Hearing]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE/Public%20Involvement/Sample%20Notice%204f.docx Sample Notice 4F]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE/Public%20Involvement/Sample%20Notice%20of%20Public%20Hearing.docx Sample Notice of Public Hearing]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE/Public%20Involvement/Sample_Opportunity_for_Public_Hearing.doc Sample Opportunity for a Public Hearing/Meeting Notice]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/129_Sample_Public_Involvement_or_Communication_Plan.docx Sample Public Involvement Plan or Communication Plan]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE/Public%20Involvement/SampleRequestforApprovelofLocationorDesigntoStateDesignEngineer.docx Sample Request for Approval of Location and/or Design of Highways to State Design Engineer]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE/Public%20Involvement/SampleRequestforApprovelofLocationorDesigntotheCommission.docx Sample Request for Approval of Location to the Commission]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE/Public%20Involvement/SampleTranscript.pdf Sample Transcript]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;margin-left:36px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[:Category:236 Right of Way|Right of Way]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-DE9&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Scoping&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-DE9&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/104.6_Bridge_Scoping_Checklist.docx Bridge Checklist]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/104.6_Construction_and_Materials_Checklist.doc Construction and Materials Checklist]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/104.6_Design_Checklist.doc Design Checklist]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/104.6_Design_Liaison_Checklist.doc Design Liaison Checklist]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/104.6_FHWA_Checklist.doc FHWA Checklist]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/104.6_Maintenance_Checklist.doc Maintenance Checklist]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/104.6_Planning_Checklist.doc Planning Checklist]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/104.6_Project_Scoping_Checklist.doc Project Scoping Checklist]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/104.6_Public_Information_and_Outreach_Checklist.doc Public Information and Outreach Checklist]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/104.6_Railroad_Checklist.doc Railroad Checklist]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/104.6_Right_of_Way_Checklist.doc Right of Way Checklist]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/104.6_Traffic_Checklist.docx Traffic Checklist]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/104.6_Utilities_Checklist.doc Utilities Checklist]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-DE10&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Survey&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-DE10&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/747_Bridge_Survey_Location_Request_Dec_2019.docx Bridge Survey Location Request]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/CADD/SurveyPlatCheckList_DE.docx Plat Review Checklist Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/CADD/Professional_Land_Surveyor.doc Professional Land Surveyor Description Review Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/ROW/Sample_Letter_Notifying_Property_Owner_of_Survey.doc Sample Letter Notifying Property Owner of Survey]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Financial Services==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 30px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-FS1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Financial Services Forms&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-FS1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/Agreements_Checklist.doc Agreements Checklist]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Highway Safety &amp;amp; Traffic==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 30px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-HS1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Highway Safety &amp;amp; Traffic Forms&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-HS1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/TS/902.5.8.3.1_checklist.xlsx Statewide Signal/Lighting/Flasher Preventive Maintenance Checklist]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Maintenance==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 30px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-MT1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Bridge Maintenance&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-MT1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/MT/101_Maintenance_-_blankinspreport.pdf Blank Inspection Report]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/MT/101_Maintenance_-_bridgemaintenancerepairreport.xls Bridge Maintenance Repair Report (Excel)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/774_Cathodic_System_Evaluation.dotx Cathodic System Evaluation]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/MT/101_Maintenance_-_CIF_-_Written_form.dot CIF (Critical Inspection Finding)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/MT/101_Maintenance_-_Follow-up_Action_Required-Written_form.doc FAR (Follow-Up Action Required)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/MT/101_Maintenance_-_maintmatlusage.xls Maintenance Material Usage (Excel)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/MT/101_Maintenance_-_Maintenance_Recommendation_Report.pdf Maintenance Recommendation Report]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/MT/101_Maintenance_-_paintdatareportformblank.xls Paint Data Report (Excel)]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/MT/101_Maintenance_-_Photo_Log.xls Photo Log Sheet (Excel)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- chip seal forms no longer available&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-MT2&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Chip Seal Forms&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-MT2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://wwwi/maintenance/Forms/App%20Adjust%20Form.pdf Application Adjustment Factor Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://wwwi/maintenance/Forms/Traffic%20Eval%20Factor.pdf Traffic Evaluation Factor (TEF) for Asphalt Application Adjustment]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-MT3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Commuter Lots&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-MT3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/MT/101_Maintenance_-_Commuter_Lot_Inspection_Form.xls Commuter Lot Inspection (Excel)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/MT/101_Maintenance_-_Commuter_Lot_Survey.pdf Commuter Lot Survey]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-MT4&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Disasters&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-MT4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/MT/101_Maintenance_-_DDIR.xls Detailed Damage Inspection Report (Excel)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/MT/101_Maintenance_-_Non_Federal_Aid_Route_DDIR.xls FEMA Detailed Damage Inspection Report (Excel)]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-MT5&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Miscellaneous Forms&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-MT5&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/MT/127.29.9_FRCP.pdf Facility Runoff Control Plans (FRCP)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/TS/Work_Zone_Inspection_Checklist.pdf Work Zone Inspection Form]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-MT6&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Rest Areas&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-MT6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/MT/101_Maintenance_-_Rest_Area_Truck_Parking.xls Rest Area Truck Parking (Excel)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/MT/101_Maintenance_-_REST_AREA_inspection_2005.doc Rest Area Inspection]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-MT7&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Snow and Ice Control&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-MT7&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/MT/101_Maintenance_-_Snow_and_Ice_Control_Equipment_Inventory.xls Snow and Ice Control Equipment Inventory (Excel)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/MT/101_Maintenance_-_Chemical_Requirements.xls Chemical Requirements (Excel)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/MT/101_Maintenance_-_Salt_Storage.xls Salt Storage (Excel)]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Motor Carrier Services==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 30px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-MC1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Motor Carrier Services&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-MC1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.modot.org/HazWaste Hazardous Waste Transport Forms]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.modot.org/HHGoods Household Goods Transport Forms, Tariff Information, &#039;&#039;Moving in Missouri&#039;&#039; brochure]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.modot.org/IFTA International Fuel Tax Agreement Forms]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.modot.org/IRP International Registration Plan Forms]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.modot.org/MOPA Missouri Operating Authority Forms]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.modot.org/OSOW Oversize Overweight Permitting Forms]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.modot.org/SC Missouri Intrastate Skill Performance Evaluation for Medical Exemption Forms]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.modot.org/WasteTire  Waste Tire Transporter Forms]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:101 bottom.jpg|center|1025px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:100 GENERAL]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:101_Standard_Forms&amp;diff=59510</id>
		<title>Category:101 Standard Forms</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:101_Standard_Forms&amp;diff=59510"/>
		<updated>2026-10-06T13:56:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: /* Design */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float: right; margin-top: 5px; margin-left: 15px; margin-bottom: 15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;__TOC__&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== ===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float: right; width: 550px; margin-top: 8px; margin-bottom: 8px; padding: 5px; border: 2px solid black; border-radius:5px; box-shadow:5px 5px 5px #888888&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
EPG articles are not referenced as &amp;quot;sections&amp;quot; but as EPG XXX.X or as &amp;quot;articles&amp;quot; to avoid confusion with MoDOT specs (which are contractually binding).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Standard forms organized by functional unit are accessible from this page.&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;The files accessible by the links below are identical to those accessed through Word, Excel or other software application by MoDOT employees.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Many of these file links are also contained in Engineering Policy Guide articles that refer to the forms.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
---- &lt;br /&gt;
==Bridge==&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:101 Bridge.jpg|right|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 30px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-BR1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Bridge Forms&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-BR1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/BridgeDivisionMemo.dotx Bridge Division Memo]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/101_Bridge_Hydraulics_Report_Feb.dotx Bridge Hydraulics Report]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/ChangeOrder.dotx Change Order]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/ConstructabilityQuestionnaire.dotx Constructability Questionnaire]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/Culvert_Hydraulics_Report.docx Culvert Hydraulics Report]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/131.1_Design_Exception.docx Design Exception Information]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/DesignExceptToDistrict.dotx Design Except to District]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/101_Design_Layout_Box.docx Design Layout (Box)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/DesignLayout-Grade.dotx Design Layout (Grade)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/101_Design_Layout_Stream.docx Design Layout (Stream)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/DesignLayout-Wall.dotx Design Layout (Wall)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/101_Floodplain_Development_Permit_Application.pdf Floodplain Development Permit/Application]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/101_Floodplain_Development_Permit_To_District_Cover_Letter.docx Floodplain Development Permit To District Cover Letter]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/LayouttoFHWA.dotx Layout to FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/LayoutToRailroad.dotx Layout to Railroad]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/Missouri-IllinoisBorderBridgeClearinghouseForm.dotx Missouri-Illinois Border Bridge Clearinghouse Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/101_No_Rise_Certificate.pdf No-Rise Certificate]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/Request_for_Final_Soundings_for_Structures_Form.xlsx Request for Final Soundings for Structures Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/Telefax.dotx Telefax]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/TransmittalLetter.dotx Transmittal Letter]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/131.1_Vertical_Clearance_Coord_Form.pdf Vertical Clearance Design Exception Coordination with SDDCTEA]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Construction and Materials==&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:101CM.jpg|right|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 30px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Forms for MoDOT Use ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-CM1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] General Forms&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-CM1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-CM1a&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.15em; margin-left:15px; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[+/-] Project Closeout and As-Built Plans&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-CM1a&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/As_Built_Final_Plans_Checklist_SL_District.pdf As Built Plans Checklist - SL District]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Bridge_Clearance_Report_C239A.pdf Bridge Clearance Report (C-239A)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Contractors_Affidavit_C-242.pdf Contractor Affidavit Regarding Settlement of Claims]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Contractors_Affidavit_C-242_With_Exceptions.pdf Contractor&#039;s Affidavit Regarding Settlement of Claims (C-242) with Exceptions]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Final_Plans_Certification.pdf Final Plans Certification]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Final_Plans_Checklist.pdf Final Plans Checklist]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/KC_Final_Plans_Memo.pdf Final Plans Memo]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/C13_Final_Utility_Report.pdf Final Utility Report (C-13)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Bluebeam_Revu_Editing_As-Built_Plans.pdf Preparing As-Built (Final) Plans in Construction Using Bluebeam Revu]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Semi_Final_Inspection_C_236.pdf Semi-Final Inspection (C-236)]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/30_Day_Reminder_Final_Invoice_Letter.pdf 30 Day Reminder Final Invoice Letter]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/60_Day_Final_Acceptance_Letter.pdf 60 Day Final Acceptance Letter]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/ADA_Checklist.pdf ADA Checklist (PDF)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/ADA_Checklist.docx ADA Checklist (MS Word)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Aggregate_Base_Random_Locations.xlsm Aggregate Base Random Locations]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Asbestos_Bulk_Sample_Bridge_CL_EL_5.pdf Asbestos Bulk Sample Bridge CL EL 5]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Asbestos_Bulk_Sample_Parcel_CL_EL_5.pdf Asbestos Bulk Sample Parcel CL EL 5]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Asbestos_Survey_Report_T746_T747_T748_C760.pdf Asbestos Survey Report - All Suspect ACM (Form T746), Nonfriable ACM (Form T747) and All Materials (Form T748)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Bluebeam_Revu_2015_Training_Manual.pdf Bluebeam Revu Training Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Central_Lab_Sample_Sizes.xlsx Central Lab Sample Sizes QRG]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Change%20Order.XLS Change Order]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/CUF_Determination_Form.pdf Commercially Useful Function (CUF) Determination Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Contingent_Item_Price_Check.pdf Contingent Item Price Check]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/C9_Daily_Utility_Report.pdf Daily Utility Report (C-9)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Dimensions%20To%20Tons%20Converter.xlsx Dimensions To Tons Converter]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Documentation_Record.pdf Documentation Record]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/EEO_Checklist.pdf EEO Checklist]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Fence_Removal_Notice.pdf Fence Removal Notice]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Force_Account_Spreadsheet.xlsx Force Account Spreadsheet]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Equipment%20Watch%20QRG.docx Force Account Rental Rate - Quick Reference Guide]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Form%20M-45%20Bitumin%20Distributor%20Calibration.doc Form M-45 Bitumin Distributor Calibration]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Inspectors_Pay_Qty_Report_IPQR.pdf Inspectors Pay Qty Report (IPQR)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/IRI_Inertial_Profiler_Report_with_Bonus.xlsm IRI Inertial Profiler Report with Bonus]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Job_Site_Bulletin_Board_Checklist_fillable.pdf Job Site Bulletin Board Checklist]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/KC_Milestone_Memo.pdf Milestone Memo]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Milestone_Worksheet.pdf Milestone Worksheet]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Mobile_Mixer_Calibration.xlsx Mobile Mixer Calibration]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Mobile_Mixer_Verification_Sheet.pdf Mobile Mixer Verification Sheet]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Mobilization_Payments_Calculator.xlsx Mobilization Payments Calculator]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/NCR_Non_Conformance_Report.pdf Nonconformance Report (NCR)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Nuclear_Density_C709ND.pdf Nuclear Density (C-709ND)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Nuclear_Density_of_Plastic_Portland_Cement_Concrete_C_710ND.pdf Nuclear Density of Plastic Portland Cement Concrete (C-710ND)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Order_Record.pdf Order Record (C-259)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Outlier%20Analysis.xls Outlier Analysis]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Pavement_Type_Selection_Submittal.pdf Pavement Type Selection Submittal Information (PTS Submittal Form)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Payroll_Log.xltx Payroll Log Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/Pile_Driving_Set_Calculator.xlsx Pile Driving Set Calculator]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Pile_Driving_Data.pdf Pile Driving Data]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Pile_Driving_Data_PDA.pdf Pile Driving Data PDA]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/PODI_Bridge_Deck_Pour_Checklist.pdf PODI Bridge Deck Pour Checklist]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Pore_Pressure_Report_Type_A.pdf Pore Pressure Report - Type A]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Pore_Pressure_Report_Type_B.pdf Pore Pressure Report - Type B]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/PreCon_Letter_Federal.pdf PreCon Letter - Federal]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/PreCon_Letter_State.pdf PreCon Letter - State]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Prestress_Deficiency_Report.pdf Prestress Deficiency Report (1029-01)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Price_Verification.xlsx Price Verification]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Railroad_Crossing_Inspection.pdf Railroad Crossing Inspection]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RE_Letterhead.pdf RE Letterhead]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RE_Letterhead.docx RE Letterhead – Word Format]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Retroreflectivity_Payment_Adjustment.xlsm Retroreflectivity Payment Adjustment]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Retroreflectometer_Request.xlsm Retroreflectometer Request]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RoCap_Test_Form_Long_Bolts.pdf RoCap Test Form - Long Bolts]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RoCap_Test_Form_Short_Bolts.pdf RoCap Test Form - Short Bolts]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Semi_Annual_Labor_Compliance_Report.dotx Semi-annual Labor Compliance Report]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.modot.org/contractor-pay Contractor Payment Schedule]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Standard%20Compaction%20Test%20Blank.xls Standard Compaction Test Blank]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Survey%20Calculator.xlsx Survey Calculator]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Tank%20Capacity%202.0.xls Tank Capacity]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Tension_Log_Form.xlsx Tension Log Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/CR1_Wage_Rate_Interview.pdf Wage Interview (Form CR-1)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/TS/Work_Zone_Inspection_Checklist.pdf Work Zone Inspection Form]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-CM2&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Job Order Forms&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-CM2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/JOC_2025_Asphalt_Pavement_Repair.xlsm JOC 2025 Asphalt Pavement Repair]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/JOC_2026_Asphalt_Pavement_Repair.xlsm JOC 2026 Asphalt Pavement Repair]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/JOC_2025_Bridge_Repair_Spreadsheet.xlsm JOC 2025 Bridge Repair Spreadsheet]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/JOC_2026_Bridge_Repair_Spreadsheet.xlsm JOC 2026 Bridge Repair Spreadsheet]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/JOC_2025_Concrete_Pavement_Repair.xlsm JOC 2025 Concrete Pavement Repair]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/JOC_2026_Concrete_Pavement_Repair.xlsm JOC 2026 Concrete Pavement Repair]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/JOC_2025_Fence_Repair_Spreadsheet.xlsm JOC 2025 Fence Repair Spreadsheet]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/JOC_2026_Fence_Repair_Spreadsheet.xlsm JOC 2026 Fence Repair Spreadsheet]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/JOC_2025_Rail_Cable_Repair_Spreadsheet.xlsm JOC 2025 Rail Cable Fence Spreadsheet]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/JOC_2026_Rail_Cable_Repair_Spreadsheet.xlsm JOC 2026 Rail Cable Fence Spreadsheet]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-CM3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] AC Index Price and Fuel Adjustment Forms&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-CM3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AC_Index_Price_Adjustment_Hot_Mix_Asphalt_SY.xlsx AC Index Price Adjustment – Hot mix asphalt (per SY)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AC_Index_Price_Adjustment_Hot_Mix_Asphalt_Ton.xlsx AC Index Price Adjustment – Hot mix asphalt (per Ton)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AC_Index_Price_Adjustment_Seal_Coat.xlsx AC Index Price Adjustment – Sealcoat]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AC_Index_Price_Adjustment_UBAWS_Hot_Mix_and_Membrane.xlsx AC Index Price Adjustment – UBAWS Hot Mix and Membrane]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AC_Index_Price_Adjustment_Undersealing.xlsx AC Index Price Adjustment – Undersealing]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Fuel_Adjustment_Calculation.xlsx Fuel Adjustment Calculation]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-CM4&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Asphalt Inspection Forms&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-CM4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Asphalt_Core_Spreadsheet.xlsx Asphalt Core Spreadsheet]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Asphalt_Mix_Design.xlsm Asphalt Mix Design]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Asphalt_Random_Locations.xlsm Asphalt Random Locations]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Asphalt_Roadway_Report.xlsm Asphalt Roadway Report]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-CM5&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Concrete Inspection Forms&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-CM5&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-CM5a&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.15em; margin-left:15px; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Ready Mix Forms&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-CM5a&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RM_Aggregate_Scale_Calibration_200.dotx RM Aggregate Scale Calibration - 200]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RM_Aggregate_Scale_Calibration_300.dotx RM Aggregate Scale Calibration - 300]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RM_Aggregate_Scale_Calibration_350.dotx RM Aggregate Scale Calibration - 350]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RM_Air_Dispenser_Calibration.dotx RM Air Dispenser Calibration]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RM_Cement_Scale_Calibration_150.dotx RM Cement Scale Calibration - 150]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RM_Cement_Scale_Calibration_175.dotx RM Cement Scale Calibration - 175]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RM_Cement_Scale_Calibration_200.dotx RM Cement Scale Calibration - 200]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RM_Concrete_Systems_Form.dotx RM Concrete Systems Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RM_Equipment_Calibrated_and_Verified_Form.dotx RM Equipment Calibrated and Verified Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RM_Truck_Mixer_Information_Form.dotx RM Truck Mixer Information Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RM_Water_Calibration.dotx RM Water Calibration]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Concrete%20Daily%20Inspection%20Report%20C-681.xls Concrete Daily Inspection Report, C-681]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM//AWP_CIW_Mainline_Paving.xlsm Concrete Inspection Worksheet – Mainline QC/QA Paving]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Concrete_Roadway_Report.pdf Concrete Roadway Report]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Forms for Contractor Use ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- NOTE: FORMS FOR CONTRACTOR USE SHOULD MATCH WHAT IS OUT ON https://www.modot.org/forms-contractor-use --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-CM7&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[+/-] Construction and Contract Administration Forms&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-CM7&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Blank_2AA_Sheet.pdf 2AA Sheet-Blank]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Example_2AA_Sheet.pdf 2AA Sheet-Example]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/ADA_Checklist.pdf ADA Checklist - PDF]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/ADA_Checklist.docx ADA Checklist - Word Document]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Affidavit_for_Compliance_with_Prevailing_Wage.pdf Affidavit for Compliance with Prevailing Wage]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Contractors_Affidavit_C-242.pdf Contractor Affidavit Regarding Settlement of Claims]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/CUF_Determination_Form.pdf CUF Determination Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Lead_Abatement_MODOT_Contractor_Informational_Packet.pdf Lead Abatement MoDOT Contractor Informational]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Lead_Abatement_MODOT_FA_Project_Notification.pdf Lead Abatement MoDOT FA Project Notification Must be Filled out by RE]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Lead_Abatement_MODOT_Project_Notification.pdf Lead Abatement MoDOT Project Notification]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Lead_Abatement_MODOT_Project_Re_Notification.pdf Lead Abatement MoDOT Project Re-Notification]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Lead_Abatement_Program_Contact_Info.pdf Lead Abatement Program Contact Info]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/NCR_Non_Conformance_Report.pdf Nonconformance Report (NCR)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/Pile_Driving_Set_Calculator.xlsx Pile Driving Set Calculator]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Prequalification_Contractor_Questionnaire.pdf Prequalification Questionnaire]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Request_to_Subcontract_C_220.pdf Request to Subcontract Work (C-220)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Request_to_Subcontract_C_220_Excel.xlsm Request to Subcontract Work (C-220), Excel]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Sample_CPRRatingReport.pdf Sample Contractor Performance Rating Report]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Sign_Certification_of_Destruction.pdf Sign Certification of Destruction (PDF)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Sign_Delivery_Certification.pdf Sign Delivery Certification (PDF)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Subcontractor_Certification_Regarding_Affirmative_Action.pdf Subcontractor Certification Regarding Affirmative Action]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Tension_Log_Form.xlsx Tension Log Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Value_Engineering_Proposal_C_104.pdf Value Engineering Change Proposal (C-104)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Wage_Flow_Chart_for_Federal_Jobs.pdf Wage Flowchart for Federal Jobs-Precon]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Wage_Flow_Chart_for_State_Jobs.pdf Wage Flowchart for State Jobs-Precon]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Waste_Disposal_Agreement.pdf Waste Disposal Agreement]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-CM8&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Materials Forms&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-CM8&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Asphalt_Mix_Design.xlsm Asphalt Mix Design Submittal]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/CERTIFICATE_OF_MATERIALS_ORIGIN.pdf Buy America Materials of Origin]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/CERTIFICATE_OF_MATERIALS_ORIGIN_NONIRON_STEEL.pdf Buy America Materials of Origin Non-Iron/Steel (PDF)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Concrete%20Mix%20Design%20Submittal%20Form.xls Concrete Mix Design Submittal Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Missouri%20CoreLok%20Aggregate%20Workbook.xls Corelok Aggregate Workbook]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Durable%20Aggregate%20Calculation.xls Durable Aggregate Calculation]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Illinois_Flexibility_Index_Test.pdf Illinois Flexibility Index Test]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/NewProductEvaluationForm.pdf New Product Evaluation Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/GS013F4.pdf PAL Program Inclusion Certifications and Guarantee Statement]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/GS013F2.pdf PAL Fabricators Receival Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/GS013F3.pdf PAL Shippers Transmittal Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/PEM_Concrete_Resistivity_Form.xlsx PEM Concrete Resistivity Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/PipeShippingReportForm2.pdf CMP, RCP, Pipe Shipping Submittal Form: Precast Drainage Unit and Precast Box Culvert Shipping Report Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/PipeShippingReportForm_Thermoplastic.pdf Pipe Shipping Submittal Form: Thermoplastic]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Producer_Supplier_List.pdf Producer Supplier Listing Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RecycleBinderContribution.xls Recycle Binder Contribution v2.12]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RecycleBinderContribution_401.xls Recycle Binder Contribution v2.20]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Section1040,1043,1044_Inclusion_Certification.pdf Section 1040, 1043 and 1044 Inclusion Certification Statement]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Section1040,1043,1044_Shipping_Report_Form_Fillable.pdf Section 1040, 1043 and 1044 Shipping Report Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Request_to_Transfer_Inspected_Matl.pdf Transfer Request of Inspected Material]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-CM9&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Civil Rights Related Forms and Posters&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-CM9&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-CM9a&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.15em; margin-left:15px; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[+/-] DBE Forms&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-CM9a&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/DBE_and_non_DBE_Subcontractor_Reporting_Form.pdf DBE and non DBE Subcontractor Reporting Form]&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/DBE_Change_Form.pdf DBE Change Form]&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/DBE_Contractor_Project_Trucker_Equipment_List_Form.pdf DBE Contractor/Subcontractor Project Trucker and Equipment List]&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/DBE_Contractor_Subcontractor_Project_Trucker_Form_Instructions.pdf DBE Contractor/Subcontractor Project Trucker and Equipment List - Instructions]&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/DBE_Identification_Submittal_Form_MoDOT_Excel.xlsm DBE Identification Submittal Form (Excel)]&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/DBE_Identification_Submittal_Form_LPA_Excel.xlsm DBE Identification Submittal Form LPA (Excel)]&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/DBE_Final_Payment_Form.xlsm DBE Final Payment Form]&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/DBE_Termination_Form.pdf DBE Termination Form]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-CM9b&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.15em; margin-left:15px; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[+/-] On the Job Training Forms&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-CM9b&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/OJT_1_Trainee_Notification.pdf OJT 1, Training Notification]&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/OJT_2_Contractor_Monthly_Trainee_Report.pdf OJT 2, Contractor Monthly Trainee Report]&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/OJT_3_Training_Completion.pdf OJT 3, Training Completion Report]&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/OJT_4_Trainee_Contact.pdf OJT 4, Trainee Contact]&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/OJT_5_Discrimination_Complaint.pdf OJT 5, Discrimination Complaint]&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/OJT_6_Final_Trainee_Summary.pdf OJT 6, Training Summary]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-CM9c&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.15em; margin-left:15px; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[+/-] Workforce Diversity Forms&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-CM9c&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/WF_2%20_Contractor_Monthly_New_Hire_report.pdf Contractor Monthly New Hire Report]&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/MoDOT_Workforce_Pre_Construction_Diversity_Plan_Report.xlsx Initial Workforce Diversity Plan]&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/MODOT_Workforce_JSP_Cummulative_Workforce_Hours_Report.xlsx Monthly Workforce Reporting Report]&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/WF_1_New_Hire_Notification.pdf New Hire Notification]&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CR/WF_3_Sample_Workforce_Action_Plan.pdf Sample Workforce Action Plan]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-CM9d&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.15em; margin-left:15px; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[+/-] Federal Aid Job Site Posters&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-CM9d&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Please refer to [[110.2_Federal-Aid_Projects_(Guidance_for_Sec_110.2)|EPG 110.2 Federal-Aid Projects, Required Notices and Posters]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-CM9e&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.15em; margin-left:15px; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[+/-] State Aid Job Site Posters&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-CM9e&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Please refer to [[110.2_Federal-Aid_Projects_(Guidance_for_Sec_110.2)|EPG 110.2 Federal-Aid Projects, Required Notices and Posters]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-CM10&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Permit Forms for Working on Right of Way&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-CM10&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www6.modot.mo.gov/ElectronicPermitting/ElectronicPermitting.html Permit for Work on Right of Way]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.modot.org/notice-intent MoDOT Notice of Intent to Perform Work]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Quick Reference Guides (QRGs)===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-CM11&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] AASHTOWare Project&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-CM11&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_QRG_Revision_Dates.xlsx AWP QRG Revision Dates]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CM_AASHTOWARE_Project_Terminology.docx AWP CM AASHTOWARE Project Terminology]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CM_Certified_Testers.docx AWP CM Certified Testers]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CM_Filters.doc AWP CM Filters]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CM_Filters_for_Sample_Records_or_Acceptance_Actions.doc AWP CM Filters for Sample Records or Acceptance]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CM_Test_Equipment.doc AWP CM Test Equipment]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_1ChangeOrderOverview.doc AWP CO 1 Change Order Overview]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_2ChangeOrderAddingNewItemorOverrunUnderrunExisting.doc AWP CO 2 Change Order Adding New Item or Overrun/Underrun of Existing Items]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_3ChangeOrderTimeExtension.doc AWP CO 3 Change Order Time Extension]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_4ChangeOrderValueEngineering.doc AWP CO 4 Change Order Value Engineering]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_5ChangeOrderNoCostContractModification.doc AWP CO 5 Change Order, No Cost Contract Modification]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_7ChangeOrderApproval.doc AWP CO 7 Change Order Approval]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Change_Order_Codes.doc AWP CO Change Order Codes]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Change_Order_Reports.doc AWP CO Change Order Reports]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_CUF_Entry.doc AWP CO Commercially Useful Function (CUF) Review Date Entry]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/CUF_Determination_Form.pdf AWP CO Commercially Useful Function (CUF) Determination Form)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Construction_Stockpiles.doc AWP CO Construction Stockpiles]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Contract_Payment_Estimate_Exception_Override.doc AWP CO Contract Payment Estimate Exception Override]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_ContractVendorAssets.doc AWP CO Contract Vendor Assets]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Contract_Adjustments.docx AWP CO Contract Adjustments]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Contract_Times.doc AWP CO Contract Times]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_DailyDiary.doc AWP CO Daily Diary]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_DailyDiaryAdjustments.doc AWP CO Daily Diary Adjustments]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_DailyWorkReport.doc AWP CO Daily Work Report]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_DailyWorkReport_Deleting_Postings_and_Acceptance_Records.doc AWP CO Daily Work Report, Deleting DWR Postings and Acceptance Records]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Disposition_Remarks_PAL_Material.doc AWP CO Disposition Remarks for PAL Material]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Documentation_Records.docx AWP CO Documentation Records]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_EmergencyContacts.doc AWP CO Emergency Contacts]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Estimate.docx AWP CO Estimate]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Estimate_Final.doc AWP CO Estimate Final]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Item_Adjustments.doc AWP CO Item Adjustments]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Milestones.doc AWP CO Milestones]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Signal_Maintenance.doc AWP CO Signal Maintenance]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Change_Order_Reason_Codes_for_SL_Time_Extension_Change_Orders.doc AWP CO SL District Reason Codes for Time Extension Change Orders]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Subcontract.doc AWP CO Subcontract]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_Guide_For_Creating_QA_%20Sample_Records_Using%20E2O%20Spreadsheets.doc AWP Guide for Creating QA Sample Records Using E20 Spreadsheets (Internal Use Only)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_Adding_Contract_Lines_For_Acceptance_Actions.doc AWP MA Adding Contract Lines For Acceptance Actions]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_Adding_Concrete_Mix_Design.doc AWP MA Adding New Concrete Mix Design]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_Associating_Material_To_Source.docx AWP MA Associating Material to Source]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_Checking_For_UnAuthorized_Sample_Records.doc AWP MA Checking For Unauthorized Sample Records]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_DEC_Sample_Record.docx AWP MA DEC Sample Record]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_DeletingMaterialsFromAcceptanceActions.doc AWP MA Deleting materials From Acceptance]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_EditingContractAcceptanceActionsAndActionRelationships.doc AWP MA Editing Contract Acceptance Actions and Action Relationships]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_Generating_Contract_SampleChecklist.doc AWP MA Generating Contract Sample Checklist]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_IAS_Lab_Audit.doc AWP MA I.A.S. Lab Audit]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_PAL_Plant_Inspection_Record.doc AWP MA PAL Plant Inspection Record]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_ReGenerating_Contract_Lines_For_Original_Materials_And_Acceptance_Actions.doc AWP MA Regenerating Contract Lines for Original Materials and Acceptance Actions]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_Sample_Record_Acceptance_By_Certification.docx AWP MA Sample Record Acceptance By Certification]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_Sample_Record_Changing_Material_Code_Source_or_SampleType.docx AWP MA Sample Record Changing Material Code Source or Sample Type]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_Sample_Record_General.docx AWP MA Sample Record, General]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_Sample_Record_General_IAS_Audit_Record.docx AWP MA Sample Record, General IAS Audit Record]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_Sampling_and_Testing_Status_Report.docx AWP MA Sampling and Testing Status Report]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_UsingFindSample.docx AWP MA Using the Find Sample Function]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_QA_Asphalt.xlsm AWP_QA_Asphalt.xlsm AWP QA Asphalt]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-CM12&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Digital Signatures&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-CM12&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Digital_Signatures_using_Adobe_DC_Reader_Pro.docx Digital Signatures using Adobe DC Reader/Pro]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Digital_Signatures_using_Bluebeam_Revu.pdf Digital Signatures using Bluebeam Revu]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-CM13&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Storm Water Database&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-CM13&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/CM/101_How_to_Fill_Out_Land_Disturbance_Inspection_Record.pdf How to Fill Out Land Disturbance Inspection Record] &lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/CM/101_Land_Disturbance_Deficiencies_QRG_2019.pdf Land Disturbance Deficiencies]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/CM/101_Land_Disturbance_Storm_Water_Database_Closeout_Procedure_QRG_2020.pdf Land Disturbance Storm Water Database Closeout Procedure]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/CM/101_Land_Disturbance_Storm_Water_Database_Initial_Setup_for_Construction_Projects_2020.pdf Land Disturbance Storm Water Database Initial Setup for Construction Projects]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/CM/101_Land_Disturbance_Storm_Water_Database_Initial_Setup_for_Maintenance_Projects_QRG_2020.pdf Land Disturbance Storm Water Database Initial Setup for Maintenance Projects]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/CM/101_Land_Disturbance_Storm_Water_Database_7_Day_Reviews_QRG.pdf Land Disturbance Storm Water Database 7-Day Reviews]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/CM/101_Storm_Water_Land_Disturbance_Erosion_Reporting_QRG_Dec_2020.pdf Storm Water Land Disturbance Erosion Reporting]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Design==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 30px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-DE1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Bridge&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-DE1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/101_404_Permit.dotx 404 Permits]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/747_Bridge_Survey_Checklist.xlsx Bridge Survey Checklist]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/747_Bridge_Survey_Location_Request_Dec_2019.docx Bridge Survey Location Request]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/747_Bridge_Survey_Report.docx Bridge Survey Report Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/751.1.3.2_Structural_Rehabilitation_Checklist.xlsm Structural Rehabilitation Checklist (Excel)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/131.1_Vertical_Clearance_Coord_Form.pdf Vertical Clearance Design Exception Coordination with SDDCTEA]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-DE2&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Checklist&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-DE2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/124.2.4_Design_Progress_Check_list.docx Design Progress Check List]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/D-12-form.pdf District Final Design Checklist - D-12]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/124.2.4_Check_List_for_Preliminary_Plans.docx Preliminary Plans Check List]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/Project_Review_Checklist.pdf Project Review Checklist]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Right%20Way%20Plans%20Checklist%20Form%20236.13.7.docx Right of Way Plan Review Check List]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-DE3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Contracts&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-DE3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/District_Award.dotx District Award]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[237.14_Electronic_Design_Data_Delivery_(BIM_Deliverables)#237.14.4_Specifications_of_CADD_Deliverable_Contract_Plans_for_Consultants|Computer Deliverable Contract Plans]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/DE11_Municipal_Agreement.doc DE11]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/Sample_Scope_of_Services_-_Location_and_Environment.dotx Sample Scope of Services - Location and Environment]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/Sample_Scope_of_Services_Design.dotx Sample Scope of Services Design]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-DE4&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Design&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-DE4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/3R_CONCEPTUAL_STUDY_REPORT.docx 3R Conceptual Study Report]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/4R_CONCEPTUAL_STUDY_REPORT.docx 4R Pavement Rehabilitation Analysis Data and Conceptual Study Report]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/Commission_Backup_Form_Blank.dotx Commission Backup Form Blank]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/Commission_Backup_Form_Instructions.dotx Commission Backup Form Instructions]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/Conceptual_Study_Report.dotx Conceptual Study Report]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/Consultant_Rating_Form_134.2.2.5.1.doc Consultant Rating Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/ROW/D-28.doc D-28 Sign Design Order Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/DesignExceptionInformationForm.docx Design Exception Information Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/Equipment_and_Materials_List.dotx Equipment and Materials List]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE/SWPPP_Project_Specific_Form_806.8.2.pdf Form 806.8.2, Project-Specific SWPPP Information]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/Form_D21.pdf Highway Lighting Warrants D21]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/Location_Study_Report.dotx Location Study Report]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/M-40.docx M-40 Request for Drilling Services]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/Pavement_Distress_Log_Form_-_Asphalt_-_11x17.dotx Pavement Distress Log Form - Asphalt - 11x17]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/Pavement_Distress_Log_Form_-_Concrete_11x17.dotx Pavement Distress Log Form - Concrete 11x17]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/Pavement_Repair_Log.dotx Pavement Repair Log]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/Preliminary_Plans_Proposal_Review.dotx Preliminary Plans Proposal Review]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/Project_Data_for_BAMS.dotx Project Data for BAMS]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/Project_Initialization_Estimate_Form.dotx Project Initialization Estimate Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/134.2.2.2 Submittal to Professional Services Committee]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/Suggested_Revision_to_a_CADD_Standard.dotx Suggested Revision to a CADD Standard]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/Test-Cultural_Resource_Assessment_Letter.dotx Test-Cultural Resource Assessment Letter]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/Traffic_Signal_Warrants,_Form_D22.dotx Traffic Signal Warrants, Form D22]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/Utility_Print_Submittal_Letter.dotx Utility Print Submittal Letter]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/Utility_Print_Submittal_Letter_Revised_Plans.dotx Utility Print Submittal Letter, Revised Plans]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/124_Work_Day_Study_a.dotx Work Day Study]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;margin-left:36px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[:Category:134 Engineering Professional Services#134.1.3 Consultant Qualification|Engineering Professional Services]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-DE5&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Environmental and Cultural&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-DE5&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/ENV/CE2_Template.docx Categorical Exclusion Form(CE2)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/ENV/127.11_Farmland_Conversion_Impact_Rating_Corridor.pdf Farmland Conversion Impact Rating (Corridor)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/ENV/127.11_Farmland_Conversion_Impact_Rating_Site.pdf Farmland Conversion Impact Rating (Site)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www6.modot.mo.gov/EnvironmentalRequest/Pages/Login.aspx Request for Environmental Services (RES) Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/ENV/RES_Instruction_Manual.docx Instructions for the RES Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/ENV/Property_Permission_Letter_E-HP_sample.docx Sample letter requesting permission]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-DE6&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Materials&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-DE6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/101_Request_for_Asphalt_Cement_%25_Grade.dotx Request for Asphalt Cement % Grade]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/101_Soil_Info_Request.dotx Soil Info Request]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/101_Soil_Survey_Request.dotx Soil Survey Request]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-DE7&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Planning&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-DE7&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/101_ARAN_Report_Request.dotx ARAN Report Request]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/101_Conceptual_Study_Traffic_Count_Request.dotx Conceptual Study Traffic Count Request]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/101_Fis_Formc.dotx Fis Formc]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/TP/Road_User_Costs_Request_Form.pdf Road User Costs Request Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/TP/Traffic_Forecast_Request_Form.pdf Traffic Forecast Request Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/101_Turning_Movement_Traffic_Count_Request.dotx Turning Movement Traffic Count Request]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-DE8&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Public Involvement&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-DE8&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/101_Public_Hearing_Statement_Form.dotx Public Hearing Statement Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE/Public%20Involvement/Sample%20Letter%20Advertising%20a%20Public%20Hearing.docx Sample Letter Advertising a Public Hearing]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE/Public%20Involvement/Sample%20Notice%204f.docx Sample Notice 4F]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE/Public%20Involvement/Sample%20Notice%20of%20Public%20Hearing.docx Sample Notice of Public Hearing]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE/Public%20Involvement/Sample_Opportunity_for_Public_Hearing.doc Sample Opportunity for a Public Hearing/Meeting Notice]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/129_Sample_Public_Involvement_or_Communication_Plan.docx Sample Public Involvement Plan or Communication Plan]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE/Public%20Involvement/SampleRequestforApprovelofLocationorDesigntoStateDesignEngineer.docx Sample Request for Approval of Location and/or Design of Highways to State Design Engineer]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE/Public%20Involvement/SampleRequestforApprovelofLocationorDesigntotheCommission.docx Sample Request for Approval of Location to the Commission]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE/Public%20Involvement/SampleTranscript.pdf Sample Transcript]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;margin-left:36px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[:Category:236 Right of Way|Right of Way]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-DE9&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Scoping&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-DE9&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/104.6_Bridge_Scoping_Checklist.docx Bridge Checklist]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/104.6_Construction_and_Materials_Checklist.doc Construction and Materials Checklist]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/104.6_Design_Checklist.doc Design Checklist]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/104.6_Design_Liaison_Checklist.doc Design Liaison Checklist]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/104.6_FHWA_Checklist.doc FHWA Checklist]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/104.6_Maintenance_Checklist.doc Maintenance Checklist]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/104.6_Planning_Checklist.doc Planning Checklist]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/104.6_Project_Scoping_Checklist.doc Project Scoping Checklist]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/104.6_Public_Information_and_Outreach_Checklist.doc Public Information and Outreach Checklist]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/104.6_Railroad_Checklist.doc Railroad Checklist]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/104.6_Right_of_Way_Checklist.doc Right of Way Checklist]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/104.6_Traffic_Checklist.docx Traffic Checklist]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/104.6_Utilities_Checklist.doc Utilities Checklist]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-DE10&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Survey&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-DE10&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/747_Bridge_Survey_Location_Request_Dec_2019.docx Bridge Survey Location Request]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/CADD/SurveyPlatCheckList_DE.docx Plat Review Checklist Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/CADD/Professional_Land_Surveyor.doc Professional Land Surveyor Description Review Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/ROW/Sample_Letter_Notifying_Property_Owner_of_Survey.doc Sample Letter Notifying Property Owner of Survey]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Financial Services==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 30px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-FS1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Financial Services Forms&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-FS1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/Agreements_Checklist.doc Agreements Checklist]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Highway Safety &amp;amp; Traffic==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 30px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-HS1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Highway Safety &amp;amp; Traffic Forms&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-HS1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/TS/902.5.8.3.1_checklist.xlsx Statewide Signal/Lighting/Flasher Preventive Maintenance Checklist]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Maintenance==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 30px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-MT1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Bridge Maintenance&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-MT1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/MT/101_Maintenance_-_blankinspreport.pdf Blank Inspection Report]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/MT/101_Maintenance_-_bridgemaintenancerepairreport.xls Bridge Maintenance Repair Report (Excel)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/774_Cathodic_System_Evaluation.dotx Cathodic System Evaluation]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/MT/101_Maintenance_-_CIF_-_Written_form.dot CIF (Critical Inspection Finding)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/MT/101_Maintenance_-_Follow-up_Action_Required-Written_form.doc FAR (Follow-Up Action Required)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/MT/101_Maintenance_-_maintmatlusage.xls Maintenance Material Usage (Excel)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/MT/101_Maintenance_-_Maintenance_Recommendation_Report.pdf Maintenance Recommendation Report]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/MT/101_Maintenance_-_paintdatareportformblank.xls Paint Data Report (Excel)]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/MT/101_Maintenance_-_Photo_Log.xls Photo Log Sheet (Excel)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- chip seal forms no longer available&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-MT2&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Chip Seal Forms&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-MT2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://wwwi/maintenance/Forms/App%20Adjust%20Form.pdf Application Adjustment Factor Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://wwwi/maintenance/Forms/Traffic%20Eval%20Factor.pdf Traffic Evaluation Factor (TEF) for Asphalt Application Adjustment]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-MT3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Commuter Lots&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-MT3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/MT/101_Maintenance_-_Commuter_Lot_Inspection_Form.xls Commuter Lot Inspection (Excel)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/MT/101_Maintenance_-_Commuter_Lot_Survey.pdf Commuter Lot Survey]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-MT4&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Disasters&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-MT4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/MT/101_Maintenance_-_DDIR.xls Detailed Damage Inspection Report (Excel)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/MT/101_Maintenance_-_Non_Federal_Aid_Route_DDIR.xls FEMA Detailed Damage Inspection Report (Excel)]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-MT5&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Miscellaneous Forms&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-MT5&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/MT/127.29.9_FRCP.pdf Facility Runoff Control Plans (FRCP)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/TS/Work_Zone_Inspection_Checklist.pdf Work Zone Inspection Form]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-MT6&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Rest Areas&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-MT6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/MT/101_Maintenance_-_Rest_Area_Truck_Parking.xls Rest Area Truck Parking (Excel)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/MT/101_Maintenance_-_REST_AREA_inspection_2005.doc Rest Area Inspection]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-MT7&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Snow and Ice Control&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-MT7&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/MT/101_Maintenance_-_Snow_and_Ice_Control_Equipment_Inventory.xls Snow and Ice Control Equipment Inventory (Excel)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/MT/101_Maintenance_-_Chemical_Requirements.xls Chemical Requirements (Excel)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/MT/101_Maintenance_-_Salt_Storage.xls Salt Storage (Excel)]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Motor Carrier Services==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 30px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-customtoggle-MC1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.25em; margin-bottom:5px; cursor:pointer; color:black; background-color: #EBEBEB;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [+/-] Motor Carrier Services&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;mw-customcollapsible-MC1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.modot.org/HazWaste Hazardous Waste Transport Forms]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.modot.org/HHGoods Household Goods Transport Forms, Tariff Information, &#039;&#039;Moving in Missouri&#039;&#039; brochure]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.modot.org/IFTA International Fuel Tax Agreement Forms]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.modot.org/IRP International Registration Plan Forms]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.modot.org/MOPA Missouri Operating Authority Forms]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.modot.org/OSOW Oversize Overweight Permitting Forms]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.modot.org/SC Missouri Intrastate Skill Performance Evaluation for Medical Exemption Forms]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.modot.org/WasteTire  Waste Tire Transporter Forms]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:101 bottom.jpg|center|1025px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:100 GENERAL]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=User:Hoskir/Revision_Request_4277&amp;diff=59509</id>
		<title>User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4277</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=User:Hoskir/Revision_Request_4277&amp;diff=59509"/>
		<updated>2026-10-05T20:52:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;hr style=&amp;quot;border:none; height:2px; background-color:red;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;copy 236.13&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;hr style=&amp;quot;border:none; height:2px; background-color:red;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float: right; margin-right:0px; width:275px; background-color: #f5f5f5; padding: 0.3em; border: 1px solid #cccccc; text-align:left;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;Forms&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Certification%20of%20Commission%20Form%20236.13.15.docx Certification Document]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Letter%20of%20Certification%20RW%20Plans%20Approval%20Form%20236.13.docx Letter of Certification for Right of Way Plans Approval]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Right%20Way%20Plans%20Checklist%20Form%20236.13.7.docx Right of Way Plan Review Check List]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Sample%20Letter%20for%20Condemnation.docx Sample Letter for Condemnation]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Sample%20Letter%20for%20Condemnation%20Amended%20Plans.docx Sample Letter for Condemnation (Amended Plans)]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;Figures&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Access%20Control%20and%20Layout%20Diamond%20Interchanges.pdf Access Control and Layout of Diamond Interchanges] &lt;br /&gt;
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Asbestos%20Survey%20Report%20-%20All%20Suspect%20ACM%20%20Form%20T746.docx Form T746]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Asbestos%20Survey%20Report%20-%20Nonfriable%20ACM%20Form%20T747.docx Form T747]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Asbestos%20Survey%20Report%20-%20All%20Materials%20Form%20T748.docx Form T748]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;Additional Information&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[236.13 Designing Right of Way Plans#236.13.1 Access Control|Functional Classification]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Plans.gif|375px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Right of way plans are developed along with the development of the detail plans, after the preliminary plans are approved. Right of way plans define areas necessary to construct and maintain the roadways and necessary outer roadways, entrances, and crossroads. The right of way limits include areas needed for utility adjustments and maintenance activities. Right of way plans include detailed dimensions in order to write deeds and appraise the effected property. Final right-of-way plans cannot take place until full NEPA approval is completed. However, in certain situations, FHWA may allow additional activities that do not constitute final design if the Division Authority determines such activities do not affect the consideration of alternatives in the NEPA review process and/or cause adverse environmental impacts. The Project Manager will collaborate with the Design Liaison Engineer and FHWA to consider the process on a case-by-case basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum width of right of way established for each project is necessary to accommodate construction and provide proper maintenance of the roadway without an undue number of jogs in the new boundary line. The established right of way width must be sufficient to accommodate all roadway cross-section elements and required appurtenances needed for the facility improvement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typically, the area for the utility placement is six feet wide, running parallel to and inside of the new boundary line. Since utilities are typically relocated prior to roadway construction, the new boundary line should include enough space for utility placement within the slope limits of the improvement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many factors are to be considered when deciding how to provide space for the facility placement, such as the cost of permanent right of way verses permanent easements, project goals and scope, proper maintenance of the facility and adjacent land use. It is permissible to utilize permanent easements for slopes. These improvements should not be in temporary easements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It may be practical in certain cases for right of way to be purchased at the time of the initial project to accommodate future improvements. Typically, this occurs in developing areas that have both rising land costs and/or potential future improvement needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When establishing minimum right of way widths, maintenance items to consider include:&lt;br /&gt;
* Signing guidelines suggest fixed signs be 6 ft. to 12 ft. from the edge of pavement (including shoulder).&lt;br /&gt;
* Currently, mowing tractors are either 6 ft. or 15 ft. wide.&lt;br /&gt;
* Roadside vegetation guidelines suggest mowing 30 ft. to 80 ft. beyond the edge of pavement, provided the slope is 1V:3H or flatter. This controls the brushy vegetation more effectively. If fence lines are close to the edge of pavement, trees and brush will eventually grow over the road, requiring expensive maintenance activities such as renting bucket trucks to trim limbs over the road.  It will also prevent snow and ice from melting efficiently during winter operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==236.13.1 Access Control==&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;padding: 0.3em; margin-left:2px; border:2px solid #a9a9a9; text-align:left; font-size: 95%; background:#f5f5f5&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;375px&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; [http://www.modot.org/newsandinfo/functionalclassificationmaps/index.htm Functional classification] &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Functional classification is the process by which streets and highways are grouped into classes, or systems, according to the average daily traffic count and functional needs of the traveling public. Basic to this process is the recognition that individual roads and streets do not serve travel independently in any major way.  Rather, most travel involves movement through a network of roads.  It becomes necessary then to determine how this travel can be channelized within the network in a logical and efficient manner.  Functional classification defines the nature of this channelization process by defining the part that any particular road or street should play in serving the flow of trips through a highway network.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Additional detailed information is contained on  [https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/planning/processes/statewide/related/functional_classification/fc02.cfm FHWA’s website].&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The control of access to a highway is one of the key elements in determining the safety of a highway improvement.  It also serves to protect the investment in a highway.  It can, however, be a major factor in how adjacent land will develop.  Therefore, restricted access will only be acquired when it is consistent with the intended service to be provided by the highway.  This service has been defined as its [http://www.modot.org/newsandinfo/functionalclassificationmaps/index.htm functional classification].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expectations of the road user will be different on each classification of highway.  While higher traffic volumes are associated with higher classifications, traffic volumes are not to be the sole factor in establishing the route&#039;s intended purpose or the need for access control.  It is better to determine the functional use for the improvement and implement the necessary access controls to protect that use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because driver expectations differ when approaching developed areas and because functional classifications often change in these same areas, guidelines for purchasing access controls are separated into rural and urban categories.  Recommendations and justification for access control will be presented in the [[:Category:128 Conceptual Studies|conceptual plan]] or the [[:Category:126 Location Study and Alternatives Analysis|location study report]].  The report will address total roadway segments rather than individual improvement projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==236.13.2 Rural Areas==&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:236.13.2 rural.jpg|right|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
(includes urban areas with population less than 50,000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===236.13.2.1 [[media:144 Major Highway System 2022.pdf|Major Routes]]===&lt;br /&gt;
These roadways, generally interstate and principal arterials, transport large volumes of interstate and intrastate traffic.  They are intended to provide a high level of mobility for through traffic.  They provide the safest design characteristics and are conducive to high operating speeds.  Interstates and principal arterials designated as freeways are designed with fully controlled access right of way.  Some principal arterials are constructed with controlled access right of way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When staged construction is necessary, initial right of way may be acquired for future lanes, interchanges, and necessary outer roads.  Typically, this occurs in developing areas that exhibit both high right of way costs and have identified needs for other stages of construction in the near future.  Access points are to be provided only for public roads.  Temporary entrances may be necessary if initial construction cost makes it more prudent to delay construction of outer roads.  Traffic volumes in this case determine when full control becomes necessary.  Deeds reflect the future control of access to driving lanes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===236.13.2.2 Minor Routes===&lt;br /&gt;
These roadways link cities, towns, and other major traffic generators to major routes (usually the interstate and principal arterial system).  As a general rule they are two lane roadways.  They are designed to maintain higher overall speeds with little interference to the through movements.  A large amount of rural development along these facilities would not normally be expected, so control of access is not normally acquired.  Certain roadways in this classification with high traffic volumes may require expressway design criteria.  If this is the case, urban criteria is to be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Major traffic generators developing along these roadways will have higher type entrances with acceleration, deceleration, and turn lanes where type and volumes of entering traffic dictate.  Climbing lanes and turn lanes at major route intersections are also considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Roadway relocations near urban areas with populations under 50,000 are to be considered only when typical design criteria for improvement of the existing roadway would be severely compromised or unattainable because of the presence of existing development.  When appropriate, relocations are designed with sufficient right of way width for future lane additions.  Additional right of way width is also appropriate where development is likely to occur on the outskirts of these areas.  Partial controlled access is acquired, as appropriate, at intersections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lower volume minor roadways are intended to provide suitable access to adjacent property.  Normally, access control is not considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==236.13.3 Urban==&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:236.13.3 urban.jpg|right|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
(population areas of more than 50,000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===236.13.3.1 Major Routes===&lt;br /&gt;
These routes are generally the interstates and principal arterials designated as freeways. Fully controlled access is obtained for all freeways.  Access points are restricted to interchanges.  Interchanges may be provided at other principal arterials, minor arterials and some collectors.  [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Access%20Control%20and%20Layout%20Diamond%20Interchanges.pdf Access on cross routes at interchange] areas is to be consistent with their classification and in accordance with the guidelines for access near interchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===236.13.3.2 Minor Routes=== &lt;br /&gt;
For roadways on new location or in undeveloped areas, controlled access is to be acquired with access considered only at other state routes and major city streets.  Spacing of these access points will be conducive to good traffic progression as signal installation becomes necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When reconstructing roadways where development already exists, a higher level of access control may not be practical.  In this case, consistency of access with adjacent roadway sections is maintained.  When purchasing right of way for reconstruction, additional acquisition for future expansion may be appropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On lower volume minor routes, partial controlled access is considered at major intersections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==236.13.4 Other Considerations==&lt;br /&gt;
Where new controlled access right of way is obtained on one side of an existing route, controlled access rights are acquired on both sides of the roadway, unless it will be used as a service road either initially or as a part of the ultimate facility.  In that case, it is not necessary to acquire access rights from the owner abutting the existing road.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On roadways that have not been designated for controlled access acquisition, control of access at intersections is still desirable.  Partial access control is obtained by acquiring controlled access right of way at the intersections of all state routes and sideroads that intersect a state route with significant traffic.  Consistency within a project and with adjacent roadway sections is considered when deciding on the level of control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An entrance or entrances may be provided to each tract or property in an attempt to avoid landlocking a tract or property or to provide reasonable access to the roadway on controlled access highways until such time as outer roads are constructed.  The number, width and location of such entrances are controlled based on existing land use.  If access is to a dual lane facility, it shall be to the near lane only.  Median crossovers will not normally be permitted for private or commercial entrances.  Exceptions to this criteria must be justified and approved based on consideration of entering traffic, distance to nearest public road crossover, adequate spacing for weaving movements, signal progression and sight distance.  Outer roadways may be constructed to provide access for properties adjacent to controlled access right of way.  Outer roadways will be constructed to the nearest point of permitted access.  Additional information can be found in the Access Management Guidelines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==236.13.5 Types of Right of Way==&lt;br /&gt;
Right of way, as shown on the plans, is of the following types; normal, controlled access, fully controlled access, partial controlled access, or no right of access.  The type of right of way is related to access control.  Limits of this control are indicated on the plans and on the title sheet by proper legend.  Where right of way with access control is to be acquired, an appropriate note relating to the type of access control is required on the title sheet.  [[Media:236.13 Legend and Symbols for Access.pdf|Legend and symbols]] for access control are available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===236.13.5.1 Normal Right of Way===&lt;br /&gt;
Normal right of way permits entrances to a roadway as necessary to provide access to adjacent properties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===236.13.5.2 Controlled Access===&lt;br /&gt;
Controlled access right of way limits the points of ingress and egress to the main roadway to specific locations, types, and dimensions indicated on the plans.  It is imperative that all entrances and outer roadway limits be precisely shown and defined on the plans.  The number of entrances to the main roadway is provided in accordance with the spacing guidance contained in the [[:Category:940 Access Management|Access Management Guidelines]].  Access is not provided to a property if it has adequate access to other roads.  Access from adjoining property to the roadway is as described in the deed (which is prepared from information shown on the right of way plans) and as provided during initial construction.  Any revisions to this access require Commission approval and financial compensation.  Within the boundaries of controlled access, the number of access breaks is restricted and cannot be increased.  Trading of access points is permitted.  [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Access%20Control%20and%20Layout%20Diamond%20Interchanges.pdf Access control at diamond interchanges] is established.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a bridge or culvert 6 ft. or greater in height is constructed on a controlled access highway that severs a property, the owner will be allowed access under or through the structure if it is economically justified.  However, the allowable uses of this access will be defined in the deed (e.g. livestock crossing).  Plan design is not altered to accommodate owner needs unless justified by appraisal.  The following note is placed on the plans for each appropriate structure:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Access is allowed under the bridge (or through the culvert); however, no attachments may be made to the structure.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===236.13.5.3 Break in Access===&lt;br /&gt;
A break in access, consistent with the appropriate driveway widths (see [[:Category:940 Access Management|Access Management Guidelines]]), will be provided for all driveways on controlled access right of way improvements.  Driveway width and the approximate percent grade of the driveway must be shown on the plans.  For projects that have existing controlled access right of way, access widths are only to be changed within the limits of the newly acquired controlled access right of way unless changing the widths is necessary to accommodate safety or operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following entrance information is to be shown on the plans for all access breaks that will be constructed as a part of the project, or left in place as a part of the project within existing or new controlled access right of way.&lt;br /&gt;
* Type of Entrance (Private, Field, Commercial, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
* Entrance Width (as measured on the new boundary line)&lt;br /&gt;
* Approximate Percent of Grade&lt;br /&gt;
* Type of Approach&lt;br /&gt;
* Center Stationing of Entrance (station at which the center of the entrance intersects with the new boundary line)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===236.13.5.4 Fully Controlled Access===&lt;br /&gt;
Access to the main roadway from a property adjoining the highway facility is only permitted at interchanges when fully controlled access is used.  This access will require extensive [[232.5 Freeways#Outer Roads and Service Roads|outer road or service road systems]].  Access from an adjoining property to the outer roadway is as described in the deed (which is prepared from information shown on the right of way plans) and as provided by future permit.  Direct access to the main roadway from adjoining property is not permitted.  Access controls along the crossroad at interchanges or grade separations are the same as for controlled access.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===236.13.5.5 Partial Controlled Access===&lt;br /&gt;
Control of access at intersections is desirable for improvements on routes that have not been designated with controlled access right of way.  Partial controlled access is obtained by controlling access at the intersections of all state routes and all sideroads that intersect a state route with significant traffic.  The limits of access control are established to properly control traffic and protect the intersection from future entrance encroachment.  These limits are established by using the corner clearance criteria (see [[:Category:940 Access Management|Access Management Guidelines]]) appropriate for each roadway approach.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===236.13.5.6 No Right of Access===&lt;br /&gt;
The no right of access restriction is used adjacent to outer roadways where entrances are not allowed to the outer roadway or the crossroad.  This restriction is usually used in the vicinity of interchanges.  It may be used elsewhere where such a restriction to entrances is desirable or necessary.  Access from adjoining properties to the roadway is not permitted in any matter during the present or in the future.  Common applications for the no right of access restriction include:&lt;br /&gt;
* Sight distance corners at outer roadways intersections within the functional areas of interchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
* Prohibiting access between an outer roadway and the main roadway at locations where the adjacent property owners have access to the outer roadway.&lt;br /&gt;
* Protecting tee intersections where adding a fourth approach would be detrimental to safety and operations (e.g. outer roadways with inadequate separation from the main roadway).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“No Right of Access” is indicated by use of a symbol along the shoulder of the outer roadway.  [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Access%20Control%20and%20Layout%20Diamond%20Interchanges.pdf Examples] of no right of access are available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===236.13.5.7 Partial Rights===&lt;br /&gt;
Present federal regulations pertaining to the acquisition of right of way require the state to request permission from the FHWA to acquire anything less than all the rights in a property, where federal funds are involved in either right of way or construction costs.  Since this permission can only be approved at the Washington office, it is necessary any request be made at the earliest stage of project development.  When the district determines it will be to the state&#039;s advantage to acquire less than the complete surface and aerial rights for a property or for under or over a structure, a specific note for each exception is included in a letter of transmittal to the FHWA requesting approval of right of way plans.  An estimate of the savings in right of way costs, prepared by the [https://modotgov.sharepoint.com/sites/DE/SitePages/Right-of-Way.aspx Right of Way Section], is attached to the transmittal letter.  If this situation occurs after receiving approval of right of way plans, the district must submits a request to the Design Division, along with a revised plan sheet setting out the exception and including an estimate of right of way savings.  Upon receipt of this information, the Design Division will submit a request to the FHWA for approval, and upon receipt of approval notify the district.  It is expected this procedure will affect only a minimum number of projects involving interstate or high-type urban design.  Right of way acquisitions reserving certain rights for the property owner are to be held to a minimum.  Approval is requested only when substantial savings in right of way costs can be shown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===236.13.5.8  Permanent Easements===&lt;br /&gt;
Permanent easement limits indicated on the plans outline the area required to construct and maintain features such as channel changes, inlet and outlet ditches, flooding or ponding areas, etc.  Such easements are acquired with authority to re-enter after construction has been completed.  Easements are acquired for the sole purpose shown on the plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===236.13.5.9  Restrictive Easements===&lt;br /&gt;
Restrictive easement limits indicated on the plans outline the area required to control unsightly areas such as junkyards from the sight of the traveling public by not permitting the use of these designated areas for business use.  Easements are acquired for the sole purpose shown on the plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===236.13.5.10  Urban Easements===&lt;br /&gt;
The use of easements outside the normal right of way for a portion of a fill embankment is considered only when there is an obvious economic advantage to the department.  This is usually confined to improvements located in urbanized areas where the cost of land is extremely expensive.  Easements acquired for such purposes are permanent easements. This procedure is intended to be an exception to the normal practice of providing sufficient right of way for the entire roadway facility.  Easements are acquired for the sole purpose shown on the plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Included in the conveyance is a provision that the easement is for construction and maintenance of the slope.  The conveyance also includes a statement that upon completion of construction, the property owner will have use of the area with the stipulation that no alterations can be made to the fill slope within the easement area without a permit being obtained from the Commission&#039;s district engineer.  Upon written request by the property owner, release of the permanent easement will be considered.  Approval of the request by the commission is required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This procedure is primarily intended for use in fill embankment areas and is not intended to change procedures currently in use for easements in cut sections.  Cut slopes may be constructed on temporary easement where the acquisition of right of way is to be minimized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===236.13.5.11  Temporary Easements===&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary easement limits indicated on the plans outline the area required to construct items such as approaches to a roadway, driveway connections, grading, or for men and machinery during construction. Temporary easements are provided around all buildings located partly on the right of way or within new right of way for the removal of the structure. When structures are partially affected by the new boundary line, temporary easements are designed  in order to prevent encroachment or overhangs onto state owned property. All rights to temporary easements expire and return to the property owner upon completion of the construction. Easements are acquired for the sole purpose identified on the plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==236.13.6  Right of Way Widths==&lt;br /&gt;
The width of the right of way for an improvement is the minimum depth needed to build and maintain the highway facility. The designer will attempt to minimize the number of breaks in the boundary line. Boundary lines are established on straight lines rather than curved lines wherever possible. The width of the right of way must also consider the need to accommodate the placement of utilities and provide maintenance of the roadway. Boundary lines outline the areas actually required for construction and maintenance and do not follow along property lines.  It may be necessary to purchase areas beyond the right of way limits as indicated on the plans because the property has been severed or it has become inaccessible to the roadway. If such right of way is acquired, it is handled as an uneconomic remnant or as excess right of way; however, no such notations designating an additional area as an uneconomic remnant or as excess right of way are to be included on the right of way plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==236.13.7  Plan Development==&lt;br /&gt;
Right of way details are usually developed on construction plans.  These details (see [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Right%20Way%20Plans%20Checklist%20Form%20236.13.7.docx Right of Way Plan Review Check List]) are developed on separate sheets only where they cannot be shown on the construction plans without crowding.  For lengthy projects or projects that must be expedited to meet schedules, it is sometimes necessary to develop right of way plans for portions or sections of a total improvement.  These plans will be complete to the extent necessary to inform each individual property owner of the effects the improvement will have on each owner&#039;s property.  Sample plans show examples of right of way delineation and notations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==236.13.8  Plan Requirements==&lt;br /&gt;
Boundary lines are indicated on the plans with a solid line noted as &amp;quot;Boundary Line&amp;quot;.  Easements are indicated on the plans with dashed lines.  Easements are identified on the plans as &amp;quot;Permanent Easement&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Temporary Easement&amp;quot;.  A supplemental descriptive note is shown underneath the easement descriptions identifying the purpose for the easement, such as &amp;quot;Drainage&amp;quot; for inlet and outlet ditches, &amp;quot;Channel Change&amp;quot; for channel changes, &amp;quot;Sight Distance&amp;quot; for sight distance easements, &amp;quot;Borrow&amp;quot; for [[127.22 Off-Site Borrow, Spoil, and Staging Areas|borrow easements]], or &amp;quot;Slope&amp;quot; for slope easements.  The plans include complete dimensions for all areas included in the right of way or easement limits.  The plans show the limits of construction slope lines by a dashed line.  The limits of construction are approximate.  Land survey ties and bearings are also shown on the plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When right of way is acquired along only one side of an existing facility, it is necessary to re-station and dimension the existing boundary line to the new centerline stationing.  Sufficient equations between the existing centerline and the new centerline are included on the right of way plans to allow for coordination of existing right of way deeds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Title information for ownership is obtained from the district right of way team.  Sufficient lead-time must be allowed to obtain this information.  The plans will show the following information for each property:&lt;br /&gt;
# name of the property owner&lt;br /&gt;
# all land survey lines and property lines&lt;br /&gt;
# the parcel number&lt;br /&gt;
# the area of each type of right of way (controlled, normal access, etc.) to be acquired&lt;br /&gt;
# the area of permanent easements&lt;br /&gt;
# the area of temporary easements&lt;br /&gt;
# the area of property remaining outside the right of way limits on each side (left and right, listed separately) of the roadway.  The easement areas are to be included in the area of property remaining outside the right of way limits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those properties where only access rights will be acquired, the plans will show the following for each property:&lt;br /&gt;
# name of the property owner&lt;br /&gt;
# all land survey lines and property lines&lt;br /&gt;
# the parcel number&lt;br /&gt;
# a notation of, “Access Rights Only”&lt;br /&gt;
# the area of property remaining outside the right of way limits on each side (left and right – listed separately) of the roadway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Land survey ties and bearings are also shown on the plans.  Bearings will be shown in degrees, minutes, and seconds.  The [[Media:236.13 RW Example; Metric Centerline.pdf|associated distance]] will be in English units.  The approximate grade of all entrances is also shown.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;plans in units of acres&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All areas are computed and shown on the plans in units of acres (to 0.01 ac.) or square feet (to 1.0 ft&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;) accuracy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first plan and profile sheet of the plans includes a note identifying the right of way limits for the project.  This includes all easements.  Projects with disconnected sections designated in the State Transportation Improvement Program will include a note for each section.  An example is:  &amp;quot;Right of way limits for this project extend from Sta. 200+00 to Sta. 300+00, a distance of 1.894 miles and from Sta. 450+00 to Sta. 575+00, a distance of 2.367 miles.&amp;quot;  The following note is also included on the first plan and profile sheet:  &amp;quot;Any work indicated on the plans that extends beyond the project limits is considered incidental to and a part of the construction of this project.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:236.13.8.jpg|right|320px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If railroad property is involved, separate parcel numbers are assigned to operating railroad right of way and to non-operating railroad property owned by a railroad company. If the boundary line for a controlled access highway is the same as the boundary line of operating railroad right of way, it is necessary to acquire abutters&#039; rights of direct access from properties abutting the opposite side of the railroad right of way.  If the railroad has fee rights in their right of way, there is no need to acquire abutters&#039; rights from the properties abutting the opposite side of the railroad right of way. This only becomes necessary when the railroad has an easement and the abutter opposite the railroad has an underlying interest in the railroad right of way.  In either situation, abutters&#039; rights are secured from the railroad.  Such abutting properties are assigned a parcel number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The right of way plans will include the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* New boundary lines (reference to new right of way lines implies the department is only purchasing an easement for highway use)&lt;br /&gt;
* New permanent easements (type: drainage, sloping, mitigation, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
* New temporary easements&lt;br /&gt;
* New centerline&lt;br /&gt;
* Existing boundary lines&lt;br /&gt;
* Existing permanent easements&lt;br /&gt;
* Existing centerline&lt;br /&gt;
* Purposes of all existing and new easements&lt;br /&gt;
* Slope lines&lt;br /&gt;
* Construction limits&lt;br /&gt;
* Beginning and end of project in station numbers&lt;br /&gt;
* Land survey ties with book and page or document number&lt;br /&gt;
* Bearing and distance from the land survey tie to a specific station on the new centerline&lt;br /&gt;
* Equation station between the existing and new centerlines at the beginning and end of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Bearings and curve data on the new centerline, and extending beyond the limits of the right of way acquisition at the beginning and end of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Property lines&lt;br /&gt;
* Improvements (canopies, ponds, lagoons, houses, outdoor advertising signs, outbuildings, fencing, trees, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
* Each improvement that is within, partially within or near the right of way, permanent easements and temporary easements will be designated with an “R”, “LIP”, “UIP”, or “DND”.&lt;br /&gt;
* Section lines&lt;br /&gt;
* Quarter section lines&lt;br /&gt;
* Quarter quarter section lines&lt;br /&gt;
* Quarter quarter notations within the appropriate quarter quarter sections&lt;br /&gt;
* Sections&lt;br /&gt;
* Townships&lt;br /&gt;
* Ranges&lt;br /&gt;
* Station and offset at each right of way break, all permanent easement points, and all temporary easement points&lt;br /&gt;
* Station and offset on the boundary line at the P.O.T., P.C., P.T., T.S., S.C., C.S., and S.T.&lt;br /&gt;
* North arrow on each plan sheet&lt;br /&gt;
* Match lines at the beginning and end of each plan sheet&lt;br /&gt;
* Type of entrance (Private, Field, Commercial, etc.) for both existing entrances that will be left in place and new entrances that will be constructed&lt;br /&gt;
* Entrance width (as measured on the boundary line) for both existing entrances that will be left in place and new entrances that will be constructed &lt;br /&gt;
* Approximate percent of grade for both existing entrances that will be left in place and new entrances that will be constructed&lt;br /&gt;
* Type of approach for both existing entrances that will be left in place and new entrances that will be constructed&lt;br /&gt;
* Center stationing of entrance (station at which the center of the entrance intersects with the new boundary line) for both existing entrances that will be left in place and new entrances that will be constructed&lt;br /&gt;
* Parcel information as previously referenced in this section&lt;br /&gt;
* Title sheet that depicts the construction limits, right of way limits and project limits&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is also acceptable to capture the above information on a ROW supplemental plan sheet for each parcel rather than the ROW plans. However, if a supplemental plan sheet is not created, the above information must be included on the ROW plans, which is preferred.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==236.13.9 Location Survey Monuments==&lt;br /&gt;
The plans indicate the location of survey monuments required to mark the right of way in a manner that defines the limits of right of way.  Location survey monuments are placed at all points of change in types of right of way (terminal points).  [[Media:236.13 RW Marker Loactions Spir Trans.pdf|Location survey monuments]] are placed at all breaks in the new boundary line and at all P.O.T.s, P.C.s, and P.T.s.  Location survey monuments are also placed at each end of spiral transitions to and from curves. To simplify deed writing, the new boundary lines through spiral transitions should be straight lines, and bearings and distances are shown on these lines. If it is necessary to break the new boundary line within the spiral, bearings and distances are shown for each segment of the boundary line. Location survey monuments are located so adjacent markers are visible where practicable. Location survey monuments are not used to define areas purchased for constructing county road or city street connections where maintenance will be conveyed by quitclaim deed to others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location survey monuments or a temporary monument must be set by professional land surveyors (either private surveyors or MoDOT employees) prior to or at the time right of way is staked for condemnation.  The professional land surveyor will develop a Location Survey Plan and permanent monuments are to be set prior to the recording of the location survey plan if they will not be moved or destroyed by construction activities within six months of their installation. Until the right of way acquisition is completed, semi-permanent monuments may be used. If the required permanent monuments will be disturbed by utility adjustment or construction activity, semi-permanent monuments can remain until 12 months after the location survey plan is recorded.  In any event, permanent monuments must be installed within 12 months after the plan has been recorded.  The private surveyor can obtain the location survey monuments from district surveying personnel.  The appropriate symbol is used on the Location Survey Plan to identify the type of location survey monument to be set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those projects with preliminary plan approval after January 1, 2001, location survey monuments will be used to show the marking of the right of way.  Additional information concerning criteria for the location of survey monuments is found in [[238.2 Land Surveying#238.2.12 Subdivision or lot ties|EPG 238.2.12]], [[238.2 Land Surveying#238.2.13 Reestablishing corner monuments|EPG 238.2.13]], and [[238.2 Land Surveying#238.2.14 Monumenting Right of Way|EPG 238.2.14]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==236.13.10  Request for Environmental Services==&lt;br /&gt;
The district will submit a hard copy or e-mail an electronic copy of a [[127.1 Request for Environmental Services|Request for Environmental Services (RES)]] to each of the recipients listed on the form when right of way plans are submitted.  Even though previous requests for environmental services have been submitted earlier in the project development process, specialists in the Design Division will need to assess the final layout of the right of way as indicated on the approved right of way plans for potential impact to environmental concerns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==236.13.11  Coordination with Local Agencies==&lt;br /&gt;
When it is necessary to revise or adjust a local road or street, the right of way will be acquired in the name of the State.  Local officials are contacted at the final preliminary plan stage to discuss the proposed changes to their system.  After completion of construction, quitclaim deeds are prepared and forwarded to the local agency complete with plans showing the final configuration of the improvement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==236.13.12 Plan Submittal and Filing==&lt;br /&gt;
A complete set of right of way plans includes a title sheet, typical section sheet(s), finished plan sheet(s), and any additional sheets needed to fully define and detail the required right of way, including easements, for the improvement. These plans must show the project’s outermost termini in stations. The limits of right of way acquisition, also shown in stations, must fall within the project’s beginning and ending termini (including easements, borrow areas, and waste areas). No design work should occur on new right of way outside the project termini. The District Engineer, as designated by the Chief Engineer (see Commission action of November 5,1993), or Assistant District Engineer (see Commission Policy - Execution of Documents Effective November 2, 2018) is responsible for approving the right of way plans. Approval of right of way plans is indicated by the District Engineer&#039;s signature and seal on the title sheet. The District Engineer&#039;s signature and seal are only required on the title sheet. When a consultant designs the plans, the title sheet is signed and sealed by a representative of the firm and the District Engineer. Right of way plans are only considered approved once the District Engineer signs and seals the title sheet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approved right of way plans are submitted to the Design Division by email that includes the [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Letter%20of%20Certification%20RW%20Plans%20Approval%20Form%20236.13.docx letter of approval] signed by the District Engineer. The email must contain the plans attached as Adobe Acrobat files (pdf.&#039;s) or indicate the location of the electronic plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Details of the [https://www.modot.org/cadd-services process to save files in electronic format] are available. The electronic use and storage of right of way plans documents the history of acquisition and allows staff to access approved plans as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, the specific role of the Transportation Project Manager in obtaining authority to acquire right of way on a project is found in [[236.3 Administration#236.3.4 Right of Way Acquisition Authority and Project Funding|EPG 236.3.4 Right of Way Acquisition Authority and Project Funding]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The project manager should also ensure that the easement needs of utilities affected by the proposed improvement have been addressed prior to submission of the approved right of way plans to the Design Division (see [[643.2 Local Utility Adjustments - Public and Private#643.2.1.5 Right of Way|EPG 643.2.1.5 Right of Way]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Additionally, the project manager is responsible&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, the project manager is responsible for providing the results of the DGN Merger tool to the district’s Right of Way Manager. The DGN Merger tool should be run on the approved right of way plans and will provide the Right of Way Section polygons defining the shape of the right of way parcels to be purchased. Along with the file containing the polygons, the appropriate scale factor will also be provided. If any changes to the right of way plans occur after the tool’s information is provided to the Right of Way Manager, the project manager is responsible for having the DGN Merger tool run against the modified right of way plans and will provide the resulting file to the District Right of Way Manager. More information can be found at [http://sharepoint/sites/de/epg/Lists/EPGResponse/Attachments/483/RW%20dgn%20to%20Spatial%20Editor%20Instructions.docx How to use the DGN Merger Tool].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==236.13.13 Requirements for Property Acquisition Using Eminent Domain==&lt;br /&gt;
It is important for MoDOT to maintain  good public involvement early in the project development process and  to demonstrate its commitment to good-faith negotiations in the acquisition of property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every effort will be made to communicate with property owners who are potentially impacted by a transportation project.  This communication begins with an initial letter describing the proposed project, the schedule for its planning and design and encouraging landowners in the vicinity of the project to participate in the public involvement process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Detailed procedures concerning the [[236.10 Right Of Way Condemnation#236.10.7 Eminent Domain Guidelines|acquisition of property using eminent domain]] are available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Right of Way Section must be provided with copies of the initial and certified letters to property owners, along with copies of the rejection and acceptance letters sent to anyone who submits an alternate location.  Copies of these letters will be used during the condemnation process to prove that MoDOT has engaged in good faith negotiations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===236.13.13.1 Right of Way Obtained by Negotiation===&lt;br /&gt;
With concurrence from the Design Division regarding environmental impacts and following [[media:236.13.1.14.2 Approved RW and Certified RW Plans Directions.pdf|approval of the right of way plans]] by the district engineer, the transportation project manager can request acquisition authority. Since federal funding is used to acquire right of way for a project, authorization from FHWA is required prior to the start of acquisition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://revisor.mo.gov/main/OneSection.aspx?section=227.050&amp;amp;bid=12098&amp;amp;hl= Section 227.050] of the Missouri State Statutes requires the filing of detailed right of way plans with the proper authorities in order to acquire right of way.  A set of approved right-of-way plans must be filed with the clerk(s) of all counties and cities through which an improvement will pass, prior to advertising the project for the bid opening.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===236.13.13.2 Right of Way Obtained by Condemnation===&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;padding: 0.3em; margin-left:2px; border:2px solid #a9a9a9; text-align:left; font-size: 95%; background:#f5f5f5&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;350px&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; Why is Commission Certification Required for Condemnation? &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The authority to exercise the power of eminent domain is inherent in the sovereign and no constitutional grant is necessary to its exercise. This right has been delegated by the Constitution and statues of the State to agencies of the State, such as municipalities, counties, Conservation Commission, Highways and Transportation Commission, State Park Board, colleges and universities, Board of Public Buildings, and to certain so-called public service corporations, such as railroads, water companies, power companies, telephone and telegraph companies, and pipeline companies. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|When an agency of the State or a corporation seeks to exercise the power of eminent domain it must be able to show its authority to do so. The use to be made of the property must be a public one, and the purpose must be within the scope of authority or power of the condemnor. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|When MoDOT is required to condemn property to construct a transportation improvement, it must prove to the Court that the plans that describe the property to be acquired have been “approved” by the Commission. This approval achieves two things. First, it proves the plans are for a project adopted by the Commission. Secondly, since the Commission is responsible for the operation of MoDOT as established in the Missouri Constitution, only it has the necessary legal authority to acquire property. This approval shows the Court that MoDOT is acting on behalf of the Commission. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When condemnation is necessary to acquire right of way for a project, approval and certification of the plans by the commission (refer to the box to right) is required. To obtain approval and certification, the district shall prepare and email the certification document, with a cover letter, and the final and approved right of way plans attached as Adobe Acrobat files (pdf.&#039;s) or a note indicating the location of the electronic plans to the Design Division via &#039;&#039;&#039;rwcert@modot.mo.gov&#039;&#039;&#039;. A [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Sample%20Letter%20for%20Condemnation.docx sample cover letter] is available together with a [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Certification%20of%20Commission%20Form%20236.13.15.docx sample certification document]. The project description in both the cover letter and the certification document must show the project’s outermost termini in stations. The limits of right of way acquisition, also shown in stations, must fall within the project’s beginning and ending termini. This includes the project’s outermost termini (including easements, borrow areas, and waste areas), which must be shown in stations and must match the description in the STIP. No design work should occur on new right of way outside the project termini.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The e-mail must indicate whether a commissioner has a potential conflict of interest (i.e., a commissioner owns property, or has a property interest, within one-mile of any part of the improvement) concerning the project. District right of way and the Chief Counsel&#039;s Office can provide information on potential conflict of interest areas. In the event a possible conflict does exist, the name of the commissioner, the location of the property (or property interest), and the direction and distance to the project will be required. If no conflict of interest exists, the e-mail will clearly state this information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon receipt of the email including the electronic certification document, cover letter, conflict of interest information, and the final and approved right of way plans attached as Adobe Acrobat files (pdf.&#039;s) or a note indicating the location of the electronic plans, the Design Division will request the project be added to the Commission’s Agenda for approval. Following the Commission’s approval of the plans, the Design Division will obtain certification by the Commission&#039;s Secretary. The Commission&#039;s approval of the plans, the Commission Secretary&#039;s signature and seal on the certification document, and its attachment to the right of way plans, constitutes &#039;&#039;&#039;certified&#039;&#039;&#039; right of way plans. The certification shall be stored with the electronic plans. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A set of approved right of way plans must be filed with the clerk(s) of all counties and cities through which the proposed improvement will pass, prior to advertising the project for bids. In addition, when right of way is obtained by condemnation, the certified right of way plans must be filed with the circuit clerk(s) in the counties where the condemnation petition will be filed. Filing the certified right of way plans with the circuit clerk(s) must be coordinated with the chief counsel’s office who typically files the certified right of way plans at the same time the condemnation petition is filed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==236.13.14 Plan Changes==&lt;br /&gt;
When [[media:236.13.1.14.2 Approved RW and Certified RW Plans Directions.pdf|changes in the right of way plans]] occur, it is necessary to refile these plan changes with the proper authorities.  The procedures described above also apply to amended plans except only the revised sheet(s) and an updated title sheet need to be submitted.  The amended title sheet will include the revision date and a note indicating the number of the plan sheets that have been revised.  For subsequent revisions, the title sheet will include the current information and all previous information.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, once the plans have been approved by the Commission for condemnation, changes to the plans that are related to the acquisition of property and/or property rights will require the approval of those plans again by the Commission, along with a revised certification document executed by the Commission Secretary.  Types of plan changes requiring approval again include, but are not limited to:  an increase or decrease in the acreage or square footage to be acquired; changing the location of an entrance; changing the grade of an entrance; access changes related to breaks in the median; moving the location of a property line; any changes or corrections made to the characteristics of individual properties; etc.  For these types of changes, a [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Sample%20Letter%20for%20Condemnation%20Amended%20Plans.docx sample cover letter] and [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Certification%20of%20Commission%20Form%20236.13.15.docx certification document] for submittal to the Design Division are available.  Plan changes after the Commission’s approval and the Commission Secretary’s certification of the right of way plans are discouraged and are to be kept to a minimum.  All plan changes, request letters, and amended certifications shall be stored electronically to preserve the project history and accuracy in the acquisition process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plan changes that are not related to the acquisition of property and/or property rights do not require approval of the plans again by the Commission.  Plan changes not related to the acquisition of property and/or property rights are those modifications or additions to plans that will ultimately serve as the contract plans.  Types of plan changes not requiring approval again by the Commission include:  changes in pavement design; changes in quantities due to traffic control; changes in erosion control; changes in signing; changes in striping; etc.  Plan changes not related to the acquisition of property and/or property rights are not to be inserted into the set of Right of Way Plans that have been previously approved by the Commission.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==236.13.15 Right of Way Clearance==&lt;br /&gt;
After all right of way has been acquired, either by negotiations or condemnation the district advises the Right of Way Section that the right of way is &amp;quot;clear&amp;quot; (for additional information concerning the various types of right of way clearance see [[236.5 Property Management#236.5.26 Acquired Improvements|EPG 236.5.26 Acquired Improvements]]).  The Design Division is furnished a copy of this letter.  Improvement projects are not advertised for a monthly bid opening until all right of way has been cleared.  Only with special approval by the Asst. to the State Design Engineer - Right of Way can projects be advertised prior to final clearance of the right of way.  A job special provision in the bidding documents is required under these conditions to restrict the contractor&#039;s construction operations from certain areas or parcels that are not &amp;quot;clear&amp;quot; until approved by the resident engineer.  The resident engineer will not approve construction operations in restricted areas until an entire clearance has been issued.  Advertising requirements can be found in [[103.1 Bid Opening and Award Process#103.1.7 Advertising Projects for Bid opening and Purchasing Bidding Documents|EPG 103.1.7 Advertising Projects for Bid opening and Purchasing Bidding Documents]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==236.13.16 Requesting Asbestos Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
It is necessary for all building structures, or building remains, which MoDOT takes possession of to be inspected for the presence of asbestos containing materials (ACM).  Buildings, or building remains and debris will be inspected for ACM prior to salvage by a third party, demolition and removal.  The inspection methods are invasive and destructive; therefore, the department must have physical possession before inspection begins.  If it is believed there will be salvage of a building by a third party, the request for asbestos inspection must stipulate that non-destructive sampling methods are necessary.  The request for asbestos inspection is to be made in writing by the district to the State Construction and Materials Engineer after MoDOT has taken physical possession of the property.  This request must contain the following information:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Job Number&lt;br /&gt;
* Parcel numbers to be inspected and the total number of parcels on the project requiring building demolition&lt;br /&gt;
* Addresses of the structures to be inspected&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan sheets showing the location of all parcels and structures&lt;br /&gt;
* A floor plan sketch of all buildings to be inspected, as may be used for [[236.6 Appraisal and Appraisal Review#236.6.3 Valuation Formats and Instructions|appraisal]]&lt;br /&gt;
* The name of the district person to contact for keys to gain access&lt;br /&gt;
* The estimated dates for possession of each parcel and the deadline for completing the inspection report&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important that a positive identification be made of each structure to be inspected.  Therefore, the inspectors need a contact person in the district who is familiar with the properties or they must receive photographs of the buildings taken from the existing roadway to ensure a proper identification can be made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Construction and Materials Division personnel will take samples of all suspected asbestos containing materials.  Test results will be reported to the district on [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Asbestos%20Survey%20Report%20-%20All%20Suspect%20ACM%20%20Form%20T746.docx Forms T746], [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Asbestos%20Survey%20Report%20-%20Nonfriable%20ACM%20Form%20T747.docx T747] and [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Asbestos%20Survey%20Report%20-%20All%20Materials%20Form%20T748.docx T748].  Copies of these forms must be included in all contract proposals requiring asbestos abatement or demolition of the buildings.  Only the ACM listed on Form T-748 will be tabulated for removal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===236.13.16.1  Requesting Hazardous Waste Survey===&lt;br /&gt;
During preliminary design, the district will request the environmental section of the Design Division perform a screening and on-site investigation for storage tanks and hazardous waste ([[127.8 Hazardous and Solid Waste|See EPG 127.8 Hazardous and Solid Waste]]).  Based upon recommendations by the environmental specialists and using the cleanup estimate provided, appropriate tabulated quantities and job special provisions if necessary will be incorporated in the construction plans.  Removal requirements, method of measurement and basis of payment for removal of contaminated materials and storage tanks are contained in [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=5 Section 202] of the &#039;&#039;Missouri Standard Specifications for Highway Construction&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most underground storage tanks, containing petroleum products, have an insurance policy covering the cost of leak clean up.  During negotiations, district right of way personnel will have the insurance policy transferred to MoDOT upon taking possession of the parcel.  An application to the insurance administrator must be made to determine the quantities of material eligible for cost reimbursement.  This application will be made by the environmental specialist in the Design Division prior to the contractor&#039;s notice to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===236.13.16.2  Asbestos Containing Materials===&lt;br /&gt;
Asbestos removal must be completed prior to demolition of the building.  The asbestos containing materials (ACM) requiring removal will be listed on Form T-748 for each parcel inspected.  The contract proposal for asbestos removal will use the standard bid items.  The Demolition and Removals form will be used.  If all of the parcels have not been inspected for ACMs, estimated quantities will be used.  Check with the design liaison engineer for assistance with this procedure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When quantities of ACM to be removed inside a single structure exceed 160 ft&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; or 260 linear feet, third party air monitoring is required in St. Louis County and the City of Kansas City.  The district project manager will coordinate with the Design Division to establish a memorandum of understanding with a certified industrial hygienist or equivalent to perform the monitoring of the abatement, prior to commencement of the work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the department has taken possession of a parcel, salvage of any materials or structures will not be permitted until an inspection for asbestos and hazardous waste materials has been made and all hazardous waste or ACM has been removed.  Our operations are governed by the National Emission Standard for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP) asbestos regulations of the Environmental Protection Agency and regulations of the Missouri Department of Natural Resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The project manager will ensure there is close coordination between the district staff concerning right of way acquisition, plan development and contract administration for the removal of all improvements.  Additional resources for hazardous waste screening, materials testing and contract proposal preparation can be obtained from the Design Division as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==236.13.17 Demolition and Removal of Improvements==&lt;br /&gt;
When parcels containing buildings, structures, wells, septic tanks, individual lagoons or other improvements, which may remain vacant or unattended for an extended time are acquired, it is preferred a contract is awarded for demolition and removal of improvements in advance of the general roadway contract.  This is done to remove safety hazards, minimize liability and maintain an orderly right of way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifications governing this work are contained in [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=5 Section 202] of the &#039;&#039;Missouri Standard Specifications for Highway Construction&#039;&#039;.  It is desired to make administration of these demolition and removal contracts efficient by grouping together work from various projects within the district.  The quantities in this proposal need to be tabulated by parcel for each roadway project to be included.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Job special provision [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP9908.docx JSP-99-08, Demolition and Removal Contract], will be used for these advanced removals of improvements.  It is recommended the district anticipate those parcels that will be acquired within a 12 month period throughout the district and include them in one contract for demolition and removal of improvements.  Job Special Provisions will designate petroleum storage tanks, lagoons, or other items that require early removal as a first or early order of work after the notice to proceed.  There will be special cases when abatement of ACM and demolition and removal of buildings are included in the general roadway contract.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==236.13.18 Disposition of Existing Route==&lt;br /&gt;
Recommendations for the disposition of existing roadways included in the [[:Category:126 Location Study and Alternatives Analysis|location/environmental study]] or [[:Category:128 Conceptual Studies|conceptual study]] report must receive approval before they can be included in the approved right of way plans.  Approval of the disposition of the existing roadway is initiated by the submission of a [[236.14 Change in Route Status Report|Change in Route Status Report]] (CRSR) to the Transportation Planning Division.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the right of way plans are developed, the recommendations for the disposition of existing roadways, which are included in the location/environmental study or conceptual study report, must be reviewed to ensure the plans conform to these recommendations.  Where the recommendations call for the existing roadway to be transferred to another local government agency, written documentation will be included in the CRSR that outlines the terms of the commitment made by that agency for accepting the sections of existing roadway.  In addition, information must be included in the CRSR if an existing route is retained but its classification or the state system is changed.  Available options for the disposition of the existing roadway may range from retention in the state highway system to transfer to another government agency or even total abandonment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An approved CRSR that requires a section of existing roadway to be transferred to another owner, public or private, will also require the preparation and execution of a roadway relinquishment agreement.  Guidelines for the preparation of this agreement are found in [[236.14 Change in Route Status Report#236.14.6 Roadway Relinquishment Agreement|EPG 236.14.1.6]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[category:236 Right of Way|236.13]] --&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=User:Hoskir/Revision_Request_4277&amp;diff=59508</id>
		<title>User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4277</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=User:Hoskir/Revision_Request_4277&amp;diff=59508"/>
		<updated>2026-10-05T18:25:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: Created page with &amp;quot;&amp;lt;hr style=&amp;quot;border:none; height:2px; background-color:red;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;copy 236.13&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;hr style=&amp;quot;border:none; height:2px; background-color:red;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;   &amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float: right; margin-right:0px; width:275px; background-color: #f5f5f5; padding: 0.3em; border: 1px solid #cccccc; text-align:left;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;Forms&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; *[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Certification%20of%20Commission%20Form%20236.13.15.docx Certif...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;hr style=&amp;quot;border:none; height:2px; background-color:red;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;copy 236.13&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;hr style=&amp;quot;border:none; height:2px; background-color:red;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float: right; margin-right:0px; width:275px; background-color: #f5f5f5; padding: 0.3em; border: 1px solid #cccccc; text-align:left;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;Forms&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Certification%20of%20Commission%20Form%20236.13.15.docx Certification Document]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Letter%20of%20Certification%20RW%20Plans%20Approval%20Form%20236.13.docx Letter of Certification for Right of Way Plans Approval]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Right%20Way%20Plans%20Checklist%20Form%20236.13.7.docx Right of Way Plan Review Check List]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Sample%20Letter%20for%20Condemnation.docx Sample Letter for Condemnation]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Sample%20Letter%20for%20Condemnation%20Amended%20Plans.docx Sample Letter for Condemnation (Amended Plans)]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;Figures&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Access%20Control%20and%20Layout%20Diamond%20Interchanges.pdf Access Control and Layout of Diamond Interchanges] &lt;br /&gt;
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Asbestos%20Survey%20Report%20-%20All%20Suspect%20ACM%20%20Form%20T746.docx Form T746]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Asbestos%20Survey%20Report%20-%20Nonfriable%20ACM%20Form%20T747.docx Form T747]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Asbestos%20Survey%20Report%20-%20All%20Materials%20Form%20T748.docx Form T748]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;Additional Information&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[236.13 Designing Right of Way Plans#236.13.1 Access Control|Functional Classification]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Plans.gif|375px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Right of way plans are developed along with the development of the detail plans, after the preliminary plans are approved. Right of way plans define areas necessary to construct and maintain the roadways and necessary outer roadways, entrances, and crossroads. The right of way limits include areas needed for utility adjustments and maintenance activities. Right of way plans include detailed dimensions in order to write deeds and appraise the effected property. Final right-of-way plans cannot take place until full NEPA approval is completed. However, in certain situations, FHWA may allow additional activities that do not constitute final design if the Division Authority determines such activities do not affect the consideration of alternatives in the NEPA review process and/or cause adverse environmental impacts. The Project Manager will collaborate with the Design Liaison Engineer and FHWA to consider the process on a case-by-case basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum width of right of way established for each project is necessary to accommodate construction and provide proper maintenance of the roadway without an undue number of jogs in the new boundary line. The established right of way width must be sufficient to accommodate all roadway cross-section elements and required appurtenances needed for the facility improvement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typically, the area for the utility placement is six feet wide, running parallel to and inside of the new boundary line. Since utilities are typically relocated prior to roadway construction, the new boundary line should include enough space for utility placement within the slope limits of the improvement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many factors are to be considered when deciding how to provide space for the facility placement, such as the cost of permanent right of way verses permanent easements, project goals and scope, proper maintenance of the facility and adjacent land use. It is permissible to utilize permanent easements for slopes. These improvements should not be in temporary easements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It may be practical in certain cases for right of way to be purchased at the time of the initial project to accommodate future improvements. Typically, this occurs in developing areas that have both rising land costs and/or potential future improvement needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When establishing minimum right of way widths, maintenance items to consider include:&lt;br /&gt;
* Signing guidelines suggest fixed signs be 6 ft. to 12 ft. from the edge of pavement (including shoulder).&lt;br /&gt;
* Currently, mowing tractors are either 6 ft. or 15 ft. wide.&lt;br /&gt;
* Roadside vegetation guidelines suggest mowing 30 ft. to 80 ft. beyond the edge of pavement, provided the slope is 1V:3H or flatter. This controls the brushy vegetation more effectively. If fence lines are close to the edge of pavement, trees and brush will eventually grow over the road, requiring expensive maintenance activities such as renting bucket trucks to trim limbs over the road.  It will also prevent snow and ice from melting efficiently during winter operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==236.13.1 Access Control==&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;padding: 0.3em; margin-left:2px; border:2px solid #a9a9a9; text-align:left; font-size: 95%; background:#f5f5f5&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;375px&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; [http://www.modot.org/newsandinfo/functionalclassificationmaps/index.htm Functional classification] &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Functional classification is the process by which streets and highways are grouped into classes, or systems, according to the average daily traffic count and functional needs of the traveling public. Basic to this process is the recognition that individual roads and streets do not serve travel independently in any major way.  Rather, most travel involves movement through a network of roads.  It becomes necessary then to determine how this travel can be channelized within the network in a logical and efficient manner.  Functional classification defines the nature of this channelization process by defining the part that any particular road or street should play in serving the flow of trips through a highway network.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Additional detailed information is contained on  [https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/planning/processes/statewide/related/functional_classification/fc02.cfm FHWA’s website].&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The control of access to a highway is one of the key elements in determining the safety of a highway improvement.  It also serves to protect the investment in a highway.  It can, however, be a major factor in how adjacent land will develop.  Therefore, restricted access will only be acquired when it is consistent with the intended service to be provided by the highway.  This service has been defined as its [http://www.modot.org/newsandinfo/functionalclassificationmaps/index.htm functional classification].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expectations of the road user will be different on each classification of highway.  While higher traffic volumes are associated with higher classifications, traffic volumes are not to be the sole factor in establishing the route&#039;s intended purpose or the need for access control.  It is better to determine the functional use for the improvement and implement the necessary access controls to protect that use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because driver expectations differ when approaching developed areas and because functional classifications often change in these same areas, guidelines for purchasing access controls are separated into rural and urban categories.  Recommendations and justification for access control will be presented in the [[:Category:128 Conceptual Studies|conceptual plan]] or the [[:Category:126 Location Study and Alternatives Analysis|location study report]].  The report will address total roadway segments rather than individual improvement projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==236.13.2 Rural Areas==&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:236.13.2 rural.jpg|right|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
(includes urban areas with population less than 50,000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===236.13.2.1 [[media:144 Major Highway System 2022.pdf|Major Routes]]===&lt;br /&gt;
These roadways, generally interstate and principal arterials, transport large volumes of interstate and intrastate traffic.  They are intended to provide a high level of mobility for through traffic.  They provide the safest design characteristics and are conducive to high operating speeds.  Interstates and principal arterials designated as freeways are designed with fully controlled access right of way.  Some principal arterials are constructed with controlled access right of way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When staged construction is necessary, initial right of way may be acquired for future lanes, interchanges, and necessary outer roads.  Typically, this occurs in developing areas that exhibit both high right of way costs and have identified needs for other stages of construction in the near future.  Access points are to be provided only for public roads.  Temporary entrances may be necessary if initial construction cost makes it more prudent to delay construction of outer roads.  Traffic volumes in this case determine when full control becomes necessary.  Deeds reflect the future control of access to driving lanes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===236.13.2.2 Minor Routes===&lt;br /&gt;
These roadways link cities, towns, and other major traffic generators to major routes (usually the interstate and principal arterial system).  As a general rule they are two lane roadways.  They are designed to maintain higher overall speeds with little interference to the through movements.  A large amount of rural development along these facilities would not normally be expected, so control of access is not normally acquired.  Certain roadways in this classification with high traffic volumes may require expressway design criteria.  If this is the case, urban criteria is to be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Major traffic generators developing along these roadways will have higher type entrances with acceleration, deceleration, and turn lanes where type and volumes of entering traffic dictate.  Climbing lanes and turn lanes at major route intersections are also considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Roadway relocations near urban areas with populations under 50,000 are to be considered only when typical design criteria for improvement of the existing roadway would be severely compromised or unattainable because of the presence of existing development.  When appropriate, relocations are designed with sufficient right of way width for future lane additions.  Additional right of way width is also appropriate where development is likely to occur on the outskirts of these areas.  Partial controlled access is acquired, as appropriate, at intersections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lower volume minor roadways are intended to provide suitable access to adjacent property.  Normally, access control is not considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==236.13.3 Urban==&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:236.13.3 urban.jpg|right|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
(population areas of more than 50,000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===236.13.3.1 Major Routes===&lt;br /&gt;
These routes are generally the interstates and principal arterials designated as freeways. Fully controlled access is obtained for all freeways.  Access points are restricted to interchanges.  Interchanges may be provided at other principal arterials, minor arterials and some collectors.  [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Access%20Control%20and%20Layout%20Diamond%20Interchanges.pdf Access on cross routes at interchange] areas is to be consistent with their classification and in accordance with the guidelines for access near interchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===236.13.3.2 Minor Routes=== &lt;br /&gt;
For roadways on new location or in undeveloped areas, controlled access is to be acquired with access considered only at other state routes and major city streets.  Spacing of these access points will be conducive to good traffic progression as signal installation becomes necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When reconstructing roadways where development already exists, a higher level of access control may not be practical.  In this case, consistency of access with adjacent roadway sections is maintained.  When purchasing right of way for reconstruction, additional acquisition for future expansion may be appropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On lower volume minor routes, partial controlled access is considered at major intersections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==236.13.4 Other Considerations==&lt;br /&gt;
Where new controlled access right of way is obtained on one side of an existing route, controlled access rights are acquired on both sides of the roadway, unless it will be used as a service road either initially or as a part of the ultimate facility.  In that case, it is not necessary to acquire access rights from the owner abutting the existing road.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On roadways that have not been designated for controlled access acquisition, control of access at intersections is still desirable.  Partial access control is obtained by acquiring controlled access right of way at the intersections of all state routes and sideroads that intersect a state route with significant traffic.  Consistency within a project and with adjacent roadway sections is considered when deciding on the level of control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An entrance or entrances may be provided to each tract or property in an attempt to avoid landlocking a tract or property or to provide reasonable access to the roadway on controlled access highways until such time as outer roads are constructed.  The number, width and location of such entrances are controlled based on existing land use.  If access is to a dual lane facility, it shall be to the near lane only.  Median crossovers will not normally be permitted for private or commercial entrances.  Exceptions to this criteria must be justified and approved based on consideration of entering traffic, distance to nearest public road crossover, adequate spacing for weaving movements, signal progression and sight distance.  Outer roadways may be constructed to provide access for properties adjacent to controlled access right of way.  Outer roadways will be constructed to the nearest point of permitted access.  Additional information can be found in the Access Management Guidelines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==236.13.5 Types of Right of Way==&lt;br /&gt;
Right of way, as shown on the plans, is of the following types; normal, controlled access, fully controlled access, partial controlled access, or no right of access.  The type of right of way is related to access control.  Limits of this control are indicated on the plans and on the title sheet by proper legend.  Where right of way with access control is to be acquired, an appropriate note relating to the type of access control is required on the title sheet.  [[Media:236.13 Legend and Symbols for Access.pdf|Legend and symbols]] for access control are available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===236.13.5.1 Normal Right of Way===&lt;br /&gt;
Normal right of way permits entrances to a roadway as necessary to provide access to adjacent properties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===236.13.5.2 Controlled Access===&lt;br /&gt;
Controlled access right of way limits the points of ingress and egress to the main roadway to specific locations, types, and dimensions indicated on the plans.  It is imperative that all entrances and outer roadway limits be precisely shown and defined on the plans.  The number of entrances to the main roadway is provided in accordance with the spacing guidance contained in the [[:Category:940 Access Management|Access Management Guidelines]].  Access is not provided to a property if it has adequate access to other roads.  Access from adjoining property to the roadway is as described in the deed (which is prepared from information shown on the right of way plans) and as provided during initial construction.  Any revisions to this access require Commission approval and financial compensation.  Within the boundaries of controlled access, the number of access breaks is restricted and cannot be increased.  Trading of access points is permitted.  [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Access%20Control%20and%20Layout%20Diamond%20Interchanges.pdf Access control at diamond interchanges] is established.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a bridge or culvert 6 ft. or greater in height is constructed on a controlled access highway that severs a property, the owner will be allowed access under or through the structure if it is economically justified.  However, the allowable uses of this access will be defined in the deed (e.g. livestock crossing).  Plan design is not altered to accommodate owner needs unless justified by appraisal.  The following note is placed on the plans for each appropriate structure:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Access is allowed under the bridge (or through the culvert); however, no attachments may be made to the structure.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===236.13.5.3 Break in Access===&lt;br /&gt;
A break in access, consistent with the appropriate driveway widths (see [[:Category:940 Access Management|Access Management Guidelines]]), will be provided for all driveways on controlled access right of way improvements.  Driveway width and the approximate percent grade of the driveway must be shown on the plans.  For projects that have existing controlled access right of way, access widths are only to be changed within the limits of the newly acquired controlled access right of way unless changing the widths is necessary to accommodate safety or operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following entrance information is to be shown on the plans for all access breaks that will be constructed as a part of the project, or left in place as a part of the project within existing or new controlled access right of way.&lt;br /&gt;
* Type of Entrance (Private, Field, Commercial, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
* Entrance Width (as measured on the new boundary line)&lt;br /&gt;
* Approximate Percent of Grade&lt;br /&gt;
* Type of Approach&lt;br /&gt;
* Center Stationing of Entrance (station at which the center of the entrance intersects with the new boundary line)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===236.13.5.4 Fully Controlled Access===&lt;br /&gt;
Access to the main roadway from a property adjoining the highway facility is only permitted at interchanges when fully controlled access is used.  This access will require extensive [[232.5 Freeways#Outer Roads and Service Roads|outer road or service road systems]].  Access from an adjoining property to the outer roadway is as described in the deed (which is prepared from information shown on the right of way plans) and as provided by future permit.  Direct access to the main roadway from adjoining property is not permitted.  Access controls along the crossroad at interchanges or grade separations are the same as for controlled access.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===236.13.5.5 Partial Controlled Access===&lt;br /&gt;
Control of access at intersections is desirable for improvements on routes that have not been designated with controlled access right of way.  Partial controlled access is obtained by controlling access at the intersections of all state routes and all sideroads that intersect a state route with significant traffic.  The limits of access control are established to properly control traffic and protect the intersection from future entrance encroachment.  These limits are established by using the corner clearance criteria (see [[:Category:940 Access Management|Access Management Guidelines]]) appropriate for each roadway approach.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===236.13.5.6 No Right of Access===&lt;br /&gt;
The no right of access restriction is used adjacent to outer roadways where entrances are not allowed to the outer roadway or the crossroad.  This restriction is usually used in the vicinity of interchanges.  It may be used elsewhere where such a restriction to entrances is desirable or necessary.  Access from adjoining properties to the roadway is not permitted in any matter during the present or in the future.  Common applications for the no right of access restriction include:&lt;br /&gt;
* Sight distance corners at outer roadways intersections within the functional areas of interchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
* Prohibiting access between an outer roadway and the main roadway at locations where the adjacent property owners have access to the outer roadway.&lt;br /&gt;
* Protecting tee intersections where adding a fourth approach would be detrimental to safety and operations (e.g. outer roadways with inadequate separation from the main roadway).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“No Right of Access” is indicated by use of a symbol along the shoulder of the outer roadway.  [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Access%20Control%20and%20Layout%20Diamond%20Interchanges.pdf Examples] of no right of access are available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===236.13.5.7 Partial Rights===&lt;br /&gt;
Present federal regulations pertaining to the acquisition of right of way require the state to request permission from the FHWA to acquire anything less than all the rights in a property, where federal funds are involved in either right of way or construction costs.  Since this permission can only be approved at the Washington office, it is necessary any request be made at the earliest stage of project development.  When the district determines it will be to the state&#039;s advantage to acquire less than the complete surface and aerial rights for a property or for under or over a structure, a specific note for each exception is included in a letter of transmittal to the FHWA requesting approval of right of way plans.  An estimate of the savings in right of way costs, prepared by the [https://modotgov.sharepoint.com/sites/DE/SitePages/Right-of-Way.aspx Right of Way Section], is attached to the transmittal letter.  If this situation occurs after receiving approval of right of way plans, the district must submits a request to the Design Division, along with a revised plan sheet setting out the exception and including an estimate of right of way savings.  Upon receipt of this information, the Design Division will submit a request to the FHWA for approval, and upon receipt of approval notify the district.  It is expected this procedure will affect only a minimum number of projects involving interstate or high-type urban design.  Right of way acquisitions reserving certain rights for the property owner are to be held to a minimum.  Approval is requested only when substantial savings in right of way costs can be shown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===236.13.5.8  Permanent Easements===&lt;br /&gt;
Permanent easement limits indicated on the plans outline the area required to construct and maintain features such as channel changes, inlet and outlet ditches, flooding or ponding areas, etc.  Such easements are acquired with authority to re-enter after construction has been completed.  Easements are acquired for the sole purpose shown on the plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===236.13.5.9  Restrictive Easements===&lt;br /&gt;
Restrictive easement limits indicated on the plans outline the area required to control unsightly areas such as junkyards from the sight of the traveling public by not permitting the use of these designated areas for business use.  Easements are acquired for the sole purpose shown on the plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===236.13.5.10  Urban Easements===&lt;br /&gt;
The use of easements outside the normal right of way for a portion of a fill embankment is considered only when there is an obvious economic advantage to the department.  This is usually confined to improvements located in urbanized areas where the cost of land is extremely expensive.  Easements acquired for such purposes are permanent easements. This procedure is intended to be an exception to the normal practice of providing sufficient right of way for the entire roadway facility.  Easements are acquired for the sole purpose shown on the plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Included in the conveyance is a provision that the easement is for construction and maintenance of the slope.  The conveyance also includes a statement that upon completion of construction, the property owner will have use of the area with the stipulation that no alterations can be made to the fill slope within the easement area without a permit being obtained from the Commission&#039;s district engineer.  Upon written request by the property owner, release of the permanent easement will be considered.  Approval of the request by the commission is required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This procedure is primarily intended for use in fill embankment areas and is not intended to change procedures currently in use for easements in cut sections.  Cut slopes may be constructed on temporary easement where the acquisition of right of way is to be minimized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===236.13.5.11  Temporary Easements===&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary easement limits indicated on the plans outline the area required to construct items such as approaches to a roadway, driveway connections, grading, or for men and machinery during construction. Temporary easements are provided around all buildings located partly on the right of way or within new right of way for the removal of the structure. When structures are partially affected by the new boundary line, temporary easements are designed  in order to prevent encroachment or overhangs onto state owned property. All rights to temporary easements expire and return to the property owner upon completion of the construction. Easements are acquired for the sole purpose identified on the plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==236.13.6  Right of Way Widths==&lt;br /&gt;
The width of the right of way for an improvement is the minimum depth needed to build and maintain the highway facility. The designer will attempt to minimize the number of breaks in the boundary line. Boundary lines are established on straight lines rather than curved lines wherever possible. The width of the right of way must also consider the need to accommodate the placement of utilities and provide maintenance of the roadway. Boundary lines outline the areas actually required for construction and maintenance and do not follow along property lines.  It may be necessary to purchase areas beyond the right of way limits as indicated on the plans because the property has been severed or it has become inaccessible to the roadway. If such right of way is acquired, it is handled as an uneconomic remnant or as excess right of way; however, no such notations designating an additional area as an uneconomic remnant or as excess right of way are to be included on the right of way plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==236.13.7  Plan Development==&lt;br /&gt;
Right of way details are usually developed on construction plans.  These details (see [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Right%20Way%20Plans%20Checklist%20Form%20236.13.7.docx Right of Way Plan Review Check List]) are developed on separate sheets only where they cannot be shown on the construction plans without crowding.  For lengthy projects or projects that must be expedited to meet schedules, it is sometimes necessary to develop right of way plans for portions or sections of a total improvement.  These plans will be complete to the extent necessary to inform each individual property owner of the effects the improvement will have on each owner&#039;s property.  Sample plans show examples of right of way delineation and notations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==236.13.8  Plan Requirements==&lt;br /&gt;
Boundary lines are indicated on the plans with a solid line noted as &amp;quot;Boundary Line&amp;quot;.  Easements are indicated on the plans with dashed lines.  Easements are identified on the plans as &amp;quot;Permanent Easement&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Temporary Easement&amp;quot;.  A supplemental descriptive note is shown underneath the easement descriptions identifying the purpose for the easement, such as &amp;quot;Drainage&amp;quot; for inlet and outlet ditches, &amp;quot;Channel Change&amp;quot; for channel changes, &amp;quot;Sight Distance&amp;quot; for sight distance easements, &amp;quot;Borrow&amp;quot; for [[127.22 Off-Site Borrow, Spoil, and Staging Areas|borrow easements]], or &amp;quot;Slope&amp;quot; for slope easements.  The plans include complete dimensions for all areas included in the right of way or easement limits.  The plans show the limits of construction slope lines by a dashed line.  The limits of construction are approximate.  Land survey ties and bearings are also shown on the plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When right of way is acquired along only one side of an existing facility, it is necessary to re-station and dimension the existing boundary line to the new centerline stationing.  Sufficient equations between the existing centerline and the new centerline are included on the right of way plans to allow for coordination of existing right of way deeds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Title information for ownership is obtained from the district right of way team.  Sufficient lead-time must be allowed to obtain this information.  The plans will show the following information for each property:&lt;br /&gt;
# name of the property owner&lt;br /&gt;
# all land survey lines and property lines&lt;br /&gt;
# the parcel number&lt;br /&gt;
# the area of each type of right of way (controlled, normal access, etc.) to be acquired&lt;br /&gt;
# the area of permanent easements&lt;br /&gt;
# the area of temporary easements&lt;br /&gt;
# the area of property remaining outside the right of way limits on each side (left and right, listed separately) of the roadway.  The easement areas are to be included in the area of property remaining outside the right of way limits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those properties where only access rights will be acquired, the plans will show the following for each property:&lt;br /&gt;
# name of the property owner&lt;br /&gt;
# all land survey lines and property lines&lt;br /&gt;
# the parcel number&lt;br /&gt;
# a notation of, “Access Rights Only”&lt;br /&gt;
# the area of property remaining outside the right of way limits on each side (left and right – listed separately) of the roadway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Land survey ties and bearings are also shown on the plans.  Bearings will be shown in degrees, minutes, and seconds.  The [[Media:236.13 RW Example; Metric Centerline.pdf|associated distance]] will be in English units.  The approximate grade of all entrances is also shown.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;plans in units of acres&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All areas are computed and shown on the plans in units of acres (to 0.01 ac.) or square feet (to 1.0 ft&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;) accuracy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first plan and profile sheet of the plans includes a note identifying the right of way limits for the project.  This includes all easements.  Projects with disconnected sections designated in the State Transportation Improvement Program will include a note for each section.  An example is:  &amp;quot;Right of way limits for this project extend from Sta. 200+00 to Sta. 300+00, a distance of 1.894 miles and from Sta. 450+00 to Sta. 575+00, a distance of 2.367 miles.&amp;quot;  The following note is also included on the first plan and profile sheet:  &amp;quot;Any work indicated on the plans that extends beyond the project limits is considered incidental to and a part of the construction of this project.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:236.13.8.jpg|right|320px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If railroad property is involved, separate parcel numbers are assigned to operating railroad right of way and to non-operating railroad property owned by a railroad company. If the boundary line for a controlled access highway is the same as the boundary line of operating railroad right of way, it is necessary to acquire abutters&#039; rights of direct access from properties abutting the opposite side of the railroad right of way.  If the railroad has fee rights in their right of way, there is no need to acquire abutters&#039; rights from the properties abutting the opposite side of the railroad right of way. This only becomes necessary when the railroad has an easement and the abutter opposite the railroad has an underlying interest in the railroad right of way.  In either situation, abutters&#039; rights are secured from the railroad.  Such abutting properties are assigned a parcel number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The right of way plans will include the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* New right of way lines&lt;br /&gt;
* New permanent easements&lt;br /&gt;
* New temporary easements&lt;br /&gt;
* New centerline&lt;br /&gt;
* Existing right of way lines&lt;br /&gt;
* Existing permanent easements&lt;br /&gt;
* Existing centerline&lt;br /&gt;
* Purposes of all existing and new easements&lt;br /&gt;
* Slope lines&lt;br /&gt;
* Construction limits&lt;br /&gt;
* Beginning and end of project in station numbers&lt;br /&gt;
* Land survey ties with book and page or document number&lt;br /&gt;
* Bearing and distance from the land survey tie to a specific station on the new centerline&lt;br /&gt;
* Equation station between the existing and new centerlines at the beginning and end of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Bearings and curve data on the new centerline, and extending beyond the limits of the right of way acquisition at the beginning and end of the project&lt;br /&gt;
* Property lines&lt;br /&gt;
* Improvements (canopies, ponds, lagoons, houses, outdoor advertising signs, outbuildings, fencing, trees, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
* Each improvement that is within, partially within or near the right of way, permanent easements and temporary easements will be designated with an “R”, “LIP”, “UIP”, or “DND”.&lt;br /&gt;
* Section lines&lt;br /&gt;
* Quarter section lines&lt;br /&gt;
* Quarter quarter section lines&lt;br /&gt;
* Quarter quarter notations within the appropriate quarter quarter sections&lt;br /&gt;
* Sections&lt;br /&gt;
* Townships&lt;br /&gt;
* Ranges&lt;br /&gt;
* Station and offset at each right of way break, all permanent easement points, and all temporary easement points&lt;br /&gt;
* Station and offset on the right of way line at the P.O.T., P.C., P.T., T.S., S.C., C.S., and S.T.&lt;br /&gt;
* North arrow on each plan sheet&lt;br /&gt;
* Match lines at the beginning and end of each plan sheet&lt;br /&gt;
* Type of entrance (Private, Field, Commercial, etc.) for both existing entrances that will be left in place and new entrances that will be constructed&lt;br /&gt;
* Entrance width (as measured on the right of way line) for both existing entrances that will be left in place and new entrances that will be constructed &lt;br /&gt;
* Approximate percent of grade for both existing entrances that will be left in place and new entrances that will be constructed&lt;br /&gt;
* Type of approach for both existing entrances that will be left in place and new entrances that will be constructed&lt;br /&gt;
* Center stationing of entrance (station at which the center of the entrance intersects with the new right of way line) for both existing entrances that will be left in place and new entrances that will be constructed&lt;br /&gt;
* Parcel information as previously referenced in this section&lt;br /&gt;
* Title sheet that depicts the construction limits, right of way limits and project limits&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is also acceptable to capture the above information on a ROW supplemental plan sheet for each parcel rather than the ROW plans. However, if a supplemental plan sheet is not created, the above information must be included on the ROW plans, which is preferred.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==236.13.9 Location Survey Monuments==&lt;br /&gt;
The plans indicate the location of survey monuments required to mark the right of way in a manner that defines the limits of right of way.  Location survey monuments are placed at all points of change in types of right of way (terminal points).  [[Media:236.13 RW Marker Loactions Spir Trans.pdf|Location survey monuments]] are placed at all breaks in the right of way line and at all P.O.T.s, P.C.s, and P.T.s.  Location survey monuments are also placed at each end of spiral transitions to and from curves.  To simplify deed writing, the right of way lines through spiral transitions should be straight lines, and bearings and distances are shown on these lines.  If it is necessary to break the right of way line within the spiral, bearings and distances are shown for each segment of the right of way line.  Location survey monuments are located so adjacent markers are visible where practicable.  Location survey monuments are not used to define areas purchased for constructing county road or city street connections where maintenance will be conveyed by quitclaim deed to others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location survey monuments or a temporary monument must be set by professional land surveyors (either private surveyors or MoDOT employees) prior to or at the time right of way is staked for condemnation.  The professional land surveyor will develop a Location Survey Plan and permanent monuments are to be set prior to the recording of the location survey plan if they will not be moved or destroyed by construction activities within six months of their installation. Until the right of way acquisition is completed, semi-permanent monuments may be used. If the required permanent monuments will be disturbed by utility adjustment or construction activity, semi-permanent monuments can remain until 12 months after the location survey plan is recorded.  In any event, permanent monuments must be installed within 12 months after the plan has been recorded.  The private surveyor can obtain the location survey monuments from district surveying personnel.  The appropriate symbol is used on the Location Survey Plan to identify the type of location survey monument to be set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those projects with preliminary plan approval after January 1, 2001, location survey monuments will be used to show the marking of the right of way.  Additional information concerning criteria for the location of survey monuments is found in [[238.2 Land Surveying#238.2.12 Subdivision or lot ties|EPG 238.2.12]], [[238.2 Land Surveying#238.2.13 Reestablishing corner monuments|EPG 238.2.13]], and [[238.2 Land Surveying#238.2.14 Monumenting Right of Way|EPG 238.2.14]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==236.13.10  Request for Environmental Services==&lt;br /&gt;
The district will submit a hard copy or e-mail an electronic copy of a [[127.1 Request for Environmental Services|Request for Environmental Services (RES)]] to each of the recipients listed on the form when right of way plans are submitted.  Even though previous requests for environmental services have been submitted earlier in the project development process, specialists in the Design Division will need to assess the final layout of the right of way as indicated on the approved right of way plans for potential impact to environmental concerns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==236.13.11  Coordination with Local Agencies==&lt;br /&gt;
When it is necessary to revise or adjust a local road or street, the right of way will be acquired in the name of the State.  Local officials are contacted at the final preliminary plan stage to discuss the proposed changes to their system.  After completion of construction, quitclaim deeds are prepared and forwarded to the local agency complete with plans showing the final configuration of the improvement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==236.13.12 Plan Submittal and Filing==&lt;br /&gt;
A complete set of right of way plans includes a title sheet, typical section sheet(s), finished plan sheet(s), and any additional sheets needed to fully define and detail the required right of way, including easements, for the improvement. These plans must show the project’s outermost termini in stations. The limits of right of way acquisition, also shown in stations, must fall within the project’s beginning and ending termini (including easements, borrow areas, and waste areas). No design work should occur on new right of way outside the project termini. The District Engineer, as designated by the Chief Engineer (see Commission action of November 5,1993), or Assistant District Engineer (see Commission Policy - Execution of Documents Effective November 2, 2018) is responsible for approving the right of way plans. Approval of right of way plans is indicated by the District Engineer&#039;s signature and seal on the title sheet. The District Engineer&#039;s signature and seal are only required on the title sheet. When a consultant designs the plans, the title sheet is signed and sealed by a representative of the firm and the District Engineer. Right of way plans are only considered approved once the District Engineer signs and seals the title sheet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approved right of way plans are submitted to the Design Division by email that includes the [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Letter%20of%20Certification%20RW%20Plans%20Approval%20Form%20236.13.docx letter of approval] signed by the District Engineer. The email must contain the plans attached as Adobe Acrobat files (pdf.&#039;s) or indicate the location of the electronic plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Details of the [https://www.modot.org/cadd-services process to save files in electronic format] are available. The electronic use and storage of right of way plans documents the history of acquisition and allows staff to access approved plans as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, the specific role of the Transportation Project Manager in obtaining authority to acquire right of way on a project is found in [[236.3 Administration#236.3.4 Right of Way Acquisition Authority and Project Funding|EPG 236.3.4 Right of Way Acquisition Authority and Project Funding]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The project manager should also ensure that the easement needs of utilities affected by the proposed improvement have been addressed prior to submission of the approved right of way plans to the Design Division (see [[643.2 Local Utility Adjustments - Public and Private#643.2.1.5 Right of Way|EPG 643.2.1.5 Right of Way]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Additionally, the project manager is responsible&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, the project manager is responsible for providing the results of the DGN Merger tool to the district’s Right of Way Manager. The DGN Merger tool should be run on the approved right of way plans and will provide the Right of Way Section polygons defining the shape of the right of way parcels to be purchased. Along with the file containing the polygons, the appropriate scale factor will also be provided. If any changes to the right of way plans occur after the tool’s information is provided to the Right of Way Manager, the project manager is responsible for having the DGN Merger tool run against the modified right of way plans and will provide the resulting file to the District Right of Way Manager. More information can be found at [http://sharepoint/sites/de/epg/Lists/EPGResponse/Attachments/483/RW%20dgn%20to%20Spatial%20Editor%20Instructions.docx How to use the DGN Merger Tool].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==236.13.13 Requirements for Property Acquisition Using Eminent Domain==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important for MoDOT to maintain  good public involvement early in the project development process and  to demonstrate its commitment to good-faith negotiations in the acquisition of property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every effort will be made to communicate with property owners who are potentially impacted by a transportation project.  This communication begins with an initial letter describing the proposed project, the schedule for its planning and design and encouraging landowners in the vicinity of the project to participate in the public involvement process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Detailed procedures concerning the [[236.10 Right Of Way Condemnation#236.10.7 Eminent Domain Guidelines|acquisition of property using eminent domain]] are available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Right of Way Section must be provided with copies of the initial and certified letters to property owners, along with copies of the rejection and acceptance letters sent to anyone who submits an alternate location.  Copies of these letters will be used during the condemnation process to prove that MoDOT has engaged in good faith negotiations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===236.13.13.1 Right of Way Obtained by Negotiation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With concurrence from the Design Division regarding environmental impacts and following [[media:236.13.1.14.2 Approved RW and Certified RW Plans Directions.pdf|approval of the right of way plans]] by the district engineer, the transportation project manager can request acquisition authority. Since federal funding is used to acquire right of way for a project, authorization from FHWA is required prior to the start of acquisition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://revisor.mo.gov/main/OneSection.aspx?section=227.050&amp;amp;bid=12098&amp;amp;hl= Section 227.050] of the Missouri State Statutes requires the filing of detailed right of way plans with the proper authorities in order to acquire right of way.  A set of approved right-of-way plans must be filed with the clerk(s) of all counties and cities through which an improvement will pass, prior to advertising the project for the bid opening.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===236.13.13.2 Right of Way Obtained by Condemnation===&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;padding: 0.3em; margin-left:2px; border:2px solid #a9a9a9; text-align:left; font-size: 95%; background:#f5f5f5&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;350px&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; Why is Commission Certification Required for Condemnation? &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The authority to exercise the power of eminent domain is inherent in the sovereign and no constitutional grant is necessary to its exercise. This right has been delegated by the Constitution and statues of the State to agencies of the State, such as municipalities, counties, Conservation Commission, Highways and Transportation Commission, State Park Board, colleges and universities, Board of Public Buildings, and to certain so-called public service corporations, such as railroads, water companies, power companies, telephone and telegraph companies, and pipeline companies. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|When an agency of the State or a corporation seeks to exercise the power of eminent domain it must be able to show its authority to do so. The use to be made of the property must be a public one, and the purpose must be within the scope of authority or power of the condemnor. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|When MoDOT is required to condemn property to construct a transportation improvement, it must prove to the Court that the plans that describe the property to be acquired have been “approved” by the Commission. This approval achieves two things. First, it proves the plans are for a project adopted by the Commission. Secondly, since the Commission is responsible for the operation of MoDOT as established in the Missouri Constitution, only it has the necessary legal authority to acquire property. This approval shows the Court that MoDOT is acting on behalf of the Commission. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When condemnation is necessary to acquire right of way for a project, approval and certification of the plans by the commission (refer to the box to right) is required. To obtain approval and certification, the district shall prepare and email the certification document, with a cover letter, and the final and approved right of way plans attached as Adobe Acrobat files (pdf.&#039;s) or a note indicating the location of the electronic plans to the Design Division via &#039;&#039;&#039;rwcert@modot.mo.gov&#039;&#039;&#039;. A [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Sample%20Letter%20for%20Condemnation.docx sample cover letter] is available together with a [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Certification%20of%20Commission%20Form%20236.13.15.docx sample certification document]. The project description in both the cover letter and the certification document must show the project’s outermost termini in stations. The limits of right of way acquisition, also shown in stations, must fall within the project’s beginning and ending termini. This includes the project’s outermost termini (including easements, borrow areas, and waste areas), which must be shown in stations and must match the description in the STIP. No design work should occur on new right of way outside the project termini.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The e-mail must indicate whether a commissioner has a potential conflict of interest (i.e., a commissioner owns property, or has a property interest, within one-mile of any part of the improvement) concerning the project. District right of way and the Chief Counsel&#039;s Office can provide information on potential conflict of interest areas. In the event a possible conflict does exist, the name of the commissioner, the location of the property (or property interest), and the direction and distance to the project will be required. If no conflict of interest exists, the e-mail will clearly state this information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon receipt of the email including the electronic certification document, cover letter, conflict of interest information, and the final and approved right of way plans attached as Adobe Acrobat files (pdf.&#039;s) or a note indicating the location of the electronic plans, the Design Division will request the project be added to the Commission’s Agenda for approval. Following the Commission’s approval of the plans, the Design Division will obtain certification by the Commission&#039;s Secretary. The Commission&#039;s approval of the plans, the Commission Secretary&#039;s signature and seal on the certification document, and its attachment to the right of way plans, constitutes &#039;&#039;&#039;certified&#039;&#039;&#039; right of way plans. The certification shall be stored with the electronic plans. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A set of approved right of way plans must be filed with the clerk(s) of all counties and cities through which the proposed improvement will pass, prior to advertising the project for bids. In addition, when right of way is obtained by condemnation, the certified right of way plans must be filed with the circuit clerk(s) in the counties where the condemnation petition will be filed. Filing the certified right of way plans with the circuit clerk(s) must be coordinated with the chief counsel’s office who typically files the certified right of way plans at the same time the condemnation petition is filed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==236.13.14 Plan Changes==&lt;br /&gt;
When [[media:236.13.1.14.2 Approved RW and Certified RW Plans Directions.pdf|changes in the right of way plans]] occur, it is necessary to refile these plan changes with the proper authorities.  The procedures described above also apply to amended plans except only the revised sheet(s) and an updated title sheet need to be submitted.  The amended title sheet will include the revision date and a note indicating the number of the plan sheets that have been revised.  For subsequent revisions, the title sheet will include the current information and all previous information.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, once the plans have been approved by the Commission for condemnation, changes to the plans that are related to the acquisition of property and/or property rights will require the approval of those plans again by the Commission, along with a revised certification document executed by the Commission Secretary.  Types of plan changes requiring approval again include, but are not limited to:  an increase or decrease in the acreage or square footage to be acquired; changing the location of an entrance; changing the grade of an entrance; access changes related to breaks in the median; moving the location of a property line; any changes or corrections made to the characteristics of individual properties; etc.  For these types of changes, a [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Sample%20Letter%20for%20Condemnation%20Amended%20Plans.docx sample cover letter] and [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Certification%20of%20Commission%20Form%20236.13.15.docx certification document] for submittal to the Design Division are available.  Plan changes after the Commission’s approval and the Commission Secretary’s certification of the right of way plans are discouraged and are to be kept to a minimum.  All plan changes, request letters, and amended certifications shall be stored electronically to preserve the project history and accuracy in the acquisition process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plan changes that are not related to the acquisition of property and/or property rights do not require approval of the plans again by the Commission.  Plan changes not related to the acquisition of property and/or property rights are those modifications or additions to plans that will ultimately serve as the contract plans.  Types of plan changes not requiring approval again by the Commission include:  changes in pavement design; changes in quantities due to traffic control; changes in erosion control; changes in signing; changes in striping; etc.  Plan changes not related to the acquisition of property and/or property rights are not to be inserted into the set of Right of Way Plans that have been previously approved by the Commission.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==236.13.15 Right of Way Clearance==&lt;br /&gt;
After all right of way has been acquired, either by negotiations or condemnation the district advises the Right of Way Section that the right of way is &amp;quot;clear&amp;quot; (for additional information concerning the various types of right of way clearance see [[236.5 Property Management#236.5.26 Acquired Improvements|EPG 236.5.26 Acquired Improvements]]).  The Design Division is furnished a copy of this letter.  Improvement projects are not advertised for a monthly bid opening until all right of way has been cleared.  Only with special approval by the Asst. to the State Design Engineer - Right of Way can projects be advertised prior to final clearance of the right of way.  A job special provision in the bidding documents is required under these conditions to restrict the contractor&#039;s construction operations from certain areas or parcels that are not &amp;quot;clear&amp;quot; until approved by the resident engineer.  The resident engineer will not approve construction operations in restricted areas until an entire clearance has been issued.  Advertising requirements can be found in [[103.1 Bid Opening and Award Process#103.1.7 Advertising Projects for Bid opening and Purchasing Bidding Documents|EPG 103.1.7 Advertising Projects for Bid opening and Purchasing Bidding Documents]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==236.13.16 Requesting Asbestos Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
It is necessary for all building structures, or building remains, which MoDOT takes possession of to be inspected for the presence of asbestos containing materials (ACM).  Buildings, or building remains and debris will be inspected for ACM prior to salvage by a third party, demolition and removal.  The inspection methods are invasive and destructive; therefore, the department must have physical possession before inspection begins.  If it is believed there will be salvage of a building by a third party, the request for asbestos inspection must stipulate that non-destructive sampling methods are necessary.  The request for asbestos inspection is to be made in writing by the district to the State Construction and Materials Engineer after MoDOT has taken physical possession of the property.  This request must contain the following information:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Job Number&lt;br /&gt;
* Parcel numbers to be inspected and the total number of parcels on the project requiring building demolition&lt;br /&gt;
* Addresses of the structures to be inspected&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan sheets showing the location of all parcels and structures&lt;br /&gt;
* A floor plan sketch of all buildings to be inspected, as may be used for [[236.6 Appraisal and Appraisal Review#236.6.3 Valuation Formats and Instructions|appraisal]]&lt;br /&gt;
* The name of the district person to contact for keys to gain access&lt;br /&gt;
* The estimated dates for possession of each parcel and the deadline for completing the inspection report&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important that a positive identification be made of each structure to be inspected.  Therefore, the inspectors need a contact person in the district who is familiar with the properties or they must receive photographs of the buildings taken from the existing roadway to ensure a proper identification can be made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Construction and Materials Division personnel will take samples of all suspected asbestos containing materials.  Test results will be reported to the district on [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Asbestos%20Survey%20Report%20-%20All%20Suspect%20ACM%20%20Form%20T746.docx Forms T746], [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Asbestos%20Survey%20Report%20-%20Nonfriable%20ACM%20Form%20T747.docx T747] and [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Asbestos%20Survey%20Report%20-%20All%20Materials%20Form%20T748.docx T748].  Copies of these forms must be included in all contract proposals requiring asbestos abatement or demolition of the buildings.  Only the ACM listed on Form T-748 will be tabulated for removal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===236.13.16.1  Requesting Hazardous Waste Survey===&lt;br /&gt;
During preliminary design, the district will request the environmental section of the Design Division perform a screening and on-site investigation for storage tanks and hazardous waste ([[127.8 Hazardous and Solid Waste|See EPG 127.8 Hazardous and Solid Waste]]).  Based upon recommendations by the environmental specialists and using the cleanup estimate provided, appropriate tabulated quantities and job special provisions if necessary will be incorporated in the construction plans.  Removal requirements, method of measurement and basis of payment for removal of contaminated materials and storage tanks are contained in [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=5 Section 202] of the &#039;&#039;Missouri Standard Specifications for Highway Construction&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most underground storage tanks, containing petroleum products, have an insurance policy covering the cost of leak clean up.  During negotiations, district right of way personnel will have the insurance policy transferred to MoDOT upon taking possession of the parcel.  An application to the insurance administrator must be made to determine the quantities of material eligible for cost reimbursement.  This application will be made by the environmental specialist in the Design Division prior to the contractor&#039;s notice to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===236.13.16.2  Asbestos Containing Materials===&lt;br /&gt;
Asbestos removal must be completed prior to demolition of the building.  The asbestos containing materials (ACM) requiring removal will be listed on Form T-748 for each parcel inspected.  The contract proposal for asbestos removal will use the standard bid items.  The Demolition and Removals form will be used.  If all of the parcels have not been inspected for ACMs, estimated quantities will be used.  Check with the design liaison engineer for assistance with this procedure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When quantities of ACM to be removed inside a single structure exceed 160 ft&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; or 260 linear feet, third party air monitoring is required in St. Louis County and the City of Kansas City.  The district project manager will coordinate with the Design Division to establish a memorandum of understanding with a certified industrial hygienist or equivalent to perform the monitoring of the abatement, prior to commencement of the work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the department has taken possession of a parcel, salvage of any materials or structures will not be permitted until an inspection for asbestos and hazardous waste materials has been made and all hazardous waste or ACM has been removed.  Our operations are governed by the National Emission Standard for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP) asbestos regulations of the Environmental Protection Agency and regulations of the Missouri Department of Natural Resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The project manager will ensure there is close coordination between the district staff concerning right of way acquisition, plan development and contract administration for the removal of all improvements.  Additional resources for hazardous waste screening, materials testing and contract proposal preparation can be obtained from the Design Division as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==236.13.17 Demolition and Removal of Improvements==&lt;br /&gt;
When parcels containing buildings, structures, wells, septic tanks, individual lagoons or other improvements, which may remain vacant or unattended for an extended time are acquired, it is preferred a contract is awarded for demolition and removal of improvements in advance of the general roadway contract.  This is done to remove safety hazards, minimize liability and maintain an orderly right of way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifications governing this work are contained in [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=5 Section 202] of the &#039;&#039;Missouri Standard Specifications for Highway Construction&#039;&#039;.  It is desired to make administration of these demolition and removal contracts efficient by grouping together work from various projects within the district.  The quantities in this proposal need to be tabulated by parcel for each roadway project to be included.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Job special provision [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP9908.docx JSP-99-08, Demolition and Removal Contract], will be used for these advanced removals of improvements.  It is recommended the district anticipate those parcels that will be acquired within a 12 month period throughout the district and include them in one contract for demolition and removal of improvements.  Job Special Provisions will designate petroleum storage tanks, lagoons, or other items that require early removal as a first or early order of work after the notice to proceed.  There will be special cases when abatement of ACM and demolition and removal of buildings are included in the general roadway contract.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==236.13.18 Disposition of Existing Route==&lt;br /&gt;
Recommendations for the disposition of existing roadways included in the [[:Category:126 Location Study and Alternatives Analysis|location/environmental study]] or [[:Category:128 Conceptual Studies|conceptual study]] report must receive approval before they can be included in the approved right of way plans.  Approval of the disposition of the existing roadway is initiated by the submission of a [[236.14 Change in Route Status Report|Change in Route Status Report]] (CRSR) to the Transportation Planning Division.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the right of way plans are developed, the recommendations for the disposition of existing roadways, which are included in the location/environmental study or conceptual study report, must be reviewed to ensure the plans conform to these recommendations.  Where the recommendations call for the existing roadway to be transferred to another local government agency, written documentation will be included in the CRSR that outlines the terms of the commitment made by that agency for accepting the sections of existing roadway.  In addition, information must be included in the CRSR if an existing route is retained but its classification or the state system is changed.  Available options for the disposition of the existing roadway may range from retention in the state highway system to transfer to another government agency or even total abandonment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An approved CRSR that requires a section of existing roadway to be transferred to another owner, public or private, will also require the preparation and execution of a roadway relinquishment agreement.  Guidelines for the preparation of this agreement are found in [[236.14 Change in Route Status Report#236.14.6 Roadway Relinquishment Agreement|EPG 236.14.1.6]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[category:236 Right of Way|236.13]] --&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=User:Hoskir&amp;diff=59507</id>
		<title>User:Hoskir</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=User:Hoskir&amp;diff=59507"/>
		<updated>2026-10-05T18:02:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: /* Revisions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= &amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Revisions&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt; =&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4277|Revision Request 4277]] - ready&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4276|Revision Request 4276]] - ready&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4275|Revision Request 4275]] - ready&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4274|Revision Request 4274]] - ready&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4273|Revision Request 4273]] - have question (sent to Zanab and Jeff)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4272|Revision Request 4272]] - ready&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4271|Revision Request 4271]] - ready&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4270|Revision Request 4270]] - ready&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4269|Revision Request 4269]] - ready&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4268|Revision Request 4268]] - lvl 1, waiting on comments made by Gidget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4267|Revision Request 4267]] - balloted (ready)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4266|Revision Request 4266]] - CCO has asked to hold this request&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4265|Revision Request 4265]] - balloted (ready) (there will be some changes in document names)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4264|Revision Request 4264]] - balloted (ready)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4261|Revision Request 4261]] - PUBLISHED SEPTEMBER&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4260|Revision Request 4260]] - PUBLISHED SEPTEMBER&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4259|Revision Request 4259]] - PUBLISHED AUGUST&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4258|Revision Request 4258]] - PUBLISHED SEPTEMBER&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4256|Revision Request 4256 and 4257]] - balloted (ready)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4254|Revision Request 4254]] - lvl 1, edits ready to publish&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4253|Revision Request 4253]] - PUBLISHED SEPTEMBER&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4251|Revision Request 4251]] - PUBLISHED AUGUST&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4250|Revision Request 4250]] - PUBLISHED AUGUST&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4249|Revision Request 4249]] - PUBLISHED AUGUST&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4247|Revision Request 4247]] - figure updated (waiting on more changes possibly)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4244|Revision Request 4244]] - balloted (ready)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4240|Revision Request 4240]] - balloted (ready)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4238|Revision Request 4238]] - balloted (ready)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4209|Revision Request 4209]] - new test method but needs to be approved and put in EPG format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4191|Revision Request 4191 (ON HOLD)]] - may be withdrawn later&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4175|Revision Request 4175 (ON HOLD)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4165|Revision Request 4165]] - PUBLISHED SEPTEMBER&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4136|Revision Request 4136 (ON HOLD)]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4036|Revision Request 4036 (ON HOLD)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 3906|Revision Request 3906 (ON HOLD)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 3905|Revision Request 3905 (ON HOLD)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 3902|Revision Request 3902 (ON HOLD)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 3818|Revision Request 3818 (ON HOLD)]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Job_Special_Provisions&amp;diff=59506</id>
		<title>Job Special Provisions</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Job_Special_Provisions&amp;diff=59506"/>
		<updated>2026-10-05T15:46:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: updated JOC&amp;#039;s&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Provision=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
! Name !! JSP Title !! Explanatory Notes !! Current Version !! Revision Date !! Effective Letting&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP-Formatting-Guide.docx JSP Formatting Guide] || _Roadway Job Special Provision Formatting Instructions || This format is to be used by all when writing provisions in order to create uniformity in project proposals. || JSP_Format_Guide || 4/3/2018 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP_Roadway_Template.docx JSP_Roadway_Template] || _Roadway Job Special Provision Template || This template is to be used for Roadway Job Special Provisions. Choose the appropriate signature block and provide the necessary provisions according to the template provided. || Template || 9/30/2026 || 11/1/2026&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP2302.docx JSP2302] || 4-Inch Square Steel Sign Post || Use this provision to specify the details for a 4-inch square post which may be used to install single post exit gore signs, flat sheet signs 48” wide ranging in height from 60” to 96”, and community wayfinding signs at locations shown on the plans. || JSP-23-02 || 9/13/2023 || 12/1/2023&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP9314.docx JSP9314] || Accelerating the Completion of Closure Work (Incentive/Disincentive Clause) || This provision is commonly known as A+B bidding. || JSP-93-14C || 12/5/2018 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP1001.docx JSP1001] || ADA Compliance and Final Acceptance Of Constructed Facilities || This provision is required on all projects with sidewalks or curb ramps. || JSP-10-01C || 1/23/2023 || 3/1/2023&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP2301.docx JSP2301] || ADA Material Testing Frequency Modifications || This provision may be used on ADA corridor projects to reduce the testing requirements due to the limited material quantities associated with sidewalk improvements. || JSP-23-01A || 6/18/2025 || 9/1/2025&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP1203.docx JSP1203] || Add Alternate Section (Per Project) || || JSP-12-03A || 7/14/2016 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP1602.docx JSP1602] || Adjusting Guardrail || For minor routes only. This provision is to be used when the substandard height guardrail will be raised to a minimum of 27 3/4&amp;quot;.  Repair of guardrail should be addressed with separate pay items. || JSP-16-02A || 4/19/2018 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP1509.docx JSP1509] || Airport Requirements || This provision is for use on projects near a public use airport or heliport or is more than 200 feet above existing ground level. || JSP-15-09 || 7/9/2015 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP9604.docx JSP9604] || Alternate for Pavements || This provision should be used for projects with 7,500 SY of continuous full depth pavement or 14,000 SY of full depth pavement at various locations.  || JSP-96-04G || 1/4/2017 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0905.docx JSP0905] || Alternates for Slab Stabilization || This provision should be used when slab stabilization operations are included in the contract to define the bidding requirements of the different materials for this type of work. || JSP-09-05 || 10/21/2009 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP2401.docx JSP2401] || Balanced Mix Design Requirements * || * Limited Use. Requires approval from Construction and Materials Division prior to use. || JSP-24-01C || 5/28/2025 || 8/1/2025&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP9327.docx JSP9327] || Changeable Message Sign (Commission Furnished) ||  || JSP-93-27 || 10/5/2007 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1805.docx NJSP1805] || Class VI Riprap * || * Limited Use. This provision is a revised Spec to better align with the need we have when rock much larger than the Rock Blanket Spec is needed. Contact Bridge Division &amp;amp; Construction and Materials Division prior to use. || NJSP-18-05B || 6/20/2019 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP2102.docx NJSP2102] || Clean Water Act Section 404 Permit Requirements * || * Limited Use. For use by Design Division - Environmental Section only, as they will add this provision to the RES for required projects. || NJSP-21-02 || 1/15/2021 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP2504.docx JSP2504] || Concrete Aggregate Quality || Intended for I-70 mainline and ramp projects receiving general revenue funding.  This and all other considerations require Assistant Chief Engineer’s (or higher) approval.  || JSP-25-04 || 1/14/2026 || 8/1/2025&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0415.docx JSP0415] || Concrete Planing || This provision is to be used when concrete planing is specified. &amp;lt;/br&amp;gt; If there are questions on whether concrete planing should be included on a specific project, Construction and Materials Division should be consulted. || JSP-04-15 || 10/5/2007 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP1301.docx JSP1301] || Contract Liquidated Damages || This JSP is required on all projects except Job Order Contracts and must be JSP B in the set of JSPs. || JSP-13-01E || 4/29/2026 || 8/1/2026&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0106.docx JSP0106] || Contractor Furnished/Commission Retained Temporary Type F Concrete Traffic Barrier || This provision should only be used when the district decides to retain contractor furnished barrier sections. If the district does not specifically intend to retain barrier sections, Sec 617 of the standard specifications covers Concrete Traffic Barrier. || JSP-01-06 || 10/5/2007 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1542.docx NJSP1542] || Contractor Quality Control || This provision is required on all projects EXCEPT for JOCs and projects with Quality Management provision. || NJSP-15-42 || 4/20/2018 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1521.docx NJSP1521] || Contractor Quality Control For Plant Mix Bituminous Surface Leveling || Required when project includes bid item 402-05.20 - Bituminous Pavement Mixture PG64-22 (Surface Leveling). QM or QC provisions are required when other types of asphalt or concrete paving are in a project. || NJSP-15-21A || 10/6/2015 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP2405.docx JSP2405] || DBE Prompt Payment Reporting || This provision is required on all federally funded contracts. || JSP-24-05B || 12/12/2024 || 1/1/2025&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP9908.docx JSP9908] || Demolition and Removal Contract || Must be included in demolition and removal contracts when MoDOT doesn&#039;t have possession of all parcels or an asbestos survey are not completed on all structures, prior to letting.  NTP must be issued. || JSP-99-08 || 10/5/2007 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP1505.docx JSP1505] || Disposition of Existing Signal/Lighting and Network Equipment || To be used when signal/lighting or communication is to be removed by the contractor and retained by the commission. || JSP-15-05A || 5/1/2017 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP9706.docx JSP9706] || Division 100 Revisions for Complex Projects || This provision is used on complex projects and those with major bridge work as determined by the State Design Engineer. Per 105.16 and 108.4 additional detail documentation is required. A+B Bidding (JSP-93-14) should not be used with this provision. || JSP-97-06 || 10/5/2007 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP1607.docx JSP1607] || Dynamic Late Merge Sysytem (Zipper Merge) || || JSP-16-07A || 12/10/2018 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1905.docx NJSP1905] || Electronic Ticketing * || * Limited Use. Requires approval from Construction and Materials Division prior to use. || NJSP-19-05B || 4/9/2020 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP9011.docx JSP9011] || Emergency Provisions and Incident Management || This provision is required on all projects and provides contact information for the local law enforcement and fire departments. || JSP-90-11A || 4/19/2018 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP2201.docx NJSP2201] || Full Depth Reclamation * || * Limited Use. Requires approval from Construction and Materials Division prior to use. || NJSP-22-01A || 3/14/2022 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0902.docx JSP0902] || General - Federal || This provision is required in all federally funded contracts. || JSP-09-02M || 4/1/2026 || 7/1/2026&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0903.docx JSP0903] || General - State || This provision is required in all state funded contracts.  || JSP-09-03M || 4/1/2026 || 7/1/2026&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0904.docx JSP0904] || General - State Non-Prevailing Wages || Use this provision on any state funded non-construction project. || JSP-09-04M || 4/1/2026 || 7/1/2026&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0401.docx JSP0401] || Geosynthetic Interlayer Specification for Highway Applications * || *Limited use. Only as Approved by Construction and Materials Division. &amp;lt;/br&amp;gt; The Geosynthetic Interlayer Specification is designed to provide a moisture barrier/stress relieving membrane to be placed beneath a hot-mix asphalt (HMA) Overlay.  || JSP-04-01 || 10/5/2007 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP9709.docx JSP9709] || Geosynthetic Reinforced Soil Slope System || || JSP-97-09 || 5/20/2011 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP1702.docx JSP1702] || Guardrail Grading Requirements || This provision is for use on projects that require grading for guardrail and end treatment replacements. || JSP-17-02B || 4/19/2018 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP2202.docx JSP2202] || Guardrail Posts in Concrete || Use this provision when guardrail posts are installed or removed from concrete pavement or drain basins. || JSP-22-02B || 5/18/2023 || 7/1/2023&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1513.docx NJSP1513] || High Friction Surface Treatment || || NJSP-15-13D || 4/1/2026 || 5/1/2026&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP9704.docx JSP9704] || High Performance Concrete for Precast Bridge Units || || JSP-97-04 || 10/5/2007 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP2403.docx JSP2403] || High-Tension Guard Cable Barrier || (Previous JSP-06-07) - This provision should be used when high-tension guard cable is specified. || JSP-24-03 || 5/16/2024 || 7/1/2024&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP2502.docx JSP2502] || HiMod Asphalt Mixture Requirements * || *Limited Use. Requires approval from Construction and Materials Division prior to use. || JSP-25-02C || 4/1/2026 || 4/1/2026&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1903.docx NJSP1903] || Hot Applied Seal Coat * || *Limited use.  Requires approval from by Construction and Materials Division || NJSP-19-03 || 6/20/2019 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0202.docx JSP0202] || Hot-Mix Asphalt Overlay on Rubblized Concrete * || * Limited Use. Requires approval from Construction and Materials Division prior to use. || JSP-02-02 || 10/9/2007 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP2505.docx JSP2505] || Hybrid Polymer Concrete for Use in Partial Depth Pavement Repairs || This JSP should be used on Class A partial depth pavement repairs.  The repair should be finished flush with the original PCC pavement and not extend above this elevation. || JSP-25-05 || 10/9/2007 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP8901.docx JSP8901] || Johnson Grass Control || || JSP-89-01A || 	4/8/2026 || 7/1/2026&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP1503.docx JSP1503] || Law Enforcement In the Work Zone || For use on projects which will include work zone enforcement. || JSP-15-03 || 3/17/2015 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0305.docx JSP0305] || Liquidated Damages / Liquidated Savings Specified || This provision is for use to motivate the contractor to complete the work in a specific time frame as set up by the District. The description of the work should be complete and directly related to the Damage/Savings amount set up. || JSP-03-05B || 7/10/2024 || 10/1/2024&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP9328.docx JSP9328] || Liquidated Damages Specified || This provision should be used when there is milestone date that must be met such as opening the road to traffic before a special event in the area. || JSP-93-28A || 7/10/2024 || 10/1/2024&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0306.docx JSP0306] || Liquidated Savings Specified || For use to motivate the contractor to complete the work in a specific time frame as set up by the District. Ensure that the description of the work in question is complete as possible and directly related to the Damage/Savings amount set up. || JSP-03-06A || 6/11/2021 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP2101.docx NJSP2101] || Low Type Asphalt Requirements * || * Limited Use. Requires approval from Construction and Materials Division prior to use. || NJSP-21-01B || 2/19/2026 || 3/1/2026&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP2201.docx JSP2201] || Lump Sum Temporary Traffic Control || This provision allows qualifying temporary traffic control devices to be lumped together. || JSP-22-01B || 4/14/2025 || 7/1/2025&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1704.docx NJSP1704] || Macrotexture Surface for Ultrathin Bonded Asphalt Wearing Surface Requirement * || * Limited Use. Requires approval from Construction and Materials Division prior to use. || NJSP-17-04 || 11/17/2017 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0413.docx JSP0413] || Masonry Construction || || JSP-04-13 || 10/5/2007 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1539.docx NJSP1539] || Modified Bituminous Pavement Mixture (BP-2) || Allows districts to use modify BP-2 gradation to be laid thinner than 1.5 or 2&amp;quot; || NJSP-15-39A || 9/23/2022 || 1/1/23&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP2501.docx JSP2501] || Modified Tack Coat* || *Limited Use. Requires approval from Construction and Materials Division prior to use. For when asphalt is being paved on concrete or when a higher amount of tack is needed for adequate bonding to the existing pavement. || JSP-25-01 || 1/7/2025 || 2/1/2025&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP1806.docx JSP1806] || MoDOT Retained Guardrail || Use this provision when MoDOT wishes to retain guardrail that is being removed. || JSP-18-06 || 6/12/2018 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0011.docx JSP0011] || Mowing || Use this provision on projects requiring significant mowing during construction. District Maintenance should identify projects, mowing locations and No. of mowings. If only for specific areas, those areas need to be identified in the special provision.  || JSP-00-11 || 10/5/2007 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP2202.docx NJSP2202] || Multi-Year, Multi-Location Project || This provision should only be used in proposals that have one Job Number for multiple overlay routes (locations) and the completion date is such that work is allowed to carry over into a second calendar year. || NJSP-22-02A || 4/25/2025 || 7/1/2025&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0004.docx JSP0004] || NEMA TS2 Traffic Controller Assemblies || This provision is to be used only in special conditions after consulting with District Traffic and as directed or approved by General Headquarters.  || JSP-00-04A || 5/24/2018 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP2105.docx NJSP2105] || No Open Burning || This provision should be used when open burning is prohibited. || NJSP-21-05 || 6/9/2021 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP2402.docx NJSP2402] || Non-Tracking Tack || This provision may be used on roadways located within an urban area where tracking from the tack coat operation would lead to aesthetic damage to the surrounding commercial driveways and parking lots. || JSP-24-02A || 12/11/2024 || 1/1/2025&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP1802.docx JSP1802] || Notice to Bidders of Funding by Third Party || This provision is required on any project with funding provided by others. || JSP-18-02A || 5/21/2019 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP9819.docx JSP9819] || Notice to Bidders of Third Party Concurrence in Award || This provision is required on any project with funding provided by others in which they have the right by agreement to concur in the award of the contract. || JSP-98-19 || 10/5/2007 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0407.docx JSP0407] || Office for the Engineer || This provision resulted from implementation of the Performance Specifications. Was Sec 615 of the specs. || JSP-04-07 || 10/5/2007 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP2407.docx JSP2407] || Optional Base Widening || This provision is to be used for pavement widening when there are no preferences of pavement type, and the final surface is to be overlaid. || JSP-24-07 || 9/23/2024 || 12/1/2024&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1518.docx NJSP1518] || Optional Grading Concepts || || NJSP-15-18 || 3/20/2018 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0606.docx JSP0606] || Optional Pavements || This provision should be used for projects which do not meet the criteria for Alt Pavements, specifically those with less than 7,500 SY of continuous full depth pavement or less than 14,000 SY of full depth pavement at various locations. || JSP-06-06H || 9/23/2022 || 1/1/2023&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP1303.docx JSP1303] || Optional Shoulder || Use this provision on shouldering projects that will allow for a concrete option when bituminous asphalt is specified. || JSP-13-03A || 9/29/2022 || 1/1/2023&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1533.docx NJSP1533] || Optional Surface Treatment Prior to Asphalt Overlay * || * Limited Use. Requires approval from Construction and Materials Division prior to use. || NJSP-15-33D || 3/28/2018 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1807.docx NJSP1807] || Optional Temporary Pavement Marking Paint || Use this provision and pay item with all overlay projects that have more than five (5) centerline miles of pavement requiring Class 2 Pavement Marking Paint AND has a contract completion date of November 1 or later. || NJSP-18-07H || 5/11/2026 || 8/1/2026&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0709.docx JSP0709] || Optional Traffic Signal Detectors || To be used when Optional Traffic Signal Detectors are specified. || JSP-07-09 || 1/3/2011 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0409.docx JSP0409] || Overhead Lighting of Signs || When lighting of overhead signs is required on a project, the following information along with special sheet “ Sign Lighting – Lighting Support Bracket” shall be inserted in the contract documents. || JSP-04-09 || 10/5/2007 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1901.docx NJSP1901] || Partial Depth Concrete Pavement Repair Using Hot Applied Polymer Modified Repair Material * || * Limited Use. Requires approval by Construction and Materials Division prior to use. || NJSP-19-01B || 1/25/2024 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1705.docx NJSP1705] || Pavement Smoothness for UBAWS * || * Limited Use. Requires approval from Construction and Materials Division prior to use. || NJSP-17-05A || 4/23/2018 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP2601.docx NJSP2601] || Performance Engineered Mixtures for Concrete Pavement * || * Limited Use. Requires approval from Construction and Materials Division prior to use. || JSP-26-01 || || 10/01/2026&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1540.docx NJSP1540] || Permanent Aggregate Edge Treatment || May be used when treatment along the edge of a pavement or shoulder is included in an overlay project.  Sec 2.1 is only for areas prone to washout.  When 2.1 is used, pay item and quantity for 413-40.00, Bituminous Fog Seal, per gallon must be included. || NJSP-15-40B || 2/3/2022 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0408.docx JSP0408] || Placing State Owned Pipe || This provision resulted from implementation of the Performance Specifications. Was Sec 729 of the specs. || JSP-04-08 || 10/5/2007 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1904.docx NJSP1904] || Polyester Polymer Concrete Overlay * ||* Limited use. Requires approval from Construction and Materials Division prior to use. || NJSP-19-04 || 9/13/2019 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP1601.docx JSP1601] || Post-Award Value Engineering Change Proposal Workshop * || * Limited use. Requires approval from Design Division prior to use. || JSP-16-01 || 1/8/2016 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0406.docx JSP0406] || Powder Coating * || * Limited use. Requires approval from Construction and Materials Division prior to use. || JSP-04-06 || 10/9/2007 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP9605.docx JSP9605] || Project Contact for Contractor/Bidder Questions || This provision is required on all projects. || JSP-96-05A || 7/14/2025 || 10/1/2025&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0708.docx JSP0708] || Protective Surface Treatment for Concrete - Penetrating Sealers * || * Limited use. Requires approval from Construction and Materials Division prior to use. || JSP-07-08B || 12/6/2016 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1522.docx NJSP1522] || Quality Management || This provision is required on all projects identified as complex by the district. || NJSP-15-22 || 7/1/2014 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP2106.docx NJSP2106] || Radar Speed Advisory System || This provision should be used when Radar Speed Advisory System is specified. || NJSP-21-06 || 6/11/2021 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP2303.docx JSP2303] || Rapid Penetrating Emulsion * || * Limited Use. Requires approval from Construction and Materials Division prior to use. || JSP-23-03 || 12/5/2023 || 3/1/2024&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0210.docx JSP0210] || Rapid Set Concrete Patching Material - Horizontal Repair || Formerly JSP-02-01A renamed to follow JSP numbering formatting. || JSP-02-10 || 1/3/2011 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0201.docx JSP0201] || Rapid Set Concrete Patching Material - Vertical and Overhead Repairs || || JSP-02-01|| 8/14/2019 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1902.docx NJSP1902] || Rapid Strength Concrete for Pavement Repair || This JSP should be used when high early strength is necessary and long-term durability and performance is required. || NJSP-19-02A || 3/20/2025 || 6/1/2025&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1710.docx NJSP1710] || Red Signal Ahead Sign With LED Light || This provision should be used when placing a red signal ahead sign with an attached LED assembly. || NJSP-17-10A || 2/21/2019 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1706.docx NJSP1706] || Reinforcing Fibers for Bituminous Pavement Material * || * Limited Use. Requires approval from Construction and Materials Division prior to use; ADSR Test Methods Document required with Electronic Deliverables. || NJSP-17-06C || 8/1/2022 || &lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1523.docx NJSP1523] || Rejuvenating Restorative Seal Treatment * || * Limited Use. Requires approval from Construction and Materials Division prior to use. || NJSP-15-23 || 2/1/2015 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP9806.docx JSP9806] || Relocation of Portable Traffic Signal System || || JSP-98-06 || 10/5/2007 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP1201.docx JSP1201] || Removal and Delivery of Existing Signs || Use this provision when any existing roadway signs are to be removed from the project. || JSP-12-01C || 8/1/2023 || 11/1/2023&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP1701.docx JSP1701] || Required Combination of Calls || This provision is used when required projects with separate funding (ie: state funded and federal funded projects) are to be combined. || JSP-17-01A || 6/13/2024 || 7/1/2024&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1606.docx NJSP1606] || Restrictions for Migratory Birds || Use of this provision should be coordinated with Design Division - Environmental Section. || NJSP-06-06A || 4/11/2019 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1811.docx NJSP1811] || Rigid Geogrid Enhanced Aggregate or Rock Base * || * Limited Use. The intent of this provision is to use rigid geogrid with either a Type 5 or 7 Aggregate Base or with Rock Base (12” or 18”) as shown on the plans. Requires approval from Construction and Materials prior to use. || NJSP-18-11B || 3/12/2021 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP1508.docx JSP1508] || Seal Coat Completion of Work || To be used in Seal Coat projects which span multiple seasons. || JSP-15-08 || 6/26/2015 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP9705.docx JSP9705] || Section 404 Nationwide Permit Special Conditions || This provision is to be used with any Nationwide Permit when the Corps of Eng. District Engineer places special conditions on the use of the NW Permit. List any special conditions provided in the letter from the Corps authorizing use of the NW Permit. || JSP-97-05 || 10/5/2007 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP2503.docx JSP2503] || Seeding and Mulching Requirements || This JSP is intended only for projects that have minimal land disturbance (i.e., approximately 1 acre or less) to be seeded with cool season grasses. || JSP-25-03 || 4/30/2025 || 8/1/2025&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP2003.docx NJSP2003] || Shaping Slopes Class III (Modified Material Requirements) || Use when additional stability is needed for erosion and/or lack of stability of Shaping Slopes Class III with steep in-slopes. || NJSP-20-03B || 9/4/2024 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1527.docx NJSP1527] || Shoulder Grading || || NJSP-15-27A || 1/27/2017 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0605.docx JSP0605] || Slurry and Residue Control || This provision should be used where diamond grinding or any other surface treatment that would produce slurry residue is specified. Any questions regarding the use of this provision should be directed to the Design Division - Environmental Section. || JSP-06-05B || 7/23/2026 || 11/1/2026&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0707.docx JSP0707] || Snowplowable Raised Pavement Marker Rehabilitation or Removal || This provision should be use when maintenance of SRPMs is included in a project. || JSP-07-07 || 8/7/2007 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP2107.docx JSP2107] || Special Consideration of Change Orders and Value Engineering || Use this provision when increased Federal Share has been approved by FHWA for an innovative technology or practice. || JSP-21-07 || 6/21/2021 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP1506.docx JSP1506] || Standard Alternate Technical Concepts || To be used on projects using the Standard ATC process which allows prequalified contractors to bid contractor specific bid items through the approval process.  || JSP-15-06 || 5/26/2015 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP1801.docx JSP1801] || Supplemental Revisions || This provision is required in all contracts. || JSP-18-01MM || 9/30/2026 || 11/1/2026&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1528.docx NJSP1528] || Surface Sealing Treatment || May be used on mainline pavement with an existing seal coat surface, on centerline joints, and on shoulder areas. This rescinds earlier guidance. &amp;lt;/br&amp;gt; Use with pay item 4099905, surface sealing treatment. || NJSP-15-28 || 2/22/2017 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP1304.docx JSP1304] || Temporary Long Term Rumble Strips || Required when temporary long-term rumble strips are used on a project.  Provides information for construction requirements, material information and basis of payment when using long term rumble strips on construction projects.  || JSP-13-04C || 5/30/2019 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0705.docx JSP0705] || Tree Clearing Restriction * || * Limited Use. Design Division - Environmental Section should be consulted prior to using this provision. || JSP-07-05C || 7/24/2024 || 11/01/2024&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP2304.docx JSP2304] || Truck Mounted Attenuator (TMA) for Stationary Activities || Use when requiring TMA for stationary work activity. (TMA for mobile operation, such as striping, is incidental.) || JSP-23-04 || 1/22/2024 || 4/1/2024&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0410.docx JSP0410] || Use of Crossovers and Truck Entrances || || JSP-04-10 || 4/24/2007 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP9326.docx JSP9326] || Utilities || || JSP-93-26F || 12/1/2016 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP2404.docx JSP2404] || Vegetative Barrier Pavement || This provision is used when installing new guard cable. || JSP-24-04B || 1/7/2025 || 2/1/2025&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP2203.docx JSP2203] || Void Reducing Asphalt Membrane for Longitudinal Joints (VRAM) || Use when MoDOT wishes to enhance longitudinal joint performance. Contact Construction &amp;amp; Materials Division for additional information. || JSP-22-03A || 8/17/2023 || 12/1/2023&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP1507.docx JSP1507] || Winter Months Requirements || To be used for overlay projects that span multiple construction seasons.  Developed for the CLC program.  || JSP-15-07A || 4/30/2019 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1532.docx NJSP1532] || Work Zone Intelligent Transportation System || To be used on projects whenever Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) will be used. || NJSP-15-32A || 6/6/2023 || 8/1/2023&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0206.docx JSP0206] || Work Zone Traffic Management || This provision is required on all projects and must be provision &amp;quot;C&amp;quot; in the set of provisions. || JSP-02-06N || 4/19/2023 || 7/1/2023&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
|-|LPA=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Name !! JSP Title !! Explanatory Notes || Current Version !! Revision Date !! Effective Letting&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/LPA1501.docx LPA1501] || Acceptance of Precast Concrete Members and Panels || || LPA-15-01A || 10/6/2023 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/LPA1502.docx LPA1502] || Acceptance of Structural Steel || || LPA-15-02A || 10/6/2023 || &lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/LPA1507.docx LPA1507] || ADA Compliance and Final Acceptance of Constructed Facilities || This provision is required on all projects with sidewalks or curb ramps. || LPA-15-07B || 10/6/2023 || &lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/LPA1503.docx LPA1503] || Add Alternates || || LPA-15-03A || 10/6/2023 || &lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/LPA1504.docx LPA1504] || Alternates For Pavements || || LPA-15-04A ||10/30/2023 || &lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/LPA1509.docx LPA1509] || Liquidated Damages For Winter Months || || LPA-15-09A || 10/6/2023 || &lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/LPA1510.docx LPA1510] || Liquidated Damages Specified for Entrance Closures || || LPA-15-10A || 10/6/2023 || &lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/LPA1508.doc LPA1508] || Liquidated Damages Specified for Final Closeout Documentation (Final Payment Documents) || || LPA-15-08 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/LPA1808.docx LPA1808] || LPA Buy America Requirements || || LPA-18-08B || 11/26/2025 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/LPA1511.docx LPA1511] || Optional Pavements || || LPA-15-11A || 10/30/2023 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/LPA1513.docx LPA1513] || Utilities || || LPA-15-13A || 10/6/2023 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/LPA1512.doc LPA1512] || Work Zone Traffic Management Plan (Traffic Control) || || LPA-15-12 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
|-|JSP Packages=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Name !! JSP Title !! Explanatory Notes !! Current Version !! Revision Date !! Effective Letting&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JOC_ASPHALT_2026.docx JOC_ASPHALT_2026] || Asphalt Pavement Repair JOC JSP Package || This JSP Package should be used for the JOC contracts let in the 2026 Calendar year.  || JOC_ASPHALT_2026 || 9/30/2026 || 11/1/2026&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JOC_BRIDGE_2026.docx JOC_BRIDGE_2026] || Bridge Repair JOC JSP Package || This JSP Package should be used for the JOC contracts let in the 2026 Calendar year. || JOC_BRIDGE_2026 || 9/30/2026 || 11/1/2026&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/CLC_Book_Job_JSPs.docx CLC Book Job JSPs] || CLC Book Job JSPs || Use this JSP package when submitting FY 2026 CLC Book Job projects without plans. || CLC_Book_Job_JSPs_FY2026 || 9/30/2026 || 11/1/2026&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/CLC_JSPs.docx CLC_JSPs] || CLC JSP Package || Use this JSP package on FY 2026 CLC projects. || CLC_JSPs_FY2026 || 9/30/2026 || 11/1/2026&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JOC_COMBINED_GUARDRAIL_GUARD_CABLE_2026.docx JOC_COMBINED_GUARDRAIL_GUARD_CABLE_2026] || Guardrail and Guard Cable Repair JOC JSP Package || This JSP Package should be used for the JOC contracts let in the 2026 Calendar year. || JOC_GUARDRAIL_GUARD_CABLE_2025 || 9/30/2026 || 11/1/2026&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JOC_CONCRETE_2026.docx JOC_CONCRETE_2026] || Concrete Pavement Repair JOC JSP Package || This JSP Package should be used for the JOC contracts let in the 2026 Calendar year.  || JOC_CONCRETE_2026 || 9/30/2026 || 11/1/2026&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JOC_FENCE_2026.docx JOC_FENCE_2026] || Fence Repair JOC JSP Package || This JSP Package should be used for the JOC contracts let in the 2026 Calendar year. || JOC_FENCE_2026 || 9/30/2026 || 11/1/2026&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JOC_GUARD_CABLE_2026.docx JOC_GUARD_CABLE_2026] || Guard Cable Repair JOC JSP Package || This JSP Package should be used for the JOC contracts let in the 2026 Calendar year. || JOC_GUARD_CABLE_2026 || 9/30/2026 || 11/1/2026&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JOC_GUARDRAIL_2026.docx JOC_GUARDRAIL_2026] || Guardrail Repair JOC JSP Package || This JSP Package should be used for the JOC contracts let in the 2026 Calendar year. || JOC_GUARDRAIL_2026 || 9/30/2026 || 11/1/2026&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/Seal_Coat_Book_Job_JSPs.docx Seal_Coat_Book_Job_JSPs] || Seal Coat Book Job JSP Package || Use this JSP package when submitting FY 2026 Seal Coat Book Job projects without plans. || Seal_Coat_Book_Job_JSPs_FY2026 || 9/30/2026 || 11/1/2026&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/Seal_Coat_JSPs.docx Seal_Coat_JSPs] || Seal Coat JSP Package || Use this JSP package with all FY 2026 Seal Coat projects. || Seal_Coat_JSPs_FY2026 || 9/30/2026 || 11/1/2026&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tabber&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=616.24_Quality_Standards_for_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Devices&amp;diff=59505</id>
		<title>616.24 Quality Standards for Temporary Traffic Control Devices</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=616.24_Quality_Standards_for_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Devices&amp;diff=59505"/>
		<updated>2026-10-01T19:19:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: /* 616.24.2.3.1 Channelizing Devices */ removed picture 8 from the DIB section it is shown below as a tubular marker.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float: right; margin-left: 30px; margin-bottom: 30px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;__TOC__&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float: right; margin-left: 5px; width:300px; background-color: #f8f9fa; padding: 0.5em; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; text-align:left;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/TS/Work_Zone_Inspection_Checklist.pdf &#039;&#039;&#039;Temporary Traffic Control Inspection Worksheet&#039;&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/TS/Quality_Standards_for_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Devices_flyer.pdf &#039;&#039;&#039;Quality Standards for Temporary Traffic Control Devices&#039;&#039;&#039;] (This Work Zone flyer shows the top deficient Temporary Traffic Control Devices)&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
*Create a printable version of Quality Standards for Temporary Traffic Control Devices by selecting &#039;&#039;&#039;CTRL+P&#039;&#039;&#039; keys&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary traffic control devices (TTCDs) are an essential part of highway work zones. TTCDs warn motorists of hazards, advise them of the proper path through the work area, delineate areas where they may not operate and separate motorists from workers and opposing traffic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many factors that ensure the success of these functions; the placement and condition of each TTCD are two important factors. TTCDs that are worn, damaged or improperly installed will significantly lower the overall quality of a work zone. Clean, legible, properly installed TTCDs will command the respect of the traveling public.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These quality standards are intended as a resource to determine if TTCDs are meeting current traffic needs in terms of legibility, visibility and other safety and mobility requirements for TTCDs (e.g., impact attenuators, truck-mounted attenuators, signs, channelizers, barricades, changeable message signs, flashing arrow panels, work zone traffic signals, temporary pavement marking, temporary traffic barrier, etc.) deployed on the state highway system. Effective application of these quality standards will benefit everyone that works in or navigates through work zones on the state highway system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=616.24.1 Quality Requirements=&lt;br /&gt;
TTCDs shall be installed and maintained in an acceptable condition. Unless specified otherwise, this requirement does not mandate the use of new devices, but it does necessitate the use of functional devices. Unacceptable devices shall be replaced or corrected in accordance with the contract documents or in the absence of a contract (e.g., permit projects) as directed by MoDOT’s representative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When reviewing work zones, the MoDOT Work Zone Inspection Checklist is a valuable tool for determining the safety and mobility performance of all work zones including federal and state funded contracts, state maintenance, and permit projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Document all deficiencies on the checklist along with any corrective action(s) taken and/or the time/date that appropriate personnel was contacted to initiate the corrective action(s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The work zone should be re-inspected to ensure that all deficiencies have been corrected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=616.24.2 Quality Standards=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==616.24.2.1 [[616.6_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Zone_Devices_%28MUTCD_6F%29#616.6.1_Types_of_Devices_.28MUTCD_6F.01.29|General]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All TTCDs shall be:&lt;br /&gt;
:* In conformance with the requirements of the MUTCD and MoDOT Standards.&lt;br /&gt;
:* Installed and maintained at locations and in orientations that maximize safety and minimize disruption to traffic flow. Aligned with the road user’s line of sight.&lt;br /&gt;
:* Positioned in a manner not to obstruct other traffic control devices.&lt;br /&gt;
:* Free of dents, holes, deformations, abrasions, tears, marks, stains, residues, fading or other deficiencies that adversely affects the operational performance including the crashworthiness of a device.&lt;br /&gt;
:* Properly covered, turned, stowed, or removed when not in use. Visible during daytime and nighttime operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If TTCDs such as signs, channelizers, etc. have damage resulting in 25% or more deterioration of the lettering, border, or symbol, the device shall be replaced in an agreed upon time with the engineer. Furthermore, if the device is experiencing a reduction in retroreflectivity by 25% or more due to residue, fading, or damage, the device shall be replaced in an agreed upon time with the engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==616.24.2.2 Advance Warning Area==&lt;br /&gt;
===616.24.2.2.1 [[616.6_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Zone_Devices_%28MUTCD_6F%29#616.6.3_Sign_Placement_.28MUTCD_6F.03.29|Sign Placement and Installation]]=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.1_01.jpg|(1)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.1_02.jpg|(2)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.1_03.jpg|(3)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The post mounted sign shown in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 1&#039;&#039;&#039; is mounted 5-foot in height from the edge of the roadway to the bottom of the sign as required for a rural location. For urban locations, post mounted signs shall be 7-feet as shown in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 2&#039;&#039;&#039;. For short term projects temporary signs, as shown in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 3&#039;&#039;&#039;, may have a minimum height of one foot. For additional information on sign installation and heights see [https://www.modot.org/standard-plans-section-600 Standard (Std.) Plan 616.10]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.1_04.jpg|(4)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When used, speed limit (regulatory) signs shall be installed at a 5-foot (rural area) or a 7-foot (urban area) mounting height as shown in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 4&#039;&#039;&#039;. Information on the mounting height of the signs is in [https://www.modot.org/standard-plans-section-600 Std. Plan 616.10]. The WORK ZONE PLAQUE (Go20-5Ap) shall be 2-foot height as shown in [[616.6_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Zone_Devices_(MUTCD_6F)#616.6.12_Work_Zone_and_Higher_Fines_Signs_and_Plaques_.28MUTCD_6F.12.29|EPG 616.6.12 Work Zone and Higher Fines Signs and Plaques (MUTCD 6F12)]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.1_05.jpg|(5)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The mounting height and the WORK ZONE plaque (GO20-5aP) of the sign in &#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 5&#039;&#039;&#039; is not compliant with MoDOT/MUTCD standards. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lateral Sign Location:&#039;&#039;&#039; Sign locations shall be located 6-12 feet from the edge of the paved travel lane or shoulder as shown in [https://www.modot.org/standard-plans-section-600 Std. Plan 616.10]. Before installing signs, the project site should be reviewed to agree on the best location for signs. When stubs are not driven deep enough into the ground a sign may lean or fall after a period of time. Due to terrain slopes, curves, shoulder widths, duration of projects, signs may deviate from recommended placement to achieve a plumb position, be sure to document. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Post Installations:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.1_06.jpg|(6)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 6&#039;&#039;&#039; illustrates the proper installation for posts. The complete U-channel Post details are located in [https://www.modot.org/standard-plans-section-600 Std. Plan 616.10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.1_07.jpg|(7)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 7&#039;&#039;&#039; is an example of a correct U-channel post splice, which shows the four bolts in the proper location, correct stub height and splice overlap.&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::Note: The bolts can be installed in either direction.&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::Note: Missouri One-Call shall always be notified prior to installing any signpost into the ground.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.1_08.jpg|(8)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.1_09.jpg|(9)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The stub height and splice overlap in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 8&#039;&#039;&#039; is correct, but the 4-bolts are not in the proper locations. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 9&#039;&#039;&#039; shows inadequate stub height and overlap and the signpost is not on the correct side of the stub. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.1_10.jpg|(10)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.1_11.jpg|(11)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.1_12.jpg|(12)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The installations in &#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 10-12&#039;&#039;&#039; are unacceptable. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 10&#039;&#039;&#039; shows an installation of only 1 bolt per signpost leg. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 11&#039;&#039;&#039; shows an installation of one post mounted leg and one skid mounted leg. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 12&#039;&#039;&#039; shows two splices when only one splice is allowed.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.1_13.jpg|(13)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 13&#039;&#039;&#039; is a Perforated Square Steel Tube Post (PSST) with more details located in [https://www.modot.org/standard-plans-section-600 Std. Plan 616.10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.1_14.jpg|(14)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.1_15.jpg|(15)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 14 and 15&#039;&#039;&#039; show proper installation of a PSST post. The PSST post does not have to use the corner bolt but can be bolted either with one or two straight bolts. However, the corner bolt minimizes movement of the post within the tubes.&lt;br /&gt;
::Note: Missouri One-Call shall always be notified prior to installing any signpost into the ground.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.1_16.jpg|(16)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 16&#039;&#039;&#039; shows a stub higher than the 2-inches maximum and the bolt should be bolted through the two posts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===616.24.2.2.2 Sign and Flag Quality===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.2_01.jpg|(1)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.2_02.jpg|(2)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.2_03.jpg|(3)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The signs in &#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 1, 2 and 3&#039;&#039;&#039; are considered in good quality. Supplemental devices such as flags and/or a cone may be placed next to a sign. Picture 2 is an example of the proper placement of a FLAGGER (WO20-7) sign, with the optional flags, in advance of the hill versus after the hill. In urban areas with barrier walls and narrow shoulders, a truncated sign may be used as shown in Picture 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::Note: TTCDs may be highly visible during the day but may not be at night due to inadequate retroreflectivity. MoDOT and Contractor representatives should drive through the work zone at night to check nighttime visibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.2_04.jpg|(4)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.2_05.jpg|(5)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.2_06.jpg|(6)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.2_07.jpg|(7)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.2_08.jpg|(8)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.2_09.jpg|(9)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 4-7&#039;&#039;&#039; are in unacceptable condition. Dirty or damaged signs should be cleaned, repaired, or replaced before being installed. When cleaning, follow manufacturer’s recommendations, so the daytime and nighttime visibility of the sign is not adversely impacted. The MEN WORKING sign (&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 8&#039;&#039;&#039;) should be replaced with worker symbol sign or WORKERS sign (WO-21-1 or 1a) to meet current standards. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 9&#039;&#039;&#039; shows unacceptable flags, if used, deteriorated flags should be replaced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.2_10.jpg|(10)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.2_11.jpg|(11)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.2_12.jpg|(12)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.2_13.jpg|(13)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 10 - 13&#039;&#039;&#039; are examples of  unacceptable nighttime visibility. Proper storing, transporting, and covering signs is crucial to minimizing deficiencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===616.24.2.2.3 [[616.6_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Zone_Devices_%28MUTCD_6F%29#616.6.16_Warning_Sign_Function.2C_Design_and_Application_.28MUTCD_6F.16.29|Proper Sign Color]]===&lt;br /&gt;
Sign colors are reserved for specific applications. Orange is reserved for temporary traffic control, pink for incident management, yellow for warning, and red/black/white for regulatory signs.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.3_01.jpg|(1)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Fluorescent orange signs as shown on the right in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 1&#039;&#039;&#039; are required for MoDOT contract and maintenance projects. Permit projects may use engineering grade sheeting as shown on the left side of &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 1&#039;&#039;&#039; provided they meet MUTCD reflectivity requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.3_01.jpg|(2)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.3_02.jpg|(3)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The UTILITY WORK AHEAD (WO21-7) and the LANE CLOSED AHEAD (WO20-5) signs in &#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 2 and 3&#039;&#039;&#039; should be orange not pink or yellow. Note: Using tape on a sign can destroy the retroreflectivity of the sign as shown in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 3&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===616.24.2.2.4 [[616.6_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Zone_Devices_%28MUTCD_6F%29#616.6.17_Position_of_Advance_Warning_Signs_.28MUTCD_6F.17.29|Information From the Signs]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.4_01.jpg|(1)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.4_02.jpg|(2)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.4_03.jpg|(3)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 1 - 3&#039;&#039;&#039; are examples of signs that are visually obstructed or providing conflicting information. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 1&#039;&#039;&#039; should be moved upstream from the permanent curve warning sign with written documentation as to why the sign was moved. The advance warning sign in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 2&#039;&#039;&#039; should be relocated upstream of the tree or the tree should be trimmed (if within MoDOT ROW) to provide the required visibility. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 3&#039;&#039;&#039; shows detour signs that are providing two detour options for the same route. To reduce road user confusion, it is best to provide only one detour option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.4_04.jpg|(4)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 4&#039;&#039;&#039; is an acceptable use of the ROAD WORK NEXT XX MILES (GO20-1), as it uses whole numbers only. Do not use decimals of a mile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.4_05.jpg|(5)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.4_06.jpg|(6)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 5 and 6&#039;&#039;&#039; are unacceptable signs because the specified miles are not listed as whole numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===616.24.2.2.5 Ballasting of Signs===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.5_01.jpg|(1)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For portable signs, ballasting should be limited to one sandbag layer on the sign legs as shown in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 1&#039;&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.5_02.jpg|(2)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.5_03.jpg|(3)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The use of channelizer rings as shown in &#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 2 and 3&#039;&#039;&#039; are unacceptable as the crashworthiness has not been verified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.5_04.jpg|(4)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.5_05.jpg|(5)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For skid mounted signs, ballasting should be limited to one sandbag layer on the sign legs as shown in &#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 4 and 5&#039;&#039;&#039;. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 5&#039;&#039;&#039; shows an acceptable use of ballasting for a skid mounted sign. The crossbar (&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 5&#039;&#039;&#039;) should be no higher than 12 inches (one sandbag over the crossbar is acceptable).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.5_06.jpg|(6)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.5_07.jpg|(7)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.5_08.jpg|(8)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 6&#039;&#039;&#039; shows a large mound of sandbags, which if hit could present a ramping situation for vehicles. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 7&#039;&#039;&#039; has two sandbags on the crossbar which is unacceptable and utilizes two types of mounting styles. In &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 8&#039;&#039;&#039;, concrete is being used to ballast the sign, which is not crashworthy and is unacceptable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===616.24.2.2.6 Additional Sign Examples===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.6_01.jpg|(1)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.6_02.jpg|(2)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.6_03.jpg|(3)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.6_04.jpg|(4)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 1&#039;&#039;&#039; shows a crossbar above the 18-inch maximum height without sandbag or 12-inch maximum height with sandbag. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 2&#039;&#039;&#039; shows a skid mounted sign stand laying on the ground attached to the sign post. The skid mount should be removed from the sign post and placed flat on the ground. As shown, this sign stand is not crashworthy. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 3&#039;&#039;&#039; shows a sign laying in the street. This sign should be placed in a better location. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 4&#039;&#039;&#039; shows two crashworthy signs that have been placed closer than the recommended 7-10 feet spacing making them not crashworthy. The 7-10 feet spacing allows the signs to act independently of each other to meet crashworthy criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.6_05.jpg|(5)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.6_06.jpg|(6)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.6_07.jpg|(7)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 5&#039;&#039;&#039; is an example of a STOP (R1-1) sign not having a full face visible to the road user. The sign in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 6&#039;&#039;&#039; is leaning and should be plumb. The sign in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 7&#039;&#039;&#039; could be moved upstream or downstream to achieve a plumb position. Be sure to document the location change, such as, “After reviewing the sign in the original position, the sign was moved 100-feet upstream to be achieve a plumb position”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.6_08.jpg|(8)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.6_09.jpg|(9)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.6_10.jpg|(10)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sign placement in urban areas can impede non-motorized travel as shown in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 8&#039;&#039;&#039;. Accommodations should be made for all modes of travel including non-motorized traffic such as, pedestrians and bicyclists. The signpost in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 9&#039;&#039;&#039; should have only one sign. A permanently posted SPEED LIMIT (R2-1) sign, as shown in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 10&#039;&#039;&#039;, should not be removed. If the posted speed limit is lowered, the proper procedure is to cover the sign as described in [[616.19_Quality_Standards_for_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Devices#616.19.2.2.7_Sign_Coverings|616.19.2.2.7 Sign Coverings]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.6_11.jpg|(11)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.6_12.jpg|(12)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 11&#039;&#039;&#039; shows an example of two work zones placed inside each other. Proper coordination should be one of the highest considerations when work zones overlap each other. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 12&#039;&#039;&#039; shows the signal head upside down.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===616.24.2.2.7 Sign Coverings===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.7_01.jpg|(1)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.7_02.jpg|(2)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.7_03.jpg|(3)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 1 - 3&#039;&#039;&#039; show examples of signs properly covered with plastic sign cover, plastic taped securely to the sign without direct contact with the sign face and a roll-up sign folded down. Materials used should not allow the sign face to “bleed through” during daytime or nighttime use. &#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 1 and 2&#039;&#039;&#039; adequately cover the face of the sign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.7_04.jpg|(4)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.7_05.jpg|(5)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.7_06.jpg|(6)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 4 - 6&#039;&#039;&#039; are examples of acceptable materials to cover signs. Materials range from rubber that is used for mud flaps or a matching sized sign cover. The sign covers should be adequately secured to the host sign assembly and sized to match the sign to completely cover the face. The cover should be constructed with non-metallic (such as wooden, plastic, etc.) handles and spacers to keep the sign covers from damaging the sign face.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.7_07.jpg|(7)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.7_08.jpg|(8)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.7_09.jpg|(9)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.7_10.jpg|(10)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The sign cover in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 7&#039;&#039;&#039; is not securely fastened and does not have a non-metallic handle. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 8&#039;&#039;&#039; shows the sign cover not matching the shape of the host sign, which could provide conflicting information to the road user. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 9&#039;&#039;&#039; shows duct tape covering part of the sign wording, which can damage the sign retroreflectivity. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 10&#039;&#039;&#039; shows an example of unacceptable use of plastic taped to the sign. The plastic is thin which illustrates the “bleed through” of the message and it is falling off and the sign. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===616.24.2.2.8 [[616.6_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Zone_Devices_%28MUTCD_6F%29#616.6.68_Type_1_or_3_Barricades_.28MUTCD_6F.68.29|Barricades]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.8_01.jpg|(1)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.8_02.jpg|(2)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 1&#039;&#039;&#039; shows the proper placement of Type 3 barricades on a full roadway closure, including stripe direction. The barricade installation also provides an adequate buffer space to the work area. At some locations, barricades may have to be located at the bridge ends or work area due to side roads. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 2&#039;&#039;&#039; shows equipment behind the barricades.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.8_03.jpg|(3)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.8_04.jpg|(4)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 3&#039;&#039;&#039; shows a barricade installation located after the private entrance and before the bridge end, not leaving enough buffer space. In &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 4&#039;&#039;&#039;, notice the left barricade stripes are angling to the left instead of to the right. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.8_05.jpg|(5)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.8_06.jpg|(6)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.8_07.jpg|(7)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 5&#039;&#039;&#039; shows Type 3 barricades that were moved to let vehicles into the work zone. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 6&#039;&#039;&#039; shows a haul truck entering a work zone and leaving the barricades open which could allow the road user to follow the haul truck. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 7&#039;&#039;&#039; shows the barricades staggered to allow haul trucks in and out of the work zone which is not permitted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.8_08.jpg|(8)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.8_09.jpg|(9)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 8 and 9&#039;&#039;&#039; show trucks parked in front of barricades, obstructing them from oncoming traffic. Note: Equipment or vehicles should not be parked in front of barricades they should be moved to an appropriate location (i.e., behind the barricades).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.8_10.jpg|(10)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.8_11.jpg|(11)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 10&#039;&#039;&#039; shows a soft closure which is intended to allow local traffic only to get to the desired destination before the full closure. One barricade and ROAD CLOSED (R11-2) sign as shown in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 11&#039;&#039;&#039; can be used to inform the road user of closures, which when used should be located on the shoulder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.8_12.jpg|(12)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The barricade in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 12&#039;&#039;&#039; is directing the road user into the opposite lane and not directing them back into the proper lane of travel with another barricade in the opposite lane. A single “ROAD CLOSED XX MILES AHEAD” (R11-3a) sign is allowed without barricades. Note: A full barricade closure is required at the work area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.8_13.jpg|(13)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.8_14.jpg|(14)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.8_15.jpg|(15)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.8_16.jpg|(16)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The ballasting in &#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 13 - 16&#039;&#039;&#039; show unacceptable applications. Tires should not be used as ballast. Sandbags are allowed if they are not stacked on each other (i.e.,a single layer to meet crashworthiness). As shown in Pictures &#039;&#039;&#039;13 - 15&#039;&#039;&#039;, the signs may be placed behind the Type 3 barricades. To be crashworthy, the sign and barricade should be separated by 7 to 10 feet from each other so each device can act independently if struck by a vehicle. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 16&#039;&#039;&#039; shows old barrel rings around the legs of the barricades. If rings are used, only one is allowed per leg. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.8_17.jpg|(17)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.8_18.jpg|(18)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.8_19.jpg|(19)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The road closures in &#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 17 -19&#039;&#039;&#039; are unacceptable installations, the Type 3 barricades should cover the full roadway width to meet the requirements for a full road closure. The damaged rail sheeting on the barricades in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 19&#039;&#039;&#039; is unacceptable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===616.24.2.2.9 [[616.6_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Zone_Devices_%28MUTCD_6F%29#616.6.60_Portable_Changeable_Message_Signs_.28MUTCD_6F.60.29|Changeable Message Sign]] / [[616.6_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Zone_Devices_%28MUTCD_6F%29#616.6.61_Arrow_Boards_.28MUTCD_6F.61.29|Flashing Arrow Panels]] / [[616.6_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Zone_Devices_%28MUTCD_6F%29#616.6.84_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Signals_.28MUTCD_6F.84.29|Traffic Signals]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.9_01.jpg|(1)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 1&#039;&#039;&#039; shows the correct flashing arrow panel (FAP) display, all lights are working and have the proper intensity.&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Listed below are items that would make the FAP installation unacceptable:&lt;br /&gt;
::* More than one lamp is out in stem.&lt;br /&gt;
::* One or more lamps out in the arrowhead(s) when in the arrow (single- or double-headed).&lt;br /&gt;
::* One or more lamps out when in the caution (four corners) modes. &lt;br /&gt;
::* Not appropriate light intensity for work zone conditions, as described in 616.6.61 Arrow Boards. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.9_02.jpg|(2)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.9_03.jpg|(3)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 2&#039;&#039;&#039; shows one lamp out in the arrowhead which is unacceptable. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 3&#039;&#039;&#039; shows a truck blocking a FAP which is unacceptable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.9_04.jpg|(4)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.9_05.jpg|(5)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.9_06.jpg|(6)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.9_07.jpg|(7)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Changeable Message Sign (CMS) messages in &#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 4, 5 and 6&#039;&#039;&#039; are acceptable. The messages provide information that static signs cannot provide to the road user. The CMS are placed further upstream of the work zone or at strategic locations to provide information about the upcoming work zone to the road user. The channelizer placement in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 4, 5 and 6&#039;&#039;&#039; shows the correct number of channelizers (5) and the correct placement (100 foot taper). Channelizers are not required if the CMS is more than 15-feet from the edge of shoulder (edge of the roadway if there is no shoulder), beyond ditch line, or behind curb or temporary traffic barrier (TTB) (see [https://www.modot.org/standard-plans-section-600 Std. Plan 616.10 for further details]). &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 7&#039;&#039;&#039; shows a Dynamic Message Sign (DMS) providing information of a work zone. Appropriate messages can be found in [[910.3_Dynamic_Message_Signs_(DMS)#910.3.2.10_Acceptable_Abbreviations|EPG 910.3.2.10 Acceptable Abbreviations]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.9_08.jpg|(8)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.9_09.jpg|(9)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.9_10.jpg|(10)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 8, 9 and 10&#039;&#039;&#039; are examples of CMS that are unacceptable due to the lights being either the incorrect intensity or out, as they are not providing a clear and concise message to the road user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.9_11.jpg|(11)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.9_12.jpg|(12)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 11 and 12&#039;&#039;&#039; show active CMS in nighttime operations. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 11&#039;&#039;&#039;, the message is the incorrect intensity and not visible. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 12&#039;&#039;&#039;, message is incorrect insensity that makes it too bright and creates a glare. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.9_13.jpg|(13)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.9_14.jpg|(14)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 13&#039;&#039;&#039; shows a CMS where the lights are out or turned off. If the lights are not working, the CMS is unacceptable. If the CMS is not being used it should be turned off and rotated away from traffic as shown in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 14&#039;&#039;&#039; or removed from the project. Note: The taper length should be 100 feet long with five channelizers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.9_15.jpg|(15)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.9_16.jpg|(16)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 15&#039;&#039;&#039; shows a permanent sign blocking the CMS. In &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 16&#039;&#039;&#039;, the truck should not be placed in front of the CMS board. For &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 16&#039;&#039;&#039;, the speed limit should not be on a CM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==616.24.2.3 Transition Area==&lt;br /&gt;
===616.24.2.3.1 [[616.6_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Zone_Devices_%28MUTCD_6F%29#616.6.63_Channelizing_Devices_.28MUTCD_6F.63.29|Channelizing Devices]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.3.1_01.jpg|(1)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.3.1_02.jpg|(2)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.3.1_03.jpg|(3)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.3.1_04.jpg|(4)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Trim-line shown in &#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 1 and 2&#039;&#039;&#039; are the most commonly used work zone channelizer. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 3&#039;&#039;&#039; shows trim-like channelizers with sequential lights on a nighttime interstate project. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 4&#039;&#039;&#039; shows a drum-like channelizer. Trim-line and drum-like channelizers are commonly ballasted with weights called “rings”, which prevent the channelizers from being blown over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.3.1_05.jpg|(5)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.3.1_06.jpg|(6)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.3.1_07.jpg|(7)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The direction indicator barricades (DIB) in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 5&#039;&#039;&#039; are commonly used in the merge tapers, but the DIBs in Picture 6 with the panels on the drum-like channelizer are also acceptable. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 7&#039;&#039;&#039; shows DIBs during a nighttime work zone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.3.1_08.jpg|(8)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 8&#039;&#039;&#039; shows tubular markers separating opposing traffic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.3.1_09.jpg|(9)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.3.1_10.jpg|(10)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.3.1_11.jpg|(11)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 9&#039;&#039;&#039; shows 12-inch cones being used for daytime projects on a minor roadway. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 10&#039;&#039;&#039; shows trim-line channelizers with poor reflectivity that may have limited nighttime visibility. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 11&#039;&#039;&#039; shows a damaged trim-line that is in unacceptable condition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==616.24.2.4 Activity Area==&lt;br /&gt;
===616.24.2.4.1 [[616.6_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Zone_Devices_%28MUTCD_6F%29#616.6.70_Temporary_Traffic_Barriers_as_Channelizing_Devices_.28MUTCD_6F.70.29|Temporary Traffic Barriers]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.4.1_01.jpg|(1)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.4.1_02.jpg|(2)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.4.1_03.jpg|(3)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 1 - 3&#039;&#039;&#039; are acceptable installations of temporary traffic barriers (TTBs). &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 1&#039;&#039;&#039; shows a TTB shielding motorists from an edge drop-off and the workers from the vehicles. The TTB in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 1&#039;&#039;&#039; was installed with tie-down straps which prevents tipping of the barrier at a drop-off edge. Stockpiled materials or equipment should not be placed within the 3-foot buffer area behind a tie-down TTB. In &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 1&#039;&#039;&#039;, the work side of the barrier is free of stockpile material or inactive equipment. The clearance (buffer) behind the TTB will change depending on the different types of TTBs and/or anchoring systems being used. The clearance area is needed to not impede the deflection of the TTB should it be struck by an errant vehicle. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 2&#039;&#039;&#039; shows diverting traffic around a bridge project. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 3&#039;&#039;&#039; shows a TTB separating head-to-head traffic in an urban setting. For selecting proper TTB types on projects, proper installation of TTB and location of TTB, review [[:Category:617_Traffic_Barrier|EPG 617 Traffic Barrier]], [https://www.modot.org/currently-effective-standard-plans Std. Plans. 617.20  and 619.10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;3-Loop Type F Connections:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Proper connections: For TTB types, proper connections are essential to prevent separations of the TTBs when hit by an errant vehicle. MoDOT uses the 3-loop Type F barriers on projects. The following examples will show proper connections of the barriers.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.4.1_04.jpg|(4)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.4.1_05.jpg|(5)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 4 and 5&#039;&#039;&#039; are examples of proper connections of two 3-loop Type F barriers without bottom washer and retainer bolt and nut. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.4.1_06.jpg|(6)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In Picture 6&#039;&#039;&#039;, one 3-loop Type F barrier was turned 180 degrees and the two ends have four loops on top and two loops on the bottom. Care must be taken when installing barrier for proper orientation and loop connections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===616.24.2.4.2 [[:Category:612 Impact Attenuators|Impact Attenuators]] / [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=616.6_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Zone_Devices_%28MUTCD_6F%29#616.6.86_Crash_Cushions_.28MUTCD_6F.86.29 Crash Cushions] / [[617.1 Temporary Traffic Barriers|End Treatments]]===&lt;br /&gt;
Exposed temporary concrete traffic barrier ends are treated by one of the following methods: Barrier Flare, Barrier Height Transitions, Crash Cushions (Sand Barrel Array and Proprietary Crash Cushion). Additional information is located in [[617.1_Temporary_Traffic_Barriers#617.1.3_Temporary_Concrete_Traffic_Barrier_End_Treatments|EPG 617.1.3 Temporary Concrete Traffic Barrier End Treatments]] and [[:Category:612_Impact_Attenuators|EPG 612 Impact Attenuators]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Sand Barrel Array:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.4.2_01.jpg|(1)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.4.2_02.jpg|(2)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 1&#039;&#039;&#039; shows an acceptable installation of a sand filled impact attenuator (SFIA), which can be found in [https://www.modot.org/standard-plans-section-600 Std. Plan 612.20] and [[:Category:612_Impact_Attenuators|EPG 612 Impact Attenuators]]. While SFIA is the most common attenuator used, crashworthy end terminals are also available as described in EPG 606.1.3.2 Approved Crashworthy End Terminals . SFIA should be placed a minimum of 24 inches from the end of the blunt end of TTB, guard rail, etc as seen in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 2&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.4.2_03.jpg|(3)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.4.2_04.jpg|(4)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Type 1 object marker in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 3&#039;&#039;&#039; is unacceptable due to the damaged sign sheeting. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 4&#039;&#039;&#039; shows SFIA barrels/modules in a line from the temporary TTB viewpoint. To be crashworthy, the SFIA barrels/modules must have the proper number and meet spacing requirements. The sand should always be kept dry. If water gets into the barrel it can adversely affect the crashworthiness of the device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.4.2_05.jpg|(5)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.4.2_06.jpg|(6)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.4.2_07.jpg|(7)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SFIA barrels/modules in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 5&#039;&#039;&#039; are unacceptable because they are located too close to the TTB. Parking vehicles or equipment as shown in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 6&#039;&#039;&#039; is also unacceptable since the vehicles are blocking a crashworthy device. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 7&#039;&#039;&#039; shows a cluttered SFIA installation with plastic material and barrel channelizers. Note the porta-potty and equipment is in close proximity of the SFIA. &lt;br /&gt;
::Note: The porta-potty and equipment should be relocated outside of the clear zone area or behind the protective TTB. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.4.2_08.jpg|(8)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.4.2_09.jpg|(9)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.4.2_10.jpg|(10)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 8&#039;&#039;&#039; shows an acceptable installation of a traffic barrier height transition for locations with a posted speed limit of 35 mph or less prior to construction. Proprietary crash cushions as shown in &#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 9 and 10&#039;&#039;&#039; may be used when there is insufficient width to accommodate sand barrels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Truck Mounted Attenuator:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.4.2_11.jpg|(11)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 11&#039;&#039;&#039; is the TMA delineation style that is acceptable on projects. Additional information is in [[:Category:612_Impact_Attenuators|EPG 612 Impact Attenuators]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==616.24.2.5 Additional Guidance==&lt;br /&gt;
===616.24.2.5.1 Temporary [[616.6_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Zone_Devices_%28MUTCD_6F%29#616.6.77_Pavement_Markings_.28MUTCD_6F.77.29|Paint]] / [[616.6_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Zone_Devices_%28MUTCD_6F%29#616.6.78_Temporary_Markings_.28MUTCD_6F.78.29|Tape]] / [[616.6_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Zone_Devices_%28MUTCD_6F%29#616.6.79_Temporary_Raised_Pavement_Markers_.28MUTCD_6F.79.29|Pavement Markers]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.5.1_01.jpg|(1)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.5.1_02.jpg|(2)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.5.1_03.jpg|(3)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Guidelines for pavement markings are located in [[:Category:620_Pavement_Marking|EPG 620 Pavement Marking]], [https://www.modot.org/missouri-standard-specifications-highway-construction  Missouri Standard Specifications Sec. 620] and [https://www.modot.org/standard-plans-section-600 Std. Plans. 620.00 and 620.10]. &#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 1, 2 and 3&#039;&#039;&#039; are examples of temporary pavement markings (TPM) meeting specifications and standards. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 1&#039;&#039;&#039; shows TPM for center line and edge lines. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 2&#039;&#039;&#039; shows a roadway with TPM for a roadway with only a center line stripe during a nighttime review. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 3&#039;&#039;&#039; shows TPM of a solid line to keep traffic in the designated lanes during a nighttime review.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.5.1_04.jpg|(4)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.5.1_05.jpg|(5)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The roadway in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 4&#039;&#039;&#039; should have temporary center line pavement markers or stripes. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 5&#039;&#039;&#039; shows a project using half of the permanent center line stripe as the pavement marking and not place TPM until the other lane is overlaid, which is unacceptable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.5.1_06.jpg|(6)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.5.1_07.jpg|(7)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.5.1_08.jpg|(8)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pavement marking installation and removal should be done carefully as not to misdirect the road user. The TPM (&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 6&#039;&#039;&#039;) were intended to move the traffic to a temporary shoulder lane. &lt;br /&gt;
::Note: The permanent center line should have been removed to avoid road user confusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 7&#039;&#039;&#039; shows a right turn lane line partially removed, care should be given to completely remove all conflicting markings in accordance with the plans and specifications. In &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 8&#039;&#039;&#039; shows conflicting edge lines across the bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.5.1_09.jpg|(9)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.5.1_10.jpg|(10)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.5.1_11.jpg|(11)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.5.1_12.jpg|(12)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 9 - 12&#039;&#039;&#039; are examples of pavement marking removal. Care should be taken not to scar the pavement when removing markings. &#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 11 and 12&#039;&#039;&#039; shows lane lines leading motorists into the channelization. The dashed line should stop at a point when the two lanes are designated to end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===616.24.2.5.2 [[616.7_Type_of_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Zone_Activities_(MUTCD_6G)|Traffic Management]]===&lt;br /&gt;
To provide adequate traffic management many tools are available which includes but not limited to the following: signs, channelizing devices, changeable and dynamic message signs, intelligent transportation systems (ITS), detours, law enforcement, flagging operation, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[616.13_Work_Zone_Capacity,_Queue_and_Travel_Delay|EPG 616.13 Work Zone Capacity, Queue and Travel Delay]] and [[616.14_Work_Zone_Safety_and_Mobility_Policy|EPG 616.14 Work Zone Safety and Mobility Policy]] have additional information for traffic management policies and tools.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.5.2_01.jpg|(1)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.5.2_02.jpg|(2)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.5.2_03.jpg|(3)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 1 - 3&#039;&#039;&#039; are acceptable examples of traffic management. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 1&#039;&#039;&#039; shows a long-term stationary work zone that is providing a well-defined merge taper with adequate striping and channelizers. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 2&#039;&#039;&#039; shows a well-marked crossover. The temporary work zone in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 3&#039;&#039;&#039; shows proper delineation for head to head traffic while providing access to area businesses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.5.2_04.jpg|(4)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.5.2_05.jpg|(5)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.5.2_06.jpg|(6)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 4 and 5&#039;&#039;&#039; are examples of providing the road user information of how wide the lanes are before entering the workzone. The CMS message provides adequate information to allow the road user to make a decision on the proper lane to use. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 6&#039;&#039;&#039; is an example of height restriction for the road user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===616.24.2.5.3 Rejected Stickers for TTC Devices===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float: right; margin-left: 30px; margin-bottom: 30px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:616.19.2.5.3_02.jpg|center|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Rejected Sticker location examples&#039;&#039;&#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:616.19.2.5.3_01.jpg|left|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;R11-52 REJECTED Decal (Order No. MoDOT 46)&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
REJECTED stickers, with appropriate month and year designated, may be used by MoDOT personnel to identify unacceptable temporary traffic control devices. For barricades, channelizing devices and signs, the sticker should be located on the front-, left- and lower-most retroreflective area on the device. For other devices, the sticker should be located in a conspicuous place on the device.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:616 Temporary Traffic Control (MUTCD Part 6)|616.24]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=616.24_Quality_Standards_for_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Devices&amp;diff=59504</id>
		<title>616.24 Quality Standards for Temporary Traffic Control Devices</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=616.24_Quality_Standards_for_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Devices&amp;diff=59504"/>
		<updated>2026-10-01T19:03:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: /* 616.24.2.3.1 Channelizing Devices */ updated numbering of pictures there were two sixes.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float: right; margin-left: 30px; margin-bottom: 30px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;__TOC__&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float: right; margin-left: 5px; width:300px; background-color: #f8f9fa; padding: 0.5em; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; text-align:left;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/TS/Work_Zone_Inspection_Checklist.pdf &#039;&#039;&#039;Temporary Traffic Control Inspection Worksheet&#039;&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/TS/Quality_Standards_for_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Devices_flyer.pdf &#039;&#039;&#039;Quality Standards for Temporary Traffic Control Devices&#039;&#039;&#039;] (This Work Zone flyer shows the top deficient Temporary Traffic Control Devices)&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
*Create a printable version of Quality Standards for Temporary Traffic Control Devices by selecting &#039;&#039;&#039;CTRL+P&#039;&#039;&#039; keys&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temporary traffic control devices (TTCDs) are an essential part of highway work zones. TTCDs warn motorists of hazards, advise them of the proper path through the work area, delineate areas where they may not operate and separate motorists from workers and opposing traffic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many factors that ensure the success of these functions; the placement and condition of each TTCD are two important factors. TTCDs that are worn, damaged or improperly installed will significantly lower the overall quality of a work zone. Clean, legible, properly installed TTCDs will command the respect of the traveling public.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These quality standards are intended as a resource to determine if TTCDs are meeting current traffic needs in terms of legibility, visibility and other safety and mobility requirements for TTCDs (e.g., impact attenuators, truck-mounted attenuators, signs, channelizers, barricades, changeable message signs, flashing arrow panels, work zone traffic signals, temporary pavement marking, temporary traffic barrier, etc.) deployed on the state highway system. Effective application of these quality standards will benefit everyone that works in or navigates through work zones on the state highway system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=616.24.1 Quality Requirements=&lt;br /&gt;
TTCDs shall be installed and maintained in an acceptable condition. Unless specified otherwise, this requirement does not mandate the use of new devices, but it does necessitate the use of functional devices. Unacceptable devices shall be replaced or corrected in accordance with the contract documents or in the absence of a contract (e.g., permit projects) as directed by MoDOT’s representative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When reviewing work zones, the MoDOT Work Zone Inspection Checklist is a valuable tool for determining the safety and mobility performance of all work zones including federal and state funded contracts, state maintenance, and permit projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Document all deficiencies on the checklist along with any corrective action(s) taken and/or the time/date that appropriate personnel was contacted to initiate the corrective action(s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The work zone should be re-inspected to ensure that all deficiencies have been corrected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=616.24.2 Quality Standards=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==616.24.2.1 [[616.6_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Zone_Devices_%28MUTCD_6F%29#616.6.1_Types_of_Devices_.28MUTCD_6F.01.29|General]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All TTCDs shall be:&lt;br /&gt;
:* In conformance with the requirements of the MUTCD and MoDOT Standards.&lt;br /&gt;
:* Installed and maintained at locations and in orientations that maximize safety and minimize disruption to traffic flow. Aligned with the road user’s line of sight.&lt;br /&gt;
:* Positioned in a manner not to obstruct other traffic control devices.&lt;br /&gt;
:* Free of dents, holes, deformations, abrasions, tears, marks, stains, residues, fading or other deficiencies that adversely affects the operational performance including the crashworthiness of a device.&lt;br /&gt;
:* Properly covered, turned, stowed, or removed when not in use. Visible during daytime and nighttime operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If TTCDs such as signs, channelizers, etc. have damage resulting in 25% or more deterioration of the lettering, border, or symbol, the device shall be replaced in an agreed upon time with the engineer. Furthermore, if the device is experiencing a reduction in retroreflectivity by 25% or more due to residue, fading, or damage, the device shall be replaced in an agreed upon time with the engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==616.24.2.2 Advance Warning Area==&lt;br /&gt;
===616.24.2.2.1 [[616.6_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Zone_Devices_%28MUTCD_6F%29#616.6.3_Sign_Placement_.28MUTCD_6F.03.29|Sign Placement and Installation]]=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.1_01.jpg|(1)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.1_02.jpg|(2)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.1_03.jpg|(3)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The post mounted sign shown in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 1&#039;&#039;&#039; is mounted 5-foot in height from the edge of the roadway to the bottom of the sign as required for a rural location. For urban locations, post mounted signs shall be 7-feet as shown in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 2&#039;&#039;&#039;. For short term projects temporary signs, as shown in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 3&#039;&#039;&#039;, may have a minimum height of one foot. For additional information on sign installation and heights see [https://www.modot.org/standard-plans-section-600 Standard (Std.) Plan 616.10]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.1_04.jpg|(4)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When used, speed limit (regulatory) signs shall be installed at a 5-foot (rural area) or a 7-foot (urban area) mounting height as shown in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 4&#039;&#039;&#039;. Information on the mounting height of the signs is in [https://www.modot.org/standard-plans-section-600 Std. Plan 616.10]. The WORK ZONE PLAQUE (Go20-5Ap) shall be 2-foot height as shown in [[616.6_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Zone_Devices_(MUTCD_6F)#616.6.12_Work_Zone_and_Higher_Fines_Signs_and_Plaques_.28MUTCD_6F.12.29|EPG 616.6.12 Work Zone and Higher Fines Signs and Plaques (MUTCD 6F12)]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.1_05.jpg|(5)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The mounting height and the WORK ZONE plaque (GO20-5aP) of the sign in &#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 5&#039;&#039;&#039; is not compliant with MoDOT/MUTCD standards. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lateral Sign Location:&#039;&#039;&#039; Sign locations shall be located 6-12 feet from the edge of the paved travel lane or shoulder as shown in [https://www.modot.org/standard-plans-section-600 Std. Plan 616.10]. Before installing signs, the project site should be reviewed to agree on the best location for signs. When stubs are not driven deep enough into the ground a sign may lean or fall after a period of time. Due to terrain slopes, curves, shoulder widths, duration of projects, signs may deviate from recommended placement to achieve a plumb position, be sure to document. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Post Installations:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.1_06.jpg|(6)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 6&#039;&#039;&#039; illustrates the proper installation for posts. The complete U-channel Post details are located in [https://www.modot.org/standard-plans-section-600 Std. Plan 616.10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.1_07.jpg|(7)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 7&#039;&#039;&#039; is an example of a correct U-channel post splice, which shows the four bolts in the proper location, correct stub height and splice overlap.&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::Note: The bolts can be installed in either direction.&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::Note: Missouri One-Call shall always be notified prior to installing any signpost into the ground.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.1_08.jpg|(8)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.1_09.jpg|(9)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The stub height and splice overlap in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 8&#039;&#039;&#039; is correct, but the 4-bolts are not in the proper locations. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 9&#039;&#039;&#039; shows inadequate stub height and overlap and the signpost is not on the correct side of the stub. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.1_10.jpg|(10)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.1_11.jpg|(11)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.1_12.jpg|(12)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The installations in &#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 10-12&#039;&#039;&#039; are unacceptable. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 10&#039;&#039;&#039; shows an installation of only 1 bolt per signpost leg. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 11&#039;&#039;&#039; shows an installation of one post mounted leg and one skid mounted leg. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 12&#039;&#039;&#039; shows two splices when only one splice is allowed.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.1_13.jpg|(13)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 13&#039;&#039;&#039; is a Perforated Square Steel Tube Post (PSST) with more details located in [https://www.modot.org/standard-plans-section-600 Std. Plan 616.10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.1_14.jpg|(14)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.1_15.jpg|(15)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 14 and 15&#039;&#039;&#039; show proper installation of a PSST post. The PSST post does not have to use the corner bolt but can be bolted either with one or two straight bolts. However, the corner bolt minimizes movement of the post within the tubes.&lt;br /&gt;
::Note: Missouri One-Call shall always be notified prior to installing any signpost into the ground.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.1_16.jpg|(16)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 16&#039;&#039;&#039; shows a stub higher than the 2-inches maximum and the bolt should be bolted through the two posts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===616.24.2.2.2 Sign and Flag Quality===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.2_01.jpg|(1)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.2_02.jpg|(2)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.2_03.jpg|(3)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The signs in &#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 1, 2 and 3&#039;&#039;&#039; are considered in good quality. Supplemental devices such as flags and/or a cone may be placed next to a sign. Picture 2 is an example of the proper placement of a FLAGGER (WO20-7) sign, with the optional flags, in advance of the hill versus after the hill. In urban areas with barrier walls and narrow shoulders, a truncated sign may be used as shown in Picture 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::Note: TTCDs may be highly visible during the day but may not be at night due to inadequate retroreflectivity. MoDOT and Contractor representatives should drive through the work zone at night to check nighttime visibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.2_04.jpg|(4)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.2_05.jpg|(5)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.2_06.jpg|(6)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.2_07.jpg|(7)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.2_08.jpg|(8)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.2_09.jpg|(9)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 4-7&#039;&#039;&#039; are in unacceptable condition. Dirty or damaged signs should be cleaned, repaired, or replaced before being installed. When cleaning, follow manufacturer’s recommendations, so the daytime and nighttime visibility of the sign is not adversely impacted. The MEN WORKING sign (&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 8&#039;&#039;&#039;) should be replaced with worker symbol sign or WORKERS sign (WO-21-1 or 1a) to meet current standards. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 9&#039;&#039;&#039; shows unacceptable flags, if used, deteriorated flags should be replaced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.2_10.jpg|(10)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.2_11.jpg|(11)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.2_12.jpg|(12)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.2_13.jpg|(13)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 10 - 13&#039;&#039;&#039; are examples of  unacceptable nighttime visibility. Proper storing, transporting, and covering signs is crucial to minimizing deficiencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===616.24.2.2.3 [[616.6_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Zone_Devices_%28MUTCD_6F%29#616.6.16_Warning_Sign_Function.2C_Design_and_Application_.28MUTCD_6F.16.29|Proper Sign Color]]===&lt;br /&gt;
Sign colors are reserved for specific applications. Orange is reserved for temporary traffic control, pink for incident management, yellow for warning, and red/black/white for regulatory signs.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.3_01.jpg|(1)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Fluorescent orange signs as shown on the right in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 1&#039;&#039;&#039; are required for MoDOT contract and maintenance projects. Permit projects may use engineering grade sheeting as shown on the left side of &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 1&#039;&#039;&#039; provided they meet MUTCD reflectivity requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.3_01.jpg|(2)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.3_02.jpg|(3)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The UTILITY WORK AHEAD (WO21-7) and the LANE CLOSED AHEAD (WO20-5) signs in &#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 2 and 3&#039;&#039;&#039; should be orange not pink or yellow. Note: Using tape on a sign can destroy the retroreflectivity of the sign as shown in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 3&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===616.24.2.2.4 [[616.6_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Zone_Devices_%28MUTCD_6F%29#616.6.17_Position_of_Advance_Warning_Signs_.28MUTCD_6F.17.29|Information From the Signs]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.4_01.jpg|(1)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.4_02.jpg|(2)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.4_03.jpg|(3)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 1 - 3&#039;&#039;&#039; are examples of signs that are visually obstructed or providing conflicting information. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 1&#039;&#039;&#039; should be moved upstream from the permanent curve warning sign with written documentation as to why the sign was moved. The advance warning sign in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 2&#039;&#039;&#039; should be relocated upstream of the tree or the tree should be trimmed (if within MoDOT ROW) to provide the required visibility. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 3&#039;&#039;&#039; shows detour signs that are providing two detour options for the same route. To reduce road user confusion, it is best to provide only one detour option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.4_04.jpg|(4)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 4&#039;&#039;&#039; is an acceptable use of the ROAD WORK NEXT XX MILES (GO20-1), as it uses whole numbers only. Do not use decimals of a mile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.4_05.jpg|(5)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.4_06.jpg|(6)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 5 and 6&#039;&#039;&#039; are unacceptable signs because the specified miles are not listed as whole numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===616.24.2.2.5 Ballasting of Signs===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.5_01.jpg|(1)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For portable signs, ballasting should be limited to one sandbag layer on the sign legs as shown in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 1&#039;&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.5_02.jpg|(2)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.5_03.jpg|(3)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The use of channelizer rings as shown in &#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 2 and 3&#039;&#039;&#039; are unacceptable as the crashworthiness has not been verified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.5_04.jpg|(4)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.5_05.jpg|(5)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For skid mounted signs, ballasting should be limited to one sandbag layer on the sign legs as shown in &#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 4 and 5&#039;&#039;&#039;. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 5&#039;&#039;&#039; shows an acceptable use of ballasting for a skid mounted sign. The crossbar (&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 5&#039;&#039;&#039;) should be no higher than 12 inches (one sandbag over the crossbar is acceptable).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.5_06.jpg|(6)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.5_07.jpg|(7)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.5_08.jpg|(8)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 6&#039;&#039;&#039; shows a large mound of sandbags, which if hit could present a ramping situation for vehicles. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 7&#039;&#039;&#039; has two sandbags on the crossbar which is unacceptable and utilizes two types of mounting styles. In &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 8&#039;&#039;&#039;, concrete is being used to ballast the sign, which is not crashworthy and is unacceptable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===616.24.2.2.6 Additional Sign Examples===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.6_01.jpg|(1)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.6_02.jpg|(2)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.6_03.jpg|(3)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.6_04.jpg|(4)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 1&#039;&#039;&#039; shows a crossbar above the 18-inch maximum height without sandbag or 12-inch maximum height with sandbag. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 2&#039;&#039;&#039; shows a skid mounted sign stand laying on the ground attached to the sign post. The skid mount should be removed from the sign post and placed flat on the ground. As shown, this sign stand is not crashworthy. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 3&#039;&#039;&#039; shows a sign laying in the street. This sign should be placed in a better location. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 4&#039;&#039;&#039; shows two crashworthy signs that have been placed closer than the recommended 7-10 feet spacing making them not crashworthy. The 7-10 feet spacing allows the signs to act independently of each other to meet crashworthy criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.6_05.jpg|(5)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.6_06.jpg|(6)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.6_07.jpg|(7)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 5&#039;&#039;&#039; is an example of a STOP (R1-1) sign not having a full face visible to the road user. The sign in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 6&#039;&#039;&#039; is leaning and should be plumb. The sign in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 7&#039;&#039;&#039; could be moved upstream or downstream to achieve a plumb position. Be sure to document the location change, such as, “After reviewing the sign in the original position, the sign was moved 100-feet upstream to be achieve a plumb position”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.6_08.jpg|(8)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.6_09.jpg|(9)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.6_10.jpg|(10)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sign placement in urban areas can impede non-motorized travel as shown in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 8&#039;&#039;&#039;. Accommodations should be made for all modes of travel including non-motorized traffic such as, pedestrians and bicyclists. The signpost in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 9&#039;&#039;&#039; should have only one sign. A permanently posted SPEED LIMIT (R2-1) sign, as shown in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 10&#039;&#039;&#039;, should not be removed. If the posted speed limit is lowered, the proper procedure is to cover the sign as described in [[616.19_Quality_Standards_for_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Devices#616.19.2.2.7_Sign_Coverings|616.19.2.2.7 Sign Coverings]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.6_11.jpg|(11)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.6_12.jpg|(12)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 11&#039;&#039;&#039; shows an example of two work zones placed inside each other. Proper coordination should be one of the highest considerations when work zones overlap each other. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 12&#039;&#039;&#039; shows the signal head upside down.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===616.24.2.2.7 Sign Coverings===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.7_01.jpg|(1)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.7_02.jpg|(2)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.7_03.jpg|(3)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 1 - 3&#039;&#039;&#039; show examples of signs properly covered with plastic sign cover, plastic taped securely to the sign without direct contact with the sign face and a roll-up sign folded down. Materials used should not allow the sign face to “bleed through” during daytime or nighttime use. &#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 1 and 2&#039;&#039;&#039; adequately cover the face of the sign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.7_04.jpg|(4)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.7_05.jpg|(5)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.7_06.jpg|(6)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 4 - 6&#039;&#039;&#039; are examples of acceptable materials to cover signs. Materials range from rubber that is used for mud flaps or a matching sized sign cover. The sign covers should be adequately secured to the host sign assembly and sized to match the sign to completely cover the face. The cover should be constructed with non-metallic (such as wooden, plastic, etc.) handles and spacers to keep the sign covers from damaging the sign face.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.7_07.jpg|(7)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.7_08.jpg|(8)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.7_09.jpg|(9)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.7_10.jpg|(10)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The sign cover in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 7&#039;&#039;&#039; is not securely fastened and does not have a non-metallic handle. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 8&#039;&#039;&#039; shows the sign cover not matching the shape of the host sign, which could provide conflicting information to the road user. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 9&#039;&#039;&#039; shows duct tape covering part of the sign wording, which can damage the sign retroreflectivity. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 10&#039;&#039;&#039; shows an example of unacceptable use of plastic taped to the sign. The plastic is thin which illustrates the “bleed through” of the message and it is falling off and the sign. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===616.24.2.2.8 [[616.6_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Zone_Devices_%28MUTCD_6F%29#616.6.68_Type_1_or_3_Barricades_.28MUTCD_6F.68.29|Barricades]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.8_01.jpg|(1)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.8_02.jpg|(2)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 1&#039;&#039;&#039; shows the proper placement of Type 3 barricades on a full roadway closure, including stripe direction. The barricade installation also provides an adequate buffer space to the work area. At some locations, barricades may have to be located at the bridge ends or work area due to side roads. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 2&#039;&#039;&#039; shows equipment behind the barricades.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.8_03.jpg|(3)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.8_04.jpg|(4)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 3&#039;&#039;&#039; shows a barricade installation located after the private entrance and before the bridge end, not leaving enough buffer space. In &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 4&#039;&#039;&#039;, notice the left barricade stripes are angling to the left instead of to the right. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.8_05.jpg|(5)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.8_06.jpg|(6)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.8_07.jpg|(7)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 5&#039;&#039;&#039; shows Type 3 barricades that were moved to let vehicles into the work zone. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 6&#039;&#039;&#039; shows a haul truck entering a work zone and leaving the barricades open which could allow the road user to follow the haul truck. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 7&#039;&#039;&#039; shows the barricades staggered to allow haul trucks in and out of the work zone which is not permitted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.8_08.jpg|(8)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.8_09.jpg|(9)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 8 and 9&#039;&#039;&#039; show trucks parked in front of barricades, obstructing them from oncoming traffic. Note: Equipment or vehicles should not be parked in front of barricades they should be moved to an appropriate location (i.e., behind the barricades).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.8_10.jpg|(10)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.8_11.jpg|(11)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 10&#039;&#039;&#039; shows a soft closure which is intended to allow local traffic only to get to the desired destination before the full closure. One barricade and ROAD CLOSED (R11-2) sign as shown in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 11&#039;&#039;&#039; can be used to inform the road user of closures, which when used should be located on the shoulder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.8_12.jpg|(12)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The barricade in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 12&#039;&#039;&#039; is directing the road user into the opposite lane and not directing them back into the proper lane of travel with another barricade in the opposite lane. A single “ROAD CLOSED XX MILES AHEAD” (R11-3a) sign is allowed without barricades. Note: A full barricade closure is required at the work area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.8_13.jpg|(13)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.8_14.jpg|(14)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.8_15.jpg|(15)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.8_16.jpg|(16)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The ballasting in &#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 13 - 16&#039;&#039;&#039; show unacceptable applications. Tires should not be used as ballast. Sandbags are allowed if they are not stacked on each other (i.e.,a single layer to meet crashworthiness). As shown in Pictures &#039;&#039;&#039;13 - 15&#039;&#039;&#039;, the signs may be placed behind the Type 3 barricades. To be crashworthy, the sign and barricade should be separated by 7 to 10 feet from each other so each device can act independently if struck by a vehicle. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 16&#039;&#039;&#039; shows old barrel rings around the legs of the barricades. If rings are used, only one is allowed per leg. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.8_17.jpg|(17)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.8_18.jpg|(18)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.8_19.jpg|(19)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The road closures in &#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 17 -19&#039;&#039;&#039; are unacceptable installations, the Type 3 barricades should cover the full roadway width to meet the requirements for a full road closure. The damaged rail sheeting on the barricades in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 19&#039;&#039;&#039; is unacceptable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===616.24.2.2.9 [[616.6_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Zone_Devices_%28MUTCD_6F%29#616.6.60_Portable_Changeable_Message_Signs_.28MUTCD_6F.60.29|Changeable Message Sign]] / [[616.6_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Zone_Devices_%28MUTCD_6F%29#616.6.61_Arrow_Boards_.28MUTCD_6F.61.29|Flashing Arrow Panels]] / [[616.6_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Zone_Devices_%28MUTCD_6F%29#616.6.84_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Signals_.28MUTCD_6F.84.29|Traffic Signals]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.9_01.jpg|(1)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 1&#039;&#039;&#039; shows the correct flashing arrow panel (FAP) display, all lights are working and have the proper intensity.&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Listed below are items that would make the FAP installation unacceptable:&lt;br /&gt;
::* More than one lamp is out in stem.&lt;br /&gt;
::* One or more lamps out in the arrowhead(s) when in the arrow (single- or double-headed).&lt;br /&gt;
::* One or more lamps out when in the caution (four corners) modes. &lt;br /&gt;
::* Not appropriate light intensity for work zone conditions, as described in 616.6.61 Arrow Boards. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.9_02.jpg|(2)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.9_03.jpg|(3)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 2&#039;&#039;&#039; shows one lamp out in the arrowhead which is unacceptable. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 3&#039;&#039;&#039; shows a truck blocking a FAP which is unacceptable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.9_04.jpg|(4)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.9_05.jpg|(5)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.9_06.jpg|(6)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.9_07.jpg|(7)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Changeable Message Sign (CMS) messages in &#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 4, 5 and 6&#039;&#039;&#039; are acceptable. The messages provide information that static signs cannot provide to the road user. The CMS are placed further upstream of the work zone or at strategic locations to provide information about the upcoming work zone to the road user. The channelizer placement in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 4, 5 and 6&#039;&#039;&#039; shows the correct number of channelizers (5) and the correct placement (100 foot taper). Channelizers are not required if the CMS is more than 15-feet from the edge of shoulder (edge of the roadway if there is no shoulder), beyond ditch line, or behind curb or temporary traffic barrier (TTB) (see [https://www.modot.org/standard-plans-section-600 Std. Plan 616.10 for further details]). &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 7&#039;&#039;&#039; shows a Dynamic Message Sign (DMS) providing information of a work zone. Appropriate messages can be found in [[910.3_Dynamic_Message_Signs_(DMS)#910.3.2.10_Acceptable_Abbreviations|EPG 910.3.2.10 Acceptable Abbreviations]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.9_08.jpg|(8)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.9_09.jpg|(9)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.9_10.jpg|(10)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 8, 9 and 10&#039;&#039;&#039; are examples of CMS that are unacceptable due to the lights being either the incorrect intensity or out, as they are not providing a clear and concise message to the road user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.9_11.jpg|(11)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.9_12.jpg|(12)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 11 and 12&#039;&#039;&#039; show active CMS in nighttime operations. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 11&#039;&#039;&#039;, the message is the incorrect intensity and not visible. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 12&#039;&#039;&#039;, message is incorrect insensity that makes it too bright and creates a glare. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.9_13.jpg|(13)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.9_14.jpg|(14)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 13&#039;&#039;&#039; shows a CMS where the lights are out or turned off. If the lights are not working, the CMS is unacceptable. If the CMS is not being used it should be turned off and rotated away from traffic as shown in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 14&#039;&#039;&#039; or removed from the project. Note: The taper length should be 100 feet long with five channelizers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.9_15.jpg|(15)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.2.9_16.jpg|(16)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 15&#039;&#039;&#039; shows a permanent sign blocking the CMS. In &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 16&#039;&#039;&#039;, the truck should not be placed in front of the CMS board. For &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 16&#039;&#039;&#039;, the speed limit should not be on a CM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==616.24.2.3 Transition Area==&lt;br /&gt;
===616.24.2.3.1 [[616.6_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Zone_Devices_%28MUTCD_6F%29#616.6.63_Channelizing_Devices_.28MUTCD_6F.63.29|Channelizing Devices]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.3.1_01.jpg|(1)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.3.1_02.jpg|(2)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.3.1_03.jpg|(3)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.3.1_04.jpg|(4)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Trim-line shown in &#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 1 and 2&#039;&#039;&#039; are the most commonly used work zone channelizer. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 3&#039;&#039;&#039; shows trim-like channelizers with sequential lights on a nighttime interstate project. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 4&#039;&#039;&#039; shows a drum-like channelizer. Trim-line and drum-like channelizers are commonly ballasted with weights called “rings”, which prevent the channelizers from being blown over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.3.1_05.jpg|(5)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.3.1_06.jpg|(6)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.3.1_07.jpg|(7)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.3.1_08.jpg|(8)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The direction indicator barricades (DIB) in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 5&#039;&#039;&#039; are commonly used in the merge tapers, but the DIBs in Picture 6 with the panels on the drum-like channelizer are also acceptable. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 7&#039;&#039;&#039; shows DIBs during a nighttime work zone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.3.1_08.jpg|(8)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 8&#039;&#039;&#039; shows tubular markers separating opposing traffic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.3.1_09.jpg|(9)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.3.1_10.jpg|(10)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.3.1_11.jpg|(11)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 9&#039;&#039;&#039; shows 12-inch cones being used for daytime projects on a minor roadway. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 10&#039;&#039;&#039; shows trim-line channelizers with poor reflectivity that may have limited nighttime visibility. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 11&#039;&#039;&#039; shows a damaged trim-line that is in unacceptable condition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==616.24.2.4 Activity Area==&lt;br /&gt;
===616.24.2.4.1 [[616.6_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Zone_Devices_%28MUTCD_6F%29#616.6.70_Temporary_Traffic_Barriers_as_Channelizing_Devices_.28MUTCD_6F.70.29|Temporary Traffic Barriers]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.4.1_01.jpg|(1)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.4.1_02.jpg|(2)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.4.1_03.jpg|(3)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 1 - 3&#039;&#039;&#039; are acceptable installations of temporary traffic barriers (TTBs). &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 1&#039;&#039;&#039; shows a TTB shielding motorists from an edge drop-off and the workers from the vehicles. The TTB in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 1&#039;&#039;&#039; was installed with tie-down straps which prevents tipping of the barrier at a drop-off edge. Stockpiled materials or equipment should not be placed within the 3-foot buffer area behind a tie-down TTB. In &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 1&#039;&#039;&#039;, the work side of the barrier is free of stockpile material or inactive equipment. The clearance (buffer) behind the TTB will change depending on the different types of TTBs and/or anchoring systems being used. The clearance area is needed to not impede the deflection of the TTB should it be struck by an errant vehicle. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 2&#039;&#039;&#039; shows diverting traffic around a bridge project. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 3&#039;&#039;&#039; shows a TTB separating head-to-head traffic in an urban setting. For selecting proper TTB types on projects, proper installation of TTB and location of TTB, review [[:Category:617_Traffic_Barrier|EPG 617 Traffic Barrier]], [https://www.modot.org/currently-effective-standard-plans Std. Plans. 617.20  and 619.10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;3-Loop Type F Connections:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Proper connections: For TTB types, proper connections are essential to prevent separations of the TTBs when hit by an errant vehicle. MoDOT uses the 3-loop Type F barriers on projects. The following examples will show proper connections of the barriers.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.4.1_04.jpg|(4)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.4.1_05.jpg|(5)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 4 and 5&#039;&#039;&#039; are examples of proper connections of two 3-loop Type F barriers without bottom washer and retainer bolt and nut. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.4.1_06.jpg|(6)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In Picture 6&#039;&#039;&#039;, one 3-loop Type F barrier was turned 180 degrees and the two ends have four loops on top and two loops on the bottom. Care must be taken when installing barrier for proper orientation and loop connections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===616.24.2.4.2 [[:Category:612 Impact Attenuators|Impact Attenuators]] / [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=616.6_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Zone_Devices_%28MUTCD_6F%29#616.6.86_Crash_Cushions_.28MUTCD_6F.86.29 Crash Cushions] / [[617.1 Temporary Traffic Barriers|End Treatments]]===&lt;br /&gt;
Exposed temporary concrete traffic barrier ends are treated by one of the following methods: Barrier Flare, Barrier Height Transitions, Crash Cushions (Sand Barrel Array and Proprietary Crash Cushion). Additional information is located in [[617.1_Temporary_Traffic_Barriers#617.1.3_Temporary_Concrete_Traffic_Barrier_End_Treatments|EPG 617.1.3 Temporary Concrete Traffic Barrier End Treatments]] and [[:Category:612_Impact_Attenuators|EPG 612 Impact Attenuators]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Sand Barrel Array:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.4.2_01.jpg|(1)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.4.2_02.jpg|(2)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 1&#039;&#039;&#039; shows an acceptable installation of a sand filled impact attenuator (SFIA), which can be found in [https://www.modot.org/standard-plans-section-600 Std. Plan 612.20] and [[:Category:612_Impact_Attenuators|EPG 612 Impact Attenuators]]. While SFIA is the most common attenuator used, crashworthy end terminals are also available as described in EPG 606.1.3.2 Approved Crashworthy End Terminals . SFIA should be placed a minimum of 24 inches from the end of the blunt end of TTB, guard rail, etc as seen in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 2&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.4.2_03.jpg|(3)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.4.2_04.jpg|(4)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Type 1 object marker in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 3&#039;&#039;&#039; is unacceptable due to the damaged sign sheeting. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 4&#039;&#039;&#039; shows SFIA barrels/modules in a line from the temporary TTB viewpoint. To be crashworthy, the SFIA barrels/modules must have the proper number and meet spacing requirements. The sand should always be kept dry. If water gets into the barrel it can adversely affect the crashworthiness of the device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.4.2_05.jpg|(5)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.4.2_06.jpg|(6)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.4.2_07.jpg|(7)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SFIA barrels/modules in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 5&#039;&#039;&#039; are unacceptable because they are located too close to the TTB. Parking vehicles or equipment as shown in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 6&#039;&#039;&#039; is also unacceptable since the vehicles are blocking a crashworthy device. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 7&#039;&#039;&#039; shows a cluttered SFIA installation with plastic material and barrel channelizers. Note the porta-potty and equipment is in close proximity of the SFIA. &lt;br /&gt;
::Note: The porta-potty and equipment should be relocated outside of the clear zone area or behind the protective TTB. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.4.2_08.jpg|(8)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.4.2_09.jpg|(9)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.4.2_10.jpg|(10)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 8&#039;&#039;&#039; shows an acceptable installation of a traffic barrier height transition for locations with a posted speed limit of 35 mph or less prior to construction. Proprietary crash cushions as shown in &#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 9 and 10&#039;&#039;&#039; may be used when there is insufficient width to accommodate sand barrels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Truck Mounted Attenuator:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.4.2_11.jpg|(11)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 11&#039;&#039;&#039; is the TMA delineation style that is acceptable on projects. Additional information is in [[:Category:612_Impact_Attenuators|EPG 612 Impact Attenuators]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==616.24.2.5 Additional Guidance==&lt;br /&gt;
===616.24.2.5.1 Temporary [[616.6_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Zone_Devices_%28MUTCD_6F%29#616.6.77_Pavement_Markings_.28MUTCD_6F.77.29|Paint]] / [[616.6_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Zone_Devices_%28MUTCD_6F%29#616.6.78_Temporary_Markings_.28MUTCD_6F.78.29|Tape]] / [[616.6_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Zone_Devices_%28MUTCD_6F%29#616.6.79_Temporary_Raised_Pavement_Markers_.28MUTCD_6F.79.29|Pavement Markers]]===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.5.1_01.jpg|(1)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.5.1_02.jpg|(2)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.5.1_03.jpg|(3)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Guidelines for pavement markings are located in [[:Category:620_Pavement_Marking|EPG 620 Pavement Marking]], [https://www.modot.org/missouri-standard-specifications-highway-construction  Missouri Standard Specifications Sec. 620] and [https://www.modot.org/standard-plans-section-600 Std. Plans. 620.00 and 620.10]. &#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 1, 2 and 3&#039;&#039;&#039; are examples of temporary pavement markings (TPM) meeting specifications and standards. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 1&#039;&#039;&#039; shows TPM for center line and edge lines. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 2&#039;&#039;&#039; shows a roadway with TPM for a roadway with only a center line stripe during a nighttime review. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 3&#039;&#039;&#039; shows TPM of a solid line to keep traffic in the designated lanes during a nighttime review.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.5.1_04.jpg|(4)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.5.1_05.jpg|(5)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The roadway in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 4&#039;&#039;&#039; should have temporary center line pavement markers or stripes. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 5&#039;&#039;&#039; shows a project using half of the permanent center line stripe as the pavement marking and not place TPM until the other lane is overlaid, which is unacceptable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.5.1_06.jpg|(6)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.5.1_07.jpg|(7)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.5.1_08.jpg|(8)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pavement marking installation and removal should be done carefully as not to misdirect the road user. The TPM (&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 6&#039;&#039;&#039;) were intended to move the traffic to a temporary shoulder lane. &lt;br /&gt;
::Note: The permanent center line should have been removed to avoid road user confusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 7&#039;&#039;&#039; shows a right turn lane line partially removed, care should be given to completely remove all conflicting markings in accordance with the plans and specifications. In &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 8&#039;&#039;&#039; shows conflicting edge lines across the bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Unacceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.5.1_09.jpg|(9)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.5.1_10.jpg|(10)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.5.1_11.jpg|(11)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.5.1_12.jpg|(12)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 9 - 12&#039;&#039;&#039; are examples of pavement marking removal. Care should be taken not to scar the pavement when removing markings. &#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 11 and 12&#039;&#039;&#039; shows lane lines leading motorists into the channelization. The dashed line should stop at a point when the two lanes are designated to end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===616.24.2.5.2 [[616.7_Type_of_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Zone_Activities_(MUTCD_6G)|Traffic Management]]===&lt;br /&gt;
To provide adequate traffic management many tools are available which includes but not limited to the following: signs, channelizing devices, changeable and dynamic message signs, intelligent transportation systems (ITS), detours, law enforcement, flagging operation, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[616.13_Work_Zone_Capacity,_Queue_and_Travel_Delay|EPG 616.13 Work Zone Capacity, Queue and Travel Delay]] and [[616.14_Work_Zone_Safety_and_Mobility_Policy|EPG 616.14 Work Zone Safety and Mobility Policy]] have additional information for traffic management policies and tools.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.5.2_01.jpg|(1)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.5.2_02.jpg|(2)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.5.2_03.jpg|(3)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 1 - 3&#039;&#039;&#039; are acceptable examples of traffic management. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 1&#039;&#039;&#039; shows a long-term stationary work zone that is providing a well-defined merge taper with adequate striping and channelizers. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 2&#039;&#039;&#039; shows a well-marked crossover. The temporary work zone in &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 3&#039;&#039;&#039; shows proper delineation for head to head traffic while providing access to area businesses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=250px heights=250px position=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; font-weight:bold; margin-left:0em&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Acceptable Examples&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.5.2_04.jpg|(4)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.5.2_05.jpg|(5)&lt;br /&gt;
File:616.19.2.5.2_06.jpg|(6)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pictures 4 and 5&#039;&#039;&#039; are examples of providing the road user information of how wide the lanes are before entering the workzone. The CMS message provides adequate information to allow the road user to make a decision on the proper lane to use. &#039;&#039;&#039;Picture 6&#039;&#039;&#039; is an example of height restriction for the road user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===616.24.2.5.3 Rejected Stickers for TTC Devices===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float: right; margin-left: 30px; margin-bottom: 30px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:616.19.2.5.3_02.jpg|center|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Rejected Sticker location examples&#039;&#039;&#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:616.19.2.5.3_01.jpg|left|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;R11-52 REJECTED Decal (Order No. MoDOT 46)&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
REJECTED stickers, with appropriate month and year designated, may be used by MoDOT personnel to identify unacceptable temporary traffic control devices. For barricades, channelizing devices and signs, the sticker should be located on the front-, left- and lower-most retroreflective area on the device. For other devices, the sticker should be located in a conspicuous place on the device.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:616 Temporary Traffic Control (MUTCD Part 6)|616.24]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=903.8_General_Information_Signs_(MUTCD_Chapter_2H)&amp;diff=59503</id>
		<title>903.8 General Information Signs (MUTCD Chapter 2H)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=903.8_General_Information_Signs_(MUTCD_Chapter_2H)&amp;diff=59503"/>
		<updated>2026-10-01T18:49:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: updated numbering there were 2 903.8.14&amp;#039;s (per email)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:903 Highway Signing (MUTCD Part 2)|903.08]]&lt;br /&gt;
{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 15px;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| __TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
=={{SpanID|903.8.1}}903.8.1 Scope (MUTCD Section 2H.01)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Support. &#039;&#039;&#039;General Information signs provide road users with navigational or orientation, geographic, or other information useful for traffic operational purposes. They include such items as Missouri State line (I2-1), City limit (I4-1, I4-1a), unincorporated community signs (I5-1), County line (I6-1), and river names (I3-1). [[903.13 Recreational, Historic Site, and Cultural Interest Area Signs (MUTCD Chapter 2M)|EPG 903.13]] contains recreational and cultural interest area symbol signs that are sometimes used in combination with General Information Signs. [[:Category:911 General (MUTCD Part 1) #911.4.9|EPG 911 (MUTCD Section 1D.09)]] contains information on unnecessary traffic control devices. [[903.1 General (MUTCD Chapter 2A) #903.1.20|EPG 903.1.20]] contains information on the excessive use of signs and sign clutter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option. &#039;&#039;&#039;A General Information (I3-5 and I3-7) symbol sign may be used to provide direction to a transportation (I3 series signs) facility. The symbol sign may be supplemented by an educational plaque where necessary. The name of the facility may be used, if needed, to distinguish between similar facilities in the same area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Advance Turn (M5 series) or Directional Arrow (M6 series) auxiliary plaques with white arrows on green backgrounds may be used with General Information symbol signs to create a General Information Directional Assembly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Guidance. &#039;&#039;&#039;General Information signs should not be installed within a series of guide signs, or at other equally critical locations, unless there are specific reasons for orienting the road user or identifying control points for activities that are clearly in the public interest. On all such signs, the designs should be simple and dignified, devoid of any tendency toward advertising, such as complex graphics or unnecessary messages, and in general compliance with other guide signing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Standard. &#039;&#039;&#039;Promotional descriptive messages that are not relevant to navigation and orientation, such as “Scenic” or “Historic,” shall not be included in the legends of General Information signs, except as otherwise provided in EPG 903.8 or in cases in which these terms are part of an official name, such as for a Scenic Byway or Historic District.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Except for State Welcome signs (see [[#903.8.7|EPG 903.8.7]]) and Acknowledgment signs (see [[#903.8.12|EPG 903.8.12]]), General Information signs shall have white legends and borders on green rectangular-shaped backgrounds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Standard. &#039;&#039;&#039;When a sign is used to display a safety or transportation-related message, the display format shall not be of a type that would be considered similar to advertising displays. Messages and symbols that resemble any official traffic control device shall not be used on safety or transportation-related message signs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Amtrak Station (I3-7) sign shall not be installed if a city will not provide supplemental signing for these locations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Amtrak Station and the appropriate M6 series arrow shall be used for ramp signs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Guidance. &#039;&#039;&#039;The Amtrak Station sign should be compatible with the color and size of existing signing design.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Support. &#039;&#039;&#039;The Amtrak Station sign is a supplemental guide sign of variable size.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Standard. &#039;&#039;&#039;The “Missouri Train Service – 1-800-USA-RAIL – morail.org” sign has been discontinued. Existing signs shall be removed at the end of their service life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=={{SpanID|903.8.2}}903.8.2 Sizes of General Information Signs (MUTCD Section 2H.02)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Standard. &#039;&#039;&#039;Except as provided in [[903.1 General (MUTCD Chapter 2A) #903.1.7|EPG 903.1.7]], the sizes of General Information signs that have a standardized design shall be as shown in [[#tab903.8.2|Table 903.8.2]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Support. &#039;&#039;&#039;[[903.1 General (MUTCD Chapter 2A) #903.1.7|EPG 903.1.7]] contains information regarding the applicability of the various columns in [[#tab903.8.2|Table 903.8.2]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option. &#039;&#039;&#039;Signs larger than those shown in [[#tab903.8.2|Table 903.8.2]] may be used (see [[903.1 General (MUTCD Chapter 2A) #903.1.7|EPG 903.1.7]]), except where a maximum allowable size is specified.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{SpanID|tab903.8.2}}&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Table 903.8.2. General Information Sign Sizes&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;text-align:left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Sign&lt;br /&gt;
! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Sign Designation&lt;br /&gt;
! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | EPG Article&lt;br /&gt;
! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Conventional Road (in. X in.)&lt;br /&gt;
! Freeway/Expressway (in. X in.)&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;text-align:left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Mainline &amp;amp; Ramps&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:middle;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align:left;&amp;quot; | Emergency Reference&lt;br /&gt;
| D10-5&lt;br /&gt;
| [[#903.8.11|903.8.11]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 18 X 60&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:middle;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align:left;&amp;quot; | Sponsor A Highway&lt;br /&gt;
| I9-1&lt;br /&gt;
| [[#903.8.12|903.8.12]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Varies&lt;br /&gt;
| Varies&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:middle;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align:left;&amp;quot; | Growing Together&lt;br /&gt;
| I9-2&lt;br /&gt;
| [[#903.8.12|903.8.12]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Varies&lt;br /&gt;
| Varies&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:middle;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align:left;&amp;quot; | Airport&lt;br /&gt;
| D4-10&lt;br /&gt;
| [[#903.8.3|903.8.3]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Var X 36&lt;br /&gt;
| -&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:middle;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align:left;&amp;quot; | Business District&lt;br /&gt;
| D4-15&lt;br /&gt;
| [[#903.8.13|903.8.13]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 36 X 18&lt;br /&gt;
| -&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:middle;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align:left;&amp;quot; | Industrial Park&lt;br /&gt;
| D4-16&lt;br /&gt;
| [[#903.8.13|903.8.13]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 48 X 36&lt;br /&gt;
| -&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:middle;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align:left;&amp;quot; | City Limit&lt;br /&gt;
| I4-1&lt;br /&gt;
| [[#903.8.4_Jurisdictional_Boundary_Signs_(I2-1,_I4-1,_I4-1a,_I4-2,_I4-2b,_I5-1,_I6-1,_I6-1a)_(MUTCD_Section_2H.05)|903.8.4]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Var X 24&lt;br /&gt;
| Var X 36&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:middle;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align:left;&amp;quot; | City Limit (Logo)&lt;br /&gt;
| I4-1a&lt;br /&gt;
| [[#903.8.5|903.8.5]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Var X 24&lt;br /&gt;
| Var X 36&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:middle; text-align:left;&amp;quot; | Unincorporated Community&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:middle;&amp;quot; | I5-1&lt;br /&gt;
| [[#903.8.4|903.8.4]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:middle;&amp;quot; | Var X 12&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:middle;&amp;quot; | Var X 24 (Expressway Only)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:middle; text-align:left;&amp;quot; | County Line&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:middle;&amp;quot; | I6-1&lt;br /&gt;
| [[#903.8.4|903.8.4]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:middle;&amp;quot; | Var X 18&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:middle;&amp;quot; | Var X 18&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:middle;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align:left;&amp;quot; | County Line (Logo)&lt;br /&gt;
| I6-1a&lt;br /&gt;
| [[#903.8.5|903.8.5]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Var X 36&lt;br /&gt;
| Var X 36&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:middle;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align:left;&amp;quot; | Welcome To (Cities)&lt;br /&gt;
| I2-1&lt;br /&gt;
| [[#903.8.8|903.8.8]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Varies&lt;br /&gt;
| Varies&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:middle; text-align:left;&amp;quot; | Missouri State Line&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:middle;&amp;quot; | I2-1&lt;br /&gt;
| [[#903.8.4|903.8.4]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:middle;&amp;quot; | 36 X 18&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:middle;&amp;quot; | 72 X 36&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:middle; text-align:left;&amp;quot; | Missouri Welcomes You&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:middle;&amp;quot; | I2-2&lt;br /&gt;
| [[#903.8.7|903.8.7]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:middle;&amp;quot; | 96 X 48&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:middle;&amp;quot; | 144 X 72&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:middle; text-align:left;&amp;quot; | River and Major Lake&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:middle;&amp;quot; | I3-1&lt;br /&gt;
| [[#903.8.6|903.8.6]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:middle;&amp;quot; | Var X 18&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:middle;&amp;quot; | Var X 24&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:middle; text-align:left;&amp;quot; | Airport (Symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:middle;&amp;quot; | I3-5&lt;br /&gt;
| [[#903.8.3|903.8.3]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:middle;&amp;quot; | 24 X 24&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:middle;&amp;quot; | 30 X 30&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:middle;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:middle;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align:left;&amp;quot; | Amtrak Station&lt;br /&gt;
| I3-7&lt;br /&gt;
| [[#903.8.1|903.8.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 24 X 24&lt;br /&gt;
| 30 X 30&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:middle;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align:left;&amp;quot; | Veterans&lt;br /&gt;
| -&lt;br /&gt;
| [[#903.8.15|903.8.15]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Varies&lt;br /&gt;
| Varies&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:middle;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align:left;&amp;quot; | College Signing&lt;br /&gt;
| -&lt;br /&gt;
| [[#903.8.16|903.8.16]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Varies&lt;br /&gt;
| Varies&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:middle;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align:left;&amp;quot; | Correction Center&lt;br /&gt;
| -&lt;br /&gt;
| [[#903.8.17|903.8.17]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Varies&lt;br /&gt;
| Varies&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:middle; text-align:left;&amp;quot; | Lewis and Clark (Historical Marker)&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:middle;&amp;quot; | M17-2a&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:middle;&amp;quot; | [[#903.8.18|903.8.18]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:middle;&amp;quot; | 24 X 30&lt;br /&gt;
| 24 X 30&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=={{SpanID|903.8.3}}903.8.3 Airport Signs (MUTCD Section 2H.03)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:D4-10.png|thumb|center|120px|alt=|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;D4-10&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:I3-5.png|thumb|center|100px|alt=|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I3-5&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Support. &#039;&#039;&#039;MoDOT signs for both public general aviation airports and commercial airports. Commercial airports are defined as those facilities which have acquired and continue to maintain FAA 14 CFR Part 139 Certification.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Standard. &#039;&#039;&#039;The Airport (D4-10) sign shall be used to sign general aviation airports and only at the first order sign location (see [[903.1 General (MUTCD Chapter 2A)#903.1.24|EPG 903.1.24]]). If the first order signing location is at an interchange, only ramp terminal signing will be provided. Airport signing shall not be provided for privately owned airports or flying fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Supplemental guide signing shall only be used to sign for commercial airports, guide signs shall be provided from the nearest interstate, or other freeway intersection directly to the airport, normally not to exceed 15 miles.  Guide signs for commercial service airports shall be provided from the nearest interstate, or other freeway intersection directly to the airport, normally not to exceed 15 miles.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Airport (I3-5) Symbol sign shall be reserved for guidance to commercial airports. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option. &#039;&#039;&#039; Signing for St. Louis Lambert International Airport and Kansas City International Airport may have additional guide signing beyond the third order locations and beyond the first interchange due to the fact they draw motorist from all over the state as well as neighboring states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Airport (I3-5) Symbol sign, with an arrow plaque, may be used as a trailblazer for commercial airports. The Airport (I3-5) Symbol may be included on primary guide signs for exits which lead motorists in the direction of commercial airports. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Airport (I3-5) symbol sign along with a supplemental plaque may be used to indicate the specific name of the airport. An Airport symbol sign, with or without a supplemental name plaque or the word AIRPORT, and an arrow may be used as a trailblazer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Standard. &#039;&#039;&#039; Airport pictographs or other graphical representation of the specific airport shall not be used with or in place of the specific airport name on guide signs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Guidance. &#039;&#039;&#039;If airport guide signs are used, adequate trailblazer signs should be used to provide motorist direction to the airport. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Standard. &#039;&#039;&#039;Adequate trailblazer signs shall be in place prior to installing the airport guide signs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Support. &#039;&#039;&#039;Location and placement of all airport guide signs depends upon the availability of longitudinal spacing on highways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=={{SpanID|903.8.4}}903.8.4 Jurisdictional Boundary Signs (I2-1, I4-1, I4-1a, I4-2, I4-2b, I5-1, I6-1, I6-1a) (MUTCD Section 2H.05)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:I2-1.png|thumb|center|110px|alt=|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I2-1&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:I4-1, I4-2.jpg|thumb|center|140px|alt=|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I4-1, I4-2&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:I4-1a.png|thumb|center|160px|alt=|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I4-1a&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:I5-1.jpg|thumb|center|160px|alt=|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I5-1&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:I6-1.jpg|thumb|center|140px|alt=|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I6-1&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:I6-1a.png|thumb|center|180px|alt=|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I6-1a&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Guidance. &#039;&#039;&#039;Notices of statutes or local ordinances should be located separately from Jurisdictional Boundary signs using regulatory signs (see [[903.2 Regulatory Signs and Barricades (MUTCD Chapter 2B) #903.2|EPG 903.2]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Standard. &#039;&#039;&#039;In accordance with [[#903.8.1|EPG 903.8.1]], the Jurisdictional Boundary sign shall be rectangular in shape and shall have a white legend on a green background. The sign shall display only the name of the State, county, municipality, Tribal Nation, or other identifiable community, and an appropriate legend such as STATE LINE, County, or the municipal classification.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Names of elected officials or promotional messages, such as notable accomplishments or claims, shall not be displayed on a Jurisdictional Boundary sign or added as a supplemental sign or plaque (see [[#903.8.14|EPG 903.8.14]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MISSOURI STATE LINE (I2-1) sign shall be erected at the state line on all lettered routes without interfering with higher-priority traffic control devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Support. &#039;&#039;&#039;See [[903.8 General Information Signs (MUTCD Chapter 2H) #903.8.7|EPG 903.8.7]] for information regarding State Welcome signs as state line signage for interstates and numbered routes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Standard. &#039;&#039;&#039;The City Limit (I4 series) signs shall be erected at the city limit of each incorporated area, at the point where the city limit crosses the right of way. If there is inadequate space at this location to install a sign, the city limit sign shall be moved to the closest appropriate location within the city limit boundaries without interfering with higher-priority traffic control devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
County Line (I6 series) signs shall be erected on all state routes at the county line boundary. If there is inadequate space at this location to install a sign, the county line sign shall be moved to the closest appropriate location within the county boundaries without interfering with higher-priority traffic control devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
City limit and county line signs shall only display the proper name of the incorporated community, or the proper name of the county, these jurisdictional boundary signs are marking, followed by the jurisdictional boundary description of “CITY LIMIT” or “COUNTY LINE” respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Guidance. &#039;&#039;&#039;The County Line sign should not be erected at the state line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Support. &#039;&#039;&#039;City populations are no longer included on city limit signs. The decision to phase out the display of populations on city limit signs prior to the release of the 11th edition of the MUTCD was due to the pending release of the updated US Census numbers. This was to avoid the significant expenditure of resources to update all existing city limit signs with new populations. Existing city limit signs will continue to display the city population until the end of the sign’s service life with no option to update the display. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See [[903.15 Typical Signing Applications|EPG 903.15]] for Typical Signing Applications of Jurisdictional Boundary signs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option. &#039;&#039;&#039;Unincorporated Community signs (I5-1) may be installed at the approximate entrance of an unincorporated community, similar to a city limit sign. Unincorporated communities eligible for signing are those that the traveling public would view or recognize as an organized community as they pass through the area. These unincorporated communities would typically have businesses, community centers, or other non-residential structures that are visible from the highway, in addition to their residential areas. They would also be significant enough to typically justify a reduction in the posted speed limit and/or be considered as a destination on highway signs. Eligible unincorporated communities are typically structured enough to also have some form of governing board or council.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Residential developments or subdivisions are not to be considered unincorporated communities that would qualify for highway signing. Regions that once were recognized by the traveling public as an unincorporated community but now have very little or no community recognizable features would no longer be eligible for signing. Existing Community boards installed for regions that are no longer eligible for signing shall remain in place until the end of their service life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Speed Limit sign may be mounted above the Unincorporated Community sign if the speed limit changes at that location.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Guidance. &#039;&#039;&#039;Signs should not be used to identify the boundaries of special-purpose governmental districts, such as school districts, sanitary districts, or improvement districts, as such signs are generally promotional in nature and do not provide navigational or orientation assistance in conjunction with official maps that are available to the general public.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=={{SpanID|903.8.5}}903.8.5 Custom City Limit and Custom County Line Signs (I4-1a, I4-2b, I6-1a)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Support. &#039;&#039;&#039;Many cities and counties want to enhance their identity and presence to the traveling public. A way to do this is by requesting MoDOT to install customized city or county limit signs in lieu of the MoDOT standard jurisdictional boundary signs. Displaying the city or county logo or emblem along with the jurisdictional boundary information is in compliance with MUTCD standards. Custom signs are not required at city or county limits on the state system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Incorporated communities are permitted to request that custom city limit signs be installed on the state system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option. &#039;&#039;&#039;A pictograph representing the jurisdiction (such as a state, county, or municipal corporation) may be displayed on custom city limit or custom county line signs. The display of a pictograph is not a standard application, if a jurisdiction chooses to display a pictograph there is a fee associated with the installation and maintenance of the special signs covered by a MoDOT TR15 signing agreement with the city/county.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Standard. &#039;&#039;&#039;If a pictograph is displayed on the custom city limit or custom county line sign, it shall be the official seal of the jurisdiction and shall comply with the provisions of [[903.1 General (MUTCD Chapter 2A) #903.1.4|EPG 903.1.4]]. The pictograph shall be placed to the left of the legend. The height of the pictograph shall not exceed 2 times the height of the initial upper-case letter of the principal legend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any custom sign not conforming to this policy shall be removed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT shall fabricate customized signs, for consistency, according to the standards described below. Graphics or messages requested by the city or county shall have the approval of the department prior to fabrication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The signs shall be white legend on a green background. The signs shall be made of reflectorized material according to MoDOT standards. Lettering on the signs shall be of the approved size and style as contained in the MUTCD for the type of facility where the signs will go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a city or county elects to use a customized limit sign, MoDOT shall replace the standard sign with the custom sign. If there is a need for a speed limit sign, the speed limit sign shall be installed the same as if a standard city limit sign were used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A participation fee shall be paid for by the city/county which will include all cost for fabrication, installation, and maintenance of the signs. Refer to [[903.19 Signing Agreements #903.19.1|EPG 903.19]] for contract process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lighting of these signs shall not be allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Guidance. &#039;&#039;&#039;The TR-15 contract should be executed between the city or county and MoDOT before the sign is installed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The legend of the sign should be simple, dignified and void of any commercial advertising.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Landscaping around any of these signs should be coordinated and reviewed by the department’s roadside management personnel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=={{SpanID|903.8.6}}903.8.6 River and Major Lake Signs (I3-1) (MUTCD Section 2H.06)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Guidance. &#039;&#039;&#039;If used, the River or Major Lake sign should display only the name of the geographical feature. Additional information that is unnecessary for navigational or orientation purposes, such as watershed or tributary names, should not be displayed on the sign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
River and Major Lake (I3-1) signs should be erected at all bridges on the interstate and numbered routes crossing the river and major lakes listed in [[#tab903.8.6|Table 903.8.6]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Standard. &#039;&#039;&#039;River and Major Lake Name signs shall not be installed on letter routes. Signs shall only be installed at bridges crossing the rivers and major lakes listed in [[#tab903.8.6|Table 903.8.6]]; all other river and lake name signs currently in place shall be removed at the end of their life cycle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{SpanID|tab903.8.6}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center style=&amp;quot;font-size: 100%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Table 903.8.6&#039;&#039;&#039; Rivers and Lakes to be Signed&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width: 600px; max-width: 100%; display:flex; flex-direction: row; gap:10px; align-content: center;margin: 0 auto;align-items: start;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:middle; text-align: center; width: 360px;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Rivers to be signed with I3-1 Signs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Big Piney River&lt;br /&gt;
| Locust Creek&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Big River&lt;br /&gt;
| Meramec River&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Black River&lt;br /&gt;
| Mississippi River&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Blackwater River&lt;br /&gt;
| Missouri River&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Bourbeuse River&lt;br /&gt;
| Moreau River&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Cache River&lt;br /&gt;
| Nishnabotna River&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Chariton River&lt;br /&gt;
| North Fork White River&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Cuivre River&lt;br /&gt;
| Niangua River&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Current River&lt;br /&gt;
| Nodaway River&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Des Moines River&lt;br /&gt;
| North River&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Eleven Point River&lt;br /&gt;
| Osage River&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Elk River&lt;br /&gt;
| Platte River&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Fabius River&lt;br /&gt;
| Pomme de Terre River&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Fox River&lt;br /&gt;
| Sac River&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Gasconade River&lt;br /&gt;
| Salt River&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Grand River&lt;br /&gt;
| South Grand River&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Headwater Diversion&lt;br /&gt;
| Spring River&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Jacks Fork River&lt;br /&gt;
| St. Francis River&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| James River&lt;br /&gt;
| Tarkio River&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Kansas River&lt;br /&gt;
| White River&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Lamine River&lt;br /&gt;
| Wyaconda River&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:middle; text-align: center; width: 190px;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Lakes to be signed with I3-1 Signs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Bull Shoals Lake&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Harry S Truman Lake&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Lake of the Ozarks&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mark Twain Lake&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Norfolk Lake&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Pomme de Terre Lake&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Smithville Lake&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Stockton Lake&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Table Rock Lake&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Thomas Hill Reservoir&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Wappapello Lake&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rivers which receive signing are those which drain the major watersheds of the state; however, individual watersheds of any size shall not be signed on MoDOT roadways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option. &#039;&#039;&#039;Individual arms of major lakes may be signed on interstate and numbered routes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=={{SpanID|903.8.7}}903.8.7 State Welcome Signs (I2-2 and I2-3) (MUTCD Section 2H.07)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:I2-2.png|thumb|center|100px|alt=|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I2-2&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:I2-3.png|thumb|center|100px|alt=|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I2-3&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:I2-3P.png|thumb|center|100px|alt=|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I2-3P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Support. &#039;&#039;&#039;The design, placement, and function of State Welcome signs that are used to identify State lines differ from Jurisdictional Boundary (I2-1) signs (see [[903.8 General Information Signs (MUTCD Chapter 2H) #903.8.4|EPG 903.8.4]]). Because of these differences, it is necessary to distinguish State Welcome signs from State line Jurisdictional Boundary signs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option. &#039;&#039;&#039;A State Welcome sign may be located at or in the vicinity of the State boundary except as prohibited in the first Standard paragraph below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
State Welcome signs may display the State seal or the State flag, the officially-adopted State motto or slogan, and the name of the Governor, in addition to the State name. State Welcome signs may use legend and background colors that provide adequate visual contrast rather than the standard sign colors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Standard. &#039;&#039;&#039;State Welcome signs shall be located separate from other signs where they will not interfere with or detract from other traffic control devices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
State Welcome signs shall not display changeable or other electronic-display messages (see [[903.12 Changeable Message Signs (MUTCD Chapter 2L) #903.12|EPG 903.12]]). State Welcome signs shall not display messages that emulate promotional advertising of any type. State Welcome signs shall not incorporate Acknowledgment signs or messages (see [[903.8 General Information Signs (MUTCD Chapter 2H) #903.8.12|EPG 903.8.12]]), or business identification sign panels or logos (see [[903.10 Specific Service Signs (MUTCD Chapter 2J) #903.10|EPG 903.10]]) into their legends or assemblies. In accordance with [[903.1 General (MUTCD Chapter 2A) #903.1.4|EPG 903.1.4]], telephone numbers, Internet addresses, and e-mail addresses, including domain names and uniform resource locators (URLs), and scanning graphics for the purpose of obtaining information shall not be displayed in the legends of State Welcome signs or on their supports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Guidance. &#039;&#039;&#039;State Welcome signs should be located farther from the edge of the roadway than other traffic control devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum size of a State Welcome sign should be consistent with the prevailing size of other guide signs based on the roadway type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Standard. &#039;&#039;&#039;The large MISSOURI WELCOMES YOU (I2-3) sign shall be erected at or near the state line on numbered routes where the traffic volume is 1,000 AADT or greater. The Welcome to Missouri Welcome Center (I2-3P) plaque shall be installed below a Welcome to Missouri (I2-3) sign on interstates when there is a welcome center located downstream from the state line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The smaller sign (I2-2) shall be erected at or near the state line on numbered routes where the traffic volume is less than 1,000 AADT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Guidance. &#039;&#039;&#039;At locations where it may be impractical to erect the MISSOURI WELCOMES YOU sign at or near the state line, the MISSOURI STATE LINE sign should be used. At locations where the MISSOURI WELCOMES YOU sign is erected in addition to the MISSOURI STATE LINE sign, the MISSOURI WELCOMES YOU should be installed within ¼ mile of the state line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option. &#039;&#039;&#039;The MISSOURI STATE LINE (I2-1) sign may be erected on other routes where it is impractical to use the Welcome to Missouri (I2-2 or I2-3) sign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=={{SpanID|903.8.8}}903.8.8 Welcome To Signs for Cities==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option. &#039;&#039;&#039;Cities may place Welcome To signs on MoDOT right of way within city limits as a gateway to welcome visitors to their city.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Guidance. &#039;&#039;&#039;Welcome To monuments can be found in [[:Category:941 Permits and Access Requests#941.5_Request_by_a_City_to_Construct_a_“Welcome_To”_Monument|EPG 941.5]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Standard. &#039;&#039;&#039;Welcome To signs shall fit on one or two MoDOT breakaway signposts (wood, PSST, pipe, structural) choosing the post type that properly supports the size of sign being installed using the post selection tools in [[903.3 Warning Signs and Object Markers (MUTCD Chapter 2C) #903.3|EPG 903.3]]. MoDOT posts may be painted, but no other alterations may be applied as this can affect the safety performance of the post. The requirements for Welcome To signs include:&lt;br /&gt;
* Welcome To signs shall only be installed as ground mounted signs, Welcome To signs shall not be mounted overhead or on bridge structures, i.e. girders, columns abutment walls, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* Welcome To signs shall not be illuminated electrically.&lt;br /&gt;
* Welcome To signs shall not contain advertisement of any kind.&lt;br /&gt;
* Welcome To signs shall not provide directional guidance by displaying destinations with or without arrows.&lt;br /&gt;
* A TR-42 agreement shall be executed and a permit issued (to address traffic control, locate utilities and other aspects of the installation not addressed in the TR42 contract) before a Welcome To sign is installed. A city ordinance is required with the agreement. An ordinance provides evidence of the city’s assent to enter into an agreement with the Commission.&lt;br /&gt;
* Welcome To sign installation and maintenance shall be completed by a MoDOT approved highway sign installer. This is to assure the signs and their associated breakaway sign supports are installed in accordance with MoDOT standards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Guidance. &#039;&#039;&#039;Welcome To signs should be installed in a location that does not interfere with normal highway signs and possess the least possible threat to the motorist should they leave the roadway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option. &#039;&#039;&#039;The content and design of the sign face is up to the city, design aspects which are optional and permissible include:&lt;br /&gt;
* Making the sign retroreflective so they are visible at night and have the same appearance at night as they do during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
* The sign can display a city slogan or recognition statement that does not change over time, such as, but limited to:&lt;br /&gt;
:* “Sister City To…”&lt;br /&gt;
:* “Home of…”&lt;br /&gt;
:* The City Population&lt;br /&gt;
:* The year the city was established&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A city may display city accomplishments below their Welcome To signs, see [[903.8 General Information Signs (MUTCD Chapter 2H) #903.8.14|EPG 903.8.14]] for program details and limitations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Standard. &#039;&#039;&#039;When a Welcome To sign is installed with accomplishment plaques it shall meet the following criteria to permit proper installation expectations&lt;br /&gt;
* Installed on two MoDOT Structural #1 I-Beam Posts&lt;br /&gt;
* Installed by an approved MoDOT sign installation contractor (see approved list)&lt;br /&gt;
* The sign shall be fabricated using extruded aluminum panels (MoDOT specifications) and flat sheet overlay material&lt;br /&gt;
:* Extruded panel construction is modular. This allows for a durable structure which is easy to install and to update accomplishment panels&lt;br /&gt;
:* See figure for example and construction details&lt;br /&gt;
* Welcome To Sign panel shall be a maximum 8 foot wide by 4 foot tall &lt;br /&gt;
* The legend on the accomplishment plaques shall be a highly legible font, preferably FHWA Highway Font&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option. &#039;&#039;&#039;Community Awareness signs may be displayed on Welcome To signs and monuments, see [[903.8 General Information Signs (MUTCD Chapter 2H) #903.8.21|EPG 903.8.21]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{SpanID|fig903.8.8}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Figure 903.8.8 Example of Welcome To Sign.png|thumb|center|400px|alt=The figure shows a purple “Welcome to Fair Grove” entrance sign with dimensions labeled as 96 inches wide and 48 inches tall. The sign has a curved top and contains a white illustration of a house and silo above the text “Fair Grove,” with “Est. 1883” printed on the right side of the illustration. Below the main sign are three rectangular add-on plaques, each 96 inches wide and 12 inches tall. The top plaque reads, “2023, 2024 &amp;amp; 2025 Class 3 Girls State Basketball Champions.” The middle plaque reads, “2023 &amp;amp; 2024 Class 2 Girls State Volleyball Champions.” The bottom plaque reads, “2021 &amp;amp; 2022 Class 3 – Class 4 State Scholar Bowl Champions.” All signs use white text on a purple background.|&#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 903.8.8&#039;&#039;&#039; Example of Welcome To Sign]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=={{SpanID|903.8.9}}903.8.9 Project Information Sign (CONST-5) (MUTCD Section 2H.09)==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CONST-5.png|thumb|center|300px|alt=|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;CONST-5&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Support. &#039;&#039;&#039;The Project Information (CONST-5) sign provides limited information to road users about a highway construction project on which work is imminently forthcoming or ongoing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Standard. &#039;&#039;&#039;The Project Information sign legend shall be limited to the following project information:&lt;br /&gt;
:A. The roadway name or route number, &lt;br /&gt;
:B. A brief description or title of the project, &lt;br /&gt;
:C. The completion date expressed in either a month or season (Spring, Summer, Fall, or Winter), and&lt;br /&gt;
:D. The agency name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option. &#039;&#039;&#039;Project Information signs installed more than one week prior to commencement of work may include a start date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Standard. &#039;&#039;&#039;Project Information signs shall not be installed more than one month prior to the commencement of work. When installing Project Information signs prior to the commencement of work, the jurisdiction shall have a policy on when the Project Information signs are to be installed. Project Information signs shall be removed at the conclusion of work on the project, even if the final inspection or project closeout has not yet occurred.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The number of Project Information signs shall be limited to one per direction of travel on the roadway on which the project is based. The location of the Project Information sign shall not interfere with the temporary traffic control zone devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Project Information sign shall have a white legend on a green background and shall not display Internet addresses, e-mail addresses, or telephone numbers (see [[903.1 General (MUTCD Chapter 2A) #903.1.4|EPG 903.1.4]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Support. &#039;&#039;&#039;See [[616.9_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Zone_Guide_Signs_(MUTCD_Chapter_6I)#616.9.5_Project_Information_Sign|EPG 616.9.5]] for additional information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=={{SpanID|903.8.10}}903.8.10 Grade-Separated Roadway Identification Signs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Standard. &#039;&#039;&#039;Street Identification/Orientation Street Name signs (D-3c) are used to identify roadways that pass over or under a freeway but have no direct access to the freeway. Street Identification/Orientation Street Name signs (D-3c) have been discontinued. MoDOT shall no longer provide Street Identification/Orientation Street Name signs (D-3c). Existing Street Identification/Orientation Street Name signs (D-3c) shall be left in place until they reach the end of their service life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=={{SpanID|903.8.11}}903.8.11 Emergency Reference Markers (D10-5 and D10-5a)==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:D10-5.png|thumb|center|80px|alt=|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;D10-5&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Support. &#039;&#039;&#039;Emergency Reference Markers (D10-5 series) are used to assist travelers in estimating their progress, provide a means for identifying the location of emergency incidents and traffic crashes, and to aid in highway maintenance and servicing. The typical mile marker D10-1 series and intermediate mile marker D10-1a series of signs are not used by MoDOT as they do not provide the same level of information to the driver.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Directional Ramp Emergency Reference Markers (D10-5a) are placed on long directional ramps to provide motorists a means to report incidents and/or request assistance. These signs help responders identify not only the interchange, but also the specific ramp they need to respond to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Standard. &#039;&#039;&#039;Emergency Reference Markers (D10-5) shall be placed on all expressway facilities that are located on a route where there is reference location sign continuity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emergency Reference Markers (D10-5) shall be placed on Interstates (instead of reference location signs) at two-tenth mile intervals. An Emergency Reference Marker shall not be installed if it cannot be set within 200 ft. of its exact location.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every attempt shall be made to install Emergency Reference Markers on walls, bridges or concrete median barrier, even if this requires special mounting designs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Guidance. &#039;&#039;&#039;Directional Ramp Emergency Reference Markers (D10-5a) should be installed on directional ramps. These signs should be spaced approximately every 0.1 mile along the ramp with spacings being adjusted by engineering judgement to adjust for conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Standard. &#039;&#039;&#039;Emergency Reference Markers (D10-5) shall be vertical panels having green backgrounds with white numerals, letters and borders, except for the route shield, which shall be the standard color and shape. The top line shall consist of the cardinal direction for the roadway. The second line shall consist of the applicable route shield for the roadway. The third line shall identify the mile reference for the location and the bottom line of the Emergency Reference Marker shall give the tenth of a mile reference for the location displaying the decimal point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Directional Ramp Emergency Reference Markers (D10-5a) shall be vertical panels having green backgrounds with white numerals, letters, and borders, except for the route shield, which shall be the standard color and shape. The sign shall display the cardinal direction and route shield of the route being departed followed by “TO” and then display the cardinal direction and route shield of the route being accessed. Only the route shields for the primary routes shall be displayed on these signs, see [https://www.modot.org/media/16921 Standard Plan 903.03] for installation details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emergency Reference Markers shall have a minimum mounting height of 4 feet to the bottom of the sign according to the mounting height requirements of and per details found in Standard Plan 903.03.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The distance numbering shall be continuous for each route within the state, except where overlaps occur (see [[903.5 Guide Signs - Freeways and Expressways (MUTCD Chapter 2E) #903.5.22|EPG 903.5.22]]). Where routes overlap, Emergency Reference Marker continuity shall be established for the route of higher classification. If two routes of the same class overlap each other, the route with the lower designation takes precedent unless that route overlaps for only a short segment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Guidance. &#039;&#039;&#039;The route selected for continuity of distance numbering should also have continuity in interchange exit numbering (see [[903.5 Guide Signs - Freeways and Expressways (MUTCD Chapter 2E) #903.5.22|EPG 903.5.22]]). On a route without Emergency Reference Marker continuity, the first Emergency Reference Marker beyond the overlap should indicate the total distance traveled on the route so that travelers will have a means of correlating their travel distance between Emergency Reference Markers with that shown on their odometer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Standard. &#039;&#039;&#039;The distance measurement shall increase in the northbound and eastbound directions of travel. Emergency Reference Markers for southbound or westbound roadways shall be set at locations directly opposite to and displaying the same distance measurement as the Emergency Reference Marker for the northbound or eastbound roadways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Guidance. &#039;&#039;&#039;The zero-distance should begin at the south and west state lines, or at the south and west terminus points where routes begin within a state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Standard. &#039;&#039;&#039;Except as provided in the option below Emergency Reference Markers shall be installed on the right side of the roadway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option. &#039;&#039;&#039;Where conditions limit or restrict the use of Emergency Reference Markers on the right side of the roadway, they may be installed in the median. Emergency Reference Markers may be installed back-to-back if the median location is warranted. Emergency Reference Markers may be installed on non-interstate freeways and expressways under the following conditions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Written support from the local response agency must first be obtained.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. A logical beginning and ending point must be chosen. Examples of logical beginning or ending points include state boundaries, transitions from two to four lanes, or major intersections. District borders, county lines or construction project limits are not logical beginning and ending points.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. All districts along the route must be involved in the decision to install Emergency Reference Markers on a route to ensure consistency of application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Guidance. &#039;&#039;&#039;Emergency Reference markers should not be installed on routes which are likely to change in length due to future realignments. Roadway realignments would require the replacement of Emergency Reference Markers in the future to correct the distance measurement displayed on these signs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=={{SpanID|903.8.12}}903.8.12 Acknowledgment (Sponsorship) Signs and Plaques (I9-1, I9-2, I9-2P, I9-3, and I9-4) (MUTCD Section 2H.13) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:I9-1.png|thumb|center|130px|alt=|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I9-1&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:I9-2.png|thumb|center|100px|alt=|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I9-2&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:I9-2P.png|thumb|center|170px|alt=|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I9-2P&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:I9-3.png|thumb|center|150px|alt=|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I9-3&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Support. &#039;&#039;&#039;Acknowledgment signs and plaques are a way of recognizing a company, business, or volunteer group that provides or sponsors a highway-related service. Acknowledgment signs include sponsorship signs for sponsor-a-highway litter removal programs, maintenance of a parkway or interchange, and other highway maintenance or beautification sponsorship programs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Refer to [[141.8 Sponsorship Programs|EPG 141.8]] for more information on MoDOT&#039;s Sponsorship Policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Refer to [[:Category:171 Maintenance Policy and Operations|EPG 171]] for acknowledgment sign program policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Guidance. &#039;&#039;&#039;A State or local highway agency that elects to have a sponsorship acknowledgement program should develop a policy on Acknowledgment signs and plaques. The policy should require that eligible sponsoring organizations comply with State laws prohibiting discrimination based on race, religion, color, age, sex, national origin, and other applicable laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Standard. &#039;&#039;&#039;The State or local acknowledgment sign policy shall include all of the provisions regarding placement and design of Acknowledgment signs and plaques that are contained in this Section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because regulatory, warning, and guide signs have a higher priority, Acknowledgment signs shall only be installed where adequate spacing is available between the Acknowledgment sign and other higher priority signs. Acknowledgment signs shall not be installed in a position where they would obscure the road users’ view of other traffic control devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Acknowledgment signs shall not be installed at any of the following locations:&lt;br /&gt;
:A. On the front or back of, adjacent to, or around any other traffic control device, including traffic signs, highway traffic signals, and changeable message signs;&lt;br /&gt;
:B. On the front or back of, adjacent to, or around the supports or structures of other traffic control devices, or bridge piers; or&lt;br /&gt;
:C. At key decision points where a road user’s attention is more appropriately focused on other traffic control devices, roadway geometry, or traffic conditions, including exit and entrance ramps, merging or weaving areas, lane terminations, intersections, grade crossings, toll plazas, temporary traffic control zones, and areas of limited sight distance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Acknowledgment signs and plaques shall have a white legend and border on a blue background. Acknowledgment signs shall be independent post-mounted roadside installations only and shall not be mounted overhead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option. &#039;&#039;&#039;An Acknowledgment sign may be used to acknowledge the sponsor of a rest area or welcome center. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Standard. &#039;&#039;&#039;Acknowledgment signs for a rest area, when located on the highway mainline, shall be limited to one sign per direction of travel from which the rest area is accessible, shall be located at least 500 feet from other traffic control devices, and shall not display names or representations of specific products or services provided by the sponsor within the rest area. Acknowledgment signs for rest areas shall display the legend REST AREA as the program activity, such as REST AREA SPONSORED BY. In accordance with Paragraph 5 of this Section, the Rest Area and Welcome Center Acknowledgment (I20-4 and I20-4a) signs shall not be combined in the same sign assembly with or substitute for the Rest Area General Service guide signs (see [[903.9 General Service Signs (MUTCD Chapter 2I) #903.9.3|EPG 903.9.3]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option. &#039;&#039;&#039;An additional Acknowledgment sign may be used within the rest area provided that it is not visible from the highway mainline or ramps to and from the rest area. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a State has officially adopted and is actively promoting a program to encourage the use of safety rest areas through the use of a program name, then that program name may be displayed in smaller lettering below the legend REST AREA on the Rest Area Acknowledgment sign. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Standard. &#039;&#039;&#039;Program names or slogans, as described in the Option paragraph below, shall not be displayed on the Rest Area General Service guide signs or other types of traffic signs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Guidance. &#039;&#039;&#039;The minimum spacing between Acknowledgment signs and any other traffic control signs, except parking regulation signs, should be:&lt;br /&gt;
:A. 150 feet on roadways with speed limits of less than 30 mph,&lt;br /&gt;
:B. 200 feet on roadways with speed limits of 30 to 45 mph, and &lt;br /&gt;
:C. 500 feet on roadways with speed limits greater than 45 mph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the placement of a newly-installed higher-priority traffic control device, such as a higher-priority sign, a highway traffic signal, or a temporary traffic control device, conflicts with an existing Acknowledgment sign, the Acknowledgment sign should be relocated, covered, or removed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option. &#039;&#039;&#039;Acknowledgment signs may have their own designs and may also use their own pictograph and/or a brief jurisdiction-wide program slogan as part of any portion of the acknowledgment sign, provided that the signs comply with the provisions for shape, color, and lettering style in this article and in [[903.1 General (MUTCD Chapter 2A) #903.1|EPG 903.1]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Guidance. &#039;&#039;&#039;Acknowledgment signs should clearly indicate the type of highway services provided by the sponsor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Standard. &#039;&#039;&#039;Acknowledgment signs and plaques shall comply with the following provisions:&lt;br /&gt;
:A. Neither the sign or plaque design nor the sponsor acknowledgment name or logo shall contain any contact information, directions, slogans (other than a brief jurisdiction-wide program name, if used), telephone numbers, e-mail or Internet addresses, including domain names and uniform resource locators (URLs), metadata tags (“hash-tags”), or quick-response (QR) codes, bar codes, or similar scanning graphics (see [[903.1 General (MUTCD Chapter 2A) #903.1.4|EPG 903.1.4]]);&lt;br /&gt;
:B. Except for the sponsor acknowledgment logo, all of the lettering shall be in upper-case letters of the Standard Alphabets as provided in the FHWA’s “Standard Highway Signs” publication (see [[:Category:911 General (MUTCD Part 1) #911.1.5 |EPG 911 (MUTCD Section 1A.05)]]);&lt;br /&gt;
:C. If a logo, instead of a word legend, is used to represent the sponsor, the logo shall be the primary logo that identifies the sponsoring entity. Secondary or alternate logos, slogans, products, mascots, spokespersons, or other items associated with the sponsoring entity’s commercial advertising or marketing shall not be displayed on Acknowledgment signs or plaques;&lt;br /&gt;
:D. In order to keep the main focus on the highway-related service and not on the sponsor acknowledgment name or logo, the area reserved for the sponsor acknowledgment name or logo shall not be located at the top of the sign or plaque, shall be a maximum of 8 square feet in area, and shall not exceed ⅓ of the total area of the sign;&lt;br /&gt;
:E. The entire sign display area of an Acknowledgment sign assembly shall not exceed 24 square feet;&lt;br /&gt;
:F. The sign or plaque shall not contain any messages, lights, symbols, or logos that resemble any official traffic control devices;&lt;br /&gt;
:G. The sign or plaque shall not contain any external or internal illumination, light-emitting diodes, luminous tubing, fiber optics, luminescent panels, or other flashing, moving, or animated features;&lt;br /&gt;
:H. The sign or plaque shall not distract from official traffic control messages such as regulatory, warning, or guidance messages;&lt;br /&gt;
:I. The area of the plaque shall not exceed the lesser of ⅓ the area of the General Service sign below which it is mounted or 24 square feet;&lt;br /&gt;
:J. The plaque size shall be based on the standard sizes as specified in [[#tab903.8.2|Table 903.8.2]]. If the size of the General Service sign is oversized for its application (greater than the size specified for the corresponding roadway application in [[#tab903.8.2|Table 903.8.2]]), or if the size of the General Service sign increases due to modification of the sign legend, a corresponding increase in the size of the plaque shall not be allowed; and&lt;br /&gt;
:K. The sign or plaque shall not display promotional or contact information about the agency’s sponsorship program, including if the sign or plaque does not currently display a sponsor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option. &#039;&#039;&#039;If a specific outlet of a business with multiple locations in the same area is the sponsoring entity, such as a franchisee, the area reserved for the sponsor acknowledgment name or logo may include the name of the municipality or neighborhood in which the sponsoring entity is located.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Standard. &#039;&#039;&#039;An Acknowledgment plaque shall not be mounted in conjunction with any other sign or traffic control device. An Acknowledgment plaque shall not be used alone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general restrictions on the type of content allowed for display on Acknowledgment signs (see the Standard paragraph above) shall apply to the legends of Acknowledgment plaques.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=={{SpanID|903.8.13}}903.8.13 BUSINESS DISTRICT and INDUSTRIAL PARK Signs (D4-15, D4-16)==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:D4-15.png|thumb|center|100px|alt=|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;D4-15&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:D4-16.png|thumb|center|100px|alt=|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;D4-16&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option. &#039;&#039;&#039;The BUSINESS DISTRICT (D4-15) sign may be erected on a highway within the city limits at the principal intersection leading to the central business district.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Standard. &#039;&#039;&#039;If a route passes through the central business district, this sign shall not be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a route passes through the industrial park, this sign shall not be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option. &#039;&#039;&#039;The INDUSTRIAL PARK (D4-16) sign may be erected on a highway within the city limits at the principal intersection leading to the central industrial park when truck traffic tends to get lost or miss turns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Guidance. &#039;&#039;&#039;If used, the INDUSTRIAL PARK sign should be installed at first order signing (see [[903.1 General (MUTCD Chapter 2A)#903.1.24|EPG 903.1.24]]) for the most direct path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=={{SpanID|903.8.14}}903.8.14 City and County Accomplishment Plaques==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Support. &#039;&#039;&#039;MoDOT did have a city/county accomplishment program where a city or county could display up to three accomplishments below their jurisdictional boundary sign. This program was discontinued September 1, 2021 in response to pending federal rule changes that would prohibit such displays on jurisdictional boundary signs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Standard. &#039;&#039;&#039;No new accomplishment plaque requests will be considered after September 1, 2021 to display accomplishments under or in association with a city limit or county line sign. All existing accomplishment plaques shall be maintained for the remainder of the 10-year term in accordance with the latest TR15 contract executed for each installation. No accomplishment contract will be renewed or extended beyond the contract termination date. All existing accomplishments listed on the plaques shall remain unchanged for the remainder of the contract terms. No additions, modifications or updates will be permitted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option. &#039;&#039;&#039;If cities have a Welcome To sign (see [[903.8 General Information Signs (MUTCD Chapter 2H) #903.8.8|EPG 903.8.8]]), they may display accomplishments on these structures. Accomplishments are not recommended on city Welcome To monuments as these structures are farther off the roadway and accomplishment legends would not be legible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Standard. &#039;&#039;&#039;If accomplishments are installed with a Welcome To sign, the following criteria apply:&lt;br /&gt;
# Accomplishments shall only be updated one time per year under a permit. If accomplishments are school related, they shall be updated at the end of the school year.&lt;br /&gt;
# A maximum of three accomplishments, each displayed on an individual panel, shall be displayed below a city Welcome To sign.&lt;br /&gt;
# Each accomplishment panel shall be no taller than 1 foot and shall be the width of the Welcome To sign they are installed under. &lt;br /&gt;
# The total accomplishment sign area height shall be no taller than the Welcome To sign they are installed under. &lt;br /&gt;
# The addition of the accomplishment plaques will be included in the TR42 agreement for the Welcome To sign they are installed beneath. &lt;br /&gt;
# The size and fabrication method for the Welcome To sign with accomplishments must meet MoDOT specifications for this application of Welcome To sign (see [[903.8 General Information Signs (MUTCD Chapter 2H) #903.8.8|EPG 903.8.8]]). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Guidance. &#039;&#039;&#039;Care should be taken when considering adding supplemental signs to make sure they do not interfere with or distract from regulatory, warning or guide signs. Sufficient spacing of at least 800 ft. on freeways or expressways should be allowed for drivers to be able to read and comprehend the sign messages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=={{SpanID|903.8.15}}903.8.15 Missouri Regional Port Authorities==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Support. &#039;&#039;&#039;Signing for port authorities is done in coordination with Multimodal Operations. For more information contact the [https://www.modot.org/waterways-general-information MoDOT Multimodal Division].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=={{SpanID|903.8.16}}903.8.16 Veterans Signing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Standard. &#039;&#039;&#039;MoDOT shall provide signing for veterans cemeteries in Missouri. The cemeteries shall be owned and operated by either the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs (for national cemeteries) or the [http://www.mvc.dps.mo.gov/ Missouri Veterans Commission] (for state cemeteries). First order signing (see [[903.1 General (MUTCD Chapter 2A)#903.1.24|EPG 903.1.24]]), on the state system, shall be provided for all cemeteries that meet the above upon request.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Missouri Veterans Commission shall pay a participation fee for veterans’ home signs for 10 years. After 10 years, the signs will either be removed or renewed for another participation fee. All participation fees are to be determined by Traffic. First order signing, on the state system, shall be provided for all veterans’ homes that meet the above upon request.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option. &#039;&#039;&#039;Second order signing may be considered if there is an intersection of a state route or an interchange within 6 miles of the cemetery or of the veterans’ home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Signing may be allowed for veterans’ homes that are owned and operated by the Missouri Veterans Commission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Support. &#039;&#039;&#039;See [[903.9 General Service Signs (MUTCD Chapter 2I) #903.9.2|EPG 903.9.2]] HOSPITAL Signs for signing of Veterans hospitals&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=={{SpanID|903.8.17}}903.8.17 College Signing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Support. &#039;&#039;&#039;Effective July 1, 2015 a new Code of State Regulations, [https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&amp;amp;rct=j&amp;amp;q=&amp;amp;esrc=s&amp;amp;source=web&amp;amp;cd=&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwiQ6qWFw-bsAhUPS60KHXNYDQsQFjAAegQIBxAC&amp;amp;url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sos.mo.gov%2Fcmsimages%2Fadrules%2Fcsr%2Fcurrent%2F7csr%2F7c10-17.pdf&amp;amp;usg=AOvVaw0MB3kNkZkj3-ANJUO-dYLG 7 CSR Division 10, Chapter 17 – Supplemental Guide Sign Program], went into effect that incorporated the rules for college signing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
College signing is now part of the Supplemental Guide Sign Program which is managed by a third party contractor, beginning July 1, 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Standard. &#039;&#039;&#039;The signing programs managed under the Supplemental Guide Sign Program include:&lt;br /&gt;
# Tourist Oriented Directional Signing (TODS)&lt;br /&gt;
# Specific Service Signing (Logos)&lt;br /&gt;
# Traffic Generator Signing for privately owned and operated tourist-oriented activity sites&lt;br /&gt;
# College Signing&lt;br /&gt;
# Signing for State and Federal recreational and historic sites&lt;br /&gt;
# State Correctional Center signing&lt;br /&gt;
# Welcome Center Affiliate signing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=={{SpanID|903.8.18}}903.8.18 State Correctional Center Signs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Support. &#039;&#039;&#039;Prior to July 2015, MoDOT’s State Correctional Center Signing was managed, installed and maintained by MoDOT. The rules for correctional signing were contained in MoDOT policy in the EPG.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Effective July 1st 2015, a new Code of State Regulations went into effect, 7 CSR Division 10 , Chapter 17 – Supplemental Guide Sign Program, which incorporated the rules for State Correctional Center Signing. State Correctional Center Signing is now part of the Supplemental Guide Sign Program which is managed by a third party contractor, beginning July 1, 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Standard. &#039;&#039;&#039;All requests for State Correctional Center Signing shall be sent to MoDOT’s Supplemental Guide Sign Program manager for processing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=={{SpanID|903.8.19}}903.8.19 Historical Site Signs (M17-2a)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:M17-2a.png|thumb|center|100px|alt=|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;M17-2a&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Support. &#039;&#039;&#039;Prior to July 2015, MoDOT’s historic signing was accomplished through several different programs, Traffic Generator Signing and State and Federal Historic Site signing, these programs were managed, installed and maintained by MoDOT. In addition, historic sites could also be signed through MoDOT’s TODS and Logos program, managed by MoDOT’s TODS and Logos third party contract manager. The rules for Traffic generator signing and well as TODS and Logos signing were all contained in individual Codes of State Regulations while the rules for state and federal historic site signing were contained in policy within the EPG.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Effective July 1st 2015, a new Code of State Regulations went into effect, [https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&amp;amp;rct=j&amp;amp;q=&amp;amp;esrc=s&amp;amp;source=web&amp;amp;cd=&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwiQ6qWFw-bsAhUPS60KHXNYDQsQFjAAegQIBxAC&amp;amp;url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sos.mo.gov%2Fcmsimages%2Fadrules%2Fcsr%2Fcurrent%2F7csr%2F7c10-17.pdf&amp;amp;usg=AOvVaw0MB3kNkZkj3-ANJUO-dYLG 7 CSR Division 10 , Chapter 17 – Supplemental Guide Sign Program], which incorporated the rules for Traffic Generator Signing, TODS, Logos as well as for State and Federal Historic site signing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These programs are now part of the Supplemental Guide Sign Program which is managed by a third party contractor, beginning July 1, 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Standard. &#039;&#039;&#039;All requests for Historic Site Signing shall be sent to MoDOT’s Supplemental Guide Sign Program manager for processing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Support. &#039;&#039;&#039;There are some historical sites which MoDOT staff still install and maintain signs for, these are sites that have “national prominence” and are “nationally known” and are signed at the Commission’s expense. [[#tab903.8.19|Table 903.8.19]] shows the list of sites that are considered to have “national prominence” and are “nationally known” and are the historic sites the Commission deemed to be of such importance as to justify such signing per Missouri State Statue 226.525 for the signing of natural wonders and historic attractions. Other historic sites have the option for signing under the Supplemental Guide Sign Program.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{SpanID|tab903.8.19}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &#039;&#039;&#039;Table 903.8.19&#039;&#039;&#039; Nationally Known, Nationally Prominent Sites&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Non-contractual Sites&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Daniel Boone&#039;s Home&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|General Pershing&#039;s Boyhood Home&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| George Washington Carver Nat&#039;l Monument&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Harry S Truman&#039;s Birthplace&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mark Twain’s Boyhood Home and Museum&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Route 66 State Park&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Scott Joplin House&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Trail of Tears State Park&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Ulysses S. Grant National Historic Site&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Wilson&#039;s Creek National Battlefield Park&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| National Churchill Museum&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Standard. &#039;&#039;&#039;MoDOT shall provide signing for certified Lewis and Clark historic sites. Signing for sites shall direct motorists from the Lewis and Clark trail to the certified historic site. Signing for a certified site shall be limited to the nearest junction on the trail to the site. Second and third order signing on the trail shall not be allowed. Along the Mississippi River, where there is not an official Lewis and Clark trail, signing shall be provided from the “pseudo-trail” as designated by MoDOT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Signing shall consist of the Lewis and Clark Historical Marker (M17-2a) sign and an appropriate Advance Turn Arrow placed in advance of the junction where motorists leave the trail. If additional trailblazers on the state system are required, the Lewis and Clark Historical Marker sign with the appropriate Advance Turn Arrow shall be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional trailblazing off the state system may be required to reach the certified historic site. This signing shall consist of the smaller version of the Lewis and Clark Historical Marker (M17-2a) sign, which is installed and maintained by others. MoDOT shall manufacture the Lewis and Clark Historical Marker signs with the cost of manufacturing reimbursed according to the following subarticles. Signing on the state system shall not be allowed unless the appropriate trailblazer signs off the state system are also installed, if required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a Public Area Directional sign does not exist for the facility, signing shall be provided according to the normal Lewis and Clark historic site policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trailblazers shall be reimbursed by the appropriate state agency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Requests for Lewis and Clark historic signing for a non-state owned location shall only be considered if the location has been certified by the National Park Service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Signing for certified sites shall be in accordance with the normal Lewis and Clark historic site policy. The owner of the site shall be responsible for the cost and installation of the trailblazer signs and securing approval from the appropriate local agencies for locating and maintaining the trailblazer signs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Guidance. &#039;&#039;&#039;The Missouri Department of Natural Resources and the Missouri Department of Conservation have erected special interpretive signs at some of their sites. The advance signs for these sites should be incorporated into any signing that currently exists for the facility by adding it above the existing Public Area Directional sign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Lewis and Clark Historical Marker sign should be mounted to either the left or right side of the Public Area Directional sign based on the turn required to reach the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Support. &#039;&#039;&#039;Information for certification can be found at:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lewis &amp;amp; Clark National Historic Trail&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1709 Jackson Street&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Omaha, NE 68102-2571&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.nps.gov/lecl/index.htm https://www.nps.gov/lecl/index.htm].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Information regarding the trail in Missouri can be found at:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Missouri Lewis and Clark Bicentennial Commission&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
100 Jefferson Street, Suite 200&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jefferson City, MO 65101&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
573-522-9019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://mostateparks.com/park/lewis-and-clark-state-park https://mostateparks.com/park/lewis-and-clark-state-park].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Signing for certified sites will normally be from the approved Lewis and Clark trail. There are, however, several sites along the Missouri River in the north part of St. Louis County that are not conveniently located near the Lewis and Clark trail. Any signing provided along these routes will be in accordance with the normal Lewis and Clark historic site policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On November 1952, the Commission entered into an agreement with the Missouri Historical Society for the erection of markers along the highways of Missouri at points of great historic interest. These signs are provided by others, normally in a rest area, roadside park or at a specific location of historical interest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=={{SpanID|903.8.20}}903.8.20 Blue Star Markers (TR42-4)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TR42-4.png|thumb|center|100px|alt=|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;TR42-4&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option. &#039;&#039;&#039;Blue Star Markers may be placed on the following routes: Route 36, Route 50, Route 67, I-44 and I-70. These signs are normally located in a rest area or roadside park. These signs are provided and maintained by others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Standard. &#039;&#039;&#039;Approval for signing shall be obtained from the National Garden Clubs, Inc. prior to the erection of any new signs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=={{SpanID|903.8.21}}903.8.21 Local Reference Signs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Post Office.png|thumb|center|130px|alt=|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Post Office&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Library.png|thumb|center|130px|alt=|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Library&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Recycling Center.png|thumb|center|130px|alt=|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Recycling Center&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Tornado Shelter.png|thumb|center|130px|alt=|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Tornado Shelter&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Support. &#039;&#039;&#039;Local Reference signs are small informational signs installed and maintained by a city or county on state right of way per the terms of a Roles and Responsibilities document (see [[903.19 Signing Agreements#903.19.4.1_Roles_and_Responsibilities_for_Signing_Installed_and_Maintained_by_Cities_and_Counties|EPG 903.19.4.1]]). These signs provide guidance to city or county owned and maintained community sites which do not qualify for one of MoDOT’s supplemental guide sign programs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typical examples of sites that would qualify for Local Reference signing include, but are not limited to:&lt;br /&gt;
# City Hall&lt;br /&gt;
# Police Station&lt;br /&gt;
# Courthouse&lt;br /&gt;
# City/County Park&lt;br /&gt;
# City/County Pool&lt;br /&gt;
# Senior Center&lt;br /&gt;
# Recycling Center&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Standard. &#039;&#039;&#039;Local Reference signs shall be 24 in. x 24 in. white legend on green guide signs with a directional arrow below the sign legend. The sign legend shall be limited to the generic name of the site, such as CITY PARK, and shall not include the proper name of the facility or the city / county name. Central Office Highway Safety and Traffic shall approve site types being requested for Local Reference signs and shall provide the sign design detail these signs shall be fabricated to match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Local Reference signs shall only be placed at the first order sign location (see [[903.1 General (MUTCD Chapter 2A)#903.1.24|EPG 903.1.24]]) where motorists leave the state highway system. If the first order location is an interchange, the Local Reference sign shall only be placed at the ramp terminal. Local Reference signs shall not be placed on interstate highways or freeways. These signs shall only be installed on expressways with speed limits of 45 mph or less or on any conventional two-lane route.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A maximum of two Local Reference Signs on a maximum of one post shall be permitted at any given first order location. Local Reference signs shall direct motorists to the site along the most direct path possible. If the most direct path is not the same for the two directions of travel on the state route, the Local Reference signs for each direction shall be placed at two appropriate first order locations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Local Reference signs and posts shall be provided, installed, and maintained by the city/county per the terms of a Roles and Responsibilities document, and the district shall approve all locations. Local reference signs shall be fabricated to MoDOT’s sign design details and shall meet minimum [https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ MUTCD] standards for color and retroreflection. A permit shall be issued by MoDOT to the city/county prior to the installation of Local Reference Signs. These signs shall be installed in accordance with the exhibits included with the Roles and Responsibilities document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Guidance. &#039;&#039;&#039;Sites receiving Local Reference signing on MoDOT right of way could require additional trailblazer signing on city/county right of way to provide a complete path to the site. This signing is also the responsibility of the city/county to install and maintain. Trailblazer signs should match the same design, color and size as Local Reference signs so they are clearly associated with the first signs they see on MoDOT right of way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=={{SpanID|903.8.22}}903.8.22 Community Awareness Signs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Support. &#039;&#039;&#039;Many cities/counties participate in programs sponsored by different organizations. Some of these programs provide signs the cities/counties then wish to post with their city limit sign to acknowledge their participation. Cities/counties must achieve the minimum program requirements outlined by each sponsoring organization in order to qualify and/or continue to qualify for one or more of these programs. Signing for the following programs are approved for installation on MoDOT right of way:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:A. Storm Ready Program – Administered by National Weather Service program.&lt;br /&gt;
:B. Disaster Resistant Community Program - Sponsored by FEMA and locally coordinated by SEMA.&lt;br /&gt;
:C. Missouri Community Betterment Program - Administered by the Missouri Community Betterment Education Fund, Inc.&lt;br /&gt;
:D. TREE CITY U.S.A. Program – Administered by National Arbor Day Foundation.&lt;br /&gt;
:E. National Neighborhood Watch Program – Administered by the National Sheriff’s Association&lt;br /&gt;
:F. MADD Program – Administered by Mothers Against Drunk Driving&lt;br /&gt;
:G. D.A.R.E. Program - Administered by the MSHP in conjunction with local law enforcement&lt;br /&gt;
:H. Purple Heart City/County – Administered by the Military Order of the Purple Heart&lt;br /&gt;
:I. POW-MIA City/County – Administered by the Jefferson Barracks POW-MIA Museum&lt;br /&gt;
:J. Agri-Ready County - Administered by Missouri Farmers Care / Dept. of Agriculture&lt;br /&gt;
:K. Firewise USA Program – Administered by the National Fire Protection Association&lt;br /&gt;
:L. Main Street America – Administered by the Missouri Main Street Connection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Standard. &#039;&#039;&#039;Community Awareness signs shall not detract from, or interfere with, MoDOT signs or maintenance of the roadway. The signs shall look professional and shall not, contain advertising of any kind. These signs shall not be displayed on interstates or freeways. These signs shall only be installed on expressways with speed limits of 45 mph or less or on any conventional two-lane route. No Community Awareness sign shall be mounted to a MoDOT post assembly. Community Awareness signs shall be located 200 feet downstream of the city limit signs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cities/counties shall not install signs on MoDOT right of way before signing the Roles and Responsibilities agreement (see [[903.19 Signing Agreements#903.19.4.1_Roles_and_Responsibilities_for_Signing_Installed_and_Maintained_by_Cities_and_Counties|EPG 903.19.4.1]]) and receiving a permit from the local MoDOT district office. The roles and responsibilities agreement contains the guidance for how and where signs are to be installed on MoDOT right of way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cities/counties shall be approved by the sign program sponsoring organization before acquiring signs. Cities shall not fabricate their own copies and/or versions of the official community awareness program signs, only those signs provided by the sponsoring organization shall be installed on MoDOT right of way. Signs shall be removed from the right of way if the city/county no longer qualifies for the program the sign represents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option. &#039;&#039;&#039;The location of Community Awareness signs may be adjusted as not to interfere with higher-priority traffic control devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
DARE signs may also be located at the right of way line on routes that pass along school properties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a city has a Welcome To sign on MoDOT right of way (see [[903.8 General Information Signs (MUTCD Chapter 2H) #903.8.8|EPG 903.8.8]]) or a Welcome To monument on right of way (see [[:Category:941 Permits and Access Requests#941.5_Request_by_a_City_to_Construct_a_“Welcome_To”_Monument|EPG 941.5]]), they have the option to install their Community Awareness signs at these locations. However, the city must choose their preferred location for their Community Awareness signs, they cannot be displayed at both their Welcome To sign/monument location and their MoDOT city limit sign location, and the city is still limited to a maximum of two Community Awareness signs per Welcome To sign/monument. If the city elects to install the Community Awareness signs on the city Welcome To sign, they must be installed on the sign posts directly below the city Welcome To sign, one Community Awareness sign per post. If these signs are associated with a city Welcome To monument, the Community Awareness signs must be attached to the monument.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=={{SpanID|903.8.23}}903.8.23 Municipal Bus Stop Signing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Support. &#039;&#039;&#039;Many cities operate public transportation that includes bus service. With many MoDOT routes running through cities and serving as city streets, bus stop locations many times are located on MoDOT routes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Guidance. &#039;&#039;&#039;Signing for bus stops should be installed and maintained by municipality forces with standard red on white &amp;quot;No Parking - Bus Stop&amp;quot; signs following enactment of an enabling ordinance either on a blanket or specific location basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No other bus system signing, such as trail blazing for bus routes, should be permitted on the state system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option. &#039;&#039;&#039;Where a special need exists, the shoulder may be improved for safety and maintenance reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Local bus officials may be permitted to install supplementary plates bearing schedules for the particular stop and other information relating to the bus operation. Distinctive bus system logos may be displayed on the supplementary signs provided they are not distracting to motorists. These supplementary signs should be installed beneath the municipality signs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Signing for other mass transit systems, including park and ride lots associated with the system, will be allowed under guidelines similar to bus stops.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the mass transit system has a logo, they may incorporate it into their sign.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Job_Special_Provisions&amp;diff=59502</id>
		<title>Job Special Provisions</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Job_Special_Provisions&amp;diff=59502"/>
		<updated>2026-10-01T12:44:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Provision=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
! Name !! JSP Title !! Explanatory Notes !! Current Version !! Revision Date !! Effective Letting&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP-Formatting-Guide.docx JSP Formatting Guide] || _Roadway Job Special Provision Formatting Instructions || This format is to be used by all when writing provisions in order to create uniformity in project proposals. || JSP_Format_Guide || 4/3/2018 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP_Roadway_Template.docx JSP_Roadway_Template] || _Roadway Job Special Provision Template || This template is to be used for Roadway Job Special Provisions. Choose the appropriate signature block and provide the necessary provisions according to the template provided. || Template || 9/30/2026 || 11/1/2026&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP2302.docx JSP2302] || 4-Inch Square Steel Sign Post || Use this provision to specify the details for a 4-inch square post which may be used to install single post exit gore signs, flat sheet signs 48” wide ranging in height from 60” to 96”, and community wayfinding signs at locations shown on the plans. || JSP-23-02 || 9/13/2023 || 12/1/2023&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP9314.docx JSP9314] || Accelerating the Completion of Closure Work (Incentive/Disincentive Clause) || This provision is commonly known as A+B bidding. || JSP-93-14C || 12/5/2018 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP1001.docx JSP1001] || ADA Compliance and Final Acceptance Of Constructed Facilities || This provision is required on all projects with sidewalks or curb ramps. || JSP-10-01C || 1/23/2023 || 3/1/2023&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP2301.docx JSP2301] || ADA Material Testing Frequency Modifications || This provision may be used on ADA corridor projects to reduce the testing requirements due to the limited material quantities associated with sidewalk improvements. || JSP-23-01A || 6/18/2025 || 9/1/2025&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP1203.docx JSP1203] || Add Alternate Section (Per Project) || || JSP-12-03A || 7/14/2016 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP1602.docx JSP1602] || Adjusting Guardrail || For minor routes only. This provision is to be used when the substandard height guardrail will be raised to a minimum of 27 3/4&amp;quot;.  Repair of guardrail should be addressed with separate pay items. || JSP-16-02A || 4/19/2018 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP1509.docx JSP1509] || Airport Requirements || This provision is for use on projects near a public use airport or heliport or is more than 200 feet above existing ground level. || JSP-15-09 || 7/9/2015 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP9604.docx JSP9604] || Alternate for Pavements || This provision should be used for projects with 7,500 SY of continuous full depth pavement or 14,000 SY of full depth pavement at various locations.  || JSP-96-04G || 1/4/2017 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0905.docx JSP0905] || Alternates for Slab Stabilization || This provision should be used when slab stabilization operations are included in the contract to define the bidding requirements of the different materials for this type of work. || JSP-09-05 || 10/21/2009 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP2401.docx JSP2401] || Balanced Mix Design Requirements * || * Limited Use. Requires approval from Construction and Materials Division prior to use. || JSP-24-01C || 5/28/2025 || 8/1/2025&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP9327.docx JSP9327] || Changeable Message Sign (Commission Furnished) ||  || JSP-93-27 || 10/5/2007 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1805.docx NJSP1805] || Class VI Riprap * || * Limited Use. This provision is a revised Spec to better align with the need we have when rock much larger than the Rock Blanket Spec is needed. Contact Bridge Division &amp;amp; Construction and Materials Division prior to use. || NJSP-18-05B || 6/20/2019 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP2102.docx NJSP2102] || Clean Water Act Section 404 Permit Requirements * || * Limited Use. For use by Design Division - Environmental Section only, as they will add this provision to the RES for required projects. || NJSP-21-02 || 1/15/2021 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP2504.docx JSP2504] || Concrete Aggregate Quality || Intended for I-70 mainline and ramp projects receiving general revenue funding.  This and all other considerations require Assistant Chief Engineer’s (or higher) approval.  || JSP-25-04 || 1/14/2026 || 8/1/2025&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0415.docx JSP0415] || Concrete Planing || This provision is to be used when concrete planing is specified. &amp;lt;/br&amp;gt; If there are questions on whether concrete planing should be included on a specific project, Construction and Materials Division should be consulted. || JSP-04-15 || 10/5/2007 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP1301.docx JSP1301] || Contract Liquidated Damages || This JSP is required on all projects except Job Order Contracts and must be JSP B in the set of JSPs. || JSP-13-01E || 4/29/2026 || 8/1/2026&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0106.docx JSP0106] || Contractor Furnished/Commission Retained Temporary Type F Concrete Traffic Barrier || This provision should only be used when the district decides to retain contractor furnished barrier sections. If the district does not specifically intend to retain barrier sections, Sec 617 of the standard specifications covers Concrete Traffic Barrier. || JSP-01-06 || 10/5/2007 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1542.docx NJSP1542] || Contractor Quality Control || This provision is required on all projects EXCEPT for JOCs and projects with Quality Management provision. || NJSP-15-42 || 4/20/2018 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1521.docx NJSP1521] || Contractor Quality Control For Plant Mix Bituminous Surface Leveling || Required when project includes bid item 402-05.20 - Bituminous Pavement Mixture PG64-22 (Surface Leveling). QM or QC provisions are required when other types of asphalt or concrete paving are in a project. || NJSP-15-21A || 10/6/2015 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP2405.docx JSP2405] || DBE Prompt Payment Reporting || This provision is required on all federally funded contracts. || JSP-24-05B || 12/12/2024 || 1/1/2025&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP9908.docx JSP9908] || Demolition and Removal Contract || Must be included in demolition and removal contracts when MoDOT doesn&#039;t have possession of all parcels or an asbestos survey are not completed on all structures, prior to letting.  NTP must be issued. || JSP-99-08 || 10/5/2007 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP1505.docx JSP1505] || Disposition of Existing Signal/Lighting and Network Equipment || To be used when signal/lighting or communication is to be removed by the contractor and retained by the commission. || JSP-15-05A || 5/1/2017 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP9706.docx JSP9706] || Division 100 Revisions for Complex Projects || This provision is used on complex projects and those with major bridge work as determined by the State Design Engineer. Per 105.16 and 108.4 additional detail documentation is required. A+B Bidding (JSP-93-14) should not be used with this provision. || JSP-97-06 || 10/5/2007 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP1607.docx JSP1607] || Dynamic Late Merge Sysytem (Zipper Merge) || || JSP-16-07A || 12/10/2018 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1905.docx NJSP1905] || Electronic Ticketing * || * Limited Use. Requires approval from Construction and Materials Division prior to use. || NJSP-19-05B || 4/9/2020 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP9011.docx JSP9011] || Emergency Provisions and Incident Management || This provision is required on all projects and provides contact information for the local law enforcement and fire departments. || JSP-90-11A || 4/19/2018 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP2201.docx NJSP2201] || Full Depth Reclamation * || * Limited Use. Requires approval from Construction and Materials Division prior to use. || NJSP-22-01A || 3/14/2022 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0902.docx JSP0902] || General - Federal || This provision is required in all federally funded contracts. || JSP-09-02M || 4/1/2026 || 7/1/2026&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0903.docx JSP0903] || General - State || This provision is required in all state funded contracts.  || JSP-09-03M || 4/1/2026 || 7/1/2026&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0904.docx JSP0904] || General - State Non-Prevailing Wages || Use this provision on any state funded non-construction project. || JSP-09-04M || 4/1/2026 || 7/1/2026&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0401.docx JSP0401] || Geosynthetic Interlayer Specification for Highway Applications * || *Limited use. Only as Approved by Construction and Materials Division. &amp;lt;/br&amp;gt; The Geosynthetic Interlayer Specification is designed to provide a moisture barrier/stress relieving membrane to be placed beneath a hot-mix asphalt (HMA) Overlay.  || JSP-04-01 || 10/5/2007 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP9709.docx JSP9709] || Geosynthetic Reinforced Soil Slope System || || JSP-97-09 || 5/20/2011 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP1702.docx JSP1702] || Guardrail Grading Requirements || This provision is for use on projects that require grading for guardrail and end treatment replacements. || JSP-17-02B || 4/19/2018 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP2202.docx JSP2202] || Guardrail Posts in Concrete || Use this provision when guardrail posts are installed or removed from concrete pavement or drain basins. || JSP-22-02B || 5/18/2023 || 7/1/2023&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1513.docx NJSP1513] || High Friction Surface Treatment || || NJSP-15-13D || 4/1/2026 || 5/1/2026&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP9704.docx JSP9704] || High Performance Concrete for Precast Bridge Units || || JSP-97-04 || 10/5/2007 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP2403.docx JSP2403] || High-Tension Guard Cable Barrier || (Previous JSP-06-07) - This provision should be used when high-tension guard cable is specified. || JSP-24-03 || 5/16/2024 || 7/1/2024&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP2502.docx JSP2502] || HiMod Asphalt Mixture Requirements * || *Limited Use. Requires approval from Construction and Materials Division prior to use. || JSP-25-02C || 4/1/2026 || 4/1/2026&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1903.docx NJSP1903] || Hot Applied Seal Coat * || *Limited use.  Requires approval from by Construction and Materials Division || NJSP-19-03 || 6/20/2019 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0202.docx JSP0202] || Hot-Mix Asphalt Overlay on Rubblized Concrete * || * Limited Use. Requires approval from Construction and Materials Division prior to use. || JSP-02-02 || 10/9/2007 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP2505.docx JSP2505] || Hybrid Polymer Concrete for Use in Partial Depth Pavement Repairs || This JSP should be used on Class A partial depth pavement repairs.  The repair should be finished flush with the original PCC pavement and not extend above this elevation. || JSP-25-05 || 10/9/2007 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP8901.docx JSP8901] || Johnson Grass Control || || JSP-89-01A || 	4/8/2026 || 7/1/2026&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP1503.docx JSP1503] || Law Enforcement In the Work Zone || For use on projects which will include work zone enforcement. || JSP-15-03 || 3/17/2015 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0305.docx JSP0305] || Liquidated Damages / Liquidated Savings Specified || This provision is for use to motivate the contractor to complete the work in a specific time frame as set up by the District. The description of the work should be complete and directly related to the Damage/Savings amount set up. || JSP-03-05B || 7/10/2024 || 10/1/2024&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP9328.docx JSP9328] || Liquidated Damages Specified || This provision should be used when there is milestone date that must be met such as opening the road to traffic before a special event in the area. || JSP-93-28A || 7/10/2024 || 10/1/2024&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0306.docx JSP0306] || Liquidated Savings Specified || For use to motivate the contractor to complete the work in a specific time frame as set up by the District. Ensure that the description of the work in question is complete as possible and directly related to the Damage/Savings amount set up. || JSP-03-06A || 6/11/2021 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP2101.docx NJSP2101] || Low Type Asphalt Requirements * || * Limited Use. Requires approval from Construction and Materials Division prior to use. || NJSP-21-01B || 2/19/2026 || 3/1/2026&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP2201.docx JSP2201] || Lump Sum Temporary Traffic Control || This provision allows qualifying temporary traffic control devices to be lumped together. || JSP-22-01B || 4/14/2025 || 7/1/2025&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1704.docx NJSP1704] || Macrotexture Surface for Ultrathin Bonded Asphalt Wearing Surface Requirement * || * Limited Use. Requires approval from Construction and Materials Division prior to use. || NJSP-17-04 || 11/17/2017 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0413.docx JSP0413] || Masonry Construction || || JSP-04-13 || 10/5/2007 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1539.docx NJSP1539] || Modified Bituminous Pavement Mixture (BP-2) || Allows districts to use modify BP-2 gradation to be laid thinner than 1.5 or 2&amp;quot; || NJSP-15-39A || 9/23/2022 || 1/1/23&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP2501.docx JSP2501] || Modified Tack Coat* || *Limited Use. Requires approval from Construction and Materials Division prior to use. For when asphalt is being paved on concrete or when a higher amount of tack is needed for adequate bonding to the existing pavement. || JSP-25-01 || 1/7/2025 || 2/1/2025&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP1806.docx JSP1806] || MoDOT Retained Guardrail || Use this provision when MoDOT wishes to retain guardrail that is being removed. || JSP-18-06 || 6/12/2018 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0011.docx JSP0011] || Mowing || Use this provision on projects requiring significant mowing during construction. District Maintenance should identify projects, mowing locations and No. of mowings. If only for specific areas, those areas need to be identified in the special provision.  || JSP-00-11 || 10/5/2007 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP2202.docx NJSP2202] || Multi-Year, Multi-Location Project || This provision should only be used in proposals that have one Job Number for multiple overlay routes (locations) and the completion date is such that work is allowed to carry over into a second calendar year. || NJSP-22-02A || 4/25/2025 || 7/1/2025&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0004.docx JSP0004] || NEMA TS2 Traffic Controller Assemblies || This provision is to be used only in special conditions after consulting with District Traffic and as directed or approved by General Headquarters.  || JSP-00-04A || 5/24/2018 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP2105.docx NJSP2105] || No Open Burning || This provision should be used when open burning is prohibited. || NJSP-21-05 || 6/9/2021 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP2402.docx NJSP2402] || Non-Tracking Tack || This provision may be used on roadways located within an urban area where tracking from the tack coat operation would lead to aesthetic damage to the surrounding commercial driveways and parking lots. || JSP-24-02A || 12/11/2024 || 1/1/2025&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP1802.docx JSP1802] || Notice to Bidders of Funding by Third Party || This provision is required on any project with funding provided by others. || JSP-18-02A || 5/21/2019 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP9819.docx JSP9819] || Notice to Bidders of Third Party Concurrence in Award || This provision is required on any project with funding provided by others in which they have the right by agreement to concur in the award of the contract. || JSP-98-19 || 10/5/2007 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0407.docx JSP0407] || Office for the Engineer || This provision resulted from implementation of the Performance Specifications. Was Sec 615 of the specs. || JSP-04-07 || 10/5/2007 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP2407.docx JSP2407] || Optional Base Widening || This provision is to be used for pavement widening when there are no preferences of pavement type, and the final surface is to be overlaid. || JSP-24-07 || 9/23/2024 || 12/1/2024&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1518.docx NJSP1518] || Optional Grading Concepts || || NJSP-15-18 || 3/20/2018 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0606.docx JSP0606] || Optional Pavements || This provision should be used for projects which do not meet the criteria for Alt Pavements, specifically those with less than 7,500 SY of continuous full depth pavement or less than 14,000 SY of full depth pavement at various locations. || JSP-06-06H || 9/23/2022 || 1/1/2023&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP1303.docx JSP1303] || Optional Shoulder || Use this provision on shouldering projects that will allow for a concrete option when bituminous asphalt is specified. || JSP-13-03A || 9/29/2022 || 1/1/2023&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1533.docx NJSP1533] || Optional Surface Treatment Prior to Asphalt Overlay * || * Limited Use. Requires approval from Construction and Materials Division prior to use. || NJSP-15-33D || 3/28/2018 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1807.docx NJSP1807] || Optional Temporary Pavement Marking Paint || Use this provision and pay item with all overlay projects that have more than five (5) centerline miles of pavement requiring Class 2 Pavement Marking Paint AND has a contract completion date of November 1 or later. || NJSP-18-07H || 5/11/2026 || 8/1/2026&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0709.docx JSP0709] || Optional Traffic Signal Detectors || To be used when Optional Traffic Signal Detectors are specified. || JSP-07-09 || 1/3/2011 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0409.docx JSP0409] || Overhead Lighting of Signs || When lighting of overhead signs is required on a project, the following information along with special sheet “ Sign Lighting – Lighting Support Bracket” shall be inserted in the contract documents. || JSP-04-09 || 10/5/2007 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1901.docx NJSP1901] || Partial Depth Concrete Pavement Repair Using Hot Applied Polymer Modified Repair Material * || * Limited Use. Requires approval by Construction and Materials Division prior to use. || NJSP-19-01B || 1/25/2024 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1705.docx NJSP1705] || Pavement Smoothness for UBAWS * || * Limited Use. Requires approval from Construction and Materials Division prior to use. || NJSP-17-05A || 4/23/2018 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP2601.docx NJSP2601] || Performance Engineered Mixtures for Concrete Pavement * || * Limited Use. Requires approval from Construction and Materials Division prior to use. || JSP-26-01 || || 10/01/2026&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1540.docx NJSP1540] || Permanent Aggregate Edge Treatment || May be used when treatment along the edge of a pavement or shoulder is included in an overlay project.  Sec 2.1 is only for areas prone to washout.  When 2.1 is used, pay item and quantity for 413-40.00, Bituminous Fog Seal, per gallon must be included. || NJSP-15-40B || 2/3/2022 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0408.docx JSP0408] || Placing State Owned Pipe || This provision resulted from implementation of the Performance Specifications. Was Sec 729 of the specs. || JSP-04-08 || 10/5/2007 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1904.docx NJSP1904] || Polyester Polymer Concrete Overlay * ||* Limited use. Requires approval from Construction and Materials Division prior to use. || NJSP-19-04 || 9/13/2019 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP1601.docx JSP1601] || Post-Award Value Engineering Change Proposal Workshop * || * Limited use. Requires approval from Design Division prior to use. || JSP-16-01 || 1/8/2016 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0406.docx JSP0406] || Powder Coating * || * Limited use. Requires approval from Construction and Materials Division prior to use. || JSP-04-06 || 10/9/2007 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP9605.docx JSP9605] || Project Contact for Contractor/Bidder Questions || This provision is required on all projects. || JSP-96-05A || 7/14/2025 || 10/1/2025&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0708.docx JSP0708] || Protective Surface Treatment for Concrete - Penetrating Sealers * || * Limited use. Requires approval from Construction and Materials Division prior to use. || JSP-07-08B || 12/6/2016 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1522.docx NJSP1522] || Quality Management || This provision is required on all projects identified as complex by the district. || NJSP-15-22 || 7/1/2014 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP2106.docx NJSP2106] || Radar Speed Advisory System || This provision should be used when Radar Speed Advisory System is specified. || NJSP-21-06 || 6/11/2021 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP2303.docx JSP2303] || Rapid Penetrating Emulsion * || * Limited Use. Requires approval from Construction and Materials Division prior to use. || JSP-23-03 || 12/5/2023 || 3/1/2024&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0210.docx JSP0210] || Rapid Set Concrete Patching Material - Horizontal Repair || Formerly JSP-02-01A renamed to follow JSP numbering formatting. || JSP-02-10 || 1/3/2011 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0201.docx JSP0201] || Rapid Set Concrete Patching Material - Vertical and Overhead Repairs || || JSP-02-01|| 8/14/2019 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1902.docx NJSP1902] || Rapid Strength Concrete for Pavement Repair || This JSP should be used when high early strength is necessary and long-term durability and performance is required. || NJSP-19-02A || 3/20/2025 || 6/1/2025&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1710.docx NJSP1710] || Red Signal Ahead Sign With LED Light || This provision should be used when placing a red signal ahead sign with an attached LED assembly. || NJSP-17-10A || 2/21/2019 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1706.docx NJSP1706] || Reinforcing Fibers for Bituminous Pavement Material * || * Limited Use. Requires approval from Construction and Materials Division prior to use; ADSR Test Methods Document required with Electronic Deliverables. || NJSP-17-06C || 8/1/2022 || &lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1523.docx NJSP1523] || Rejuvenating Restorative Seal Treatment * || * Limited Use. Requires approval from Construction and Materials Division prior to use. || NJSP-15-23 || 2/1/2015 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP9806.docx JSP9806] || Relocation of Portable Traffic Signal System || || JSP-98-06 || 10/5/2007 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP1201.docx JSP1201] || Removal and Delivery of Existing Signs || Use this provision when any existing roadway signs are to be removed from the project. || JSP-12-01C || 8/1/2023 || 11/1/2023&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP1701.docx JSP1701] || Required Combination of Calls || This provision is used when required projects with separate funding (ie: state funded and federal funded projects) are to be combined. || JSP-17-01A || 6/13/2024 || 7/1/2024&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1606.docx NJSP1606] || Restrictions for Migratory Birds || Use of this provision should be coordinated with Design Division - Environmental Section. || NJSP-06-06A || 4/11/2019 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1811.docx NJSP1811] || Rigid Geogrid Enhanced Aggregate or Rock Base * || * Limited Use. The intent of this provision is to use rigid geogrid with either a Type 5 or 7 Aggregate Base or with Rock Base (12” or 18”) as shown on the plans. Requires approval from Construction and Materials prior to use. || NJSP-18-11B || 3/12/2021 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP1508.docx JSP1508] || Seal Coat Completion of Work || To be used in Seal Coat projects which span multiple seasons. || JSP-15-08 || 6/26/2015 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP9705.docx JSP9705] || Section 404 Nationwide Permit Special Conditions || This provision is to be used with any Nationwide Permit when the Corps of Eng. District Engineer places special conditions on the use of the NW Permit. List any special conditions provided in the letter from the Corps authorizing use of the NW Permit. || JSP-97-05 || 10/5/2007 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP2503.docx JSP2503] || Seeding and Mulching Requirements || This JSP is intended only for projects that have minimal land disturbance (i.e., approximately 1 acre or less) to be seeded with cool season grasses. || JSP-25-03 || 4/30/2025 || 8/1/2025&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP2003.docx NJSP2003] || Shaping Slopes Class III (Modified Material Requirements) || Use when additional stability is needed for erosion and/or lack of stability of Shaping Slopes Class III with steep in-slopes. || NJSP-20-03B || 9/4/2024 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1527.docx NJSP1527] || Shoulder Grading || || NJSP-15-27A || 1/27/2017 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0605.docx JSP0605] || Slurry and Residue Control || This provision should be used where diamond grinding or any other surface treatment that would produce slurry residue is specified. Any questions regarding the use of this provision should be directed to the Design Division - Environmental Section. || JSP-06-05B || 7/23/2026 || 11/1/2026&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0707.docx JSP0707] || Snowplowable Raised Pavement Marker Rehabilitation or Removal || This provision should be use when maintenance of SRPMs is included in a project. || JSP-07-07 || 8/7/2007 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP2107.docx JSP2107] || Special Consideration of Change Orders and Value Engineering || Use this provision when increased Federal Share has been approved by FHWA for an innovative technology or practice. || JSP-21-07 || 6/21/2021 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP1506.docx JSP1506] || Standard Alternate Technical Concepts || To be used on projects using the Standard ATC process which allows prequalified contractors to bid contractor specific bid items through the approval process.  || JSP-15-06 || 5/26/2015 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP1801.docx JSP1801] || Supplemental Revisions || This provision is required in all contracts. || JSP-18-01MM || 9/30/2026 || 11/1/2026&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1528.docx NJSP1528] || Surface Sealing Treatment || May be used on mainline pavement with an existing seal coat surface, on centerline joints, and on shoulder areas. This rescinds earlier guidance. &amp;lt;/br&amp;gt; Use with pay item 4099905, surface sealing treatment. || NJSP-15-28 || 2/22/2017 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP1304.docx JSP1304] || Temporary Long Term Rumble Strips || Required when temporary long-term rumble strips are used on a project.  Provides information for construction requirements, material information and basis of payment when using long term rumble strips on construction projects.  || JSP-13-04C || 5/30/2019 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0705.docx JSP0705] || Tree Clearing Restriction * || * Limited Use. Design Division - Environmental Section should be consulted prior to using this provision. || JSP-07-05C || 7/24/2024 || 11/01/2024&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP2304.docx JSP2304] || Truck Mounted Attenuator (TMA) for Stationary Activities || Use when requiring TMA for stationary work activity. (TMA for mobile operation, such as striping, is incidental.) || JSP-23-04 || 1/22/2024 || 4/1/2024&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0410.docx JSP0410] || Use of Crossovers and Truck Entrances || || JSP-04-10 || 4/24/2007 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP9326.docx JSP9326] || Utilities || || JSP-93-26F || 12/1/2016 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP2404.docx JSP2404] || Vegetative Barrier Pavement || This provision is used when installing new guard cable. || JSP-24-04B || 1/7/2025 || 2/1/2025&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP2203.docx JSP2203] || Void Reducing Asphalt Membrane for Longitudinal Joints (VRAM) || Use when MoDOT wishes to enhance longitudinal joint performance. Contact Construction &amp;amp; Materials Division for additional information. || JSP-22-03A || 8/17/2023 || 12/1/2023&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP1507.docx JSP1507] || Winter Months Requirements || To be used for overlay projects that span multiple construction seasons.  Developed for the CLC program.  || JSP-15-07A || 4/30/2019 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/NJSP1532.docx NJSP1532] || Work Zone Intelligent Transportation System || To be used on projects whenever Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) will be used. || NJSP-15-32A || 6/6/2023 || 8/1/2023&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JSP0206.docx JSP0206] || Work Zone Traffic Management || This provision is required on all projects and must be provision &amp;quot;C&amp;quot; in the set of provisions. || JSP-02-06N || 4/19/2023 || 7/1/2023&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
|-|LPA=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Name !! JSP Title !! Explanatory Notes || Current Version !! Revision Date !! Effective Letting&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/LPA1501.docx LPA1501] || Acceptance of Precast Concrete Members and Panels || || LPA-15-01A || 10/6/2023 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/LPA1502.docx LPA1502] || Acceptance of Structural Steel || || LPA-15-02A || 10/6/2023 || &lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/LPA1507.docx LPA1507] || ADA Compliance and Final Acceptance of Constructed Facilities || This provision is required on all projects with sidewalks or curb ramps. || LPA-15-07B || 10/6/2023 || &lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/LPA1503.docx LPA1503] || Add Alternates || || LPA-15-03A || 10/6/2023 || &lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/LPA1504.docx LPA1504] || Alternates For Pavements || || LPA-15-04A ||10/30/2023 || &lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/LPA1509.docx LPA1509] || Liquidated Damages For Winter Months || || LPA-15-09A || 10/6/2023 || &lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/LPA1510.docx LPA1510] || Liquidated Damages Specified for Entrance Closures || || LPA-15-10A || 10/6/2023 || &lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/LPA1508.doc LPA1508] || Liquidated Damages Specified for Final Closeout Documentation (Final Payment Documents) || || LPA-15-08 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/LPA1808.docx LPA1808] || LPA Buy America Requirements || || LPA-18-08B || 11/26/2025 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/LPA1511.docx LPA1511] || Optional Pavements || || LPA-15-11A || 10/30/2023 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/LPA1513.docx LPA1513] || Utilities || || LPA-15-13A || 10/6/2023 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/LPA1512.doc LPA1512] || Work Zone Traffic Management Plan (Traffic Control) || || LPA-15-12 ||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
|-|JSP Packages=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Name !! JSP Title !! Explanatory Notes !! Current Version !! Revision Date !! Effective Letting&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JOC_ASPHALT_2026.docx JOC_ASPHALT_2026] || Asphalt Pavement Repair JOC JSP Package || This JSP Package should be used for the JOC contracts let in the 2026 Calendar year.  || JOC_ASPHALT_2026 || 9/17/2026 || 11/1/2026&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JOC_BRIDGE_2026.docx JOC_BRIDGE_2026] || Bridge Repair JOC JSP Package || This JSP Package should be used for the JOC contracts let in the 2026 Calendar year. || JOC_BRIDGE_2026 || 9/17/2026 || 11/1/2026&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/CLC_Book_Job_JSPs.docx CLC Book Job JSPs] || CLC Book Job JSPs || Use this JSP package when submitting FY 2026 CLC Book Job projects without plans. || CLC_Book_Job_JSPs_FY2026 || 9/17/2026 || 11/1/2026&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/CLC_JSPs.docx CLC_JSPs] || CLC JSP Package || Use this JSP package on FY 2026 CLC projects. || CLC_JSPs_FY2026 || 9/17/2026 || 11/1/2026&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JOC_COMBINED_GUARDRAIL_GUARD_CABLE_2026.docx JOC_COMBINED_GUARDRAIL_GUARD_CABLE_2026] || Guardrail and Guard Cable Repair JOC JSP Package || This JSP Package should be used for the JOC contracts let in the 2026 Calendar year. || JOC_GUARDRAIL_GUARD_CABLE_2025 || 9/17/2026 || 11/1/2026&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JOC_CONCRETE_2026.docx JOC_CONCRETE_2026] || Concrete Pavement Repair JOC JSP Package || This JSP Package should be used for the JOC contracts let in the 2026 Calendar year.  || JOC_CONCRETE_2026 || 9/17/2026 || 11/1/2026&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JOC_FENCE_2026.docx JOC_FENCE_2026] || Fence Repair JOC JSP Package || This JSP Package should be used for the JOC contracts let in the 2026 Calendar year. || JOC_FENCE_2026 || 9/17/2026 || 11/1/2026&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JOC_GUARD_CABLE_2026.docx JOC_GUARD_CABLE_2026] || Guard Cable Repair JOC JSP Package || This JSP Package should be used for the JOC contracts let in the 2026 Calendar year. || JOC_GUARD_CABLE_2026 || 9/17/2026 || 11/1/2026&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/JOC_GUARDRAIL_2026.docx JOC_GUARDRAIL_2026] || Guardrail Repair JOC JSP Package || This JSP Package should be used for the JOC contracts let in the 2026 Calendar year. || JOC_GUARDRAIL_2026 || 9/17/2026 || 11/1/2026&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/Seal_Coat_Book_Job_JSPs.docx Seal_Coat_Book_Job_JSPs] || Seal Coat Book Job JSP Package || Use this JSP package when submitting FY 2026 Seal Coat Book Job projects without plans. || Seal_Coat_Book_Job_JSPs_FY2026 || 49/17/2026 || 11/1/2026&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/JSP/Seal_Coat_JSPs.docx Seal_Coat_JSPs] || Seal Coat JSP Package || Use this JSP package with all FY 2026 Seal Coat projects. || Seal_Coat_JSPs_FY2026 || 9/17/2026 || 11/1/2026&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tabber&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.14_National_Environmental_Policy_Act_(NEPA)_Classification_and_Documents&amp;diff=59501</id>
		<title>127.14 National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) Classification and Documents</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.14_National_Environmental_Policy_Act_(NEPA)_Classification_and_Documents&amp;diff=59501"/>
		<updated>2026-09-30T16:31:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float: right; margin-top: 5px; margin-left: 15px; margin-bottom: 15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;__TOC__&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;margin-left:15px; margin-top: 5px; border:1px solid #a9a9a9; background:#f8f9fa&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;375px&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Figures&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/ENV/Environmental_Partnering_Agreement.pdf FHWA/MoDOT Environmental Partnering Agreement]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [http://epg.modot.org/files/c/cd/127.14_NEPA_Flow_chart.pdf NEPA Process Flow Chart] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [[#Documentation Timeline|NEPA Process &amp;quot;Documentation Timeline&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Forms&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/ENV/CE2_Template.docx Categorical Exclusion Form(CE2)]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==127.14.1 Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
The National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) requires consideration of the human and natural environment in decisions made for any project that uses federal funding, has a federal nexus or requires federal permits. [https://environment.transportation.org/focus-areas/environmental-process/ Click here] for more information about the NEPA process. To fulfill NEPA requirements, MoDOT must assess the impacts of the project on the human and natural environment to document the decision making process while aiding in the selection of a preferred alternative. Pursuant to MoDOT’s values and tangible result of using resources wisely, MoDOT’s Design Division&#039;s Environmental and Historic Preservation staff review every project and coordinate as appropriate with the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) to determine the appropriate environmental classification of NEPA documentation for a project as soon as the scope and location are determined. MoDOT and FHWA have a programmatic agreement regarding the processing of actions classified as categorical exclusions for Federal-Aid projects (referred to as PCE agreement).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic NEPA classifications are: &lt;br /&gt;
* Categorical Exclusion (CE) – has no significant impact on the human and natural environment. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environmental Assessment (EA) – determines the need for an EIS if environmental impacts are uncertain or finds that there is no significant impact on the human and natural environment. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) – detailed documentation where the action is likely to cause significant impacts or significant impacts are known (23 CFR 771.115) on the environment and results in a record of decision.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The environmental classification is based on the scope of the project (including the programming information provided in the [[121.3 The Statewide Transportation Improvement Program (STIP)|Statewide Transportation Improvement Program (STIP)]]), the assessment of the anticipated social and environmental impacts of the project, and possible impacts provided by the district and the environmental and historic preservation staff. The extent of the NEPA analysis required for a particular project depends on the expected magnitude of the impacts from that project. The significance of a project is assessed on a case-by-case basis, based on its context and intensity. The context of a project involves analyzing “society as a whole, the affected region, the affected interests, and the locality.” Intensity refers to the severity or degree of a project’s impact. For example, the severity of a project can become greater if there are cumulative impacts, which is the incremental impact of the action, to include past, present, and future developments. In some cases, several minor projects can collectively be significant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Logical termini and independent utility are also evaluated for projects that may be located in close proximity.  Independent utility is determined if a project can be constructed absent of the construction of other projects in the project area.  Logical termini are rational endpoints for both a transportation improvement and a review of the environmental impacts of a sufficient length to address matters on a broad scope.  A project manager initiates the NEPA classification process by preparing and submitting a Request for Environmental Services [[127.1 Request for Environmental Services|(RES)]] to the Design Division’s Environmental and Historic Preservation Section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==127.14.2 Laws, Regulations, and Guidance==&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://ceq.doe.gov/ The National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA)] of 1969 (as amended)&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/hep/23cfr771.htm 23CFR771] and [http://ecfr.gpoaccess.gov/cgi/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&amp;amp;sid=a96de2690cf3875679b05a5d60e02010&amp;amp;rgn=div5&amp;amp;view=text&amp;amp;node=23:1.0.1.8.42&amp;amp;idno=23 &#039;&#039;Environmental Impact and Related Procedures; Final Rule&#039;&#039;] contains the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) regulations for complying with NEPA.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.environment.fhwa.dot.gov/projdev/impTA6640.asp &#039;&#039;Guidance for Preparing and Processing Environmental and Section 4(f) Documents&#039;&#039;], FHWA Technical Advisory &lt;br /&gt;
* Also see [[:Category:127 MoDOT and the Environment|MoDOT and the Environment]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT must comply with numerous environmental laws and regulations when planning, designing, constructing, and maintaining transportation projects. As the “umbrella” for that compliance, NEPA requires interpreting and administering, the policies, regulations, and laws of the federal government in accordance with its environmental protection goals. While the NEPA document is intended to address compliance or to establish a plan for compliance for federal and state laws and regulations, additional compliance issues will likely remain post-NEPA. However, the synchronization of environmental reviews and authorizations is preferred, as it is known to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of project delivery.  MoDOT must be able to provide FHWA reasonable assurance that those outstanding compliance issues will be resolved. In many instances, compliance is not fully attained until mitigation plans have been approved and executed. For example, MoDOT may still need to obtain a floodplain development permit.  If all environmental clearances are not obtained by FHWA authorization, a conditional statement must be provided to FHWA regarding when the clearance will be obtained.  The conditional statement must also commit to a result if the clearance is not obtained.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other articles on [[127.3 Community Impact Assessment|community impact assessment]], [[127.7 Threatened and Endangered Species (T&amp;amp;E)|threatened and endangered species]], [[127.4 Wetlands and Streams|wetlands, streams and water quality]], [[127.16 Wetland and Stream Mitigation|wetland and stream mitigation]], [[127.9 Floodplain Management and the Regulatory Floodway|floodplain management and the regulatory floodway]], [[127.11 Farmland Conversion|farmland]], [[127.8 Hazardous and Solid Waste|hazardous and solid waste]], [[127.13 Noise|noise]], [[127.12 Air Quality|air quality]], [[127.21 Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) Flood Buyout Properties|Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) buyout properties]], [[127.2 Historic Preservation and Cultural Resources|Historic Preservation and Cultural Resources]] and [[127.10 Section 4(f) Public Lands|Section 4(f) public lands]] describe various processes and reference the laws and regulations pertaining to the subject of the article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==127.14.3 Process==&lt;br /&gt;
Design environmental and historic preservation staff oversee in-house and consultant prepared environmental documentation. Project managers and other district staff are closely involved in the preparation and review of documents. Environmental documentation must meet the requirements of FHWA and other regulatory agencies, while providing the public with a record of the deliberative process for identifying project alternatives and impacts. The environmental document addresses comments made by other agencies and the public. Environmental and historic preservation staff review the document before it leaves MoDOT to ensure it meets FHWA regulations. The documents and procedures also must comply with MoDOT and the Missouri Highways and Transportation Commission (MHTC) requirements. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Assurance of federal funding is contingent upon MoDOT not proceeding with detailed design (beyond preliminary plans) on any project until the NEPA process is concluded, resulting in a CE, Finding of No Significant Impact (FONSI), or Record of Decision (ROD). The MHTC must approve a location, which occurs after FHWA approves a ROD or FONSI, respectively, before detailed design proceeds on EIS or EA projects. NEPA approval cannot be granted until planning requirements are met, which is the next phase to be programmed in the STIP and TIP (if in an MPO area) and the whole project must be in the long range plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The FHWA may require CEs or EAs to be elevated to a higher NEPA documentation level, if it is determined that the project scope, level of controversy over environmental data, or degree of impacts requires such elevation. Reclassification as an EA or EIS will require substantially more time for project development and ultimate [[:Category:126 Location Study and Alternatives Analysis|location approval]]. The NEPA class can also be down-graded, if justified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NEPA documents have a limited shelf life. When a NEPA document needs to be updated, MoDOT’s Design Division&#039;s Environmental staff conducts a reevaluation and prepares documentation. For PCEs, the reevaluation is outlined in MoDOT and FHWA’s programmatic agreement for PCEs and must still be documented. Factors that can create the need to reevaluate a NEPA document include the age of the document, whether the project is active or inactive, noteworthy changes in the scope, impacts, or circumstances when advancing to the next major federal approval, and/or location of the project (including those that arise from value engineering proposals), before requests for funding authorizations from FHWA, and changes in environmental laws or regulations. In most cases, the reevaluation is submitted to the FHWA for review and approval, however, for PCEs, MoDOT and FHWA follow the Programmatic Agreement to document [[127.15 Reevaluation of National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) Documents|reevaluations]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, it is important to identify (during environmental reviews) and also incorporate (during design and construction) any commitments and/or mitigation measures for the project.  These are typically identified collectively in the NEPA document.  If commitments are not carried out, federal funding can be jeopardized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===127.14.3.1 Categorical Exclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
For actions that will not individually or cumulatively have significant social, economic, or environmental impacts, certain categories of projects are excluded from the need to prepare a formal NEPA document (EIS or EA).  However, this does not exclude the need to demonstrate compliance with all other environmental laws and regulations.  Hence, they still need Section 106 clearance, Threatened &amp;amp; Endangered Species concurrence, etc. reviews and coordination regardless of the NEPA class (including regardless of PCEs or CE2s).  Additionally, any actions which normally would be classified as a CE but could involve unusual circumstances may require additional studies to determine if CE is the appropriate class.  These unusual circumstances could include significant impacts, controversy, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT processes CEs in two ways: as a programmatic CE (PCE) or a documented CE (CE2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;Programmatic CE (PCE)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| FHWA and MoDOT executed a [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/ENV/PCE_agreement.pdf programmatic agreement (PCE Agreement) in 2026] that allows MoDOT environmental staff to approve certain types of projects as PCEs. The amount of new right of way and/or easements combined must be less than five acres for the project to qualify as a programmatic PCE.  There is a list of thresholds within the agreement that cannot be exceeded.  If a project exceeds one of the thresholds, a documented Categorical Exclusion (CE2) must be approved by the Missouri Federal Highway Administration Division Administrator or the representative of the Missouri Federal Highway Administration Division Administrator. Definitions related to thresholds in the PCE agreement can be found in [[#127.14.5 NEPA Glossary|EPG 127.14.5 NEPA Glossary]]. There are 39 types of eligible projects included within the agreement that are categorically excluded from the formal documentation requirements of NEPA per CFR 771.  The programmatic agreement allows FHWA to use a risk-based approach to monitor and evaluate MoDOT’s environmental project files to ensure compliance with the programmatic agreement. Quarterly, MoDOT sends FHWA a list of projects that were determined to meet the criteria for PCEs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Process and Timeframes&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A PCE approval is given after environmental and historic preservation staff review the RES submitted by the district and all clearance are complete except for unusual circumstances. In most cases, the PCE can be approved between Preliminary Plans stage and Right of Way stage.  At the discretion of the Environmental Compliance Manager, project-specific coordination with FHWA may be conducted to determine if a project fits under the programmatic agreement.  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;CE2&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| For actions that will not individually or cumulatively involve significant social, economic, or environmental impacts, and do not meet the criteria for a PCE, environmental staff prepare a CE2 describing the proposed action, impacts that will result from the action, mitigation measures that will be used to compensate for expected impacts, and commitments that are carried through the design and construction. The district will provide project specific information such as job number, route, county, project termini and length, project description, current and future annual average daily traffic (AADT), right-of-way needs and displacements, and a location. FHWA may approve the CE2, request more information, or indicate that an EA or EIS needs to be prepared. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Process and Timeframes&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The environmental staff typically prepare CE2 documentation, but a consultant may occasionally prepare and submit the documentation to MoDOT for review before it is forwarded to FHWA. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After preparation of the CE2 FHWA has 4 weeks to approve or request more information.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===127.14.3.2 Environmental Assessment===&lt;br /&gt;
An EA is prepared when there is uncertainty about the significance of a project’s impacts. The district should submit an RES at least two (2) years before detailed design is expected to begin. At the very least, the [[127.1 Request for Environmental Services|(RES)]] should be submitted early enough during project development to ensure that NEPA compliance can be achieved before the preliminary plans approval stage. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The districts’ primary responsibility for creating an in-house environmental document is to prepare and submit a [[:Category:126 Location Study and Alternatives Analysis|Location Study]], which consists of the Purpose and Need and an Alternative Analysis, to the Design Division to be incorporated into the EA. For a consultant prepared EA, the district oversees the selection of the consultant and preparation of the scope of work.   The environmental and historic preservation staff will assist in this process. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first step in completing the EA is to develop a schedule of process milestones.  An interdisciplinary team should be assembled that includes MoDOT environmental/historic preservation, district, and central office staff, and FHWA.  This team meets several times throughout the EA process to make decisions and ensure project milestones are met.  These milestones include key components of the document’s structure.  The structure of the document will include the following items:&lt;br /&gt;
* Cover Page – Includes the title of the document, DOT Job Number(s), Federal Aid Number, Cooperating and Lead agency (ies), and Date.&lt;br /&gt;
* Title Page – Includes MoDOT and FHWA approval signatures.&lt;br /&gt;
* Purpose and Need – The reason the action is being proposed and what is expected to be achieved. &lt;br /&gt;
* Reasonable Alternatives – Consideration of a reasonable range of alternatives that can accomplish the purpose and need.&lt;br /&gt;
* Environmental Impacts and Consequences – Describes the environment of the area and the direct, indirect, and cumulative effects of the alternatives under consideration.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Direct effects&#039;&#039;&#039; are caused by the action and occur at the same time and place.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Indirect effects&#039;&#039;&#039; are caused by the action and are later in time or farther removed in distance, but are still reasonably foreseeable.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Cumulative effects&#039;&#039;&#039; result from the incremental impact of the action when added to other past, present, and reasonably foreseeable future actions regardless of the agency (Federal or non-Federal) or person undertaking other such actions. &lt;br /&gt;
* A list of all Environmental Commitments&lt;br /&gt;
* Public and Agency Involvement-Documents public meetings, agency correspondence, and comments received and how they were addressed. &lt;br /&gt;
* Appendices-Supporting materials that provide more information and substantiate conclusions on issues discussed in the document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The EA must examine all topics required by FHWA regulations and guidance but should discuss in detail only those areas where there is potential for a significant impact. If a significant impact is identified at any time during the preparation of an EA, an EIS must be prepared.  Some projects may have mitigated or reduced significant impacts to a level where they are no longer considered significant and therefore, do not require an EIS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT and FHWA as lead agencies will prepare a public and agency coordination plan.  The coordination plan should outline (1) how the lead agencies have divided the responsibilities for compliance with the various aspects of the environmental review process, such as the issuance of invitations to participating agencies, and (2) how the lead agencies will provide the opportunities for input from the public and other agencies, in accordance with applicable laws, regulations, and policies. The plan also should identify coordination points, such as:&lt;br /&gt;
* Scoping activities.&lt;br /&gt;
* Development of purpose and need.&lt;br /&gt;
* Identification of the range of alternatives.&lt;br /&gt;
* Collaboration on methodologies.&lt;br /&gt;
* Identification of the preferred alternative and the level of design detail.&lt;br /&gt;
* Completion of the EA.&lt;br /&gt;
* Completion of the Finding of No Significant Impact (FONSI).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the coordination plan may establish a schedule of regular meetings and may identify which persons, organizations, or agencies should be included for each coordination point. The plan may set timeframes for input by those persons, organizations, and agencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coordination begins via an interagency scoping process with interested regulatory agencies and others to present the scope of the project. This scoping process assists in determining if aspects of the proposed action have potential for social, economic, and/or environmental impact and identify other environmental review and consultation requirements that will be performed concurrently with the EA.  A record is kept of all contacts with agencies and the public, as the EA must summarize the results of both agency consultation and &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[:Category:129 Public Involvement|public involvement]], including substantive comments received and how those comments were or will be addressed&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;.  NEPA requires FHWA to invite federal agencies with jurisdiction by law or with special expertise relative to specific resource impacts associated with a proposed project or project alternative, such as the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (COE) and the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS), to become cooperating agencies. The cooperating agency(ies) are indicated on the EA’s cover page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT also works with FHWA during the NEPA process to initiate consultation with federally recognized American Indian tribes determined to have an interest in the project area. FHWA conducts consultation on a government-to-government basis, determines which tribes are to be contacted (as recommended by MoDOT), and sends the letters. MoDOT or its consultant does not contact the tribes, but prepares a draft letter for FHWA’s use. The consultation informs the tribes of the project, asks whether they have any specific concerns, and inquires whether they want to continue to consult on the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A [http://epg.modot.org/index.php/Category:129_Public_Involvement#129.1_Prelocation_Study_Meetings pre-location meeting] is held prior to NEPA document preparation for all projects classified as EAs (see [[:Category:129 Public Involvement|EPG 129 Public Involvement]]). MoDOT, or a consultant, will then prepare a preliminary EA (pEA), i.e., an EA that has not yet been through initial internal and FHWA review. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;A pEA requires the following work items: &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Develop the purpose and need and alternatives analysis taken from the Location Study. All alternatives considered, including those discarded, must be depicted graphically. &lt;br /&gt;
* Evaluate all proposed alternatives equally to determine which are reasonable and meets purpose and need; the EA must include at least one build alternative and the no-build alternative. Additionally, it must be documented why alternatives are discarded or dismissed. In the event the preferred alternative is not selected, the reasonable alternatives can be further evaluated and considered for the selected alternative.  &lt;br /&gt;
* Identify the preferred alternative. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;The reasonable alternatives must evaluate the following resources for direct, indirect, and cumulative impacts:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.2_Historic_Preservation_and_Cultural_Resources Historic Preservation and Cultural Resources] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.10_Section_4%28f%29_Public_Lands Section 4(f) Public Lands] (publically owned parks, recreation areas, and wildlife and waterfowl refuges)&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.10_Section_4%28f%29_Public_Lands#127.10.2.1.1_Section_4.28f.29_Properties Section 4(f)] Historic Sites &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.10_Section_4%28f%29_Public_Lands#127.10.1.4__Section_6.28f.29_Laws_and_Regulations Section 6(f) Parklands]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.4_Wetlands_and_Streams Wetlands and Streams] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.7_Threatened_and_Endangered_Species_%28T%26E%29 Threatened and Endangered Species (T&amp;amp;E)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.11_Farmland_Conversion Farmland Conversion]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.13_Noise Noise] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.8_Hazardous_and_Solid_Waste Hazardous and Solid Waste] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.12_Air_Quality Air Quality] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.9_Floodplain_Management_and_the_Regulatory_Floodway Floodplain Management and Regulatory Floodway]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.21_Federal_Emergency_Management_Agency_%28FEMA%29_Buyout_Properties Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) Buyout Properties]&lt;br /&gt;
* Socioeconomics and Environmental Justice &lt;br /&gt;
: - traffic/access&lt;br /&gt;
: - acquisitions/relocations&lt;br /&gt;
: - public involvement&lt;br /&gt;
: - demographics&lt;br /&gt;
: - community facilities&lt;br /&gt;
* Water Quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Land Use/Zoning&lt;br /&gt;
* Construction Impacts&lt;br /&gt;
* and others as appropriate for each project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pEA is circulated within MoDOT to be reviewed by the liaison engineer, environmental and historic preservation staff, potentially bridge, and district personnel for content, readability, and logical decisions. Central office environmental staff or consultant reviews all comments and prepares a revised pEA. The revised pEA must include a draft Section 4(f) evaluation if applicable. MoDOT environmental staff then sends the pEA to the FHWA and cooperating agencies for review and comment. This document is not to be distributed to anyone outside of MoDOT except formal cooperating agencies identified as such on the pEA cover page  Should FHWA determine after reviewing the documentation the project will have significant impacts, the classification of an EA is no longer appropriate and an Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) must be prepared.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After all comments on the pEA have been addressed, the EA is ready for MoDOT senior management’s approval and signature. Central office environmental staff assists the district in scheduling and preparing a project briefing for the Chief and Assistant Chief Engineers, State Design Engineer, and Design Liaison Engineer. If management is in agreement with the conclusions in the document and commitments, the document is signed by the Chief or Assistant Chief Engineer. After MoDOT has signed the EA, it is submitted to FHWA for signature.  Once FHWA signs the EA, the district holds a location public hearing (see [[:Category:129 Public Involvement|EPG 129 Public Involvement]]) and prepares the [[129.6_Public_Hearing#129.6.3_Transcripts transcript]] for submittal to the Design Division.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Public notice of the EA’s availability for public inspection and where it may be obtained or reviewed is included in the advertisement of the location public hearing in accordance with MoDOT’s Public Involvement Plan (EPG 129 Public Involvement). District staff should work with MoDOT’s Environmental and Historic Preservation Section and FHWA in development of the public hearing materials.  It is important to avoid predecisional language in any of those materials. The approved EA is made available for review and photocopying at the district office and must also be available for public review at the hearing. MoDOT must also send notice of the availability of the EA, briefly describing the action and its impacts, to affected units of federal, state, and local government as well as to Missouri Federal Assistance Clearinghouse, the state intergovernmental review contact established under Executive Order 12372. To satisfy federal regulation regarding availability of the EA and timeframe for submitting comments, MoDOT must publish the notice of public hearing and EA availability a minimum of 21 calendar days prior to the date of the hearing and the notice should also include a statement that written comments will be accepted until a date 10 days after the hearing unless FHWA determines, for good cause, that a different period is warranted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The EA process results in either a FONSI, or a determination the action is likely to result in significant impacts, and therefore an EIS must be prepared.  According to our Public Involvement Plan, MoDOT will make the document available 15 days prior to the hearing, and publish a notice of availability.  The document is available for comment 30 days after the notice of availability. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the 30-day public comment period has ended and all comments from the public and other agencies have been collected, a cover letter and the FONSI are prepared. The FONSI must satisfactorily address all substantive comments on the EA gathered during the 30-day comment period, including those from other agencies, the general public, and as a result of the [[129.6_Public_Hearing|location public hearing]]. To ensure this, the location public hearing transcript must have been previously submitted to the Design Division (see [[:Category:129 Public Involvement|EPG 129 Public Involvement]]) and also to FHWA for review. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The FONSI must describe any changes to the EA-designated preferred alternative and document any additional impact analyses performed for the final, selected alternative. The FONSI must also document compliance with all applicable environmental laws and Executive Orders or provide reasonable assurance that their requirements can be met and briefly present why the action does not have a significant impact. If the proposed project will adversely impact any NRHP-eligible sites or historical structures, a Memorandum of Agreement (MOA) or a Programmatic Agreement (PA) executed by the Missouri Department of Natural Resources-State Historic Preservation Officer (MDNR-SHPO), FHWA, Advisory Council on Historic Preservation (ACHP), and MoDOT must accompany the FONSI (See [[127.2 Historic Preservation and Cultural Resources|EPG 127.2 Historic Preservation and Cultural Resources]]). The MOA or PA will identify mitigation or activities to be completed prior to project construction. If the project will impact prehistoric sites known or likely to contain human remains, the MOA will also be provided to appropriate American Indian tribes with cultural interest in the region for review and comment. Accompanying documentation must also include the Final Section 4(f) Evaluation, when required, for any impacted historic structures and/or for parklands, wildlife refuges, or other public lands affected. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the FONSI is completed a cover letter, supporting documentation, an MOA execution, if necessary, and any additional environmental impact analyses including a list of all commitments for design and construction, is incorporated into the FONSI prior to submittal to FHWA for approval. If the Selected Alternative differs from the EA-designated preferred alternative, the FONSI must also be submitted to cooperating agencies for their review and comment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FHWA will review the FONSI, accompanying documentation, and any public hearing comments and other comments received regarding the EA. If it is determined there are no significant impacts associated with the project, the FONSI will be signed and the MHTC can then approve the location of the project. MoDOT must send a notice of availability of the FONSI to affected units of federal, state, and local government and the document is made available upon request by the public. Notice is also sent to Missouri Federal Assistance Clearinghouse, the state intergovernmental review contact established under Executive Order 12372. Once the MHTC has approved the location, MoDOT can begin detailed design of the project. A [http://epg.modot.org/files/c/cd/127.14_NEPA_Flow_chart.pdf flow chart] showing this process in detail is available. &lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Documentation Timeline&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:127.14.3.2.jpg|center|800px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Timeframes &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT’s Environmental staff or a consultant can prepare an EA. The project schedule should allow approximately 2 years for obtaining a FONSI. Details of the EA process requirements are shown on the NEPA Document Timeline flowchart.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===127.14.3.3 Environmental Impact Statement===&lt;br /&gt;
An EIS is required for projects that have significant social, economic, and environmental impacts. It includes procedures to minimize harm and details mitigation measures and environmental commitments. For an EIS the district should submit an [[127.1 Request for Environmental Services|RES]] at least three (3) years before detailed design is expected to begin. At the very least, the RES should be submitted early during project development to ensure that NEPA compliance can be achieved before the preliminary plans approval stage.  Executive Order 13807 implemented &#039;&#039;&#039;One Federal Decision&#039;&#039;&#039;, an MOU, between certain Federal agencies, including FHWA, establishing a process and timeline for processing environmental review and authorization decisions for proposed major infrastructure projects.  For more details on the framework established, see [[https://www.environment.fhwa.dot.gov/legislation/implementation.aspx NEPA Implementation]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The districts’ primary responsibility for creating an in-house environmental document is to prepare and submit a [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:126_Location_Study_and_Alternatives_Analysis Location Study], which consists of the Purpose and Need and an Alternatives Analysis, to the Design Division to be incorporated into the EIS. For a consultant prepared EIS, the district oversees the selection of the consultant and preparation of the scope of work.  The environmental and historic preservation staff will assist in this process. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first step in completing the EIS is to develop a schedule of process milestones.  An interdisciplinary team should be assembled that includes MoDOT environmental/historic preservation, district, central office staff, and FHWA.  This team meets several times throughout the EIS process to make decisions and ensure project milestones are met.  These milestones include key components of the document’s structure.  The structure of the document will include the following items:&lt;br /&gt;
* Cover Page – Includes the title of the document, DOT Job Number(s), Federal Aid Number, Cooperating and Lead agency(ies), and Date.&lt;br /&gt;
* Title Page – Includes MoDOT and FHWA approval signatures.&lt;br /&gt;
* Purpose and Need – The reason the action is being proposed and what is expected to be achieved. &lt;br /&gt;
* Reasonable Alternatives – Consideration of a reasonable range of alternatives that can accomplish the purpose and need.&lt;br /&gt;
* Environmental Impacts and Consequences – Describes the environment of the area and the direct, indirect, and cumulative effects of the alternatives under consideration. &#039;&#039;&#039;Direct effects&#039;&#039;&#039; are caused by the action and occur at the same time and place. &#039;&#039;&#039;Indirect effects&#039;&#039;&#039; are caused by the action and are later in time or farther removed in distance, but are still reasonably foreseeable.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Cumulative effects&#039;&#039;&#039; result from the incremental impact of the action when added to other past, present, and reasonably foreseeable future actions regardless of the agency (Federal or non-Federal) or person undertaking other such actions. &lt;br /&gt;
* A list of all environmental commitments&lt;br /&gt;
* Public and Agency Involvement – Documents public meetings, agency correspondence, and comments received and how they are being addressed. &lt;br /&gt;
* Appendices – Supporting materials that provide more information and substantiate conclusions on issues discussed in the document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT and FHWA as lead agencies will prepare a public and agency coordination plan.  The coordination plan should outline: 1) how the lead agencies have divided the responsibilities for compliance with the various aspects of the environmental review process, such as the issuance of invitations to participating agencies, and 2) how the lead agencies will provide the opportunities for input from the public and other agencies, in accordance with applicable laws, regulations, and policies. The plan also should identify coordination points, such as:&lt;br /&gt;
* Notice of intent publication and scoping activities.&lt;br /&gt;
* Development of purpose and need.&lt;br /&gt;
* Identification of the range of alternatives.&lt;br /&gt;
* Collaboration on methodologies.&lt;br /&gt;
* Completion of the DEIS.&lt;br /&gt;
* Identification of the preferred alternative and the level of design detail.&lt;br /&gt;
* Completion of the final environmental impact statement (FEIS).&lt;br /&gt;
* Completion of the ROD or combined ROD/FEIS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the coordination plan may establish a schedule of regular meetings and may identify which persons, organizations, or agencies should be included for each coordination point. The plan may set timeframes for input by those persons, organizations, and agencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coordination begins via an interagency scoping process with interested regulatory agencies and others to present the scope of the project.  The scoping process assists in determining if aspects of the proposed action have potential for social, economic, and/or environmental impact and identify other environmental review and consultation requirements that will be performed concurrently with the EIS. NEPA requires FHWA to invite federal agencies with jurisdiction by law or with special expertise relative to specific resource impacts associated with a proposed project or project alternative, such as the COE and the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS), to become cooperating agencies. These agencies may be asked to develop information and prepare environmental analysis including portions of the EIS.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cooperating agency(ies) are indicated on the EIS’s cover page. The lead agency may also invite federal, state, tribal, regional, and local government agencies that may have an interest in the project to be participating agencies.  These agencies have the opportunity to comment on the purpose and need and range of alternatives for the project.  MoDOT collaborates with FHWA in deciding which agencies should be invited to participate as either cooperating or participating agencies or both.  A record is kept of all contacts with agencies and the public, as the EIS must summarize the results of both agency consultation and public involvement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT also works with FHWA to initiate consultation with federally recognized American Indian tribes determined to have an interest in the project area. FHWA conducts consultation on a government-to-government basis, and MoDOt recommends to FHWA which tribes are to be contacted, and sending the letters; MoDOT or its consultant does not contact the tribes but prepares a draft letter for FHWA to send to the tribes. The consultation letter informs the tribes of the project, asks whether they have any specific concerns, and inquires whether they want to continue to consult on the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A [http://epg.modot.org/index.php/Category:129_Public_Involvement#129.1_Prelocation_Study_Meetings prelocation meeting] is held prior to NEPA document preparation for all projects classified as EISs (see [[:Category:129 Public Involvement|EPG 129 Public Involvement]]).  It is important that MoDOT Enviornmental and FHWA work with the district to develop public meeting material in order to avoid any predecisional language.  [https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/hep/guidance/section6002/index.cfm SAFETEA-LU] specifically requires agency and public involvement in the development of the purpose and need for a project and in the determination of the range of alternatives to be considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT, or a consultant, will then prepare a preliminary Draft EIS (pDEIS) that requires the following work items: &lt;br /&gt;
* Develop the purpose and need and alternatives analysis taken from the [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:126_Location_Study_and_Alternatives_Analysis Location Study]. All alternatives considered, including those discarded, must be depicted graphically&lt;br /&gt;
* Evaluate all proposed alternatives equally to determine which are reasonable.  Through evaluation of the reasonable alternatives and public and agency input, a preferred alternative is identified.  In the event the preferred alternative is not selected, the reasonable alternatives can be further analyzed and considered for the selected alternative. SAFETEA-LU provisions allow MoDOT and FHWA to decide whether to develop the preferred alternative to a higher level of design detail for mitigation purposes or to facilitate compliance with other laws.  FHWA’s &#039;&#039;SAFETEA-LU ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW PROCESS FINAL GUIDANCE&#039;&#039;, Publication L 109-59, November 15, 2006, addresses the timing and information needed to make that decision.  The lead agencies must agree on the preferred alternative before proceeding beyond preliminary design of the alternative.  MoDOT and FHWA can consider on a case-by-case basis whether such higher level of detail is warranted.  &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;The reasonable alternatives must evaluate the following resources:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.2_Historic_Preservation_and_Cultural_Resources Historic Preservation and Cultural Resources] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.10_Section_4%28f%29_Public_Lands Section 4(f) Public Lands] (publically owned parks, recreation areas, and wildlife and waterfowl refuges)&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.10_Section_4%28f%29_Public_Lands#127.10.2.1.1_Section_4.28f.29_Properties Section 4(f) Historic Sites] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.10_Section_4%28f%29_Public_Lands#127.10.1.4__Section_6.28f.29_Laws_and_Regulations Section 6(f) Parklands]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.4_Wetlands_and_Streams Wetlands and Streams] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.7_Threatened_and_Endangered_Species_%28T%26E%29 Threatened and Endangered Species (T&amp;amp;E)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.11_Farmland_Conversion Farmland Conversion]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.13_Noise Noise] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.8_Hazardous_and_Solid_Waste Hazardous and Solid Waste] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.12_Air_Quality Air Quality] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.9_Floodplain_Management_and_the_Regulatory_Floodway Floodplain Management and Regulatory Floodway]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.21_Federal_Emergency_Management_Agency_%28FEMA%29_Buyout_Properties Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) Buyout Properties]&lt;br /&gt;
* Socioeconomics and Environmental Justice &lt;br /&gt;
: - traffic/access&lt;br /&gt;
: - acquisitions/relocations&lt;br /&gt;
: - public involvement&lt;br /&gt;
: - demographics&lt;br /&gt;
: - community facilities&lt;br /&gt;
* Water Quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Land Use/Zoning&lt;br /&gt;
* Construction Impacts&lt;br /&gt;
* and others as appropriate for each project.&lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
The pDEIS is circulated within MoDOT for review by central office design staff and district personnel. Central office environmental staff reviews all comments and a revised pDEIS is prepared. MoDOT senior management must be briefed on the project and the pDEIS.  Central office environmental staff or a consultant can assist the district in scheduling and preparing for the project briefing. MoDOT environmental staff then sends the pDEIS to FHWA and cooperating agencies for review and comment. This document is not to be distributed to anyone outside of MoDOT except formal cooperating agencies identified on the pDEIS cover sheet. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the FHWA and cooperating agency(ies) comments on the pDEIS have been addressed, the DEIS is ready for FHWA’s final review. Once the DEIS is signed by FHWA, it is circulated to federal and state agencies, local entities, elected officials, and others as appropriate for their review and comment. The district also provides copies of the approved DEIS for public viewing and copying in the district office and other public repositories such as libraries and city offices. Upon circulation of the approved DEIS to the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), the EPA publishes a Notice of Availability (NOA) in the Federal Register. That publication initiates a 45-day comment period. During this period the district holds a location public hearing after 21 days of notice, (see [[:Category:129 Public Involvement|EPG 129 Public Involvement]]), and prepares the [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:129_Public_Involvement#129.11.3_Transcripts transcript] for submittal to the Design Division. The transcript must be available for review by the Design Division and FHWA prior to preparation of the preliminary Final EIS (pFEIS) so that substantive comments can be addressed in the pFEIS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the 45-day comment period has ended and all comments from the public and other agencies have been collected, a pFEIS is prepared. The following items of work must be completed as part of the pFEIS: &lt;br /&gt;
* Discuss all substantive comments received on the DEIS during the 45-day comment period, including those from other agencies, the general public, and as a result of the [[129.6_Public_Hearing location public hearing and responses thereto]], must be satisfactorily addressed. &lt;br /&gt;
* Summarize public involvement.&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe any mitigation measures that are to be incorporated into the proposed action.&lt;br /&gt;
* A preferred alternative must be declared and evaluate all reasonable alternatives considered. &lt;br /&gt;
* Document compliance, to the extent possible, with all applicable environmental laws and Executive Orders or provide reasonable assurance that their requirements can be met.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When these work items and internal review are completed, MoDOT circulates the pFEIS to FHWA and cooperating agencies for review and comment. Once comments are received, the pFEIS is revised and MoDOT submits the Final Environmental Impact Statement (FEIS) to FHWA for legal sufficiency review and approval. Once approved, EPA publishes a Notice of Availability (NOA) in the Federal Register initiating a 30-day comment period for the public, agencies, and tribes.  The FEIS shall be transmitted to any persons, organizations, or agencies that made substantive comments on the draft EIS or requested a copy, no later than the time the document is filed with EPA.  MoDOT will also publish a notice of availability in local newspapers and make the final EIS available at appropriate Administration offices and institutions such as local government offices, libraries, and schools, as appropriate (23 cfr 771.125(g)).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Substantive comments on the FEIS are addressed in a Record of Decision (ROD). The ROD also discusses the reasonable alternatives that were considered for the project, identifies the selected alternative, and discusses why this alternative was selected. The ROD discusses commitments made in the document, including the measures that have been adopted to minimize harm, such as mitigation plans, and details any monitoring and enforcement program, if applicable. Once comments are satisfactorily addressed, the ROD is presented to FHWA for approval. After FHWA signs the ROD, the Missouri Highway Transportation Commission (MHTC) can approve the location of the project and detailed design can begin.  The process is shown on the following [http://epg.modot.org/files/c/cd/127.14_NEPA_Flow_chart.pdf flow chart].   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:127.14.3.2.jpg|center|800px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Combining the FEIS and ROD&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Section 1319(b) of MAP 21 directs DOTs, to the maximum extent practicable, to expeditiously develop a single document that consists of an FEIS and ROD, unless certain conditions exist. Traditionally, and in accordance with the CEQ Regulations (40 CFR 1506.10(b)(2)), FEIS and ROD documents are issued as separate documents with a minimum 30-day period between the FEIS and ROD. The FEIS and ROD should be combined unless:&lt;br /&gt;
# The FEIS makes substantial changes to the proposed action that are relevant to environmental or safety concerns; or&lt;br /&gt;
# There are significant new circumstances or information relevant to environmental concerns and that bear on the proposed action or the impacts of the proposed action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This provision is applicable to all DOT proposed actions, including combination of a [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.15_Reevaluation_of_National_Environmental_Policy_Act_%28NEPA%29_Documents Supplemental EIS] and ROD. The applicable requirements for both an FEIS and ROD must be met for issuance of a combined FEIS/ROD document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In using a combined FEIS/ROD, it will be important to consider possible effects on the timing of required coordination under other laws and the need for any additional documentation. For example, having a separate FEIS may facilitate meeting requirements under other laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the interagency coordination process, MoDOT should notify cooperating agencies as early as possible that they are considering combining the FEIS and ROD, thereby providing agencies the opportunity to express their views about the use of a combined FEIS and ROD for the specific proposed action. This will assist MoDOT/FHWA in making a determination whether combining the FEIS/ROD is practicable or whether it is appropriate to issue the documents separately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===127.14.3.4 Legal Sufficiency Review===&lt;br /&gt;
Although the Missouri division office of the FHWA conducts the general review of NEPA documents and Section 4(f) Evaluations, regulation requires a legal sufficiency review by FHWA Headquarters Office of Chief Counsel. FHWA regional office staff attorneys generally complete this review on their behalf. FHWA guidance on improving the quality of [http://environment.fhwa.dot.gov/strmlng/newsletters/sep06nl.asp environmental documents] describes the purpose of the FHWA legal sufficiency review as “to ensure that the lead agency&#039;s process and evaluations comply with applicable laws, regulations and executive orders, and could be sustained in Federal court if legally challenged.” FHWA Missouri division may conduct the NEPA document and Section 4(f) evaluation review concurrently with the legal sufficiency review based upon their comfort with the quality of the document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===127.14.3.5 FHWA/MoDOT Environmental Partnering Agreement===&lt;br /&gt;
The FHWA and MoDOT executed a [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/ENV/Environmental_Partnering_Agreement.pdf FHWA/MoDOT Environmental Partnering Agreement partnering agreement] establishing FHWA review times for specific NEPA document types, ground rules, conflict resolution, and performance evaluations. MoDOT district staff must ensure that project schedules developed internally and by consultants will accommodate specified document review times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===127.14.3.6 Projects Involving New or Revised Interstate Access===&lt;br /&gt;
A change in access to the Interstate System requires approval from FHWA, regardless of whether federal funds are used. This is accomplished by preparation of an Access Justification Report (AJR). Approval of the AJR cannot precede the completion of NEPA. Once NEPA has been completed, approval of the access change is granted as long as there are no changes to the location or design of the accepted concept. Further details on the requirements for preparation and submittal of an AJR can be found in [[234.1 Access to Interstate Highways|EPG 234.1 Access to Interstate Highways]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===127.14.3.7 Early and Advanced Acquisition of Right of Way===&lt;br /&gt;
In extraordinary cases or emergency situations, consideration may be given to acquisition of hardship or protective purchase of parcels within the limits of a proposed project prior to completion of the appropriate environmental document.  The [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/23cfr710501_cropped.pdf FHWA requirements table] outlines the different types of processes and requirements for Early Acquisition (EA) or Advanced Acquisition (AA). &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
EA alternatives #1, #2, and #4 are mostly commonly used.  Both AA alternatives are used.  When the district determines that EA #4 or AA #1 or #2 is needed, a separate ROW RES shall be submitted for the parcel being acquired.  The parcel must be clearly identified in the request for a NEPA decision.  This decision is independent from the project NEPA decision and may require commitments of clearances and permits to be obtained for the project before there are any impacts to the property being acquired. See [[127.2 Historic Preservation and Cultural Resources#127.2.11 Early Acquisition of Right-of-Way and Disposal of Uneconomic Remnants|EPG 127.2.11 Early Acquisition of Right of Way and Disposal of Uneconomic Remnants]] for the process regarding Section 106 and [[236.3 Administration#236.3.4.4 Early and Advance Acquisition|EPG 236.3.4.4 Early and Advance Acquisition]] for the right of way acquisition process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For EA alternatives #1 and #2, a 4(f) screening is needed. This can be accomplished by contacting Design&#039;s Environmental Section and documented via email or through the EA ROW RES for that parcel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==127.14.4 Non-Federal Actions, Maintenance, and Off-System Projects==&lt;br /&gt;
To be considered a non-federal action for purposes of NEPA compliance, a MoDOT project cannot use federal funds in any phase of project development or delivery. NEPA may still be required if a project has a federal nexus or requires federal permits. [http://environment.transportation.org/environmental_issues/nepa_process/ Click here] for more information regarding federal nexus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Off-system or cost-share projects that receive federal aid are subject to NEPA compliance. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===127.14.4.1 Non-Federal Actions===&lt;br /&gt;
NEPA classification and compliance is required for all MoDOT projects where federal aid funding is used for any purpose including planning, design, right of way acquisition, or construction. Non-federal actions are those that are not on the interstate system or do not require a federal permit, or use federal funding.  FHWA maintains oversight on any project that involves the interstate system, regardless of whether federal-aid funding is involved. Non-federal actions do not require NEPA classification and compliance. However, environmental reviews are still completed for all construction projects in order to be eligible for future federal funding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===127.14.4.2 Maintenance===&lt;br /&gt;
Any MoDOT maintenance project that appears in the STIP is subject to NEPA and environmental compliance. For projects that do not use federal funding, the environmental and historic preservation staff will assist the maintenance and traffic divisions with environmental compliance. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===127.14.4.3 Off-System Projects===&lt;br /&gt;
The NEPA and environmental compliance process for off-system projects is included in [[:LPA:136 Local Public Agency (LPA) Policy|EPG 136 Local Public Agency (LPA) Policy]].  Generally, MoDOT provides quality assurance/quality control for FHWA on NEPA and environmental aspects of off-system projects by reviewing what sponsors submit through the Request for Environmental Review (RER).  In order to receive NEPA approval, the sponsor must provide enough information to obtain T&amp;amp;E concurrence, Section 4(f) concurrence, if applicable, and Section 106 clearance as well as reasonable assurances that all other permits will be obtained. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==127.14.5 NEPA Glossary==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Affected Environment:&#039;&#039;&#039;  A description of the existing environment that may be affected by the proposed action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Access Justification Report (AJR):&#039;&#039;&#039;  An Access Justification Report is required for a project that proposes to change or provide new access to an interstate facility. The AJR should demonstrate that an access point is needed for regional traffic needs and not just local system needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Alternative:&#039;&#039;&#039;  One of a number of specific transportation improvements proposals, alignments, options, design choices, etc., in a defined study area that may address the purpose and need of a proposed project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Alternative Analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Detailed examination of proposed alternatives to determine which alternatives may meet the purpose and need and are reasonable and feasible to be carried forward into the reasonable range of alternatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Categorical Exclusion (CE):&#039;&#039;&#039;  A category of actions that based on past experience with similar actions, do not individually or cumulatively have a significant effect on the human environment and have been found to have no such effect in procedures adopted by a federal agency pursuant to the National Environmental Policy Act, and for which, therefore, neither an environmental assessment nor an environmental impact statement is required. They are actions which: do not induce significant impacts to planned growth or land use for the area, do not require the relocation of significant numbers of people; do not have a significant impact on any natural, cultural, recreational, historic or other resource; do not involve significant air, noise, or water quality impacts; do not have significant impacts on travel patterns; and do not otherwise, either individually or cumulatively, have any significant environmental impacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Context and Intensity:&#039;&#039;&#039; Context is the geographic, biophysical, and social context in which the effects will occur.  Intensity is the severity of the impact. The significance of a project is assessed on a case-by-case basis, based on its context and intensity. The context of a project involves analyzing “society as a whole, the affected region, the affected interests, and the locality.” Intensity refers to the severity or degree of a project’s impact. For example, the severity of a project can become greater if there are cumulative impacts, which is the incremental impact of the action, to include past, present, and future developments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cooperating Agency:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Any federal agency, other than the lead agency, that has jurisdiction by law or special expertise with respect to any environmental impact involved in a proposed project or project alternative.  A State or local agency of similar qualifications or, when the effects are on lands of tribal interest, a Native American tribe may, by agreement with the lead agencies, also become a cooperating agency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Coordination Plan: &#039;&#039;&#039; A plan established by the project lead for coordinating public and agency participation during the environmental review process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ):&#039;&#039;&#039;  Established under Title II of the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) to develop federal agency-wide policy and regulations for implementing the procedural provisions of NEPA, resolve interagency disagreements concerning proposed major federal actions, and to ensure that federal agency programs and procedures are in compliance with NEPA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cumulative Effect:&#039;&#039;&#039;  The incremental environmental impact or effect of the proposed action, together with impacts of past, present, and reasonably foreseeable future actions, regardless of what agency (federal or non-federal) or person undertakes such other actions.  Cumulative effects can result from individually minor but collectively significant actions taking place over a period of time.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Direct Effect: &#039;&#039;&#039; Direct effects occur through direct interaction of an activity with an environmental, social, or economic component.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Environmental Consequences:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Environmental effects of project alternatives, including the proposed action, any adverse environmental effects that cannot be avoided, the relationships between short-term use of the human environment, and any irreversible or irretrievable commitments of resources which would be involved if the proposal should be implemented.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Environmental Assessment (EA):&#039;&#039;&#039;  A concise public document prepared in compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA), that briefly discusses the purpose and need for an action, alternatives to such action, and provides sufficient evidence and analysis of impacts to determine whether to prepare an environmental impact statement or a finding of no significant impact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Environmental Impact Statement (EIS):&#039;&#039;&#039;  A detailed written statement required by section 102 (2) (C) of the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA), analyzing the environmental impacts of a proposed action, adverse effects of the project that cannot be avoided, alternative courses of action, short-term uses of the environment versus the maintenance and enhancement of long-term productivity, and any irreversible and irretrievable commitment of resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Environmentally Preferable Alternative:&#039;&#039;&#039; the alternative that will promote the national environmental policy as expressed in NEPA&#039;s Section 101. Ordinarily, this means the alternative that causes the least damage to the biological and physical environment; it also means the alternative which best protects, preserves, and enhances historic, cultural, and natural resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Finding of No Significant Impact (FONSI):&#039;&#039;&#039;  If it is determined that there will be no significant impacts a finding of no significant impact (FONSI) will be prepared to conclude the process and document the decision. A FONSI is issued when environmental analysis and interagency review during the EA process find a project to have no significant impacts on the quality of the environment. &lt;br /&gt;
Human Environment:  Includes the natural and physical environment and the relationship of people with the environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Impact (Effect):&#039;&#039;&#039;  A direct result of an action that occurs at the same time and place; or an indirect result of an action which occurs later in time or in a different place and is reasonably foreseeable; or the cumulative results from the incremental impacts of the action when added to other past, present, and reasonably foreseeable future actions regardless of what agency or person undertakes such other actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Indirect Effect:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Indirect impacts on the environment are these which are not a direct result of the project, often produced away from or as a result of a complex impact pathway. The indirect impacts are also known as secondary or even third level impacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Independent Utility:&#039;&#039;&#039;  A project is considered to have independent utility if it would be constructed absent the construction of other projects in the project area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Interagency Coordination:&#039;&#039;&#039;  The coordination that occurs between elements of lead agency, and engaged US Government agencies, nongovernmental organizations, and regional and international organizations for the purpose of accomplishing an objective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lead Agency:&#039;&#039;&#039;  The agency or agencies responsible for preparing environmental impact statements or environmental assessments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Legal Sufficiency Review:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Additional review by FHWA for all Draft and Final EISs and Draft and Final Section 4(f) Evaluations to ensure that the lead agency’s process and evaluations comply with applicable laws, regulations and executive orders, and could be sustained in federal court if legally challenged.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Location Study:&#039;&#039;&#039;  A location study is prepared to determine the most advantageous location and type for a proposed highway improvement based on project purpose and need and on engineering and environmental constraints. The location study and the environmental analysis are developed in conjunction with each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Logical Termini:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Rational endpoints for both a transportation improvement and a review of the environmental impacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Major Federal Action:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Actions with effects that may be major and which are potentially subject to federal control and responsibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Major Traffic Disruption (PCE agreement threshold):&#039;&#039;&#039; is a project (for bundles this applies to each independent location rather than referring to a project number) where: 1) available detours are greater than 25 miles rural or 5 miles urban (U.S. Census Bureau designated urbanized area or an urban cluster) and can include non-state local routes, and 2) provisions are not made for local access and so posted or locally owned roads are not accessible in the area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Memorandum of Agreement (MOA):&#039;&#039;&#039;  A formal business document used to outline an agreement made between two separate entities, groups or individuals. A MOA usually precedes a more detailed contract or agreement between the parties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Memorandum of Understanding (MOU):&#039;&#039;&#039;  A bilateral or multilateral agreement between two or more parties. It expresses a convergence of will between the parties, indicating an intended common line of action. It is often used in cases where parties either do not imply a legal commitment or in situations where the parties cannot create a legally enforceable agreement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mitigation: &#039;&#039;&#039; Also, synonymous with Commitment.  Planning actions taken to avoid an impact all together, minimize the degree or magnitude of the impact, reduce the impact over time, repair or restore the impact, or compensate for the impact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA):&#039;&#039;&#039;  NEPA requires federal agencies to assess the environmental effects of their proposed actions prior to making decisions.  Under the NEPA process, agencies evaluate the environmental and related social and economic effects of their proposed actions and provide opportunities for public review and comment on those evaluations.  NEPA applies to a broad range of federal actions that include, but are not limited to, constructing highways and other publicly owned facilities, adopting federal land management actions, and federal permitting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notice of Availability (NOA):&#039;&#039;&#039;  Notices of availability of environmental documents published in local, state, or regional clearinghouses, newspapers, and other means; that may or may not require a public comment period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notice of Intent (NOI): &#039;&#039;&#039; A notice published in the federal register that an environmental impact statement will be prepared and considered.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;No-Build Alternative: &#039;&#039;&#039; The alternative where current conditions and trends are projected into the future without the proposed action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Participating Agency: &#039;&#039;&#039; Agencies with an interest in the project.  The standard for participating agency status is more encompassing than the standard for cooperating agency status.  Therefore, cooperating agencies are, by definition, participating agencies. But not all participating agencies are cooperating agencies. The lead agencies should consider the distinctions in deciding whether to invite an agency to serve as a cooperating/participating agency or only as a participating agency&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Preferred Alternative:&#039;&#039;&#039;  The alternative within the range of alternatives presented in an environmental assessment or environmental impact statement that the agency believes would best fulfill the purpose and need of the proposed action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Programmatic Agreement (PA):&#039;&#039;&#039;  A document that spells out the terms of a formal, legally binding agreement between a state Department of Transportation (DOT) and other state, local and/or federal agencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Programmatic CE (PCE):&#039;&#039;&#039;  Established through a PCE Agreement between FHWA and the State DOT to make Categorical Exclusions (CE) (most of which are listed under 23 CFR Part 771.117(d)) more efficient and faster.  The PCE agreement allows the State DOT to document, review and approve CEs in order to move on to the next step of the project development without requiring division office review. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Proposed Action:&#039;&#039;&#039;  A plan that contains sufficient details about the intended actions to be taken, or that will result, to allow alternatives to be developed and its environmental impacts analyzed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Public Involvement:&#039;&#039;&#039;  An integral part of the transportation process which helps to ensure decisions are made in consideration of and to benefit public needs and preferences.  It involves seeking public input at specific and key points in the decision-making process where such input has a real potential to help shape the final decision or set of actions.  This includes early and continuing opportunities during project development for the public to be involved in the identification of social, economic, and environmental impacts, as well as impacts associated with relocation of individuals, groups, or institutions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purpose and Need:&#039;&#039;&#039;  A clear and well documented section of an EIS or EA or some CEs defining the need for the project and how that need will be fulfilled.  The purpose and need drives the development of the range of alternatives.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Range of Alternatives:&#039;&#039;&#039;  All reasonable alternatives discussed in a NEPA document which are rigorously explored and objectively evaluated, as well as those other alternatives, which are eliminated from detailed study with a brief discussion of the reasons for eliminating them.  What constitutes a reasonable range of alternatives depends on the nature of the proposal and the facts in each case. A decision maker must not consider alternatives beyond the range of alternatives discussed in the relevant environmental documents.  The range of alternatives must include the no-build alternative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Record of Decision (ROD):&#039;&#039;&#039;  A concise public record of decision prepared by the federal agency, pursuant to NEPA that contains a statement of the decision, identification of all alternatives considered, identification of the environmentally preferred alternative, a statement as to whether all practical means to avoid or minimize environmental harm from the alternative selected has been adopted (and if not, why), and a summary of monitoring and enforcement where applicable for any mitigation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reevaluation:&#039;&#039;&#039;  A reevaluation is the process of determining whether or not the NEPA decision made for a project remains valid.  A NEPA document is based on the scope of a project at the time it’s approved. Various factors and circumstances may change that scope throughout the development of the project.  Any changes to the project’s concept or the affected environment after the NEPA decision is made, even after the project has begun, must be reevaluated to determine what effects these changes might have on the validity of the environmental documentation.  A reevaluation of the NEPA decision must additionally be made if more than 3 years has passed and the project has not progressed.  Reevaluations are in place at key points during the RES process to check for those possible changes and make adjustments to the NEPA conclusion if it’s no longer accurate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Request for Environmental Services (RES):&#039;&#039;&#039;  RES is a Webform Application that sends an electronic copy to a selected group of Administration and Environmental/Historic Preservation staff for each district when submitted. The distribution ensures that the RES submissions do not wait on an individual who may be out of the office for an extended period of time. In addition to submitting the RES, the appropriate Design Liaison Engineer should be entered in as a district contact when submitted. The electronic application was developed for a faster submittal process and response from the Environmental/Historic Preservation staff.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Request for Environmental Review (RER):&#039;&#039;&#039;  RER is a Webform Application that sends an electronic copy to a selected group of Administration and Environmental/Historic Preservation staff for each district when submitted. The distribution ensures that the RER submissions do not wait on an individual who may be out of the office for an extended period of time. In addition to submitting the RER, the appropriate LPA Liaison’s should be entered in as a district contact when submitted. The electronic application was developed for a faster submittal process and response from the Environmental/Historic Preservation staff.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Scope of Environmental Review:&#039;&#039;&#039;  The range of actions, alternatives, and impacts to be considered in a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Scoping:&#039;&#039;&#039;  An early and open process for determining the extent and variety of issues to be addressed and identifying the significant issues related to a proposed action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Segmentation:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Segmentation can occur when an action is broken down into small parts in order to avoid the appearance of significance of the total action. An action can be too narrowly defined, minimizing potential impacts in an effort to avoid a higher level of NEPA documentation. The scope of an action must include the consideration of connected, cumulative, and similar actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Significant: &#039;&#039;&#039; Term used in NEPA that considers both context and intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State Transportation Improvement Plan (STIP):&#039;&#039;&#039;  The Statewide Transportation Improvement Program (STIP) is a comprehensive list of all projects, or project phases, in Missouri proposed to receive federal funding, pursuant to Title 23 U.S.C. and 49 U.S.C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Tiering: &#039;&#039;&#039; A NEPA document covering general matters in broader environmental impact statements with subsequent narrower statements of environmental analysis, incorporating by reference, the general discussions and concentrating on specific issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Unavoidable Adverse Effects:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Effects that cannot be avoided due to constraints in alternatives.  These effects do not have to be avoided by the planning agency, but they must be disclosed, discussed, and mitigated for, if possible.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Unresolved Controversy (PCE agreement threshold):&#039;&#039;&#039; Controversy is considered more than a singular expression of dissatisfaction.  Controversy is considered a substantial dispute as to the size, nature or extent of the proposed project.  In cases when controversy is anticipated, MoDOT will discuss the potential for controversy with FHWA to determine if the project can be processed under the FHWA-MoDOT PCE agreement. When MoDOT is unsure whether a project should be considered controversial, MoDOT will engage FHWA for discussion and determination if a PCE is appropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:127 MoDOT and the Environment]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=User:Hoskir/Revision_Request_4276&amp;diff=59500</id>
		<title>User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4276</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=User:Hoskir/Revision_Request_4276&amp;diff=59500"/>
		<updated>2026-09-30T16:18:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;hr style=&amp;quot;border:none; height:2px; background-color:red;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;copy 133.3.1 and 133.3.2, also replace related info box in 133, 133.3, 133.4, 133.5&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;hr style=&amp;quot;border:none; height:2px; background-color:red;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==133.3.1 Personnel from other Functional Units==&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;margin-left:15px; margin-top: 5px; border:1px solid #a9a9a9; background:#f5f5f5&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;450px&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Related Information&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [[:Category:948 Incident Response Plan and Emergency Response Management|Incident Response Plan and Emergency Response Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://modotgov.sharepoint.com/sites/SM/Training/Forms/AllItems.aspx?id=%2Fsites%2FSM%2FTraining%2FSnow%20Fight%20Training%20Expectations%2Epdf&amp;amp;parent=%2Fsites%2FSM%2FTraining Snow Fight Training Expectations]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Districts may use any safety sensitive personnel designated by the district engineer in emergency situations and as indicated by the particular emergency.  A commercial drivers license (CDL) is required for snow and ice control work.&lt;br /&gt;
: Reason for policy:  To ensure MoDOT has sufficient trained personnel to work on snow and ice removal.&lt;br /&gt;
:: Effective Date: 6/1/99&lt;br /&gt;
:: Revision Dates: 6/17/03&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==133.3.2 Snow and Ice Operations Training==&lt;br /&gt;
Supervisors must ensure employees have received all required training before snow operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be considered fully trained and allowed to operate a snowplow, employees must complete all identified portions of training as listed in the [https://modotgov.sharepoint.com/sites/SM/Training/Forms/AllItems.aspx?id=%2Fsites%2FSM%2FTraining%2FSnow%20Fight%20Training%20Expectations%2Epdf&amp;amp;parent=%2Fsites%2FSM%2FTraining Snow Fight Training Expectations].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::Effective Date: 6/1/99&lt;br /&gt;
::Revision Dates: 8/25/26&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=User:Hoskir&amp;diff=59499</id>
		<title>User:Hoskir</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=User:Hoskir&amp;diff=59499"/>
		<updated>2026-09-30T16:15:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: /* Revisions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= &amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Revisions&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt; =&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4276|Revision Request 4276]] - ready&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4275|Revision Request 4275]] - ready&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4274|Revision Request 4274]] - ready&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4273|Revision Request 4273]] - have question (sent to Zanab and Jeff)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4272|Revision Request 4272]] - ready&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4271|Revision Request 4271]] - ready&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4270|Revision Request 4270]] - ready&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4269|Revision Request 4269]] - ready&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4268|Revision Request 4268]] - lvl 1, waiting on comments made by Gidget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4267|Revision Request 4267]] - balloted (ready)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4266|Revision Request 4266]] - CCO has asked to hold this request&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4265|Revision Request 4265]] - balloted (ready) (there will be some changes in document names)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4264|Revision Request 4264]] - balloted (ready)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4261|Revision Request 4261]] - PUBLISHED SEPTEMBER&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4260|Revision Request 4260]] - PUBLISHED SEPTEMBER&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4259|Revision Request 4259]] - PUBLISHED AUGUST&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4258|Revision Request 4258]] - PUBLISHED SEPTEMBER&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4256|Revision Request 4256 and 4257]] - balloted (ready)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4254|Revision Request 4254]] - lvl 1, edits ready to publish&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4253|Revision Request 4253]] - PUBLISHED SEPTEMBER&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4251|Revision Request 4251]] - PUBLISHED AUGUST&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4250|Revision Request 4250]] - PUBLISHED AUGUST&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4249|Revision Request 4249]] - PUBLISHED AUGUST&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4247|Revision Request 4247]] - figure updated (waiting on more changes possibly)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4244|Revision Request 4244]] - balloted (ready)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4240|Revision Request 4240]] - balloted (ready)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4238|Revision Request 4238]] - balloted (ready)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4209|Revision Request 4209]] - new test method but needs to be approved and put in EPG format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4191|Revision Request 4191 (ON HOLD)]] - may be withdrawn later&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4175|Revision Request 4175 (ON HOLD)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4165|Revision Request 4165]] - PUBLISHED SEPTEMBER&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4136|Revision Request 4136 (ON HOLD)]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4036|Revision Request 4036 (ON HOLD)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 3906|Revision Request 3906 (ON HOLD)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 3905|Revision Request 3905 (ON HOLD)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 3902|Revision Request 3902 (ON HOLD)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 3818|Revision Request 3818 (ON HOLD)]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=User:Hoskir/Revision_Request_4276&amp;diff=59498</id>
		<title>User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4276</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=User:Hoskir/Revision_Request_4276&amp;diff=59498"/>
		<updated>2026-09-30T16:15:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;hr style=&amp;quot;border:none; height:2px; background-color:red;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;copy 133.3.1 and 133.3.2&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;hr style=&amp;quot;border:none; height:2px; background-color:red;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==133.3.1 Personnel from other Functional Units==&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;margin-left:15px; margin-top: 5px; border:1px solid #a9a9a9; background:#f5f5f5&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;450px&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Related Information&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [[:Category:948 Incident Response Plan and Emergency Response Management|Incident Response Plan and Emergency Response Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://modotgov.sharepoint.com/sites/SM/Training/Forms/AllItems.aspx?id=%2Fsites%2FSM%2FTraining%2FSnow%20Fight%20Training%20Expectations%2Epdf&amp;amp;parent=%2Fsites%2FSM%2FTraining Snow Fight Training Expectations]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Districts may use any safety sensitive personnel designated by the district engineer in emergency situations and as indicated by the particular emergency.  A commercial drivers license (CDL) is required for snow and ice control work.&lt;br /&gt;
: Reason for policy:  To ensure MoDOT has sufficient trained personnel to work on snow and ice removal.&lt;br /&gt;
:: Effective Date: 6/1/99&lt;br /&gt;
:: Revision Dates: 6/17/03&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==133.3.2 Snow and Ice Operations Training==&lt;br /&gt;
Supervisors must ensure employees have received all required training before snow operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be considered fully trained and allowed to operate a snowplow, employees must complete all identified portions of training as listed in the [https://modotgov.sharepoint.com/sites/SM/Training/Forms/AllItems.aspx?id=%2Fsites%2FSM%2FTraining%2FSnow%20Fight%20Training%20Expectations%2Epdf&amp;amp;parent=%2Fsites%2FSM%2FTraining Snow Fight Training Expectations].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::Effective Date: 6/1/99&lt;br /&gt;
::Revision Dates: 8/25/26&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=User:Hoskir/Revision_Request_4276&amp;diff=59497</id>
		<title>User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4276</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=User:Hoskir/Revision_Request_4276&amp;diff=59497"/>
		<updated>2026-09-30T16:13:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==133.3.1 Personnel from other Functional Units==&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;margin-left:15px; margin-top: 5px; border:1px solid #a9a9a9; background:#f5f5f5&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;450px&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Related Information&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [[:Category:948 Incident Response Plan and Emergency Response Management|Incident Response Plan and Emergency Response Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://modotgov.sharepoint.com/sites/SM/Training/Forms/AllItems.aspx?id=%2Fsites%2FSM%2FTraining%2FSnow%20Fight%20Training%20Expectations%2Epdf&amp;amp;parent=%2Fsites%2FSM%2FTraining Snow Fight Training Expectations]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Districts may use any safety sensitive personnel designated by the district engineer in emergency situations and as indicated by the particular emergency.  A commercial drivers license (CDL) is required for snow and ice control work.&lt;br /&gt;
: Reason for policy:  To ensure MoDOT has sufficient trained personnel to work on snow and ice removal.&lt;br /&gt;
:: Effective Date: 6/1/99&lt;br /&gt;
:: Revision Dates: 6/17/03&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==133.3.2 Snow and Ice Operations Training==&lt;br /&gt;
Supervisors must ensure employees have received all required training before snow operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be considered fully trained and allowed to operate a snowplow, employees must complete all identified portions of training as listed in the [https://modotgov.sharepoint.com/sites/SM/Training/Forms/AllItems.aspx?id=%2Fsites%2FSM%2FTraining%2FSnow%20Fight%20Training%20Expectations%2Epdf&amp;amp;parent=%2Fsites%2FSM%2FTraining Snow Fight Training Expectations].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::Effective Date: 6/1/99&lt;br /&gt;
::Revision Dates: 8/25/26&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=User:Hoskir/Revision_Request_4276&amp;diff=59496</id>
		<title>User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4276</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=User:Hoskir/Revision_Request_4276&amp;diff=59496"/>
		<updated>2026-09-30T15:52:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: Created page with &amp;quot;==133.3.2 Snow and Ice Operations Training== Supervisors must ensure employees have received all required training before snow operations.  To be considered fully trained and allowed to operate a snowplow, employees must complete all identified portions of training as listed in the [https://modotgov.sharepoint.com/sites/SM/Training/Forms/AllItems.aspx?id=%2Fsites%2FSM%2FTraining%2FSnow%20Fight%20Training%20Expectations%2Epdf&amp;amp;parent=%2Fsites%2FSM%2FTraining Snow Fight Tra...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==133.3.2 Snow and Ice Operations Training==&lt;br /&gt;
Supervisors must ensure employees have received all required training before snow operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be considered fully trained and allowed to operate a snowplow, employees must complete all identified portions of training as listed in the [https://modotgov.sharepoint.com/sites/SM/Training/Forms/AllItems.aspx?id=%2Fsites%2FSM%2FTraining%2FSnow%20Fight%20Training%20Expectations%2Epdf&amp;amp;parent=%2Fsites%2FSM%2FTraining Snow Fight Training Expectations].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Effective Date: 6/1/99&lt;br /&gt;
:Revision Dates: 8/25/26&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=User:Hoskir&amp;diff=59495</id>
		<title>User:Hoskir</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=User:Hoskir&amp;diff=59495"/>
		<updated>2026-09-30T15:29:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: /* Revisions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= &amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Revisions&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt; =&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4276|Revision Request 4276]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4275|Revision Request 4275]] - ready&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4274|Revision Request 4274]] - ready&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4273|Revision Request 4273]] - have question (sent to Zanab and Jeff)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4272|Revision Request 4272]] - ready&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4271|Revision Request 4271]] - ready&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4270|Revision Request 4270]] - ready&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4269|Revision Request 4269]] - ready&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4268|Revision Request 4268]] - lvl 1, waiting on comments made by Gidget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4267|Revision Request 4267]] - balloted (ready)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4266|Revision Request 4266]] - CCO has asked to hold this request&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4265|Revision Request 4265]] - balloted (ready) (there will be some changes in document names)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4264|Revision Request 4264]] - balloted (ready)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4261|Revision Request 4261]] - PUBLISHED SEPTEMBER&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4260|Revision Request 4260]] - PUBLISHED SEPTEMBER&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4259|Revision Request 4259]] - PUBLISHED AUGUST&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4258|Revision Request 4258]] - PUBLISHED SEPTEMBER&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4256|Revision Request 4256 and 4257]] - balloted (ready)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4254|Revision Request 4254]] - lvl 1, edits ready to publish&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4253|Revision Request 4253]] - PUBLISHED SEPTEMBER&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4251|Revision Request 4251]] - PUBLISHED AUGUST&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4250|Revision Request 4250]] - PUBLISHED AUGUST&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4249|Revision Request 4249]] - PUBLISHED AUGUST&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4247|Revision Request 4247]] - figure updated (waiting on more changes possibly)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4244|Revision Request 4244]] - balloted (ready)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4240|Revision Request 4240]] - balloted (ready)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4238|Revision Request 4238]] - balloted (ready)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4209|Revision Request 4209]] - new test method but needs to be approved and put in EPG format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4191|Revision Request 4191 (ON HOLD)]] - may be withdrawn later&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4175|Revision Request 4175 (ON HOLD)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4165|Revision Request 4165]] - PUBLISHED SEPTEMBER&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4136|Revision Request 4136 (ON HOLD)]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4036|Revision Request 4036 (ON HOLD)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 3906|Revision Request 3906 (ON HOLD)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 3905|Revision Request 3905 (ON HOLD)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 3902|Revision Request 3902 (ON HOLD)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 3818|Revision Request 3818 (ON HOLD)]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=237.14_Electronic_Design_Data_Delivery_(BIM_Deliverables)&amp;diff=59494</id>
		<title>237.14 Electronic Design Data Delivery (BIM Deliverables)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=237.14_Electronic_Design_Data_Delivery_(BIM_Deliverables)&amp;diff=59494"/>
		<updated>2026-09-29T20:36:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: updated youtube links&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[image:237.14.jpg|right|180px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Operator using GPS grading&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT requires the use of Bentley Open Roads Designer (ORD) software for highway and bridge design. OpenRoads Designer is based on a 3D workflow.  Throughout the entire project design, MoDOT Design staff and design consultants shall produce Electronic Design Data using Bentley’s Open Roads Designer as defined in this article.  Any conversion process from another CADD package to Open Roads Designer Electronic Design Data is not acceptable.  Please refer to [[#237.14.5 Glossary of Terms|EPG 237.14.5 Glossary of Terms]] for the MoDOT definition of &#039;&#039;italicized terms&#039;&#039; as they apply to this document and the delivery of Electronic Design Data for MoDOT projects.  Electronic Design Data requirements pertain to road design, bridge design and survey projects. These electronic deliverables are now referred to as Electronic Design Data (EDD).  A subset of this information is then posted on the MoDOT [http://www.modot.org/business/contractor_resources/bid_opening_info/OpenLetting.shtml &#039;&#039;Online Plan Room&#039;&#039;] for use by potential bidders. Contractors and utility companies that do not have Open Roads Designer (ORD) software can utilize the [https://www.bentley.com/en/products/product-line/modeling-and-visualization-software/bentley-view Bentley View Connect Edition] to review native .dgn files included in the Electronic Design Data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==237.14.1 MoDOT and Consultant Electronic Design Data Requirements==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Consultants are required to deliver Electronic Design Data following the same requirements as MoDOT internally designed projects.  Required consultant and MoDOT Electronic Design Data include all files used to generate the design.  Files include but are not limited to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Project Information &lt;br /&gt;
:* Project Data Summary Report (.xlsx)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Survey Information &lt;br /&gt;
:* Survey report (.pdf) &lt;br /&gt;
:* Survey Coordinate file (.csv)&lt;br /&gt;
:* Survey file (.dgn)&lt;br /&gt;
::- Survey Graphics (.dgn)&lt;br /&gt;
::- Existing Ground Terrain (.dgn and .xml)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Surface(s)&lt;br /&gt;
:* Proposed Terrains (.dgn and .xml)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Alignment(s) &amp;amp; Profile(s)&lt;br /&gt;
:* Civil geometry file (.dgn and .xml)&lt;br /&gt;
:* Civil geometry report (.xlsx)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Corridor file(s)&lt;br /&gt;
:* Corridor file(s) plus reference (.dgn)&lt;br /&gt;
:* Proposed 3D Top Surface Linear Features (.dgn)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Plan Sheets&lt;br /&gt;
:* Plan sheets plus references (.dgn)&lt;br /&gt;
:* Signed Adobe Acrobat plan sheets ( .pdf)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==237.14.2 Specifications for Electronic Design Data ==&lt;br /&gt;
Electronic Design Data is required for all MoDOT and consultant designed projects, but varies by project type. (See Table 237.14.2 for requirements). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em auto 1em auto&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &#039;&#039;&#039;Table 237.14.2&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;background:#BEBEBE&amp;quot;| !!style=&amp;quot;background:#BEBEBE&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|Required Electronic Design Data&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;background:#BEBEBE&amp;quot;|Project Includes this Type of Electronic Design Data !!style=&amp;quot;background:#BEBEBE&amp;quot;|Project Data Summary Report,  Plan Sheets (.dgn) and Signed Sheets (.pdf)!!style=&amp;quot;background:#BEBEBE&amp;quot;|Survey file (dgn), Survey Report, Coordinate File, Civil Geometry File and Report	!!style=&amp;quot;background:#BEBEBE&amp;quot;|Corridor File(s), Existing and Proposed Terrain Model Files&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Cross Sections ||	Y||	Y||	Y&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Plan Sheets with Civil Geometry|| 	Y||	Y||	n/a&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Plan Sheets||	Y||	Optional||	n/a&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot;|&#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039; All Electronic Design Data shall follow the file naming convention outlined in [[237.13 Contract Plan File Name Convention#237.13.2 Electronic Design Data|EPG 237.13.2 Electronic Design Data]].&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===237.14.2.1 Project Data Summary Report===&lt;br /&gt;
This Excel report, prepared by the designer, gives a summary of all Electronic Design Data files submitted with the project and is an important reference for MoDOT staff and contractors that may use the Electronic Design Data.  This file contains specific project information and acts as table of contents with descriptions for all files submitted.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[media:237.14.2.1_Project_Data_Summary_Report.xlsx|Project Data Summary Report]] shall be provided as a Microsoft Excel file (.xlsx).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===237.14.2.2 Survey Report ===&lt;br /&gt;
The [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/CADD/237.14.2.2_Survey_Report.pdf Survey Report] is prepared by the project’s &#039;&#039;Professional Land Surveyor of Record&#039;&#039;. It is used for documenting the &#039;&#039;project control&#039;&#039; metadata and the method in which the &#039;&#039;topography&#039;&#039; and terrain information is obtained for a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/CADD/237.14.2.2_Survey_Report_Example.pdf Survey Report Example] is available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Survey Report shall be provided as a Adobe Acrobat file (.PDF).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===237.14.2.3 Survey Coordinate File===&lt;br /&gt;
The comma delimited Survey Coordinate File is prepared by the project’s &#039;&#039;Professional Land Surveyor of Record&#039;&#039; and contains project &#039;&#039;&#039;control points&#039;&#039;&#039;.  Please ensure that all control points share the &#039;&#039;&#039;same&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;modified state plane coordinate system projection factor&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;vertical datum&#039;&#039;.  Include the projection factor and vertical datum in the survey report.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A [[media:237.14.2.3_Survey_Coordinate_File_Example.pdf|Survey Coordinate File Example]] is available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Survey Geometry File shall be provided in the following format:&lt;br /&gt;
:*	Comma Separated Value file (.CSV) in the format: pt. no., n, e, z, descr.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===237.14.2.4 Survey (.dgn) file===&lt;br /&gt;
The existing surface and mapping is prepared by the &#039;&#039;Professional Land Surveyor of Record&#039;&#039; and is the basis for roadway design.  Both the Existing Ground surface (stored as an Open Roads Designer terrain model) and the existing topography mapping is stored in the Open Roads Designer .dgn file.  The terrain model is produced from &#039;&#039;traditional survey&#039;&#039; methods, &#039;&#039;aerial acquisition&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;laser scanning&#039;&#039; or a combination of methods using appropriate MoDOT &#039;&#039;&#039;surface feature definitions&#039;&#039;&#039;.  The project &#039;&#039;projection factor&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;vertical datum&#039;&#039; are documented in the Survey Report.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Survey data must be process through Bentley’s Open Roads Designer Survey Tool located in the Project Explorer &amp;gt; Survey tab.&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
The existing terrain model shall be submitted in the following formats:&lt;br /&gt;
:*	Open Roads Designer file (.dgn) &lt;br /&gt;
:*	LandXML&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; (.xml) &lt;br /&gt;
:::	- Access is available to the video [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hnolz7ZIAvo Creating the LandXML File (Exporting Existing Ground Terrain To LandXML)].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &#039;&#039; MoDOT utilizes &#039;&#039;LiDAR&#039;&#039; to capture existing conditions; these are large files and may exceed the limit of LandXML file creation. If the file size is too large to export via LandXML 1.2, the existing ground surface must be broken into multiple sections. Please contact CADD Support for additional information.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===237.14.2.5 Civil Geometry File (alignments and profiles)===&lt;br /&gt;
The Civil Geometry File, prepared by the designer, contains all &#039;&#039;horizontal and vertical alignments&#039;&#039; used in the development of the design. Horizontal alignment examples include: &#039;&#039;baselines&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;special ditches&#039;&#039;, etc. Vertical alignments include: baseline profiles, special ditch profiles, retaining wall profiles, etc. The Civil Geometry File should not contain any preliminary or unused alignments. All geometry contained in this file shall follow the [[media:237.14.2.5_MoDOT_Linear_Feature_Naming_Convention.pdf|file naming convention for the designed Linear Features]] (i.e. Alignments and Profiles) found in the plans. A summary of all geometry shall be captured in the Civil Geometry Report. To access this Open Roads Designer report, first select the Open Roads Modeling Workflow &amp;gt; Geometry Tab &amp;gt; General Tools &amp;gt; Reports Pulldown &amp;gt; Horizontal Geometry Report.  Then select the Horizontal Alignment Review Report.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Civil Geometry File shall be provided in both of the following formats:&lt;br /&gt;
::* Open Roads Designer file (.dgn)&lt;br /&gt;
::- LandXML (.xml) &lt;br /&gt;
::- Access is available to the video [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ClDu_jg62T8&amp;amp;list=PLytGCrmgneuhcYekYDvJFtpHrZET1WiKp&amp;amp;index=20 Creating the LandXML file (Geometry to XML CC)].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===237.14.2.6 Civil Geometry Report===&lt;br /&gt;
The [[media:237.14.2.6_Civil_Geometry_Report.xlsx|Civil Geometry Report]], prepared by the designer, can be produced by using the style sheet report “MoDOTHorizontalandVerticalAlignmentReviewReport.xsl”.  This report is available in the MoDOT Open Roads Designer &#039;&#039;workspace&#039;&#039;.  The Civil Geometry Report shall include all horizontal and vertical alignments that make up the project. (For example: roadway baselines and profiles, radius returns, special ditches, etc.).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Access is available to the video, [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QJw6JuVVaLs Creating the Civil Geometry Report], that shows the steps to assemble a Civil Geometry Report. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Civil Geometry Report shall be provided in either of the following formats:&lt;br /&gt;
:*	Microsoft Excel file (.xlsx)&lt;br /&gt;
:*	Adobe Acrobat file (.PDF)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===237.14.2.7 Corridor File(s).dgn File===&lt;br /&gt;
Corridor files, prepared by the designer, consist of items such as &#039;&#039;templates&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;corridors&#039;&#039;, edges of pavement, shoulders, curbs, gutters, sidewalks, retaining walls or any other &#039;&#039;feature&#039;&#039; used in the dynamic generation of a &#039;&#039;3D model&#039;&#039;.  Multiple corridors are often required to model a &#039;&#039;roadway corridor&#039;&#039;.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corridor(s) shall be created in adequate detail to produce the following results: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:*	Produce &#039;&#039;cross sections&#039;&#039; at &#039;&#039;template drop&#039;&#039; locations.&lt;br /&gt;
:*	&#039;&#039;Earthwork quantities&#039;&#039; computed from the cross sections are satisfactory.  &lt;br /&gt;
:*	Pavement and shoulder elevations and locations are accurate.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Corridor File(s) shall be provided as an Open Roads Designer file (.dgn).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===237.14.2.8  Proposed Terrain Model===&lt;br /&gt;
This terrain model, prepared by the designer, represents the entire &#039;&#039;proposed finished grade&#039;&#039; surface which includes but is not limited to &#039;&#039;fore slopes&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;back slopes&#039;&#039;, ditch bottoms, roadway surfaces, etc.  It can be created using the MoDOT &#039;&#039;graphical filter&#039;&#039;: “Design - Proposed Finished Grade“.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
[[image:237.14.2.8.jpg|center|650px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Example of Proposed Terrain Model&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Access is available to the video [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=A6ybnipMwIk Creating the Design - Proposed Finished Grade Terrain Model].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Proposed Terrain Model shall be submitted in the following formats (when applicable based on type of project):&lt;br /&gt;
:*	Open Roads Designer file (.dgn)&lt;br /&gt;
:*	ssLandXML file (.xml)&lt;br /&gt;
:::- Access is available to the video [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mdkvE1u2-Tw Creating the LandXML file].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===237.14.2.9 Proposed 3D Top Surface Linear Features===&lt;br /&gt;
The Corridor model created by the designer contains Proposed 3D Linear Features that can be exported and used by consultants. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
These lines are critical in maintaining the designer’s intent when transferred to grading software and GPS enabled equipment.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Proposed 3D Lines represent the top surface lines, such as, edge of pavement, edge of shoulder, curb and gutter and any other linear feature representing the topmost linear elements of a corridor.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:237.14.2.9.jpg|450px]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example of 3D Linear Features&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:*	The instructional video, [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=o0BBPKsEzqQ Creating the Design – Proposed Corridor 3D Linear Features], is available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Proposed 3D Linear Features shall be submitted in the following format (when applicable based on type of project):&lt;br /&gt;
:*	Open Roads Designer file (.dgn).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===237.14.2.10 Plan Sheets plus References===&lt;br /&gt;
These Open Roads Designer files, prepared by the designer, are used to generate ALL signed plan sheet &#039;&#039;Adobe Acrobat&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;contract documents&#039;&#039;.  Each sheet file must be provided with any associated reference files (.dgn, imagery, etc.) that are attached to produce the final signed plan sheet .pdf files.     &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The Plan Sheets plus References shall be provided as an Open Roads Designer file (.dgn).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===237.14.2.11 Signed Adobe Acrobat Plan Sheets===&lt;br /&gt;
These are &#039;&#039;Adobe Acrobat&#039;&#039; files, prepared by the designer and signed by the Project Manager, that represent the &#039;&#039;plan sheets&#039;&#039; created in Open Roads Designer.  The Acrobat Files can be produced by MoDOT staff in bulk using the &#039;&#039;ProjectWise PDF Creation Tool&#039;&#039;.  Files created by this method are automatically placed in the appropriate ProjectWise location where they can be &#039;&#039;signed&#039;&#039; by the MoDOT Project Manager.  Signed consultant contract documents will be uploaded to the appropriate ProjectWise location by the MoDOT Project Manager after delivery.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Access is available to the video [[media:237.14.2.11_04_Make_PDF_Process_for_Contract_Plans.pdf|ProjectWise “Make PDF Request” process for Highway Design Plans and Bridge Plans]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==237.14.3 Project Submittal ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After design and project review is completed the Electronic Design Data must be organized and submitted to the &#039;&#039;Bidding and Contracts Section&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===237.14.3.1 Preparation of Electronic Design Data===&lt;br /&gt;
The following steps must be performed so that projects can be advertised by the Bidding and Contracts section.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:*	Ensure &#039;&#039;Adobe Acrobat&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;plan sheets&#039;&#039; (.pdf) are complete and &#039;&#039;signed&#039;&#039;.  &lt;br /&gt;
:*	Organize project files and eliminate unused Open Roads Designer data.&lt;br /&gt;
:::-	Create Survey report (.pdf) &lt;br /&gt;
:::-	Export Survey Coordinate file(.csv)&lt;br /&gt;
:::-	Civil geometry file (.dgn)&lt;br /&gt;
:::::	Export .xml file&lt;br /&gt;
:::-	Export Civil geometry report (.xlsx)&lt;br /&gt;
:::-	Corridor file(s) plus references (.dgn)&lt;br /&gt;
:::-	Existing Terrain Model (.dgn and .xml)&lt;br /&gt;
:::-	Proposed Terrain Model (.dgn and .xml)&lt;br /&gt;
:::-	Plan sheets plus references (.dgn)&lt;br /&gt;
:*	Create Project Data Summary Report (.xlsx)&lt;br /&gt;
:*Designer performs [[media:237.14.3.1_Electronic_Design_Data_Checklist.xlsx|&#039;&#039;Electronic Design Data Checklist&#039;&#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===237.14.3.2 Submittal of MoDOT Designed Projects===&lt;br /&gt;
All Electronic Design Data used in the development of the &#039;&#039;contract plans&#039;&#039; is stored in ProjectWise during all design, construction and post construction phases.  A subset of Electronic Design Data is packaged in a file called Job#_EDD_info.zip, by the designer, for posting on the electronic plans room.  The zip file is placed in the “Contract Plans” folder within ProjectWise at the time contract plans and other plan, specification and estimate (PS&amp;amp;E) documents are completed.  The naming convention and other guidance for the creation of the zip file are provided in [[237.9 Submission of Plans and Supporting Documents|EPG 237.9 Submission of Plans and Supporting Documents]]. The MoDOT Project Manager has the responsibility to ensure all data is accurate and represents the contract plans as signed.  Contractors are not provided all Electronic Design Data as specified below. &lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
Files that are provided in the Job#_EDD_info.zip file:&lt;br /&gt;
:*	Project Data Summary Report &lt;br /&gt;
:*	Survey report &lt;br /&gt;
:*	Coordinate file&lt;br /&gt;
:*	Civil geometry (.dgn and .xml)&lt;br /&gt;
:*	Corridor(s) file plus references (.dgn)&lt;br /&gt;
:*	Existing Terrain Model (.dgn and .xml)&lt;br /&gt;
:*	Proposed Terrain Model (.dgn and.xml)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Files that are NOT provided in the Job#_EDD_info.zip file: &lt;br /&gt;
:*	All Open Roads Designer sheet drawings(.dgn). (i.e. plan sheet and cross section sheet drawings, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
:*	Unnecessary document and data files not required for bidding or construction.&lt;br /&gt;
:*	Signed plan sheets and cross section sheets (.pdf).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===237.14.3.3 Submittal of Consultant Designed Projects: ===&lt;br /&gt;
Consultant Electronic Design Data is typically submitted to MoDOT via DVD or download.  It is then uploaded by MoDOT by the Project Manager to ProjectWise and stored in the same location and project structure as any other MoDOT project.  The delivered consultant Open Roads Designer files should be processed by MoDOT staff with the [https://library.modot.mo.gov/CADD/CADD_Programs/ProjectWise/Scan_for_Reference_Files_Wizard.pdf &#039;&#039;ProjectWise Ref Scan Tool&#039;&#039;] so that all broken &#039;&#039;reference file&#039;&#039; links are repaired. The Electronic Design Data should be reviewed for completeness and manually checked for broken reference file links.  Any problems should be resolved.  Once all deliverables have been reviewed and accepted, the Project Manager then submits the Electronic Design Deliverables according to [[#237.14.3.1 Preparation of Electronic Design Data|EPG 237.14.3.1 Preparation of Electronic Design Data]] and [[#237.14.3.2 Submittal of MoDOT Designed Projects|EPG 237.14.3.2 Submittal of MoDOT Designed Projects]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===237.14.3.4 Plans Room ===&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT Bidding and Contracts has developed a web site to allow contractors and plans providers to easily download the bidding documents and Electronic Design Data.  The Electronic Design Data zip file as well as the signed Adobe Acrobat plan sheets (.pdf) are accessed by Bidding and Contracts staff using ProjectWise and then will upload to the online plans room.  Other non-CADD contract documents are accessed by the Bidding and Contracts section via SharePoint and are uploaded to a different section of the plans room. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
See also [[237.9 Submission of Plans and Supporting Documents|EPG 237.9 Submission of Plans and Supporting Documents]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===237.14.3.5 Electronic Information for Bidder’s Automation===&lt;br /&gt;
General Provision [https://www.modot.org/missouri-standard-specifications-highway-construction Electronic Information for Bidder&#039;s Automation (page 24 of this link)], of the Missouri Standard Specifications for Highway Construction, provides information for bidder automation.  If provided, the Electronic Design Data does not constitute part of the bid or contract documents.  This information, used for project design and quantity estimation purposes, is provided for the bidder’s use in automation of bid estimating, contractor furnished staking, automated machine guidance and other construction methods.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===237.14.3.6 Electronic Design Data for MoDOT Construction===&lt;br /&gt;
Construction staff requires Electronic Design Data for constructing the project, checking quantities, and producing as-built plans. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:1.	By the request of the Resident Engineer to the Project Manager, all Electronic Design Data will be made available to Construction Staff.  This request should be done at or around the Pre-Construction meeting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:2.	Project Manager instructs District Design staff to prepare files for transfer, see [[#237.14.3.1 Preparation of Electronic Design Data|EPG 237.14.3.1 Preparation of Electronic Design Data]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:3.	If ProjectWise is utilized in the Project Office: District Design staff will request the Electronic Design Data via the “PW Access Group” at [mailto:pwaccess@modot.mo.gov pwaccess@modot.mo.gov] with the following information: District, County, Job Number, and name of Project Office receiving the files.  Electronic Design Data then will be copied to the Construction folder within ProjectWise by CADD Services Staff.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:4.	If Project Wise is not utilized in Project Office: District Design staff exports the completed project from ProjectWise using the proper settings to preserve reference file links. See [[media:237.14.3.6_Export_a_Completed_Project_for_Construction.pdf|How to Export a Completed Project in ProjectWise to Construction]].  District Design staff will then request their District Information Systems staff to move (not copy) the exported EDD files to the Project Office’s server on the ustation share (t:\drive). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:5.	SharePoint SHOULD NOT be used in any way for the transfer of Open Roads Designer data.  Open Roads Designer does not function when accessing files via SharePoint because it is unable to resolve any reference file links.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Project Office may also obtain the files that are provided to the contractor via [https://modotweb.modot.mo.gov/MoProjects/Account/Login MoProjects].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Note: To search for documents within MoProjects, enter the Job Number minus the &amp;quot;J&amp;quot; in the search box in the upper right-hand corner and hit &amp;quot;enter&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==237.14.4 Specifications of Electronic Design Data for Consultants and MoDOT==&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT drawing standards are provided to consultants to create a [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/MicroStationV8.htm Open Roads Designer &#039;&#039;workspace&#039;&#039;] that exactly matches the workspace used internally by MoDOT staff.  These standards, when used in conjunction with Open Roads Designer help ensure that drawings provided meet MoDOT requirements. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===237.14.4.1 General CADD Requirements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; The consultant shall furnish to MoDOT all of the contract plan drawings, for an entire project as Open Roads Designer drawings (DGN format). The consultant is responsible for verifying with MoDOT Design CADD Services for the current software version.  All associated files that are attached to the drawing such as cell libraries, line definitions, dgnlib and reference files must be included if not automatically embedded in the file. The use of Microsoft Excel spreadsheet program can be used to create quantity summary sheets, however, any type of linking between the files to the contract plans is not permitted.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; All design elements of the project shall be designed and delivered to the department in [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/MicroStationV8.htm Open Roads Designer format] using the current MoDOT workspace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; Each drawing file that is part of the final contract set shall be a full size plan sheet of 22 in. x 34 in. (560 mm x 865 mm) nominal size. All images shall be within a border of 20.375 in. x 31.25 in. (520 mm x 800 mm). The border shall be centered on the plotted page to ensure no part of the drawing is cut off during reproduction. Other than cross-section sheets, there shall be one Open Roads Designer drawing file that corresponds to each sheet of the plan set as submitted. The consultant may provide all cross-section sheets in a single Open Roads Designer file but must reference MoDOT’s border to each individual sheet. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; The plan drawings shall be to a represented scale. The geometry shall be within a 2D file and consist of vector lines. Drawings shall be created in real world modified state plane coordinates at a 1 to 1 scale where applicable and plotted to the represented scale. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5.&#039;&#039;&#039; All drawings shall be self-contained or furnished with the supporting library of symbols and details to make the drawings complete in the format provided. MoDOT plots all drawings in a WYSIWYG (What You See Is What You Get) format based upon a MoDOT specific border file attached as a reference file. The department will furnish the appropriate color table through its [http://www.modot.mo.gov/business/standards_and_specs/geopakstandards.htm Open Roads Designer Drawing Standards internet site]. All line style, cells and symbology are applied to the Open Roads Designer drawing and not modified at plot time. Drawings that require specific commercial plotting software to create plots that match delivered contract documents will not be accepted. All drawings must be fully reproducible in black and white. Screening, shading and use of grayscale on plans will not be accepted for final plans delivery.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6.&#039;&#039;&#039; MoDOT will verify the computer drawings using Open Roads Designer.  The PDF contract plans will be checked against an Open Roads Designer drawing (DGN format), or vice versa, furnished by the consultant. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;7.&#039;&#039;&#039; Drawings shall have a color table meeting department’s standards to simplify the transfer process. MoDOT will furnish the appropriate color table through its [http://www.modot.mo.gov/business/standards_and_specs/geopakstandards.htm Open Roads Designer Drawing Standards internet site].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;8.&#039;&#039;&#039; All drawings shall conform to department drawing standards as established in the [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/MicroStationV8.htm MoDOT workspace]. All drawings shall follow the department’s standards for names and colors and line weights as defined in the workspace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;9.&#039;&#039;&#039; Drawings shall be saved with the project number as the name of the parent folder and following the naming convention in [[237.13 Contract Plan File Name Convention|EPG 237.13 Contract Plan File Name Convention]].  Subfolders can be used to improve organization.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;10.&#039;&#039;&#039; Drawing files shall be submitted when all work covered by the contract is complete. Road project files shall be delivered to the MoDOT Project Manager. Bridge project files shall be delivered to the Structural Liaison Engineer responsible for the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;11.&#039;&#039;&#039; Seed files and cell libraries are provided in the MoDOT workspace.  [http://www.modot.mo.gov/business/standards_and_specs/currentstandardplans.htm The Missouri Standard Plans for Highway Construction] are available in Open Roads Designer and Adobe Acrobat (.pdf) format on the department&#039;s web site. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===237.14.4.2 Open Roads Designer Requirements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; All elements representing existing topography features shall be processed using the settings defined by the current MoDOT Survey DGNLIB File (MoDOT_Survey_Settings_Features_Elem Temp.dgnlib) which is provided in MoDOT’s workspace. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; All survey information supplied by the consultant shall be in compliance with [[238.1 Aerial Mapping and LiDAR Surveys|EPG 238.1 Aerial Mapping and LiDAR Surveys]]. The feature codes used in the survey and photogrammetry information shall conform to the MoDOT standard feature codes as specified in the current MoDOT Survey DGNLIB File (MoDOT_Survey_Settings_Features_Elem Temp.dgnlib). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; The consultant shall utilize the MoDOT Open Roads Designer feature definitions as provided in the [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/MicroStationV8.htm MoDOT workspace].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; MoDOT provides a &#039;&#039;superelevation&#039;&#039; preference (SEP) file for the calculation of superelevation based on 2011 AASHTO standards.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5.&#039;&#039;&#039; Proposed &#039;&#039;cross sections&#039;&#039; shall be created from a corridor model.  Cross section modifications should be avoided because edited cross sections would no longer match the corridor model.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6.&#039;&#039;&#039; MoDOT will provide a standard &#039;&#039;template library&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;civil cell&#039;&#039; library, and feature definition library.  These files are available in the [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/MicroStationV8.htm MoDOT workspace]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;7.&#039;&#039;&#039; The consultant is required to use MoDOT Open Roads Designer standard libraries provided in the workspace. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;8.&#039;&#039;&#039; The consultant shall submit ALL files used in the preparation of the roadway design. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;9.&#039;&#039;&#039; Cross sections shall be provided in Open Roads Designer drawing file(s) that contain no other design data. The cross sections shall exactly match the Adobe Acrobat cross section sheet files (.pdf). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;10.&#039;&#039;&#039; Cross sections sheets(.pdf) shall be submitted for but not limited to earthwork sections, entrance sections and superelevation transition sections. The superelevation transition sections included shall be at the following locations as described in [https://www.modot.org/media/16812 Standard Plan 203.20] and [https://www.modot.org/media/16818 Standard Plan 203.21]: Section A-A (normal crown), Section B-B (0% superelevation), Section C-C (reverse crown) and Section D-D (full superelevation).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==237.14.5 Glossary of Terms==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2D Point Feature.&#039;&#039;&#039; Open Roads Designer 2D Point Features are defined and stored in plan model. Contains no elevation (Z).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3D Geometry.&#039;&#039;&#039; Open Roads Designer 3D geometry is created in 3D model by mathematically combining the horizontal and vertical geometry to create 3D elements. These 3D geometry elements in turn define a design model.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3D Model.&#039;&#039;&#039; Created from linear features, corridor(s) and terrain models and resides in an Open Roads Designer dgn file. It is created and managed automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3D Point Feature.&#039;&#039;&#039; 3D points can be defined in plan model or 3D model. They are stored in 3D model but represented in both plan and 3D (Open Roads Designer).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Active Profile.&#039;&#039;&#039; The Civil Horizontal Element can have multiple profiles, the active profile is the one used for design and the creation of Corridors. The active profile is combined with the horizontal geometry to build a 3D element which is used in the 3D model.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Active Terrain Model.&#039;&#039;&#039; One Open Roads Designer terrain model can be designated as “Active”. The active terrain model is the one used to display “existing ground”; in other words the one which displays automatically in a profile model when it is opened. The active terrain model is also the one which is targeted by side slopes unless the template defines a different target by name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adobe Acrobat.&#039;&#039;&#039; The software used to create and view the portable document file (PDF) format. It can be read by any computer by using Acrobat Reader software without needing the program with which the document was originally created. Acrobat .pdf files can be viewed using Acrobat Professional, Acrobat Reader and BlueBeam Review. Acrobat .pdf files can be signed using Acrobat Professional or Acrobat Reader DC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Aerial Photography.&#039;&#039;&#039; Photographs of the ground from an aircraft in the direct-down position (see &#039;&#039;Nadir&#039;&#039;) or sometimes at an oblique angle. See &#039;&#039;Photogrammetry&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Apply Surface Template.&#039;&#039;&#039; To apply an Open Roads Designer corridor template to a terrain model for the purpose of creating components (such as pavement layers) under the terrain model.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Arc Definition.&#039;&#039;&#039; Curve definition method generally used in roadway applications. The radius R is used to define the curve and is defined by the equation R = 5729.58/D where the degree of curvature D is the central angle subtended by a 100 ft. arc. Set in the Design File Settings &amp;gt; Civil Formatting under Radius Settings. See also &#039;&#039;Chord Definition&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Back Slope.&#039;&#039;&#039; The slope up from the bottom of a ditch away from the roadway. Expressed as run:rise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Base Geometry.&#039;&#039;&#039; In many instances the Open Roads Designer geometry element will be trimmed. The original (or base), untrimmed element is always preserved as it is the storage for the rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Baseline.&#039;&#039;&#039; A baseline is an alignment that is established for the design of road. A baseline is assigned stationing and contains no vertical information. The existing baseline shall be established by the PLS of record. Proposed baselines are usually established by the design engineer of record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Bentley.&#039;&#039;&#039; The company that produces MoDOT&#039;s roadway design software. Products include: Open Roads Designer, ProjectWise and ConceptStation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Berm.&#039;&#039;&#039; A raised earth barrier separating two areas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Bidding and Contracts Section.&#039;&#039;&#039; The MoDOT Bidding and Contract Services unit is responsible for letting MoDOT&#039;s highway construction and maintenance projects. This includes reviewing and advertising the projects, estimating, processing the letting, analyzing the bid results and providing a recommendation to management for award or reject of projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Border.&#039;&#039;&#039; In MoDOT highway plans, the border is a reference file that is included in every sheet drawing. The border is what makes an Open Roads Designer drawing a sheet drawing. The aspect of the border (width to height ratio) will match the desired paper size which is typically 24&amp;quot; x 36&amp;quot;. The size of the border determines the scale of the sheet. For example a 36 in. wide border at 100 scale will measure 3,600 ft. wide. The contents of the sheet is generally referenced in to the sheet drawing. The border is placed in the sheet drawing at the proper location, rotation and size. The reference files are then clipped so that they don&#039;t extend outside the border. The border file also contains the title block information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Boundary.&#039;&#039;&#039; Used to constrain the external boundary of the Open Roads Designer terrain model. No triangles are created outside the boundary. In addition, any point data outside the boundary is ignored.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Break Line.&#039;&#039;&#039; An Open Roads Designer surface feature that represents a defined slope change (eg. EOP, EOS, Ditch bottom, slope breaks). No triangle side (in the triangulated surface) can cross over a break line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Break Void.&#039;&#039;&#039; A closed area of missing or obscured data. No triangulation inside the void.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Bridge Survey.&#039;&#039;&#039; Bridge surveys are prepared and submitted to the Bridge Division by the district to provide the basis for preliminary bridge layouts and ultimately for the preparation of bridge plans by the Bridge Division. Information required includes: Plan sheet, Typical Section, Profile Sheet, Valley/Channel Sections, Cross Sections and aerial imagery.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cardinal Points.&#039;&#039;&#039; One of the points used to define the geometry of an alignment. Cardinal points include PC, PT, PI, and CC points for horizontal geometry and VPC, VPI and VPT for vertical geometry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Chord Definition.&#039;&#039;&#039; Curve definition method generally used in railway applications and in highway design before the mid 1900s. The radius R is used to define the curve, and is defined by the equation R = 50/SIN(0.5*D) where the degree of curvature D is the central angle subtended by a 100 ft. chord. See also &#039;&#039;Arc Definition&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Civil Cell.&#039;&#039;&#039; Open Roads Designer predefined cell that can contain civil geometry, terrain models, corridors, linear template and features. (eg. Intersections, entrances, box culvert, median openings)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Civil Geometry File.&#039;&#039;&#039; This Open Roads Designer .dgn file contains all final horizontal and vertical alignments used in the development of the contract plans in .dgn or .xml format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Civil Geometry Report.&#039;&#039;&#039; This report will include all horizontal and vertical alignments that make up the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Civil Template.&#039;&#039;&#039; See &#039;&#039;Template&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Clipping Reference.&#039;&#039;&#039; Clipping allows you to remove areas of overlap when working with multiple Open Roads Designer corridors in a single surface. For example, in a corridor intersected by a crossing roadway, clipping would be used to remove all overlapped features within the intersection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Complex Terrain Model.&#039;&#039;&#039; An Open Roads Designer terrain model created by merging or appending two or more terrain models.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Context Toolbox.&#039;&#039;&#039; When an Open Roads Designer element is selected, hovering over the element provides a heads-up and context sensitive toolbar which pops up at the cursor. This toolbar provides a few of the most commonly used tools which operate on the element selected element type. The first tool in this toolbar is always Quick Properties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contour.&#039;&#039;&#039; A linear symbol representing points of equal elevation relative to a given datum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contour, Major.&#039;&#039;&#039; The primary elevation line indicating a specific elevation in a surface model. Usually major contours are drawn with a heavier line weight or using a different color. Elevation text labels are usually drawn in association with major contours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contour, Minor.&#039;&#039;&#039; A secondary elevation line indicating a specific elevation in a surface model. Minor contours are often drawn without special color or weight indexing and without elevation text labels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contract Documents.&#039;&#039;&#039; Includes signed sheet drawings and specifications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Control Points.&#039;&#039;&#039; See &#039;&#039;Project Control&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Coordinate File.&#039;&#039;&#039; A text file containing, at a minimum, x(E),y(N) or north(N), east(E) coordinate pairs and usually contains elevation values (z). These coordinates represent locations (points) on a plane. The file should be comma delimited but can be tab or space delimited and can contain additional columns of information such as point ID, description or code. It is important to document the units, projection and vertical datum of the coordinate data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Corridor or Corridor Model.&#039;&#039;&#039; An object in Open Roads Designer that is used for modeling a roadway and is automatically managed by the corridor modeling tools. (See &#039;&#039;Roadway Corridor&#039;&#039;.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cross Section Sheets.&#039;&#039;&#039; The cross section sheets are byproduct of cross sections. Acrobat .pdf cross section sheet files are printed from the Open Roads Designer cross sections for the purpose of creating contract plans documents that can be signed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cross Sections.&#039;&#039;&#039; Open Roads Designer Cross sections that are generated from the 3D Model and written into a .dgn file. Sections are not dynamic and must be re-generated after any design change. Cross sections can be placed in the .dgn by Open Roads Designer in a way that they are arranged properly and stacked within sheet borders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Curve Stroking.&#039;&#039;&#039; Stroking is the process of automatically adding shots to the Open Roads Designer terrain model or corridor by interpolating new shots from the curved sections of the data. This distance is used to interpolate new shots along the curved element in corridor processing and applying linear templates. This value is used as a perpendicular minimum distance from chords generated along the arc. Chords are drawn along the arc and the perpendicular distance is measured from the middle of each chord to the arc. If this distance is larger than the Curve Stroking, the process is repeated with a shorter chord length. This process is repeated until the end of the curve is reached. The flatter the curve, the fewer number of points will be calculated. The steeper the curve, the greater number of points that will be calculated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Datum.&#039;&#039;&#039; See &#039;&#039;Horizontal Datum&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;Vertical Datum&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;DDB File.&#039;&#039;&#039; Open Roads Designer file (Design Database) which contains features definitions, associated symbiology and annotation settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Delta Terrain Model.&#039;&#039;&#039; A surface containing data derived from the difference in elevation between two terrain models or a terrain model and a plane.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Downstream.&#039;&#039;&#039; The indicated path follows the steepest descent from a user-defined point through the terrain model terminating at a low point or the edge of the terrain model.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Drape.&#039;&#039;&#039; The process of vertically projecting elements onto a surface so that the element elevations are defined by the surface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Drape Void.&#039;&#039;&#039; A closed area of missing or obscured data where the void coordinates are not included in the triangulation. Voids are inserted post triangulation. The void coordinates and lines are draped on the TIN surface. Even though a user must provide an elevation for the Drape Void vertices, the user elevations are changed to the elevation of the TIN surface at the XY Drape Void coordinate position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Drone.&#039;&#039;&#039; An unmanned aircraft or ship guided by remote control or onboard computers. See &#039;&#039;UAS&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Dynamic Cross Sections.&#039;&#039;&#039; Temporary Open Roads Designer cross sections cut on the fly from the 3D Model using the corridor creation tools. They cannot be edited or printed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Earthwork or Earthwork Quantities.&#039;&#039;&#039; Average end area excavation and fill design quantities generated from the cross sections. Construction earthwork quantities can be calculated by average end area or by the surface to surface method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Electronic Design Data (EDD).&#039;&#039;&#039; MoDOT Highway Designers and consultants are required to provide specific file deliverables for the purpose of advertising, bidding and constructing roadway projects. This data is called Electronic Design Data (EDD).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Electronic Design Data Checklist.&#039;&#039;&#039; A checklist that is performed to verify the complete delivery of EDD for internal and Design Consultant project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Element Template.&#039;&#039;&#039; MicroStation concept which allows preconfigured definitions for symbiology and other miscellaneous display of MicroStation elements and civil features.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;End Condition.&#039;&#039;&#039; A specialized component of a corridor template which provides information tie into active surface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;End Condition Exception.&#039;&#039;&#039; Used to modify the behavior of an end condition solution without requiring the use of additional template drops. When an end condition exception is added, it must be edited to change its behavior.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Existing Terrain Model.&#039;&#039;&#039; The existing terrain model is a single layer surface inside an Open Roads Designer .dgn computer file that represents the actual 3D ground features.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Feature.&#039;&#039;&#039; A Feature is anything that can be seen or located and is a physical part of your Open Roads Designer design, representing a real world thing. A feature’s definition is one of its properties. At any given time in the design process, the feature will have a Horizontal Geometry, a Vertical Geometry, 3D Geometry or a combination to define its location. examples: curb, pavement, spot dirt, manhole, wall, agg base, R/W marker, ditch, fill slope, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Feature Definition.&#039;&#039;&#039; The feature definition typically is a property applied to Open Roads Designer plan view civil geometry. (eg. special ditch, eop, eos) The feature definition is automatically inherited by its associated profile and the derived 3D geometry. Feature definitions are used by corridors for horizontal feature control. (eg. new pavement will seek &amp;quot;eop new&amp;quot;). Also see &#039;&#039;Surface Feature Definition&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Feature Name.&#039;&#039;&#039; The name given to an Open Roads Designer Feature. See &#039;&#039;Feature&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Fore Slope.&#039;&#039;&#039; The slope typically from the edge of the shoulder to the bottom of the ditch or to the bottom of the roadway fill. Expressed as run: rise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gap.&#039;&#039;&#039; When a feature is trimmed the part(s) which are invisible on the base geometry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;GEOPAK.&#039;&#039;&#039; See &#039;&#039;Open Roads Designer&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;GPK.&#039;&#039;&#039; A legacy Open Roads Designer database containing coordinate geometry information. The Open Roads Designer database file extension is: “gpk”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Graphical Filter.&#039;&#039;&#039; Used in developing Open Roads Designer terrain models from Open Roads Designer corridors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Grid Coordinate.&#039;&#039;&#039; A coordinate typically in the State Plane Coordinate System for highway design. Can be in UTM or other system. A grid coordinate not a ground coordinate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Ground Coordinate.&#039;&#039;&#039; A coordinate x,y value in a ground projection (i.e. modified state plane). It is derived by taking a grid coordinate and multiplying it by a scale factor. This scaling process does not effect the elevation. Highway design, staking and construction are performed using ground coordinates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Horizontal Alignment.&#039;&#039;&#039; A 2D linear feature in Open Roads Designer with a special purpose of defining the centerline or the baseline of a roadway. (aka chain).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Horizontal Datum.&#039;&#039;&#039; Horizontal datums are used for describing a point on the Earth&#039;s surface, in latitude and longitude or a Cartesian coordinate system. The North American Datum 1983 (NAD83) is the most important for highway design and surveying. See &#039;&#039;Vertical Datum&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Horizontal Geometry.&#039;&#039;&#039; The Open Roads Designer elements which define the horizontal layout of the design. These elements are 2D elements even if the DGN model is 3D. Horizontal Geometry may be points, lines, arcs, spirals, splines or any combination in a complex element.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Island.&#039;&#039;&#039; A closed area of land, inside an Open Roads Designer terrain model void. i.e., island in the middle of a lake or land inside an obscured area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Key Station.&#039;&#039;&#039; Additional station added to the Open Roads Designer corridor to force processing at the particular location.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LandXML.&#039;&#039;&#039; A non-proprietary file format for the sharing of civil data between applications. The LandXML file extension is: “.xml”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Laser Scanner.&#039;&#039;&#039; A LiDAR acquisition device, typically mounted on a tripod, used to collect point cloud information for the purpose of creating an existing terrain model. See &#039;&#039;LiDAR&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LIDAR.&#039;&#039;&#039; LiDAR (Light Detection And Ranging) is an laser scanning technology which scans ground and other physical features to produce a 3D model.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Linear Feature.&#039;&#039;&#039; An Open Roads Designer plan element composed of lines, arcs, spirals and splines or a profile element composed of lines, parabola and splines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Linear Stroking.&#039;&#039;&#039; Stroking is the process of automatically adding shots to the terrain model or corridor by interpolating new shots from the linear sections of the data. Linear stroking is measured along the element. Interpolated vertices are added whenever the distance between the vertices is greater than the linear stroking value (in master units).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Linear Template.&#039;&#039;&#039; To apply an Open Roads Designer template to a 3D linear feature as part of creating a proposed surface. (eg. End conditions, pavement widening, guard rail, bridge fill face)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mapping.&#039;&#039;&#039; A collection of natural and manmade conditions that are surveyed and represented as Open Roads Designer Survey features in the Bentley .dgn format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MicroStation.&#039;&#039;&#039; See &#039;&#039;Open Roads Designer&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile LiDAR.&#039;&#039;&#039; A vehicle mounted LiDAR acquisition device used to collect point cloud information while moving for the purpose of creating an existing terrain model. See &#039;&#039;LiDAR&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Modified State Plane Coordinate System.&#039;&#039;&#039; A ground coordinate system that is derived for a specific project or area by multiplying State Plane Coordinates (n &amp;amp; e but not elev.) by a project projection factor. Design work and construction is performed using a modified state plane coordinate system. See &#039;&#039;State Plane Coordinate System&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;Ground Coordinates&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Nadir.&#039;&#039;&#039; The point on the ground that is vertically downward from an airborne observer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Online Plans Room.&#039;&#039;&#039; MoDOT&#039;s [http://www.modot.org/business/contractor_resources/bid_opening_info/OpenLetting.shtml Online Plan Room] provides access to contract documents for projects currently in the process of receiving competitive bids. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Open Roads Designer (ORD).&#039;&#039;&#039; Open Roads Designer is a suite of software that includes CADD drafting and Civil Engineering Design tools, and is the required software for use on MoDOT work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Open Roads Designer Corridor.&#039;&#039;&#039; See &#039;&#039;Corridor&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Parametric Constraints.&#039;&#039;&#039; Used to set up Open Roads Designer corridor constraint value overrides for specified station ranges. (eg. Pavement width transition, end condition slopes)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Photogrammetry.&#039;&#039;&#039; Photogrammetry is the science of making measurements from overlapping photographs. Until a few years ago, photogrammetry was used extensively by MoDOT to develop the existing terrain model for projects. That technology has been replaced with LiDAR. Photogrammetry has been reborn as the predominate method of surface creation when using unmanned aerial vehicles (UAV).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Plan Model.&#039;&#039;&#039; The usual Open Roads Designer DGN model, used for laying out horizontal geometry. Best practices will dictate that this is a 2D DGN model but 3D DGN model can be used. This is where geometric layouts and corridor definitions are kept. The geometric layouts are not only alignments but also edges, parking, striping, sidewalks, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Plan Sheet (.dgn).&#039;&#039;&#039; An Open Roads Designer .dgn drawing file that contains a border. Used to produce a .pdf plan sheet contact document. See &#039;&#039;Border&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Plan Sheet (.pdf).&#039;&#039;&#039; An Adobe Acrobat .pdf file that represents a plan sheet and is a contract document. In other words it contains a border and title block. .pdf files can be electronically signed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Point Cloud.&#039;&#039;&#039; A set of vertices in a 3D coordinate system and are defined the by X, Y and Z coordinates. Point clouds are usually created by Laser scanners, Aerial LiDAR or Mobile LiDAR. These devices measure a large number of points on the surface of an object and output a point cloud as a data file. The point cloud represents the visible surface of the object that has been scanned or digitized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Point Control.&#039;&#039;&#039; Used to modify the behavior of points in a template. These controls take precedence (they override) over existing constraints on the point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Point Features.&#039;&#039;&#039; Defined by a single X, Y (Z optional) location. A point need not be a feature. It may be defined as a non-featurized point by way of AccuDraw, Civil AccuDraw, Snap or a data point. Non-featurized points are use to control the construction of Linear Features.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PowerGEOPAK.&#039;&#039;&#039; See &#039;&#039;Open Roads Designer&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Professional Land Surveyor (PLS) of Record.&#039;&#039;&#039; The professional land surveyor whose signature appears on survey documents or is responsible for the quality of surveying work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Project Control.&#039;&#039;&#039; High precision locations that are located in the field with steel pins or other permanent marker. They provide the basis for lower precision surveys and staking on construction projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Project Data Summary Report.&#039;&#039;&#039; This Excel report, prepared by the designer, gives a summary of all Electronic Design Data files submitted with the project and is an important reference for MoDOT staff and contractors that may use the Electronic Design Data. This file contains specific project information and acts as table of contents with descriptions for all files submitted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Project Explorer.&#039;&#039;&#039; The Open Roads Designer interface for browsing elements in a DGN file. Extended by civil to accommodate specialized civil needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Projection Factor.&#039;&#039;&#039; The project specific factor that is used to convert state plane north and east coordinates to modified state plane ground coordinates for use in design and construction. Elevations are not multiplied by the projection factor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ProjectWise.&#039;&#039;&#039; ProjectWise is, among other things, a CADD document management tool that provides the ability to check out, open, modify and manage documents to include PDF, DGN, DOCX, and XSLX files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ProjectWise PDF Creation Tool.&#039;&#039;&#039; A ProjectWise tool that produces Adobe Acrobat (.pdf) files to be used as contract plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ProjectWise Ref Scan tool.&#039;&#039;&#039; A tool that corrects the relationships between the master file and the reference files so they can be managed correctly by ProjectWise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Proposed Terrain Model.&#039;&#039;&#039; An Open Roads Designer terrain model consisting of a triangulated surface that completely describes the design features of a corridor and ties into the existing ground terrain model at its edges. See &#039;&#039;Terrain Model&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reference Element.&#039;&#039;&#039; The rule for some geometry is a calculation from another element. This other element is the reference element.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reference File.&#039;&#039;&#039; An Open Roads Designer drawing can have other drawings and image files attached to it. Elements in a reference file display as though they are geometry in the active design file. Although you cannot manipulate or delete the elements displayed in a reference file, you can snap to them or copy them into the active design file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Roadway Corridor.&#039;&#039;&#039; A generally linear tract of land that defines at least one main line of some mode of transportation. (See &#039;&#039;Corridor or Corridor Model&#039;&#039;.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Secondary Alignment.&#039;&#039;&#039; Used to modify the direction of cross section processing. By default, as any given station, the cross section is created orthogonal to the main alignment/feature. If a secondary alignment exists, then that portion of the cross section which lies outside the secondary alignment will be orthogonal to the secondary alignment instead of the main alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sheets.&#039;&#039;&#039; Typically Adobe Acrobat (.pdf) files created from Open Roads Designer .dgn files. The plan sheet .pdf files are signed by the Project Manager and are part of the contract documents. See &#039;&#039;Border&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Signed.&#039;&#039;&#039; The term signed indicates that an Adobe Acrobat contract file has been electronically signed by the engineer of record. The PLS Surveyor of record performs electronic signatures as well as &amp;quot;wet&amp;quot; signatures as part of their work. Wet signature indicates signing and dating paper plans in ink.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SMD File.&#039;&#039;&#039; Open Roads Designer file (Survey Manager Database) which contains survey features definitions and associated element and textual settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Special Ditch.&#039;&#039;&#039; A standard ditch has a consistent depth so the bottom of ditch elevations run parallel the edge of the shoulder. The bottom of ditch elevations of special ditches are defined by a profile to control the ditch elevations and can be manipulated by the design to provide a desired result.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Spot Elevation.&#039;&#039;&#039; A set of X, Y, Z coordinates representing a point on the terrain model surface. There is no implied relationship between spot elevation points.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State Plane Coordinate System.&#039;&#039;&#039; One of 124 geographic coordinate systems designed for specific regions of the United States. They rely on a simple x,y coordinate system to specify locations rather than latitude and longitude to allow the use of &amp;quot;plane surveying&amp;quot; methods. Also, the system is highly accurate within each zone. Missouri has three state plane zones: East, Central and West. Control surveying is typically performed in the state plane coordinate system. Design and construction work is not performed in the state plane coordinate system but in the modified state plane coordinate system that is project specific. A project specific grid to ground projection factor is used to convert State Plane coordinates to Modified State Plane ground coordinates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Stationing.&#039;&#039;&#039; Stationing is a system of measurement used for road layout and construction. From the beginning station, and all distances along the roadway centerline are measured from that point using 100 foot stations. The number to the left of the + is the distance in full 100 foot stations and the number to the right of the + is the distance beyond that full station in feet. The station 123+34 is 12,334 feet from the beginning of the alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Superelevation.&#039;&#039;&#039; Superelevation is the rotation of the pavement on the approach to and through a horizontal curve.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Superelevation Lane.&#039;&#039;&#039; The closed area defined by the Open Roads Designer superelevation tools used for the limits of transition calculations and pivoting location.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Superelevation Section.&#039;&#039;&#039; Area along an Open Roads Designer horizontal geometry element, where superelevation will be calculated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Surface Feature Definitions.&#039;&#039;&#039; The surface feature definition is a property applied to Open Roads Designer terrain model. It determines the default display properties (eg. Contours, triangles, material type)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Surface File.&#039;&#039;&#039; A LandXML, Open Roads Designer tin or other file type that contains only surface information. Typically exported by Survey or Design software for use in another system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Survey Coordinate File.&#039;&#039;&#039; The comma delimited Survey Coordinate File is prepared by the project’s Professional Land Surveyor of Record and contains project control points.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Survey Report.&#039;&#039;&#039; The Survey Report is prepared by the project’s Professional Land Survey of Record. It is used for documenting the project control metadata and the method in which the topography and terrain information is obtained for a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Target Aliasing.&#039;&#039;&#039; Used to create the desired results when working with multiple surfaces without having to edit the template from the template library. Target aliases can also be used so that one corridor can target the solution of another corridor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Template Drop.&#039;&#039;&#039; An area (usually defined by station limits) along a corridor to which a specific template is applied. The template drop spacing is determined by the designer to provide the accuracy required for the surfaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Template Library.&#039;&#039;&#039; An Open Roads Designer file that stores definitions for templates, generally with an ITL file extension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Template or Civil Template.&#039;&#039;&#039; The configuration in Open Roads Designer that defines the cross sectional shape of the roadway being modeled. This cross-section is then “extruded along” a 3D geometry element to form the final model. The corridor template can create or target features such as road edges. The result is the creation of a corridor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Template Transition.&#039;&#039;&#039; MoDOT does not currently utilize template transitions. See &#039;&#039;Parametric Constraints&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Terrain Model.&#039;&#039;&#039; An Open Roads Designer three-dimensional DGN element defined by spots, break lines, voids, holes, contours to model a surface on the earth. The terrain model replaces the .tin file format used before Open Roads Designer SS3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Topography.&#039;&#039;&#039; A detailed description or representation on a map of the natural and artificial features of an area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Topolift.&#039;&#039;&#039; A laser scanner mounted on a pickup that is composed of a lift and bridge mechanism. The automated lift operation substantially reduces the drive, stop and setup time compared to tripod-based operations as well as adding additional height for better coverage. The scanner is completely isolated from the pickup during scans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Trace Slope.&#039;&#039;&#039; Upstream - The indicated path follows the steepest ascent from a user-defined point through the terrain model terminating at a high point or the edge of the terrain model.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Traditional Survey Methods.&#039;&#039;&#039; Traditional surveying includes the use of GPS, total stations, leveling, bathymetry, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;UAS.&#039;&#039;&#039; Unmanned Aerial Systems (UAS) is an all encompassing description that encapsulates the aircraft or UAV, the ground-based controller, and the system of communications connecting the two.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;UAV.&#039;&#039;&#039; An unmanned aerial vehicle piloted by remote control or onboard computers. See &#039;&#039;UAS&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;Drone&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Vertical Alignment.&#039;&#039;&#039; A linear feature in an Open Roads Designer profile model with a special purpose of defining the elevations of an alignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Vertical Datum.&#039;&#039;&#039; A vertical datum is a surface of zero elevation to which heights of various points are measured. The vertical datum can be based on sea level (obsolete), an ellipsoid or a geoid model of the earth. The North American Vertical Datum of 1988 (NAVD88) is the current vertical datum for highway design and surveying. Plans produced prior to 1988 and during the transition period were typically based on the National Geodetic Datum of 1929 (NGVD29). See &#039;&#039;Horizontal Datum&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Vertical Geometry.&#039;&#039;&#039; The elements which define the vertical layout of a corresponding horizontal geometry element. These vertical elements are 2D and are stored in a profile model.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Void.&#039;&#039;&#039; Closed shape representing areas of missing data or obscure areas. No point or break data located within the void area is utilized and no triangles are created inside the void areas. The Void coordinates are included in the triangulation and void lines between successive void coordinates are inserted as drape lines on the surface. Therefore, they do not change the slope or elevations of the surface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Watershed.&#039;&#039;&#039; Defined by either a low point within the terrain model or a low edge point along the terrain model edge, it&#039;s the closed area wherein all water would drain to the low point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Workspace.&#039;&#039;&#039; A workspace is an Open Roads Designer environment or configuration. Organizations establish a standard workspace to help users comply with standards and increase production speed. It also helps reduce errors caused by using incorrect resources such as fonts, text styles, line styles, seed files and dimension styles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[category:237 Contract Plans|237.14]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=LPA:136.3_Federal_Aid_Basics&amp;diff=59493</id>
		<title>LPA:136.3 Federal Aid Basics</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=LPA:136.3_Federal_Aid_Basics&amp;diff=59493"/>
		<updated>2026-09-29T19:21:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: updated links to scenic byways map&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float: right; margin-top: 5px; margin-left: 5px; width:350px; background-color: #f5f5f5; padding: 0.3em; border: 1px solid #cccccc; text-align:left;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;Figures&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[media:136.3.1 Sept 2017.doc|Fig. 136.3.1,Programming Data Form]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[media:136.3.4.pdf|Fig. 136.3.4, Non-State Bridge Soft Match Credit Program Documentation Checklist]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[media:136.3.16.doc|Fig. 136.3.16, Sample Ordinance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[media:136.3.17 May 2012.doc|Fig. 136.3.17, Work by Local Forces Proposal]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[media:136.3.18 2014.xls|Fig. 136.3.18, Construction Reimbursement Form]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/Figure_136.3.19_Current_BEAP_Consultant_List.pdf Fig. 136.3.19, Current BEAP Consultant List]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/Figure_136.3.20_BEAP_Project_Tracking_Form.docx Fig. 136.3.20, BEAP Project Tracking Form]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[media:Fig.136.3.24 2021.docx|Fig. 136.3.24, TEAP Program Application]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[media:Fig.136.3.25.xls|Fig. 136.3.25, TEAP Consultant MOU]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[media:Fig.136.3.26.xls|Fig. 136.3.26, TEAP Project Invoice Form]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[media:Fig.136.3.27.pdf|Fig. 136.3.27, Example of a Soft Match Credit Transfer Request]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[media:Fig_136-3-28.docx|Fig. 136.3.28, Soft Match Credit Pre-Approval Form]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;How To&amp;quot; PowerPoint Tutorial&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[media:136.4.2.3 How to Develop a Winning Project Application.ppt|How to Develop a Winning Project Application]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;Federal-Aid Essential Videos&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/federal-aidessentials/catmod.cfm?category=overview Federal-Aid Program Overview]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/federal-aidessentials/catmod.cfm?category=finance Finance]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==136.3.1 Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Using federal funding for transportation projects is a complex process. This chapter describes the funding programs, processes, documents, and approvals necessary for programming and obtaining federal funds through MoDOT. If an LPA intends to seek federal funds for any phase of a project, it must be programmed as a federal-aid project from its inception; all phases of the project must be developed in compliance with federal law. Federal funds also include discretionary or demonstration funds (earmarks). Projects not programmed as federal-aid will not be processed through MoDOT or FHWA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We encourage you to refer to the [https://www.modot.org/about-lpacontact-us LPA Contacts] to find the appropriate representative to assist you with this process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==136.3.2 Federal Aid for Local Public Agencies ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Federal-aid transportation funds are authorized by Congress to assist the states and LPAs in maintaining and reconstructing roads and bridges on eligible federal-aid roadway routes and for other special purpose programs and projects. Federal funds are normally apportioned at the beginning of every federal fiscal year (October 1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;st&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;). MoDOT will then allocate federal funds to each of the different federal-aid programs. All federal funds remain available for three (3) years after the close of the fiscal year in which they were authorized. Unused funds may be withdrawn by MoDOT to make other arrangements for their expenditure. This may be necessary in order to prevent loss of the funds through statutory lapse. FHWA is a reimbursable agency which means that the LPA incurs the costs initially (after receiving the FHWA authorization) and then will be reimbursed by FHWA once the proper billing/invoice is submitted by MoDOT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==136.3.3 Finding Appropriate Funds==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finding the appropriate funds for an LPA project is dependent on federal-aid eligibility requirements, which are provided for each program in [[#136.3.8 Programs|EPG 136.3.8]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==136.3.4 Project Selection and Programming==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Projects that are being contemplated on MoDOT right of way must be reviewed and approved by the appropriate MoDOT district prior to project selection and programming.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Federal-Aid Highway Act of 1987 provides that reports, surveys, schedules and lists or data compiled for the purpose of developing highway safety improvements shall not be admitted into evidence in federal or state courts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Project selection and programming is dependent on program requirements and whether the LPA is located within an MPO boundary.  Specific information is provided for each program in [[#136.3.8 Programs|EPG 136.3.8]]. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==136.3.5 STIP/TIP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Federal law requires each state to develop a State Transportation Improvement Program (STIP), listing all regionally significant projects, along with their anticipated costs and funding sources that are planned for the upcoming four (4) years. The STIP is developed annually by MoDOT’s Transportation Planning Division in cooperation with other MoDOT divisions, the [https://www.modot.org/missouri-metropolitan-planning-organizations Metropolitan Planning Organizations (MPOs)] and other affected federal, state and LPA entities. All federally funded projects must be identified in the STIP for the funding to be authorized and released for the project. MoDOT will work with all LPAs to ensure every new or current project gets listed in the STIP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each MPO must develop a Transportation Improvement Program (TIP) for projects that fall within their metropolitan area. MoDOT includes these TIPs by reference in their STIP. LPAs must have their road, trail and bridge projects referenced in the TIP of the MPO for their region.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each LPA outside an MPO, the STIP will be developed in consultation between MoDOT and the LPAs with responsibility for transportation projects using MoDOT processes. Federal law also requires that MoDOT and the MPOs provide citizens, affected public agencies, representatives of transportation agency employees, representatives of users of public transit and other interested parties with a reasonable opportunity to comment on the proposed STIP and TIP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==136.3.6 Obligation of Funds==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An obligation is a commitment by the federal government to reimburse MoDOT for the federal share of a project’s eligible cost. This commitment occurs at each phase of the project and prior to advancing to the next phase. Obligated funds are considered “used” and, therefore, are unavailable for other purposes even though no cash has been transferred.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Federal aid transportation projects are developed by completing work in the following distinct work phases:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:1. Preliminary Engineering (PE)&lt;br /&gt;
:2. Right of Way (ROW)&lt;br /&gt;
:3. Utilities, if applicable&lt;br /&gt;
:4. Construction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each new work phase requires FHWA to: 1) approve obligation of funds, 2) authorize work in that phase to begin, and 3) MoDOT to issue a notice-to-proceed to the LPA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is MoDOT’s responsibility to request obligation of funds. It is FHWA’s responsibility to authorize the reimbursement of eligible expenses. When a federal authorization date for a specific phase is given, a notice-to-proceed is issued by MoDOT to the LPA. This authorization date is the day on which eligible work phase expenses can begin to be incurred.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT approval of an executed project program agreement shall not be considered a general “Notice-to-Proceed” for the entire project. The LPA must have a written Notice-to-Proceed from MoDOT prior to the performance of each new federal phase of work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to understand that the obligation of funds to the work phase does not automatically make expenses for that phase eligible for federal-aid. For project costs to remain eligible, LPAs must follow all federal and state regulations and requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any expenses incurred in a work phase prior to the authorization of federal funds will not be eligible for federal reimbursement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==136.3.7 Reasonable Progress Policy==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Reasonable Progress policy ensures the State of Missouri is getting the maximum benefit of its federal transportation funds. The policy has two objectives: (1) ensure that federal funds will be programmed for a project within one year of the funds being allocated by MoDOT; (2) ensure that once a project is programmed, it will be constructed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TMAs with a Reasonable Progress Policy in place will be exempt from MoDOT’s Reasonable Progress Policy. However, the TMAs federal fiscal year ending balance will not be allowed to exceed a total of three years of allocation for that TMA. Any funds over the three-year allocation will be reprogrammed in the TMA area at the discretion of MoDOT and the TMA. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.3.7.1 Procedures===&lt;br /&gt;
The time frames shown represent maximum expected times for implementation approvals and concurrences; schedules will vary depending on project type. Actual progress towards implementation will be measured against the schedule submitted by the LPA. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em auto 1em auto&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; width=770&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;background:#BEBEBE&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; |Project Development/Implementation Schedule&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;background:#BEBEBE&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; |Phase !! style=&amp;quot;background:#BEBEBE&amp;quot;|Maximum Cumulative Time Frame !! style=&amp;quot;background:#BEBEBE&amp;quot;|Funds Obligated? &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1||	Allocation of Funds ||	0 months ||	No &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2||	Project Programming&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; 1, 2&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;||	3 months||	No &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3||	Engineering Services Contract Approval||	6 months ||	Yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4||	Preliminary and Right of Way Plans Submittal (if applicable)||	12 months||	Yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5||Plans, Specifications &amp;amp; Estimate (PS &amp;amp; E) Submittal||	18 months||	No &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|6||Plans, Specifications &amp;amp; Estimate (PS &amp;amp; E) Approval||	20 months|| 	Yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7||	Construction Contract Award|| 	23 months||	Modified &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|8||	Final Certification/Project Closeout&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; 3&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;||	Variable	||Modified (as needed) &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; The completion of the Project Programming phase is defined by submitting the approved project’s programming data form to MoDOT and the project receiving a federal project number from MoDOT. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; The evaluation of environmental and cultural impacts on the project must begin immediately after Preliminary Engineering (PE) authorization.  The LPA must submit [[media:136.6.4.doc|Fig. 136.6.4 LPA Request for Environmental Review (RER)]] to the MoDOT district contact within 60 days of preliminary engineering (PE) authorization for all federal-aid projects as discussed in [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements|EPG 136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements]].&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; The time lapse between construction contract award and project closeout will depend on project type. Final certifications as discussed in [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction|EPG 136.11 Local Public Agency Construction]] must be submitted to the appropriate [https://www.modot.org/contact-modot-lpa MoDOT district representative] 60 days after final inspection. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exceptions to the Project Development/Implementation Schedule will be identified in agreements, as necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.3.7.2 Verification of Reasonable Progress===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all federal-aid funds, “reasonable progress” shall have been made if a project has been programmed within one year of funding allocation. Verifiable steps toward achieving reasonable progress shall include submittal of all required documents to the appropriate MoDOT district office, entering into an Engineering Services Contract (if retaining outside engineering services) and initiation of the development of preliminary plans. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of right of way, utility and railroad plans, if required, should be concurrent with preliminary plan development. The authorization to proceed with right of way negotiations should begin once MoDOT approves right of way plans. The award of the construction contract should occur no later than six months after the plans, specifications and estimate approval. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.3.7.3 Progress Invoices===&lt;br /&gt;
The LPA must submit invoices for reimbursement of costs incurred as the work progresses. The invoices may not be submitted more than once every two weeks. Progress invoices must be submitted monthly. The final invoice must be submitted within 30 days of final acceptance. The LPA may use either of the following alternate methods of seeking progress payments:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:1.	the LPA pays the contractor/consultant for work performed and then submits a progress invoice for reimbursement; or &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:2.	the LPA prepares the pay estimate for work performed and monies due the contractor/consultant. This estimate is placed in line for payment under the LPA’s normal payment procedure, and at the same time, the LPA submits a progress invoice to MoDOT. If the LPA adopts this method, it must develop cash management procedures to ensure payment is made to the contractor/consultant within two (2) business days of receipt of funds from MoDOT. Failure to disburse the funds promptly will result in a violation of federal cash management provisions and may result in an interest penalty assessment against the funds.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Whichever of the above methods is used, the state will expedite reimbursement back to the LPA as quickly as possible. It is estimated that the average length of time from invoice submittal to receipt of federal reimbursement will be about 20 working days. An LPA cannot withhold or make payment to a contractor/consultant contingent upon &amp;quot;reimbursement&amp;quot; of progress invoices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The invoice shall be based on the total incurred costs, provided that no nonparticipating costs are involved. The invoice may include material allowance, the payment for which is subject to the approval or disapproval of MoDOT. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If nonparticipating costs are involved, it will be necessary for the LPA to include on each invoice an itemization of nonparticipating charges incurred to date and to deduct them from the total incurred cost of the project. If nonparticipating costs are involved in the project but not yet paid, a statement by the LPA to that effect will suffice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consultant services invoices ([https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/LPA/136.4.10_LPA_Invoice.xlsx  Fig 136.4.10]) must be used when submitting for reimbursement from MoDOT.  This can be supplemented with [[media:136.3.18 2014.xls|Fig. 136.3.18]] but is not required.  For construction invoices ([[media:Fig. 136.11.14.pdf|Fig. 136.11.14]] and [[media:Fig. 136.11.15.pdf|Fig. 136.11.15]]) can be used as an example invoice.  A form resembling Fig 136.3.18 must accompany the construction invoice when submitting construction invoices. Items not applicable to the project may be omitted. Special items peculiar to that project should be added. See [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management|EPG 136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management]] for more information on consultant invoicing and [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction|EPG 136.11 Local Public Agency Construction]] for more information on construction invoicing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two copies of the progress invoice shall be submitted by the LPA. Invoices shall be accompanied by one copy of the supporting details indicating the units for which payment is allowed, the unit price for each item and total price for each item. MoDOT personnel may request additional documentation to support the costs billed on the progress invoice to obtain assurance that the costs are reasonable and allowable. Such documentation may include, but not be limited to, detailed engineering invoices, contractor pay estimates, expense reports, equipment usage logs, payroll information, timesheets, materials or other vendor invoices, and other documentation as needed. The LPA shall also submit two copies of a request for payment of the invoice. If the invoice is submitted on the LPA’s letterhead and signed by an authorized LPA official, the letter requesting payment may be omitted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.3.7.4 Prompt Payment Policy===&lt;br /&gt;
The Prompt Payment policy ensures that LPAs make progress payments to vendors (consultants, contractors, etc.) in a timely manner as work progresses.  The policy has two objectives: (1) ensure that vendors are paid within at least two months of the date on the vendor invoice; (2) ensure the LPA has adequate financial procedures in place to pay vendors in a timely manner. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.7.4.1 State Law====&lt;br /&gt;
The State of Missouri, in [https://revisor.mo.gov/main/OneSection.aspx?section=8.960 section 8.960 RsMO], requires public owners of public works contracts to make progress payments to the contractor on at least a monthly basis as the work progresses, or, on a lump sum basis according to the terms of the lump sum contract.  The payment will be based upon monthly estimates prepared by the contractor and approved by the project architect or engineer.  &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;This requirement applies to ALL projects in Missouri whether it contains federal funds or not.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; This law also discusses retainage of up to five percent of the total contract, but retainage is not allowed to be automatically applied on federal aid projects without a specific project reason per [[136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)#136.9.4.1.2.1 Retainage (RsMO 34.057)|EPG 136.9.4.1.2.1 Retainage]]. Keep in mind that federal laws supersede state laws if the project has federal funding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.7.4.2 Verification of Prompt Payment====&lt;br /&gt;
The LPA must submit invoices for reimbursement of costs incurred as the work progresses per [[#136.3.7.3 Progress Invoices|EPG 136.3.7.3 Progress Invoices]]. The invoices may not be submitted more than once every two weeks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Progress invoices submitted to MoDOT for reimbursement more than thirty (30) calendar days after the date of the vendor invoice shall also include documentation that the vendor was paid in full for the work identified in the progress invoice.  Examples of proof of payment may include a letter or e-mail from the vendor, lien waiver or copies of reimbursement checks.  Reimbursement will not be made on these submittals until proof of payment is provided.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Progress invoices submitted to MoDOT for reimbursement within thirty (30) calendar days of the date on the vendor invoice will be processed for reimbursement without proof of payment to the vendor.  If the LPA has not paid the vendor prior to receiving reimbursement, the LPA must pay the vendor within two (2) business days of receipt of funds from MoDOT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.3.7.5 Policy Enforcement===&lt;br /&gt;
If a project falls six months behind schedule at any point in its development, without a written explanation provided by the LPA and approved by MoDOT, the LPA and/or MPO will be contacted by MoDOT requesting information as to the cause of the delays. A letter will notify the LPA of the schedule lapse and the possible implications of further delays. The LPA and/or MPO will be required to reply &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;in writing&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; within 30 days of the letter date as to the project status and provide a revised timeline for the project. The LPA will be allowed to reschedule a project one time after MoDOT has programmed a project. Any shifts in subsequent phases of a project caused by that rescheduling (if identified at the time of the rescheduling) will not be considered a separate change. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a project falls one year behind the Project Development/Implementation Schedule at any phase, MoDOT will notify the LPA and/or MPO of the schedule lapse by letter. The notification will serve as a final notice, giving the LPA an opportunity to respond to the situation before MoDOT takes action. Information about the project will be submitted to MoDOT within 30 days of the letter date. The information will include: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:	1. Project status, &lt;br /&gt;
:	2. Current phase of project implementation, and &lt;br /&gt;
:	3. Funds obligated and spent on the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Actions taken by MoDOT may include removal of the project, which, per federal requirements, would require the LPA to repay any federal funds spent on the project. The MPO and MoDOT will make the ultimate decision regarding the disposition of each project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not the responsibility of MoDOT to keep the LPA informed as to the status of the project. The LPA will keep MoDOT informed as to any delays and/or unforeseen conditions that may hinder the project’s progress. Failure to provide the required documentation will cause the project to be withdrawn and the funds redistributed at the discretion of MoDOT or the MPO. Federal regulations require the LPA to repay any federal funds spent on a cancelled project. The LPA would be required to repay these funds prior to the programming of any future projects. In addition, LPAs failing to fulfill the obligations as stated in the contract agreement or showing reasonable progress for any project will not be allowed to request future project funds for a minimum period of one year, and then only with the approval of MoDOT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==136.3.8 Programs==&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to incurring costs for any survey, design or other work against any federal-aid project, the project must first be approved and programmed.  Programming of all projects will be initiated by the LPA by submitting a location map, [[media:136.3.1 Sept 2017.doc|Fig. 136.3.1 Programming Data Form]] and a scope of engineering services (if available) to MoDOT.  LPAs located within the St. Louis MPO may submit their TIP application in place of the Programming Data Form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The programming data form requires an estimate of total project costs for which federal participation is desired and the source of local match if applicable.  LPAs located within a MPO must include the TIP Number.  The LPA must also submit pictures of existing bridge structures for projects that include replacement or repair of existing bridge structures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Warrants for traffic signals, if applicable, shall be checked by the LPA at the time program information is submitted. Installation of signals should not be programmed if current traffic conditions do not warrant as required by the [http://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ &#039;&#039;Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD)&#039;&#039;]. All traffic signals must follow MUTCD guidelines and meet standards set by the 1990 Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).  See ADA Checklist [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/ADA_Checklist.pdf Fig. 136.9.4].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any project located within the urbanized limits of one of the MPOs (St. Louis, Kansas City, Columbia, Jefferson City, Joplin, St. Joseph, Cape Girardeau or Springfield), the LPA shall ensure the project is included in the Transportation Improvement Program (TIP). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the project has been reviewed for eligibility, the LPA will be notified when they can begin preliminary engineering.  MoDOT will also provide the LPA with a project number. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If any work will be performed by a Professional Licensed Engineering (PLE) consultant, approval of the contract between the LPA and the consultant must be obtained before work is eligible for federal reimbursement (refer to [[LPA:136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management|EPG 136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management]]). Any work performed prior to the federal obligation date will not be eligible for reimbursement. MoDOT will notify the LPA when preliminary engineering authorization has been approved. If the LPA is performing their own preliminary engineering (PE) and would like to receive federal reimbursement, a cost estimate must be submitted to MoDOT for review and approval  (refer to [[#136.3.12.3 Federal-aid Participation for In-House Services|EPG 136.3.12.3 Federal-aid Participation for In-House Services]]). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The LPA must submit an [https://www6.modot.mo.gov/RERProject/ LPA Request for Environmental Review] (RER) to the MoDOT district contact within 60 days of preliminary engineering (PE) authorization for all federal-aid projects. The RER form is used to determine the NEPA classification for the project and if any further environmental documentation is required.  If the project does not qualify for a categorical exclusion (CE) classification, additional environmental documentation will be required (refer to [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements|EPG 136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements]]).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Preliminary engineering authorization will enable the LPA to receive reimbursement for charges incurred for preliminary engineering and miscellaneous right of way charges, such as title search and preliminary right of way estimates necessary to determine a proper location and design.  Approvals for right of way acquisition must be acquired separately from the preliminary engineering authorization. Right of way acquisition should be in accordance with [[LPA:136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements|EPG 136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fair market value of donated right of way (after March 1987) may be credited to the LPA&#039;s local match share. For further details regarding donated right of way, refer to EPG 136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition or contact your  MoDOT district representative. Refer to [[#136.3.9 Local Match Guidelines|EPG 136.3.9 Local Match Guidelines]] for additional information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.3.8.1 Highway Bridge Program (HBP)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The FAST Act continues (without change) the MAP-21 set-aside of a share of each state’s STBG apportionment for use on bridges not on Federal-aid highways (“off-system bridges”). The amount is to be not less than 15% of the state’s FY 2009 Highway Bridge Program apportionment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Federal funds are available to finance up to 80% of the eligible project cost, the remaining 20% must be financed using the LPAs local match funds.  However, if an LPA replaces or rehabilitates an [http://www.modot.org/business/lpa/BridgeEligibilityListing.htm &#039;&#039;eligible bridge&#039;&#039;] not on the federal aid system, utilizing their own local funds, they may receive a credit which can be applied to the local match portion of another federal aid bridge project; called a Soft Match Credit. More details for soft match credit are included in [[#136.3.10 Bridge Soft Match Credit|EPG 136.3.10 Bridge Soft Match Credit]]. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Funds are normally apportioned on or about October 1, each year. Funds are available for three years after the close of the fiscal year for which they were authorized. Unused funds may be withdrawn by MoDOT to make other arrangements for their expenditure. This is necessary in order to prevent loss of the funds through statutory lapse. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The HBP Program is intended for bridge rehabilitation and replacement and only a minimal amount of approach roadway construction is allowed.  Eligible limits may include reasonable approach roadway necessary to connect to the existing road and to return the new grade to normal ground.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The funds will be administered according to the following: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:1.	The current transportation bill requires at least 15% of the state&#039;s total bridge appropriation in fiscal year 2009 be allocated for use on off-system bridges (BRO). The Missouri Highways and Transportation Commission approves the amount of funds allocated to this program. Off-system bridges are bridges located on roads functionally classified as a local road or street and rural minor collectors.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:2.	BRO funds allocated to the counties are based on the ratio of the replacement cost of the square footage of deficient bridge deck in the county to the replacement cost of the square footage of deficient bridge deck in all counties of the state. A compilation of [https://www.modot.org/media/31264 MoDOT BRO &amp;amp; Soft Match Credit Balances] by county is available. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:3.	BRO funds may be programmed by counties for future projects. If the county does not have a sufficient balance of off-system bridge funds, they may borrow up to three years of future allocations for preliminary engineering or one year of future allocation for construction costs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are times when exceptions will be considered; either for an emergency project or when a county receives a small allocation:   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:1.	Emergency Project - When a bridge has fallen down or washed out and is essential for travel in the area, MoDOT will consider allowing the county to exceed its amount of available funds by more than the guidelines. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:2.	County Receives Small Allocation - Some counties do not receive enough allocation to reasonably finance a bridge project. Some allowance may be made for these counties to exceed the guidelines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.8.1.1 Project Eligibility and Selection====&lt;br /&gt;
Project selection is the prerogative of the LPA. MoDOT personnel will be available to advise and assist in project estimating and selection, if desired. LPAs located within an MPO boundary are required to submit their project selection to the MPO for review and approval. The following listing includes the type of eligible bridge projects that may be selected by the LPA: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:1. Replacement or full rehabilitation of eligible structures from the  [http://www.modot.org/business/lpa/BridgeEligibilityListing.htm eligible bridge list].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:2. Seismic retrofitting of deficient as well as non-deficient bridges is [http://www.modot.org/business/lpa/BridgeEligibilityListing.htm eligible for funding]. The design of seismic improvements or retrofits shall follow applicable AASHTO and current [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/ FHWA] publication guidelines. The reasonable costs of associated structural repairs, which are considered necessary or economically prudent for properly accomplishing the seismic retrofit are also considered eligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:3. Projects involving the application of paint overcoat systems, or the complete blast cleaning and repainting of the structural steel are considered eligible. The reasonable costs of structural repairs considered necessary or economically prudent to properly accomplish the repainting or overcoat project are considered to be participating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:4. Installation of scour countermeasures to protect an existing bridge is eligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:5. Preventive maintenance activities may be eligible for funding if the LPA has in place a systematic process such as a Bridge Management System which demonstrates the cost effectiveness of extending the service life of their bridges. This systematic process must previously have been reviewed and approved by FHWA. Preventive maintenance activities include those that preserve bridge components and extend the useful service life of the bridge. These activities would typically be performed on a bridge in good condition in order to keep it in good condition. Increasing the capacity of a structure is not considered a preventive maintenance activity. Although not all-inclusive, below are the two basic types of preventive maintenance and examples of acceptable activities: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::a. Systematic Servicing Bridges on a Scheduled Basis: Generally includes cleaning decks; beam seats, beam caps and salt splash zones; cleaning drainage systems; cleaning expansion joints; cleaning and lubricating expansion bearing assemblies; sealing concrete decks or substructure elements. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::b. As Needed Preventive Maintenance: Generally includes resealing expansion joints; spot painting of steel members; minor structural repairs, removing debris from channel; replace wearing surface; extending or enlarging deck drains. To be eligible for preventive maintenance funding, the LPA must establish a preventive maintenance plan and obtain approval from MoDOT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:6. Projects involving the application of calcium magnesium acetate, sodium acetate/format, or other environmentally acceptable, minimally corrosive anti-icing and de-icing compositions to a bridge are considered eligible for structures on the [http://www.modot.org/business/lpa/BridgeEligibilityListing.htm eligible bridge list]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:The bridge to be replaced or rehabilitated must be on the eligible bridge list for funding. The eligible bridge list is compiled from the most recent submittal of Missouri’s National Bridge Inventory data to FHWA and determined by ratings whether the bridge is considered eligible for replacement (full funding) or only rehabilitation (partial funding); based on the existing inventory and inspection data.  If the existing structure is currently eligible for rehabilitation only and the LPA elects to replace the structure, the amount of eligible federal funding will be limited to the rehabilitation cost estimate unless appropriate justification is provided by the LPA that a new structure represents the best value.  If the rehabilitation cost is at least 68% of the replacement costs, then it can generally be assumed the new replacement structure will provide a better value than the rehabilitation of the existing structure. The proposed rehabilitation work should eliminate the items that caused the bridge to be identified as deficient unless the proposed deficient item may remain based on MoDOT’s approval. Refer to  [[136.7 Design#136.7.2.2 Structures|EPG 136.7.2.2 Structures]] for additional information.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:New guidance on the eligibility of low water crossings will be coming soon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:For bridge rehabilitation and replacement projects, the bridge site will not be eligible for selection to use HBP funding if the structure was replaced or had a major rehabilitation within 10 years of the planned new construction date. The FHWA 10-year rule applies regardless of the source of funds (local, state, federal, etc.) that were used to replace or reconstruct the bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.8.1.2 Project Programming====&lt;br /&gt;
Once a bridge has been selected for programming, the LPA should contact their MoDOT Representative to initiate project programming by completing a [[media:136.3.1 Sept 2017.doc|Fig. 136.3.1 Programming Data Form]]. LPAs located within the St. Louis MPO may submit their TIP application in place of the Programming Data Form. This form, with a letter signed by the LPA&#039;s officials requesting the project to be programmed, will initiate a series of checks by MoDOT to review eligibility.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To receive federal funding, proposed design improvements listed on the Programming Data form or TIP application must be in accordance with the guidelines and requirements of [[136.7 Design#136.7.2.2 Structures|EPG 136.7.2.2 Structures]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.3.8.2 Surface Transportation Block Grant (STBG)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Background and Funding&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The FAST Act converts the long standing Surface Transportation Program (STP) into the Surface Transportation Block Grant Program (STBG).  The STBG increases flexibility for states and local governments.  Transportation Alternatives Program (TAP) has been combined with STBG.  With TAP included in STBG, the program allows up to 50 percent of certain transportation alternatives funding sub-allocated to local areas to be used on any STP-eligible project.  The STBG promotes flexibility in state and local transportation decisions and provides flexible funding to best address state and local transportation needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legislation authorizes the expenditure of federal funds for highway related construction and improvements on federal-aid routes and bridges located on or off the federal aid system within the approved urban and urbanized boundaries. In MPOs designated as Transportation Management Areas (TMA), the funds may be used for projects anywhere within the metropolitan planning area. The term &amp;quot;urbanized area&amp;quot; means an area so designated by the Bureau of Census having an urban cluster population of 50,000 or more with boundaries to be fixed by responsible state and local officials in cooperation with each other and subject to approval of the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA). Such boundaries shall as a minimum encompass the entire corporate limits of the urban area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the FAST Act, FHWA apportions funding as a lump sum for each state and then divides that total among apportioned programs.  States are to make available obligation authority to urbanized areas with populations over 200,000.    In Missouri; Kansas City, St Louis and Springfield are the only MPOs  designated as TMAs.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.8.2.1 STBG Eligible Activities, Set Asides and Sub-Allocations====&lt;br /&gt;
Funds are traditionally authorized by Congress for several years under a single transportation bill, but are apportioned annually for a single year to the state. In Kansas City, Springfield and St. Louis, the distribution of funds is determined by the TMA through coordination with the LPAs within the TMA boundary. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Federal funds are available to finance up to 80% of eligible project costs. The LPA must provide the necessary matching funds. Federal funds from other federal agencies cannot be used to match STBG funds, except as defined in [[#136.3.11 Other Federal Funding Used as Match|EPG 136.3.11 Other Federal Funding Used as Match]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The funds are administered according to the following: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:1. The current transportation bill specifically designates federal funds for use within the Kansas City, Springfield and St. Louis Metropolitan Areas. These funds are referred to as &amp;quot;attributable funds&amp;quot; and are allocated by MoDOT to the respective TMAs. &lt;br /&gt;
:2. Surface Transportation Block Grant – Attributable fund balances in excess of three years of annual allocations for Transportation Management Areas (TMAs) will lapse on September 30 of each federal fiscal year. MoDOT may implement transportation improvements within the TMA to prevent funds from lapsing.  &lt;br /&gt;
:3. Beginning in FFY 2020, TMAs will not be permitted to carry a balance (positive or negative) of $20 million.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.8.2.2 Project Eligibility and Selection====&lt;br /&gt;
For projects involving roadway improvements eligible for selection under the STBG program, the route must be functionally classified as an urban collector, rural major collector, arterial or expressway. Bridges meeting the eligibility requirements discussed below are not restricted to these routes and may be located on any public road. However, if the bridge is located on a route not on the federal-aid system, federal funding for roadway improvements will be limited to the attainable touchdown point as discussed for Off-System Bridge funding. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Projects with improvements that utilize STBG Funds are selected by the appropriate LPA officials with the concurrence of MoDOT. LPAs located within an MPO boundary are required to submit their project selection to the MPO. STBG funding should be programmed for projects that will benefit the area within the urban cluster boundary. Prior to submitting the projects to MoDOT for programming, the LPA should submit a location sketch of the proposed project and ensure the route has the proper [http://www.modot.org/newsandinfo/functionalclassificationmaps/index.htm functional classification]. For cities located within an MPO, the project must be on the TIP. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Types of projects may include new construction, reconstruction and upgrading. Projects classified as maintenance are not permitted. Resurfacing of existing streets is generally permissible, both to restore a smooth riding surface or to increase the load carrying capabilities of the street. The design of pavement rehabilitation projects shall provide a performance period of at least five years. Patching, minor pavement repairs, undersealing, etc., are permitted only as a necessary part of restoration for resurfacing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following listing indicates the categories of bridge improvement projects considered eligible for STBG funding: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:1.	Replacement, rehabilitation addressing all bridge deficiencies, or partial rehabilitation for deficient bridges from the [http://www.modot.org/business/lpa/BridgeEligibilityListing.htm eligible bridge list] for HBP funding. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:2.	Seismic Retrofitting as described in [[#136.3.8.1 Highway Bridge Program (HBP)|EPG 136.3.8.1 Highway Bridge Program (HBP)]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:3. Painting structures as described in EPG 136.3.8.1 Highway Bridge Program (HBP). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:4.	Complete upgrade of traffic safety railing features for a bridge as determined appropriate by the engineer of record and LPA based on the guidelines provided in [[136.7 Design#136.7.2.2 Structures|EPG 136.7.2.2 Structures]]. Project must address safety of both bridge railing and related approach roadway guardrail features. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:5.	Projects to correct identified operational and/or condition problems with any existing bridge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:6.	Replacement of existing cross-roadway drainage features not on the bridge inventory with an appropriate replacement structure or bridge (available for routes on the federal-aid system). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:7.	New bridge construction required for construction of new approved corridors of federal-aid system routes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:8.	Widening of any bridge to accommodate the widening and upgrading of routes on the federal aid system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:9. The construction of preferential bus lanes, turnouts and loading facilities for buses and fringe and corridor transportation parking facilities. The construction of parking facilities to replace on-street parking is eligible in areas where the improvement of the street would not be possible without removing on-street parking and where insufficient off-street parking exists. Funds may be used to acquire vans for vanpool demonstration projects. However, this is permitted on a loan basis only and the funds must be repaid through user revenues. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:10. The construction of bicycle trails and pedestrian walkways on the highway right of way is eligible for federal participation, either as an integral part of a construction project or as an independent project and is not subject to [http://www.modot.org/newsandinfo/functionalclassificationmaps/index.htm functional classification] requirements. For further information, refer to [[:Category:641 Bicycle Facilities|EPG 641 Bicycle Facilities]] and [[:Category:642 Pedestrian Facilities|EPG 642 Pedestrian Facilities]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For additional guidance on eligible activities for STBG funds, refer to [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/Fastact/factsheets/stbgfs.cfm FHWA&#039;s Fact Sheet].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.3.8.3 Transportation Alternatives Program (TAP)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The TAP replaces the funding from pre-MAP-21 programs including Transportation Enhancements, Recreational Trails, Safe Routes to School, and Scenic Byways, wrapping them into a single funding source. The FAST Act has continued authorization of this funding for transportation alternatives projects. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Federal TAP funds are provided through the FHWA.  Projects using TAP funds are eligible for reimbursement of up to 80% of allowable costs.  The LPA is required to match the project with a minimum of 20%. Refer to EPG 136.3.9 Local Match Guidelines for local match guidelines for transportation alternatives projects. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compensation for expenditures will be authorized on a cost reimbursement basis.  Expenditures incurred prior to receiving a formal notice to proceed will not be eligible for reimbursement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT distributes TAP funds outside TMA boundaries every two years (even years) through a competitive selection process. &lt;br /&gt;
The FAST Act provides for TMAs to receive a separate allocation of TAP funding through Surface Transportation Block Grants (STBG).  TMAs develop their own TAP guide and selection criteria while still adhering to federal rules outlined in the FAST Act.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.8.3.1 Project Eligibility and Selection====&lt;br /&gt;
For purposes of MoDOT administered TAP funds, which includes all rural and urbanized areas with a population less than 200,000; whether proposed as an independent project or as an element of a larger transportation project, the TAP project must be limited to a logical unit of work and be constructible as an independent project. Transportation alternatives projects must be projects over and above what is considered routine construction or maintenance. MoDOT administered TAP funds may be used for the following: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:*	Construction of on-road and off-road trail facilities for pedestrians, bicyclists and other non-motorized forms of transportation, including sidewalks, bicycle infrastructure, pedestrian and bicycle signals, traffic calming techniques, lighting, and other safety-related infrastructure, and transportation projects to achieve compliance with Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990; &lt;br /&gt;
:*Construction of infrastructure-related projects and systems that provide safe routes for non-drivers, including children, older adults, and individuals with disabilities to access daily needs;&lt;br /&gt;
:*Conversion and use of abandoned railroad corridors to trails for pedestrians, bicyclists, or other non-motorized users; and&lt;br /&gt;
:*Construction of infrastructure-related projects to improve the ability of students to walk and bicycle to school, including sidewalk improvements, traffic calming and speed reduction improvements, pedestrian and bicycle crossing improvements, on-street bicycle facilities, off-street bicycle and pedestrian facilities, secure bicycle parking facilities, and traffic diversion improvements in the vicinity of schools.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TAP funds must be obligated for eligible projects submitted by eligible entities (see below) through a competitive process. Metropolitan Planning Organizations (MPO) must include awarded projects in their respective Transportation Improvement Program (TIP). Eligible project sponsors are defined in EPG 136.1.2.2 Project Sponsor Eligibility. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Funds available to small urban areas and rural areas will be administered by MoDOT. MoDOT, through a competitive process, selects the projects from proposed projects submitted by eligible entities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.8.3.2 Project Programming====&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to incurring costs for any survey, design or other work against any federal-aid project, the project must first be programmed and approved. Programming of all projects will be initiated by the LPA by submitting the location (with sketch), [[media:136.3.1 Sept 2017.doc|Fig. 136.3.1,Programming Data Form]] and a scope of engineering services (if available) to MoDOT. LPAs that are in the St. Louis MPO may submit their TIP application in place of the Programming Data Form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.3.8.4 Bridge Engineering Assistance Program (BEAP)===&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;padding: 0.3em; margin-left:7px; border:2px solid #a9a9a9; text-align:center; font-size: 95%; background:#f5f5f5&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;260px&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|If you have any questions or comments regarding EPG 136.3.8.4 BEAP, please contact &#039;&#039;&#039;David Koenig&#039;&#039;&#039; at 573-526-0556 or by e-mail at David.Koenig@modot.mo.gov; or &#039;&#039;&#039;Jamey Laughlin&#039;&#039;&#039; at 573-526-5167 or by e-mail at James.Laughlin@modot.mo.gov; or &#039;&#039;&#039;Gabe Wolken&#039;&#039;&#039; at 573-526-4317 or by email at Gabriel.Wolken@modot.mo.gov.  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The Bridge Engineering Assistance Program (BEAP) allows local public agencies to receive engineering assistance for bridges when they do not have their own engineering staff. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.8.4.1 Purpose====&lt;br /&gt;
The hydraulic and structural adequacy of bridges on the local road system is a major concern to the local public agencies of Missouri. Local public agencies should conduct effective bridge evaluations to determine priorities for maintenance, rehabilitation and replacements. Many of these local public agencies and their political subdivisions have neither the funds nor the engineering expertise necessary to conduct effective bridge evaluations or determine bridge maintenance and repair priorities. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result, the [https://www.modot.org/missouri-highways-and-transportation-commission-0 Missouri Highways and Transportation Commission] has developed the BEAP program to provide Missouri’s local public agencies with the assistance necessary to complete bridge engineering studies. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The services of this program are used for bridges on local roads that are not part of the MoDOT road system, but are under the jurisdiction of local public agencies. These services are intended  to evaluate the operational or structural conditions  on an existing bridge, and are not intended for the development of detailed plans for new bridges. BEAP program services are not intended to duplicate services already available to local public agencies thru MoDOT district offices or Bridge Division. The consultant services provided under this program are intended to maximize the availability of professional advice or services to local public agencies. &#039;&#039;&#039;The BEAP program does not provide funding for construction or construction engineering services.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The BEAP program is generally limited to one study per bridge with the expectation that the local public agency would implement the recommendations from that study. Requests for additional studies for the same bridge typically are not approved unless the local public agency implemented the previous recommendations. If the previous recommendations were never implemented, the local public agency will need to provide a reasonable explanation as to why the previous recommendations were never implemented in order to be considered for another BEAP study. Studies for newly developed conditions on a bridge may be considered. When requesting a study, the local public agency should have the consultant address all of the operational or structural concerns that they may have for that bridge. Multiple studies on the same bridge to address issues on a “piece meal” basis will not be approved.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.8.4.2 Personnel====&lt;br /&gt;
The structural and hydraulic engineering expertise necessary to provide this assistance to the local public agencies and their political subdivision will be provided from a pool of pre-qualified engineering consultants. The consultant firms selected for the pre-qualified pool will be required to use engineering personnel having a background that includes bridge inspection, bridge design experience, familiarity with developing bridge maintenance priorities and low cost bridge improvements. (See [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/Figure_136.3.19_Current_BEAP_Consultant_List.pdf Fig. 136.3.19, Current BEAP Consultant List]). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The personnel utilized by the consultant shall be those that were identified in the consultant&#039;s proposal whenever the firm was being considered for inclusion on the pre-qualified listing. If the consultant desires to utilize personnel not included in their original proposal, they will need to obtain approval from the Bridge Division prior to using these professionals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.8.4.3 Administration====&lt;br /&gt;
The local implementation of this program is under the immediate direction of MoDOT&#039;s District Engineer, with coordination of the statewide consultant contract and technical policy interpretation being provided by the Bridge Division. The statewide contract is normally in effect for a three year period, after which time it may either be extended for an additional year or a new solicitation completed  to develop a new list of pre-approved consultants  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A local public agency experiencing a bridge problem and desiring to use the services of this program need merely inform the district personnel in that particular area and/or contact an approved consultant for assistance in developing a project to address these conditions. The district&#039;s authorized representative or the local public agency will discuss the bridge problem with the consultant so that they can prepare a fee estimate and submit the BEAP Project Tracking Form for further eligibility review by the district office and Bridge Division. (For an electronic copy of this form, see [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/Figure_136.3.20_BEAP_Project_Tracking_Form.docx Fig. 136.3.20, BEAP Project Tracking Form].) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the project is confirmed by the Bridge Division to meet the eligibility and program cost requirements, the BEAP Project Tracking Form will be returned to the district office so  they can provide the consultant with the notice to proceed. &lt;br /&gt;
Upon completion of the consultant&#039;s evaluation of the bridge, a final copy of the report shall be sent to the local public agency, Bridge Division, and the district office. The report shall be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the state of Missouri. All announcements, printings, and advertisements shall list the Missouri Department of Transportation and the Federal Highway Administration as program sponsors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.8.4.4 Funding and Authorized Costs====&lt;br /&gt;
The services of the program are generally provided free of direct costs to requesting, eligible local public agencies in Missouri through the cooperation of the Missouri Department of Transportation and the Federal Highway Administration. However, local public agencies are expected to provide active assistance to the consultant during the project. Eligibility is based on the local public agency not having personnel with sufficient engineering expertise to conduct effective bridge evaluations and develop immediate structural repair procedures and details. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a project is approved, the consultant selected by the local public agency will be reimbursed in accordance with the agreed upon hourly rates, overhead and fringe benefit rates, fixed profit percentage, and the direct non-salary costs as set forth in the contract. Direct non-salary costs submitted for reimbursement shall be well documented including a description of the item as well as the cost. When vehicle mileage is being submitted for reimbursement, the mileage rate used to determine the reimbursable amount must be the IRS mileage rate in effect at the time the work was performed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each specific BEAP project must receive prior approval from the district office and Bridge Division. This requires that the consultant submit a BEAP Project Tracking Form to the district office contact outlining the work to be performed. The BEAP Project Tracking Form shall include a total cost for the project, including personnel costs as well as direct costs. Development of the BEAP Project Tracking Form should be done based on the consultant&#039;s initial contact with the local public agency or the district office. If a project is approved, costs for travel expenses and personnel time required for one site visit during the course of the project are normally eligible for reimbursement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The consultant shall provide the Bridge Division with an itemized invoice for their services and the Bridge Division personnel will, upon verification of the eligible charges, authorize that payment be made to the consultant. The itemized invoice should also show the signature of the consultant. Only one invoice shall be submitted for each BEAP project. Payment to the consultant for their services will be processed utilizing an electronic funds transfer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The BEAP program is funded using Technology Transfer Assistance Program funds. The amount of funding from each of these sources may vary each year. The future availability of these funds for this program is not guaranteed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.8.4.5 General Process for a BEAP Study====&lt;br /&gt;
The local public agency identifies a bridge problem that they desire to utilize the BEAP program for. The local public agency will either directly contact one of the consultants on the pre-approved listing to discuss the bridge problem or contact the district office for information and assistance on using this program. After being notified of the bridge problem, the consultant will fill out the BEAP Project Tracking Form and submit it electronically to the district office for review. The district office will review the proposed project and then forward it to Bridge Division for their review and approval of the study. After the notice to proceed is given, the consultant will perform the study in accordance with the information provided on the BEAP Project Tracking Form. The consultant shall submit a draft electronic copy of the report to the Bridge Division and district office for review and approval. The Bridge Division will review the report, consult with the district office as needed, and provide the consultant with feedback on any desired changes to the report. Once any changes/updates to the report have been completed, a finalized copy of the report shall be submitted to the local public agency, the district office and Bridge Division. The finalized copy of the report may be submitted electronically to all of the involved parties and shall be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the state of Missouri. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the report has been reviewed and accepted, the consultant will prepare and submit a single invoice to Bridge Division for review and approval. This invoice shall be submitted within 45 days of the completion of the project. Payments to consultants for services provided under the BEAP Program will be done electronically. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.8.4.6 Local Public Agency Responsibilities====&lt;br /&gt;
The local public agency is responsible for identifying the bridge problem that they need assistance on and initiating the request for assistance  either through the consultant or through the district office. When the BEAP study involves a structure  not on the National Bridge Inventory, the local public agency shall provide the consultant with some general pictures of the structure along with a location of the structure to aid them in the development of their cost proposal. The local public agency should provide any assistance needed to  the consultant during the BEAP study. Examples of the types of assistance include but are not necessarily limited to traffic control, site access, and trucks or equipment for load testing. After completion of the study, the local agency should perform the work as specified in the report and then notify the district office once this work is completed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.8.4.7 Consultant Responsibilities====&lt;br /&gt;
The services made available under this program are intended for the review of existing bridges where definite needs exist. It is anticipated these reviews can be performed in 60 or fewer total person hours per bridge. Time spent developing the proposed BEAP study will not be eligible for reimbursement. The consultant is allowed to perform BEAP studies in any part of the state. If the consultant has multiple office locations, it is expected they would utilize personnel from the office closest to the bridge site so as to minimize the travel related costs for the study, including personnel time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The services provided by the consultant for a typical project include a single site visit to the bridge to collect information, review and analysis of conditions, and formulation of recommendations to the local public agency. The types of recommendations could include the items listed below: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:1. Recommendations for repair of damaged elements of the bridge, &lt;br /&gt;
:2. Recommendations for strengthening of deteriorated elements of the bridge, &lt;br /&gt;
:3. Recommendations for strengthening of elements of the bridge to increase the load capacity of the bridge, &lt;br /&gt;
:4. Recommendations for emergency repairs from flood damage, &lt;br /&gt;
:5. Studies on the hydraulic adequacy of the bridge, &lt;br /&gt;
:6. Recommendations on channel repair and scour mitigation or repair, &lt;br /&gt;
:7. Recommendations on load posting limitations for the bridge, &lt;br /&gt;
:8. Cost studies for repair or replacement alternatives for the bridge, &lt;br /&gt;
:9. Recommendations on whether or not to close a bridge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The services provided under the BEAP program shall not include the preparation of a complete design and plans for a replacement structure. When the consultant has recommended that a structure be closed, the consultant may provide suggestions for various alternative structure types, but the actual design of a replacement structure is beyond the normal scope of a BEAP project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As part of a BEAP Study, the consultant may recommend low-cost bridge renovations projects, and is acceptable in this situation for the consultant to prepare conceptual engineering sketches or drawings to illustrate any recommendations for remedial action. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is also not intended for the BEAP program to duplicate services already normally available to local public agencies through MoDOT. MoDOT currently provides bridge inspection services through the district office for local public agency owned bridges in most parts of the state. MoDOT also provides load rating services through Bridge Division for local public agency owned bridges when  the information available is sufficient enough to perform a load rating analysis. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Load posting recommendations for a BEAP study are limited to considerations involving comparisons with normal state legal loads. Evaluations for special permit or other non-legal loads are not allowed as part of a BEAP study. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Determination of load postings for bridges using proof load testing is allowed under the BEAP program for concrete bridges. Proof load testing for other types of bridges is not allowed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whenever load rating calculations are completed  as part of the scope of a BEAP study, the consultant must provide inventory and operating ratings for the HS20 design vehicle and provide a load posting recommendation for the structure. Load rating calculations must be  in accordance with current MoDOT policy, as defined in the Engineering Policy Guide. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A general review of the traffic control devices and other safety measures at the bridge site should be included as part of a BEAP study. Any recommendations for changes needed in these items should be included in the BEAP report. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.8.4.8 MoDOT District Responsibilities ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Advise the local public agencies within the district of the pre-qualified list of consultants and that they may select any of the firms on this list to perform the study. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Assist with or provide coordination with the local public agency.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; Provide Bridge Division advice related to the qualifications or expertise of any engineering personnel a local public agency may have on their staff. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Make decisions on the relevant bridge information needed for the project, and assist with collecting this information from the local public agency or from the appropriate area within MoDOT. Typical information provided for these projects includes inspection reports, location maps for the bridge, rating information, photos that are on file, and the most recent structure inventory and appraisal (SIA) sheet. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5.&#039;&#039;&#039; Assist the local public agency or consultant with developing the scope of services for the project, as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6.&#039;&#039;&#039; Receive the BEAP Project Tracking Form from the consultant, and review the problem that they need assistance on and the scope of services to determine the appropriateness of the project for the BEAP program. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;7.&#039;&#039;&#039; Forward the BEAP Project Tracking Form to Bridge Division for review and concurrence to move forward with the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;8.&#039;&#039;&#039; Provide the consultant with the notice to proceed after concurrence has been received from Bridge Division. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;9.&#039;&#039;&#039; In a timely manner, check with the local public agency to determine if they utilized the engineering services.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;10.&#039;&#039;&#039; For structures that were closed, inspect the repairs made before the bridge is opened to traffic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;11.&#039;&#039;&#039; Review repairs that are made to verify they were done in accordance with the recommendations in the BEAP report and provide an updated SIA sheet, as appropriate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;12.&#039;&#039;&#039; If the consultant recommends closure of the bridge during the BEAP study, initiate a Critical Inspection Finding (CIF) in accordance with current practice for the non-state system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.8.4.9 MoDOT Bridge Division Responsibilities====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Provide contract administration for the program. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Provide technical policy interpretation for the program. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; Review the project scope and estimate and provide the district office with approval for the project to move forward.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; Review the final report for conformance with the scope of services identified on the BEAP Project Tracking Form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5.&#039;&#039;&#039; Update the approved load posting in the bridge inventory records based on the information or recommendations provided by the consultant. In situations where strengthening of a bridge is required to increase the posting, any posting changes will be delayed until information is provided to indicate  the strengthening has been completed and was done in accordance with the BEAP report. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6.&#039;&#039;&#039; BEAP project invoices shall be sent directly to Bridge Division. Bridge Division will review and approve the invoices and forward them to the appropriate unit within MoDOT for electronic payment to the consultant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.3.8.5 Traffic Engineering Assistance Program (TEAP)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.8.5.1 Introduction====&lt;br /&gt;
The Traffic Engineering Assistance Program (TEAP) allows local public agencies (LPA) to receive engineering assistance for traffic related needs . LPAs facing a traffic safety or operational challenge  can utilize the LPA On-Call Consultant List (see [[#136.3.8.5.7 Engineering Consultants|EPG 136.3.8.5.7 Engineering Consultants]]) to perform a traffic study. The [https://www.modot.org/lpa-call-list LPA On-Call Consultant List] is available. Typical studies may include corridor safety and/or operational analysis, intersection(s) safety and/or operational analysis, speed limit review, sign inventory, pedestrian/bike route analysis, parking assessments, ADA transition plans,  and other traffic studies. The program is administered by MoDOT with funds coming from MoDOT and the LPA (see [[#136.3.8.5.5 Funding|EPG 136.3.8.5.5 Funding]]). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.8.5.2 Purpose====&lt;br /&gt;
The safe and efficient flow of traffic and the safety of pedestrians and bicyclists can be  concerns to the local public agencies of Missouri. These public agencies should  conduct accurate and timely traffic studies to determine effective countermeasures for these concerns. Many  local agencies and their political subdivisions have neither the funds nor the engineering expertise necessary to conduct expert traffic engineering studies.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
As a result, the Missouri Highway and Transportation Commission (MHTC) developed TEAP to provide Missouri LPA’s with assistance to proficiently conduct  traffic engineering studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The consultant services provided under this program are intended to maximize the availability of professional advice or services to LPAs and minimize technician and drafting time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.8.5.3 Eligibility and Project Selection====&lt;br /&gt;
The services of this program are  used for locations on public roads under the jurisdiction of LPAs but  located off the state system. TEAP services are not intended to duplicate services already available to LPAs through MoDOT. If a local road adjoins the state system and is part of a TEAP application, the appropriate MoDOT District Traffic Engineer must grant approval of TEAP funds and ensure no duplication of funds. TEAP funds are not intended for design type projects but rather projects that are more geared towards an engineering study or analysis that may result in a design type project in the future. Examples of eligible projects may include corridor safety and/or operational analysis, intersection(s) safety and/or operational analysis, speed limit review, sign inventory, pedestrian/bike route analysis, parking assessments, ADA transition plans, and other traffic studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All TEAP project applications  submitted to the [https://www.modot.org/contact-modot-lpa MoDOT District Office] are reviewed for eligibility and scored by a MoDOT review team. Scoring criteria used to rate the submitted projects are based on several factors including, but not limited to: engineering resources available to the LPA, safety, congestion, innovation, feasibility of implementing improvements, and overall value. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;&#039; 	&amp;quot;Engineering Resources&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; refers to the local agency&#039;s own staffing resources. Agencies with little or no traffic engineering resources will be rated higher than agencies with their own traffic engineering resources. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;&#039; 	&amp;quot;Safety&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; refers to the degree to which traffic safety is addressed via the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;&#039; 	&amp;quot;Congestion&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; refers to the degree to which traffic congestion is addressed via the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;&#039; 	&amp;quot;Innovation&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; refers to countermeasures being considered (roundabouts, flashing yellow arrow, j-turns, prismatic sheeting, etc.). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;&#039; 	&amp;quot;Implementation&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; refers to the probability  of the local agency following through with changes as a result of the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;&#039; 	&amp;quot;Value&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; refers to the overall gain the project could offer compared to the total cost. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TEAP requirements cap the MoDOT funds  applied to any project at 80% or $12,000, whichever is less. The local agency can however submit applications for projects  in excess of the funding cap, but the local agency must fund the excess dollar amount. See [[#136.3.8.5.5 Funding|EPG 136.3.8.5.5 Funding]] for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.8.5.4 TEAP Process and Timeline====&lt;br /&gt;
The general process for TEAP starts in the fall of each year with a call for projects. The LPA will produce a project application ([[media:Fig.136.3.24 2021.docx|Fig. 136.3.24, TEAP Program Application]]) and submit it to the appropriate MoDOT District Office. MoDOT will evaluate and score each application and make a final selection. MoDOT&#039;s review team will then notify the LPA  the project has been selected and enter into a Programming Agreement with the LPA. The LPA is given authorization to select a consultant from the &amp;quot;Traffic Engineering &amp;amp; TEAP&amp;quot; category of the [https://www.modot.org/lpa-call-list LPA On-Call Consultant List]. The LPA must then execute an Engineering Services Contract (see Fig. 136.4.1 Engineering Services Contract) with the consultant and give the consultant a notice to proceed. The consultant will then begin work and finish the scope and all invoicing prior to the end of the particular federal fiscal year. &lt;br /&gt;
[[image:136.3.8.11.4.jpg|center|745px]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.8.5.5 Funding====&lt;br /&gt;
Federal Highway Safety Funds (HSP), Technology Transfer (TT) Funds, and LPA Funds are used to fund the program. Payments to the consultant for the services of this program are generally provided at an 80/20 split. The HSP and TT Funds are administered by MoDOT and will provide 80% of the TEAP project cost, up to $12,000 per project. Funds from the LPA will be used for the remaining 20% of expenditures. However, if the total project cost is greater than $15,000, the LPA can pay more than 20% to complete the TEAP project if desired as shown in Example #1. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Example #1: &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::Total Project Cost: $20,000 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::Federal Funds: $20,000 x .80 = $16,000 BUT the max is $12,000 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::LPA: $20,000 x .20 = $4,000 (Plus the overage of $4,000 of the HSP/TT Funds) = $8,000 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Example #2: &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::Total Project Cost: $5,000 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::Federal Funds: $5,000 x .80 = $4,000 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::LPA: $5,000 x .20 = $1,000 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The HSP and TT Funds are normally available on a yearly basis from October 1 to September 30 and from July 1 to June 30, respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the responsibility of the LPA to invoice and secure payment for the TEAP project. Invoices for 80% of the project cost should be sent to MoDOT for payment by emailing LPASubmit@modot.mo.gov or mail a hard copy invoice to: &lt;br /&gt;
:Attn: MoDOT Design Division &lt;br /&gt;
:TEAP &lt;br /&gt;
:105 W Capitol Ave &lt;br /&gt;
:Jefferson City MO 65102. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon verification of the eligible charges, payment may be made to the LPA. Invoices shall be submitted on [[media:Fig.136.3.26.xls|Fig. 136.3.26, the TEAP Project Invoice Form]]. MoDOT will reimburse the LPA for 80% of the eligible charges. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The consultant will be reimbursed on a cost plus fixed fee basis with the maximum profit set at 12%. The consultant must use their most current overhead/indirect cost rate on file with MoDOT. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.8.5.6 Administration====&lt;br /&gt;
The direction of this program will be under the jurisdiction of MoDOT’s Local Program Administrator. Questions can be directed to MoDOT district staff or MoDOT Local Program staff. [http://www.modot.org/business/lpa/contacts.htm MoDOT’s Local Program website] outlines all contact information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.8.5.7 Engineering Consultants====&lt;br /&gt;
An LPA must choose a consultant from the [https://www.modot.org/lpa-call-list LPA On-Call Consultant List] – Traffic Category, to perform TEAP engineering services. The consulting firms selected from the list will be required to use engineering personnel having a background in traffic engineering with actual traffic engineering field experience on state, county or city roadway projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.8.5.8 Responsibilities====&lt;br /&gt;
=====136.3.8.5.8.1 LPA Responsibilities=====&lt;br /&gt;
:: 	Identify need  &lt;br /&gt;
:: 	Initiate request for TEAP assistance &lt;br /&gt;
:: 	Choose a prequalified consultant from the Traffic Category in the LPA On-call Consultant List &lt;br /&gt;
:: 	Provide assistance to consultant during the course of the project (examples are traffic control, traffic counts, assisting in any physical measurements needed.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====136.3.8.5.8.2 Consultant Responsibilities=====&lt;br /&gt;
Below is a list of available consultant scopes of work. This list is not intended as a complete list and is only a suggested list of what studies a traffic engineering consultant may be called upon to perform. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:: 	Traffic Crash  Analysis &lt;br /&gt;
:: 	Traffic Control Devices Inventory Application and Layout &lt;br /&gt;
:: 	Traffic Signal Progression Analysis and Design &lt;br /&gt;
:: 	Speed Surveys &lt;br /&gt;
:: 	Minor Origin and Destination Studies &lt;br /&gt;
:: 	Traffic Counts &lt;br /&gt;
:: 	Parking Supply and Demand &lt;br /&gt;
:: 	Capacity Analysis &lt;br /&gt;
:: 	Lighting Analysis &lt;br /&gt;
:: 	Transit Studies &lt;br /&gt;
:: 	ADA Transition Plan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The consultant must also submit invoices to MoDOT for payment as outlined in [[#136.3.8.5.5 Funding|EPG 136.3.8.5.5 Funding]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====136.3.8.5.8.3 MoDOT Responsibilities=====&lt;br /&gt;
:: 	Call for projects &lt;br /&gt;
:: 	Contract Administration &lt;br /&gt;
:: 	Review and select project applications &lt;br /&gt;
:: 	Confirm with the LPA the in-house expertise to provide traffic engineering. &lt;br /&gt;
:: 	Give notice to proceed to LPA (LPA gives NTP to consultant) &lt;br /&gt;
:: 	Review final report&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.3.8.6 Eastern Federal Lands Access Program (FLAP)===&lt;br /&gt;
The [https://flh.fhwa.dot.gov/programs/flap/ Federal Lands Access Program] was established to improve transportation facilities that provide access to, are adjacent to, or are located within Federal lands.  The Access Program supplements state and local resources for public roads, transit systems, and other transportation facilities, with an emphasis on high-use recreation sites and economic generators. Eligible project activities include: capital improvements, enhancements, surface preservation, transit, planning, research and safety.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FLAP projects require matching funds of 20% of the total estimated project cost.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Projects are selected by a Programming Decision Committee (PDC) established in each state.  The PDCs request project applications through a call for projects.  The frequency of the call for projects is established by the PDC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.3.8.7 Transportation Investment Generating Economic Recovery (TIGER)===&lt;br /&gt;
The Transportation Investment Generating Economic Recovery, or TIGER Discretionary Grant program, provides a unique opportunity for the DOT to invest in road, rail, transit and port projects that promise to achieve national objectives. A minimum of 20 percent of funds go to projects in rural areas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TIGER Grants are issued by, scored and awarded through USDOT.  FHWA is directly involved in the oversight during project construction and or implementation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.3.8.8 Congestion Mitigation and Air Quality (CMAQ)===&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.8.8.1 Background and Funding====&lt;br /&gt;
The CMAQ Program was created by the Intermodal Surface Transportation Efficiency Act of 1991 (ISTEA) to assist cities in attaining federal air quality guidelines. Funds are distributed to states based on weighted non-attainment and maintenance area population. Legislation authorizes the expenditure of CMAQ funds on projects with a documented emissions reduction associated with them and are available for use only in non-attainment and maintenance areas, or as determined by federal law for ozone and particulate matter pollution. In Missouri, the CMAQ Program is limited to the Kansas City and St. Louis metropolitan areas. Typical activities include revisions and installation of traffic signals, signal timing optimizations, developing transportation management systems, public transportation facilities, and activities to encourage car pooling and van pooling. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.8.8.2 Project Eligibility and Selection====&lt;br /&gt;
Projects eligible for selection using CMAQ funds must indicate the project will have a demonstrated effect on reducing emissions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Projects for improvements that utilize CMAQ funds are requested by the appropriate LPA officials, submitted to the MPO for selection, and if selected, added to the TIP. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For additional guidance on eligible activities for CMAQ funds, refer to [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/map21/factsheets/stp.cfm FHWA&#039;s MAP-21 Fact Sheet]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.8.8.3 Project Programming ====&lt;br /&gt;
=====136.3.8.8.3.1 Roadway Type Projects=====&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to incurring costs for any survey, design or other work against any federal-aid project, the project must first be programmed and approved. Programming of all projects will be initiated by the LPA by submitting the location (with sketch), [[media:136.3.1 Sept 2017.doc|Fig. 136.3.1,Programming Data Form]] and a scope of engineering services (if available) to MoDOT. LPAs located  in the St. Louis MPO may submit their TIP application in place of the Programming Data Form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be eligible for federal funding, proposed design improvements listed on the Programming Data form must be in accordance with the guidelines and requirements of [[136.7 Design#136.7.2.2 Structures|EPG 136.7.2.2 Structures]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====136.3.8.8.3.2 Non-Infrastructure Projects=====&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to the purchase of any item or  charging any work against any federal-aid project, the project must first be programmed and approved. Programming of all projects will be initiated by the LPA by submitting a copy of the TIP application to MoDOT. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT will notify the LPA when project authorization has been obtained. Any work performed before the federal authorization date will not be eligible for reimbursement. If any work is to be performed by a consultant, it will also be necessary to obtain approval of the contract between the LPA and consultant before this work is eligible. Refer to [[136.5 Non-Infrastructure|EPG 136.5 Non-Infrastructure]] for requirements on projects that do not involve physical construction of transportation facilities. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The LPA must submit [[media:136.5.5.doc|Fig. 136.5.5, LPA Request for Environmental Services - Non-Infrastructure (RER)]] to the MoDOT district contact within 60 days of project authorization for all federal-aid projects. The RER form is  used to determine the NEPA classification for the project and if any further environmental documentation  is required. If the project does not qualify for a categorical exclusion (CE) classification, additional environmental documentation is  required (refer to [[LPA:136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements|EPG 136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements]]). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.3.8.9 Multimodal Programs===&lt;br /&gt;
The MoDOT [http://www.modot.org/Multimodal/index.htm Multimodal Operations] is responsible for supporting alternative transportation programs within the state.  These programs aim to advance the strategic planning and implementation  for aviation, rail, transit, waterways and freight development.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.8.9.1 Aviation====&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT administers federal and state funding for airport maintenance and capital improvements.  Financial assistance is available through state and federal programs.  Visit [https://www.modot.org/aviation-general-information MoDOT Aviation] for additional information about aviation programs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.8.9.2 Freight====&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT’s Freight Enhancement Program is focused on improving and maintaining the high priority freight assets and corridors that are critical to the movement of freight into, out of, and through Missouri.  To learn more, visit [https://www.modot.org/freight-general-information Missouri’s Freight program] online. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.8.9.3 Rail====&lt;br /&gt;
The Railroad Section of the Multimodal Division partners  with Amtrak and works to improve railroad safety.  They oversee  public highway-railroad crossings, and inspection of railroad infrastructure as it relates to track , grade crossing signals and operating practices of each railroad. To learn more about the railroad program at MoDOT, contact [https://www.modot.org/railroads-general-information Multimodal Rail Division].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.8.9.4 Transit====&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT’s Transit Section provides financial and technical assistance to public transit and specialized mobility providers statewide.  There are state and federal funding programs available for transit agencies.  For a full list of funding opportunities, visit [https://www.modot.org/transit-general-information MoDOT’s Transit website].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.8.9.5 Waterways====&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT’s Waterways Section assists authorized cities and counties in forming port authorities to foster local economic development. MoDOT assists in the development of port authorities through the distribution of capital and administrative funding while championing the efficiencies of waterborne transportation to industry and the general public. To learn more, visit [https://www.modot.org/waterways-general-information MoDOT’s Waterways website].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.8.9.6 Bike-Pedestrian====&lt;br /&gt;
The Missouri Highways and Transportation Commission approved the creation of the Bicycle and Pedestrian Advisory Committee in 1998.  The committee members represent constituencies from across Missouri, including various divisions and districts of MoDOT, other state agencies, Metropolitan Planning Organizations (MPO), local governments and bicycle and pedestrian advocacy groups.  There are numerous funding opportunities through Surface Transportation Block Grant (STBG) for bike and pedestrian accommodations either as independent projects or as part of a larger traditional roadway improvement.  See [[#136.3.8.1 Highway Bridge Program (HBP)|EPG 136.3.8.1 Highway Bridge Program]] for additional information about funding opportunities. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.3.8.10 Scenic Byways===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.8.10.1 Background and Funding====&lt;br /&gt;
The National Scenic Byways Program was created by the Intermodal Surface Transportation Efficiency Act of 1991 (ISTEA). Funds were distributed to states based on competitive applications. Scenic Byways funds were available for projects on routes designated as state scenic byways. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MAP-21 established a new program to provide for a variety of alternative transportation projects, including many that were previously eligible activities under separately funded programs. The Transportation Alternatives Program includes the pre-MAP-21 programs of Transportation Enhancements, Recreational Trails, Safe Routes to School and Scenic Byways.  The FAST Act signed in 2015 consolidated TAP into Surface Transportation Block Grant. (See [[#136.3.8.1 Highway Bridge Program (HBP)|EPG 136.3.8.1 Highway Bridge Program]]).  Scenic Byways may still qualify under TAP (See the latest funding application for eligible funding opportunities.) .  &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.8.10.2 Project Eligibility and Selection====&lt;br /&gt;
Typical project activities include, but are not limited to, safety improvements; construction of facilities for use of pedestrians and bicyclists, such as rest areas, turnouts, overlooks and interpretive facilities; access improvements to recreational areas; protection of historical and cultural resources; tourist information and marketing plans. For additional information on the Scenic Byway program, please visit https://www.modot.org/scenic-byways. Table 136.3.8.8.2 lists the approved Missouri Scenic Byways. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin: auto; text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &#039;&#039;&#039;Table 136.3.8.10.2 Approved Missouri Scenic Byways&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=&amp;quot;400&amp;quot; | Name of Scenic Byway&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot;| Cliff Drive]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot;| Crowley&#039;s Ridge Parkway]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot;| Historic Route 66 Byway]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot;| Little Dixie Highway of the Great River Road]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot;| Old Trails Road]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot;| Ozark Mountain High Road]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot;| Ozark Mountain Parkway]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot;| Sho-Me Santa Fe Trail]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot;| Spirit of Kansas City]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot;| Stars and Stripes Historical/Cultural Byway]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://datazoneapps.modot.mo.gov/bi/apps/publicmaps/Home/MapConfig/ODAControlledRoutes &#039;&#039;&#039;Map of Missouri Scenic Byways&#039;&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.8.10.3 Project Programming====&lt;br /&gt;
For information on the programming of a Scenic Byway project, please visit https://www.modot.org/scenic-byways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.3.8.11 Earmarks/Discretionary (Federal Awards)===&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.8.11.1 Background and Funding====&lt;br /&gt;
The current transportation act includes funding for Earmarks / Discretionary Programs. Some funds are subject to obligation limitation which limits the amount funds available for the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.8.11.2 Project Eligibility and Selection====&lt;br /&gt;
Funding is allocated by project annually via a competitive application process. Additional information can be found at http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/discretionary/. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.8.11.3 Project Programming====&lt;br /&gt;
For information on the programming of an Earmarks / Discretionary project, please contact your [https://www.modot.org/about-lpacontact-us MoDOT district representative].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.3.8.12 Discontinued Programs ===&lt;br /&gt;
The list of programs that follows have been discontinued either by the direction of the Missouri Highways and Transportation Commission or because they are no longer available through the FAST Act Transportation Bill.  Some of these programs have been consolidated into the Surface Transportation Block Grant (STBG).  LPAs who are current recipients of these funds shall follow the guidelines as prescribed when the funds were awarded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.8.12.1 Surface Transportation (STP) Small Urban ====&lt;br /&gt;
On July 7, 2016, the Missouri Highways and Transportation Commission (MHTC) approved the discontinuation of the Small Urban Surface Transportation Program (STP-SU).  The STP-SU program has not been required by a federal transportation bill since 1991.  The MHTC decided to discontinue funding of this program in fiscal year 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last allocation of STP-SU program funds has been allocated in fiscal year 2016.  MoDOT will honor previous project commitments and allow cities three years to use existing balances.  LPAs will have until September 30, 2019 to obligate any remaining balance.  No federal obligations will be allowed after September 30, 2019 including but not limited to change orders, award adjustments or any other project related activities. Reimbursements of expenditures are eligible after September 30, 2019 as long as the funds have been obligated.  Any remaining unobligated balances will be redirected to MoDOT’s STIP after September 30, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The information that follows for STP-SU is applicable for remaining balances through September 30, 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====136.3.8.12.1.1 Background and Funding=====&lt;br /&gt;
The STP-Urban Program has been authorized for all cities with a population of over 5,000 beginning with Fiscal Year 1974 till 2016 when the program was discontinued. The term &amp;quot;urbanized area&amp;quot; means an area so designated by the Bureau of Census having an urban cluster population of 50,000 or more with boundaries to be fixed by responsible state and local officials in cooperation with each other and subject to approval of the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA). Such boundaries shall as a minimum encompass the entire corporate limits of the urban area. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Federal funds are available to finance up to 80% of eligible project costs. It will be necessary for the LPA to provide the necessary matching funds. Federal funds from other federal agencies cannot be used to match STP-Urban funds, except as defined in [[#136.3.11 Other Federal Funding Used as Match|EPG 136.3.11 Other Federal Funding Used as Match]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The funds will be administered according to the following: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:A share of the STP-Urban funds is allocated to cities. These funds are referred to as &amp;quot;non-attributable funds&amp;quot;. The Missouri Highways and Transportation Commission approves the amount of STP-Urban funds allocated to this program. These funds will be available to the various recipients on a first-ready, first-served basis with the amount available to any city being up to the total amount estimated to receive during the current Transportation bill, provided statewide balances permit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====136.3.8.12.1.2 Project Eligibility and Selection=====&lt;br /&gt;
For projects involving roadway improvements to be eligible for selection under the STP-Urban program, the route must be functionally classified as an urban collector, rural major collector, arterial or expressway. Bridges meeting the eligibility requirements discussed below are not restricted to these routes and may be located on any public road. However, if the bridge is located on a route not on the federal-aid system, federal funding for roadway improvements will be limited to the attainable touchdown point as discussed for Highway Bridge Program (HBP) funding. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Projects for improvements that utilize STP-Urban Funds are selected by the appropriate LPA officials with the concurrence of MoDOT. LPAs located within an MPO boundary are required to submit their project selection to the MPO. STP-Urban funding should be programmed for projects that  benefit the area within the urban cluster boundary.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Prior to submitting the projects to MoDOT for programming, the LPA should submit a location sketch of the proposed project and ensure the route has the proper [http://www.modot.org/newsandinfo/functionalclassificationmaps/index.htm functional classification]. For cities that are part of a MPO, the project must be on the TIP. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Types of projects may include new construction, reconstruction and upgrading. Projects classified as maintenance are not permitted. Resurfacing of existing streets is generally permissible, both to restore a smooth riding surface or to increase the load carrying capabilities of the street. The design of pavement rehabilitation projects shall provide a performance period of at least five years. Patching, minor pavement repairs, undersealing, etc., are permitted only as a necessary part of restoration for resurfacing. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The following list indicates the categories of bridge improvement projects considered eligible for selection of  STP-Urban funding: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:1. Replacement, rehabilitation addressing all bridge deficiencies, or partial rehabilitation for deficient bridges from MoDOT&#039;s eligible list for HBP funding. &lt;br /&gt;
:2. Seismic Retrofitting as described in [[#136.3.8.1 Highway Bridge Program (BRO &amp;amp; BRM)|EPG 136.3.8.1 Highway Bridge Program (BRO &amp;amp; BRM)]]. Painting structures as described in EPG 136.3.8.1 Highway Bridge Program (BRO &amp;amp; BRM). &lt;br /&gt;
:3. Complete upgrading of traffic safety railing features for a bridge as determined appropriate by the engineer of record and LPA based on the guidelines provided in [[LPA:136.7 Design#136.7.2.2 Structures|EPG 136.7.2.2 Structures]]. Project must address safety of both bridge railing and related approach roadway guardrail features. &lt;br /&gt;
:4. Projects to correct identified operational and/or condition problems with any existing bridge are generally eligible. &lt;br /&gt;
:5. Replacement of existing cross-roadway drainage features not on the bridge inventory with an appropriate replacement structure or bridge (available for routes on the federal-aid system). &lt;br /&gt;
:6. New bridge construction required for construction of new approved corridors of federal-aid system routes. &lt;br /&gt;
:7. Widening of any bridge to accommodate the widening and upgrading of routes on the federal aid system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
STP-Urban funds may be used for the construction of preferential bus lanes, turnouts and loading facilities for buses and fringe and corridor transportation parking facilities. The construction of parking facilities to replace on-street parking is eligible in areas where the improvement of the street would not be possible without removing on-street parking and where insufficient off-street parking exists. Funds may be used to acquire vans for vanpool demonstration projects. However, this is permitted on a loan basis only and the funds must be repaid through user revenues. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The construction of bicycle trails and pedestrian walkways on the highway right of way is eligible for federal participation, either as an integral part of a construction project or as an independent project. For further information, refer to [[:Category:641 Bicycle Facilities|EPG 641 Bicycle Facilities]] and [[:Category:642 Pedestrian Facilities|EPG 642 Pedestrian Facilities]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====136.3.8.12.1.3 Project Programming=====&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to incurring costs for any survey, design or other work against any federal-aid project, the project must first be programmed and approved. Programming of all projects will be initiated by the LPA by submitting the location (with sketch), [[media:136.3.1 Sept 2017.doc|Fig. 136.3.1,Programming Data Form]] and a scope of engineering services (if available) to MoDOT. LPAs located  in the St. Louis MPO may submit their TIP application in place of the Programming Data Form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be eligible for federal funding, proposed design improvements listed on the Programming Data form must be in accordance with the guidelines and requirements of [[136.7 Design#136.7.2.2 Structures|EPG 136.7.2.2 Structures]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.8.12.2 Highway Bridge Program On-System Bridge (BRM)====&lt;br /&gt;
On July 7, 2016, the Missouri Highways and Transportation Commission (MHTC) approved the discontinuation  of the On-system Bridge Program (BRM).  The BRM program is not required under the FAST Act and as a result the MHTC  discontinued funding of this program in fiscal year 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Large Urban Program&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The BRM program funds the replacement or rehabilitation of deficient bridges located on roads functionally classified as urban collectors, rural major collectors and arterials.  The MHTC had allocated monies from the STBG funds annually to the Transportation Management areas of Kansas City, St Louis and Springfield for BRM.  The funds were distributed based on the ratio of replacement cost of the square footage of deficient bridge deck in the TMA to the replacement cost of the square footage of deficient bridge deck in all TMAs of the State.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Small Urban Program&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MHTC had allocated STBG funds annually for urban clusters (small cities) with a population between 5,000 and 200,000.  A statewide competitive process is used to select projects located in small cities. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last allocation of BRM program funds has been allocated for fiscal year 2016.  MoDOT will honor previous project commitments and allow cities three years to use existing balances.  LPAs will have until September 30, 2019 to obligate any remaining balance.  No federal obligations will be allowed after September 30, 2019 including but not limited to change orders, award adjustments or any other project related activities. Reimbursements of expenditures are eligible after September 30, 2019 so long as the funds have been obligated.  Any remaining unobligated balances will be redirected to MoDOT’s STIP after September 30, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
LPAs shall follow [[#136.3.8.1 Highway Bridge Program (BRO &amp;amp; BRM)|EPG 136.3.8.1 Highway Bridge Program (BRO &amp;amp; BRM)]] guidelines when implementing remaining BRM project funds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.8.12.3 Transportation Alternatives Program (TAP)====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====136.3.8.12.3.1 Background and Funding=====&lt;br /&gt;
MAP-21 established a new program to provide for a variety of alternative transportation projects, including many that were previously eligible activities under separately funded programs. The TAP replaces the funding from pre-MAP-21 programs including Transportation Enhancements, Recreational Trails, Safe Routes to School, and Scenic Byways, wrapping them into a single funding source. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transportation alternative activities can be stand-alone projects or can be implemented as part of an on-going transportation project. Up to 80% of a transportation alternatives project can be financed with federal TAP funds. The LPA is required to match the project with at least 20%. Refer to [[#136.3.9 Local Match Guidelines|EPG 136.3.9 Local Match Guidelines]] for local match guidelines for transportation alternatives projects. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TAP has been consolidated under Surface Transportation Block Grant (STBG) under the FAST Act.  Please reference EPG 136.3.8.12.3.2 Project Eligibility and Selection for current transportation alternative guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====136.3.8.12.3.2 Project Eligibility and Selection=====&lt;br /&gt;
Transportation alternatives projects must be projects over and above what is considered routine construction or maintenance. Transportation alternatives funds may be used for the following: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:* Construction, planning and design of on-road and off-road trail facilities for pedestrians, bicyclists and other non-motorized forms of transportation. &lt;br /&gt;
:* Construction, planning and design of infrastructure-related projects and systems that will provide safe routes for non-drivers, including children, older adults and individuals with disabilities to access daily needs. &lt;br /&gt;
:* Conversion and use of abandoned railroad corridors for trails for pedestrians, bicyclists or other non-motorized transportation users. &lt;br /&gt;
:* Construction of turnouts, overlooks and viewing areas. &lt;br /&gt;
:* Community improvement activities, including: &lt;br /&gt;
:::• inventory, control, or removal of outdoor advertising; &lt;br /&gt;
:::• historic preservation and rehabilitation of historic transportation facilities; &lt;br /&gt;
:::• vegetation management practices in transportation rights-of-way to improve roadway safety, prevent against invasive species, and provide erosion control; and &lt;br /&gt;
:::• archaeological activities relating to impacts from implementation of a transportation project eligible under 23 USC. &lt;br /&gt;
:* Any environmental mitigation activity, including pollution prevention and pollution abatement activities and mitigation to: &lt;br /&gt;
:::• address stormwater management, control and water pollution prevention or abatement related to highway construction or due to highway runoff; or &lt;br /&gt;
:::• reduce vehicle-caused wildlife mortality or to restore and maintain connectivity among terrestrial or aquatic habitats. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to defined Transportation Alternatives (as described above), the following projects or activities are eligible: &lt;br /&gt;
:* The recreational trails program. &lt;br /&gt;
:* The safe routes to school program. &lt;br /&gt;
:* Planning, designing or constructing boulevards and other roadways largely in the right-of-way of former Interstate System routes or other divided highways. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Workforce development, training and education activities are also eligible uses of TAP funds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, TAP funds are administered by MoDOT. TAP funds must be obligated for eligible projects submitted by eligible entities (see below) through a competitive process. Funds suballocated to urbanized areas over 200,000 must be on the Metropolitan Planning Organization (MPO) Transportation Improvement Program (TIP). The MPO, through a competitive process, selects the projects in consultation with MoDOT from proposed projects submitted by eligible entities. Funds suballocated to small urban areas and rural areas will be administered by MoDOT. MoDOT, through a competitive process, selects the projects from proposed projects submitted by eligible entities. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eligible project sponsors are defined in [[LPA:136.1 Introduction#136.1.2.2 Project Sponsor Eligibility|EPG 136.1.2.2 Project Sponsor Eligibility]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====136.3.8.12.3.3 Project Programming=====&lt;br /&gt;
For information on the programming of a Transportation Alternatives project please refer to [https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/fastact/factsheets/transportationalternativesfs.cfm Transportation Alternatives Program (TAP) Guidance].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.8.12.4 Transportation Enhancement (TE)====&lt;br /&gt;
=====136.3.8.12.4.1 Background and Funding=====&lt;br /&gt;
The STP-Enhancement Program began in in 1992 with the passage of Intermodal Surface Transportation Efficiency Act (ISTEA) and was continued, with few adjustments, through SAFETEA-LU till 2012.  The TE program offered states different options to enhance their transportation system. All levels of government had the opportunity to plan and develop intermodal transportation systems (various forms of transportation that are integrated and interconnected) tailored to their specific needs. Federal requirements concerning STP Enhancements are quite extensive. For information on the selection and programming of a Transportation Enhancement project, please contact your local MoDOT representative. At least 10% of the Surface Transportation Program funds were allocated towards transportation enhancement activities. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transportation enhancement activities can be stand-alone projects or can be implemented as part of an on-going transportation project. In either case, the project must relate to the intermodal transportation system in terms of function, proximity, or impact. For example, an independent bike path is a functional component of the intermodal transportation system. Removal of outdoor advertising within an individual’s view of a highway is justified in light of its proximity. Retrofitting an existing highway by creating a wetland to filter runoff from the highway would qualify based on the impact of the highway in terms of water pollution. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Up to 80% of a transportation enhancement project can be financed with federal STP funds. The LPA is required to match the project with at least 20%. Refer to [[#136.3.9 Local Match Guidelines|EPG 136.3.9 Local Match Guidelines]] for local match guidelines for enhancement projects. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MAP-21 established a new program to provide for a variety of alternative transportation projects, including many that were previously eligible activities under separately funded programs. The Transportation Alternatives Program (TAP) includes the pre-MAP-21 programs of Transportation Enhancements, Recreational Trails, Safe Routes to School and Scenic Byways. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No new TE funds are being programed.  Any LPA currently working on a TE project shall follow the rules applicable at the time funds were awarded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====136.3.8.12.4.2 Project Eligibility and Selection=====&lt;br /&gt;
Enhancement projects are over and above what is considered routine construction or maintenance. Transportation enhancement funds may be used in the following categories: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:1. Pedestrian and bicycle facilities. &lt;br /&gt;
:2. Pedestrian and bicycle safety and education activities. &lt;br /&gt;
:3. Acquisition of scenic easements and scenic or historic sites including historic battlefields. &lt;br /&gt;
:4. Scenic or historic highway programs including the provision of tourist and welcome center facilities. &lt;br /&gt;
:5. Landscaping and other scenic beautification. &lt;br /&gt;
:6. Historic preservation. &lt;br /&gt;
:7. Rehabilitation and operation of historic transportation buildings, structures, or facilities including historic railroad facilities and canals. &lt;br /&gt;
:8. Preservation of abandoned railroad corridors including the conversion and use thereof for pedestrian or bicycle trails. &lt;br /&gt;
:9. Control and removal of outdoor advertising. &lt;br /&gt;
:10. Archaeological planning and research. &lt;br /&gt;
:11. Mitigation of water pollution due to highway runoff or reduce vehicle-caused wildlife mortality while maintaining habitat connectivity. &lt;br /&gt;
:12. Establishment of transportation museums.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Renovation work utilizing STP Transportation Enhancement funds for bridges on a public road   open to vehicular traffic upon project completion are expected to follow the submittal processes for bridge rehabilitations. For information on the eligibility and selection of a Transportation Enhancement project please contact your local MoDOT representative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.8.12.5 Safe Routes to School (SRTS)====&lt;br /&gt;
=====136.3.8.12.5.1 Background and Funding=====&lt;br /&gt;
The federal-aid Safe Routes to School Program (SRTS) was created by SAFETEA-LU. Funds were distributed to states based on total school enrollment in primary and middle schools (grades K-8). The funds were available for infrastructure and non-infrastructure projects that benefit elementary and middle school children. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MAP-21 established a new program to provide for a variety of alternative transportation projects, including many that were previously eligible activities under separately funded programs. The Transportation Alternatives Program includes the pre-MAP-21 programs of Transportation Enhancements, Recreational Trails, Safe Routes to School and Scenic Byways.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
=====136.3.8.12.5.2 Project Eligibility and Selection=====&lt;br /&gt;
Typical infrastructure project activities include but are not limited to construction or replacement of sidewalks and cross walks or traffic flow modifications. Non-infrastructure projects may be educational activities to teach community members the rules and regulations of biking or walking in or with traffic as well as local law enforcement monitoring around the school. For information on the eligibility and selection of a SRTS project, please contact your local MoDOT representative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====136.3.8.12.5.3 Project Programming=====&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT is not programing designated SRTS funding at this time.  SRTS activities have been consolidated into STBG under the FAST Act. For information on the programming of an SRTS project, please contact your local MoDOT representative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==136.3.9 Local Match Guidelines==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Federally participating projects require LPAs to match costs of the project, generally at the pro rata share established for the program. LPAs can use a variety of funding methods for local match, including cash, donations and soft match. Eligible donations may be applied only to the project on which the donation was made. Donations cannot be used to revise matching shares on unrelated projects. At no time may the federal share of costs exceed the total project costs actually incurred. For right of way or other real property to be eligible as match, it must be or have been acquired within the requirements set forth in the parameters of the Uniform Relocation Assistance and Real Property Acquisition Policies Act of 1970, as amended, (Uniform Act) of the Code of Federal Regulations, regardless of the date of acquisition. Guidelines for determining local match amounts are as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As described in [[#136.3.10 Bridge Soft Match Credit|EPG 136.3.10 Bridge Soft Match Credit]], credit can be received for locally funded bridge replacement or rehabilitation projects. This credit, referred to as soft match credit, may be applied to the LPA’s share of costs on Off-System Bridge Replacement and Rehabilitation Program (BRO) and On-System Bridge Replacement and Rehabilitation Program (BRM) projects. This soft match credit cannot be used as part of the local match for STP Enhancement, STP-Urban, CMAQ or other federal projects. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Donated Services. &#039;&#039;&#039; The fair market value of donated funds, materials or services (i.e., labor) donated from private third parties to the LPA are eligible for credit against match. Third parties may include an individual, company, association, etc., but do not include a federal, state or local government agency. Donations are applied at the pro rata share percent established for the project. Donations must be made after the project is programmed and no later than concurrence in award. In addition, all donated services and materials must meet the eligibility requirements of the project. Donations must be documented and records maintained to show how the values placed on materials and services were derived. Volunteer services must be supported by time sheets, time cards or other records. The value of volunteer time should be consistent with the guidelines published by the nonprofit organization Independent Sector. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fair market value of local government funds, materials, or services performed by local government employees, may be applied to a project. The local government must maintain documentation that is adequate to support the costs being claimed. This documentation should include, but not be limited to vendor invoices, time sheets, time cards or other records. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Right of way property may be donated by a private third party or state or local government agency. Donations from a state or local government agency can only be accepted after June 9, 1998. Donated property is applied at the same pro rata share percent established for the project. The donation must be appraised to determine the fair market value. Donated property must be incorporated into the project and cannot influence the environmental assessment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Credit for donations of funds, materials, services or real property must be approved by MoDOT and FHWA in order to secure funding. Donations made to the project as match must be applied no later than concurrence in award. Once credits toward local match have been established and approved, they cannot be changed. Credits toward local match must be approved prior to the execution of the work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==136.3.10 Bridge Soft Match Credit==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.3.10.1 Background===&lt;br /&gt;
Federal regulations originating in Section 123(e) of the 1987 Surface Transportation and Uniform Relocation Assistance Act (STURAA) provides that agencies (state, county, city, or special road district) may receive soft match credit for the cost of a locally funded bridge replacement or rehabilitation that would count toward the local match on federally funded bridge replacement projects in accordance with [https://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?req=granuleid:USC-prelim-title23-section133&amp;amp;num=0&amp;amp;edition=prelim 23 USC 133f(3)]. The agency must be a legally identified political subdivision of the State of Missouri and maintain a current financial report filing with the Missouri State Auditor’s Office. It is not the intent of the program to give credit for all bridge work that is done by the LPA, but only for the eligible replacement and rehabilitation work which is performed according to the appropriate guidelines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bridge being replaced or rehabilitated for which the agency desires credit must meet the contractual requirements of the LPA and the MoDOT intent of the [[:LPA:136.3_Federal_Aid_Basics#136.3.8.1_Highway_Bridge_Program_(HBP)|Highway Bridge Program (HBP)]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the objectives of the Bridge Soft Match Credit Program is to provide an alternate process for LPAs to remove deficient bridges from the Bridge Inventory. A number of requirements that would apply to projects receiving HBP funding are waived in the Soft Match Credit Program. These exceptions are highlighted in bold print in this article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The federal contract requirements may be waived, but all state and local contract requirements shall still be met. Projects may be constructed by qualified LPA forces, competitive bid, or negotiated bid. (Refer to [[:LPA:136.3_Federal_Aid_Basics#136.3.12_Federal-aid_Participation_for_Local_Work|EPG 136.3.12 Federal-aid Participation for Local Work]] for information regarding work by local forces.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The design drawings shall be prepared under the direction of a registered professional engineer and be signed and sealed by that engineer. By signing and sealing the drawings, the engineer of record will be representing that the MoDOT intent of the HBP has been met in accordance with the criteria set forth in [[:LPA:136.3_Federal_Aid_Basics#136.3.8.1_Highway_Bridge_Program_(HBP)|EPG 136.3.8.1 Highway Bridge Program]]. A registered professional engineer shall direct the construction inspection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.3.10.2 Project Eligibility===&lt;br /&gt;
To be eligible for credit, the bridge that is being submitted must meet all of the requirements listed below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:1. The bridge must have been on MoDOT’s list of [https://www.modot.org/2022-bridge-eligibility-listing-poor-condition structures that were eligible for federal bridge funds] for the year that the bridge was built. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:2. The bridge must be on a route with a [http://www.modot.org/newsandinfo/functionalclassificationmaps/index.htm functional classification] of rural local, urban local or rural minor collector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:3. Submittal of a [[media:Fig_136-3-28.docx|Soft Match Credit Pre-Approval Form (Fig. 136.3.28)]] to the District and notification of approval prior to work commencing.  This form is used to determine structure eligibility and funding source eligibility. Upon receipt of the Soft Match Credit Pre-Approval Form from the LPA, the District will submit this form to [mailto:SMCpreapproval@modot.mo.gov SMCpreapproval@modot.mo.gov] for review.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Projects involving the removal of an existing eligible bridge that is replaced with something other than a new bridge may be eligible for credit. An example of an eligible project meeting this criteria would be the replacement of a bridge over an abandoned railroad with roadway fill. An example of a project that would not be considered eligible would be the replacement of an eligible bridge with a low water crossing. If scenarios other than these two are proposed by an LPA, the district should consult with Bridge Division in the Central Office for assistance in determining eligibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Projects involving the replacement of an existing eligible bridge with a bridge that is less than twenty feet in length are typically eligible for credit. Under this scenario, some of the deliverables required in a normal credit submittal may be waived. The District should consult with Bridge Division in the Central Office to determine what deliverables are needed and to confirm eligibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.3.10.3 Eligible Costs for Bridge Soft Match Credit===&lt;br /&gt;
An agency may receive credit for no more than 80% of the eligible costs. The items that are eligible for receiving credit include preliminary engineering services, surveys, environmental and cultural documentation, subsurface investigations, right of way services, bridge construction, minimal road construction, construction engineering for inspection, and those portions of utility relocation costs for which the county is obligated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following federal funds from other federal agencies may be used on credit projects but only up to a maximum of 20% of the eligible costs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:1. 	Community Development Block Grant Funds if authorized by the Department of Housing and Urban Development &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:2.	 Local Public Works Funds authorized by the Economic Development Administration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any federal funds above this 20% will reduce the costs eligible for credit. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only a minimal amount of approach roadway work may be counted. Eligible limits may include reasonable approach roadway necessary to connect to the existing road and to return the new grade to normal ground. This corresponds to the eligible limits of HBP projects authorized to date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.3.10.4 Final Design===&lt;br /&gt;
On projects for which credit is desired, the engineer of record shall have the responsibility for the selection of the specific design parameters along with verifying that the MoDOT intent of the [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.1 Highway Bridge Program (BRO &amp;amp; BRM)|Highway Bridge Program (HBP)]] is being met as described and given in [[136.1 General|EPG 136.1 General]] and [[136.7 Design#136.7.2.2.5 Preliminary Design|EPG 136.7.2.2.5 Preliminary Design]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The engineer of record is also responsible for providing certification that the following requirements have either been met or are not applicable to the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:1. 	Applicable federal clearances and permits have been obtained as outlined in [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4 Beyond NEPA—Complying with Other Federal and State Environmental Laws and Regulations|EPG 136.6.4 Beyond NEPA—Complying with Other Federal and State Environmental Laws and Regulations]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:2.	 Applicable state clearances and permits have been obtained as outlined in EPG 136.6.4 Beyond NEPA—Complying with Other Federal and State Environmental Laws and Regulations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:3. 	Coordination was done with local utilities when the project involved the disturbance or relocation of utilities. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:4. 	Coordination was done with railroads when the project involved structures over railroads. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:5. 	Coordination was done with local levee and drainage districts when the project involved the disturbance of drainage or flood control structures under the control of these local districts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:6. 	New bridge cannot be scour critical. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The specifications and job special provisions for the project shall also be determined by the engineer based on specific site conditions and guidance given in [[136.7 Design#136.7.2.2 Structures|EPG 136.7.2.2 Structures]].&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
A preconstruction itemized engineer&#039;s cost estimate is required to be retained by the engineer with the project file. This estimate will be based either on the local forces constructing the project or on a contractor constructing the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.3.10.5 Construction Letting===&lt;br /&gt;
The Federal Aid contract requirements of [[136.10 Advertisement for Bid and Project Award|EPG 136.10 Advertisement for Bid and Project Award]] are not required. When the LPA elects to build the project by contractor, then the State and Local requirements for competitive bidding shall be used. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.3.10.6 Construction===&lt;br /&gt;
The federal requirements for construction in [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction|EPG 136.11 Local Public Agency Construction]] may be waived. The construction inspection, testing and sampling shall be done under the direction of a registered professional engineer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.3.10.7 Request for Credit Submittal===&lt;br /&gt;
Requests for Bridge Soft Match Credit on a bridge project are submitted after the bridge has been built and opened to traffic. Submittal at the PS&amp;amp;E stage of the project is not necessary. However, if the engineer of record or the LPA has specific eligibility questions regarding the project that they would like MoDOT to address before construction, then contact MoDOT’s Bridge Division. Specific questions should be provided by the engineer of record or the LPA on their cover letter with the submitted package. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The LPA should send the Bridge Soft Match Credit submittal package to the local district office of MoDOT. This submittal package shall include a cover letter that provides the information and certifications listed in EPG 136.3.10.7.1 as well as the project deliverables listed in EPG 136.3.10.7.2. After this package is reviewed by the district office, it will be submitted along with the additional required information provided by the district office to Bridge Division at the Central Office. The MoDOT files for Bridge Soft Match Credit projects, at a minimum will be required to have the documentation as outlined in the checklist provided in [[media:136.3.4.pdf|Fig. 136.3.4]]. The district can utilize this checklist as a means to verify that all required information has been obtained prior to submittal of the Bridge Soft Match Credit package to Bridge Division. A copy of this checklist should be included with the submittal package to Bridge Division. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.10.7.1 Information/Certifications on LPA Cover Letter==== &lt;br /&gt;
:1. 	The cover letter should indicate the beginning date and the completion date for the construction on the credit project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:2. 	The LPA shall certify that the project is non-controversial. For the purpose of the Bridge Soft Match Credit program, “non-controversial” will be defined as meaning that the project does not have a history of litigation, disputes, negative media reports or any other controversy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:3. 	The LPA shall certify that the project has been built in accordance with the standards applicable to [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.1 Highway Bridge Program (BRO &amp;amp; BRM)|the Highway Bridge Program (HBP)]], except as noted in [[136.10 Advertisement for Bid and Project Award|EPG 136.10 Advertisement for Bid and Project Award]], and that the project was constructed substantially in conformity with the plans and specifications. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:4. 	The LPA or the engineer of record shall provide certification that the costs claimed for the project, provided as a deliverable in EPG 136.3.10.7.2, are the actual costs incurred for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.10.7.2 Deliverables Provided by LPA====&lt;br /&gt;
:1. 	As built plans and specifications (size 11 in. x 17 in.), signed and sealed by the engineer of record and approved by the LPA. Refer to [[136.7 Design#136.7.2.2.6.2 Plan Information|EPG 136.7.2.2.6.2 Plan Information]] for specific requirements. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:2. 	Structural Inventory and Appraisal sheet (SI&amp;amp;A), completed for the project bridge and signed and sealed by the engineer of record. Refer to [[136.7 Design#136.7.2.2.6.3 Structure Inventory and Appraisal Sheet|EPG 136.7.2.2.6.3 Structure Inventory and Appraisal Sheet]] for specific requirements. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:3. 	Load rating calculations including a load rating summary sheet, signed and sealed by the engineer of record. Refer to [[136.7 Design#136.7.2.2.6.4 Load Ratings|EPG 136.7.2.2.6.4 Load Ratings]] for specific requirements. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:4. 	The LPA shall provide documentation of the eligible final costs for the credit project. When the quantities documented for costs do not match the list of quantities as compared to the engineer’s pre-construction itemized cost estimate, the LPA shall submit justification for the changes in the planned quantities. If the existing structure is currently eligible for rehabilitation only and the LPA elects to replace the structure, the amount of eligible federal funding will be limited to that which will not exceed the rehabilitation cost estimate unless appropriate justification is provided by the LPA that a new structure represents the best value. If the rehabilitation cost is at least 68% of the replacement costs, then it can generally be assumed that the new replacement structure will provide a better value than the rehabilitation of the existing structure. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:5.	 Certification from the engineer of record that the applicable requirements as discussed in [[#136.3.10.4 Final Design|EPG 136.3.10.4 Final Design]] have been met. The engineer of record can satisfy this requirement by submitting a letter listing the applicable requirements from EPG 136.3.10.7 and indicating that the appropriate clearances and permits were obtained. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:6.	 Photographs of the as built bridge including, at a minimum, a view of the bridge along the roadway and a profile view of the bridge from the stream. Photographs of the bridge during construction are also encouraged, but are not required as part of the credit submittal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.10.7.3 Information Provided by the District====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The district office will be responsible for providing the additional information needed to complete a Bridge Soft Match Credit submittal. The additional items required are shown below and are completed after the district has been notified by the LPA that construction has been completed on the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:1. 	A final “walk-through” inspection of the bridge has to be completed by someone in the district that has been Team Leader certified for nonstate bridge inspections as designated in [https://epg.modot.org/files/2/2d/Bridgesection_3.pdf EPG 753.3 Inspection and Reporting Aids (Section 3)]. This inspection has to include the items as listed below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::a. 	Assignment of appraisal and condition ratings consistent with the normal inspection practice for nonstate bridges. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::b. 	Verification that the bridge is in &amp;quot;good&amp;quot; condition. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::c. 	Verification that the bridge was constructed in general conformance with the bridge plans, which basically includes verification of the bridge location, bridge type, bridge width, bridge length and the number of members. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:2. 	The inspector must submit a letter or some other appropriate form of documentation to the District person overseeing the credit project indicating that the inspection has been completed and the date that the inspection was completed. This letter should also indicate that the structure was found to be in “good” condition and that the structure was built in general conformance with the plans. A copy of the inspection report should be provided with the letter along with any photographs that were taken. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:3.	 Once all of the information has been received from the LPA and from the bridge inspector, the District should submit the Bridge Soft Match Credit package along with the documentation provided by the inspector to Bridge Division at the Central Office. This submittal package should include a cover letter recommending that credit be approved for this bridge project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.3.10.8 Use of Bridge Soft Match Credit===&lt;br /&gt;
The eligible costs may apply as credit toward the 20% local match required on federal-aid bridge projects. This credit provision does not increase an agency&#039;s allocation of [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.1 Highway Bridge Program (BRO &amp;amp; BRM)|Highway Bridge Program (HBP)]] funds, but will permit usage of funds already allocated to an agency at a rate up to 100%. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any BRO project submitted for programming by an LPA will be set up using soft match credit, if available. As a result, the LPA&#039;s preliminary engineering costs will be eligible for more than 80% federal reimbursement. As the project moves to construction authorization, credit will continue to be applied, as long as it is available. LPAs will not be allowed to have a negative soft match credit balance. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Soft match credit can be used to satisfy the matching requirements for BRM projects, if requested by the LPA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If an LPA does not want to use its soft match credit on a project, it will need to submit a letter to the MoDOT district office indicating this. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Soft match credit can be applied to the construction phase of a bridge project at the time of construction authorization, even if soft match credit was not used for the design phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The federal reimbursable share of design costs cannot be increased by applying additional soft match credit after the preliminary engineering authorization date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An LPA agency may elect to transfer its soft match credit earned under the Bridge Soft Match Credit Program to another LPA. The following guidelines must be followed to transfer credit:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:1. 	A written request must be submitted to the MoDOT district office. The request shall be on the LPA&#039;s letterhead and state the dollar amount that is being transferred and the LPA that will be receiving the transferred funds. This letter must be signed by all of the county commissioners or the appropriate city officials. The MoDOT district office will forward this request to Financial Services at the Central Office for review and approval. See [[media:Fig.136.3.27.pdf|Figure 136.3.27]] for an example of a Soft Match Credit Transfer Request.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:2.	The request must be approved by Financial Services at the Central Office prior to using the soft match credit on a bridge project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A LPA may elect to transfer its soft match credit earned under the Bridge Soft Match Credit Program to another LPA for BRO funds. The following guidelines should be followed to transfer credit for funds: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:1.	Both LPAs must submit written requests to the local MoDOT district office on their LPA&#039;s letterhead &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:2.	and state the dollar amount of BRO funds and soft match credit to be transferred by each LPA. This letter must be signed by all of the county commissioners or the appropriate city officials. The MoDOT district office will forward this request to Financial Services at the Central Office for review and approval. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:3. 	The request must be approved by Financial Services at the Central Office prior to using the soft match credit and BRO funds on a bridge project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:4. 	No transfer can result in an LPA having a negative balance of BRO funds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==136.3.11 Other Federal Funding Used as Match==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Federal funds provided by other federal agencies may be used to match federally funded transportation projects as allowed by each federal agency’s funding requirements. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Listed below is a table showing what other federal funds may be used to satisfy the federal-aid highway matching requirements.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em auto 1em auto&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;background:#BEBEBE&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Federal-to-Federal Matching Opportunities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;background:#BEBEBE&amp;quot; |Source of Federal Funding !! style=&amp;quot;background:#BEBEBE&amp;quot; |Eligible Categories of Highway Projects &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Federal Land Management Agencies, including but not limited to: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;* U.S. Forest Service&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;* Bureau of Indian Affairs &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;* Bureau of Reclamation &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;* Bureau of Land Management &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;* National Park Service &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;* Numerous military agencies&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(authorized at 23 U.S.C. 120(k))||Federal highway projects funded under the following program categories: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;* National Highway Performance Program &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;* Surface Transportation Program &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;* Congestion Mitigation and Air Quality Program &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;* Transportation Alternatives Program &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Federal Lands Highway Program (authorized at 23 U.S.C. 120(1))||Federal highway projects funded under the programs shown above and that serve or provide access to federal or Indian lands, except Scenic Byways &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Federal programs with special legislative authorization to match other federal funds, including funds provided under:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;* State and Local Assistance Act	&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;* 	HUD Community Development Block Grants	&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;* 	Public Works Employment Act of 1976	&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;* 	Delaware and Lehigh Navigation Canal National Heritage Corridor Act of 1988||Any Federal-aid highway project&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) funds are not eligible to be used as match on federally funded transportation projects including the HBP Program. Corps of Engineers funds are eligible for match on federally funded transportation projects. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The LPA must confirm with all the federal funding agencies that the funding provided may be used as match for federally funded transportation projects before the funding will be accepted by MoDOT. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==136.3.12 Federal-aid Participation for Local Work==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.3.12.1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
For some projects, due to their nature, size, or special considerations, it may be desirable for the LPA to use its own resources rather than a contractor or consultant.  The federal requirement for use of local work varies depending on the type of service or work being provided by the LPA.  EPG 136.3.12 includes guidelines and procedures to receive federal-aid reimbursement for the costs related to services or work completed by the LPA. [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/legsregs/directives/orders/50601.htm Additional information on federal aid participation] is available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.3.12.2 Funding Obligation===&lt;br /&gt;
Any participation of federal-aid for local work must be pre-approved.  Any funds spent or work completed prior to obligation of funds, FHWA authorization, will not be reimbursable!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.3.12.3 Federal-aid Participation for In-House Services===&lt;br /&gt;
This article includes guidelines and procedures to receive federal-aid reimbursement for the costs of project-related services performed by LPA staff.  Topics addressed include eligible costs and activities, submittal requirements, and the procedures for requesting, reviewing and authorizing federal funds for such use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.12.3.1 Eligible Costs====&lt;br /&gt;
Federal funds may participate in the direct costs of salaries, wages, and related payroll expenses of LPA employees, but only for those costs incurred when the LPA’s employees are directly engaged in eligible activities.  Related payroll costs include travel, transportation, leave, holidays, social security, retirement and other payroll benefits. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Federal funds may also participate in the associated indirect costs, provided such costs have been allocated to the Federal-aid project in accordance with an approved cost allocation plan that meets the requirements of 2 CFR 225 (previously OMB Circular A-87).  Such cost allocation plans must be independently reviewed and audited on an annual basis.  MoDOT and FHWA may also elect to review the LPA’s cost allocation plan at any time.  If reimbursement of indirect costs is desired, the LPA should contact MoDOT for additional assistance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.12.3.2 Eligible Activities====&lt;br /&gt;
Only project-related activities that directly contribute to the planning, design, development, or implementation of the approved project scope are eligible for Federal participation. These include the following: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Preliminary Engineering – This includes conceptual plans, planning or environmental studies, preliminary design, final design, and all other related design work necessary to advance a project to physical construction. Examples include preparation of surveys, environmental documents, plans, specifications, and estimates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Construction Engineering – This includes supervision and inspection of construction activities; additional staking functions considered necessary for effective control of the construction operations; testing materials incorporated into construction; checking shop drawings; and measurements needed for the preparation of pay estimates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Right of Way Acquisition Services – This includes all work associated with acquisition of property interests needed for the project. Examples include preparation of right of way plats, appraisals for parcel acquisitions, review of appraisals, preparation for and trial of condemnation cases, and furnishing of relocation advisory assistance. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other Services – For projects that do not result in physical construction, this includes activities that are necessary for the development or implementation of the project. Examples include developing or preparing safety programs, feasibility studies, conceptual studies, or other planning documents. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This does not include services of LPA staff that perform general administrative work. For example, attendance at project meetings by managers or other administrative staff not directly involved in the development or implementation of the project would not be eligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that acquisition of right of way shall not begin until after receipt of FHWA Environmental Concurrence (NEPA classification). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.12.3.3 Submittal Requirements====&lt;br /&gt;
An estimate of the in-house services costs must be submitted to MoDOT when requesting Federal-aid participation for in-house services. The following information shall be included in the estimate: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Staff time (hours) for each phase of the work (e.g., survey, design, inspection, etc.). Staff time should be estimated separately for individual employees or classifications of employees. A services documentation form is available in [[media:136.5.1.xls|Fig. 136.5.1]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wage rates for each employee or classification of employee. Include supporting documentation that shows how the wage rates were calculated, including any payroll expenses that are part of the wage rate, such as IPERS, FICA, employee benefits, or other related payroll expenses. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Equipment usage and other design-related costs. Include supporting documentation to show how the estimated costs or cost rates were determined. Examples include: estimated CADD hours and rate, vehicle miles and rate, outside printing costs, etc. A worksheet is available to document equipment usage, [[media:136.5.3.xls|Fig 136.5.3]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cost allocation audit report if indirect costs are included in the estimate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.12.3.4 Procedures====&lt;br /&gt;
The necessary procedures to request, review and approve in-house services costs are summarized below: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The LPA submits a request for Federal-aid participation in in-house services to MoDOT, including a cost estimate and all supporting documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT reviews the cost estimate and completeness of submittal. If the submittal is incomplete, MoDOT works with the LPA to address any concerns. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the LPA’s request is acceptable, MoDOT requests FHWA authorization. It is important to ensure the scope and estimate are complete and accurate since supplements to in-house services are not allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After FHWA authorization is received, MoDOT notifies the LPA and provides the effective date of FHWA authorization. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After performing the in-house services, the LPA will submit periodic requests for reimbursement to MoDOT. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT reviews and processes the requests for reimbursement as appropriate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon completion of the in-house services, the LPA notifies MoDOT and requests final reimbursement for such costs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a final audit is conducted, MoDOT provides a copy of the final audit outcome to the LPA.  If additional reimbursement is due, MoDOT processes the final reimbursement.  If the final audit finds the LPA has been over-reimbursed, MoDOT will invoice the LPA for the appropriate federal share or deduct this amount from the balance of federal reimbursement that is due to the LPA for other project costs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.3.12.4 Federal-aid Participation for Construction by Local Agency Forces===&lt;br /&gt;
This article includes guidelines and procedures to receive federal-aid reimbursement for the costs of construction performed by LPA forces.  Topics addressed include eligible costs and activities, submittal requirements, and the procedures for requesting, reviewing and authorizing federal funds for such use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.12.4.1 Federal Law====&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/retrieveECFR?gp=&amp;amp;SID=2bbb0b16df47b4c313357c831cc4b90a&amp;amp;mc=true&amp;amp;n=pt23.1.635&amp;amp;r=PART&amp;amp;ty=HTML#se23.1.635_1114 23 CFR 635.114(a)] requires Federal-aid projects to be constructed by contracts awarded on the basis of competitive bidding.  However, in rare cases, this requirement may be waived if the LPA fails to receive competitive bids and finds it is more cost effective to use some other method, as provided for in 23 CFR 635, Subpart B.  One such method is the use of LPA forces to perform the construction.  The LPA’s finding of cost effectiveness shall be reviewed and approved by MoDOT and FHWA before construction by LPA forces can proceed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term “cost effective” means the efficient use of labor, equipment, materials, and supplies to assure the lowest overall cost. A “finding of cost effectiveness” must demonstrate two things: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Completing the proposed construction work using LPA forces will be cost effective. (Refer to [https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/retrieveECFR?gp=&amp;amp;SID=2bbb0b16df47b4c313357c831cc4b90a&amp;amp;mc=true&amp;amp;n=pt23.1.635&amp;amp;r=PART&amp;amp;ty=HTML#se23.1.635_1204 23 CFR 635.204].)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* There are special or unique circumstances that justify deviating from the competitive bidding process. (Refer to [https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/retrieveECFR?gp=&amp;amp;SID=2bbb0b16df47b4c313357c831cc4b90a&amp;amp;mc=true&amp;amp;n=pt23.1.635&amp;amp;r=PART&amp;amp;ty=HTML#se23.1.635_1204 23 CFR 635.204].)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.12.4.2 Eligible Costs====&lt;br /&gt;
Subject to the approvals and procedures outlined in EPG 136.3.12.4, federal funds may participate in the direct costs of labor, equipment, materials, or supplies provided by LPA to complete the project construction, either in whole or in part. Labor costs include salaries, wages, and other related payroll expenses, such as leave, holidays, social security, retirement, and other payroll benefits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Federal funds may also participate in the associated indirect costs, provided such costs have been allocated to the federal-aid project in accordance with an approved cost allocation plan that meets the requirements of 2 CFR 225 (previously OMB Circular A-87). Such cost allocation plans must be independently reviewed and approved on annual basis.  MoDOT and FHWA may also elect to review the LPA’s cost allocation plan at any time.  If reimbursement of indirect costs is desired, the LPA should contact MoDOT for additional assistance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.12.4.3 Eligible Activities====&lt;br /&gt;
For a project to be eligible for 100 percent construction by local forces the following criteria must be met: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:* a failed attempt to accomplish the proposed work by competitive bidding due to lack of bids or unreasonable bids; or &lt;br /&gt;
:* a history of failed competitive bidding in the local area on similar work due to lack of bids or unreasonable bids, including reasons why competitive bidding, if attempted, would be unlikely to succeed for the requested work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a region has been determined to have a history of failed competitive bidding, the LPAs that construct federal-aid projects with local forces shall take at least one similar project to letting for every 3&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;rd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; federal-aid project or every two years, whichever comes first to ensure the bidding market has not changed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Construction by local forces will not be allowed on bridges greater than two lanes or having a total length longer than 80 feet. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Partial construction work by local forces is allowed on a limited basis provided the work is not in direct conflict with the contractors operations and the use of LPA forces is cost effective. The submittal requirements for partial work by local forces must follow EPG 136.3.12.4.4 except the requirements for proving a history of failed competitive bidding is not required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.12.4.4 Submittal Requirements====&lt;br /&gt;
To receive federal-aid reimbursement for construction by LPA forces, the LPA must submit the following information to MoDOT to support its finding of cost effectiveness (see [[media:136.3.17 May 2012.doc|Fig. 136.3.17]]): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:An explanation, including supporting documentation, of the reasons or special circumstances that justify using LPA forces in lieu of traditional competitive bidding. Examples of supporting documentation may include things such as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::a failed attempt to accomplish the proposed work by competitive bidding due to lack of bids or unreasonable bids; or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::a history of failed competitive bidding in the local area on similar work due to lack of bids or unreasonable bids, including reasons why competitive bidding, if attempted, would be unlikely to succeed for the requested work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There may be other reasons or situations that justify the use of LPA forces. However, in all cases, they must be unusual and are unlikely to recur. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An explanation of the LPA’s ability to construct the proposed type of work including experience in recent years with its own forces.  This explanation shall demonstrate the LPA is adequately staffed and suitably equipped to undertake and satisfactorily complete the proposed work without adding staff.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An estimate of the construction costs to be performed by LPA forces that includes the following: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:1. Staff time (hours) for each different phase of the work. Staff time should be estimated separately for each employee or classification of employees.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:2. Wage rates for each employee or classification of employee including any payroll expenses that are part of the wage rate, such as IPERS, FICA, employee benefits, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:3. Equipment type, hours of use, and unit costs (such as the rental rate per hour or per mile). Note: If an LPA must acquire or rent substantially more equipment than required for its normal operations, it may be difficult to justify the use of LPA forces. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:4. Costs of materials and supplies to be incorporated in the project. Include sources and suppliers, if known. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:5. Source documentation for the unit costs (labor, equipment, and materials) used to prepare the estimate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:6. A cost estimate of the work that assumes the work will be competitively bid. This estimate is for comparison purposes with the estimate described in item no. 3, above. Source documentation for the unit costs should also be included with this estimate. Unit bid price information for similar work shall not be more than 1 year old and must be from within the same geographic bidding region. LPAs could also use appropriate bidding information for similar projects from adjacent counties that are not more than 1 year old to meet this periodic competitive bidding verification requirement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:7. The amount of federal funds requested.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.12.4.5 Procedures====&lt;br /&gt;
The necessary procedures to request, review and approve Federal participation in construction by LPA forces are summarized below: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to execution of the program agreement, the LPA must submit and receive approval of financial qualifications to perform construction by local forces.  The financial pre-qualification is used to demonstrate the LPA is capable of providing the local match if construction by local forces is not approved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The LPA submits a finding of cost-effectiveness and a request for federal-aid participation in construction by LPA forces to MoDOT, including a cost estimate and all supporting documentation, as described above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT reviews the cost estimate and completeness of submittal.  If the submittal is incomplete or is not acceptable, MoDOT works with the LPA to address any concerns. MoDOT also verifies that Environmental Concurrence has been obtained. If not, MoDOT reminds the LPA that construction work by LPA forces may not proceed until Environmental Concurrence and FHWA Authorization has been obtained. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the LPA’s request is acceptable, and after verifying that Environmental Concurrence has been obtained, MoDOT requests FHWA authorization.  MoDOT’s request shall indicate its concurrence with the LPA’s finding of cost-effectiveness and include all supporting documentation. It is important to ensure the scope and estimate are complete and accurate since change orders to construction by local forces are not allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After FHWA authorization is received, MoDOT notifies the LPA and provides the effective date of FHWA authorization. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After incurring construction costs by LPA forces, the LPA will submit periodic requests for reimbursement to MoDOT. The requests shall document the actual costs incurred, including: staff hours and rates, equipment usage and rates, and costs of materials or supplies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT reviews and processes the requests for reimbursement as appropriate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon completion of construction by LPA forces, the LPA notifies MoDOT and requests final reimbursement for such costs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a final audit is conducted, MoDOT provides a copy of the final audit outcome to the LPA.  If additional reimbursement is due, MoDOT processes the final reimbursement.  If the final audit finds the LPA has been over-reimbursed, MoDOT will invoice the LPA for the appropriate federal share or deduct this amount from the balance of federal reimbursement that is due to the LPA for other project costs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==136.3.13 Agreements==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will be necessary for the LPA to enter into an agreement with the Missouri Highway and Transportation Commission for each project or group of projects. This is a legal instrument necessary in order to pass through federal funds and outlines the responsibilities of the LPA and the Missouri Highway and Transportation Commission. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A multi-party or three-party agreement may be necessary if another unit of government such as a township or special road district is involved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the LPA elects to construct any portion of the project with its own forces, it will be necessary to include a provision in the agreement that requires the LPA to comply with Section II, Equal Opportunity and Section III, Nonsegregated Facilities, as set out in FHWA Form 1273. FHWA Form 1273 will be attached to all project agreements. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;The MoDOT district representative&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The [https://www.modot.org/contact-modot-lpa MoDOT district representative] will initiate preparation of the agreement. The district representative will consult with the LPA to pinpoint the various arrangements and details that will be covered. The agreement will first be presented to the LPA for signature. Once the agreement has been signed by the LPA, the LPA shall submit the signed agreement and any other required documents to MoDOT&#039;s district representative. Projects being constructed by cities must also return 1 copy of an enabling legislation at the time of the execution. After approval and signature by the Missouri Highway and Transportation Commission, a fully executed copy will be returned to the LPA. &lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;padding: 0.3em; margin-right:15px; border:2px solid #a9a9a9; text-align:left; font-size: 95%; background:#f5f5f5&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;570px&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|align=center colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&#039;&#039;&#039;Additional Information for MoDOT Employees&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; align=center|Refer to [[:Category:153 Agreements and Contracts|EPG 153 Agreements and Contracts]] and [[:Category:134 Engineering Professional Services#The district then follows the procedures below|EPG 134.2.4]] for current contracts. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
If a supplemental agreement is necessary, an ordinance may be required if the original ordinance makes references to specific project information such as but not limited to, amount of federal funds, project timeline or the original agreement. Please refer to [[media:136.3.16.doc|Fig. 136.3.16 Sample Ordinance]] for a sample ordinance. The LPA may elect to fill in the areas providing project descriptions in a general project descriptive manner to preclude the passage of another ordinance. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No work is to be initiated on any part of the project until federal funding has been approved (obligated) by FHWA and the LPA has been notified by MoDOT to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==136.3.14 Federal Funding Accountability and Transparency Act (FFATA)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Federal Funding Accountability and Transparency Act (FFATA) was signed on September 26, 2006. The intent is to empower every American with the ability to hold the government accountable for each spending decision. The end result is to reduce wasteful spending in the government. The FFATA legislation requires information on federal awards (federal financial assistance and expenditures) be made available to the public via a single, searchable website. Federal awards include grants, subgrants, loans, awards, cooperative agreements and other forms of financial assistance as well as contracts, subcontracts, purchase orders, task orders, and delivery orders. [https://www.modot.org/federal-funding-accountability-and-transparency-act Additional information regarding FFATA is available].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==136.3.15 Reimbursement and Auditing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT will request from the [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/ Federal Highway Administration (FHWA)] payments for cost of completed work which meets eligibility requirements as set forth by FHWA directives. As a supplement to the specific requirements as outlined elsewhere in EPG 136 Local Public Agency (LPA) Policy, the following audit requirements shall be applied by the LPA to ensure full participation:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
:1.	Authorization and federal funding must be approved prior to incurring costs. This applies to all types of work, such as preliminary engineering or right of way. Preliminary engineering costs may be incurred only up to the construction contract award stage. Specific MoDOT concurrence in the awarding of any contract must be obtained before a notice to proceed is issued. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:2.	All costs incurred by the LPA for both contract work and work performed by LPA personnel for whom reimbursement is sought must be supported by original source documents or documentation which provides adequate assurance that the quantities of completed work were determined accurately and on a uniform basis. Whenever the actual cost method of payment is used, reimbursement requests for costs incurred should be substantiated as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::a. Labor costs are supported by the documentation described below in item 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::b. Material and equipment costs are supported by submitting a paid receipt from the vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::c. Machinery rental costs are supported by submitting a paid receipt from the rental vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::d. Rental fees for agency-owned equipment and machinery are supported with hourly documentation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:The rental rates and operating costs shall be based on either the Dataquest (Dunn &amp;amp; Bradstreet) Rental Rate Blue Book or the current Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) public assistance schedule of equipment rates. The blue book is a standard reference for rental rates on all classes of construction equipment. The FEMA equipment rates and the agency developed prepared rates are an acceptable alternative. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:3. 	Project-specific LPA costs (except for administration costs) are allowable to the extent that they are supported by original source documentation. Daily time records supported by a project number must be kept for audit. They shall include the daily breakdown of the employee&#039;s time. The hourly rates must be the rate the employee actually received, plus actual labor additives calculated on a percent of labor basis (Social Security, Workmen&#039;s Compensation, insurance, etc.). The cost of vehicle and other equipment usage may be claimed on an hourly or mileage basis to the extent that the cost can be supported. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:4.	 Incidental costs, arbitrary or otherwise unsupported costs or items not necessary to complete the project will not be reimbursed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:5. 	Additional construction costs due to error on the part of the contractor are not eligible for federal participation. Also, additional inspection costs incurred as a result of contractor error are normally assessed against the contractor and are not eligible for federal reimbursement. The term &amp;quot;contractor&amp;quot; shall also include subcontractors, fabricators, and suppliers working on the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:6.	 A request must be submitted for additional federal funding if the construction change orders for the project exceed the construction contract. Federal funding for change orders is limited to the TIP amount for projects within an MPO, agreement amount for enhancement projects, and programmed amounts for BRM projects. Change orders for projects are limited to the LPA&#039;s federal allocation balance. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:7. 	Additional engineering and/or resulting construction costs due to design errors and omissions, resulting in a re-design, are not eligible for federal participation. Participation in added project costs resulting from re-design or plan changes can only be considered in cases where it can definitely be established that the changes were the result of unforeseen site conditions or other causes that would not reasonably be under the control of the LPA or its engineer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.3.15.1 Final Invoices===&lt;br /&gt;
Two copies of the final invoice should be submitted after all work has been completed and accepted. The final invoice must be marked &amp;quot;Final Invoice&amp;quot; and be accompanied by a detailed itemization of total project costs. The final invoice should be submitted in the same manner as progress payment invoices. For detailed information on the procedures to be followed see [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction|EPG 136.11 Local Public Agency Construction]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.3.15.2 Audit and Final Reimbursement===&lt;br /&gt;
The [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/ FHWA] and MoDOT have the right to audit the LPA&#039;s records at any stage of completion. MoDOT will process invoices by requesting payment from the FHWA. The final invoice will require an audit or review of project records that will be conducted by MoDOT Audits and Investigations or Financial Services staff. Source documentation (timesheets, lodging receipts, etc.), accounting records, and project records (construction diary, etc.) must be retained for three years following the date on which the LPA receives reimbursement of their final invoice from MoDOT. Retention and access requirements&lt;br /&gt;
for records, from [https://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/CFR-2009-title49-vol1/pdf/CFR-2009-title49-vol1-sec18-42.pdf Title 49 CFR 18.42 - Federal Acquisition Regulations System], are available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.3.15.3 OMB Audit===&lt;br /&gt;
If the city/county/grantee expend(s) $1,000,000 or more in a year in federal financial assistance it is required to have an independent annual audit conducted in accordance with 2 CFR Part 200.  A copy of the audit report shall be submitted to MoDOT within the earlier of 30 days after receipt of the auditor&#039;s report(s), or 9 months after the end of the audit period.  Subject to the requirements of 2 CFR Part 200, if the city/county/grantee expend(s) less than $1,000,000 a year, the city/county/grantee may be exempt from auditing requirements for that year but records must be available for review or audit by applicable state and federal authorities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==136.3.16 Key Submittals/Requirements==&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em auto 1em auto&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;background:#BEBEBE&amp;quot; |Task/Submittal!! style=&amp;quot;background:#BEBEBE&amp;quot; |LPA Responsibility	!! style=&amp;quot;background:#BEBEBE&amp;quot; |MoDOT Responsibility!! style=&amp;quot;background:#BEBEBE&amp;quot; |MoDOT Timeframe&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Programming data form / TIP application||	Provide project information||	Verify eligibility||10 working days&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Reasonable Progress||Ensure project development / implementation schedule is being met||Verify project development / implementation schedule is being met||	Ongoing&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Force Account||Justify cost effectiveness and LPA’s ability to perform the task||Review and approve/deny||10 working days&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Work By Local Forces||Justify cost effectiveness and LPA’s ability to perform the task||Review and approve/deny||10 working days&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Donated Services||Document fair market value of donated materials, services and real property||Review and approve/deny||	10 working days&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Request for Bridge Soft Match Credit||Provide submittal package||Review and approve/deny||	10 working days&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Transfer Bridge Soft Match Credit||Request letter signed by all commissioners from transferring county||Review and approve/deny||	10 working days&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Transfer BRO and Bridge Soft Match Credit||Request letters signed by all commissioners from transferring and receiving counties||Review and approve/deny	||10 working days&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Indirect Costs||	Provide cost allocation plan||Review and approve/deny||	20 working days&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Agreement||Execution by LPA governing body||Review and approve/deny for Execution by the commission||20 working days&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|FFATA||Provide federal awards information, Form-1590||Post federal awards information||10 working days&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Reimbursement Request||Provide original source documents for costs incurred to date||	Review and approve/deny||20 working days&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Final Invoice||	Submit within 30 days of final acceptance||	Review and approve/deny||	20 working days&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==136.3.17 Emergency Relief==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.3.17.1 Federal Highway Administration (FHWA)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/programadmin/erelief.cfm Additional information on program guidelines] is available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.17.1.1 Federal Highway Administration – Emergency Relief Program====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Federal Highway Administration’s (FHWA) Emergency Relief (ER) program can help state and local public agencies with reimbursement funds for repairs of damages on Federal-aid eligible roads after a disaster has been declared.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The repair work within the right of way of Federal-aid roads is usually eligible to receive ER funds if the roadway is in an affected county that is included in the Governor’s Proclamation or the Presidential Declaration for each disaster.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decision to seek financial assistance for a disaster event under the FWHA’s ER program rests with MoDOT.  A minimum damage amount statewide has to be met for any disaster to become eligible for ER funds.  Local public agencies with damage to Federal-aid roads should make their application for ER reimbursement through MoDOT.  It is MoDOT’s responsibility to seek ER funding for the repair of Federal-aid highways and roads, regardless of which jurisdiction those roads are located.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FHWA offers an emergency relief program for the repair or reconstruction of federal-aid highways and roads which have suffered serious damage as a result of natural disasters or catastrophic failures from an external cause.  MoDOT administers the program for Missouri.  [https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/programadmin/erelief.cfm Additional information about FHWA&#039;s Emergency Relief Program] is available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:*	[https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/federal-aidessentials/companionresources/96eroverview.pdf Program Overview and Eligibility]&lt;br /&gt;
:*	[http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/reports/erm/er.pdf Emergency Relief Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
:*	[http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/map21/qandas/qaer.cfm Emergency Relief Questions and Answers]&lt;br /&gt;
:*	[https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/modiv/emergency_relief.cfm Missouri Division - FHWA Emergency Relief]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Identify Federal-aid roads using [https://datazoneapps.modot.mo.gov/bi/apps/maps/Home/Index/FedAidRoutes MoDOT’s interactive Federal-aid map].  Zoom in to the jurisdiction’s geographic area.  The Federal-aid roads will be highlighted in color.  The state system federal-aid roads are in blue.  The off-system federal-aid roads, or LPA federal-aid roads, are in green.  Federal-aid roads are based on the functional classification of each roadway, and include interstates, freeways, arterials, major collector and urban collector roads.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Review the following videos for a basic overview of the emergency relief process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:*	[https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/federal-aidessentials/catmod.cfm?id=96 Emergency Relief Program Overview and Eligibility]&lt;br /&gt;
:*	[https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/federal-aidessentials/catmod.cfm?id=97 Initial Steps for Requesting]&lt;br /&gt;
:*	[https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/federal-aidessentials/catmod.cfm?id=98 Steps for Receiving Reimbursement of Emergency Relief Expenses]&lt;br /&gt;
:*	[https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/federal-aidessentials/catmod.cfm?id=99 Emergency Versus Permanent Repairs]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====136.3.17.1.2 FHWA ER Project Procedures====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The FHWA Emergency Relief Program has two parts, emergency repairs and permanent repairs.  Each has its own requirements for when to seek project approval from FHWA, federal share and methods of construction.  Emergency repairs are made during or right after a disaster to restore essential traffic, to minimize the extent of damage, or to protect the remaining facilities.  Repairs that go beyond these three objectives are permanent repairs.  For permanent repairs performed concurrently with emergency repairs, follow the emergency repairs procedures (the federal share is different for emergency and permanent repairs, even those performed at the same location.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Emergency Repairs&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emergency repairs are repairs made during and immediately following a disaster to restore essential traffic, to minimize the extent of damage, or to protect the remaining facilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:1.	The LPA shall photograph damages at all federally eligible sites and determine appropriate repairs for each site.&lt;br /&gt;
:2.	The LPA reports location, types of damage, type of repair (emergency and/or permanent), and estimated repair cost to the MoDOT Area Engineer or district LPA contact, who will, in turn, forward this information to the Emergency Management Liaison in the Maintenance Division.&lt;br /&gt;
:3.	The LPA selects the repair method:  work by local forces (WBLF, which is the same as &amp;quot;force account&amp;quot; in the FHWA ER Manual), or by contract, to perform the emergency repairs as best suited to protect the safety of the traveling public.&lt;br /&gt;
:4.	The LPA completes the emergency repairs.&lt;br /&gt;
:5.	The LPA provides documentation of repair costs incurred by WBLF including such items as:&lt;br /&gt;
::a.	Timesheets&lt;br /&gt;
::b.	Equipment usage reports&lt;br /&gt;
::c.	Invoices&lt;br /&gt;
::d.	Material records&lt;br /&gt;
::e.	Anything that documents the expenses of the work submitted for reimbursement.&lt;br /&gt;
:6.	A Detailed Damage Inspection Report (DDIR) shall be written by the MoDOT Maintenance Division for each eligible damage site.  A site visit may be necessary if the damages exceed a certain dollar amount established by FHWA and MoDOT for each disaster.&lt;br /&gt;
:7.	A Program Agreement will be entered into between MoDOT and the LPA for each site regardless of whether the repairs were emergency or permanent or whether the repairs were made by contract or by force account (WBLF).  &lt;br /&gt;
:8.	Contracts for emergency repairs must incorporate all applicable federal requirements.  As such, FHWA Form 1273 must be included in all contracts pursuant to 23 CFR 633.102.&lt;br /&gt;
:9.	Reimbursement of preliminary engineering (PE) and construction engineering (CE) costs are eligible.  These costs must be documented separately from each other and from construction costs.  Emergency repairs typically require little preliminary engineering such as geotechnical studies, structural analysis or environmental reviews.&lt;br /&gt;
:10.	The Emergency Management Section in the MoDOT Maintenance Division office will include all eligible LPA damage sites and estimates in the Damage Survey Summary Report (DSSR) submitted to FHWA for approval of emergency relief funds.&lt;br /&gt;
:11.	After the DSSR has been approved by FHWA, funds have been allocated and obligated for the disaster, and all the necessary documentation has been provided by the LPA, MoDOT will bill FHWA for the LPA’s force account (WBLF) eligible damage repair costs.&lt;br /&gt;
:12.	The federal share of the emergency repair costs incurred within the first 180 days after the occurrence of the disaster is 100 percent.  For emergency repair costs incurred after 180 days, the federal share is based on the pro-rata share for the functional classification for each road.  For Interstate highways, the federal share is 90 percent.  For all other federal-aid roads, the federal share is 80 percent. &lt;br /&gt;
:13.	The contract reimbursement process will follow the already established method for LPA contracts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Permanent Repairs&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Permanent repairs are repairs undertaken to restore the highway or road to its preexisting condition.  They usually occur after the emergency repairs have been completed.  Permanent repairs must be made through the competitively bid contract process unless the LPA adequately demonstrates that some other method, such as by force account (WBLF), is more cost effective. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:1.	The LPA shall photograph damages at all federally eligible sites and determine appropriate repairs for each site.&lt;br /&gt;
:2.	The LPA reports location, types of damage, type of repair (emergency and/or permanent), and estimated repair cost to the MoDOT Area Engineer or district LPA contact, who will, in turn, forward this information to the Emergency Management Liaison in the Maintenance Division.&lt;br /&gt;
:3.	Permanent repairs must be made through the competitively bid contract process unless the LPA adequately demonstrates that some other method, such as by force account (WBLF), is more cost effective.&lt;br /&gt;
:4.	The DDIR must be completed and approved by FHWA before the permanent repairs are started.  &lt;br /&gt;
:5.	Permanent repairs must receive FHWA authorization prior to the start of the work unless FHWA determines it is more economical or practical to perform such work with the emergency repairs.  &lt;br /&gt;
:6.	Contracts for permanent repair work must incorporate all applicable federal requirements.  As such, FHWA Form 1273 must be included in all contracts pursuant to 23 CFR 633.102.&lt;br /&gt;
:7.	A Program Agreement will be entered into between MoDOT and the LPA for each site regardless of whether the repairs were emergency or permanent or whether the repairs were made by contract or by force account (WBLF).  &lt;br /&gt;
:8.	Reimbursement of preliminary engineering (PE) and construction engineering (CE) costs are eligible.  These costs must be preapproved by MoDOT through the normal LPA contracting process.  These costs must be documented separately from each other and from construction costs.&lt;br /&gt;
:9.	The federal share for the permanent repairs of federal-aid roads is based on the pro-rata share for the functional classification of each road.  For Interstate highways, the federal share is 90 percent.  For all other federal-aid roads, the federal share is 80 percent.&lt;br /&gt;
:10.	The reimbursement process will follow the already established method for LPA contracts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.3.17.2 Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.fema.gov/ Additional information on program guidelines] is available. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====FEMA Public Assistance Grant Program====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Federal Emergency Management Agency’s (FEMA) Public Assistance (PA) grant program provides reimbursement assistance to state, tribal, territorial, and local public agencies for debris removal, life-saving emergency protective measures, and the repair, replacement or restoration of disaster-damaged publicly owned facilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Minor collectors and local roads are not included in the federal-aid category.  These are the non-federal aid roads which are eligible for public assistance grants from FEMA following disasters.  For each event, FEMA application procedures for state and local governments are explained at a series of federal/state applicant briefings in the affected areas by recovery officials, usually from the State Emergency Management Agency (SEMA).  FEMA directly administrates its public assistance grant program and they work directly with the LPAs in determining damage estimates and reimbursement amounts on the non-federal aid system.  Additional information about FEMA&#039;s Public Assistance is available:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:*	[https://www.fema.gov/public-assistance-local-state-tribal-and-non-profit Public Assistance:  Local, State, Tribal and Private Non-Profit]&lt;br /&gt;
:*	[https://www.fema.gov/public-assistance-policy-and-guidance Public Assistance:  Policy and Guidance]&lt;br /&gt;
:*	[https://www.fema.gov/sites/default/files/documents/fema_pa_pappg-v5.0_012025.pdf Public Assistance Program and Policy Guide].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact MoDOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::Chris Engelbrecht, Emergency Management Liaison &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::Missouri Department of Transportation &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::P.O. Box 270 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::Jefferson City, MO 65102 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::christopher.engelbrecht@modot.mo.gov &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::(573) 526-4842 office &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::Ashley Buechter, Assistant State Design Engineer – LPA&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::Design Division&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::Missouri Department of Transportation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::P.O. Box 270&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::Jefferson City, MO  65102&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::ashley.buechter@modot.mo.gov&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::(573) 526-6997 office&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===136.3.17.3 State Emergency Management Agency (SEMA)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://sema.dps.mo.gov/ Additional information on program guidelines] is available.  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:136 Local Public Agency (LPA) Policy|136.03]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:753_Bridge_Inspection_Rating&amp;diff=59492</id>
		<title>Category:753 Bridge Inspection Rating</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:753_Bridge_Inspection_Rating&amp;diff=59492"/>
		<updated>2026-09-29T18:23:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: removed adobe reader link. no longer needed.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;margin-left:15px; font-size: 90%; border:1px solid #a2a9b1; text-align:left; background:#f8f9fa; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;;&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;475px&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;Load Rating Summary Tables&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;Locally Owned Detailed Summary Tables&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;LFD&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/Detailed_Locally_Owned_LFD_Load_Rating_Summary_Sheet_Culvert.xlsx Detailed Locally Owned LFD Load Rating Summary Sheet - Culvert]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/Detailed_Locally_Owned_LFD_Load_Rating_Summary_Sheet_FloorSystem.xlsx Detailed Locally Owned LFD Load Rating Summary Sheet - FloorSystem]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/Detailed_Locally_Owned_LFD_Load_Rating_Summary_Sheet_Multibeam.xlsx Detailed Locally Owned LFD Load Rating Summary Sheet - Multibeam]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/Detailed_Locally_Owned_LFD_Load_Rating_Summary_Sheet_Slab.xlsx Detailed Locally Owned LFD Load Rating Summary Sheet - Slab]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/Detailed_Locally_Owned_LFD_Load_Rating_Summary_Sheet_ThruGirder.xlsx Detailed Locally Owned LFD Load Rating Summary Sheet - ThruGirder]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/Detailed_Locally_Owned_LFD_Load_Rating_Summary_Sheet_Truss.xlsx Detailed Locally Owned LFD Load Rating Summary Sheet - Truss]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;LRFR&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/Detailed_Locally_Owned_LRFR_Load_Rating_Summary_Sheet_Culvert.xlsx Detailed Locally Owned LRFR Load Rating Summary Sheet - Culvert]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/Detailed_Locally_Owned_LRFR_Load_Rating_Summary_Sheet_FloorSystem.xlsx Detailed Locally Owned LRFR Load Rating Summary Sheet - FloorSystem]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/Detailed_Locally_Owned_LRFR_Load_Rating_Summary_Sheet_Multibeam.xlsx Detailed Locally Owned LRFR Load Rating Summary Sheet - Multibeam]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/Detailed_Locally_Owned_LRFR_Load_Rating_Summary_Sheet_Slab.xlsx Detailed Locally Owned LRFR Load Rating Summary Sheet - Slab]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/Detailed_Locally_Owned_LRFR_Load_Rating_Summary_Sheet_ThruGirder.xlsx Detailed Locally Owned LRFR Load Rating Summary Sheet - ThruGirder]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/Detailed_Locally_Owned_LRFR_Load_Rating_Summary_Sheet_Truss.xlsx Detailed Locally Owned LRFR Load Rating Summary Sheet - Truss]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;State Owned Detailed Summary Tables&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;LFD&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/Detailed_State_Owned_LFD_Load_Rating_Summary_Sheet_Culvert.xlsx Detailed State Owned LFD Load Rating Summary Sheet - Culvert]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/Detailed_State_Owned_LFD_Load_Rating_Summary_Sheet_FloorSystem.xlsx Detailed State Owned LFD Load Rating Summary Sheet - FloorSystem]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/Detailed_State_Owned_LFD_Load_Rating_Summary_Sheet_Multibeam.xlsx Detailed State Owned LFD Load Rating Summary Sheet - Multibeam]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/Detailed_State_Owned_LFD_Load_Rating_Summary_Sheet_Slab.xlsx Detailed State Owned LFD Load Rating Summary Sheet - Slab]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/Detailed_State_Owned_LFD_Load_Rating_Summary_Sheet_ThruGirder.xlsx Detailed State Owned LFD Load Rating Summary Sheet - ThruGirder]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/Detailed_State_Owned_LFD_Load_Rating_Summary_Sheet_Truss.xlsx Detailed State Owned LFD Load Rating Summary Sheet - Truss]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;LRFR&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/Detailed_State_Owned_LRFR_Load_Rating_Summary_Sheet_Culvert.xlsx Detailed State Owned LRFR Load Rating Summary Sheet - Culvert]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/Detailed_State_Owned_LRFR_Load_Rating_Summary_Sheet_FloorSystem.xlsx Detailed State Owned LRFR Load Rating Summary Sheet - FloorSystem]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/Detailed_State_Owned_LRFR_Load_Rating_Summary_Sheet_Multibeam.xlsx Detailed State Owned LRFR Load Rating Summary Sheet - Multibeam]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/Detailed_State_Owned_LRFR_Load_Rating_Summary_Sheet_Slab.xlsx Detailed State Owned LRFR Load Rating Summary Sheet - Slab]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/Detailed_State_Owned_LRFR_Load_Rating_Summary_Sheet_ThruGirder.xlsx Detailed State Owned LRFR Load Rating Summary Sheet - ThruGirder]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/Detailed_State_Owned_LRFR_Load_Rating_Summary_Sheet_Truss.xlsx Detailed State Owned LRFR Load Rating Summary Sheet - Truss]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;Simplified Summary Table for AASHTOWare Bridge Rating&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/Simple_Load_Rating_Summary_Sheet_for_BrR_Files.xlsx Simple Load Rating Summary Sheet for BrR Files]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;Truck Listing&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/Truck_Listing_Non_AASHTOWare_Bridge_Rating_Models.pdf Truck Listing Non AASHTOWare Bridge Rating Models]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Bridge Inspection Rating guidance shall be used by MoDOT&#039;s internal staff, as well as consultants, contractors, local agencies and may be used by other department of transportation agencies as a reference. The guidance was developed to ensure uniformity in the inventory and appraisal of all bridges within the state of Missouri. It defines the general guidelines and processes of MoDOT&#039;s Non-State Bridge Inspection program along with giving specific load rating procedures for bridges in Missouri. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case of conflict or apparent error the user should advise the State Bridge Office in Jefferson City.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &#039;&#039;&#039;Bridge Inspection Rating Guidance&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[media:Bridgetableofcontents.pdf|Table of Contents]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/EPG_753.1.pdf EPG 753.1 (Section 1)] || Bridge Inspection Rating Manual - NBI Organization and Responsibilities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[media:Bridgesection 3.pdf|EPG 753.3 (Section 3)]] || align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot;|Inspection and Reporting Aids &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/EPG_753.4.pdf EPG 753.4 (Section 4)] || Bridge Inspection Rating Manual - Inspection Policy&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/EPG_753.8.pdf EPG 753.8 (Section 8)] || Bridge Inspection Rating Manual - Inspection Program Quality Measures  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/EPG_753.15.pdf EPG 753.15 (Section 15)] || Bridge Inspection Rating Manual - Load Rating Policy   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/EPG_753.20.pdf EPG 753.20 (Section 20)] || Bridge Inspection Rating Manual - Tunnel Inspection Requirements in Missouri&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/1995_FHWA_NBI_Coding.pdf 1995 FHWA NBI Coding Guide]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have any questions or comments regarding this guidance please email the Bridge Management Engineer at [mailto:BRINV@modot.mo.gov BRINV@modot.mo.gov].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;font-size: 90%; border:1px solid #a2a9b1; text-align:left; background:#f8f9fa; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;;&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;460px&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;Forms&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/State_FAR_Form_EPG_753.4.4.docx Bridge Inspection Finding That Requires Follow-up Action(FAR) Form]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/Nonstate_CIF_Form_EPG_753.4.3.docx Nonstate System Structure Inspections Critical Inspection Finding Form]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/PIN_Form_EPG_753.4.5.docx Posting Issue Notification Form]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/SIA_Fillable_Form_EPG_753.xlsx SIA Form SNBI Format]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/BR/State_CIF_Form_EPG_753.4.3.docx State System Structure Inspections Critical Inspection Finding Form]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.14_National_Environmental_Policy_Act_(NEPA)_Classification_and_Documents&amp;diff=59491</id>
		<title>127.14 National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) Classification and Documents</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.14_National_Environmental_Policy_Act_(NEPA)_Classification_and_Documents&amp;diff=59491"/>
		<updated>2026-09-29T18:19:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: updated broken links&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float: right; margin-top: 5px; margin-left: 15px; margin-bottom: 15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;__TOC__&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;margin-left:15px; margin-top: 5px; border:1px solid #a9a9a9; background:#f8f9fa&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;375px&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Figures&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/ENV/Environmental_Partnering_Agreement.pdf FHWA/MoDOT Environmental Partnering Agreement]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [http://epg.modot.org/files/c/cd/127.14_NEPA_Flow_chart.pdf NEPA Process Flow Chart] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [[#Documentation Timeline|NEPA Process &amp;quot;Documentation Timeline&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Forms&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/ENV/CE2_Template.docx Categorical Exclusion Form(CE2)]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==127.14.1 Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
The National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) requires consideration of the human and natural environment in decisions made for any project that uses federal funding, has a federal nexus or requires federal permits. [https://environment.transportation.org/focus-areas/environmental-process/ Click here] for more information about the NEPA process. To fulfill NEPA requirements, MoDOT must assess the impacts of the project on the human and natural environment to document the decision making process while aiding in the selection of a preferred alternative. Pursuant to MoDOT’s values and tangible result of using resources wisely, MoDOT’s Design Division&#039;s Environmental and Historic Preservation staff review every project and coordinate as appropriate with the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) to determine the appropriate environmental classification of NEPA documentation for a project as soon as the scope and location are determined. MoDOT and FHWA have a programmatic agreement regarding the processing of actions classified as categorical exclusions for Federal-Aid projects (referred to as PCE agreement).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic NEPA classifications are: &lt;br /&gt;
* Categorical Exclusion (CE) – has no significant impact on the human and natural environment. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environmental Assessment (EA) – determines the need for an EIS if environmental impacts are uncertain or finds that there is no significant impact on the human and natural environment. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) – detailed documentation where the action is likely to cause significant impacts or significant impacts are known (23 CFR 771.115) on the environment and results in a record of decision.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The environmental classification is based on the scope of the project (including the programming information provided in the [[121.3 The Statewide Transportation Improvement Program (STIP)|Statewide Transportation Improvement Program (STIP)]]), the assessment of the anticipated social and environmental impacts of the project, and possible impacts provided by the district and the environmental and historic preservation staff. The extent of the NEPA analysis required for a particular project depends on the expected magnitude of the impacts from that project. The significance of a project is assessed on a case-by-case basis, based on its context and intensity. The context of a project involves analyzing “society as a whole, the affected region, the affected interests, and the locality.” Intensity refers to the severity or degree of a project’s impact. For example, the severity of a project can become greater if there are cumulative impacts, which is the incremental impact of the action, to include past, present, and future developments. In some cases, several minor projects can collectively be significant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Logical termini and independent utility are also evaluated for projects that may be located in close proximity.  Independent utility is determined if a project can be constructed absent of the construction of other projects in the project area.  Logical termini are rational endpoints for both a transportation improvement and a review of the environmental impacts of a sufficient length to address matters on a broad scope.  A project manager initiates the NEPA classification process by preparing and submitting a Request for Environmental Services [[127.1 Request for Environmental Services|(RES)]] to the Design Division’s Environmental and Historic Preservation Section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==127.14.2 Laws, Regulations, and Guidance==&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://ceq.doe.gov/ The National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA)] of 1969 (as amended)&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/hep/23cfr771.htm 23CFR771] and [http://ecfr.gpoaccess.gov/cgi/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&amp;amp;sid=a96de2690cf3875679b05a5d60e02010&amp;amp;rgn=div5&amp;amp;view=text&amp;amp;node=23:1.0.1.8.42&amp;amp;idno=23 &#039;&#039;Environmental Impact and Related Procedures; Final Rule&#039;&#039;] contains the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) regulations for complying with NEPA.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.environment.fhwa.dot.gov/projdev/impTA6640.asp &#039;&#039;Guidance for Preparing and Processing Environmental and Section 4(f) Documents&#039;&#039;], FHWA Technical Advisory &lt;br /&gt;
* Also see [[:Category:127 MoDOT and the Environment|MoDOT and the Environment]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT must comply with numerous environmental laws and regulations when planning, designing, constructing, and maintaining transportation projects. As the “umbrella” for that compliance, NEPA requires interpreting and administering, the policies, regulations, and laws of the federal government in accordance with its environmental protection goals. While the NEPA document is intended to address compliance or to establish a plan for compliance for federal and state laws and regulations, additional compliance issues will likely remain post-NEPA. However, the synchronization of environmental reviews and authorizations is preferred, as it is known to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of project delivery.  MoDOT must be able to provide FHWA reasonable assurance that those outstanding compliance issues will be resolved. In many instances, compliance is not fully attained until mitigation plans have been approved and executed. For example, MoDOT may still need to obtain a floodplain development permit.  If all environmental clearances are not obtained by FHWA authorization, a conditional statement must be provided to FHWA regarding when the clearance will be obtained.  The conditional statement must also commit to a result if the clearance is not obtained.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other articles on [[127.3 Community Impact Assessment|community impact assessment]], [[127.7 Threatened and Endangered Species (T&amp;amp;E)|threatened and endangered species]], [[127.4 Wetlands and Streams|wetlands, streams and water quality]], [[127.16 Wetland and Stream Mitigation|wetland and stream mitigation]], [[127.9 Floodplain Management and the Regulatory Floodway|floodplain management and the regulatory floodway]], [[127.11 Farmland Conversion|farmland]], [[127.8 Hazardous and Solid Waste|hazardous and solid waste]], [[127.13 Noise|noise]], [[127.12 Air Quality|air quality]], [[127.21 Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) Flood Buyout Properties|Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) buyout properties]], [[127.2 Historic Preservation and Cultural Resources|Historic Preservation and Cultural Resources]] and [[127.10 Section 4(f) Public Lands|Section 4(f) public lands]] describe various processes and reference the laws and regulations pertaining to the subject of the article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==127.14.3 Process==&lt;br /&gt;
Design environmental and historic preservation staff oversee in-house and consultant prepared environmental documentation. Project managers and other district staff are closely involved in the preparation and review of documents. Environmental documentation must meet the requirements of FHWA and other regulatory agencies, while providing the public with a record of the deliberative process for identifying project alternatives and impacts. The environmental document addresses comments made by other agencies and the public. Environmental and historic preservation staff review the document before it leaves MoDOT to ensure it meets FHWA regulations. The documents and procedures also must comply with MoDOT and the Missouri Highways and Transportation Commission (MHTC) requirements. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Assurance of federal funding is contingent upon MoDOT not proceeding with detailed design (beyond preliminary plans) on any project until the NEPA process is concluded, resulting in a CE, Finding of No Significant Impact (FONSI), or Record of Decision (ROD). The MHTC must approve a location, which occurs after FHWA approves a ROD or FONSI, respectively, before detailed design proceeds on EIS or EA projects. NEPA approval cannot be granted until planning requirements are met, which is the next phase to be programmed in the STIP and TIP (if in an MPO area) and the whole project must be in the long range plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The FHWA may require CEs or EAs to be elevated to a higher NEPA documentation level, if it is determined that the project scope, level of controversy over environmental data, or degree of impacts requires such elevation. Reclassification as an EA or EIS will require substantially more time for project development and ultimate [[:Category:126 Location Study and Alternatives Analysis|location approval]]. The NEPA class can also be down-graded, if justified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NEPA documents have a limited shelf life. When a NEPA document needs to be updated, MoDOT’s Design Division&#039;s Environmental staff conducts a reevaluation and prepares documentation. For PCEs, the reevaluation is outlined in MoDOT and FHWA’s programmatic agreement for PCEs and must still be documented. Factors that can create the need to reevaluate a NEPA document include the age of the document, whether the project is active or inactive, noteworthy changes in the scope, impacts, or circumstances when advancing to the next major federal approval, and/or location of the project (including those that arise from value engineering proposals), before requests for funding authorizations from FHWA, and changes in environmental laws or regulations. In most cases, the reevaluation is submitted to the FHWA for review and approval, however, for PCEs, MoDOT and FHWA follow the Programmatic Agreement to document [[127.15 Reevaluation of National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) Documents|reevaluations]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, it is important to identify (during environmental reviews) and also incorporate (during design and construction) any commitments and/or mitigation measures for the project.  These are typically identified collectively in the NEPA document.  If commitments are not carried out, federal funding can be jeopardized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===127.14.3.1 Categorical Exclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
For actions that will not individually or cumulatively have significant social, economic, or environmental impacts, certain categories of projects are excluded from the need to prepare a formal NEPA document (EIS or EA).  However, this does not exclude the need to demonstrate compliance with all other environmental laws and regulations.  Hence, they still need Section 106 clearance, Threatened &amp;amp; Endangered Species concurrence, etc. reviews and coordination regardless of the NEPA class (including regardless of PCEs or CE2s).  Additionally, any actions which normally would be classified as a CE but could involve unusual circumstances may require additional studies to determine if CE is the appropriate class.  These unusual circumstances could include significant impacts, controversy, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT processes CEs in two ways: as a programmatic CE (PCE) or a documented CE (CE2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;Programmatic CE (PCE)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| FHWA and MoDOT executed a [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/ENV/PCE_agreement.pdf programmatic agreement (PCE Agreement) in 2026] that allows MoDOT environmental staff to approve certain types of projects as PCEs. The amount of new right of way and/or easements combined must be less than five acres for the project to qualify as a programmatic PCE.  There is a list of thresholds within the agreement that cannot be exceeded.  If a project exceeds one of the thresholds, a documented Categorical Exclusion (CE2) must be approved by the Missouri Federal Highway Administration Division Administrator or the representative of the Missouri Federal Highway Administration Division Administrator. Definitions related to thresholds in the PCE agreement can be found in [[#127.14.5 NEPA Glossary|EPG 127.14.5 NEPA Glossary]]. There are 39 types of eligible projects included within the agreement that are categorically excluded from the formal documentation requirements of NEPA per CFR 771.  The programmatic agreement allows FHWA to use a risk-based approach to monitor and evaluate MoDOT’s environmental project files to ensure compliance with the programmatic agreement. Quarterly, MoDOT sends FHWA a list of projects that were determined to meet the criteria for PCEs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Process and Timeframes&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A PCE approval is given after environmental and historic preservation staff review the RES submitted by the district and all clearance are complete except for unusual circumstances. In most cases, the PCE can be approved between Preliminary Plans stage and Right of Way stage.  At the discretion of the Environmental Compliance Manager, project-specific coordination with FHWA may be conducted to determine if a project fits under the programmatic agreement.  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;CE2&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| For actions that will not individually or cumulatively involve significant social, economic, or environmental impacts, and do not meet the criteria for a PCE, environmental staff prepare a CE2 describing the proposed action, impacts that will result from the action, mitigation measures that will be used to compensate for expected impacts, and commitments that are carried through the design and construction. The district will provide project specific information such as job number, route, county, project termini and length, project description, current and future annual average daily traffic (AADT), right-of-way needs and displacements, and a location. FHWA may approve the CE2, request more information, or indicate that an EA or EIS needs to be prepared. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Process and Timeframes&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The environmental staff typically prepare CE2 documentation, but a consultant may occasionally prepare and submit the documentation to MoDOT for review before it is forwarded to FHWA. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After preparation of the CE2 FHWA has 4 weeks to approve or request more information.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===127.14.3.2 Environmental Assessment===&lt;br /&gt;
An EA is prepared when there is uncertainty about the significance of a project’s impacts. The district should submit an RES at least two (2) years before detailed design is expected to begin. At the very least, the [[127.1 Request for Environmental Services|(RES)]] should be submitted early enough during project development to ensure that NEPA compliance can be achieved before the preliminary plans approval stage. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The districts’ primary responsibility for creating an in-house environmental document is to prepare and submit a [[:Category:126 Location Study and Alternatives Analysis|Location Study]], which consists of the Purpose and Need and an Alternative Analysis, to the Design Division to be incorporated into the EA. For a consultant prepared EA, the district oversees the selection of the consultant and preparation of the scope of work.   The environmental and historic preservation staff will assist in this process. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first step in completing the EA is to develop a schedule of process milestones.  An interdisciplinary team should be assembled that includes MoDOT environmental/historic preservation, district, and central office staff, and FHWA.  This team meets several times throughout the EA process to make decisions and ensure project milestones are met.  These milestones include key components of the document’s structure.  The structure of the document will include the following items:&lt;br /&gt;
* Cover Page – Includes the title of the document, DOT Job Number(s), Federal Aid Number, Cooperating and Lead agency (ies), and Date.&lt;br /&gt;
* Title Page – Includes MoDOT and FHWA approval signatures.&lt;br /&gt;
* Purpose and Need – The reason the action is being proposed and what is expected to be achieved. &lt;br /&gt;
* Reasonable Alternatives – Consideration of a reasonable range of alternatives that can accomplish the purpose and need.&lt;br /&gt;
* Environmental Impacts and Consequences – Describes the environment of the area and the direct, indirect, and cumulative effects of the alternatives under consideration.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Direct effects&#039;&#039;&#039; are caused by the action and occur at the same time and place.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Indirect effects&#039;&#039;&#039; are caused by the action and are later in time or farther removed in distance, but are still reasonably foreseeable.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Cumulative effects&#039;&#039;&#039; result from the incremental impact of the action when added to other past, present, and reasonably foreseeable future actions regardless of the agency (Federal or non-Federal) or person undertaking other such actions. &lt;br /&gt;
* A list of all Environmental Commitments&lt;br /&gt;
* Public and Agency Involvement-Documents public meetings, agency correspondence, and comments received and how they were addressed. &lt;br /&gt;
* Appendices-Supporting materials that provide more information and substantiate conclusions on issues discussed in the document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The EA must examine all topics required by FHWA regulations and guidance but should discuss in detail only those areas where there is potential for a significant impact. If a significant impact is identified at any time during the preparation of an EA, an EIS must be prepared.  Some projects may have mitigated or reduced significant impacts to a level where they are no longer considered significant and therefore, do not require an EIS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT and FHWA as lead agencies will prepare a public and agency coordination plan.  The coordination plan should outline (1) how the lead agencies have divided the responsibilities for compliance with the various aspects of the environmental review process, such as the issuance of invitations to participating agencies, and (2) how the lead agencies will provide the opportunities for input from the public and other agencies, in accordance with applicable laws, regulations, and policies. The plan also should identify coordination points, such as:&lt;br /&gt;
* Scoping activities.&lt;br /&gt;
* Development of purpose and need.&lt;br /&gt;
* Identification of the range of alternatives.&lt;br /&gt;
* Collaboration on methodologies.&lt;br /&gt;
* Identification of the preferred alternative and the level of design detail.&lt;br /&gt;
* Completion of the EA.&lt;br /&gt;
* Completion of the Finding of No Significant Impact (FONSI).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the coordination plan may establish a schedule of regular meetings and may identify which persons, organizations, or agencies should be included for each coordination point. The plan may set timeframes for input by those persons, organizations, and agencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coordination begins via an interagency scoping process with interested regulatory agencies and others to present the scope of the project. This scoping process assists in determining if aspects of the proposed action have potential for social, economic, and/or environmental impact and identify other environmental review and consultation requirements that will be performed concurrently with the EA.  A record is kept of all contacts with agencies and the public, as the EA must summarize the results of both agency consultation and &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[:Category:129 Public Involvement|public involvement]], including substantive comments received and how those comments were or will be addressed&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;.  NEPA requires FHWA to invite federal agencies with jurisdiction by law or with special expertise relative to specific resource impacts associated with a proposed project or project alternative, such as the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (COE) and the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS), to become cooperating agencies. The cooperating agency(ies) are indicated on the EA’s cover page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT also works with FHWA during the NEPA process to initiate consultation with federally recognized American Indian tribes determined to have an interest in the project area. FHWA conducts consultation on a government-to-government basis, determines which tribes are to be contacted (as recommended by MoDOT), and sends the letters. MoDOT or its consultant does not contact the tribes, but prepares a draft letter for FHWA’s use. The consultation informs the tribes of the project, asks whether they have any specific concerns, and inquires whether they want to continue to consult on the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A [http://epg.modot.org/index.php/Category:129_Public_Involvement#129.1_Prelocation_Study_Meetings pre-location meeting] is held prior to NEPA document preparation for all projects classified as EAs (see [[:Category:129 Public Involvement|EPG 129 Public Involvement]]). MoDOT, or a consultant, will then prepare a preliminary EA (pEA), i.e., an EA that has not yet been through initial internal and FHWA review. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;A pEA requires the following work items: &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Develop the purpose and need and alternatives analysis taken from the Location Study. All alternatives considered, including those discarded, must be depicted graphically. &lt;br /&gt;
* Evaluate all proposed alternatives equally to determine which are reasonable and meets purpose and need; the EA must include at least one build alternative and the no-build alternative. Additionally, it must be documented why alternatives are discarded or dismissed. In the event the preferred alternative is not selected, the reasonable alternatives can be further evaluated and considered for the selected alternative.  &lt;br /&gt;
* Identify the preferred alternative. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;The reasonable alternatives must evaluate the following resources for direct, indirect, and cumulative impacts:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.2_Historic_Preservation_and_Cultural_Resources Historic Preservation and Cultural Resources] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.10_Section_4%28f%29_Public_Lands Section 4(f) Public Lands] (publically owned parks, recreation areas, and wildlife and waterfowl refuges)&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.10_Section_4%28f%29_Public_Lands#127.10.2.1.1_Section_4.28f.29_Properties Section 4(f)] Historic Sites &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.10_Section_4%28f%29_Public_Lands#127.10.1.4__Section_6.28f.29_Laws_and_Regulations Section 6(f) Parklands]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.4_Wetlands_and_Streams Wetlands and Streams] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.7_Threatened_and_Endangered_Species_%28T%26E%29 Threatened and Endangered Species (T&amp;amp;E)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.11_Farmland_Conversion Farmland Conversion]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.13_Noise Noise] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.8_Hazardous_and_Solid_Waste Hazardous and Solid Waste] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.12_Air_Quality Air Quality] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.9_Floodplain_Management_and_the_Regulatory_Floodway Floodplain Management and Regulatory Floodway]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.21_Federal_Emergency_Management_Agency_%28FEMA%29_Buyout_Properties Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) Buyout Properties]&lt;br /&gt;
* Socioeconomics and Environmental Justice &lt;br /&gt;
: - traffic/access&lt;br /&gt;
: - acquisitions/relocations&lt;br /&gt;
: - public involvement&lt;br /&gt;
: - demographics&lt;br /&gt;
: - community facilities&lt;br /&gt;
* Water Quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Land Use/Zoning&lt;br /&gt;
* Construction Impacts&lt;br /&gt;
* and others as appropriate for each project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pEA is circulated within MoDOT to be reviewed by the liaison engineer, environmental and historic preservation staff, potentially bridge, and district personnel for content, readability, and logical decisions. Central office environmental staff or consultant reviews all comments and prepares a revised pEA. The revised pEA must include a draft Section 4(f) evaluation if applicable. MoDOT environmental staff then sends the pEA to the FHWA and cooperating agencies for review and comment. This document is not to be distributed to anyone outside of MoDOT except formal cooperating agencies identified as such on the pEA cover page  Should FHWA determine after reviewing the documentation the project will have significant impacts, the classification of an EA is no longer appropriate and an Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) must be prepared.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After all comments on the pEA have been addressed, the EA is ready for MoDOT senior management’s approval and signature. Central office environmental staff assists the district in scheduling and preparing a project briefing for the Chief and Assistant Chief Engineers, State Design Engineer, and Design Liaison Engineer. If management is in agreement with the conclusions in the document and commitments, the document is signed by the Chief or Assistant Chief Engineer. After MoDOT has signed the EA, it is submitted to FHWA for signature.  Once FHWA signs the EA, the district holds a location public hearing (see [[:Category:129 Public Involvement|EPG 129 Public Involvement]]) and prepares the [[129.6_Public_Hearing#129.6.3_Transcripts transcript]] for submittal to the Design Division.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Public notice of the EA’s availability for public inspection and where it may be obtained or reviewed is included in the advertisement of the location public hearing in accordance with MoDOT’s Public Involvement Plan (EPG 129 Public Involvement). District staff should work with MoDOT’s Environmental and Historic Preservation Section and FHWA in development of the public hearing materials.  It is important to avoid predecisional language in any of those materials. The approved EA is made available for review and photocopying at the district office and must also be available for public review at the hearing. MoDOT must also send notice of the availability of the EA, briefly describing the action and its impacts, to affected units of federal, state, and local government as well as to Missouri Federal Assistance Clearinghouse, the state intergovernmental review contact established under Executive Order 12372. To satisfy federal regulation regarding availability of the EA and timeframe for submitting comments, MoDOT must publish the notice of public hearing and EA availability a minimum of 21 calendar days prior to the date of the hearing and the notice should also include a statement that written comments will be accepted until a date 10 days after the hearing unless FHWA determines, for good cause, that a different period is warranted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The EA process results in either a FONSI, or a determination the action is likely to result in significant impacts, and therefore an EIS must be prepared.  According to our Public Involvement Plan, MoDOT will make the document available 15 days prior to the hearing, and publish a notice of availability.  The document is available for comment 30 days after the notice of availability. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the 30-day public comment period has ended and all comments from the public and other agencies have been collected, a cover letter and the FONSI are prepared. The FONSI must satisfactorily address all substantive comments on the EA gathered during the 30-day comment period, including those from other agencies, the general public, and as a result of the [[129.6_Public_Hearing|location public hearing]]. To ensure this, the location public hearing transcript must have been previously submitted to the Design Division (see [[:Category:129 Public Involvement|EPG 129 Public Involvement]]) and also to FHWA for review. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The FONSI must describe any changes to the EA-designated preferred alternative and document any additional impact analyses performed for the final, selected alternative. The FONSI must also document compliance with all applicable environmental laws and Executive Orders or provide reasonable assurance that their requirements can be met and briefly present why the action does not have a significant impact. If the proposed project will adversely impact any NRHP-eligible sites or historical structures, a Memorandum of Agreement (MOA) or a Programmatic Agreement (PA) executed by the Missouri Department of Natural Resources-State Historic Preservation Officer (MDNR-SHPO), FHWA, Advisory Council on Historic Preservation (ACHP), and MoDOT must accompany the FONSI (See [[127.2 Historic Preservation and Cultural Resources|EPG 127.2 Historic Preservation and Cultural Resources]]). The MOA or PA will identify mitigation or activities to be completed prior to project construction. If the project will impact prehistoric sites known or likely to contain human remains, the MOA will also be provided to appropriate American Indian tribes with cultural interest in the region for review and comment. Accompanying documentation must also include the Final Section 4(f) Evaluation, when required, for any impacted historic structures and/or for parklands, wildlife refuges, or other public lands affected. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the FONSI is completed a cover letter, supporting documentation, an MOA execution, if necessary, and any additional environmental impact analyses including a list of all commitments for design and construction, is incorporated into the FONSI prior to submittal to FHWA for approval. If the Selected Alternative differs from the EA-designated preferred alternative, the FONSI must also be submitted to cooperating agencies for their review and comment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FHWA will review the FONSI, accompanying documentation, and any public hearing comments and other comments received regarding the EA. If it is determined there are no significant impacts associated with the project, the FONSI will be signed and the MHTC can then approve the location of the project. MoDOT must send a notice of availability of the FONSI to affected units of federal, state, and local government and the document is made available upon request by the public. Notice is also sent to Missouri Federal Assistance Clearinghouse, the state intergovernmental review contact established under Executive Order 12372. Once the MHTC has approved the location, MoDOT can begin detailed design of the project. A [http://epg.modot.org/files/c/cd/127.14_NEPA_Flow_chart.pdf flow chart] showing this process in detail is available. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:127.14.3.2.jpg|center|800px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Timeframes &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT’s Environmental staff or a consultant can prepare an EA. The project schedule should allow approximately 2 years for obtaining a FONSI. Details of the EA process requirements are shown on the NEPA Document Timeline flowchart.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===127.14.3.3 Environmental Impact Statement===&lt;br /&gt;
An EIS is required for projects that have significant social, economic, and environmental impacts. It includes procedures to minimize harm and details mitigation measures and environmental commitments. For an EIS the district should submit an [[127.1 Request for Environmental Services|RES]] at least three (3) years before detailed design is expected to begin. At the very least, the RES should be submitted early during project development to ensure that NEPA compliance can be achieved before the preliminary plans approval stage.  Executive Order 13807 implemented &#039;&#039;&#039;One Federal Decision&#039;&#039;&#039;, an MOU, between certain Federal agencies, including FHWA, establishing a process and timeline for processing environmental review and authorization decisions for proposed major infrastructure projects.  For more details on the framework established, see [[https://www.environment.fhwa.dot.gov/legislation/implementation.aspx NEPA Implementation]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The districts’ primary responsibility for creating an in-house environmental document is to prepare and submit a [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:126_Location_Study_and_Alternatives_Analysis Location Study], which consists of the Purpose and Need and an Alternatives Analysis, to the Design Division to be incorporated into the EIS. For a consultant prepared EIS, the district oversees the selection of the consultant and preparation of the scope of work.  The environmental and historic preservation staff will assist in this process. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first step in completing the EIS is to develop a schedule of process milestones.  An interdisciplinary team should be assembled that includes MoDOT environmental/historic preservation, district, central office staff, and FHWA.  This team meets several times throughout the EIS process to make decisions and ensure project milestones are met.  These milestones include key components of the document’s structure.  The structure of the document will include the following items:&lt;br /&gt;
* Cover Page – Includes the title of the document, DOT Job Number(s), Federal Aid Number, Cooperating and Lead agency(ies), and Date.&lt;br /&gt;
* Title Page – Includes MoDOT and FHWA approval signatures.&lt;br /&gt;
* Purpose and Need – The reason the action is being proposed and what is expected to be achieved. &lt;br /&gt;
* Reasonable Alternatives – Consideration of a reasonable range of alternatives that can accomplish the purpose and need.&lt;br /&gt;
* Environmental Impacts and Consequences – Describes the environment of the area and the direct, indirect, and cumulative effects of the alternatives under consideration. &#039;&#039;&#039;Direct effects&#039;&#039;&#039; are caused by the action and occur at the same time and place. &#039;&#039;&#039;Indirect effects&#039;&#039;&#039; are caused by the action and are later in time or farther removed in distance, but are still reasonably foreseeable.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Cumulative effects&#039;&#039;&#039; result from the incremental impact of the action when added to other past, present, and reasonably foreseeable future actions regardless of the agency (Federal or non-Federal) or person undertaking other such actions. &lt;br /&gt;
* A list of all environmental commitments&lt;br /&gt;
* Public and Agency Involvement – Documents public meetings, agency correspondence, and comments received and how they are being addressed. &lt;br /&gt;
* Appendices – Supporting materials that provide more information and substantiate conclusions on issues discussed in the document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT and FHWA as lead agencies will prepare a public and agency coordination plan.  The coordination plan should outline: 1) how the lead agencies have divided the responsibilities for compliance with the various aspects of the environmental review process, such as the issuance of invitations to participating agencies, and 2) how the lead agencies will provide the opportunities for input from the public and other agencies, in accordance with applicable laws, regulations, and policies. The plan also should identify coordination points, such as:&lt;br /&gt;
* Notice of intent publication and scoping activities.&lt;br /&gt;
* Development of purpose and need.&lt;br /&gt;
* Identification of the range of alternatives.&lt;br /&gt;
* Collaboration on methodologies.&lt;br /&gt;
* Completion of the DEIS.&lt;br /&gt;
* Identification of the preferred alternative and the level of design detail.&lt;br /&gt;
* Completion of the final environmental impact statement (FEIS).&lt;br /&gt;
* Completion of the ROD or combined ROD/FEIS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the coordination plan may establish a schedule of regular meetings and may identify which persons, organizations, or agencies should be included for each coordination point. The plan may set timeframes for input by those persons, organizations, and agencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coordination begins via an interagency scoping process with interested regulatory agencies and others to present the scope of the project.  The scoping process assists in determining if aspects of the proposed action have potential for social, economic, and/or environmental impact and identify other environmental review and consultation requirements that will be performed concurrently with the EIS. NEPA requires FHWA to invite federal agencies with jurisdiction by law or with special expertise relative to specific resource impacts associated with a proposed project or project alternative, such as the COE and the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS), to become cooperating agencies. These agencies may be asked to develop information and prepare environmental analysis including portions of the EIS.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cooperating agency(ies) are indicated on the EIS’s cover page. The lead agency may also invite federal, state, tribal, regional, and local government agencies that may have an interest in the project to be participating agencies.  These agencies have the opportunity to comment on the purpose and need and range of alternatives for the project.  MoDOT collaborates with FHWA in deciding which agencies should be invited to participate as either cooperating or participating agencies or both.  A record is kept of all contacts with agencies and the public, as the EIS must summarize the results of both agency consultation and public involvement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT also works with FHWA to initiate consultation with federally recognized American Indian tribes determined to have an interest in the project area. FHWA conducts consultation on a government-to-government basis, and MoDOt recommends to FHWA which tribes are to be contacted, and sending the letters; MoDOT or its consultant does not contact the tribes but prepares a draft letter for FHWA to send to the tribes. The consultation letter informs the tribes of the project, asks whether they have any specific concerns, and inquires whether they want to continue to consult on the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A [http://epg.modot.org/index.php/Category:129_Public_Involvement#129.1_Prelocation_Study_Meetings prelocation meeting] is held prior to NEPA document preparation for all projects classified as EISs (see [[:Category:129 Public Involvement|EPG 129 Public Involvement]]).  It is important that MoDOT Enviornmental and FHWA work with the district to develop public meeting material in order to avoid any predecisional language.  [https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/hep/guidance/section6002/index.cfm SAFETEA-LU] specifically requires agency and public involvement in the development of the purpose and need for a project and in the determination of the range of alternatives to be considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT, or a consultant, will then prepare a preliminary Draft EIS (pDEIS) that requires the following work items: &lt;br /&gt;
* Develop the purpose and need and alternatives analysis taken from the [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:126_Location_Study_and_Alternatives_Analysis Location Study]. All alternatives considered, including those discarded, must be depicted graphically&lt;br /&gt;
* Evaluate all proposed alternatives equally to determine which are reasonable.  Through evaluation of the reasonable alternatives and public and agency input, a preferred alternative is identified.  In the event the preferred alternative is not selected, the reasonable alternatives can be further analyzed and considered for the selected alternative. SAFETEA-LU provisions allow MoDOT and FHWA to decide whether to develop the preferred alternative to a higher level of design detail for mitigation purposes or to facilitate compliance with other laws.  FHWA’s &#039;&#039;SAFETEA-LU ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW PROCESS FINAL GUIDANCE&#039;&#039;, Publication L 109-59, November 15, 2006, addresses the timing and information needed to make that decision.  The lead agencies must agree on the preferred alternative before proceeding beyond preliminary design of the alternative.  MoDOT and FHWA can consider on a case-by-case basis whether such higher level of detail is warranted.  &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;The reasonable alternatives must evaluate the following resources:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.2_Historic_Preservation_and_Cultural_Resources Historic Preservation and Cultural Resources] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.10_Section_4%28f%29_Public_Lands Section 4(f) Public Lands] (publically owned parks, recreation areas, and wildlife and waterfowl refuges)&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.10_Section_4%28f%29_Public_Lands#127.10.2.1.1_Section_4.28f.29_Properties Section 4(f) Historic Sites] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.10_Section_4%28f%29_Public_Lands#127.10.1.4__Section_6.28f.29_Laws_and_Regulations Section 6(f) Parklands]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.4_Wetlands_and_Streams Wetlands and Streams] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.7_Threatened_and_Endangered_Species_%28T%26E%29 Threatened and Endangered Species (T&amp;amp;E)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.11_Farmland_Conversion Farmland Conversion]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.13_Noise Noise] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.8_Hazardous_and_Solid_Waste Hazardous and Solid Waste] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.12_Air_Quality Air Quality] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.9_Floodplain_Management_and_the_Regulatory_Floodway Floodplain Management and Regulatory Floodway]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.21_Federal_Emergency_Management_Agency_%28FEMA%29_Buyout_Properties Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) Buyout Properties]&lt;br /&gt;
* Socioeconomics and Environmental Justice &lt;br /&gt;
: - traffic/access&lt;br /&gt;
: - acquisitions/relocations&lt;br /&gt;
: - public involvement&lt;br /&gt;
: - demographics&lt;br /&gt;
: - community facilities&lt;br /&gt;
* Water Quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Land Use/Zoning&lt;br /&gt;
* Construction Impacts&lt;br /&gt;
* and others as appropriate for each project.&lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
The pDEIS is circulated within MoDOT for review by central office design staff and district personnel. Central office environmental staff reviews all comments and a revised pDEIS is prepared. MoDOT senior management must be briefed on the project and the pDEIS.  Central office environmental staff or a consultant can assist the district in scheduling and preparing for the project briefing. MoDOT environmental staff then sends the pDEIS to FHWA and cooperating agencies for review and comment. This document is not to be distributed to anyone outside of MoDOT except formal cooperating agencies identified on the pDEIS cover sheet. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the FHWA and cooperating agency(ies) comments on the pDEIS have been addressed, the DEIS is ready for FHWA’s final review. Once the DEIS is signed by FHWA, it is circulated to federal and state agencies, local entities, elected officials, and others as appropriate for their review and comment. The district also provides copies of the approved DEIS for public viewing and copying in the district office and other public repositories such as libraries and city offices. Upon circulation of the approved DEIS to the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), the EPA publishes a Notice of Availability (NOA) in the Federal Register. That publication initiates a 45-day comment period. During this period the district holds a location public hearing after 21 days of notice, (see [[:Category:129 Public Involvement|EPG 129 Public Involvement]]), and prepares the [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:129_Public_Involvement#129.11.3_Transcripts transcript] for submittal to the Design Division. The transcript must be available for review by the Design Division and FHWA prior to preparation of the preliminary Final EIS (pFEIS) so that substantive comments can be addressed in the pFEIS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the 45-day comment period has ended and all comments from the public and other agencies have been collected, a pFEIS is prepared. The following items of work must be completed as part of the pFEIS: &lt;br /&gt;
* Discuss all substantive comments received on the DEIS during the 45-day comment period, including those from other agencies, the general public, and as a result of the [[129.6_Public_Hearing location public hearing and responses thereto]], must be satisfactorily addressed. &lt;br /&gt;
* Summarize public involvement.&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe any mitigation measures that are to be incorporated into the proposed action.&lt;br /&gt;
* A preferred alternative must be declared and evaluate all reasonable alternatives considered. &lt;br /&gt;
* Document compliance, to the extent possible, with all applicable environmental laws and Executive Orders or provide reasonable assurance that their requirements can be met.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When these work items and internal review are completed, MoDOT circulates the pFEIS to FHWA and cooperating agencies for review and comment. Once comments are received, the pFEIS is revised and MoDOT submits the Final Environmental Impact Statement (FEIS) to FHWA for legal sufficiency review and approval. Once approved, EPA publishes a Notice of Availability (NOA) in the Federal Register initiating a 30-day comment period for the public, agencies, and tribes.  The FEIS shall be transmitted to any persons, organizations, or agencies that made substantive comments on the draft EIS or requested a copy, no later than the time the document is filed with EPA.  MoDOT will also publish a notice of availability in local newspapers and make the final EIS available at appropriate Administration offices and institutions such as local government offices, libraries, and schools, as appropriate (23 cfr 771.125(g)).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Substantive comments on the FEIS are addressed in a Record of Decision (ROD). The ROD also discusses the reasonable alternatives that were considered for the project, identifies the selected alternative, and discusses why this alternative was selected. The ROD discusses commitments made in the document, including the measures that have been adopted to minimize harm, such as mitigation plans, and details any monitoring and enforcement program, if applicable. Once comments are satisfactorily addressed, the ROD is presented to FHWA for approval. After FHWA signs the ROD, the Missouri Highway Transportation Commission (MHTC) can approve the location of the project and detailed design can begin.  The process is shown on the following [http://epg.modot.org/files/c/cd/127.14_NEPA_Flow_chart.pdf flow chart].   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:127.14.3.2.jpg|center|800px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Combining the FEIS and ROD&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Section 1319(b) of MAP 21 directs DOTs, to the maximum extent practicable, to expeditiously develop a single document that consists of an FEIS and ROD, unless certain conditions exist. Traditionally, and in accordance with the CEQ Regulations (40 CFR 1506.10(b)(2)), FEIS and ROD documents are issued as separate documents with a minimum 30-day period between the FEIS and ROD. The FEIS and ROD should be combined unless:&lt;br /&gt;
# The FEIS makes substantial changes to the proposed action that are relevant to environmental or safety concerns; or&lt;br /&gt;
# There are significant new circumstances or information relevant to environmental concerns and that bear on the proposed action or the impacts of the proposed action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This provision is applicable to all DOT proposed actions, including combination of a [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.15_Reevaluation_of_National_Environmental_Policy_Act_%28NEPA%29_Documents Supplemental EIS] and ROD. The applicable requirements for both an FEIS and ROD must be met for issuance of a combined FEIS/ROD document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In using a combined FEIS/ROD, it will be important to consider possible effects on the timing of required coordination under other laws and the need for any additional documentation. For example, having a separate FEIS may facilitate meeting requirements under other laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the interagency coordination process, MoDOT should notify cooperating agencies as early as possible that they are considering combining the FEIS and ROD, thereby providing agencies the opportunity to express their views about the use of a combined FEIS and ROD for the specific proposed action. This will assist MoDOT/FHWA in making a determination whether combining the FEIS/ROD is practicable or whether it is appropriate to issue the documents separately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===127.14.3.4 Legal Sufficiency Review===&lt;br /&gt;
Although the Missouri division office of the FHWA conducts the general review of NEPA documents and Section 4(f) Evaluations, regulation requires a legal sufficiency review by FHWA Headquarters Office of Chief Counsel. FHWA regional office staff attorneys generally complete this review on their behalf. FHWA guidance on improving the quality of [http://environment.fhwa.dot.gov/strmlng/newsletters/sep06nl.asp environmental documents] describes the purpose of the FHWA legal sufficiency review as “to ensure that the lead agency&#039;s process and evaluations comply with applicable laws, regulations and executive orders, and could be sustained in Federal court if legally challenged.” FHWA Missouri division may conduct the NEPA document and Section 4(f) evaluation review concurrently with the legal sufficiency review based upon their comfort with the quality of the document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===127.14.3.5 FHWA/MoDOT Environmental Partnering Agreement===&lt;br /&gt;
The FHWA and MoDOT executed a [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/ENV/Environmental_Partnering_Agreement.pdf FHWA/MoDOT Environmental Partnering Agreement partnering agreement] establishing FHWA review times for specific NEPA document types, ground rules, conflict resolution, and performance evaluations. MoDOT district staff must ensure that project schedules developed internally and by consultants will accommodate specified document review times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===127.14.3.6 Projects Involving New or Revised Interstate Access===&lt;br /&gt;
A change in access to the Interstate System requires approval from FHWA, regardless of whether federal funds are used. This is accomplished by preparation of an Access Justification Report (AJR). Approval of the AJR cannot precede the completion of NEPA. Once NEPA has been completed, approval of the access change is granted as long as there are no changes to the location or design of the accepted concept. Further details on the requirements for preparation and submittal of an AJR can be found in [[234.1 Access to Interstate Highways|EPG 234.1 Access to Interstate Highways]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===127.14.3.7 Early and Advanced Acquisition of Right of Way===&lt;br /&gt;
In extraordinary cases or emergency situations, consideration may be given to acquisition of hardship or protective purchase of parcels within the limits of a proposed project prior to completion of the appropriate environmental document.  The [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/23cfr710501_cropped.pdf FHWA requirements table] outlines the different types of processes and requirements for Early Acquisition (EA) or Advanced Acquisition (AA). &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
EA alternatives #1, #2, and #4 are mostly commonly used.  Both AA alternatives are used.  When the district determines that EA #4 or AA #1 or #2 is needed, a separate ROW RES shall be submitted for the parcel being acquired.  The parcel must be clearly identified in the request for a NEPA decision.  This decision is independent from the project NEPA decision and may require commitments of clearances and permits to be obtained for the project before there are any impacts to the property being acquired. See [[127.2 Historic Preservation and Cultural Resources#127.2.11 Early Acquisition of Right-of-Way and Disposal of Uneconomic Remnants|EPG 127.2.11 Early Acquisition of Right of Way and Disposal of Uneconomic Remnants]] for the process regarding Section 106 and [[236.3 Administration#236.3.4.4 Early and Advance Acquisition|EPG 236.3.4.4 Early and Advance Acquisition]] for the right of way acquisition process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For EA alternatives #1 and #2, a 4(f) screening is needed. This can be accomplished by contacting Design&#039;s Environmental Section and documented via email or through the EA ROW RES for that parcel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==127.14.4 Non-Federal Actions, Maintenance, and Off-System Projects==&lt;br /&gt;
To be considered a non-federal action for purposes of NEPA compliance, a MoDOT project cannot use federal funds in any phase of project development or delivery. NEPA may still be required if a project has a federal nexus or requires federal permits. [http://environment.transportation.org/environmental_issues/nepa_process/ Click here] for more information regarding federal nexus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Off-system or cost-share projects that receive federal aid are subject to NEPA compliance. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===127.14.4.1 Non-Federal Actions===&lt;br /&gt;
NEPA classification and compliance is required for all MoDOT projects where federal aid funding is used for any purpose including planning, design, right of way acquisition, or construction. Non-federal actions are those that are not on the interstate system or do not require a federal permit, or use federal funding.  FHWA maintains oversight on any project that involves the interstate system, regardless of whether federal-aid funding is involved. Non-federal actions do not require NEPA classification and compliance. However, environmental reviews are still completed for all construction projects in order to be eligible for future federal funding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===127.14.4.2 Maintenance===&lt;br /&gt;
Any MoDOT maintenance project that appears in the STIP is subject to NEPA and environmental compliance. For projects that do not use federal funding, the environmental and historic preservation staff will assist the maintenance and traffic divisions with environmental compliance. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===127.14.4.3 Off-System Projects===&lt;br /&gt;
The NEPA and environmental compliance process for off-system projects is included in [[:LPA:136 Local Public Agency (LPA) Policy|EPG 136 Local Public Agency (LPA) Policy]].  Generally, MoDOT provides quality assurance/quality control for FHWA on NEPA and environmental aspects of off-system projects by reviewing what sponsors submit through the Request for Environmental Review (RER).  In order to receive NEPA approval, the sponsor must provide enough information to obtain T&amp;amp;E concurrence, Section 4(f) concurrence, if applicable, and Section 106 clearance as well as reasonable assurances that all other permits will be obtained. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==127.14.5 NEPA Glossary==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Affected Environment:&#039;&#039;&#039;  A description of the existing environment that may be affected by the proposed action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Access Justification Report (AJR):&#039;&#039;&#039;  An Access Justification Report is required for a project that proposes to change or provide new access to an interstate facility. The AJR should demonstrate that an access point is needed for regional traffic needs and not just local system needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Alternative:&#039;&#039;&#039;  One of a number of specific transportation improvements proposals, alignments, options, design choices, etc., in a defined study area that may address the purpose and need of a proposed project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Alternative Analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Detailed examination of proposed alternatives to determine which alternatives may meet the purpose and need and are reasonable and feasible to be carried forward into the reasonable range of alternatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Categorical Exclusion (CE):&#039;&#039;&#039;  A category of actions that based on past experience with similar actions, do not individually or cumulatively have a significant effect on the human environment and have been found to have no such effect in procedures adopted by a federal agency pursuant to the National Environmental Policy Act, and for which, therefore, neither an environmental assessment nor an environmental impact statement is required. They are actions which: do not induce significant impacts to planned growth or land use for the area, do not require the relocation of significant numbers of people; do not have a significant impact on any natural, cultural, recreational, historic or other resource; do not involve significant air, noise, or water quality impacts; do not have significant impacts on travel patterns; and do not otherwise, either individually or cumulatively, have any significant environmental impacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Context and Intensity:&#039;&#039;&#039; Context is the geographic, biophysical, and social context in which the effects will occur.  Intensity is the severity of the impact. The significance of a project is assessed on a case-by-case basis, based on its context and intensity. The context of a project involves analyzing “society as a whole, the affected region, the affected interests, and the locality.” Intensity refers to the severity or degree of a project’s impact. For example, the severity of a project can become greater if there are cumulative impacts, which is the incremental impact of the action, to include past, present, and future developments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cooperating Agency:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Any federal agency, other than the lead agency, that has jurisdiction by law or special expertise with respect to any environmental impact involved in a proposed project or project alternative.  A State or local agency of similar qualifications or, when the effects are on lands of tribal interest, a Native American tribe may, by agreement with the lead agencies, also become a cooperating agency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Coordination Plan: &#039;&#039;&#039; A plan established by the project lead for coordinating public and agency participation during the environmental review process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ):&#039;&#039;&#039;  Established under Title II of the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) to develop federal agency-wide policy and regulations for implementing the procedural provisions of NEPA, resolve interagency disagreements concerning proposed major federal actions, and to ensure that federal agency programs and procedures are in compliance with NEPA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cumulative Effect:&#039;&#039;&#039;  The incremental environmental impact or effect of the proposed action, together with impacts of past, present, and reasonably foreseeable future actions, regardless of what agency (federal or non-federal) or person undertakes such other actions.  Cumulative effects can result from individually minor but collectively significant actions taking place over a period of time.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Direct Effect: &#039;&#039;&#039; Direct effects occur through direct interaction of an activity with an environmental, social, or economic component.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Environmental Consequences:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Environmental effects of project alternatives, including the proposed action, any adverse environmental effects that cannot be avoided, the relationships between short-term use of the human environment, and any irreversible or irretrievable commitments of resources which would be involved if the proposal should be implemented.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Environmental Assessment (EA):&#039;&#039;&#039;  A concise public document prepared in compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA), that briefly discusses the purpose and need for an action, alternatives to such action, and provides sufficient evidence and analysis of impacts to determine whether to prepare an environmental impact statement or a finding of no significant impact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Environmental Impact Statement (EIS):&#039;&#039;&#039;  A detailed written statement required by section 102 (2) (C) of the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA), analyzing the environmental impacts of a proposed action, adverse effects of the project that cannot be avoided, alternative courses of action, short-term uses of the environment versus the maintenance and enhancement of long-term productivity, and any irreversible and irretrievable commitment of resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Environmentally Preferable Alternative:&#039;&#039;&#039; the alternative that will promote the national environmental policy as expressed in NEPA&#039;s Section 101. Ordinarily, this means the alternative that causes the least damage to the biological and physical environment; it also means the alternative which best protects, preserves, and enhances historic, cultural, and natural resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Finding of No Significant Impact (FONSI):&#039;&#039;&#039;  If it is determined that there will be no significant impacts a finding of no significant impact (FONSI) will be prepared to conclude the process and document the decision. A FONSI is issued when environmental analysis and interagency review during the EA process find a project to have no significant impacts on the quality of the environment. &lt;br /&gt;
Human Environment:  Includes the natural and physical environment and the relationship of people with the environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Impact (Effect):&#039;&#039;&#039;  A direct result of an action that occurs at the same time and place; or an indirect result of an action which occurs later in time or in a different place and is reasonably foreseeable; or the cumulative results from the incremental impacts of the action when added to other past, present, and reasonably foreseeable future actions regardless of what agency or person undertakes such other actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Indirect Effect:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Indirect impacts on the environment are these which are not a direct result of the project, often produced away from or as a result of a complex impact pathway. The indirect impacts are also known as secondary or even third level impacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Independent Utility:&#039;&#039;&#039;  A project is considered to have independent utility if it would be constructed absent the construction of other projects in the project area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Interagency Coordination:&#039;&#039;&#039;  The coordination that occurs between elements of lead agency, and engaged US Government agencies, nongovernmental organizations, and regional and international organizations for the purpose of accomplishing an objective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lead Agency:&#039;&#039;&#039;  The agency or agencies responsible for preparing environmental impact statements or environmental assessments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Legal Sufficiency Review:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Additional review by FHWA for all Draft and Final EISs and Draft and Final Section 4(f) Evaluations to ensure that the lead agency’s process and evaluations comply with applicable laws, regulations and executive orders, and could be sustained in federal court if legally challenged.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Location Study:&#039;&#039;&#039;  A location study is prepared to determine the most advantageous location and type for a proposed highway improvement based on project purpose and need and on engineering and environmental constraints. The location study and the environmental analysis are developed in conjunction with each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Logical Termini:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Rational endpoints for both a transportation improvement and a review of the environmental impacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Major Federal Action:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Actions with effects that may be major and which are potentially subject to federal control and responsibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Major Traffic Disruption (PCE agreement threshold):&#039;&#039;&#039; is a project (for bundles this applies to each independent location rather than referring to a project number) where: 1) available detours are greater than 25 miles rural or 5 miles urban (U.S. Census Bureau designated urbanized area or an urban cluster) and can include non-state local routes, and 2) provisions are not made for local access and so posted or locally owned roads are not accessible in the area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Memorandum of Agreement (MOA):&#039;&#039;&#039;  A formal business document used to outline an agreement made between two separate entities, groups or individuals. A MOA usually precedes a more detailed contract or agreement between the parties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Memorandum of Understanding (MOU):&#039;&#039;&#039;  A bilateral or multilateral agreement between two or more parties. It expresses a convergence of will between the parties, indicating an intended common line of action. It is often used in cases where parties either do not imply a legal commitment or in situations where the parties cannot create a legally enforceable agreement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mitigation: &#039;&#039;&#039; Also, synonymous with Commitment.  Planning actions taken to avoid an impact all together, minimize the degree or magnitude of the impact, reduce the impact over time, repair or restore the impact, or compensate for the impact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA):&#039;&#039;&#039;  NEPA requires federal agencies to assess the environmental effects of their proposed actions prior to making decisions.  Under the NEPA process, agencies evaluate the environmental and related social and economic effects of their proposed actions and provide opportunities for public review and comment on those evaluations.  NEPA applies to a broad range of federal actions that include, but are not limited to, constructing highways and other publicly owned facilities, adopting federal land management actions, and federal permitting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notice of Availability (NOA):&#039;&#039;&#039;  Notices of availability of environmental documents published in local, state, or regional clearinghouses, newspapers, and other means; that may or may not require a public comment period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notice of Intent (NOI): &#039;&#039;&#039; A notice published in the federal register that an environmental impact statement will be prepared and considered.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;No-Build Alternative: &#039;&#039;&#039; The alternative where current conditions and trends are projected into the future without the proposed action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Participating Agency: &#039;&#039;&#039; Agencies with an interest in the project.  The standard for participating agency status is more encompassing than the standard for cooperating agency status.  Therefore, cooperating agencies are, by definition, participating agencies. But not all participating agencies are cooperating agencies. The lead agencies should consider the distinctions in deciding whether to invite an agency to serve as a cooperating/participating agency or only as a participating agency&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Preferred Alternative:&#039;&#039;&#039;  The alternative within the range of alternatives presented in an environmental assessment or environmental impact statement that the agency believes would best fulfill the purpose and need of the proposed action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Programmatic Agreement (PA):&#039;&#039;&#039;  A document that spells out the terms of a formal, legally binding agreement between a state Department of Transportation (DOT) and other state, local and/or federal agencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Programmatic CE (PCE):&#039;&#039;&#039;  Established through a PCE Agreement between FHWA and the State DOT to make Categorical Exclusions (CE) (most of which are listed under 23 CFR Part 771.117(d)) more efficient and faster.  The PCE agreement allows the State DOT to document, review and approve CEs in order to move on to the next step of the project development without requiring division office review. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Proposed Action:&#039;&#039;&#039;  A plan that contains sufficient details about the intended actions to be taken, or that will result, to allow alternatives to be developed and its environmental impacts analyzed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Public Involvement:&#039;&#039;&#039;  An integral part of the transportation process which helps to ensure decisions are made in consideration of and to benefit public needs and preferences.  It involves seeking public input at specific and key points in the decision-making process where such input has a real potential to help shape the final decision or set of actions.  This includes early and continuing opportunities during project development for the public to be involved in the identification of social, economic, and environmental impacts, as well as impacts associated with relocation of individuals, groups, or institutions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purpose and Need:&#039;&#039;&#039;  A clear and well documented section of an EIS or EA or some CEs defining the need for the project and how that need will be fulfilled.  The purpose and need drives the development of the range of alternatives.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Range of Alternatives:&#039;&#039;&#039;  All reasonable alternatives discussed in a NEPA document which are rigorously explored and objectively evaluated, as well as those other alternatives, which are eliminated from detailed study with a brief discussion of the reasons for eliminating them.  What constitutes a reasonable range of alternatives depends on the nature of the proposal and the facts in each case. A decision maker must not consider alternatives beyond the range of alternatives discussed in the relevant environmental documents.  The range of alternatives must include the no-build alternative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Record of Decision (ROD):&#039;&#039;&#039;  A concise public record of decision prepared by the federal agency, pursuant to NEPA that contains a statement of the decision, identification of all alternatives considered, identification of the environmentally preferred alternative, a statement as to whether all practical means to avoid or minimize environmental harm from the alternative selected has been adopted (and if not, why), and a summary of monitoring and enforcement where applicable for any mitigation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reevaluation:&#039;&#039;&#039;  A reevaluation is the process of determining whether or not the NEPA decision made for a project remains valid.  A NEPA document is based on the scope of a project at the time it’s approved. Various factors and circumstances may change that scope throughout the development of the project.  Any changes to the project’s concept or the affected environment after the NEPA decision is made, even after the project has begun, must be reevaluated to determine what effects these changes might have on the validity of the environmental documentation.  A reevaluation of the NEPA decision must additionally be made if more than 3 years has passed and the project has not progressed.  Reevaluations are in place at key points during the RES process to check for those possible changes and make adjustments to the NEPA conclusion if it’s no longer accurate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Request for Environmental Services (RES):&#039;&#039;&#039;  RES is a Webform Application that sends an electronic copy to a selected group of Administration and Environmental/Historic Preservation staff for each district when submitted. The distribution ensures that the RES submissions do not wait on an individual who may be out of the office for an extended period of time. In addition to submitting the RES, the appropriate Design Liaison Engineer should be entered in as a district contact when submitted. The electronic application was developed for a faster submittal process and response from the Environmental/Historic Preservation staff.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Request for Environmental Review (RER):&#039;&#039;&#039;  RER is a Webform Application that sends an electronic copy to a selected group of Administration and Environmental/Historic Preservation staff for each district when submitted. The distribution ensures that the RER submissions do not wait on an individual who may be out of the office for an extended period of time. In addition to submitting the RER, the appropriate LPA Liaison’s should be entered in as a district contact when submitted. The electronic application was developed for a faster submittal process and response from the Environmental/Historic Preservation staff.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Scope of Environmental Review:&#039;&#039;&#039;  The range of actions, alternatives, and impacts to be considered in a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Scoping:&#039;&#039;&#039;  An early and open process for determining the extent and variety of issues to be addressed and identifying the significant issues related to a proposed action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Segmentation:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Segmentation can occur when an action is broken down into small parts in order to avoid the appearance of significance of the total action. An action can be too narrowly defined, minimizing potential impacts in an effort to avoid a higher level of NEPA documentation. The scope of an action must include the consideration of connected, cumulative, and similar actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Significant: &#039;&#039;&#039; Term used in NEPA that considers both context and intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State Transportation Improvement Plan (STIP):&#039;&#039;&#039;  The Statewide Transportation Improvement Program (STIP) is a comprehensive list of all projects, or project phases, in Missouri proposed to receive federal funding, pursuant to Title 23 U.S.C. and 49 U.S.C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Tiering: &#039;&#039;&#039; A NEPA document covering general matters in broader environmental impact statements with subsequent narrower statements of environmental analysis, incorporating by reference, the general discussions and concentrating on specific issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Unavoidable Adverse Effects:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Effects that cannot be avoided due to constraints in alternatives.  These effects do not have to be avoided by the planning agency, but they must be disclosed, discussed, and mitigated for, if possible.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Unresolved Controversy (PCE agreement threshold):&#039;&#039;&#039; Controversy is considered more than a singular expression of dissatisfaction.  Controversy is considered a substantial dispute as to the size, nature or extent of the proposed project.  In cases when controversy is anticipated, MoDOT will discuss the potential for controversy with FHWA to determine if the project can be processed under the FHWA-MoDOT PCE agreement. When MoDOT is unsure whether a project should be considered controversial, MoDOT will engage FHWA for discussion and determination if a PCE is appropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:127 MoDOT and the Environment]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=User:Hoskir/Revision_Request_4264&amp;diff=59490</id>
		<title>User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4264</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=User:Hoskir/Revision_Request_4264&amp;diff=59490"/>
		<updated>2026-09-29T18:15:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;hr style=&amp;quot;border:none; height:2px; background-color:red;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;copy only 129&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;hr style=&amp;quot;border:none; height:2px; background-color:red;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;DIV style=&amp;quot;float: right; width: 500px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float: right; margin-right: 5px; margin-top: 5px; margin-bottom: 10px; padding: 10px; border: 1px solid black; border-radius:5px; box-shadow:5px 5px 5px #888888&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;categorytree mode=all&amp;gt;129 Public Involvement&amp;lt;/categorytree&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float: right; margin-right: 5px; margin-top: 5px; margin-left: 15px; margin-bottom: 15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;__TOC__&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:138 Idea to Reality Graphic.jpg|center|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:129.jpg|right|470px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Statewide Planning Partner Meeting&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/DIV&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;margin-left:15px; margin-top: 5px; border:1px solid #a9a9a9; background:#f8f9fa&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;350px&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Figures&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [[media:129.1_Figure_10_Location_Sketch.pdf|Sample Commission Exhibit 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [[media:129.1_Display_of_Alternatives.jpg|Sample Location Study Display]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Forms&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE/Public%20Involvement/Sample%20Letter%20Advertising%20a%20Public%20Hearing.docx Sample Letter Advertising a Public Hearing]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE/Public%20Involvement/Sample%20Notice%204f.docx Sample Notice 4F]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE/Public%20Involvement/Sample%20Notice%20of%20Public%20Hearing.docx Sample Notice of Public Hearing]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE/Public%20Involvement/Sample_Opportunity_for_Public_Hearing.doc Sample Opportunity for a Public Hearing/Meeting Notice]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/129_Sample_Public_Involvement_or_Communication_Plan.docx Sample Public Involvement Plan or Communication Plan]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE/Public%20Involvement/SampleRequestforApprovelofLocationorDesigntoStateDesignEngineer.docx Sample Request for Approval of Location and/or Design of Highways to State Design Engineer]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE/Public%20Involvement/SampleRequestforApprovelofLocationorDesigntotheCommission.docx Sample Request for Approval of Location to the Commission]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE/Public%20Involvement/SampleTranscript.pdf Sample Transcript]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Missouri Department of Transportation (MoDOT) works to communicate important information to the public, media, employees, stakeholders, and other department customers through a variety of methods, including news releases, publications, special events, and social media sites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Missouri’s citizens expect an active voice in the location and design of transportation facilities. They recognize the important role transportation has in their life as well as the vitality of their communities. Existing transportation facilities, particularly transportation improvements, have a direct impact on the social, economic, and environmental resources of Missouri’s communities. As a result, MoDOT values the public’s input on transportation improvements and has established various methods to gather this feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some of these methods include: &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php/121.2_The_Planning_Framework_for_Transportation_Decision-Making Identification and Prioritization of Needs] through The Planning Process&lt;br /&gt;
* Public Hearings&lt;br /&gt;
* Public Meetings&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct mailings or contact with individuals impacted&lt;br /&gt;
* Virtual Public Involvement&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, MoDOT provides useful information to Missourians concerning the operation and maintenance of the highway system. This information is available from the following sources in addition to others: &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.modot.org/ www.modot.org]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://traveler.modot.org/map/ Traveler Information Map (TIM)]&lt;br /&gt;
* E-updates&lt;br /&gt;
* Changeable message boards&lt;br /&gt;
* Customer Service Centers (1-888-ASK MoDOT)&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://traveler.modot.org/tisreport/#topmost-content Work Zone Status]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://traveler.modot.org/tisreport/#winter-road-condition-content Road Condition Report]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.facebook.com/MoDOTStatewide Social media]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The development of quality transportation improvements depends on early, frequent, and continuous involvement of the public in project decisions. Additionally, real time information about the State’s highway system allows the traveling public to use it efficiently. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The public frequently questions not only the design and physical features of a project, but also its basic premise (the purpose and need) and assumptions (e.g., the range of alternatives) as identified by MoDOT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Public involvement allows MoDOT to gather real, valid input on transportation needs and to work with customers to refine solutions that meet those needs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following guidelines for public involvement are not to be viewed as all-inclusive. Instead, they outline the minimum level of expectations for public involvement, with each individual effort matching the specific needs of the project and the community involved. The specific needs of the project should be documented in a public involvement plan (PIP). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sponsors of Local Public Agency (LPA) projects must also follow the guidelines in EPG 129, using the Request For Environmental Review (RER) for documenting their public involvement and outreach efforts.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em auto 1em auto&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Table 129, Public Involvement by Type&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; | Public involvement is required for every project&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Minimum Requirement for: !! Public Involvement Method !! Required Documentation (if applicable) !! Responsible Individual(s)&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Programmatic Categorical Exclusion (PCE) || Routine methods such as social media, news releases, opportunity for meetings, etc. || Public notices, news releases, meeting notes, Comments/responses, sign-in sheets || PM, CR, CM&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Documented Categorical Exclusion (CE2) || Routine methods such as social media, news releases, opportunity for meetings, etc. || Public Involvement Plan (PIP), Public notices, news releases, meeting notes, Comments/responses, sign-in sheets || PM, CR, CM&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Some CE2s, Environmental Assests (EA), Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) || Pre-Location Study Meeting || Public notices, presentations, studies or documents made available, Minutes, comments, responses, sign-in sheets || PM, CR&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Some PCEs, CE2, EA, EIS || Location Public Meeting || Public Involvement Plan (PIP), Public notices, presentations, studies or documents made available, minutes, Comments and Responses, sign-in sheets || PM, CR&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Some PCEs, CE2, EA, EIS || Design Public Meeting || Public Involvement Plan (PIP), Public notices, presentations, studies or documents made available, minutes, Comments and Responses, sign-in sheets || PM, CR&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| EA, EIS || Agency Scoping Meeting || Public Involvement Plan (PIP), Notices, presentations, studies or documents made available, Minutes, comments, responses, sign-in sheets || PM, CR&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ≥20 acres new RW or permanent easements for rural, ≥100,000 square feet new RW or permanent easements for urban&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;, EA (if applicable), EIS, Long Range Plan {CFR 771.111(h)(2)(iii)} || Public Hearing (Commission Policy, FHWA policy) || Notices, presentations, studies or documents made available, minutes, transcript, sign-in sheets || PM, CR&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Discretion of the District Engineer || Public Meeting || Notices, presentations, studies or documents made available, minutes, Comments and Responses, sign-in sheets || PM, CR&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Impacts (not significant or adverse [[#129.8 Section 4(f) Lands | EPG 129.8]]) on historic properties, parks, recreation areas, and wildlife and waterfowl refuges || Section 106, 4(f)&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;, and 6(f) || Notices, presentations, studies or documents made available, minutes, Comments and Responses, sign-in sheets || PM, CR, DE-ENV/HP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Noise impacts where noise abatement is reasonable and feasible || Noise Wall Public Meeting || Notices, presentations, studies or documents made available, minutes, Comments and Responses, sign-in sheets || PM, CR, DE-ENV/HP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; PM: Project Manager; CR: Communications Division staff; CM: Construction and Materials staff; DE-ENV/HP: Design Division Environmental and Historic Preservation staff &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;quot;Urban&amp;quot; is defined as within a U.S. Census Bureau designated urbanized area or an urban cluster.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; | &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Requires special statements in the [[media:129 table 129 notice.docx|public notice]]. Coordinate with MoDOT Environmental Section.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Public hearings and public meetings are forums for providing information on proposed projects, their anticipated impacts, and for receiving citizen comments. Both are used to comply with the [https://www.modot.org/missouri-highways-and-transportation-commission-0 Missouri Highways and Transportation Commission&#039;s] desire to furnish the public with general information and to allow the public to express their opinions regarding highway matters. Information related to the impacts of a proposed action can also be gathered. Federal transportation policy requires public involvement in the development of the purpose and the range of alternatives to be considered for EAs and EISs. The National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) and FHWA regulation 23 CFR 771 require one or more public meetings or opportunity forum(s) for the public to participate. The Commission directs MoDOT to conduct “location and design” public involvement to gather public comment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All work involving interaction with the public should start with working with the district Communications Team to go through the Public Involvement (PI) plan template [[#129.2_The_Public_Involvement_Plan_.28PIP.29.2FCommunication_Plan|(EPG 129.2]]. This document will help focus and organize the PI needs of the project. This is an ongoing process and will need continuous updating over the life of a project from early planning phases to construction completion. The Communications Team is most familiar with the process and basic PI requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Category:100_GENERAL]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr style=&amp;quot;border:none; height:2px; background-color:red;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;copy only 129.1&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;hr style=&amp;quot;border:none; height:2px; background-color:red;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=129.1 Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and Title VI protected populations=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float: right; margin-top: 5px; margin-left: 15px; margin-bottom: 15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;__TOC__&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:129.1-2025.jpg|right|500px|link=https://www.modot.org/welcome-business-development-and-compliance]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early in project development, the Project Manager (PM) shall assess whether the methods of public involvement chosen for a particular project are reasonable for the project, whether they adequately reach the proper constituents, whether there are minority, or limited English proficiency (LEP) discrimination concerns, and whether the methods would adequately provide the needed information and afford the opportunity for the public to provide feedback. Minority and LEP populations are defined by [https://www.justice.gov/crt/fcs/TitleVI-Overview Title VI]. Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 prohibits discrimination on the basis of race, color, and national origin in programs and activities receiving federal financial assistance. If there are questions concerning the participation of minority and disadvantaged populations, contact the Environmental Specialist in the Design Division who is the resource for socioeconomic issues on project development. For CE2, EA or EIS classification level projects, the Request for Environmental Services (RES) can provide a resource for the PM to help identify minority and LEP populations in the project area to help determine the type and degree of public outreach that could be needed. Information on the community impact assessment process is found in [[129.3_“Virtual”_Public_Involvement_(VPI)|EPG 127.3]]. The first step is to identify populations of people interested in the project and those who could be impacted by the project, then determine which outreach methods would be most effective. The PM should work with the Area Engineer and use existing information such as from the Conceptual Study Report (CSR), if developed, to help identify the area impacted by the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process for identifying interested people/populations impacted by the project should be documented in the PIP and housed in [https://modotweb.modot.mo.gov/MoProjects/Account/Login MoProjects]. The PIP is developed by the PM or district staff, or the project consultant, if tasked with public involvement for the project, and approved by MoDOT staff. It may become necessary to revise the PIP as the project evolves, conditions change, oppositional groups emerge, or new issues arise. It is prudent to complete an LEP [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/ENV/LEP_Minority_Analysis.docx analysis], similar to the Community Impact Assessment process outlined in [[127.3_Community_Impact_Assessment#127.3.1.3_Process|EPG 127.3.1.3]], and review it for protected populations early in the planning phase, when the PIP is developed, to identify stakeholders, affected public, and whether targeted outreach to underserved populations are needed. Then appropriate outreach efforts can be planned for these populations and budgeted appropriately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Effectively reaching underserved populations may require significant staff time and resources, and special efforts or innovative methods may need to be used to ensure the inclusion of affected community members. This is especially important for underrepresented groups, such as minority and LEP groups, and in communities where a significant percentage of the affected population does not speak or understand English. Consider the need for translators, interpreters, and written materials in languages other than English. Innovative methods to involve minority and LEP sectors of the community, as well as senior citizens, disabled persons, and other interested groups such as economic developers, Metropolitan Planning Organizations (MPOs) and Regional Planning Commissions (RPCs), and historical and environmental groups, should also be explored. Such methods could include house-to-house contacts; providing bulletins at kiosks; meeting with community groups, church organizations, community minority liaisons, local grocery stores, and libraries; placing notices in the newspaper and using other media outlets which cater to these groups. Accommodations should also be made for non-English speaking community members and those with language barriers, such as deaf populations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meeting location selected shall be in compliance with the ADA. Special attention should be paid to whether there is access to public transportation, and whether there is a safe and reasonable walking distance to the meeting without obstacles such as crossing active railroad tracks or busy highways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These efforts shall be documented for inclusion in environmental documents such as the RES, CE2, EA, EIS, or in project files in [https://modotweb.modot.mo.gov/MoProjects/Account/Login MoProjects], and for department wide Title VI compliance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Category:129 Public Involvement|01]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr style=&amp;quot;border:none; height:2px; background-color:red;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;copy only 129.2&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;hr style=&amp;quot;border:none; height:2px; background-color:red;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=129.2 The Public Involvement Plan (PIP)/Communication Plan=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float: right; margin-top: 5px; margin-left: 15px; margin-bottom: 15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;__TOC__&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Early in the project scoping process a Public Involvement Plan (PIP) should be developed that is appropriate for each project. A PIP is a strategy document that guides outreach activities for a project. It helps to establish the schedule, methods, and locations for public outreach and assists with determining project stakeholders. For Programmatic Categorical Exclusion (PCE) (rare) and CE2 classifications (required), the PIP is often developed by the PM, district staff including Communications staff (CR Division), and/or project consultant, if applicable, and approved by MoDOT staff (PM, CR, etc.). The project core team ([[104.1_Core_Team|EPG 104.1]]) typically develops the PIP for larger, more complex projects, especially those requiring an EA or EIS, which are approved by FHWA. The nature and complexity of the project along with the core team’s specialized knowledge of any sensitive issues within the project area will determine the best course of action to gain public input into the development of the project’s scope ([[104.8_Public_Involvement_in_Project_Scoping|EPG 104.8]]). After identifying potentially affected populations and the issues they may have with the proposed project, this information can be compiled in the PIP (see sample above). It may become necessary to revise the PIP as a project evolves, conditions change, oppositional groups emerge, public controversy develops, or new issues arise. The size, scope and complexity of a project will help determine the extent of outreach and engagement for a project and whether a project requires a more formalized and comprehensive PIP. The PIP becomes part of the official project record and should be uploaded to the RES or to MoProjects as evidence of planned public involvement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early screening of demographic data can help identify members of the public who should be involved. After determining who to involve, a variety of outreach methods can be selected to encourage the most effective public involvement. During public outreach the following could be involved:&lt;br /&gt;
* Adjacent property owners and tenants&lt;br /&gt;
* Minority populations&lt;br /&gt;
* Cooperating and participating agencies ([[127.14_National_Environmental_Policy_Act_(NEPA)_Classification_and_Documents#127.14.5_NEPA_Glossary|NEPA Glossary]]) &lt;br /&gt;
* Local, state, and federal government staff and elected officials&lt;br /&gt;
* Community groups such as clubs, civic groups, business groups, environmental groups, labor unions, disability advocacy groups, and churches&lt;br /&gt;
* Schools/school districts&lt;br /&gt;
* MPOs/RPCs &lt;br /&gt;
* Commuters and the traveling public&lt;br /&gt;
* Law enforcement and emergency/first responders&lt;br /&gt;
* Utility service providers&lt;br /&gt;
* Adjacent billboard owners and clients&lt;br /&gt;
* General public and others known to be affected&lt;br /&gt;
* Others expressing interest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following are examples of common outreach methods that can be identified in the PIP:&lt;br /&gt;
* Virtual Public Involvement (VPI) meetings&lt;br /&gt;
* Public and open house meetings		&lt;br /&gt;
* MoDOT project e-mail alert lists&lt;br /&gt;
* Project newsletters&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop-in information centers or booths&lt;br /&gt;
* Surveys or questionnaires&lt;br /&gt;
* Advisory committee and group meetings&lt;br /&gt;
* Public hearings&lt;br /&gt;
* Design workshops/charettes	&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct mail/email&lt;br /&gt;
* Meetings with public officials&lt;br /&gt;
* Individual (one-on-one) meetings&lt;br /&gt;
* House-to-house contact&lt;br /&gt;
* Meetings with community groups&lt;br /&gt;
* Social Media&lt;br /&gt;
* Project website/news releases&lt;br /&gt;
* Established media relations and contacts&lt;br /&gt;
* Telephone hot lines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, MoDOT provides information to the public about traffic impacts as part of its Transportation Management Plan (TMP) for projects ([[616.19_Work_Zone_Capacity,_Queue_and_Travel_Delay#616.19.6.6_Public_Information|EPG 616.19.6.6]]). MoDOT also provides general work zone information to the public through various outlets. These include, among other things, publication of a statewide work zone map and work zone safe driving tips, posting of current work zone locations and conditions to the internet, promotion of Work Zone Safety Awareness Week, and advertisement of work zone safety-related messages via radio, television, electronic message boards along the roadway and billboards. These details can also be incorporated in the PIP. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The example PIP or a more detailed plan shall be utilized on all CE2, EA, and EIS classified projects. Use of a PIP on all other projects should be evaluated by the core team members of that project individually depending on the needs of that project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Category:129 Public Involvement|02]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr style=&amp;quot;border:none; height:2px; background-color:red;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;copy only 129.3&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;hr style=&amp;quot;border:none; height:2px; background-color:red;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=129.3 “Virtual” Public Involvement (VPI)=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float: right; margin-top: 5px; margin-left: 15px; margin-bottom: 15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;__TOC__&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A “virtual” public event is one that is held online, in which members of the public attend the meeting and participate remotely. A virtual public event may be held in the following two situations: (1) as a &#039;&#039;supplement&#039;&#039; to an in-person public meeting or hearing, or (2) as a &#039;&#039;substitute&#039;&#039; for an in-person public meeting for emergency situation and beyond, as defined at [[129.12_Glossary_of_Terms|EPG 129.12 Glossary of Terms]]. The following process is designed to provide guidance when a public meeting is required. This process can be adapted to fit the needs of the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Public hearings or opportunities for public hearings are required for EISs and for projects that require substantial amounts of new right of way as (defined under [[129.5_Public_Meetings#129.5.3.3_Design_Public_Meeting|EPG 129.5.3.3 Design Public Meeting]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notice of a virtual public event must comply with the requirements in [[129.6_Public_Hearing#129.6.1_Advertisement_for_Public_Hearing_or_Opportunity_for_a_Public_Hearing|EPG 129.6.1 Advertisement for Public Hearings]] or [[129.5_Public_Meetings#129.5.1_Advertisement_for_Public_Meeting_or_the_Opportunity_for_a_Public_Meeting|EPG 129.5.1 Advertisement for Public Meeting or the Opportunity for a Public Meeting]] and [[129.6_Public_Hearing#129.6.2_Procedures_for_Conducting_Public_Hearings|EPG 129.6.2 Procedures for Conducting Public Hearings]] or [[129.5_Public_Meetings#129.5.2_Procedures_for_Public_Meetings|EPG 129.5.2 Procedures for Public Meetings]] depending on the requirement. This shall include the requirement to develop and implement strategies to address minority and LEP where such populations are identified in the project area. Consultation with FHWA may be appropriate. Notice of a virtual public event must also include the following: &lt;br /&gt;
* Clear instructions about how to attend and participate in the virtual portion of the public hearing (providing a specific webpage); &lt;br /&gt;
* An explanation of how the virtual public event will be conducted; and &lt;br /&gt;
* A statement that members of the public may, as an alternative to logging-on to the virtual portion of the public hearing, call or email district or project staff to ask questions about the project, access project materials, and submit public comments via email or letter.&lt;br /&gt;
* Participants in a virtual public event may be asked to enter their name and email address when commenting on a project or when asking to be added to a project contact list. &lt;br /&gt;
* A virtual public event must present the web address for a website where project materials will be posted for public viewing during and after the virtual public event. &lt;br /&gt;
* A virtual public event can include a presentation in accordance with [[129.6_Public_Hearing#129.6.2_Procedures_for_Conducting_Public_Hearings|EPG 129.6.2 Procedures for Conducting Public Hearings]]. The presentation will include both audio and visual components. The presentation must indicate that participants may submit comments via email or letter or some other method. The presentation may be pre-recorded and uploaded for viewing at the scheduled public hearing time, and thereafter. &lt;br /&gt;
* A best practice is to set up a MoDOT project email address specific to that project to receive comments. &lt;br /&gt;
* Closed captioning should be used in all virtual meetings.&lt;br /&gt;
* The presentation must explain to participants in the virtual public event that they may call project staff during regular office hours or email project staff to ask questions about the project at any time in the project development process. &lt;br /&gt;
* Following the presentation, the virtual public event can include a comment period for members of the public to call a telephone number to verbally provide testimony. &lt;br /&gt;
* Strategies for communicating with LEP populations and those with language barriers such as deaf populations during the virtual events must be developed, including providing interpreters, if needed or requested, if that is the only public involvement that will be conducted. &lt;br /&gt;
* A transcript of the presentation given in the virtual public event must be prepared if the event is substituted or is a component of a hearing. &lt;br /&gt;
* To the extent it is technologically feasible, the virtual public event should be recorded and posted online until at least the end of the allotted comment period. See the paragraph immediately following for further guidance on recording and posting.&lt;br /&gt;
* Following a virtual public event, the post-event activities set forth in [[129.6_Public_Hearing#129.6.2_Procedures_for_Conducting_Public_Hearings|EPG 129.6.2 Procedures for Conducting Public Hearings]] and [[129.6_Public_Hearing#129.6.4_Presentation_for_Location_and_Design_Approval_to_the_Commission_and_Commission_Actions_Needed|EPG 129.6.4 Presentation for Location and Design Approval to the Commission and Commission Actions Needed]] will apply.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a virtual event is recorded, the recording is then an open record under the Sunshine Law and must be retained according to the records retention schedule. Privacy concerns can be alleviated by announcing verbally, during the beginning of the virtual event, that the event is being recorded and will later be available at a predetermined location or by request. Additionally, a disclaimer at the beginning of the video should state that the opinions expressed during the event do not necessarily reflect the opinion of MoDOT or the Commission (or consultant) and do not necessarily constitute MoDOT or Commission policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Selecting VPI Tools&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consider the needs of residents, commuters, and stakeholders when selecting VPI tools. Use familiar channels to inform the public about opportunities to comment and how to receive and view information. If possible, collect or request contact information and follow up comments or questions. Develop a PIP to help identify these tools.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
			&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em auto 1em auto&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Table 129.3, Selecting VPI Tools&lt;br /&gt;
! VPI Tool !! Description !! Selection Criteria !! Asynchronous&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;or&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Synchronous* !! Cost&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Project Website&#039;&#039;&#039; || The project website should be the hub for public involvement. The website must be hosted on modot.org. Tools can be added to the project website, clearly communicating the pathways for public engagement. COCR staff can assist creation of the site, proper tags must be used and include route, county, district. || Update and inform large groups and individuals. Repository of all project information. || Asynchronous || No cost &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Webinars and Virtual Meetings&#039;&#039;&#039; || Virtual meetings can be coordinated and streamed live with Microsoft Teams Live event. Attendees can join by computer, telephone, or app. The meeting recording can be added to the project website, MoDOT YouTube channel and shared on social media. Closed captioning should be used. Consultant partners can help organize logistics, videos and other materials. || Update and inform large groups and individuals. || Synchronous || No Cost &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Fillable Comment Form&#039;&#039;&#039; || This is a Word or PDF document with several options for submission. It can be emailed or printed and mailed. It can contain open-ended survey questions. SurveyMonkey or a Microsoft Form can also be used. Can also place on a web page. || Offers a structure for comments and questions. Can be used to develop a project contact list while obtaining input. Can be used as basis for Q&amp;amp;A document or website. || Asynchronous || No cost&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Narrated PowerPoint&#039;&#039;&#039; || This is a great tool for sharing project updates. The PowerPoint can be saved as a video and added to the project website; availability of the video can be communicated through social media and shared in a press release. || Project and construction updates. || Asynchronous || No cost &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;YouTube&#039;&#039;&#039; || MoDOT has a YouTube channel where a meeting can be livestreamed or posted on the web for later viewing. || Comments can be turned on or off; if turned on, then must respond either live during the event or later if posted on the web. || Asynchronous || No cost &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Online Surveys for Title VI&#039;&#039;&#039; || Surveys are useful for collecting Title VI data and can be incorporated into virtual meetings. || Must be used at all virtual public meetings. Share a link in the announcements section of public meetings. || Asynchronous || No cost &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;MetroQuest Surveys&#039;&#039;&#039; || MetroQuest or similar tools are excellent for public engagement. || Use with statewide or large projects. Great for reaching commuters and younger age groups on purpose and need and alternatives selection. || Asynchronous || High cost &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Telephone Townhall&#039;&#039;&#039; || Telephone townhalls work well when internet access is limited; or when trying to engage people who do not use the internet. Cost for these services vary. || Alternative to Microsoft Teams. Public can register in advance and only need a telephone to participate. Meeting materials and transcripts are available. ||	Synchronous || Moderate cost&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Social Media &#039;&#039;&#039; || Use in coordination with other strategies. Use existing district accounts. Only designated CR staff can post and respond. || Share meeting notices in advance and day-of on social media channels. Useful for quick and immediate information sharing. || Asynchronous || No cost for posting. Social media ads can be purchased. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Public Access Cable TV&#039;&#039;&#039; || Meeting recordings and/or Narrated PowerPoints can be broadcast. || Great companion strategy used in coordination with other tools. Internet connection is not needed. || Asynchronous || No cost to moderate cost&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Drive-In Meetings&#039;&#039;&#039; || Identify a location with strong Wi-Fi and designate it as a place for people to park and log into a virtual meeting. This strategy can be used to distribute information and for in-person meetings if sound and presentation equipment is available. || Excellent alternative to virtual meetings in areas with limited internet access. || Synchronous || Moderate cost&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Phone Numbers&#039;&#039;&#039; || Always use 1-888-ASK-MODOT, advise CR where to direct calls. || Alternative for those that prefer to provide verbal feedback rather than technical options. || Synchronous || No cost&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Email Addresses&#039;&#039;&#039; || A MoDOT project email can be created and directed to multiple emails (PM, CR, consultant). Designate who responds, PM or CR. || Great alternative for individuals that want more anonymity. Can be used to develop a project contact list while obtaining input. || Synchronous || No cost&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;*&#039;&#039;&#039; Note: Synchronous VPI allows for a dialogue between individuals on either side of the virtual connection whereas asynchronous VPI is passive communication where an individual connects and is limited either to reading or seeing information and/or posting a comment, versus asking a question or making a comment and having it responded to in real time. Asynchronous does not allow direct dialogue. See [https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/planning/public_involvement/vpi/ FHWA&#039;s Virtual Public Involvement website].&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Category:129 Public Involvement|03]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr style=&amp;quot;border:none; height:2px; background-color:red;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;copy only 129.4&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;hr style=&amp;quot;border:none; height:2px; background-color:red;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=129.4 Public Involvement Based on Environmental Document Type=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float: right; margin-top: 5px; margin-left: 15px; margin-bottom: 15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;__TOC__&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:129.4.jpg|right|300px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Sign-in at public meeting&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT Environmental and Historic Preservation staff coordinate with the FHWA to determine the level of environmental documentation for a proposed project. This determination is based on impacts and their intensity (i.e., significance) and therefore additionally influences the public involvement effort for a given project. It is important that MoDOT’s Environmental and Historic Preservation Section be involved in the development of public meeting materials for all types of classifications in order to avoid any pre-decisional language, and FHWA in particular for EA and EISs. If there is anticipated controversy for a proposed project, the PM will discuss the potential for controversy with MoDOT’s Environmental staff and FHWA to determine if additional action should be taken. (Refer to [[127.14 National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) Classification and Documents#127.14.5 NEPA Glossary|EPG 127.14.5]] for full definition.)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==129.4.1 PCE==&lt;br /&gt;
A Programmatic Categorical Exclusion (PCE) is the lowest level of environmental documentation and is assigned to projects with limited impacts, such as work restricted to existing pavement or within existing right of way, therefore having negligible project impacts. PCE classified projects tend to be non-controversial and require a minimal amount of public involvement (see [[#Table 129, Public Involvement by Type|Table 129, Public Involvement by Type]]) usually routine methods such as news releases, posting on MoDOT’s website, social media, etc. that may be carried out by staff in various divisions. These documents must be housed in MoProjects to document public involvement for the project. In most cases a PIP is not needed but any comments and responses from public involvement using any other outreach must be documented in MoProjects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==129.4.2 CE2==&lt;br /&gt;
A documented Categorical Exclusion (CE2) is an environmental classification that requires FHWA approval and a more rigorous evaluation of impacts. These projects must have documented public involvement and a PIP is required. At the minimum, information online, and a public notice with a comment period, must be afforded to the public. The PIP, public involvement documents, and any comments and responses from public involvement must be documented in MoProjects and uploaded to the RES.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==129.4.3 Environmental Assessment (EA)==&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:129.4.3.jpg|right|250px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Visuals at public meeting&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The NEPA and Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) regulations, 23 CFR 771, require a public hearing or opportunity for a public hearing at a convenient time and place for the public to participate in any Federal-aid projects which require:&lt;br /&gt;
* significant amounts of new right-of-way &lt;br /&gt;
* substantially changes the layout or functions of connecting roadways or of the facility being improved &lt;br /&gt;
* a substantial adverse impact on abutting property&lt;br /&gt;
* a substantial social, economic, environmental or other effect &lt;br /&gt;
* or for which the FHWA determines that a public hearing is in the public interest&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An opportunity for public involvement is required for defining the purpose and need and the range of alternatives, for any action subject to the project development procedures in 23 U.S.C 139.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A public hearing or opportunity for a public hearing is expected to occur after FHWA has approved the EA. If a public hearing is not held, the document must still be made available for public inspection for 30 days in accordance with 23 CFR 771.119 (e)(f) and [[#129.5 Public Meetings|EPG 129.5 Public Meetings]] and [[#129.6 Public Hearing|129.6 Public Hearing]]. Once a Finding of No Significant Impact (FONSI) has been issued, a notice of availability of the FONSI shall be sent to all agencies and made available for a minimum of 30 days, upon request by the public.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the project is initiated, and during the scoping process, the Project Manager and CR staff, and/or the consultant, develops the PIP. The PIP details the coordination and scheduling for an EA, coordinates agency and public participation in the development of the document and becomes part of the administrative record. MoDOT and FHWA staff must approve the PIP. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==129.4.4 Environmental Impact Statement (EIS)==&lt;br /&gt;
When MoDOT, in consultation with FHWA, has determined that an EIS will be prepared, a notice of intent (NOI) is published in the Federal Register (40 CFR 1508.22). A PIP detailing the coordination and scheduling for an EIS is developed early in the scoping process, prior to publication of the NOI. Public involvement is initiated to obtain public input on the purpose and need, alternatives, project schedule and other information necessary for the NOI content. This plan is developed by the Project Manager and CR staff, and/or consultant, and approved by MoDOT and FHWA staff, to coordinate agency and public participation in the document development and is part of the administrative record. The EIS is a level of documentation for projects that have the potential to result in significant environmental impacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The draft EIS must contain a summary of agency and public comments up to that point and include a request for public comment. Once the draft EIS is prepared and signed by FHWA and MoDOT, it shall be circulated for comment in the Federal Register for no less than 45 days. In addition, a public hearing or an opportunity for a public hearing must be held during this time. The draft EIS must be made available for a minimum of 15 days in advance of the hearing and also available at the public hearing. If the hearing is not held, a notice shall be placed in a newspaper similar to a public hearing notice that advises where the draft EIS is available to review, how copies may be obtained, and where the comments should be sent. If the FEIS and ROD will be combined, the draft EIS should include a notice on the cover sheet (40 CFR 1502.11) stating a combined document will be issued. The draft EIS should identify a preferred alternative, but if not, there may need to be additional opportunity for public and agency input on the preferred before the FEIS and ROD can be combined.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final EIS is then prepared after consideration of comments received and shall identify the preferred alternative, evaluate all reasonable alternatives, discuss substantive comments received on the draft, summarize public involvement, and describe mitigation measures. The final EIS shall be transmitted to any persons, organizations, or agencies that made substantive comments on the draft or requested a copy, no later than the time the document is filed with the EPA. A notice of availability (NOA) shall also be published in local newspapers and through DOT Order 4600.13, and a copy should be available for public review at institutions such as local government offices, libraries, and other public locations as appropriate. The Bipartisan Infrastructure Law (BIL) also establishes required coordination with other agencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==129.4.5 Re-evaluations==&lt;br /&gt;
Public involvement needs must also be reconsidered during the re-evaluation phase of a project if substantial time has elapsed since the last outreach effort and/or if the project changes warrant additional outreach. Changes might include additional project impacts to resources or to the public that were not initially considered. At a minimum, a 30-day public notice and accompanying comment period, must be afforded to the public. Any comments and responses from public involvement using any outreach methods must be documented in the project files and the RES. Depending on the types of proposed changes and magnitude of the project, a PIP may be needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==129.4.6 Planning and Environmental Linkages (PEL)==&lt;br /&gt;
Planning and Environmental Linkages (PEL) is a tool to integrate information, analysis, or products developed during planning to inform the NEPA process ([[127.28_Planning_and_Environmental_Linkages_(PEL)_and_the_National_Environmental_Policy_Act_(NEPA)|EPG 127.28]]). Early and ongoing public participation contributes to the decision-making process. Public involvement and participation activities are flexible during the PEL process. When the public involvement plan is developed, consideration should be given to incorporating measures that satisfy public involvement requirements and objectives in other laws and orders, such as NEPA and Title VI. The public involvement should model the requirements for the anticipated NEPA classification (Table 129). Public Involvement materials and website must always contain the following footnote or comment: Missouri Department of Transportation anticipates incorporating recommendations made as part of the PEL study into future NEPA studies, per Title 23 of the US Code, Part 168.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==129.4.7 Agency Scoping Meetings and Coordination==&lt;br /&gt;
Meetings with interested governmental agencies are held on all projects with an environmental classification of EIS and EA, and some CE2s, unless prior consent is obtained from FHWA. Agency scoping meetings are held prior to the preparation of the location study/environmental report but following the preparation of the draft Purpose and Need document and the preliminary screening. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:129.4.6.jpg|right|300px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Environmental and Historic Preservation Staff at Cuivre River meeting&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coordination with other agencies and groups is an integral part of the environmental process. Pertinent information obtained from pre-location meetings, agency scoping meetings or other coordination is made available to the public as a part of the public hearing. An up-to-date list of agencies and their addresses is available from the Design Division, Environmental and Historic Preservation section staff. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At these meetings, the general nature of the proposed project is described, and comments are solicited from the agencies. Comments should be solicited and documented in the project file concerning the project&#039;s purpose and need, the range of alternatives and their impacts on the environment. Issues that cause little or no concern should receive less attention and time. The MoDOT Project Manager or districts’ consultant for the project, working through the environmental representative in the Design Division, is responsible for arranging this meeting, which shall include a FHWA representative. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to the meeting, the district supplies the Environmental and Historic Preservation office and FHWA with copies of the draft documents along with any other pertinent information concerning the proposed project the district intends to mail or email to all appropriate agencies. Once approved, the district mails or emails materials, with the meeting time and location, and invitation including a map showing the study area. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The scope of the project is presented at the meeting. The MoDOT Project Manager facilitates the meeting and briefly presents the project Purpose and Need. Other topics unique to the specific project are presented and discussed. It may be appropriate to provide a general overview of known environmental and cultural constraints including a presentation of constraints (e.g. parks) sensitive or specific resources) provided by the MoDOT environmental and historic preservation specialist in attendance. Prior to the meeting, coordination must occur between the MoDOT Project Manager, district staff, FHWA, MoDOT environmental, Design Division, and consultant staff, if applicable, must occur to ensure appropriate materials and format are developed as all groups have a role in the meeting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Category:129 Public Involvement|04]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr style=&amp;quot;border:none; height:2px; background-color:red;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;copy only 129.5&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;hr style=&amp;quot;border:none; height:2px; background-color:red;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=129.5_Public_Meetings=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float: right; margin-top: 5px; margin-left: 15px; margin-bottom: 15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;__TOC__&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [[#129.12_Glossary of Terms|Glossary Definition]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &#039;&#039;&#039;Public Meeting:&#039;&#039;&#039; A public gathering for the express purpose of informing and soliciting input from interested individuals regarding transportation issues. There are no formal requirements and can be tailored to meet department or community needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A public meeting does not have the same requirements as a public hearing. Public meetings do not require any formal presentation and are tailored to meet department or community needs. There are different types of public meetings that MoDOT holds including Pre-Location Study Meetings, Location Study Meetings and Design Meetings. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MoDOT Project Manager (PM) is responsible for identifying the level of public involvement needed for a project. This includes scheduling and coordinating public involvement meetings in collaboration with the district communications (CR) manager and in cooperation with the Central Office Design Division for all projects, including those in which consultants are used. Adequate and appropriate MoDOT staff should be available to answer questions from the public during the meeting. Normally this includes the District Engineer, Project Manager, Area Engineer, CR manager, civil rights staff, and the project designer(s). Other staff, such as Environmental and Historic Preservation staff or Right of Way staff, should be included on a project-by-project basis. The Design Division is consulted when it is necessary for specialists from the Division to attend the meeting. If consultant staff are involved in the preparation of the project, appropriate members of the consultant team should also attend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Public meetings can range from large informational presentations to small groups or one-on-one meetings with individuals. The “open-house” style is in an easy-to-navigate space where the public can come and go at their convenience. It allows members of the public to discreetly ask questions and talk with project representatives about their needs, concerns, and ideas. Visual aids, displays, and handouts are often provided as well as a station where public comments can be submitted for consideration. Displays in general should have the project title at the top of each board (i.e. Route H Bridge Replacement, Lincoln County). Open house meetings can be effective for introducing a proposed project to the public and stimulating an exchange of ideas. Small group meetings are useful for gaining information from community groups, underrepresented groups, neighborhood groups and advisory committees. Additionally, having the ability to utilize workshops, where large groups are organized into small discussion groups, serves to maximize the participation of all attendees while discouraging domination by a few groups or individuals. These small group meetings are not generally advertised to the general public; however, a summary of informal meetings shall be included in the project documentation in the RES, MoProjects and the Administrative Record (if applicable).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==129.5.1 Advertisement for Public Meeting or the Opportunity for a Public Meeting ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:129.5.1.jpg|right|450px|thumb|&amp;lt;Center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Major Project webpage&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notices concerning public meetings or the opportunity for a public meeting will be published in local newspapers, on social media and on the district’s website at a minimum. The PM in cooperation with the CR manager drafts the notice to be published for the meeting or opportunity for the meeting. Notices should contain the project description, time, date, ADA and/or LEP accommodation and location of the meeting, as well as where project information can be viewed. The notice should contain language such as, “if assistance is needed in another language, please contact the (contact listed in the notice) by (date)”, or something more generic like “We are committed to providing equal access to this event for all participants. If you need a reasonable accommodation, please contact (contact listed in the notice) by (date).” The outcome of the LEP analysis should lead to some conclusions regarding potential concentrations of LEP populations. The greater the number or proportion of LEP persons from a particular language group in the project study area, the more likely language services will be needed. If one or more of the following LEP thresholds is applicable, determine the type and degree of language assistance services that would reach the most LEP populations:&lt;br /&gt;
#	1,000 persons or more who speak a language other than English also speak English “less than very well”&lt;br /&gt;
#	5% or more of the population who speak a language other than English also speak English “less than very well”&lt;br /&gt;
#	Interviews with community leaders indicate the need to accommodate certain languages other than English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the project area is known to speak a language other than English and the project impacts that population, the district will document how accommodations were made such as disseminating the public notice in that language as well. The district will need to review information found in the RES, Socioeconomic resource section, on LEP. If that information is not provided in the RES, the following link provides detailed instructions for obtaining LEP information: [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/ENV/Guide_to_Finding_LEP.docx LEP data instructions]. For additional assistance on obtaining LEP data, please contact MoDOT’s Environmental Section or MoDOT’s Business Development and Compliance (EC) Division. The PM can find the latest language contracts at [https://modotgov.sharepoint.com/:f:/r/sites/EC/Title%20VI%20%20ADA/Title%20VI/Interpreter%20and%20Translation%20Contracts?d=w12a80814117e412d85288fce3f2ebc5d&amp;amp;csf=1&amp;amp;web=1&amp;amp;e=vIsf7M Interpreter and Translation Contracts] If an opportunity is published and the district receives no requests for a meeting, they document the opportunity for public meeting notice and that no requests were received.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The information on the notice should also be available on the district’s website. Information from public meetings can be made available online as virtual public meetings through the district’s website. (Refer to [[129.3_“Virtual”_Public_Involvement_(VPI)|EPG 129.3]]). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the district believes other methods of advertising a public meeting would help increase public attendance, these options should be explored. Options may include direct patron mailings, flyers posted in high-traffic public areas, neighborhood newsletters, signs erected in the project area, or other means.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the “open house” format is to be utilized, this procedure is explained in the notice. The notice of public meeting specifies that maps, drawings, appropriate environmental documents, other pertinent information developed by the department and written views received as a result of coordination with other agencies or groups, will be available for public inspection ([https://www.law.cornell.edu/cfr/text/23/771.111 CFR 771.111]). A copy of the notice shall be kept in MoProjects or on CR Division sharepoint site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==129.5.2 Procedures for Public Meetings==&lt;br /&gt;
Public meetings are to be held at a place and time generally convenient for persons affected by the proposed undertaking and should be close to the project area. When selecting the time and location of the meeting, special consideration will be given to making the setting comfortable and accessible for all, including minority and disadvantaged populations (see [[129.1 Environmental Justice, ADA, LEP and Title VI protected populations|EPG 129.1 Environmental Justice, ADA, LEP and Title VI protected populations]]). MoDOT’s PM and CR manager is responsible for determining the information to be provided and style of the meeting. The PM will coordinate with other appropriate staff including the MoDOT environmental representative, when necessary to ensure a productive and informative meeting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following are informational types of items that might be included in the meeting materials:&lt;br /&gt;
* The proposed project’s purpose and need. &lt;br /&gt;
* Describe the proposed project’s conformity with the goals and objectives of the area. &lt;br /&gt;
* Describe the problem to be addressed, why MoDOT is the appropriate agency to address them, and the reasonable process MoDOT will follow or has followed to come to a solution. &lt;br /&gt;
* Communicate the potential project impacts to the community and the efforts that would be made to minimize and/or mitigate those impacts ([https://www.law.cornell.edu/cfr/text/23/771.111 23 CFR 771.111]). &lt;br /&gt;
* Include information such as crash data, structural deficiencies, and capacity problems. &lt;br /&gt;
* Public requests may be cited as justification for the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the PM’s responsibility to document everything (e.g. notices, comments, how comments are being addressed, commitments developed as a result of comments, all PI material) and then provide them to MoDOT Environmental for all Classes of Actions, including PCEs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==129.5.3 Types of Public Meetings==&lt;br /&gt;
Essentially, MoDOT manages all types of public meetings similarly by providing a public meeting notice, conducting an open-house-style format, and obtaining comments from the public. The Commission directs MoDOT to conduct public involvement prior to Commission approval of Location and Design for significant projects. (Refer to [https://www.modot.org/media/31629 Commission policy 010-10-01-HWYS].) &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===129.5.3.1 Pre-location Study Meeting===&lt;br /&gt;
A pre-location study meeting is a type of public meeting that may be necessary for an EA or EIS environmental classification, prior to the preparation of a location study (LS)/environmental report ([[:Category:126 Location Study and Alternatives Analysis|EPG 126 Location Study and Alternatives Analysis)]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The purposes of a pre-location study meeting are to describe the general nature of the proposed project to the public, and to obtain comments concerning the project&#039;s purpose and need, the range of alternatives and their impact to local communities and the environment of the area. The pre-location study meeting should help to determine the details of community values, goals and objectives and other areas of special interest of which the local citizens may be aware including history, archaeology, geology, biology, and public lands in the study area. The draft [[126.2_Purpose_and_Need|Purpose and Need]], as accepted by FHWA and the Design Division, is furnished at the meeting for consideration and comment by the public to help define the Purpose and Need under [https://www.law.cornell.edu/uscode/text/23/139 23 USC 139]. Comments and information received at the meeting will be used to refine or expand the draft Purpose and Need prior to its inclusion as a section of the [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/Location_Study_Report.dotx Location Study Report]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to the pre-location study meeting date, preliminary scoping, and screening and early constraint identification for wetlands, cultural resources, public use areas, etc., must be completed. Preliminary scoping may include scoping meetings for complex projects or written agency correspondence for less complex projects as determined by the Design Division and FHWA. The information from the screening and constraint identification is presented to the public at this meeting as it can limit potential for alternatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Displays available at the pre-location study meeting should be general in nature showing the entire study area with no definite solutions identified. Typically, one display should demonstrate all environmental and cultural constraints identified except the archaeological sites, threatened and endangered species, and caves. These are considered sensitive information and are not revealed to the public. Other displays might include information from the Purpose and Need concerning crash rates, and capacity and/or deficiencies of the existing facility. To assist the public in understanding the process, a [[media:129.1_Display_of_Alternatives.jpg|display may be provided]] showing the general process for completing a location study/environmental report with the pre-location study meeting stage highlighted. For projects where relocation of a route might be an option, it is helpful to provide a blank display on which the public can draw suggested alignments. The public can also identify potential environmental impacts such as family cemeteries, underground storage tanks, etc. This display and all meeting materials must be included in the environmental documentation (administrative record, MoProjects, RES) as well as a summary, and any written comments and responses provided. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comments and recommendations from the meeting will be used by the district to refine the purpose and need for the project, develop the range of reasonable alternatives, and develop the location study/environmental report.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===129.5.3.2 Location Public Meeting===&lt;br /&gt;
A location public meeting is held to provide the opportunity for effective participation by interested persons in discussing specific location features, including the social, economic, environmental and other effects of all the reasonable project alternatives. These meetings afford the department an opportunity to receive information from sources that will be of value in choosing a preferred location. Location public meetings are typically part of the EA and EIS process but could be held for a CE2 or PCE as well. It may be acceptable to hold a combined location and design public meeting for CE2 projects. A summary of the meeting is submitted to the state design engineer for location approval of a PCE and CE2 projects in the form of a Conceptual Study Report. For location approval of EA and EIS processes, Commission approval is needed. &lt;br /&gt;
When a location public meeting is to be held for an EA or EIS, it is typically held after FHWA approves the EA or Draft EIS for public review. In the case of an EIS project, once the draft EIS is signed, a notice of availability (NOA) is published by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) once they receive the approved draft EIS in Washington D.C. The district may then advertise for the location public meeting. For a project with an environmental classification of CE2, a location public meeting may be held after the conceptual plan is approved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===129.5.3.3 Design Public Meeting===&lt;br /&gt;
A design public meeting is offered for projects where input from the public is needed on the design of a proposed project, regardless of environmental classification. The design public meeting should be considered by the PM for projects that substantially change, temporarily or permanently, the function of the roadway or may have an impact on the use of the roadway. A meeting will be considered, even if not &amp;quot;required&amp;quot;, if the impact on the traveling public, adjoining property owners and businesses in the area is considered to be substantial. Additional consideration should be given for large projects, those that have many parcels or heavy public interest. Additionally, a design public meeting should be considered anytime a project impacts alignment (vertical or horizontal), impacts the roadway typical section, changes permanent traffic control infrastructure (stop control to signal control), minor right of way impacts, impacts other modes of transportation, road closures or detours (impacts to users are significant), potential environmental impacts, significant public interest in the project, controversial projects, major project that don’t require public hearings, cost share or cost apportionment projects in which we have other partners in delivering a project, projects that will be long in duration (more than one season to complete), etc. One principal indicator for when a design public meeting should be considered would be on projects that require a preliminary plan.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
This is left to the discretion of the District Engineer, in consultation with the PM. A meeting may be desirable to advise local officials, EMS, school districts (bus routes), motor carriers (OWOD permits), adjacent property owners and other users of the details of the project. For instance, bridge replacement projects that close the road during construction should have a public meeting or opportunity for a public meeting to inform the public of the closure. If a public meeting is not held, reasons should be well-documented in MoProjects. If the projects involves Noise, Section 106, Section 4(f) or Section 6(f) lands, the Design Public Meeting can contribute to the requirements of those issues. (See [[129.7_Noise_Wall_Public_Meeting_and_Voting|EPG 129.7 Noise Wall Public Meeting and Voting]], [[129.8_Section_4(f)_Lands|EPG 129.8 Section 4(f) Lands]] and [[129.9_Section_106_and_Tribal_Consultation|EPG 129.9 Section 106 and Tribal Consultation]]). A “virtual” design public meeting can be substituted for a design public meeting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These criteria are considered a minimum level for which a public meeting or opportunity for a meeting is required. Authority to conduct the design public meeting is given with the District Engineer&#039;s approval of the preliminary plans. At design public meetings, the preliminary plans and other exhibits from the location study are displayed. Pertinent information about the location alternatives studied and reasons for selecting the proposed location are discussed. Details of the effect of the proposed design on individual properties are discussed along with information about the design alternatives studied. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A meeting will be considered, even if not &amp;quot;required&amp;quot;, if the impact on the traveling public, adjoining property owners and businesses in the area is considered to be substantial. Additional consideration should be given for large projects, those that have many parcels or heavy public interest. This is left to the discretion of the District Engineer, in consultation with the PM. A meeting may be desirable to advise local officials, EMS, school districts (bus routes), motor carriers (OWOD permits), adjacent property owners and other users of the details of the project. A summary of the meeting is submitted to the state design engineer for design approval and housed in MoProjects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Category:129 Public Involvement|05]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr style=&amp;quot;border:none; height:2px; background-color:red;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;copy only 129.6&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;hr style=&amp;quot;border:none; height:2px; background-color:red;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=129.6 Public Hearing=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float: right; margin-top: 5px; margin-left: 15px; margin-bottom: 15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;__TOC__&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [[129.12_Glossary_of_Terms|Glossary Definition]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &#039;&#039;&#039;Public Hearing:&#039;&#039;&#039; 23 U.S.C. 128. A public gathering for the express purpose of informing and soliciting input from interested individuals regarding transportation issues. Federal requirements apply such as a legal advertisement, prescribed time for notice before the hearing, and full account of all comments and response to comments.&lt;br /&gt;
 ● A formal hearing consists of an opening statement, a period for statements and questions from the public, and a closing statement. &lt;br /&gt;
 ● An open house format public hearing is one where the public can come and go and are able to ask questions of project representatives as well as a station where public comments can be officially recorded. Visual aids, display and handouts are often provided.&lt;br /&gt;
 ● Required for significant amounts of right-of-way, substantially changes the layout or functions of connecting roadways or of the facility being improved, has substantial adverse impact on abutting property, other has a substantial social, economic, environmental or other effect, or for which FHWA determines that a public hearing is in the public interest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Public hearings have federal requirements, such as a legal advertisement, prescribed time for notice before the hearing, and a full account of all comments, along with the department’s response to those comments. Public hearings or opportunities for a public hearing are required for any Federal-aid project that “requires significant amounts of right-of-way, substantially changes the layout or functions of connecting roadways or of the facility being improved, has substantial adverse impact on abutting property, otherwise has a significant social, economic, environmental or other effect, or for which FHWA determines that a public hearing is in the public interest.” (Refer to [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-H/part-771/section-771.111 23 CFR 771.111]). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formal public hearings consist of an opening statement, a period for statements and questions from the public, and a closing statement. The following is a list of actions and statements that take place at all formal public hearings: &lt;br /&gt;
[[image:129.6.jpg|right|350px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Buck O&#039;Neil Bridge Public Hearing&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
* The public hearing is conducted in a business-like manner, with questions answered as completely and unbiased as possible. &lt;br /&gt;
* The following statement will be made at all hearings: &amp;quot;This project is being processed in accordance with federal rules and regulations. Plans will be subject to review by FHWA. If federal funds are used in right of way acquisition and/or construction, the percentage of federal funds used will be in accordance with current regulations&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
* The tentative schedule of right of way acquisition and construction is mentioned. It is limited to a statement that once design approval is received, the department will proceed with design and right of way acquisition and construction will take place when funds are available. A statement is included that the improvement under consideration is on the [[121.3 The Statewide Transportation Improvement Program (STIP)|State Transportation Improvement Program (STIP]]). &lt;br /&gt;
* Projects requiring a public involvement hearing due to facility expansion of a route must have a presentation of the proposed acquisition plan for the attendees and provide the [http://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%207_Negotiation/Pathways%20for%20Progress%20brochure.pdf “Pathways for Progress”] brochure and [http://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%208_Relocation/Residential%20Relocation%20Brochure.docx “Residential Relocation Brochure”] or [http://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%208_Relocation/Residential%20Relocation%20Brochure.docx “Business Relocation Brochure”]. The &amp;quot;Pathways for Progress&amp;quot; brochure explains the various steps in acquisition of property required for a highway project. If the proposed project is approved, you may be contacted by a representative of the department at the beginning of the acquisition process and all features in this brochure will be discussed in detail with each property owner.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the event the project requires relocations services, the public will be informed regarding the relocation assistance procedures and the process involved in relocating. The “Business Relocation Brochure” or “Residential Relocation Brochure” explain relocation benefits for displaced property owner(s) in detail to prepare for the individual meetings with MoDOT staff. In addition to this statement, it is necessary to discuss the number of individuals, families, businesses, etc. that may be relocated by the project under consideration; and whether studies indicate there is adequate replacement housing available. If sufficient comparable replacement housing is not available, we must indicate that we are committed to provide last resort housing. It is also necessary to state that no one will be displaced from their residence unless an appropriate replacement dwelling is available or provided. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Informal or “open house” type of Public Hearings is a style that is in an easy-to-navigate space where the public can come and go at their convenience. The “open house” style allow members of the public to discreetly ask questions and talk with project representatives about their needs, concerns, and ideas. Visual aids, displays, and handouts are often provided as well as a station where public comments can be submitted for consideration. Open house meetings can be effective for introducing a proposed project to the public and stimulating an exchange of ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is a list of possible displays and/or handouts to inform the public about a project at the public hearing:&lt;br /&gt;
* The proposed project’s purpose and need, goals, objectives and problems or solutions. &lt;br /&gt;
* Communicate the potential project impacts to the community and the efforts that would be made to minimize and/or mitigate those impacts (see [https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/legsregs/directives/fapg/cfr0771.htm 23 CFR 771.111(2)(v)]). &lt;br /&gt;
* Information such as crash data, structural deficiencies, and capacity problems. &lt;br /&gt;
* Proposed project schedule.&lt;br /&gt;
* Projects requiring a public involvement hearing due to facility expansion of a route must have a presentation of the proposed acquisition plan for the attendees and provide the “Pathways for Progress” brochure and “Residential Relocation Brochure” or “Business Relocation Brochure”. The &amp;quot;Pathways for Progress&amp;quot; brochure explains the various steps in acquisition of property required for a highway project. If the proposed project is approved, you may be contacted by a representative of the department at the beginning of the acquisition process and all features in this brochure will be discussed in detail with each property owner.&lt;br /&gt;
* In the event the project requires relocation services, the public will be informed regarding the relocation assistance procedures and the process involved in relocating. The &amp;quot;Business Relocation Brochure” or “Residential Relocation Brochure” explain relocation benefits for displaced property owner(s) in detail to prepare for the individual meetings with MoDOT staff. In addition to this statement, it is necessary to discuss the number of individuals, families, businesses, etc. that may be relocated by the project under consideration; and whether studies indicate there is adequate replacement housing available. If sufficient comparable replacement housing is not available, we must indicate that we are committed to provide last resort housing. It is also necessary to state that no one will be displaced from their residence unless an appropriate replacement dwelling is available or provided.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==129.6.1 Advertisement for Public Hearing or Opportunity for a Public Hearing==&lt;br /&gt;
Notices concerning public hearings will be published as a legal notice in a newspaper having general circulation in the vicinity of the proposed project. Additional paid advertisements are encouraged to ensure maximum public input. Notices of public hearings shall have a description of the project, specify the date, time and location of the hearing as well as where to find the project documents for viewing. Refer to [https://www.law.cornell.edu/cfr/text/23/771.119 23 CFR 771.119(d-f) and (h)] and [[129.4_Public_Involvement_Based_on_Environmental_Document_Type#129.4.3_Environmental_Assessment_(EA)|EPG 129.4.3 Environmental Assessment (EA)]] for timelines related to an EA. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The public hearing is to be held at a place and time generally convenient for persons affected by the proposed undertaking and close to the project location. In addition to publishing a notice of public hearing, the district provides news releases to the newspaper and social media at the same time as the official notice is published and again approximately 5 to 12 calendar days prior to the date of the hearing. The district will also place the news release on their website. The news releases generally contain the same information included in the official notice. An email notification is sent through e-updates or other email distribution lists for the proposed project area. The notice shall contain language such as, “if assistance is needed in another language, please contact the (contact listed in the notice) by (date)”),” or something more generic like “We are committed to providing equal access to this event for all participants. If you need a reasonable accommodation, please contact (contact listed in the notice) by (date).” Additionally, if the project area is known to speak a language other than English and the project impacts that population, the district will document how accommodations were made such as disseminated the public notice in that language as well. This information can be found by going to [https://data.census.gov/cedsci/ data.census.gov] and reviewing tables B16001 and C16001 for a specified geographic location and the most recently available survey – either the ACS 5-Year Estimates or latest decennial census data. Additional assistance with this website and the tables can be obtained from MoDOT’s EC Division. The PM can find the latest language contracts at [https://modotgov.sharepoint.com/:f:/r/sites/EC/Title%20VI%20%20ADA/Title%20VI/Interpreter%20and%20Translation%20Contracts?d=w12a80814117e412d85288fce3f2ebc5d&amp;amp;csf=1&amp;amp;web=1&amp;amp;e=vIsf7M Interpreter and Translation Contracts].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the news releases, specific notification by letter of meetings is made to impacted property owners, business owners, service providers (sheriff, police, fire, schools, post office, emergency, etc.) community leaders, planning commission representatives, local representatives of state and federal resource agencies and any special interest groups, where they can be present or set up displays if they have projects going on in the area for which public questions are anticipated. The districts maintain a mailing list so interested agencies, local officials, groups or individuals are sent a notice of the public hearing by mail/email. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the district believes other methods of advertising a public hearing would help increase public attendance, these options should be explored. Options may include direct patron mailings, flyers in public areas, signs erected in the project area or other methods.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the open house format is to be utilized, this procedure is explained in the notice. The notice of public hearing specifies that maps, drawings, appropriate environmental documents, other pertinent information developed by the department and written views received as a result of coordination with other agencies or groups, will be available for public inspection ([https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=501c79f3d47331fb90d292fffe21e053&amp;amp;node=se23.1.771_1119&amp;amp;rgn=div8 CFR 771.119]). The notice also specifies this information is available in the appropriate district office and FHWA. If appropriate, the documents can also be placed at some other convenient location such as a courthouse, city hall or library for public inspection and/or copying. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The information is also to be made available on the district’s website. The public hearing information should include pdfs of the materials presented at the public meeting and provide an online comment form option if running concurrent with the hearing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By federal statute, the notice of public hearing is published a minimum of 15 calendar days prior to the date of the hearing, however, MoDOT prefers to publish the notice 21 days prior to the date of the hearing. The draft notice is sent to FHWA, Design Division Environmental Section, and the core team for approval. The notice shall be included in MoProjects, or CR Division Sharepoint site for project documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If, in the judgment of the District Engineer, with input and approval from FHWA, a public hearing is not expected due to unknown events, the district shall advertise the opportunity for a public hearing at the start of the 30-day comment period. Additionally, letters to individual property owners, business owners, service providers (sheriff, police, fire, schools, post office, emergency, etc.) and other interest groups can be distributed. In addition to or instead of the information required for the notices and news releases described above, the notice of opportunity for a public hearing includes instructions concerning how to request a public hearing. All requests for a hearing must be in writing and must be acknowledged in writing by the District Engineer. Any comments requesting a public hearing and how they were addressed will be incorporated into the EA. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This notice is published as either a paid advertising notice or a legal notice, or in a more commonly viewed section of the newspaper and submitted as a news release and other common ways to advertise. This notice advises the public of a deadline for the request for a public hearing and comment period. The deadline for submission of a request to hold a public hearing is 21 calendar days, however, the public may still comment on other aspects of the project for a full 30 calendar day period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a request is received, the district may contact the individual to discuss their concerns with the project and potentially remedy the request. The person making the request is allowed 14 calendar days to withdraw their request in writing. A public hearing is held if the request is not withdrawn. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the district receives no requests for a hearing, they document the opportunity for public hearing notice and certify that no requests were received. The public is still afforded the opportunity to comment during the normal comment period. This documentation and certification is forwarded to the Design Division.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==129.6.2 Procedures for Conducting Public Hearings==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:129.6.2.jpg|right|300px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I-270 Public Meeting&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The district conducts the public hearing with assistance from the Design Division. Two procedures may be used to conduct public hearings: the traditional formal speaker-audience format, or the open house format. The selection of format is at the discretion of the District Engineer with assistance from the Design Liaison Engineer and PM and should be based on an analysis of the project’s specific conditions. This analysis must include consideration of minority and LEP populations, with the goal of using a format that proactively engages these populations. The recommended open house format tends to be comfortable for a wider variety of people. The open house format will still require a court reporter on hand to transcribe and record official comments, which then become part of the official transcript. In the event a court reporter is not used, the district shall still be required to document written and verbal comments from the public.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At a public hearing, the following must be provided: project purpose and need; information demonstrating consistency with local urban planning goals and objectives; project alternatives and major design features; social, economic and environmental impacts; relocation assistance program and the right of way acquisition process; and MoDOT’s procedures for receiving written and oral public statements (see [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-H/part-771 CFR 771.111]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Preparation of all exhibits and displays is the responsibility of the district, in coordination with MoDOT Environmental and FHWA, and will be retained for possible use at future meetings. The exhibits of the project area will be of sufficient quality and scale so property owners can clearly identify their property. Multiple sets may also be appropriate if anticipating large crowds. It is recommended that a wide corridor be shown but not design features, since these are subject to change. Additional exhibits showing traffic, crash, environmental, economic, or other data will also be displayed. They should show all known constraints, both environmental and engineering. Typically, these include one display showing all environmental and cultural constraints identified except the archaeological sites, threatened and endangered species and caves. These are considered sensitive information and are not displayed for the public. This display and all meeting materials must be included in the environmental documentation (administrative record, MoProjects, RES) as well as a summary, and any written comments and responses provided.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==129.6.3 Transcripts ==&lt;br /&gt;
The district is responsible for the preparation of an accurate written transcript of the oral proceedings and verbal input of each public hearing whether formal or open house style. This may include the use of a tape recorder, a court recorder, or any reliable method that will assure a verbatim transcript to record comments from the public. Shorthand notes are not adequate. Recordings are retained as part of the administrative record and kept with the project file. Public comments expressed at the hearing but not recorded will also be noted. One copy of the transcript is prepared in the district office for submission to the Design Division and FHWA.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The transcript is created and saved in MoProjects and must also include the following summary contents in this order: &lt;br /&gt;
* Executive Summary that describes and discusses issues identified at the hearing or during the open comment period. No recommendations are included in this summary. &lt;br /&gt;
* Project information handout &lt;br /&gt;
* Double-spaced transcript of any oral hearing proceedings &lt;br /&gt;
* Color location map(s) showing the alternate locations presented (location public hearing only) or the location of the recommended design (design public hearing only) &lt;br /&gt;
* Data pertinent to statements or exhibits used or filed in connection with the public hearing &lt;br /&gt;
* Data pertinent to information made available to the public prior to the public hearing &lt;br /&gt;
* Pertinent correspondence &lt;br /&gt;
* Copy of all written comments received and substantive comments addressed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following material will not be included in the hearing transcript but must still be maintained as part of the administrative record in the project file: &lt;br /&gt;
* Data pertaining to newspaper advertising. This covers the descriptive notice as well as letters to newspapers requesting publication of a public hearing notice. &lt;br /&gt;
* Informative letters to FHWA. &lt;br /&gt;
* Letters to agencies, interested parties and tribes concerning notification of a public hearing and listing of agencies so notified except where Section 4(f) and Section 6(f) lands are affected. &lt;br /&gt;
* List of names of people attending the public hearing. &lt;br /&gt;
* Plan sheet prints or similar large material bulky in nature unless they can be conveniently included. &lt;br /&gt;
* Other data such as copies of letters from the Central Office, listing of information made available to the public prior to the public hearing, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
* Preliminary plans used as exhibits at the public hearing. &lt;br /&gt;
* Right of way or relocation brochures. &lt;br /&gt;
* Additionally, a [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/Commission_Backup_Form_Blank.dotx Commission Backup Form] is submitted with the Letter of Transmittal by email from the District Engineer to the Design Division. The Letter of Transmittal and Commission Backup Form are not made a part of the transcript. The Letter of Transmittal addresses any substantive comments from the public hearing and includes the number of people who attended, recommendations, and general project information. The Letter of Transmittal from the District Engineer will also certify that the public hearing was held in accordance with all applicable rules and regulations, and that the department has considered possible social, economic, and environmental effects of the proposed improvement together with its conformity with local planning goals and objectives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For EA and EIS projects, the Design Division sends FHWA a copy of the transcript so substantive issues to be addressed in the EA decision document or Final EIS can be considered prior to submittal of the document for FHWA&#039;s approval. FHWA must approve the FONSI or Record of Decision (ROD) prior to Commission approval of the location. The Design Division will provide a copy of the transcript, with executive summary, to FHWA for their review and comment. No department recommendation will be provided to FHWA at this time. FHWA will provide comments to the department concerning the issues identified as a result of the public hearing. Their comments will be considered in the development of the department&#039;s recommendations to the Commission. It is desirable that the submission of the transcript and executive summary to the Design Division be made within a reasonable period (usually less than two months) after the public hearing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to submitting the transcript to the Design Division, the district makes the transcript and related material available for public inspection and copying at the district office. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Commission Backup Form and final transcript will be saved in MoProjects by the district. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the event a scheduled public hearing is not held, a letter conveying information pertaining to the scheduled hearing will suffice in lieu of a transcript.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==129.6.4 Presentation for Location and Design Approval to the Commission and Commission Actions Needed==&lt;br /&gt;
Commission approval of the location or design of an improvement is required for the following: &lt;br /&gt;
* The location of all projects classified as an EA or an EIS. &lt;br /&gt;
* The design of all projects requiring total additional right of way and permanent easements greater than 20 acres in rural areas or 100,000 square feet in urban areas.&lt;br /&gt;
* Controversial projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Commission policy requires public involvement be carried out for those projects that meet the above thresholds. A procedure governing the presentation of information to the Commission for location or design approval following a public hearing or meeting is stated below. Location, design, and combined location and design public hearing transcripts are submitted to the Design Division through email. The district must receive Commission approval at this stage before further development of the plans can be accomplished.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:129.6.4.jpg|right|300px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;MHTC Meeting&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
* The district submits one copy of the transcript or documentation from the public involvement plan, together with the executive summary, Commission Backup Form and location sketch for the Commission exhibit, to the appropriate design liaison engineer in the [https://modotgov.sharepoint.com/sites/DE/ Design Division]. &lt;br /&gt;
* The transmittal letter must include the district’s recommendations concerning how to address the issues identified as a result of the public involvement. &lt;br /&gt;
* The DLE will then submit the information via e-mail addressed to “Commission Exhibit”.&lt;br /&gt;
* For each item placed on the monthly Commission agenda, any conflict of interest for the Commissioners must be established. A Commission property layer is available on [https://tmsmaps.dot.missouri/? TMS maps] for easy review (Under STIP and Commissioner Property Detail). A MHTC Agenda Item Checklist must be included for any agenda item for which there is a conflict (i.e., a Commissioner owns property within one mile (1.6 km) of the project). The SIMS Reports: MHTC Agenda Checklist and MHTC Agenda Checklist for Design can be used to identify known property conflicts. Additionally, District Right of Way and Chief Counsel&#039;s Office can provide information on potential conflict of interest areas for projects within the district. In the event a possible conflict does exist, the MHTC Agenda Item Checklist identifies the name of the Commissioner and the location of the property of concern. This information is provided for the Commission Secretary and Chief Counsel&#039;s Office use. If no conflicts exist, the e-mail must indicate that no conflict of interest exists. &lt;br /&gt;
* To properly schedule hearing information for presentation to the Commission for design approval, the district will provide the information to the Design Division according to the Commission meeting [http://sp/sites/de/Admin/Schedules/agenda%20checklist-backup%20schedule%20for%202020.pdf schedule requirements]. This will allow for a two working-day review and ensure the item has been thoroughly discussed before it is placed on the Commission agenda. &lt;br /&gt;
* If a difference of opinion develops between the Design Division and the district concerning recommendations to the Commission, the director, the chief engineer, or the asst. chief engineer will be consulted to reach consensus. The recommendation provided to the Commission indicates the department’s formal determined position and not that of a single district or division. &lt;br /&gt;
* With the information received from the district, the Design Division will ensure the item is placed on the Commission agenda and [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/Commission_Backup_Form_Blank.dotx Commission backup] is provided to the Commission. Based upon this information, the Design Division will place the item on the regular or consent portion of the meeting agenda. In doing so, a consistent format will be maintained for the Commission&#039;s benefit. &lt;br /&gt;
* When the item is placed on the Commission&#039;s regular agenda (because of controversy or public interest), the District Engineer will attend the Commission meeting and present the item for approval. If the item is placed on the Commission&#039;s consent agenda, it is preferred the District Engineer attend the meeting to answer questions from the Commission in the event it is transferred to the regular agenda. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following Commission action, the Design Division will prepare the necessary Commission minutes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the Commission has approved the location of the proposed improvement, design beyond preliminary design of the project may continue. FHWA must approve the FONSI or ROD prior to Commission approval of the location. After the Commission has approved the design of the proposed improvement and the District Engineer has approved right of way plans developed in accordance with [[:Category:236 Right of Way|EPG 236 Right of Way]], acquisition of right of way may begin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Category:129 Public Involvement|06]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr style=&amp;quot;border:none; height:2px; background-color:red;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;copy only 129.7&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;hr style=&amp;quot;border:none; height:2px; background-color:red;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=129.7 Noise Wall Public Meeting and Voting=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For projects with noise impacts where noise abatement is both reasonable and feasible, a noise wall public meeting is required. Refer to [[127.13_Noise#127.13.8_Noise_Wall_Public_Meeting_and_Voting|EPG 127.13.8 Noise Wall Public Meeting and Voting]] for guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Category:129 Public Involvement|07]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr style=&amp;quot;border:none; height:2px; background-color:red;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;copy only 129.8&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;hr style=&amp;quot;border:none; height:2px; background-color:red;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=129.8 Section 4(f) Lands=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float: right; margin-top: 5px; margin-left: 15px; margin-bottom: 15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;__TOC__&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Section 4(f) of the Transportation Act of 1966 specifies that a transportation project requiring the use of publicly owned parks, recreation areas, wildlife and waterfowl refuges, and other considerations as determined by FHWA, or publicly or privately-owned historic sites listed or eligible for listing on the National Register of Historic Places can be approved only if there is no feasible and prudent alternative or is a de minimis impact to using that land and if all possible planning is done to minimize harm to the property. These types of properties are often referred to as Section 4(f) resources (refer to [[127.10_Section_4(f)_Public_Lands|EPG 127.10 Section 4(f) Public Lands]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The level of public involvement required for Section 4(f) properties is dependent on how the use of the property will be documented for approval by FHWA. The Environmental and Historic Preservation Section must be consulted for appropriate public involvement for Section 4(f) properties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For parks, recreation areas, or refuges, when there is a specific or isolated population that uses the Section 4(f) property, a more direct contact approach such as targeted mailing can be used. When it is unknown who uses the property, or the users come from a much larger geographic area, the public involvement requirement may involve a public meeting and/or hearing. If a public meeting or hearing will be used to satisfy the public outreach requirements of Section 4(f), be sure to clearly disclose such in the meeting or hearing notifications and advertisements. Refer to [https://www.law.cornell.edu/cfr/text/23/774.5 CFR 774.5 (b)(2)(i)]. For historic properties, public notice and comment, beyond that required in 36 CFR 800, is not obligatory. Refer to [https://www.law.cornell.edu/cfr/text/23/774.5 (23 CFR 774.5 (b)(1)(iii))].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Historic de minimis==&lt;br /&gt;
For historic de minimis the public involvement process mirrors the Section 106 public involvement process. Refer to [[129.9_Section_106_and_Tribal_Consultation|EPG 129.9]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Parks, recreation areas, wildlife and waterfowl refuge de minimis==&lt;br /&gt;
Parks, recreation areas, wildlife and waterfowl refuges shall have, at a minimum, a public notice and an opportunity for public review and comment. If the project does not require a public meeting, other means must be made to provide the public information on the Section 4(f) resource, impacts on it, and an opportunity to comment on the proposed de minimis determination. The notice shall be a minimum 10-day public notice and comment period and looks similar to the public meeting advertisement. Consult your CR manager for what is most appropriate for the area in question. This information can be made public through a press release in a newspaper, social media posts, comment cards left at the facility, sign-boards, hand-outs, etc. The notice should consider the resource and how the users of that resource are most likely to be reached. The public notice or opportunity for comment may be combined as part of other public involvement for the project, such as for NEPA, if the proposed impacts and findings related to the Section 4(f) properties have been determined.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a public meeting is held, the materials at the public meeting should include information that identifies parks as Section 4(f) properties, identifies the characteristics of any parks in the project area, and include that a de minimis determination will be sought under 23 CFR 774. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 4(f) evaluation shall be provided to the official with jurisdiction (OWJ) over the 4(f) property for coordination and comment. The OWJ(s) cannot approve the use of the property until after the public comment period has ended and public feedback has been provided. Any comments shall be addressed in the de minimis documentation. The public feedback must be provided to the OWJ(s) for consideration as part of the evaluation. The de minimis evaluation form, maps, OWJ concurrence, and the public involvement materials are submitted to FHWA for comment and approval. The materials are then included in the NEPA administrative record and/or the RES for the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Programmatic Evaluation==&lt;br /&gt;
The project shall include public involvement activities that are consistent with the specific requirements of 23 CFR 771.111, Early coordination, public involvement and project development. For a project where one or more public meetings or hearings are held, information on the proposed use of the Section 4(f) property shall be communicated at the public meeting(s) or hearing(s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Temporary Occupancy==&lt;br /&gt;
There are no regulatory requirements for public involvement for the temporary occupancy of a Section 4(f) resource. If a Section 4(f) resource will be used in such a matter, and it is known prior to a public meeting, the public meeting should include information on the Section 4(f) resource and the nature of impacts and how the resource will not be permanently damaged by the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Individual Section 4(f)==&lt;br /&gt;
If an Individual Section 4(f) Evaluation is part of an EA or EIS, the draft Section 4(f) is included in the document which is made available for the public, and the public comment periods and methods overlap. For an EA or EIS, the draft Section 4(f) Evaluation must be included in the EA or draft EIS (DEIS) and FHWA must approve the draft Section 4(f) Evaluation as part of the approved EA or DEIS before the location public hearing can be held. The approved draft Section 4(f) Evaluation is provided to the U.S. Department of the Interior (DOI) for comment. A 45-day public comment period runs concurrently with the DOI review and comment. Typically, the notice is similar to a public meeting advertisement. For EISs, this occurs automatically with circulation of the DEIS. The environmental specialist circulates the approved Draft Section 4(f) Evaluation accompanying an EA or separate Section 4(f) Evaluations prepared for projects classified as CEs to DOI for comment. A Final Section 4(f) Evaluation that addresses any substantive comments is included with the Finding of No Significant Impact (FONSI) or Final EIS (FEIS). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the project is a CE, there is a 30-day public comment period during the 45-day DOI review period, usually they end on the same date. A notice about the availability of the document is placed in the local newspaper and MoDOT website, an electronic copy of the document is placed on the project website, and a hard copy is placed in a local repository (city hall, county courthouse or public library). For CE projects, the environmental specialist prepares a separate Final Section 4(f) Evaluation. Comments should be sent by letter to the District Engineer. FHWA approval of the Final Section 4(f) Evaluation is integrated with location approval, which allows detailed design to begin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Category:129 Public Involvement|08]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr style=&amp;quot;border:none; height:2px; background-color:red;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;copy only 129.9&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;hr style=&amp;quot;border:none; height:2px; background-color:red;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=129.9 Section 106 and Tribal Consultation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act requires that the public be offered the opportunity to receive information about and comment on the project&#039;s effect on historic properties. Section 106 also requires a federal agency to notify the public of proposed projects and offer the public an opportunity to provide input in a timely manner. The project&#039;s impacts on historic properties should be identified and discussed at public meetings. Documentation of public input or knowledge regarding these impacts is required in MoProjects or the RES. A member of the public with a demonstrated interest in an undertaking may request and receive consulting party status from the federal agency. The district should work with the Historic Preservation Section to coordinate HP involvement in public meetings when there are historic properties present on a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below is the guidance provided by the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation on what are the minimum standards for public involvement, public notice and information standard ([https://www.law.cornell.edu/cfr/text/36/part-800 36 CFR PART 800] 2(d) &amp;amp; 6(a)(4)):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:“At a minimum, the Agency Official has to provide an opportunity for the public to examine the results of the agency&#039;s effort to identify historic properties, evaluate their significance and assess the undertaking&#039;s effects upon them. When adverse effects are found, the Agency Official must also make information available to the public about the undertaking, its effects on historic properties and alternatives to resolve the adverse effects and must provide the public an opportunity to express their views on resolving adverse effects. The precise method of meeting these standards is left up to the Agency Official and may be guided by other applicable agency public involvement procedures. The agency can adjust the level and method based on the circumstances of the undertaking, as provided for in Sections 800.2(d) and 800.6(a)(4).”&lt;br /&gt;
:“At a minimum, public notice should be designed to effectively inform the public about the nature of the undertaking, its effects and the public&#039;s likely interest in it. As for information, the documentation standards of Section 800.11 set requirements for the record at various steps in the process. These materials should be available to the public, unless constrained by legitimate confidentiality concerns. Other than Section 800.11&#039;s documentation standards, there is no special prescribed public notice and information standard for Section 106. Efforts to inform the public for other planning and environmental review purposes should be a guide to adequate efforts to meet Section 106 needs.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides the public, Section 106 also requires federal agencies to consult on a “government-to-government” basis with federally-recognized tribes and nations with ancestral, historic, and ceded land connections to Missouri to facilitate avoiding or minimizing project impacts to cultural resources that a tribe considers of historical or religious significance. Consultation means the process of seeking, discussing, and considering the views of others, and where feasible, seeking agreement with them on how historic properties should be identified, considered, and managed. The federal government&#039;s unique relationship with tribes is derived from the U.S. Constitution, treaties, Supreme Court decisions, federal statutes, and executive orders. The Federal Highway Administration cannot delegate its government-to-government responsibility and overall consultation and coordination duties. However, if a tribe agrees in advance, FHWA may rely on MoDOT to carry out day-to-day, project-specific coordination and consultation. FHWA remains legally responsible for all findings and determinations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Category:129 Public Involvement|09]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr style=&amp;quot;border:none; height:2px; background-color:red;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;copy only 129.10&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;hr style=&amp;quot;border:none; height:2px; background-color:red;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=129.10 Railroads=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The district first contacts the Multimodal Operations-Rail Division whenever a project may affect rail lines, yards, or related industrial properties. Multimodal-Rail then leads the coordination process by notifying the appropriate railroad representatives and sharing project plans to gather their input and ensure all stakeholder considerations are incorporated early in the project development process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:129 Public Involvement|10]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr style=&amp;quot;border:none; height:2px; background-color:red;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;copy only 129.11&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;hr style=&amp;quot;border:none; height:2px; background-color:red;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=129.11 Public Involvement for Storm Water=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Refer to [[127.29_Stormwater#127.29.5_Public_Involvement_for_Stormwater|EPG 127.29.5 Public Involvement for Stormwater]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Category:129 Public Involvement|11]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr style=&amp;quot;border:none; height:2px; background-color:red;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;copy only 129.12&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;hr style=&amp;quot;border:none; height:2px; background-color:red;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=129.12 Glossary of Terms=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Categorical Exclusion (CE):&#039;&#039;&#039; CEs are actions that, based on FHWA&#039;s past experience with similar actions, normally do not involve significant environmental impacts. They are actions that: Do not induce significant impacts to planned growth or land use for the area; do not require the relocation of significant numbers of people; do not have a significant impact on any natural, cultural, recreational, historic or other resource; do not involve significant air, noise, or water quality impacts; do not have significant impacts on travel patterns; or do not otherwise have any significant environmental impacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Emergency situation:&#039;&#039;&#039; A health or other emergency situation as declared by the Governor, and/or President, and/or a local government jurisdiction which determines an in-person public hearing and/or in-person inspection of documents should be limited out of concerns for public health and/or safety, and/or MoDOT in coordination with FHWA determines that an in-person public hearing should not be held out of concerns for public health or safety.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Environmental Assessment (EA):&#039;&#039;&#039; A concise public document prepared in compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA), that briefly discusses the purpose and need for an action, alternatives to such action, and provides sufficient evidence and analysis of impacts to determine whether to prepare an environmental impact statement (EIS) or a finding of no significant impact (FONSI).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Environmental Impact Statement (EIS):&#039;&#039;&#039; A detailed written statement required by section 102 (2) (C) of the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA), analyzing the environmental impacts of a proposed action, adverse effects of the project that cannot be avoided, alternative courses of action, short-term uses of the environment versus the maintenance and enhancement of long-term productivity, and any irreversible and irretrievable commitment of resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Finding of No Significant Impact (FONSI):&#039;&#039;&#039; If after the completion of an EA it is determined there will be no significant impacts on the quality of the environment, a finding of no significant impact (FONSI) will be prepared to conclude the process and document the decision. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Limited English Proficiency (LEP):&#039;&#039;&#039; Individuals who cannot speak, read, write, or understand the English language at a level that permits them to interact effectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Location Study: &#039;&#039;&#039; Prepared to determine the most advantageous location for a proposed highway improvement based on project purpose and need and on engineering and environmental constraints. The location study and the environmental analysis are developed concurrently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Major Infrastructure Project:&#039;&#039;&#039; An infrastructure project for which multiple Federal authorizations will be required to proceed with construction, the lead Federal agency has determined that it will prepare an EIS under NEPA, and the project sponsor has identified the reasonable availability of funds sufficient to complete the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Minority:&#039;&#039;&#039; A person who is:&lt;br /&gt;
:(1) Black: a person having origins in any of the black racial groups of Africa;&lt;br /&gt;
:(2) Hispanic or Latino: a person of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Central or South American, or other Spanish culture or origin, regardless of race;&lt;br /&gt;
:(3) Asian American: a person having origins in any of the original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia, or the Indian subcontinent;&lt;br /&gt;
:(4) American Indian and Alaskan Native: a person having origins in any of the original people of North America, South America (including Central America), and who maintains cultural identification through tribal affiliation or community recognition; or&lt;br /&gt;
:(5) Native Hawaiian and Other Pacific Islander: people having origins in any of the original peoples of Hawaii, Guam, Samoa, or other Pacific Islands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA):&#039;&#039;&#039; Requirement of Federal agencies to assess the environmental effects of their proposed actions prior to making decisions. Under the NEPA process, agencies evaluate the environmental and related social and economic effects of their proposed actions and provide opportunities for public review and comment on those evaluations. NEPA applies to a broad range of federal actions that include, but are not limited to, constructing highways and other publicly owned facilities, adopting federal land management actions, and federal permitting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notice of Intent (NOI):&#039;&#039;&#039; A notice published in the federal register that an environmental impact statement will be prepared and considered. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pre-Location Study Meeting:&#039;&#039;&#039; A meeting conducted for projects that require an EA, EIS, or CE2 held prior to the preparation of a location study/environmental report or conceptual study, or a CE2 to gain public input on the draft purpose and need, the range of alternatives and the impact on the local communities and the environment of the area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Programmatic Agreement (PA):&#039;&#039;&#039; A document that details the terms of a formal, legally binding agreement between a state DOT and other state, local and/or federal agencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Programmatic CE (PCE):&#039;&#039;&#039; An agreement between FHWA and the State DOT to make Categorical Exclusions (CE), (most of which are listed under 23 CFR Part 771.117(d)), more efficient and faster. The PCE agreement allows the State DOT to document, review, and approve CEs without requiring FHWA Division Office review in order to proceed to the next step of the project development process. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Public Hearing:&#039;&#039;&#039; 23 U.S.C. 128. A public gathering for the express purpose of informing and soliciting input from interested individuals regarding transportation issues. Federal requirements apply such as a legal advertisement, prescribed time for notice before the hearing, and full account of all comments and response to comments.&lt;br /&gt;
* A formal hearing consists of an opening statement, a period for statements and questions from the public, and a closing statement. &lt;br /&gt;
* An open house format public hearing is one where the public can come and go and are able to ask questions of project representatives as well as a station where public comments can be officially recorded. Visual aids, display and handouts are often provided.&lt;br /&gt;
* Required for significant amounts of right-of-way, substantially changes the layout or functions of connecting roadways or of the facility being improved, has substantial adverse impact on abutting property, other has a substantial social, economic, environmental or other effect, or for which FHWA determines that a public hearing is in the public interest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Public Involvement (PI):&#039;&#039;&#039; An integral part of the transportation process which helps to ensure decisions are made in consideration of and to benefit public needs and preferences. It involves seeking public input at key points in the decision-making process where such input has a real potential to help shape the final decision or set of actions. This includes early and continuing opportunities during project development for the public to be involved in the identification of social, economic, and environmental impacts, as well as impacts associated with relocation of individuals, groups, or institutions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Public Involvement Plan (PIP):&#039;&#039;&#039; An announced meeting conducted by transportation officials designed to facilitate participation in the decision-making process and to assist the public in gaining an informed view of a proposed project at any level of the transportation project development process; also, such a gathering may be referred to as a public information meeting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Public Meeting:&#039;&#039;&#039; A public gathering for the express purpose of informing and soliciting input from interested individuals regarding transportation issues. There are no formal requirements and can be tailored to meet department or community needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purpose and Need: &#039;&#039;&#039; A clear and well documented section of an EIS or EA or some CEs defining the need for the project and how that need will be fulfilled. The purpose and need drive the development of the range of alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Virtual Public Involvement (VPI):&#039;&#039;&#039; The use of digital technology to engage individuals or to visualize projects and plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Category:129 Public Involvement|12]] --&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Federal-Aid_Acceptance_Sampling_and_Testing&amp;diff=59489</id>
		<title>Federal-Aid Acceptance Sampling and Testing</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Federal-Aid_Acceptance_Sampling_and_Testing&amp;diff=59489"/>
		<updated>2026-09-29T18:10:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: updated broken links&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{|style=&amp;quot;padding: 0.3em; margin-left:15px; border:2px solid #a9a9a9; text-align:center; font-size: 95%; background:#f5f5f5&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;340px&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;This article&#039;s information has moved&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The &amp;quot;Stabilized Permeable Base&amp;quot; information from Federal-Aid Acceptance Sampling and Testing has moved to [[:Category:302_Stabilized_Permeable_Base#302.2.1.1_Production_Testing|EPG 302.2.1.1]].  The &amp;quot;Modified Subgrade&amp;quot; information was moved to [[:Category:205_Modified_Subgrade#205.2.2.3.7_Production_Testing|EPG 205.2.2.3.7]].&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:173_Erosion_Control_for_Maintenance_Operations&amp;diff=59488</id>
		<title>Category:173 Erosion Control for Maintenance Operations</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:173_Erosion_Control_for_Maintenance_Operations&amp;diff=59488"/>
		<updated>2026-09-29T18:05:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: updated broken link to EPG 806&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[image:173.jpg|right|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT takes great pride in being a good steward of the environment. As part of Maintenance operations, we must strive to protect, conserve and enhance the environment while maintaining and operating a complex transportation infrastructure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EPG 173 offers examples on how to maintain roadway slopes and ditches to prevent erosion and slides and how to repair slopes and ditches when they are impacted by slope erosion and slides.  [[#173.1 Regulation and Permits|EPG 173.1 Regulations and Permits]] outlines the rules and regulations that set the boundaries for MoDOT’s actions. Typically, eroded ditches, slopes or stream banks have been repaired with rip-rap material to mitigate future erosion. The following articles outline specific examples on prevention and repair with step-by-step pictorial overviews.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==173.1 Regulation and Permits==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many laws in effect today that were enacted in an effort to protect the nation’s natural environment. These laws have a direct effect on the way MoDOT conducts business, as it is MoDOT’s commitment to remain environmentally&lt;br /&gt;
responsible. One law in particular, the Clean Water Act (CWA), was enacted to protect the nation’s waters from pollutants. Sections 401, 402, and 404 of the Clean Water Act influence many of MoDOT’s day to day activities. The Department of Army Corps of Engineers (COE) administers Sections 401, 402 and 404 of the Clean Water Act.  [http://www.usace.army.mil/Pages/default.aspx Specific COE district office location information] is available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===173.1.1 Do You Need a Section 404 Permit?===&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout the work descriptions below, you will notice a couple of recurring terms: Clean Rock Fill and Ordinary High Water Mark (OHWM or OHW). For the purposes of this article, these terms shall be defined as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Clean Rock Fill.&#039;&#039;&#039; You must use only graded rock, quarry-run rock and/or clean concrete rubble for rip-rap. The material must be reasonably well graded, consisting of pieces varying in size from 20 pounds up to and including at least 150 pound pieces. Generally, the maximum weight of any piece should not be more than 500 pounds. Gravel and dirt should not exceed 15% of the total fill volume. If you use concrete rubble, you must break all large slabs to conform to the well graded requirement, and remove all exposed reinforcement rods, trash, asphalt, and other extraneous materials before you place the rubble in the waters of the United States. Size and gradation requirements can be changed provided approval is received from the Corps’ Regulatory Branch prior to placement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Ordinary High Water Mark (OHWM or OHW).&#039;&#039;&#039; The term ordinary high water mark means that line on the shore established by the fluctuations of water and indicated by physical characteristics such as a clear, natural line impressed on the bank, shelving, changes in the character of soil, destruction of terrestrial vegetation, the presence of litter and debris, or other appropriate means that consider the characteristics of the surrounding areas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===173.1.2 User Notes and Cautions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* ANY WORK WITHIN JURISDICTIONAL WETLANDS WILL REQUIRE AUTOMATIC PRE-CONSTRUCTION NOTIFICATION TO THE US ARMY CORPS OF&lt;br /&gt;
ENGINEERS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Some streams have sensitive fish, mussels, and other species in them and as a result may have date restrictions of when MoDOT can work in the stream.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* When in doubt, ALWAYS contact the MoDOT Design-Environmental Section at (573) 526-4778 prior to starting your activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===173.1.3 MT Activities that DO NOT Require a Section 404 Permit===&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:173.1.3.jpg|right|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Hand-cutting (with a chainsaw) logs and brush that build up against our structures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Dipping out (with a trackhoe or equivalent piece of equipment) logs and brush that build up against our structures. NOTE: This work must be done without entering the stream channel with a &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;tracked vehicle&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; (you can enter the stream with a rubber tired vehicle, as long as you ARE NOT pushing material around), either from the high bank or the bridge/roadway, and the logs/brush must be placed in an upland location, where there is not a chance of them endangering our structure again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Rubber tired vehicle in the stream channel to dip out sand/silt/gravel material. You CAN NOT push material around with a loader or skid steer; you must use a bucket to DIP MATERIAL OUT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Placing clean rock fill or shaping a streambank (laying a bank back for stability) ABOVE THE ORDINARY HIGH WATER MARK.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===173.1.4 MT Activities that are Covered Under Existing Nationwide or General Permit that DO NOT Require Pre-construction Notification to the Corps===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Streambank stabilization that can involve armoring a bank with clean rock fill or protecting the toe of a bank with clean rock fill. This includes stabilizing the banks behind culvert wing walls and on bridge spill fills (NOTE: This activity CAN NOT exceed 500 ft. in length and/or 1 cubic yard per running foot of fills below the ordinary high water mark (This work is covered under Nationwide Permit #13).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===173.1.5 MT Activities that Require Pre-construction Notification to the COE===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Performing work in the channel with &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;tracked&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; equipment (tracked skid steer, trackhoe, etc.) to clean sediment (silt, sand, gravel, etc.) out of, or away from a structure. (Note: All material removed must be taken to and disposed of in an upland location and work CAN NOT EXCEED 200 ft. of stream length.) This work requires a Nationwide Permit #3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Performing work in the channel with a &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;rubber tired&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; vehicle (tired skid steer, backhoe, front-end loader etc.) and pushing the material in order to remove it. (Note: All material removed must be taken to and disposed of in an upland location and work CAN NOT EXCEED 200 ft. of stream length.) This work requires a Nationwide Permit #3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Placing clean rock fill and/or gabion baskets within the channel to stabilize culvert outlets or inlets. This work requires a Nationwide Permit #3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Placing clean rock fill and/or gabion baskets around scoured bridge piers. This work requires a Nationwide Permit #3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Streambank stabilization as discussed in the green section above that exceeds 500 ft. in length or 1 cubic yard per running foot of fills below the ordinary high water mark. This work requires a Nationwide Permit #13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===173.1.6 Regulatory Conditions for Working in Streams/Wetlands: NWP, Section 401 Water Quality Certification General Conditions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.&#039;&#039;&#039; Missouri Water Quality Standards antidegradation requirements dictate all appropriate and reasonable Best Management Practices (BMPs) related to erosion and sediment control, project stabilization, and prevention of water quality degradation are applied and maintained ([https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&amp;amp;rct=j&amp;amp;q=&amp;amp;esrc=s&amp;amp;source=web&amp;amp;cd=&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwi70t6i56f1AhXtj4kEHfjnAMoQFnoECAQQAQ&amp;amp;url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sos.mo.gov%2Fadrules%2Fcsr%2Fcurrent%2F10csr%2F10c20-7a.pdf&amp;amp;usg=AOvVaw0VV937x0qgcKZQf0G2yHCH 10 CSR 20-7.031(3)]); for example, preserving vegetation, streambank stability, and basic drainage. BMPs shall be properly installed prior to conducting authorized activities and maintained, repaired, and/or replaced as needed during all phases of the project to limit the amount of discharge of water contaminants to waters of the state. The project shall not involve more than normal stormwater or incidental loading of sediment caused by project activities so as to comply with Missouri’s general water quality criteria ([https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&amp;amp;rct=j&amp;amp;q=&amp;amp;esrc=s&amp;amp;source=web&amp;amp;cd=&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwi70t6i56f1AhXtj4kEHfjnAMoQFnoECAQQAQ&amp;amp;url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sos.mo.gov%2Fadrules%2Fcsr%2Fcurrent%2F10csr%2F10c20-7a.pdf&amp;amp;usg=AOvVaw0VV937x0qgcKZQf0G2yHCH 10 CSR 20-7.031(4)]).  Also refer to [[127.29 Stormwater|EPG 127.29 Stormwater]] and [[LPA:136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4.8 Stormwater and Erosion Control|EPG 136.6.4.8 Stormwater and Erosion Control]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.&#039;&#039;&#039; Temporary stream crossings shall be sized and placed appropriately and shall not create an impediment to the passage of aquatic organisms and/or sediment. This will ensure compliance with the Missouri Water Quality Standards general criterion requiring waters to be free from physical or hydrologic changes that would impair the natural biological community ([https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&amp;amp;rct=j&amp;amp;q=&amp;amp;esrc=s&amp;amp;source=web&amp;amp;cd=&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwi70t6i56f1AhXtj4kEHfjnAMoQFnoECAQQAQ&amp;amp;url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sos.mo.gov%2Fadrules%2Fcsr%2Fcurrent%2F10csr%2F10c20-7a.pdf&amp;amp;usg=AOvVaw0VV937x0qgcKZQf0G2yHCH 10 CSR 20-7.031(4)(H)]). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3.&#039;&#039;&#039; Stream channel modifications shall be avoided as much as possible and, if needed, shall be minimized. Where modifications are necessary for highway design safety or protection of state infrastructure, to the extent practicable, the project shall incorporate natural channel design features relative to a morphologically stable and appropriate stream channel and incorporate measures such as grade control, in-stream habitat, riparian plantings, etc. This will ensure compliance with the Missouri antidegradation requirement that waters of the state shall be maintained and protected ([https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&amp;amp;rct=j&amp;amp;q=&amp;amp;esrc=s&amp;amp;source=web&amp;amp;cd=&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwi70t6i56f1AhXtj4kEHfjnAMoQFnoECAQQAQ&amp;amp;url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sos.mo.gov%2Fadrules%2Fcsr%2Fcurrent%2F10csr%2F10c20-7a.pdf&amp;amp;usg=AOvVaw0VV937x0qgcKZQf0G2yHCH 10 CSR 20-7.031(3)]) under Missouri Clean Water Law, which provides the Department authority to adopt remedial measures to prevent, control, or abate pollution ([https://revisor.mo.gov/main/OneSection.aspx?section=644.026 Section 644.026.1(9)]). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;4.&#039;&#039;&#039; The following materials are not suitable where contact with water is expected and shall not be used due to their potential to cause violations of the general criteria of Missouri’s Water Quality Standards ([https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&amp;amp;rct=j&amp;amp;q=&amp;amp;esrc=s&amp;amp;source=web&amp;amp;cd=&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwi70t6i56f1AhXtj4kEHfjnAMoQFnoECAQQAQ&amp;amp;url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sos.mo.gov%2Fadrules%2Fcsr%2Fcurrent%2F10csr%2F10c20-7a.pdf&amp;amp;usg=AOvVaw0VV937x0qgcKZQf0G2yHCH 10 CSR 20-7.031(4)]): earthen fill, gravel, and broken concrete where the material does not meet the Suitable Material specifications stated in the [https://usace.contentdm.oclc.org/digital/collection/p16021coll11/id/2662/ “Missouri Nationwide Permit Regional Conditions”] in locations where erosive flows are expected to occur on a regular basis, such as streambanks and/or lake shorelines; asphalt; concrete with exposed rebar; tires, vehicles or vehicle bodies, and construction or demolition debris are solid waste and are excluded from placement in the waters of the state, but properly sized, broken concrete without exposed rebar is allowed; liquid concrete, including grouted riprap, if not placed in forms as part of an engineered structure; material containing chemicals that would result in violation of Missouri Water Quality Standards general criteria ([https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&amp;amp;rct=j&amp;amp;q=&amp;amp;esrc=s&amp;amp;source=web&amp;amp;cd=&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwi70t6i56f1AhXtj4kEHfjnAMoQFnoECAQQAQ&amp;amp;url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sos.mo.gov%2Fadrules%2Fcsr%2Fcurrent%2F10csr%2F10c20-7a.pdf&amp;amp;usg=AOvVaw0VV937x0qgcKZQf0G2yHCH 10 CSR 20-7.031(4)]) or specific criteria ([https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&amp;amp;rct=j&amp;amp;q=&amp;amp;esrc=s&amp;amp;source=web&amp;amp;cd=&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwi70t6i56f1AhXtj4kEHfjnAMoQFnoECAQQAQ&amp;amp;url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sos.mo.gov%2Fadrules%2Fcsr%2Fcurrent%2F10csr%2F10c20-7a.pdf&amp;amp;usg=AOvVaw0VV937x0qgcKZQf0G2yHCH 10 CSR 20-7.031(5)]). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;5.&#039;&#039;&#039; Waste concrete or concrete rinsate shall be disposed of in a manner that does not result in any discharge to the jurisdictional water ways. This will ensure compliance with the Missouri Water Quality Standards general criteria requiring waters be free from unsightly bottom deposits ([https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&amp;amp;rct=j&amp;amp;q=&amp;amp;esrc=s&amp;amp;source=web&amp;amp;cd=&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwi70t6i56f1AhXtj4kEHfjnAMoQFnoECAQQAQ&amp;amp;url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sos.mo.gov%2Fadrules%2Fcsr%2Fcurrent%2F10csr%2F10c20-7a.pdf&amp;amp;usg=AOvVaw0VV937x0qgcKZQf0G2yHCH 10 CSR 20-7.031(4)(A)]); substances resulting in toxicity ([https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&amp;amp;rct=j&amp;amp;q=&amp;amp;esrc=s&amp;amp;source=web&amp;amp;cd=&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwi70t6i56f1AhXtj4kEHfjnAMoQFnoECAQQAQ&amp;amp;url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sos.mo.gov%2Fadrules%2Fcsr%2Fcurrent%2F10csr%2F10c20-7a.pdf&amp;amp;usg=AOvVaw0VV937x0qgcKZQf0G2yHCH 10 CSR 20-7.031(4)(D)]); and physical, chemical, or hydrologic changes that would impair the natural biological community ([https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&amp;amp;rct=j&amp;amp;q=&amp;amp;esrc=s&amp;amp;source=web&amp;amp;cd=&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwi70t6i56f1AhXtj4kEHfjnAMoQFnoECAQQAQ&amp;amp;url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sos.mo.gov%2Fadrules%2Fcsr%2Fcurrent%2F10csr%2F10c20-7a.pdf&amp;amp;usg=AOvVaw0VV937x0qgcKZQf0G2yHCH 10 CSR 20-7.031(4)(H)]). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;6.&#039;&#039;&#039; During construction, clearing of vegetation shall be kept to the minimum necessary to accomplish the project except for the removal of invasive or noxious species and placement of ecologically beneficial practices. This will ensure compliance with the Missouri antidegradation requirement for BMPs ([https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&amp;amp;rct=j&amp;amp;q=&amp;amp;esrc=s&amp;amp;source=web&amp;amp;cd=&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwi70t6i56f1AhXtj4kEHfjnAMoQFnoECAQQAQ&amp;amp;url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sos.mo.gov%2Fadrules%2Fcsr%2Fcurrent%2F10csr%2F10c20-7a.pdf&amp;amp;usg=AOvVaw0VV937x0qgcKZQf0G2yHCH 10 CSR 20-7.031(3)]). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;7.&#039;&#039;&#039; Care shall be taken to keep machinery out of the water way as much as possible. If work in the water way is unavoidable, it shall be performed in a way that minimizes the duration and amount of any disturbance to banks, substrate, and vegetation to prevent increases in turbidity. Fuel, oil and other petroleum products, equipment, construction materials and any solid waste shall not be stored below the ordinary high-water mark at any. All precautions shall be taken to avoid the release of wastes or fuel to streams and other adjacent waters as a result of this operation. This will ensure compliance with the Missouri Water Quality Standards antidegradation requirement for Best Management Practices ([https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&amp;amp;rct=j&amp;amp;q=&amp;amp;esrc=s&amp;amp;source=web&amp;amp;cd=&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwi70t6i56f1AhXtj4kEHfjnAMoQFnoECAQQAQ&amp;amp;url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sos.mo.gov%2Fadrules%2Fcsr%2Fcurrent%2F10csr%2F10c20-7a.pdf&amp;amp;usg=AOvVaw0VV937x0qgcKZQf0G2yHCH 10 CSR 20-7.031(3)]) and Missouri Water Quality Standards general criteria requiring waters be free from substances preventing beneficial uses ([https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&amp;amp;rct=j&amp;amp;q=&amp;amp;esrc=s&amp;amp;source=web&amp;amp;cd=&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwi70t6i56f1AhXtj4kEHfjnAMoQFnoECAQQAQ&amp;amp;url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sos.mo.gov%2Fadrules%2Fcsr%2Fcurrent%2F10csr%2F10c20-7a.pdf&amp;amp;usg=AOvVaw0VV937x0qgcKZQf0G2yHCH 10 CSR 20-7.031(4)(A)]); substances causing unsightly color or turbidity ([https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&amp;amp;rct=j&amp;amp;q=&amp;amp;esrc=s&amp;amp;source=web&amp;amp;cd=&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwi70t6i56f1AhXtj4kEHfjnAMoQFnoECAQQAQ&amp;amp;url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sos.mo.gov%2Fadrules%2Fcsr%2Fcurrent%2F10csr%2F10c20-7a.pdf&amp;amp;usg=AOvVaw0VV937x0qgcKZQf0G2yHCH 10 CSR 20-7.031(4)(C)]); and physical, chemical or hydrologic changes that would impair the natural biological community ([https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&amp;amp;rct=j&amp;amp;q=&amp;amp;esrc=s&amp;amp;source=web&amp;amp;cd=&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwi70t6i56f1AhXtj4kEHfjnAMoQFnoECAQQAQ&amp;amp;url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sos.mo.gov%2Fadrules%2Fcsr%2Fcurrent%2F10csr%2F10c20-7a.pdf&amp;amp;usg=AOvVaw0VV937x0qgcKZQf0G2yHCH 10 CSR 20-7.031(4)(H)]). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;8.&#039;&#039;&#039; Disturbed riparian areas, banks, etc., shall be restored to a stable condition to protect water quality as soon as possible. This will ensure compliance with the Missouri antidegradation requirement for BMPs ([https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&amp;amp;rct=j&amp;amp;q=&amp;amp;esrc=s&amp;amp;source=web&amp;amp;cd=&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwi70t6i56f1AhXtj4kEHfjnAMoQFnoECAQQAQ&amp;amp;url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sos.mo.gov%2Fadrules%2Fcsr%2Fcurrent%2F10csr%2F10c20-7a.pdf&amp;amp;usg=AOvVaw0VV937x0qgcKZQf0G2yHCH 10 CSR 20-7.031(3)]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;9.&#039;&#039;&#039; All efforts shall be made to minimize exposure of unprotected soils. To the best of MoDOT’s or its contractor’s ability, project activity shall be conducted at times of little or no rainfall to limit the amount of overland flow as well as sediment disturbance and transport caused by heavy equipment. This will ensure compliance with the Missouri antidegradation requirement for BMPs ([https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&amp;amp;rct=j&amp;amp;q=&amp;amp;esrc=s&amp;amp;source=web&amp;amp;cd=&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwi70t6i56f1AhXtj4kEHfjnAMoQFnoECAQQAQ&amp;amp;url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sos.mo.gov%2Fadrules%2Fcsr%2Fcurrent%2F10csr%2F10c20-7a.pdf&amp;amp;usg=AOvVaw0VV937x0qgcKZQf0G2yHCH 10 CSR 20-7.031(3)]) and general criteria ([https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&amp;amp;rct=j&amp;amp;q=&amp;amp;esrc=s&amp;amp;source=web&amp;amp;cd=&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwi70t6i56f1AhXtj4kEHfjnAMoQFnoECAQQAQ&amp;amp;url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sos.mo.gov%2Fadrules%2Fcsr%2Fcurrent%2F10csr%2F10c20-7a.pdf&amp;amp;usg=AOvVaw0VV937x0qgcKZQf0G2yHCH 10 CSR 20-7.031(4)]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;10.&#039;&#039;&#039; Any stockpiled excess material resulting from the project shall be managed with appropriate BMPs or removed from the site and placed beyond the high bank on a non-wetland site. This will ensure compliance with the Missouri Water Quality Standards antidegradation requirement that waters of the state shall be maintained and protected ([https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&amp;amp;rct=j&amp;amp;q=&amp;amp;esrc=s&amp;amp;source=web&amp;amp;cd=&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwi70t6i56f1AhXtj4kEHfjnAMoQFnoECAQQAQ&amp;amp;url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sos.mo.gov%2Fadrules%2Fcsr%2Fcurrent%2F10csr%2F10c20-7a.pdf&amp;amp;usg=AOvVaw0VV937x0qgcKZQf0G2yHCH 10 CSR 20-7.031(3)]) and general criterion requiring waters to be free from physical, chemical, or hydrologic changes that would impair the natural biological community ([https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&amp;amp;rct=j&amp;amp;q=&amp;amp;esrc=s&amp;amp;source=web&amp;amp;cd=&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwi70t6i56f1AhXtj4kEHfjnAMoQFnoECAQQAQ&amp;amp;url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sos.mo.gov%2Fadrules%2Fcsr%2Fcurrent%2F10csr%2F10c20-7a.pdf&amp;amp;usg=AOvVaw0VV937x0qgcKZQf0G2yHCH 10 CSR 20-7.031(4)(H)]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;11.&#039;&#039;&#039; Petroleum products spilled into any water or on the banks where the material may enter waters of the state shall be cleaned up immediately and disposed of properly. Spills of any amount of petroleum in a waterway shall be reported as soon as possible, but no later than 24 hours after discovery, to [https://dnr.mo.gov/waste-recycling/investigations-cleanups/environmental-emergency-response Missouri Dept. of Natural Resources’ Environmental Emergency Response website] or phone line at (573) 634-2436. This will ensure compliance with Missouri Environmental Improvement Authority ([https://www.revisor.mo.gov/main/OneSection.aspx?section=260.015&amp;amp;bid=13845&amp;amp;hl= Section 260.015, RSMo]) to provide for the conservation of state water resources by the prevention of pollution and proper methods of disposal and Missouri Water Quality Standards general criteria requiring waters be free from substances that prevent maintenance of beneficial uses; cause unsightly color, turbidity, or toxicity; and/or impair the natural biological community ([https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&amp;amp;rct=j&amp;amp;q=&amp;amp;esrc=s&amp;amp;source=web&amp;amp;cd=&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwi70t6i56f1AhXtj4kEHfjnAMoQFnoECAQQAQ&amp;amp;url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sos.mo.gov%2Fadrules%2Fcsr%2Fcurrent%2F10csr%2F10c20-7a.pdf&amp;amp;usg=AOvVaw0VV937x0qgcKZQf0G2yHCH 10 CSR 20-7.031(4)]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===173.1.7 Summary===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information on MoDOT’s erosion and sediment control guidelines can be found at [[:Category:806 Pollution, Erosion and Sediment Control|EPG 806 Pollution, Erosion and Sediment Control]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==173.2 Slide Detection and Repair==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===173.2.1 Governing Regulations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CWA Section 402 (Land Disturbance).&#039;&#039;&#039; If repair of a slide involves earth moving and “damage to the root zone” of more than one acre, compliance with MoDOT’s state operating permit for area wide land disturbance will be required. A site-specific stormwater pollution prevention plan (SWPPP) will be required.  The SWPPP shall outline sediment controls such as perimeter silt fence and ditch check to be installed to keep the sediment from leaving the job site while slope repair will be occurring. Regularly scheduled and post runoff inspections will be required once the land disturbance operation begins until a final stabilization is achieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CWA Sections 401 and 404.&#039;&#039;&#039; If the slide involves a regulated (jurisdictional) stream or wetland it may be necessary to obtain Department of Army Corps of Engineers (COE) authorization before doing work in and around the stream or wetland.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===173.2.2 Project Name: Bourbon Slide Repair===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Location:&#039;&#039;&#039;  I-44 North Outer Road, West of Route J in Crawford County&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Date:&#039;&#039;&#039; July 2009&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Materials Used:&#039;&#039;&#039; 100% Coconut Fiber Erosion Blanket, Straw Wattles, Fill dirt from local maintenance lot&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Information:&#039;&#039;&#039; Paul Denkler, (573) 526-3282&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Project Summary.&#039;&#039;&#039; Slope failures are common problems in this area due to unseasonal amounts of rainfall and soil conditions. This area slid off near the shoulder which caused a potential hazard. A dozer was used to cut a bench into the new slope to solid ground, new fill dirt was hauled in and a slope was built back in lifts as it was compacted with a dozer. The slope was tracked and seeded with straw wattles and erosion blankets to slow down runoff and to protect the slope. Grasses were established with no issue of erosion or settling after two years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em auto 1em auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[image:173.2.2.1.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Before photo. The slope failure near the shoulder is shown.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]||[[image:173.2.2.2.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;A dozer was used to cut a bench to develop a footing for slope to be rebuilt with new material and compacted as it was filled.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[image:173.2.2.3.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Shows slope after soil material was added and slope was reshaped and tracked.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]||[[image:173.2.2.4.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Final step in which the slope was reseeded, fertilized and limed and installed with 100% coconut fiber erosion blanket with straw wattles to slow runoff from shoulder.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===173.2.3 Project Name: Cuba Slide Repair===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Location:&#039;&#039;&#039; I-44 Mile Marker 208, end of on ramp westbound&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Date:&#039;&#039;&#039; September 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Materials Used:&#039;&#039;&#039; 4 Gabion Baskets 9’x3’x3’, 3 loads of 4-6 in. Gabion Rock for baskets, 4 loads of shot rock&lt;br /&gt;
for slope, partial load of base rock used along shoulders edge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Information:&#039;&#039;&#039; Paul Denkler, (573) 526-3282&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Project Summary.&#039;&#039;&#039; The slide was located on I-44 at the end of ramp along the edge of shoulder. At the bottom of the slope was a concrete ditch which was filled by silt that was caused by the slide. The toe of the slope was cut back from the edge of concrete ditch. Gabion baskets were installed behind the concrete ditch and secured with T-posts to prevent the baskets from moving. The gabion baskets were filled with rock (4 in. to 6 in. without fines). Shot rock was then placed behind the gabions to the shoulder’s edge. Next to the concrete shoulder, base rock was installed over the shot rock. The project has performed well and rock has become vegetated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em auto 1em auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[image:173.2.3.1.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Before photo. Shows the slide next to the shoulder on I-44.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]||[[image:173.2.3.2.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Shows excavation for the gabion baskets to be installed behind the concrete ditch.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[image:173.2.3.3.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Shows the baskets in place, anchored with T-posts, and hand-placing the rock to start the filling process of the gabion baskets.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]||[[image:173.2.3.4.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Final step after the baskets were filled. Rock was placed on slope up to shoulder to fix shoulder drop off. Base rock was used to finish grade along concrete shoulder.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===173.2.4 Project Name: Paris Slide Repair===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Location:&#039;&#039;&#039; Route 24 East of Paris, Monroe Couunty&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Date:&#039;&#039;&#039; July 2009&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Materials Used:&#039;&#039;&#039; 3600 cubic yard rock fill&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Information:&#039;&#039;&#039; Paul Denkler, (573) 526-3282&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Project Summary.&#039;&#039;&#039; This slide developed over time and was one of three in the vicinity. The work was completed by a contractor who excavated around 5000 cy (around 400 loads of material) from the site in 5 (10-12 hour) working days.&lt;br /&gt;
It took 3 working days to place 3600 cy of rock fill (110 loads). Following the spec book, the rock was placed in layers and compacted with the track hoe. The trucks would unload the rock on the haul road, and then the contractor would push the rock into the fill site where the track hoe operator would pull the rock down so that the rock was able to be compacted and placed in layers. Another bulldozer was used at the waste site where the excavated dirt was being placed. The finished project was 300 ft. long and approximately 50 ft. tall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em auto 1em auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[image:173.2.4.1.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The slide developed over time. Repairs were completed by a contractor.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]||[[image:173.2.4.2.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The contractor used a large track hoe to rough-in a haul road into the existing slope so that trucks could drive in and out.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[image:173.2.4.3.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The slope was stairstepped and benched at 1.5:1 slope.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]||[[image:173.2.4.4.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;A 2’x4’ toe berm at the bottom of the slope.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[image:173.2.4.5.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Rock placement began when 1/2 of the soil excavation was completed due to the risk of having so much unprotected slope along the roadway.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]||[[image:173.2.4.6.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Completed repair. A bulldozer was used to maintain the haul road. After the operations, both sites were seeded and mulched. Temporary erosion control (silt fence) was used to keep silt from entering the streams.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==173.3 Slope Erosion Prevention and Sediment Control==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===173.3.1 Governing Regulations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;CWA Section 402 (Land Disturbance).&#039;&#039;&#039; There are no anticipated DNR issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;CWA Sections 401 and 404.&#039;&#039;&#039; There are no anticipated Corps of Engineers issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===173.3.2 Project Name: Cuivre River Bridge Embankment===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Location:&#039;&#039;&#039; Route E, West of Silex, Lincoln County&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Date:&#039;&#039;&#039; March 2010&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Materials Used:&#039;&#039;&#039; Approximately 150 pounds of grass mixture seed and erosion control blanket (nine 8’ rolls&lt;br /&gt;
and four 4’ rolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Information:&#039;&#039;&#039; Paul Denkler, (573) 526-3282&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Project Summary.&#039;&#039;&#039; This repair took place on the North Fork of Cuivre River. The project involved installing erosion prevention after repairs were made to scour at the bridge ends. The vehicles performing the scour repairs roughed up the soil surface and eliminated the existing vegetation. An incarcerated work release crew provided the labor to install the erosion repair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em auto 1em auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[image:173.3.2.1.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Barren Slide Slope - Slope erosion prevention required after construction. Vehicles tracked over slope at Cuivre River Bridge, Route E, Lincoln County.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]||[[image:173.3.2.2.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Approximately 150 lbs. of seed, nine 8’ rolls and four 4’ rolls of Curlex II erosion control blanket were used.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[image:173.3.2.3.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Blankets were pinned to the soil using sod staples.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]||[[image:173.3.2.4.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Approximate cost of materials (seed, blanket and staples) was $850.00.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[image:173.3.2.5.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Finished project.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==173.4 Ditch Clean Out and Stabilization==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===173.4.1 Governing Regulations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CWA Section 402 (Land Disturbance).&#039;&#039;&#039; Ditch cleanout is usually not an activity that involves “land disturbance” and would not require a DNR State Operating Permit. (IMPORTANT: If cleanout involves excavation of soil that is contaminated by petroleum products or other types of regulated materials a multitude of other laws may be involved. Contact the Design-Environmental Section first). If the freshly cleaned out ditch has the potential to generate erodible slopes that could produce sediment in runoff, appropriate BMPs would include ditch checks in the road ditch at locations where runoff would be expected to enter streams or drainageways at culvert/bridge outlets or inlets. Excavated excess material must not be disposed of in wetlands or other locations where it is likely to end up in a&lt;br /&gt;
stream or ditch. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CWA Sections 401 and 404.&#039;&#039;&#039; Typically, MoDOT ditches are not regulated waters of the U.S., and therefore ditch cleanouts and stabilization would usually not require authorization under Section 404. However, it is important to note that some MoDOT ditches are actually captured streams and may therefore be considered regulated waters U.S. under Section 404 of the Clean Water Act, and work within these regulated ditches could therefore require a&lt;br /&gt;
Section 404 permit. *Something to look for is if a stream enters the ditch from off ROW.*&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===173.4.2 Project Name: Three Dimensional Ridge Ditch Checks===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Location:&#039;&#039;&#039; Route 60 Carter County Construction Project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Date:&#039;&#039;&#039; March 2010&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Materials Used:&#039;&#039;&#039; 100- 39” Three Dimensional ditch check sections and anchor pins, erosion blanket was&lt;br /&gt;
installed by construction contractor &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Information:&#039;&#039;&#039; Paul Denkler, (573) 526-3282&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Project Summary.&#039;&#039;&#039; Purpose of the work was to test the effectiveness of the three-dimensional ridge ditch checks to triangular silt ditch checks that is traditionally used on construction projects. Three dimensional ridge ditch checks were installed by MoDOT crews on a 1/2 mile stretch of the Route 60 expansion construction job in Carter County. Twenty-five devices were installed over erosion blanket material with metal spikes. The devices performed&lt;br /&gt;
well, allowed grasses through the ditch check. There were no failures after the ditch checks were removed. Three-dimensional devices can be reused if care is taken with removal. For best results, refer to manufacturer’s recommendations for placement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em auto 1em auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[image:173.4.2.1.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The grade of a ditch and the three-dimensional ditch checks that were installed.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]||[[image:173.4.2.2.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;A single installation of a three-dimensional ditch check on an erosion blanket.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[image:173.4.2.3.jpg|center|750px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Vegetation growing through the ditch check.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[image:173.4.2.4.jpg|center|200px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Sediment being retained by the ditch check.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===173.4.3 Project Name: Compost Berms===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Location:&#039;&#039;&#039; Route 65, Taney County&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Date:&#039;&#039;&#039; April 2009&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Materials Used:&#039;&#039;&#039; Compost and Erosion Control Blankets&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Information:&#039;&#039;&#039; Paul Denkler, (573) 526-3282&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Project Summary.&#039;&#039;&#039; The former District 8 started installing large compost berms in April 2009. These berms consisted of about 5-6 cubic yards of half decomposed wood chips from tree trimming operations, covered with erosion control blankets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em auto 1em auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[image:173.4.3.1.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Median ditch on Route 65 prior to the installation compost berms.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]||[[image:173.4.3.2.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Median ditch on Route 65 after the installation of one of the compost berms.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[image:173.4.3.3.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Median ditch on Route 65 with several compost berms installed.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]||[[image:173.4.3.4.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Median ditch 17 months after the installation of compost berms.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==173.5 Streambank Stabilization==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===173.5.1 Governing Regulations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CWA Section 402 (Land Disturbance).&#039;&#039;&#039; If land disturbance activities exceed one acre a separate State Operating Permit from DNR will be necessary. In that case, BMPs will be identified in the Section 402 Permit application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CWA Sections 401 and 404.&#039;&#039;&#039; In general, streambank stabilization activities will require authorization under Section 404 of the Clean Water Act unless all work is done above the Ordinary Highwater Mark (OHWM).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===173.5.2 Project Name: Spring Creek Bridge Repair===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Location:&#039;&#039;&#039; Bridge No. P0418 Route D, Sullivan County&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Date:&#039;&#039;&#039; December 2008&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Materials Used:&#039;&#039;&#039; 17 gabion baskets, gabion rock&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Information:&#039;&#039;&#039; Paul Denkler, (573) 526-3282&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Project Summary.&#039;&#039;&#039; Bridge Maintenance Engineers will inspect bridges for erosion and scour, identify needed repairs, specify treatments and obtain COE permits for required work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em auto 1em auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[image:173.5.2.1.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Gabion basket and lifting harness.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]||[[image:173.5.2.2.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Trackhoe transporting gabion basket to bridge pier.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[image:173.5.2.3.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Gabion basket being transported to affected area.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]||[[image:173.5.2.4.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; Gabion baskets being set alongside bridge pier.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===173.5.3 Project Name: Little Creek Streambank Stabilization===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Location:&#039;&#039;&#039; Bridge No. A1231, Route 17 Howell County&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Date:&#039;&#039;&#039; February 2009&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Materials Used:&#039;&#039;&#039; 20 Gabion Baskets 6’x3’x3’, Gabion rock, shot rock&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Information:&#039;&#039;&#039; Paul Denkler, (573) 526-3282&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Project Summary.&#039;&#039;&#039; The abutment under the bridge was eroding. This caused the H piles to become exposed. The project fell under the GP-41 permit. The first step was for the district bridge crews to protect the pilings by placing concrete around them. Next, the district roadside crew installed gabion baskets which act as a barrier to protect the piles and act as a retaining wall to hold shot rock on the abutment slope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em auto 1em auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[image:173.5.3.1.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Erosion of abutment slope and H piles exposed.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]||[[image:173.5.3.2.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; H piles are protected by concrete collars. Gabion baskets are being installed and anchored with T-posts.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[image:173.5.3.3.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Gabion baskets are being set up and filled with rock.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]||[[image:173.5.3.4.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Finished project. Rock placed on abutment slope behind gabion baskets.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===173.5.4 Project Name: Galey Branch Box Culvert Repair and Streambank Stabilization===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Location:&#039;&#039;&#039; Route 61, Pike County&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Date:&#039;&#039;&#039; October 2010&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Materials Used:&#039;&#039;&#039; 4 gabion baskets filled with 40 tons of rock and approximately 300 tons of rock for streambank&lt;br /&gt;
repair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Information:&#039;&#039;&#039; Paul Denkler, (573) 526-3282&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Project Summary.&#039;&#039;&#039; The project was undertaken to repair erosion around wing walls and scour both immediately below the box outlet and downstream. Work was performed under Section 404 Nationwide Permits #13 (streambank&lt;br /&gt;
stabilization for erosion around wing walls) and #3 (fill placed within the stream for scour below the box). The&lt;br /&gt;
repairs were performed by routine maintenance and the special crews. Gabion baskets were placed at the box&lt;br /&gt;
outlet and large rocks were used downstream of the baskets and on top to help anchor them in place. The slopes around the box were seeded and protected with erosion blanket. Downstream of the box culvert the stream made a 90 degree turn and scour was occurring at the turn. A point bar had developed on the side opposite of the scour. The COE suggested using a “stone angle slam with a living log crosser” to repair the erosion and protect the streambank. This work was performed under a Nationwide #13 permit. Since there was not a large log available, the crew used multiple smaller logs from willows removed from in front of an upstream box culvert. Because they were small, large stones were placed over the entire log bundle to help hold them in place. The logs will sprout and prevent further scour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em auto 1em auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[image:173.5.4.1.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Erosion around wing walls and scour below box outlet.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]||[[image:173.5.4.2.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; Gabion baskets, large rock and erosion blanket were placed to repair and protect the streambank.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[image:173.5.4.3.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Streambank erosion downstream of box culvert.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]||[[image:173.5.4.4.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Plan view of existing conditions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[image:173.5.4.5.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Large stones (red) are first placed along the toe of the eroded slope to protect the toe. Then a living willow or cottonwood log is placed horizontally in front of the stones and keyed into the bank.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The root wad is downstream to keep the log in compression. Large stones are placed on top of the log to keep it in place and the log is allowed to sprout and root to protect stream and bank.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
||[[image:173.5.4.6.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Armored streambank with rock and multiple living logs.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===173.5.5 Project Name: Galey Branch Creek Stabilization===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Location:&#039;&#039;&#039; Route U, Pike County&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Date:&#039;&#039;&#039; October 2010&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Materials Used:&#039;&#039;&#039; 1,200 tons of clean rock, geotextile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Information:&#039;&#039;&#039; Paul Denkler, (573) 526-3282&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Project Summary.&#039;&#039;&#039; Streambank erosion was caused by migration of the main channel to the south jeopardizing the road bed. A point bar developed on the north side of the stream with many willows, cottonwoods and sycamore&lt;br /&gt;
saplings. Repairs were performed under Section 404, Nationwide Permits #13 and #27. Work was performed by routine maintenance and special crews. Large stones were placed along the toe of the slope and keyed into the bank at both ends of the repair. A space was left behind the large stones and filled in with gravel and sediment. Living willows were removed from the point bar. Clean rip-rap was then used to cap the removed sediment and mixed material was placed on the slope above ordinary high water to allow vegetation to develop. Large stone weirs were placed in the bed&lt;br /&gt;
facing slightly upstream to direct the flow of water away from the toe of the slope. The willows will be allowed to sprout through the stones and further protect the streambank. The willows will be outside of the roadway clear zone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em auto 1em auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[image:173.5.5.1.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Streambank erosion caused by migration of the main channel to the south, jeopardizing a nearby road bed.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]||[[image:173.5.5.2.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Longitudinal peaked stone toe protection and large stone wiers were placed to stabilize slopes and to direct the flow of water away from the toe of the slope.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===173.5.6 Project Name: Mills Creek Stabilization===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Location:&#039;&#039;&#039; Route O, Ralls County&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Date:&#039;&#039;&#039; Not known&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Information:&#039;&#039;&#039; Paul Denkler, (573) 526-3282&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Project Summary.&#039;&#039;&#039; Grouted rip-rap should not be used to repair streambanks. Over time, the toe of the slope will erode creating a void beneath the repair. The entire slab of grouted rip-rap may wash out during a large flood event. &#039;&#039;&#039;Furthermore, the COE does not allow grouted rip-rap as an acceptable repair option.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:173.5.6.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Grouted rip-rap is &#039;&#039;not recommended&#039;&#039; for streambank repair.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===173.5.7 Project Name: Mills Creek Streambank Stabilization===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Location:&#039;&#039;&#039; Route O, Marion/Ralls County&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Date:&#039;&#039;&#039; April 2010&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Materials Used:&#039;&#039;&#039; 550 tons of clean rock (400-1000 lb), geotextile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Information:&#039;&#039;&#039; Paul Denkler, (573) 526-3282&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Project Summary.&#039;&#039;&#039; The streambank was eroding due to migration of the stream into toe of slope jeopardizing a nearby road bed. A sediment bar had developed on the opposite bank where willows were sprouting on the bar. Repairs were performed under Section 404 Nationwide Permits #13 and #27. Work was performed by routine maintenance. When the stones were dumped, the geotextile material was ripped and much of the material ended up wadded under the rip-rap. Over time, a sediment bar developed at the toe of the slope and the channel migrated to the opposite side of the stream. Willows will be allowed to sprout in the bar and along the toe of the slope to protect the bank.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em auto 1em auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[image:173.5.7.1.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Streambank eroding due to migration of stream into toe of slope jeopardizing a nearby roadbed.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]||[[image:173.5.7.2.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Geotextile material was placed on the exposed surface of the bank and living trees were removed from the sediment bar and placed at the toe of the slope.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[image:173.5.7.3.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Large clean rip-rap was placed on top of the living trees at the toe of the slope to hold them in place and to protect the toe. &#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039; Care should be taken to protect geotextile while placing rip-rap.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]||[[image:173.5.7.4.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Large rip-rap was used to complete the repairs above ordinary high water.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[image:173.5.7.5.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;During the next flood event, the toe of the slope was protected and the main energy of the stream was directed toward the center of the channel.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]||[[image:173.5.7.6.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Over time, a sediment bar developed at the toe of the slope while the channel migrated to the opposite side of the stream.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===173.5.8 Project Name: Indian Creek Stabilization===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Location:&#039;&#039;&#039; Route AM Howell County&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Date:&#039;&#039;&#039; October 2005&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Materials Used:&#039;&#039;&#039; Gabion Baskets, 24” Interlocking Concrete Stabilization System, Roll of Geotextile Fabric,&lt;br /&gt;
Gabion Rock and Shot Rock &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Information:&#039;&#039;&#039; Paul Denkler, (573) 526-3282&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Project Summary.&#039;&#039;&#039; Purpose of project was to stabilize the creek bank and to correct misalignment of a culvert. A series of concrete armour scour protection units were installed on geotextile material along the base of the creek bank with three weirs being built with gabion baskets. This project required a 404 permit from the COE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em auto 1em auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[image:173.5.8.1.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Interlocking Concrete Stabilization System being installed on geotextile blanket.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]||[[image:173.5.8.2.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;A second layer of the system being installed.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[image:173.5.8.3.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Shot rock placement along the culvert wingwalls.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]||[[image:173.5.8.4.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Weir construction using gabion baskets.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[image:173.5.8.5.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Finished project.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===173.5.9 Project Name: Sees Creek Realignment===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Location:&#039;&#039;&#039; Route 36 at Route J, Ralls County&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Date:&#039;&#039;&#039; 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Information:&#039;&#039;&#039; Paul Denkler, (573) 526-3282&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Project Summary.&#039;&#039;&#039; The headwaters of Sees Creek was relocated due to the construction of two new lanes on Route 36. This project required an individual 404 permit. The relocation was performed by a contractor. Tree planting was&lt;br /&gt;
performed by incarcerated personnel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em auto 1em auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[image:173.5.9.1.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Slope erosion along the relocated streambank of Sees Creek.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]||[[image:173.5.9.2.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; The streambanks were constructed with 2:1 slopes. Seed and straw mulch were blown onto the banks. The erosion started due to steep slopes caused by a narrow right of way corridor. Relocated streams are highly volatile and thus require 4:1 backslopes that are heavily vegetated with rock at the toe of outside bends.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[image:173.5.9.3.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;As the slopes flatten out on their own, it will become easier to establish vegetation. Additional seed, topsoil and erosion blankets will be added to stabilize banks.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]||[[image:173.5.9.4.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Single large stone bendway weirs and large rock will also be added to prevent further erosion.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==173.6 Seed Mix Formulas==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===173.6.1 Governing Regulations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CWA Section 402 (Land Disturbance).&#039;&#039;&#039; There are no anticipated DNR issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CWA Sections 401 and 404.&#039;&#039;&#039; There are no anticipated Corps of Engineers issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===173.6.2 Project Name: District 9 Slope and Soil Amendments Mixes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Location:&#039;&#039;&#039; Route 60, Carter County&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Date:&#039;&#039;&#039; May 2010&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Information:&#039;&#039;&#039; Paul Denkler, (573) 526-3282&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Project Summary.&#039;&#039;&#039; This seed mix has been adjusted from the MoDOT slope mix specifications and has proven to perform better on clay acidic soils in the Southest District. (Reference to the final report of the 3-year research project with NRCS). This mix is used by roadside maintenance crews when repairing eroded slopes. The soil amendments that are used include bio stimulate, liquid lime, and ag fertilizer. Bio stimulte is added to improve moisture infiltration, retention, and faster germination. Neutra Lime is a dry product which is applied during seeding to adjust soil pH which aids in the establishment of vegetation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em auto 1em auto&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;background:#BEBEBE&amp;quot; |Slope Repair Mix V!! style=&amp;quot;background:#BEBEBE&amp;quot; |Rate #/Acre PLS&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Indiangrass||9&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Little Bluestem||10&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Switchgrass||8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Annual Ryegrass||10&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Perennial Ryegrass||5&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Red River Crabgrass||1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Partridge Pea||2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|White Clover||5&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Oats||20&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Coreopsis||.25&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Fescue||10&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Soil Amendments&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bio stimulate 80 pounds per acre &amp;lt; 1.5% Organic Matter&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liquid Lime 160 pounds per acre &amp;lt; 4.6 pH&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fertilizer 13-13-13 200 pounds per acre&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The former District 9 experienced good results in establishing plant growth in harsh soils with this seed mix formula and soil amendments. It is recommended that soil samples are taken to determine pH levels for lime placement. When applying lime and other amendment products on steep terrain, it is recommended that a hydroseeder be utilized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:174.6.1.jpg|center|750px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Roadside slope prior to soil amendment.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:174.6.2.jpg|center|750px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Roadside slope two months after the addition of soil amendments.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==173.7 Soil Fertility Techniques==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===173.7.1 Governing Regulations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CWA Section 402 (Land Disturbance).&#039;&#039;&#039; There are no anticipated DNR issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CWA Sections 401 and 404.&#039;&#039;&#039; There are no anticipated Corps of Engineers issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===173.7.2 Project Name: Compost-NRCS Project===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Location:&#039;&#039;&#039; Route 60 Carter County, ½ mile east of Route 21 North Junction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Date:&#039;&#039;&#039; May 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Materials Used:&#039;&#039;&#039; Compost, Erosion control blanket&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Information:&#039;&#039;&#039; Paul Denkler, (573) 526-3282&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Project Summary.&#039;&#039;&#039; The purpose of the project was to experiment with the use of compost. Soils in the former District 9 have a very low pH and a very low percentage of organic matter. This project tested two methods. The first method applied was a one inch layer of compost that was seeded, fertilized and limed over an erosion control blanket.&lt;br /&gt;
The second method tested a two-inch layer of compost without an erosion control blanket. During the first growing season there was a very light germination due to the rich and hot compost. After the second season, the slope performed well. After a thorough review it was found that the erosion blanket area functioned the best. The two-inch layer of compost did not hold up to the heavy rains that were received during the first growing season.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em auto 1em auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[image:173.7.2.1.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bark/compost blower machine used to apply compost material.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]||[[image:173.7.2.2.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Progress shown after one area had been applied. After compost was blown onto slope they were hydroseeded, fertilized and limed.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[image:173.7.2.3.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The area with two inches of compost and areas with one inch of compost with erosion control blanket.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]||[[image:173.7.2.4.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;As-built photo of compost project during the second growing season.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===173.7.3 Project Name: Compost-Van Buren===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Location:&#039;&#039;&#039; Carter County Route 60 and James Street in Van Buren&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Date: May 2009&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Materials Used:&#039;&#039;&#039; 50 cubic yards of 70% compost and 30% bark mulch, green erosion control blanket, leased&lt;br /&gt;
bark blower&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Information:&#039;&#039;&#039; Paul Denkler, (573) 526-3282&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Project Summary.&#039;&#039;&#039; The project was a cooperative effort between MoDOT, Big Springs RC&amp;amp;D, USDA-NRCS-Plant Materials Center and the Van Buren Chamber of Commerce. Soil erosion on the cut slopes of the right of way from a recent expansion of Highway 60 to four lanes had left the area exposed with little vegetation. The project features&lt;br /&gt;
uses of adapted seeding mixtures, organic mulches, temporary and permanent erosion control blankets, and soil amendments for better seeding establishment and erosion control. Roadside crews used a tracked dozer to repair eroded areas with top soil, areas with little or sparse vegetation a layer of ½ in. to 1 in. compost/bark mulch was applied with a rented bark blower. All areas were hydro seeded with native grass and wildflower seed mixture, in same application liquid lime and fertilizer was applied. After seeding was completed, green dyed erosion control blanket was installed. Permanent erosion blanket was used on a slope drainage ditch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em auto 1em auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[image:173.7.3.1.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Before condition on eroding roadside, Route 60, near Van Buren, Carter County.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]||[[image:173.7.3.2.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bark Blower used to cover slope with compost.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[image:173.7.3.3.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;MoDOT maintenance in the former District 9 applying compost and installing a geotextile blanket on the roadside slope.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]||[[image:173.7.3.4.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Compost and blanket covering the side slope.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[image:173.7.3.5.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Germination of the seed mix.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]||[[image:173.7.3.6.jpg|center|375px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Finished roadside slope with established grasses and wildflowers.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==173.8 References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===173.8.1 Additional Regulatory Guidance===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Special Section 404 Permitting Scenario--General Permit 41 (GP-41), which is effective until December 31, 2013&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are in a county that was declared to be a flood disaster county in 2008 and you can show that the maintenance issue is the result of flood damage, then you can use the GP-41 to do the work described below in the “Project Description”. 2008 Flood disaster maps for affected counties can be found at the [http://www.fema.gov/ Federal Emergency Management Agency website]. Those activities listed in the “Project Description” do not require pre-construction notification; HOWEVER, THEY DO REQUIRE POST-CONSTRUCTION NOTIFICATION and a signed compliance certification within 60 days of completing the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As part of the permitting process, you must contact the Corps of Engineers (COE), submit application materials and&lt;br /&gt;
submit a mitigation plan prior to completing any flood recovery/repair activity when the repair involves obtaining&lt;br /&gt;
borrow from forested wetland, borrowing material from potential migratory bird nesting areas, clearing trees&lt;br /&gt;
along stream channels, working in areas with known exotic species, and/or if the proposed repair activity includes&lt;br /&gt;
restoration of a stream channel back to the original, preflood location. All other flood repair activities, including&lt;br /&gt;
all repairs supervised by the Corps of Engineers, pursuant to Public Law 84-99 and/or all repairs supervised by&lt;br /&gt;
the United States Department of Agriculture, pursuant to the Emergency Watershed Protection Program or to&lt;br /&gt;
the Emergency Conservation Program can be completed without pre-construction notification to the Corps of&lt;br /&gt;
Engineers. However, all completed flood repair work, authorized by this permit, must be reported to the Corps&lt;br /&gt;
of Engineers, Regulatory Branch, within 60 days of completing the project. The report must include the location&lt;br /&gt;
of the work, asbuilt drawings of the structure(s) and/or fill(s), and a discussion of the avoidance and minimization&lt;br /&gt;
measures incorporated into the project and mitigation measures employed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Project Description:&#039;&#039;&#039; To excavate or place fill material for protection and/or repair of existing flood damaged&lt;br /&gt;
structures, damaged land areas and/or damaged fills as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:a. Repair of levees to existing elevations and cross-section, including breach closures and borrow operations;&lt;br /&gt;
:b. Bridge embankment protection (armoring) and/or;&lt;br /&gt;
:c. Repair of pre-existing highway or railroad embankments and the addition or repair of stone (armoring) protection;&lt;br /&gt;
:d. Repair of pre-existing utility protection structures;&lt;br /&gt;
:e. Placement of rock and/or earth materials for stream/ditch bank protection and/or stream/ditch bank restoration;&lt;br /&gt;
:f. Drainage channel/ditch restoration to pre-flood capacity and flow line unless the flow line must be altered due to other damage associated with the flood event;&lt;br /&gt;
:g. Restoration of creek channels to pre-flooding alignment and capacity;&lt;br /&gt;
:h. Construction of temporary roads and temporary fills to facilitate the completion of any of the listed activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Maintenance of existing flood damaged structures and/or flood damaged fills, which have been previously authorized, may be authorized by Nationwide Permit No. 3 or exempted by Part 323.4 of Federal regulations 33 CFR 320-331.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===173.8.2 Regulatory Conditions for Working in Streams/Wetlands===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Relevant Nationwide Permit (NWP) Regional Conditions – Missouri&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NWP 13 - Bank Stabilization.&#039;&#039;&#039; Broken concrete used as bank stabilization must be reasonably well graded, consisting of pieces varying in size from 20 pounds up to and including at least 150 pound pieces. Applicants must break all large slabs to conform to the well graded requirement. Generally, the maximum weight of any piece should not be more than 500 pounds. Gravel and dirt should not exceed 15% of the total fill volume. All protruding reinforcement rods, trash, asphalt, and other extraneous materials must be removed from the broken concrete prior to placement in waters of the United States.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NWP 27 - Stream and Wetland Restoration Activities.&#039;&#039;&#039; The permittee must notify the COE District Engineer in&lt;br /&gt;
accordance with the “Notification” general condition of the NWPs (general condition 27) for any regulated discharge&lt;br /&gt;
associated with the relocation of forested wetlands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NWPs 3 and 14 - Low Water Crossings.&#039;&#039;&#039; The permittee must notify the COE District Engineer when repairing, rehabilitating or replacing low water crossings when discharges of dredged or fill material would raise or lower the&lt;br /&gt;
lowest elevation of the crossing by a total of 12 in. or more, or when removing the structure. The permittee must&lt;br /&gt;
propose and employ measures to mitigate the potential impact of impounding gravel above the low water crossing or of releasing impounded-gravel downstream of the structure. Such mitigation might include: removing impounded gravel in the unstable area upstream of the low water crossing to prevent it from being transported downstream and/or constructing a notched weir to slow the release of impounded gravel from upstream of the low water crossing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Suitable Material (Applicable to all NWPs).&#039;&#039;&#039; In addition to the specific examples in General Condition 6 of the NWPs, the following materials are not suitable for fill activities into waters of the U.S. in conjunction with any NWP: buses or rail cars, construction or demolition debris, garbage, loose or improperly placed tires, treated lumber (chromated copper arsenate (CCA), creosote, and pentachlorophenol), liquid concrete not poured into forms, grouted riprap, bagged cement, and sewage or organic waste.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Culverts.&#039;&#039;&#039; The permittee must notify the COE District Engineer in accordance with the “Notification” general condition of the NWPs (general condition 27) for any regulated activity which involves the construction of a new or replacement culvert with an inside width/diameter greater than 4 ft. All culverts must be designed to meet the criteria set forth in COE Regional Condition 1, allowing the natural passage of aquatic organisms.  See [[750.7 Non-Hydraulic Considerations#750.7.3 Environmental Requirements|EPG 750.7.3 Environmental Requirements]] for additional details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notification Requirement for Aquatic Resources in Missouri (Applicable To All NWPs).&#039;&#039;&#039; The permittee must notify the COE District Engineer in accordance with the “Notification” general condition of the NWPs (general condition 27) for any regulated activity which may impact a jurisdictional fen, seep or bog of any size.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Seasonal Restrictions for Activities Proposed in Spawning Areas (Applicable To All NWPs).&#039;&#039;&#039; In addition to the&lt;br /&gt;
requirements of NWP general condition 3, for any regulated activity, the following specific seasonal restrictions apply. Between the closed dates listed in the Missouri Combined Stream Spawning List, the permittee must not excavate&lt;br /&gt;
from or discharge into the listed waters. The [http://www.nwk.usace.army.mil/Portals/29/docs/regulatory/nationwidepermits/2012/SpawningList.pdf list of waters with seasonal restrictions] is available or on request from the Corps. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Zebra Mussel (Applicable To All NWPs).&#039;&#039;&#039; The permittee must notify the COE District Engineer in accordance with the “Notification” general condition of the NWPs (general condition 27) for any regulated activity where the applicant is proposing to remove equipment from a known zebra mussel water to use in a different water not known to support zebra mussels. [http://nas.er.usgs.gov/queries/zmbyst.asp. Known zebra mussel waters within Missouri is available on request from the Corps]. The notification must include measures to limit the likelihood of spreading the zebra mussel to other waters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Priority Watersheds (Applicable To All NWPs).&#039;&#039;&#039; The permittee must notify the COE District Engineer in accordance&lt;br /&gt;
with the “Notification” general condition of the NWPs (general condition 27) for any regulated activity in a priority&lt;br /&gt;
watershed. [http://www.swl.usace.army.mil/Portals/50/docs/regulatory/MO_Regional_Conditions.pdf The list of priority watersheds requiring notification is available on request from the Corps]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lake of the Ozarks.&#039;&#039;&#039; The permittee must notify the COE District Engineer in accordance with the “Notification” general condition of the NWPs (general condition 27) for any regulated activity associated with NWPs 3, 7, 12, 14, 15, 18, 22, 27, 33 and 45. A copy of this notification must also concurrently be sent to AmerenUE. NWPs 2, 13, 16, 19, 25, 29, 31, 35, 36, 39, 41 and 44 are revoked in the Lake of the Ozarks. NWPs 1, 9, 10, 11 and 28 are only valid when both AmerenUE and the Missouri Water Patrol have approved the activity. The Corps and AmerenUE, regardless of the&lt;br /&gt;
request to use any NWP, may verify the activity under [http://www.swf.usace.army.mil/Missions/Regulatory/Permitting/GeneralPermits.aspx the provisions of Regional General Permit 38M].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ameren.com/missouri/lake-of-the-ozarks/forms-requirements Additional information on AmerenUE and Lake of the Ozarks permit requirements is available].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===173.8.3 Additional References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:806_Pollution,_Erosion_and_Sediment_Control|EPG 806 Pollution, Erosion and Sediment Control]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Highway Slope Maintenance and Slide Restoration Workshop Manual&#039;&#039;, FHWA December 1988.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Land Disturbance Training, Design &amp;amp; Construction Divisions, 2010.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:100_GENERAL]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=User_talk:Millep1&amp;diff=59487</id>
		<title>User talk:Millep1</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=User_talk:Millep1&amp;diff=59487"/>
		<updated>2026-09-29T18:02:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Ok. I do have a suggestion. It is something that I always thought should&#039;ve been worded differently in the Construction Manual to clarify the change order approval rules in Section 137.2. Here is the excerpt from the EPG Section 137.2 for a Major Change Order: &amp;quot;5. Any change in a major item greater than 25%. 6. Any change of a contract amount greater than 25%.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It would be clearer if it said percentage of what number. For example, is #5 saying &amp;quot;any change in a major item greater than 25% of the line item or is it 25% of the original contract&#039;s Total Dollar Amount for the entire project. Can both #5 and #6 be clarified in the EPG? It would be helpful to add terminology that can clarify what number on the change order report (line item or total change for the report) is being compared to what number in the contract (line item, current contract amount, or original contract amount). It would be helpful to many, I think. Many experienced people have this &amp;quot;understood&amp;quot;, but for less experienced people, this reads as being a little vague in my view. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retrieved from Category_talk:137_Construction_Inspection_Guidance_for_Records_to_be_Maintained&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Business Development and Compliance Resource Manual Link - Section 135.6 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ResourceManual-2007.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is where a newer edition of the Business Development and Compliance Resource manual is found on MoDOT&#039;s Internet.  I noticed the EPG Section 135.6 links to the 2001 version. Since so much has changed, I wondered why the newer version wasn&#039;t linked.  There have been several changes to it.  I hope the link pasted above helps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Force Account Blank Forms ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C-FA3 is linked to the EPG as a blank form, but I haven&#039;t found a link to a blank C-FA1 form or C-FA2 form in section 137 or the Forms section.  There are examples of them, but not a blank form unless I have overlooked it.  Can they be linked in the EPG like C-FA3 is?&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=File:2022_FHWA_and_MoDOT_Environmental_Partnering_Agreement.pdf&amp;diff=59486</id>
		<title>File:2022 FHWA and MoDOT Environmental Partnering Agreement.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=File:2022_FHWA_and_MoDOT_Environmental_Partnering_Agreement.pdf&amp;diff=59486"/>
		<updated>2026-09-29T15:54:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: Hoskir uploaded a new version of File:2022 FHWA and MoDOT Environmental Partnering Agreement.pdf&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.14_National_Environmental_Policy_Act_(NEPA)_Classification_and_Documents&amp;diff=59485</id>
		<title>127.14 National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) Classification and Documents</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.14_National_Environmental_Policy_Act_(NEPA)_Classification_and_Documents&amp;diff=59485"/>
		<updated>2026-09-29T15:53:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: updated formatting&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float: right; margin-top: 5px; margin-left: 15px; margin-bottom: 15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;__TOC__&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;margin-left:15px; margin-top: 5px; border:1px solid #a9a9a9; background:#f8f9fa&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;375px&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Figures&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/ENV/Environmental_Partnering_Agreement.pdf FHWA/MoDOT Environmental Partnering Agreement]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [http://epg.modot.org/files/c/cd/127.14_NEPA_Flow_chart.pdf NEPA Process Flow Chart] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [[#Documentation Timeline|NEPA Process &amp;quot;Documentation Timeline&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Forms&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/ENV/CE2_Template.docx Categorical Exclusion Form(CE2)]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==127.14.1 Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
The National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) requires consideration of the human and natural environment in decisions made for any project that uses federal funding, has a federal nexus or requires federal permits. [https://environment.transportation.org/focus-areas/environmental-process/ Click here] for more information about the NEPA process. To fulfill NEPA requirements, MoDOT must assess the impacts of the project on the human and natural environment to document the decision making process while aiding in the selection of a preferred alternative. Pursuant to MoDOT’s values and tangible result of using resources wisely, MoDOT’s Design Division&#039;s Environmental and Historic Preservation staff review every project and coordinate as appropriate with the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) to determine the appropriate environmental classification of NEPA documentation for a project as soon as the scope and location are determined. MoDOT and FHWA have a programmatic agreement regarding the processing of actions classified as categorical exclusions for Federal-Aid projects (referred to as PCE agreement).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic NEPA classifications are: &lt;br /&gt;
* Categorical Exclusion (CE) – has no significant impact on the human and natural environment. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environmental Assessment (EA) – determines the need for an EIS if environmental impacts are uncertain or finds that there is no significant impact on the human and natural environment. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) – detailed documentation where the action is likely to cause significant impacts or significant impacts are known (23 CFR 771.115) on the environment and results in a record of decision.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The environmental classification is based on the scope of the project (including the programming information provided in the [[121.3 The Statewide Transportation Improvement Program (STIP)|Statewide Transportation Improvement Program (STIP)]]), the assessment of the anticipated social and environmental impacts of the project, and possible impacts provided by the district and the environmental and historic preservation staff. The extent of the NEPA analysis required for a particular project depends on the expected magnitude of the impacts from that project. The significance of a project is assessed on a case-by-case basis, based on its context and intensity. The context of a project involves analyzing “society as a whole, the affected region, the affected interests, and the locality.” Intensity refers to the severity or degree of a project’s impact. For example, the severity of a project can become greater if there are cumulative impacts, which is the incremental impact of the action, to include past, present, and future developments. In some cases, several minor projects can collectively be significant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Logical termini and independent utility are also evaluated for projects that may be located in close proximity.  Independent utility is determined if a project can be constructed absent of the construction of other projects in the project area.  Logical termini are rational endpoints for both a transportation improvement and a review of the environmental impacts of a sufficient length to address matters on a broad scope.  A project manager initiates the NEPA classification process by preparing and submitting a Request for Environmental Services [[127.1 Request for Environmental Services|(RES)]] to the Design Division’s Environmental and Historic Preservation Section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==127.14.2 Laws, Regulations, and Guidance==&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://ceq.doe.gov/ The National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA)] of 1969 (as amended)&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/hep/23cfr771.htm 23CFR771] and [http://ecfr.gpoaccess.gov/cgi/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&amp;amp;sid=a96de2690cf3875679b05a5d60e02010&amp;amp;rgn=div5&amp;amp;view=text&amp;amp;node=23:1.0.1.8.42&amp;amp;idno=23 &#039;&#039;Environmental Impact and Related Procedures; Final Rule&#039;&#039;] contains the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) regulations for complying with NEPA.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.environment.fhwa.dot.gov/projdev/impTA6640.asp &#039;&#039;Guidance for Preparing and Processing Environmental and Section 4(f) Documents&#039;&#039;], FHWA Technical Advisory &lt;br /&gt;
* Also see [[:Category:127 MoDOT and the Environment|MoDOT and the Environment]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT must comply with numerous environmental laws and regulations when planning, designing, constructing, and maintaining transportation projects. As the “umbrella” for that compliance, NEPA requires interpreting and administering, the policies, regulations, and laws of the federal government in accordance with its environmental protection goals. While the NEPA document is intended to address compliance or to establish a plan for compliance for federal and state laws and regulations, additional compliance issues will likely remain post-NEPA. However, the synchronization of environmental reviews and authorizations is preferred, as it is known to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of project delivery.  MoDOT must be able to provide FHWA reasonable assurance that those outstanding compliance issues will be resolved. In many instances, compliance is not fully attained until mitigation plans have been approved and executed. For example, MoDOT may still need to obtain a floodplain development permit.  If all environmental clearances are not obtained by FHWA authorization, a conditional statement must be provided to FHWA regarding when the clearance will be obtained.  The conditional statement must also commit to a result if the clearance is not obtained.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other articles on [[127.3 Community Impact Assessment|community impact assessment]], [[127.7 Threatened and Endangered Species (T&amp;amp;E)|threatened and endangered species]], [[127.4 Wetlands and Streams|wetlands, streams and water quality]], [[127.16 Wetland and Stream Mitigation|wetland and stream mitigation]], [[127.9 Floodplain Management and the Regulatory Floodway|floodplain management and the regulatory floodway]], [[127.11 Farmland Conversion|farmland]], [[127.8 Hazardous and Solid Waste|hazardous and solid waste]], [[127.13 Noise|noise]], [[127.12 Air Quality|air quality]], [[127.21 Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) Flood Buyout Properties|Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) buyout properties]], [[127.2 Historic Preservation and Cultural Resources|Historic Preservation and Cultural Resources]] and [[127.10 Section 4(f) Public Lands|Section 4(f) public lands]] describe various processes and reference the laws and regulations pertaining to the subject of the article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==127.14.3 Process==&lt;br /&gt;
Design environmental and historic preservation staff oversee in-house and consultant prepared environmental documentation. Project managers and other district staff are closely involved in the preparation and review of documents. Environmental documentation must meet the requirements of FHWA and other regulatory agencies, while providing the public with a record of the deliberative process for identifying project alternatives and impacts. The environmental document addresses comments made by other agencies and the public. Environmental and historic preservation staff review the document before it leaves MoDOT to ensure it meets FHWA regulations. The documents and procedures also must comply with MoDOT and the Missouri Highways and Transportation Commission (MHTC) requirements. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Assurance of federal funding is contingent upon MoDOT not proceeding with detailed design (beyond preliminary plans) on any project until the NEPA process is concluded, resulting in a CE, Finding of No Significant Impact (FONSI), or Record of Decision (ROD). The MHTC must approve a location, which occurs after FHWA approves a ROD or FONSI, respectively, before detailed design proceeds on EIS or EA projects. NEPA approval cannot be granted until planning requirements are met, which is the next phase to be programmed in the STIP and TIP (if in an MPO area) and the whole project must be in the long range plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The FHWA may require CEs or EAs to be elevated to a higher NEPA documentation level, if it is determined that the project scope, level of controversy over environmental data, or degree of impacts requires such elevation. Reclassification as an EA or EIS will require substantially more time for project development and ultimate [[:Category:126 Location Study and Alternatives Analysis|location approval]]. The NEPA class can also be down-graded, if justified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NEPA documents have a limited shelf life. When a NEPA document needs to be updated, MoDOT’s Design Division&#039;s Environmental staff conducts a reevaluation and prepares documentation. For PCEs, the reevaluation is outlined in MoDOT and FHWA’s programmatic agreement for PCEs and must still be documented. Factors that can create the need to reevaluate a NEPA document include the age of the document, whether the project is active or inactive, noteworthy changes in the scope, impacts, or circumstances when advancing to the next major federal approval, and/or location of the project (including those that arise from value engineering proposals), before requests for funding authorizations from FHWA, and changes in environmental laws or regulations. In most cases, the reevaluation is submitted to the FHWA for review and approval, however, for PCEs, MoDOT and FHWA follow the Programmatic Agreement to document [[127.15 Reevaluation of National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) Documents|reevaluations]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, it is important to identify (during environmental reviews) and also incorporate (during design and construction) any commitments and/or mitigation measures for the project.  These are typically identified collectively in the NEPA document.  If commitments are not carried out, federal funding can be jeopardized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===127.14.3.1 Categorical Exclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
For actions that will not individually or cumulatively have significant social, economic, or environmental impacts, certain categories of projects are excluded from the need to prepare a formal NEPA document (EIS or EA).  However, this does not exclude the need to demonstrate compliance with all other environmental laws and regulations.  Hence, they still need Section 106 clearance, Threatened &amp;amp; Endangered Species concurrence, etc. reviews and coordination regardless of the NEPA class (including regardless of PCEs or CE2s).  Additionally, any actions which normally would be classified as a CE but could involve unusual circumstances may require additional studies to determine if CE is the appropriate class.  These unusual circumstances could include significant impacts, controversy, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT processes CEs in two ways: as a programmatic CE (PCE) or a documented CE (CE2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;Programmatic CE (PCE)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| FHWA and MoDOT executed a [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/ENV/PCE_agreement.pdf programmatic agreement (PCE Agreement) in 2026] that allows MoDOT environmental staff to approve certain types of projects as PCEs. The amount of new right of way and/or easements combined must be less than five acres for the project to qualify as a programmatic PCE.  There is a list of thresholds within the agreement that cannot be exceeded.  If a project exceeds one of the thresholds, a documented Categorical Exclusion (CE2) must be approved by the Missouri Federal Highway Administration Division Administrator or the representative of the Missouri Federal Highway Administration Division Administrator. Definitions related to thresholds in the PCE agreement can be found in [[#127.14.5 NEPA Glossary|EPG 127.14.5 NEPA Glossary]]. There are 39 types of eligible projects included within the agreement that are categorically excluded from the formal documentation requirements of NEPA per CFR 771.  The programmatic agreement allows FHWA to use a risk-based approach to monitor and evaluate MoDOT’s environmental project files to ensure compliance with the programmatic agreement. Quarterly, MoDOT sends FHWA a list of projects that were determined to meet the criteria for PCEs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Process and Timeframes&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A PCE approval is given after environmental and historic preservation staff review the RES submitted by the district and all clearance are complete except for unusual circumstances. In most cases, the PCE can be approved between Preliminary Plans stage and Right of Way stage.  At the discretion of the Environmental Compliance Manager, project-specific coordination with FHWA may be conducted to determine if a project fits under the programmatic agreement.  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;CE2&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| For actions that will not individually or cumulatively involve significant social, economic, or environmental impacts, and do not meet the criteria for a PCE, environmental staff prepare a CE2 describing the proposed action, impacts that will result from the action, mitigation measures that will be used to compensate for expected impacts, and commitments that are carried through the design and construction. The district will provide project specific information such as job number, route, county, project termini and length, project description, current and future annual average daily traffic (AADT), right-of-way needs and displacements, and a location. FHWA may approve the CE2, request more information, or indicate that an EA or EIS needs to be prepared. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Process and Timeframes&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The environmental staff typically prepare CE2 documentation, but a consultant may occasionally prepare and submit the documentation to MoDOT for review before it is forwarded to FHWA. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After preparation of the CE2 FHWA has 4 weeks to approve or request more information.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===127.14.3.2 Environmental Assessment===&lt;br /&gt;
An EA is prepared when there is uncertainty about the significance of a project’s impacts. The district should submit an RES at least two (2) years before detailed design is expected to begin. At the very least, the [[127.1 Request for Environmental Services|(RES)]] should be submitted early enough during project development to ensure that NEPA compliance can be achieved before the preliminary plans approval stage. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The districts’ primary responsibility for creating an in-house environmental document is to prepare and submit a [[:Category:126 Location Study and Alternatives Analysis|Location Study]], which consists of the Purpose and Need and an Alternative Analysis, to the Design Division to be incorporated into the EA. For a consultant prepared EA, the district oversees the selection of the consultant and preparation of the scope of work.   The environmental and historic preservation staff will assist in this process. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first step in completing the EA is to develop a schedule of process milestones.  An interdisciplinary team should be assembled that includes MoDOT environmental/historic preservation, district, and central office staff, and FHWA.  This team meets several times throughout the EA process to make decisions and ensure project milestones are met.  These milestones include key components of the document’s structure.  The structure of the document will include the following items:&lt;br /&gt;
* Cover Page – Includes the title of the document, DOT Job Number(s), Federal Aid Number, Cooperating and Lead agency (ies), and Date.&lt;br /&gt;
* Title Page – Includes MoDOT and FHWA approval signatures.&lt;br /&gt;
* Purpose and Need – The reason the action is being proposed and what is expected to be achieved. &lt;br /&gt;
* Reasonable Alternatives – Consideration of a reasonable range of alternatives that can accomplish the purpose and need.&lt;br /&gt;
* Environmental Impacts and Consequences – Describes the environment of the area and the direct, indirect, and cumulative effects of the alternatives under consideration.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Direct effects&#039;&#039;&#039; are caused by the action and occur at the same time and place.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Indirect effects&#039;&#039;&#039; are caused by the action and are later in time or farther removed in distance, but are still reasonably foreseeable.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Cumulative effects&#039;&#039;&#039; result from the incremental impact of the action when added to other past, present, and reasonably foreseeable future actions regardless of the agency (Federal or non-Federal) or person undertaking other such actions. &lt;br /&gt;
* A list of all Environmental Commitments&lt;br /&gt;
* Public and Agency Involvement-Documents public meetings, agency correspondence, and comments received and how they were addressed. &lt;br /&gt;
* Appendices-Supporting materials that provide more information and substantiate conclusions on issues discussed in the document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The EA must examine all topics required by FHWA regulations and guidance but should discuss in detail only those areas where there is potential for a significant impact. If a significant impact is identified at any time during the preparation of an EA, an EIS must be prepared.  Some projects may have mitigated or reduced significant impacts to a level where they are no longer considered significant and therefore, do not require an EIS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT and FHWA as lead agencies will prepare a public and agency coordination plan.  The coordination plan should outline (1) how the lead agencies have divided the responsibilities for compliance with the various aspects of the environmental review process, such as the issuance of invitations to participating agencies, and (2) how the lead agencies will provide the opportunities for input from the public and other agencies, in accordance with applicable laws, regulations, and policies. The plan also should identify coordination points, such as:&lt;br /&gt;
* Scoping activities.&lt;br /&gt;
* Development of purpose and need.&lt;br /&gt;
* Identification of the range of alternatives.&lt;br /&gt;
* Collaboration on methodologies.&lt;br /&gt;
* Identification of the preferred alternative and the level of design detail.&lt;br /&gt;
* Completion of the EA.&lt;br /&gt;
* Completion of the Finding of No Significant Impact (FONSI).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the coordination plan may establish a schedule of regular meetings and may identify which persons, organizations, or agencies should be included for each coordination point. The plan may set timeframes for input by those persons, organizations, and agencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coordination begins via an interagency scoping process with interested regulatory agencies and others to present the scope of the project. This scoping process assists in determining if aspects of the proposed action have potential for social, economic, and/or environmental impact and identify other environmental review and consultation requirements that will be performed concurrently with the EA.  A record is kept of all contacts with agencies and the public, as the EA must summarize the results of both agency consultation and &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[:Category:129 Public Involvement|public involvement]], including substantive comments received and how those comments were or will be addressed&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;.  NEPA requires FHWA to invite federal agencies with jurisdiction by law or with special expertise relative to specific resource impacts associated with a proposed project or project alternative, such as the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (COE) and the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS), to become cooperating agencies. The cooperating agency(ies) are indicated on the EA’s cover page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT also works with FHWA during the NEPA process to initiate consultation with federally recognized American Indian tribes determined to have an interest in the project area. FHWA conducts consultation on a government-to-government basis, determines which tribes are to be contacted (as recommended by MoDOT), and sends the letters. MoDOT or its consultant does not contact the tribes, but prepares a draft letter for FHWA’s use. The consultation informs the tribes of the project, asks whether they have any specific concerns, and inquires whether they want to continue to consult on the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A [http://epg.modot.org/index.php/Category:129_Public_Involvement#129.1_Prelocation_Study_Meetings pre-location meeting] is held prior to NEPA document preparation for all projects classified as EAs (see [[:Category:129 Public Involvement|EPG 129 Public Involvement]]). MoDOT, or a consultant, will then prepare a preliminary EA (pEA), i.e., an EA that has not yet been through initial internal and FHWA review. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;A pEA requires the following work items: &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Develop the purpose and need and alternatives analysis taken from the Location Study. All alternatives considered, including those discarded, must be depicted graphically. &lt;br /&gt;
* Evaluate all proposed alternatives equally to determine which are reasonable and meets purpose and need; the EA must include at least one build alternative and the no-build alternative. Additionally, it must be documented why alternatives are discarded or dismissed. In the event the preferred alternative is not selected, the reasonable alternatives can be further evaluated and considered for the selected alternative.  &lt;br /&gt;
* Identify the preferred alternative. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;The reasonable alternatives must evaluate the following resources for direct, indirect, and cumulative impacts:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.2_Historic_Preservation_and_Cultural_Resources Historic Preservation and Cultural Resources] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.10_Section_4%28f%29_Public_Lands Section 4(f) Public Lands] (publically owned parks, recreation areas, and wildlife and waterfowl refuges)&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.10_Section_4%28f%29_Public_Lands#127.10.2.1.1_Section_4.28f.29_Properties Section 4(f)] Historic Sites &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.10_Section_4%28f%29_Public_Lands#127.10.1.4__Section_6.28f.29_Laws_and_Regulations Section 6(f) Parklands]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.4_Wetlands_and_Streams Wetlands and Streams] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.7_Threatened_and_Endangered_Species_%28T%26E%29 Threatened and Endangered Species (T&amp;amp;E)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.11_Farmland_Conversion Farmland Conversion]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.13_Noise Noise] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.8_Hazardous_and_Solid_Waste Hazardous and Solid Waste] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.12_Air_Quality Air Quality] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.9_Floodplain_Management_and_the_Regulatory_Floodway Floodplain Management and Regulatory Floodway]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.21_Federal_Emergency_Management_Agency_%28FEMA%29_Buyout_Properties Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) Buyout Properties]&lt;br /&gt;
* Socioeconomics and Environmental Justice &lt;br /&gt;
: - traffic/access&lt;br /&gt;
: - acquisitions/relocations&lt;br /&gt;
: - public involvement&lt;br /&gt;
: - demographics&lt;br /&gt;
: - community facilities&lt;br /&gt;
* Water Quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Land Use/Zoning&lt;br /&gt;
* Construction Impacts&lt;br /&gt;
* and others as appropriate for each project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pEA is circulated within MoDOT to be reviewed by the liaison engineer, environmental and historic preservation staff, potentially bridge, and district personnel for content, readability, and logical decisions. Central office environmental staff or consultant reviews all comments and prepares a revised pEA. The revised pEA must include a draft Section 4(f) evaluation if applicable. MoDOT environmental staff then sends the pEA to the FHWA and cooperating agencies for review and comment. This document is not to be distributed to anyone outside of MoDOT except formal cooperating agencies identified as such on the pEA cover page  Should FHWA determine after reviewing the documentation the project will have significant impacts, the classification of an EA is no longer appropriate and an Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) must be prepared.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After all comments on the pEA have been addressed, the EA is ready for MoDOT senior management’s approval and signature. Central office environmental staff assists the district in scheduling and preparing a project briefing for the Chief and Assistant Chief Engineers, State Design Engineer, and Design Liaison Engineer. If management is in agreement with the conclusions in the document and commitments, the document is signed by the Chief or Assistant Chief Engineer. After MoDOT has signed the EA, it is submitted to FHWA for signature.  Once FHWA signs the EA, the district holds a location public hearing (see [[:Category:129 Public Involvement|EPG 129 Public Involvement]]) and prepares the [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:129_Public_Involvement#129.11.3_Transcripts transcript] for submittal to the Design Division.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Public notice of the EA’s availability for public inspection and where it may be obtained or reviewed is included in the advertisement of the location public hearing in accordance with MoDOT’s Public Involvement Plan (EPG 129 Public Involvement). District staff should work with MoDOT’s Environmental and Historic Preservation Section and FHWA in development of the public hearing materials.  It is important to avoid predecisional language in any of those materials. The approved EA is made available for review and photocopying at the district office and must also be available for public review at the hearing. MoDOT must also send notice of the availability of the EA, briefly describing the action and its impacts, to affected units of federal, state, and local government as well as to Missouri Federal Assistance Clearinghouse, the state intergovernmental review contact established under Executive Order 12372. To satisfy federal regulation regarding availability of the EA and timeframe for submitting comments, MoDOT must publish the notice of public hearing and EA availability a minimum of 21 calendar days prior to the date of the hearing and the notice should also include a statement that written comments will be accepted until a date 10 days after the hearing unless FHWA determines, for good cause, that a different period is warranted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The EA process results in either a FONSI, or a determination the action is likely to result in significant impacts, and therefore an EIS must be prepared.  According to our Public Involvement Plan, MoDOT will make the document available 15 days prior to the hearing, and publish a notice of availability.  The document is available for comment 30 days after the notice of availability. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the 30-day public comment period has ended and all comments from the public and other agencies have been collected, a cover letter and the FONSI are prepared. The FONSI must satisfactorily address all substantive comments on the EA gathered during the 30-day comment period, including those from other agencies, the general public, and as a result of the [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:129_Public_Involvement#129.3_Location_Public_Hearings location public hearing]. To ensure this, the location public hearing transcript must have been previously submitted to the Design Division (see [[:Category:129 Public Involvement|EPG 129 Public Involvement]]) and also to FHWA for review. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The FONSI must describe any changes to the EA-designated preferred alternative and document any additional impact analyses performed for the final, selected alternative. The FONSI must also document compliance with all applicable environmental laws and Executive Orders or provide reasonable assurance that their requirements can be met and briefly present why the action does not have a significant impact. If the proposed project will adversely impact any NRHP-eligible sites or historical structures, a Memorandum of Agreement (MOA) or a Programmatic Agreement (PA) executed by the Missouri Department of Natural Resources-State Historic Preservation Officer (MDNR-SHPO), FHWA, Advisory Council on Historic Preservation (ACHP), and MoDOT must accompany the FONSI (See [[127.2 Historic Preservation and Cultural Resources|EPG 127.2 Historic Preservation and Cultural Resources]]). The MOA or PA will identify mitigation or activities to be completed prior to project construction. If the project will impact prehistoric sites known or likely to contain human remains, the MOA will also be provided to appropriate American Indian tribes with cultural interest in the region for review and comment. Accompanying documentation must also include the Final Section 4(f) Evaluation, when required, for any impacted historic structures and/or for parklands, wildlife refuges, or other public lands affected. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the FONSI is completed a cover letter, supporting documentation, an MOA execution, if necessary, and any additional environmental impact analyses including a list of all commitments for design and construction, is incorporated into the FONSI prior to submittal to FHWA for approval. If the Selected Alternative differs from the EA-designated preferred alternative, the FONSI must also be submitted to cooperating agencies for their review and comment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FHWA will review the FONSI, accompanying documentation, and any public hearing comments and other comments received regarding the EA. If it is determined there are no significant impacts associated with the project, the FONSI will be signed and the MHTC can then approve the location of the project. MoDOT must send a notice of availability of the FONSI to affected units of federal, state, and local government and the document is made available upon request by the public. Notice is also sent to Missouri Federal Assistance Clearinghouse, the state intergovernmental review contact established under Executive Order 12372. Once the MHTC has approved the location, MoDOT can begin detailed design of the project. A [http://epg.modot.org/files/c/cd/127.14_NEPA_Flow_chart.pdf flow chart] showing this process in detail is available. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:127.14.3.2.jpg|center|800px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Timeframes &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT’s Environmental staff or a consultant can prepare an EA. The project schedule should allow approximately 2 years for obtaining a FONSI. Details of the EA process requirements are shown on the NEPA Document Timeline flowchart.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===127.14.3.3 Environmental Impact Statement===&lt;br /&gt;
An EIS is required for projects that have significant social, economic, and environmental impacts. It includes procedures to minimize harm and details mitigation measures and environmental commitments. For an EIS the district should submit an [[127.1 Request for Environmental Services|RES]] at least three (3) years before detailed design is expected to begin. At the very least, the RES should be submitted early during project development to ensure that NEPA compliance can be achieved before the preliminary plans approval stage.  Executive Order 13807 implemented &#039;&#039;&#039;One Federal Decision&#039;&#039;&#039;, an MOU, between certain Federal agencies, including FHWA, establishing a process and timeline for processing environmental review and authorization decisions for proposed major infrastructure projects.  For more details on the framework established, see [[https://www.environment.fhwa.dot.gov/legislation/implementation.aspx NEPA Implementation]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The districts’ primary responsibility for creating an in-house environmental document is to prepare and submit a [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:126_Location_Study_and_Alternatives_Analysis Location Study], which consists of the Purpose and Need and an Alternatives Analysis, to the Design Division to be incorporated into the EIS. For a consultant prepared EIS, the district oversees the selection of the consultant and preparation of the scope of work.  The environmental and historic preservation staff will assist in this process. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first step in completing the EIS is to develop a schedule of process milestones.  An interdisciplinary team should be assembled that includes MoDOT environmental/historic preservation, district, central office staff, and FHWA.  This team meets several times throughout the EIS process to make decisions and ensure project milestones are met.  These milestones include key components of the document’s structure.  The structure of the document will include the following items:&lt;br /&gt;
* Cover Page – Includes the title of the document, DOT Job Number(s), Federal Aid Number, Cooperating and Lead agency(ies), and Date.&lt;br /&gt;
* Title Page – Includes MoDOT and FHWA approval signatures.&lt;br /&gt;
* Purpose and Need – The reason the action is being proposed and what is expected to be achieved. &lt;br /&gt;
* Reasonable Alternatives – Consideration of a reasonable range of alternatives that can accomplish the purpose and need.&lt;br /&gt;
* Environmental Impacts and Consequences – Describes the environment of the area and the direct, indirect, and cumulative effects of the alternatives under consideration. &#039;&#039;&#039;Direct effects&#039;&#039;&#039; are caused by the action and occur at the same time and place. &#039;&#039;&#039;Indirect effects&#039;&#039;&#039; are caused by the action and are later in time or farther removed in distance, but are still reasonably foreseeable.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Cumulative effects&#039;&#039;&#039; result from the incremental impact of the action when added to other past, present, and reasonably foreseeable future actions regardless of the agency (Federal or non-Federal) or person undertaking other such actions. &lt;br /&gt;
* A list of all environmental commitments&lt;br /&gt;
* Public and Agency Involvement – Documents public meetings, agency correspondence, and comments received and how they are being addressed. &lt;br /&gt;
* Appendices – Supporting materials that provide more information and substantiate conclusions on issues discussed in the document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT and FHWA as lead agencies will prepare a public and agency coordination plan.  The coordination plan should outline: 1) how the lead agencies have divided the responsibilities for compliance with the various aspects of the environmental review process, such as the issuance of invitations to participating agencies, and 2) how the lead agencies will provide the opportunities for input from the public and other agencies, in accordance with applicable laws, regulations, and policies. The plan also should identify coordination points, such as:&lt;br /&gt;
* Notice of intent publication and scoping activities.&lt;br /&gt;
* Development of purpose and need.&lt;br /&gt;
* Identification of the range of alternatives.&lt;br /&gt;
* Collaboration on methodologies.&lt;br /&gt;
* Completion of the DEIS.&lt;br /&gt;
* Identification of the preferred alternative and the level of design detail.&lt;br /&gt;
* Completion of the final environmental impact statement (FEIS).&lt;br /&gt;
* Completion of the ROD or combined ROD/FEIS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the coordination plan may establish a schedule of regular meetings and may identify which persons, organizations, or agencies should be included for each coordination point. The plan may set timeframes for input by those persons, organizations, and agencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coordination begins via an interagency scoping process with interested regulatory agencies and others to present the scope of the project.  The scoping process assists in determining if aspects of the proposed action have potential for social, economic, and/or environmental impact and identify other environmental review and consultation requirements that will be performed concurrently with the EIS. NEPA requires FHWA to invite federal agencies with jurisdiction by law or with special expertise relative to specific resource impacts associated with a proposed project or project alternative, such as the COE and the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS), to become cooperating agencies. These agencies may be asked to develop information and prepare environmental analysis including portions of the EIS.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cooperating agency(ies) are indicated on the EIS’s cover page. The lead agency may also invite federal, state, tribal, regional, and local government agencies that may have an interest in the project to be participating agencies.  These agencies have the opportunity to comment on the purpose and need and range of alternatives for the project.  MoDOT collaborates with FHWA in deciding which agencies should be invited to participate as either cooperating or participating agencies or both.  A record is kept of all contacts with agencies and the public, as the EIS must summarize the results of both agency consultation and public involvement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT also works with FHWA to initiate consultation with federally recognized American Indian tribes determined to have an interest in the project area. FHWA conducts consultation on a government-to-government basis, and MoDOt recommends to FHWA which tribes are to be contacted, and sending the letters; MoDOT or its consultant does not contact the tribes but prepares a draft letter for FHWA to send to the tribes. The consultation letter informs the tribes of the project, asks whether they have any specific concerns, and inquires whether they want to continue to consult on the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A [http://epg.modot.org/index.php/Category:129_Public_Involvement#129.1_Prelocation_Study_Meetings prelocation meeting] is held prior to NEPA document preparation for all projects classified as EISs (see [[:Category:129 Public Involvement|EPG 129 Public Involvement]]).  It is important that MoDOT Enviornmental and FHWA work with the district to develop public meeting material in order to avoid any predecisional language.  [https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/hep/guidance/section6002/index.cfm SAFETEA-LU] specifically requires agency and public involvement in the development of the purpose and need for a project and in the determination of the range of alternatives to be considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT, or a consultant, will then prepare a preliminary Draft EIS (pDEIS) that requires the following work items: &lt;br /&gt;
* Develop the purpose and need and alternatives analysis taken from the [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:126_Location_Study_and_Alternatives_Analysis Location Study]. All alternatives considered, including those discarded, must be depicted graphically&lt;br /&gt;
* Evaluate all proposed alternatives equally to determine which are reasonable.  Through evaluation of the reasonable alternatives and public and agency input, a preferred alternative is identified.  In the event the preferred alternative is not selected, the reasonable alternatives can be further analyzed and considered for the selected alternative. SAFETEA-LU provisions allow MoDOT and FHWA to decide whether to develop the preferred alternative to a higher level of design detail for mitigation purposes or to facilitate compliance with other laws.  FHWA’s &#039;&#039;SAFETEA-LU ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW PROCESS FINAL GUIDANCE&#039;&#039;, Publication L 109-59, November 15, 2006, addresses the timing and information needed to make that decision.  The lead agencies must agree on the preferred alternative before proceeding beyond preliminary design of the alternative.  MoDOT and FHWA can consider on a case-by-case basis whether such higher level of detail is warranted.  &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;The reasonable alternatives must evaluate the following resources:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.2_Historic_Preservation_and_Cultural_Resources Historic Preservation and Cultural Resources] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.10_Section_4%28f%29_Public_Lands Section 4(f) Public Lands] (publically owned parks, recreation areas, and wildlife and waterfowl refuges)&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.10_Section_4%28f%29_Public_Lands#127.10.2.1.1_Section_4.28f.29_Properties Section 4(f) Historic Sites] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.10_Section_4%28f%29_Public_Lands#127.10.1.4__Section_6.28f.29_Laws_and_Regulations Section 6(f) Parklands]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.4_Wetlands_and_Streams Wetlands and Streams] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.7_Threatened_and_Endangered_Species_%28T%26E%29 Threatened and Endangered Species (T&amp;amp;E)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.11_Farmland_Conversion Farmland Conversion]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.13_Noise Noise] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.8_Hazardous_and_Solid_Waste Hazardous and Solid Waste] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.12_Air_Quality Air Quality] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.9_Floodplain_Management_and_the_Regulatory_Floodway Floodplain Management and Regulatory Floodway]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.21_Federal_Emergency_Management_Agency_%28FEMA%29_Buyout_Properties Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) Buyout Properties]&lt;br /&gt;
* Socioeconomics and Environmental Justice &lt;br /&gt;
: - traffic/access&lt;br /&gt;
: - acquisitions/relocations&lt;br /&gt;
: - public involvement&lt;br /&gt;
: - demographics&lt;br /&gt;
: - community facilities&lt;br /&gt;
* Water Quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Land Use/Zoning&lt;br /&gt;
* Construction Impacts&lt;br /&gt;
* and others as appropriate for each project.&lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
The pDEIS is circulated within MoDOT for review by central office design staff and district personnel. Central office environmental staff reviews all comments and a revised pDEIS is prepared. MoDOT senior management must be briefed on the project and the pDEIS.  Central office environmental staff or a consultant can assist the district in scheduling and preparing for the project briefing. MoDOT environmental staff then sends the pDEIS to FHWA and cooperating agencies for review and comment. This document is not to be distributed to anyone outside of MoDOT except formal cooperating agencies identified on the pDEIS cover sheet. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the FHWA and cooperating agency(ies) comments on the pDEIS have been addressed, the DEIS is ready for FHWA’s final review. Once the DEIS is signed by FHWA, it is circulated to federal and state agencies, local entities, elected officials, and others as appropriate for their review and comment. The district also provides copies of the approved DEIS for public viewing and copying in the district office and other public repositories such as libraries and city offices. Upon circulation of the approved DEIS to the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), the EPA publishes a Notice of Availability (NOA) in the Federal Register. That publication initiates a 45-day comment period. During this period the district holds a location public hearing after 21 days of notice, (see [[:Category:129 Public Involvement|EPG 129 Public Involvement]]), and prepares the [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:129_Public_Involvement#129.11.3_Transcripts transcript] for submittal to the Design Division. The transcript must be available for review by the Design Division and FHWA prior to preparation of the preliminary Final EIS (pFEIS) so that substantive comments can be addressed in the pFEIS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the 45-day comment period has ended and all comments from the public and other agencies have been collected, a pFEIS is prepared. The following items of work must be completed as part of the pFEIS: &lt;br /&gt;
* Discuss all substantive comments received on the DEIS during the 45-day comment period, including those from other agencies, the general public, and as a result of the [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:129_Public_Involvement#129.3_Location_Public_Hearings location public hearing and responses thereto], must be satisfactorily addressed. &lt;br /&gt;
* Summarize public involvement.&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe any mitigation measures that are to be incorporated into the proposed action.&lt;br /&gt;
* A preferred alternative must be declared and evaluate all reasonable alternatives considered. &lt;br /&gt;
* Document compliance, to the extent possible, with all applicable environmental laws and Executive Orders or provide reasonable assurance that their requirements can be met.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When these work items and internal review are completed, MoDOT circulates the pFEIS to FHWA and cooperating agencies for review and comment. Once comments are received, the pFEIS is revised and MoDOT submits the Final Environmental Impact Statement (FEIS) to FHWA for legal sufficiency review and approval. Once approved, EPA publishes a Notice of Availability (NOA) in the Federal Register initiating a 30-day comment period for the public, agencies, and tribes.  The FEIS shall be transmitted to any persons, organizations, or agencies that made substantive comments on the draft EIS or requested a copy, no later than the time the document is filed with EPA.  MoDOT will also publish a notice of availability in local newspapers and make the final EIS available at appropriate Administration offices and institutions such as local government offices, libraries, and schools, as appropriate (23 cfr 771.125(g)).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Substantive comments on the FEIS are addressed in a Record of Decision (ROD). The ROD also discusses the reasonable alternatives that were considered for the project, identifies the selected alternative, and discusses why this alternative was selected. The ROD discusses commitments made in the document, including the measures that have been adopted to minimize harm, such as mitigation plans, and details any monitoring and enforcement program, if applicable. Once comments are satisfactorily addressed, the ROD is presented to FHWA for approval. After FHWA signs the ROD, the Missouri Highway Transportation Commission (MHTC) can approve the location of the project and detailed design can begin.  The process is shown on the following [http://epg.modot.org/files/c/cd/127.14_NEPA_Flow_chart.pdf flow chart].   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:127.14.3.2.jpg|center|800px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Combining the FEIS and ROD&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Section 1319(b) of MAP 21 directs DOTs, to the maximum extent practicable, to expeditiously develop a single document that consists of an FEIS and ROD, unless certain conditions exist. Traditionally, and in accordance with the CEQ Regulations (40 CFR 1506.10(b)(2)), FEIS and ROD documents are issued as separate documents with a minimum 30-day period between the FEIS and ROD. The FEIS and ROD should be combined unless:&lt;br /&gt;
# The FEIS makes substantial changes to the proposed action that are relevant to environmental or safety concerns; or&lt;br /&gt;
# There are significant new circumstances or information relevant to environmental concerns and that bear on the proposed action or the impacts of the proposed action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This provision is applicable to all DOT proposed actions, including combination of a [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.15_Reevaluation_of_National_Environmental_Policy_Act_%28NEPA%29_Documents Supplemental EIS] and ROD. The applicable requirements for both an FEIS and ROD must be met for issuance of a combined FEIS/ROD document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In using a combined FEIS/ROD, it will be important to consider possible effects on the timing of required coordination under other laws and the need for any additional documentation. For example, having a separate FEIS may facilitate meeting requirements under other laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the interagency coordination process, MoDOT should notify cooperating agencies as early as possible that they are considering combining the FEIS and ROD, thereby providing agencies the opportunity to express their views about the use of a combined FEIS and ROD for the specific proposed action. This will assist MoDOT/FHWA in making a determination whether combining the FEIS/ROD is practicable or whether it is appropriate to issue the documents separately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===127.14.3.4 Legal Sufficiency Review===&lt;br /&gt;
Although the Missouri division office of the FHWA conducts the general review of NEPA documents and Section 4(f) Evaluations, regulation requires a legal sufficiency review by FHWA Headquarters Office of Chief Counsel. FHWA regional office staff attorneys generally complete this review on their behalf. FHWA guidance on improving the quality of [http://environment.fhwa.dot.gov/strmlng/newsletters/sep06nl.asp environmental documents] describes the purpose of the FHWA legal sufficiency review as “to ensure that the lead agency&#039;s process and evaluations comply with applicable laws, regulations and executive orders, and could be sustained in Federal court if legally challenged.” FHWA Missouri division may conduct the NEPA document and Section 4(f) evaluation review concurrently with the legal sufficiency review based upon their comfort with the quality of the document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===127.14.3.5 FHWA/MoDOT Environmental Partnering Agreement===&lt;br /&gt;
The FHWA and MoDOT executed a [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/ENV/Environmental_Partnering_Agreement.pdf FHWA/MoDOT Environmental Partnering Agreement partnering agreement] establishing FHWA review times for specific NEPA document types, ground rules, conflict resolution, and performance evaluations. MoDOT district staff must ensure that project schedules developed internally and by consultants will accommodate specified document review times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===127.14.3.6 Projects Involving New or Revised Interstate Access===&lt;br /&gt;
A change in access to the Interstate System requires approval from FHWA, regardless of whether federal funds are used. This is accomplished by preparation of an Access Justification Report (AJR). Approval of the AJR cannot precede the completion of NEPA. Once NEPA has been completed, approval of the access change is granted as long as there are no changes to the location or design of the accepted concept. Further details on the requirements for preparation and submittal of an AJR can be found in [[234.1 Access to Interstate Highways|EPG 234.1 Access to Interstate Highways]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===127.14.3.7 Early and Advanced Acquisition of Right of Way===&lt;br /&gt;
In extraordinary cases or emergency situations, consideration may be given to acquisition of hardship or protective purchase of parcels within the limits of a proposed project prior to completion of the appropriate environmental document.  The [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/23cfr710501_cropped.pdf FHWA requirements table] outlines the different types of processes and requirements for Early Acquisition (EA) or Advanced Acquisition (AA). &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
EA alternatives #1, #2, and #4 are mostly commonly used.  Both AA alternatives are used.  When the district determines that EA #4 or AA #1 or #2 is needed, a separate ROW RES shall be submitted for the parcel being acquired.  The parcel must be clearly identified in the request for a NEPA decision.  This decision is independent from the project NEPA decision and may require commitments of clearances and permits to be obtained for the project before there are any impacts to the property being acquired. See [[127.2 Historic Preservation and Cultural Resources#127.2.11 Early Acquisition of Right-of-Way and Disposal of Uneconomic Remnants|EPG 127.2.11 Early Acquisition of Right of Way and Disposal of Uneconomic Remnants]] for the process regarding Section 106 and [[236.3 Administration#236.3.4.4 Early and Advance Acquisition|EPG 236.3.4.4 Early and Advance Acquisition]] for the right of way acquisition process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For EA alternatives #1 and #2, a 4(f) screening is needed. This can be accomplished by contacting Design&#039;s Environmental Section and documented via email or through the EA ROW RES for that parcel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==127.14.4 Non-Federal Actions, Maintenance, and Off-System Projects==&lt;br /&gt;
To be considered a non-federal action for purposes of NEPA compliance, a MoDOT project cannot use federal funds in any phase of project development or delivery. NEPA may still be required if a project has a federal nexus or requires federal permits. [http://environment.transportation.org/environmental_issues/nepa_process/ Click here] for more information regarding federal nexus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Off-system or cost-share projects that receive federal aid are subject to NEPA compliance. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===127.14.4.1 Non-Federal Actions===&lt;br /&gt;
NEPA classification and compliance is required for all MoDOT projects where federal aid funding is used for any purpose including planning, design, right of way acquisition, or construction. Non-federal actions are those that are not on the interstate system or do not require a federal permit, or use federal funding.  FHWA maintains oversight on any project that involves the interstate system, regardless of whether federal-aid funding is involved. Non-federal actions do not require NEPA classification and compliance. However, environmental reviews are still completed for all construction projects in order to be eligible for future federal funding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===127.14.4.2 Maintenance===&lt;br /&gt;
Any MoDOT maintenance project that appears in the STIP is subject to NEPA and environmental compliance. For projects that do not use federal funding, the environmental and historic preservation staff will assist the maintenance and traffic divisions with environmental compliance. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===127.14.4.3 Off-System Projects===&lt;br /&gt;
The NEPA and environmental compliance process for off-system projects is included in [[:LPA:136 Local Public Agency (LPA) Policy|EPG 136 Local Public Agency (LPA) Policy]].  Generally, MoDOT provides quality assurance/quality control for FHWA on NEPA and environmental aspects of off-system projects by reviewing what sponsors submit through the Request for Environmental Review (RER).  In order to receive NEPA approval, the sponsor must provide enough information to obtain T&amp;amp;E concurrence, Section 4(f) concurrence, if applicable, and Section 106 clearance as well as reasonable assurances that all other permits will be obtained. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==127.14.5 NEPA Glossary==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Affected Environment:&#039;&#039;&#039;  A description of the existing environment that may be affected by the proposed action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Access Justification Report (AJR):&#039;&#039;&#039;  An Access Justification Report is required for a project that proposes to change or provide new access to an interstate facility. The AJR should demonstrate that an access point is needed for regional traffic needs and not just local system needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Alternative:&#039;&#039;&#039;  One of a number of specific transportation improvements proposals, alignments, options, design choices, etc., in a defined study area that may address the purpose and need of a proposed project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Alternative Analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Detailed examination of proposed alternatives to determine which alternatives may meet the purpose and need and are reasonable and feasible to be carried forward into the reasonable range of alternatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Categorical Exclusion (CE):&#039;&#039;&#039;  A category of actions that based on past experience with similar actions, do not individually or cumulatively have a significant effect on the human environment and have been found to have no such effect in procedures adopted by a federal agency pursuant to the National Environmental Policy Act, and for which, therefore, neither an environmental assessment nor an environmental impact statement is required. They are actions which: do not induce significant impacts to planned growth or land use for the area, do not require the relocation of significant numbers of people; do not have a significant impact on any natural, cultural, recreational, historic or other resource; do not involve significant air, noise, or water quality impacts; do not have significant impacts on travel patterns; and do not otherwise, either individually or cumulatively, have any significant environmental impacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Context and Intensity:&#039;&#039;&#039; Context is the geographic, biophysical, and social context in which the effects will occur.  Intensity is the severity of the impact. The significance of a project is assessed on a case-by-case basis, based on its context and intensity. The context of a project involves analyzing “society as a whole, the affected region, the affected interests, and the locality.” Intensity refers to the severity or degree of a project’s impact. For example, the severity of a project can become greater if there are cumulative impacts, which is the incremental impact of the action, to include past, present, and future developments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cooperating Agency:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Any federal agency, other than the lead agency, that has jurisdiction by law or special expertise with respect to any environmental impact involved in a proposed project or project alternative.  A State or local agency of similar qualifications or, when the effects are on lands of tribal interest, a Native American tribe may, by agreement with the lead agencies, also become a cooperating agency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Coordination Plan: &#039;&#039;&#039; A plan established by the project lead for coordinating public and agency participation during the environmental review process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ):&#039;&#039;&#039;  Established under Title II of the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) to develop federal agency-wide policy and regulations for implementing the procedural provisions of NEPA, resolve interagency disagreements concerning proposed major federal actions, and to ensure that federal agency programs and procedures are in compliance with NEPA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cumulative Effect:&#039;&#039;&#039;  The incremental environmental impact or effect of the proposed action, together with impacts of past, present, and reasonably foreseeable future actions, regardless of what agency (federal or non-federal) or person undertakes such other actions.  Cumulative effects can result from individually minor but collectively significant actions taking place over a period of time.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Direct Effect: &#039;&#039;&#039; Direct effects occur through direct interaction of an activity with an environmental, social, or economic component.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Environmental Consequences:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Environmental effects of project alternatives, including the proposed action, any adverse environmental effects that cannot be avoided, the relationships between short-term use of the human environment, and any irreversible or irretrievable commitments of resources which would be involved if the proposal should be implemented.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Environmental Assessment (EA):&#039;&#039;&#039;  A concise public document prepared in compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA), that briefly discusses the purpose and need for an action, alternatives to such action, and provides sufficient evidence and analysis of impacts to determine whether to prepare an environmental impact statement or a finding of no significant impact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Environmental Impact Statement (EIS):&#039;&#039;&#039;  A detailed written statement required by section 102 (2) (C) of the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA), analyzing the environmental impacts of a proposed action, adverse effects of the project that cannot be avoided, alternative courses of action, short-term uses of the environment versus the maintenance and enhancement of long-term productivity, and any irreversible and irretrievable commitment of resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Environmentally Preferable Alternative:&#039;&#039;&#039; the alternative that will promote the national environmental policy as expressed in NEPA&#039;s Section 101. Ordinarily, this means the alternative that causes the least damage to the biological and physical environment; it also means the alternative which best protects, preserves, and enhances historic, cultural, and natural resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Finding of No Significant Impact (FONSI):&#039;&#039;&#039;  If it is determined that there will be no significant impacts a finding of no significant impact (FONSI) will be prepared to conclude the process and document the decision. A FONSI is issued when environmental analysis and interagency review during the EA process find a project to have no significant impacts on the quality of the environment. &lt;br /&gt;
Human Environment:  Includes the natural and physical environment and the relationship of people with the environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Impact (Effect):&#039;&#039;&#039;  A direct result of an action that occurs at the same time and place; or an indirect result of an action which occurs later in time or in a different place and is reasonably foreseeable; or the cumulative results from the incremental impacts of the action when added to other past, present, and reasonably foreseeable future actions regardless of what agency or person undertakes such other actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Indirect Effect:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Indirect impacts on the environment are these which are not a direct result of the project, often produced away from or as a result of a complex impact pathway. The indirect impacts are also known as secondary or even third level impacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Independent Utility:&#039;&#039;&#039;  A project is considered to have independent utility if it would be constructed absent the construction of other projects in the project area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Interagency Coordination:&#039;&#039;&#039;  The coordination that occurs between elements of lead agency, and engaged US Government agencies, nongovernmental organizations, and regional and international organizations for the purpose of accomplishing an objective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lead Agency:&#039;&#039;&#039;  The agency or agencies responsible for preparing environmental impact statements or environmental assessments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Legal Sufficiency Review:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Additional review by FHWA for all Draft and Final EISs and Draft and Final Section 4(f) Evaluations to ensure that the lead agency’s process and evaluations comply with applicable laws, regulations and executive orders, and could be sustained in federal court if legally challenged.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Location Study:&#039;&#039;&#039;  A location study is prepared to determine the most advantageous location and type for a proposed highway improvement based on project purpose and need and on engineering and environmental constraints. The location study and the environmental analysis are developed in conjunction with each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Logical Termini:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Rational endpoints for both a transportation improvement and a review of the environmental impacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Major Federal Action:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Actions with effects that may be major and which are potentially subject to federal control and responsibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Major Traffic Disruption (PCE agreement threshold):&#039;&#039;&#039; is a project (for bundles this applies to each independent location rather than referring to a project number) where: 1) available detours are greater than 25 miles rural or 5 miles urban (U.S. Census Bureau designated urbanized area or an urban cluster) and can include non-state local routes, and 2) provisions are not made for local access and so posted or locally owned roads are not accessible in the area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Memorandum of Agreement (MOA):&#039;&#039;&#039;  A formal business document used to outline an agreement made between two separate entities, groups or individuals. A MOA usually precedes a more detailed contract or agreement between the parties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Memorandum of Understanding (MOU):&#039;&#039;&#039;  A bilateral or multilateral agreement between two or more parties. It expresses a convergence of will between the parties, indicating an intended common line of action. It is often used in cases where parties either do not imply a legal commitment or in situations where the parties cannot create a legally enforceable agreement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mitigation: &#039;&#039;&#039; Also, synonymous with Commitment.  Planning actions taken to avoid an impact all together, minimize the degree or magnitude of the impact, reduce the impact over time, repair or restore the impact, or compensate for the impact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA):&#039;&#039;&#039;  NEPA requires federal agencies to assess the environmental effects of their proposed actions prior to making decisions.  Under the NEPA process, agencies evaluate the environmental and related social and economic effects of their proposed actions and provide opportunities for public review and comment on those evaluations.  NEPA applies to a broad range of federal actions that include, but are not limited to, constructing highways and other publicly owned facilities, adopting federal land management actions, and federal permitting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notice of Availability (NOA):&#039;&#039;&#039;  Notices of availability of environmental documents published in local, state, or regional clearinghouses, newspapers, and other means; that may or may not require a public comment period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notice of Intent (NOI): &#039;&#039;&#039; A notice published in the federal register that an environmental impact statement will be prepared and considered.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;No-Build Alternative: &#039;&#039;&#039; The alternative where current conditions and trends are projected into the future without the proposed action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Participating Agency: &#039;&#039;&#039; Agencies with an interest in the project.  The standard for participating agency status is more encompassing than the standard for cooperating agency status.  Therefore, cooperating agencies are, by definition, participating agencies. But not all participating agencies are cooperating agencies. The lead agencies should consider the distinctions in deciding whether to invite an agency to serve as a cooperating/participating agency or only as a participating agency&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Preferred Alternative:&#039;&#039;&#039;  The alternative within the range of alternatives presented in an environmental assessment or environmental impact statement that the agency believes would best fulfill the purpose and need of the proposed action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Programmatic Agreement (PA):&#039;&#039;&#039;  A document that spells out the terms of a formal, legally binding agreement between a state Department of Transportation (DOT) and other state, local and/or federal agencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Programmatic CE (PCE):&#039;&#039;&#039;  Established through a PCE Agreement between FHWA and the State DOT to make Categorical Exclusions (CE) (most of which are listed under 23 CFR Part 771.117(d)) more efficient and faster.  The PCE agreement allows the State DOT to document, review and approve CEs in order to move on to the next step of the project development without requiring division office review. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Proposed Action:&#039;&#039;&#039;  A plan that contains sufficient details about the intended actions to be taken, or that will result, to allow alternatives to be developed and its environmental impacts analyzed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Public Involvement:&#039;&#039;&#039;  An integral part of the transportation process which helps to ensure decisions are made in consideration of and to benefit public needs and preferences.  It involves seeking public input at specific and key points in the decision-making process where such input has a real potential to help shape the final decision or set of actions.  This includes early and continuing opportunities during project development for the public to be involved in the identification of social, economic, and environmental impacts, as well as impacts associated with relocation of individuals, groups, or institutions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purpose and Need:&#039;&#039;&#039;  A clear and well documented section of an EIS or EA or some CEs defining the need for the project and how that need will be fulfilled.  The purpose and need drives the development of the range of alternatives.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Range of Alternatives:&#039;&#039;&#039;  All reasonable alternatives discussed in a NEPA document which are rigorously explored and objectively evaluated, as well as those other alternatives, which are eliminated from detailed study with a brief discussion of the reasons for eliminating them.  What constitutes a reasonable range of alternatives depends on the nature of the proposal and the facts in each case. A decision maker must not consider alternatives beyond the range of alternatives discussed in the relevant environmental documents.  The range of alternatives must include the no-build alternative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Record of Decision (ROD):&#039;&#039;&#039;  A concise public record of decision prepared by the federal agency, pursuant to NEPA that contains a statement of the decision, identification of all alternatives considered, identification of the environmentally preferred alternative, a statement as to whether all practical means to avoid or minimize environmental harm from the alternative selected has been adopted (and if not, why), and a summary of monitoring and enforcement where applicable for any mitigation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reevaluation:&#039;&#039;&#039;  A reevaluation is the process of determining whether or not the NEPA decision made for a project remains valid.  A NEPA document is based on the scope of a project at the time it’s approved. Various factors and circumstances may change that scope throughout the development of the project.  Any changes to the project’s concept or the affected environment after the NEPA decision is made, even after the project has begun, must be reevaluated to determine what effects these changes might have on the validity of the environmental documentation.  A reevaluation of the NEPA decision must additionally be made if more than 3 years has passed and the project has not progressed.  Reevaluations are in place at key points during the RES process to check for those possible changes and make adjustments to the NEPA conclusion if it’s no longer accurate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Request for Environmental Services (RES):&#039;&#039;&#039;  RES is a Webform Application that sends an electronic copy to a selected group of Administration and Environmental/Historic Preservation staff for each district when submitted. The distribution ensures that the RES submissions do not wait on an individual who may be out of the office for an extended period of time. In addition to submitting the RES, the appropriate Design Liaison Engineer should be entered in as a district contact when submitted. The electronic application was developed for a faster submittal process and response from the Environmental/Historic Preservation staff.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Request for Environmental Review (RER):&#039;&#039;&#039;  RER is a Webform Application that sends an electronic copy to a selected group of Administration and Environmental/Historic Preservation staff for each district when submitted. The distribution ensures that the RER submissions do not wait on an individual who may be out of the office for an extended period of time. In addition to submitting the RER, the appropriate LPA Liaison’s should be entered in as a district contact when submitted. The electronic application was developed for a faster submittal process and response from the Environmental/Historic Preservation staff.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Scope of Environmental Review:&#039;&#039;&#039;  The range of actions, alternatives, and impacts to be considered in a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Scoping:&#039;&#039;&#039;  An early and open process for determining the extent and variety of issues to be addressed and identifying the significant issues related to a proposed action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Segmentation:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Segmentation can occur when an action is broken down into small parts in order to avoid the appearance of significance of the total action. An action can be too narrowly defined, minimizing potential impacts in an effort to avoid a higher level of NEPA documentation. The scope of an action must include the consideration of connected, cumulative, and similar actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Significant: &#039;&#039;&#039; Term used in NEPA that considers both context and intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State Transportation Improvement Plan (STIP):&#039;&#039;&#039;  The Statewide Transportation Improvement Program (STIP) is a comprehensive list of all projects, or project phases, in Missouri proposed to receive federal funding, pursuant to Title 23 U.S.C. and 49 U.S.C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Tiering: &#039;&#039;&#039; A NEPA document covering general matters in broader environmental impact statements with subsequent narrower statements of environmental analysis, incorporating by reference, the general discussions and concentrating on specific issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Unavoidable Adverse Effects:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Effects that cannot be avoided due to constraints in alternatives.  These effects do not have to be avoided by the planning agency, but they must be disclosed, discussed, and mitigated for, if possible.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Unresolved Controversy (PCE agreement threshold):&#039;&#039;&#039; Controversy is considered more than a singular expression of dissatisfaction.  Controversy is considered a substantial dispute as to the size, nature or extent of the proposed project.  In cases when controversy is anticipated, MoDOT will discuss the potential for controversy with FHWA to determine if the project can be processed under the FHWA-MoDOT PCE agreement. When MoDOT is unsure whether a project should be considered controversial, MoDOT will engage FHWA for discussion and determination if a PCE is appropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:127 MoDOT and the Environment]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.14_National_Environmental_Policy_Act_(NEPA)_Classification_and_Documents&amp;diff=59484</id>
		<title>127.14 National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) Classification and Documents</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.14_National_Environmental_Policy_Act_(NEPA)_Classification_and_Documents&amp;diff=59484"/>
		<updated>2026-09-29T15:49:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: updated link to partnering agreement&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;margin-left:15px; margin-top: 5px; border:1px solid #a9a9a9; background:#f8f9fa&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;275px&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Figures&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/ENV/Environmental_Partnering_Agreement.pdf FHWA/MoDOT Environmental Partnering Agreement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [http://epg.modot.org/files/c/cd/127.14_NEPA_Flow_chart.pdf NEPA Process Flow Chart] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [[#Documentation Timeline|NEPA Process &amp;quot;Documentation Timeline&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Forms&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ● [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/ENV/CE2_Template.docx Categorical Exclusion Form(CE2)]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==127.14.1 Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
The National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) requires consideration of the human and natural environment in decisions made for any project that uses federal funding, has a federal nexus or requires federal permits. [https://environment.transportation.org/focus-areas/environmental-process/ Click here] for more information about the NEPA process. To fulfill NEPA requirements, MoDOT must assess the impacts of the project on the human and natural environment to document the decision making process while aiding in the selection of a preferred alternative. Pursuant to MoDOT’s values and tangible result of using resources wisely, MoDOT’s Design Division&#039;s Environmental and Historic Preservation staff review every project and coordinate as appropriate with the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) to determine the appropriate environmental classification of NEPA documentation for a project as soon as the scope and location are determined. MoDOT and FHWA have a programmatic agreement regarding the processing of actions classified as categorical exclusions for Federal-Aid projects (referred to as PCE agreement).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic NEPA classifications are: &lt;br /&gt;
* Categorical Exclusion (CE) – has no significant impact on the human and natural environment. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environmental Assessment (EA) – determines the need for an EIS if environmental impacts are uncertain or finds that there is no significant impact on the human and natural environment. &lt;br /&gt;
* Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) – detailed documentation where the action is likely to cause significant impacts or significant impacts are known (23 CFR 771.115) on the environment and results in a record of decision.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The environmental classification is based on the scope of the project (including the programming information provided in the [[121.3 The Statewide Transportation Improvement Program (STIP)|Statewide Transportation Improvement Program (STIP)]]), the assessment of the anticipated social and environmental impacts of the project, and possible impacts provided by the district and the environmental and historic preservation staff. The extent of the NEPA analysis required for a particular project depends on the expected magnitude of the impacts from that project. The significance of a project is assessed on a case-by-case basis, based on its context and intensity. The context of a project involves analyzing “society as a whole, the affected region, the affected interests, and the locality.” Intensity refers to the severity or degree of a project’s impact. For example, the severity of a project can become greater if there are cumulative impacts, which is the incremental impact of the action, to include past, present, and future developments. In some cases, several minor projects can collectively be significant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Logical termini and independent utility are also evaluated for projects that may be located in close proximity.  Independent utility is determined if a project can be constructed absent of the construction of other projects in the project area.  Logical termini are rational endpoints for both a transportation improvement and a review of the environmental impacts of a sufficient length to address matters on a broad scope.  A project manager initiates the NEPA classification process by preparing and submitting a Request for Environmental Services [[127.1 Request for Environmental Services|(RES)]] to the Design Division’s Environmental and Historic Preservation Section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==127.14.2 Laws, Regulations, and Guidance==&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://ceq.doe.gov/ The National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA)] of 1969 (as amended)&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/hep/23cfr771.htm 23CFR771] and [http://ecfr.gpoaccess.gov/cgi/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&amp;amp;sid=a96de2690cf3875679b05a5d60e02010&amp;amp;rgn=div5&amp;amp;view=text&amp;amp;node=23:1.0.1.8.42&amp;amp;idno=23 &#039;&#039;Environmental Impact and Related Procedures; Final Rule&#039;&#039;] contains the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) regulations for complying with NEPA.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.environment.fhwa.dot.gov/projdev/impTA6640.asp &#039;&#039;Guidance for Preparing and Processing Environmental and Section 4(f) Documents&#039;&#039;], FHWA Technical Advisory &lt;br /&gt;
* Also see [[:Category:127 MoDOT and the Environment|MoDOT and the Environment]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT must comply with numerous environmental laws and regulations when planning, designing, constructing, and maintaining transportation projects. As the “umbrella” for that compliance, NEPA requires interpreting and administering, the policies, regulations, and laws of the federal government in accordance with its environmental protection goals. While the NEPA document is intended to address compliance or to establish a plan for compliance for federal and state laws and regulations, additional compliance issues will likely remain post-NEPA. However, the synchronization of environmental reviews and authorizations is preferred, as it is known to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of project delivery.  MoDOT must be able to provide FHWA reasonable assurance that those outstanding compliance issues will be resolved. In many instances, compliance is not fully attained until mitigation plans have been approved and executed. For example, MoDOT may still need to obtain a floodplain development permit.  If all environmental clearances are not obtained by FHWA authorization, a conditional statement must be provided to FHWA regarding when the clearance will be obtained.  The conditional statement must also commit to a result if the clearance is not obtained.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other articles on [[127.3 Community Impact Assessment|community impact assessment]], [[127.7 Threatened and Endangered Species (T&amp;amp;E)|threatened and endangered species]], [[127.4 Wetlands and Streams|wetlands, streams and water quality]], [[127.16 Wetland and Stream Mitigation|wetland and stream mitigation]], [[127.9 Floodplain Management and the Regulatory Floodway|floodplain management and the regulatory floodway]], [[127.11 Farmland Conversion|farmland]], [[127.8 Hazardous and Solid Waste|hazardous and solid waste]], [[127.13 Noise|noise]], [[127.12 Air Quality|air quality]], [[127.21 Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) Flood Buyout Properties|Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) buyout properties]], [[127.2 Historic Preservation and Cultural Resources|Historic Preservation and Cultural Resources]] and [[127.10 Section 4(f) Public Lands|Section 4(f) public lands]] describe various processes and reference the laws and regulations pertaining to the subject of the article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==127.14.3 Process==&lt;br /&gt;
Design environmental and historic preservation staff oversee in-house and consultant prepared environmental documentation. Project managers and other district staff are closely involved in the preparation and review of documents. Environmental documentation must meet the requirements of FHWA and other regulatory agencies, while providing the public with a record of the deliberative process for identifying project alternatives and impacts. The environmental document addresses comments made by other agencies and the public. Environmental and historic preservation staff review the document before it leaves MoDOT to ensure it meets FHWA regulations. The documents and procedures also must comply with MoDOT and the Missouri Highways and Transportation Commission (MHTC) requirements. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Assurance of federal funding is contingent upon MoDOT not proceeding with detailed design (beyond preliminary plans) on any project until the NEPA process is concluded, resulting in a CE, Finding of No Significant Impact (FONSI), or Record of Decision (ROD). The MHTC must approve a location, which occurs after FHWA approves a ROD or FONSI, respectively, before detailed design proceeds on EIS or EA projects. NEPA approval cannot be granted until planning requirements are met, which is the next phase to be programmed in the STIP and TIP (if in an MPO area) and the whole project must be in the long range plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The FHWA may require CEs or EAs to be elevated to a higher NEPA documentation level, if it is determined that the project scope, level of controversy over environmental data, or degree of impacts requires such elevation. Reclassification as an EA or EIS will require substantially more time for project development and ultimate [[:Category:126 Location Study and Alternatives Analysis|location approval]]. The NEPA class can also be down-graded, if justified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NEPA documents have a limited shelf life. When a NEPA document needs to be updated, MoDOT’s Design Division&#039;s Environmental staff conducts a reevaluation and prepares documentation. For PCEs, the reevaluation is outlined in MoDOT and FHWA’s programmatic agreement for PCEs and must still be documented. Factors that can create the need to reevaluate a NEPA document include the age of the document, whether the project is active or inactive, noteworthy changes in the scope, impacts, or circumstances when advancing to the next major federal approval, and/or location of the project (including those that arise from value engineering proposals), before requests for funding authorizations from FHWA, and changes in environmental laws or regulations. In most cases, the reevaluation is submitted to the FHWA for review and approval, however, for PCEs, MoDOT and FHWA follow the Programmatic Agreement to document [[127.15 Reevaluation of National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) Documents|reevaluations]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, it is important to identify (during environmental reviews) and also incorporate (during design and construction) any commitments and/or mitigation measures for the project.  These are typically identified collectively in the NEPA document.  If commitments are not carried out, federal funding can be jeopardized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===127.14.3.1 Categorical Exclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
For actions that will not individually or cumulatively have significant social, economic, or environmental impacts, certain categories of projects are excluded from the need to prepare a formal NEPA document (EIS or EA).  However, this does not exclude the need to demonstrate compliance with all other environmental laws and regulations.  Hence, they still need Section 106 clearance, Threatened &amp;amp; Endangered Species concurrence, etc. reviews and coordination regardless of the NEPA class (including regardless of PCEs or CE2s).  Additionally, any actions which normally would be classified as a CE but could involve unusual circumstances may require additional studies to determine if CE is the appropriate class.  These unusual circumstances could include significant impacts, controversy, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT processes CEs in two ways: as a programmatic CE (PCE) or a documented CE (CE2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;Programmatic CE (PCE)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| FHWA and MoDOT executed a [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/ENV/PCE_agreement.pdf programmatic agreement (PCE Agreement) in 2026] that allows MoDOT environmental staff to approve certain types of projects as PCEs. The amount of new right of way and/or easements combined must be less than five acres for the project to qualify as a programmatic PCE.  There is a list of thresholds within the agreement that cannot be exceeded.  If a project exceeds one of the thresholds, a documented Categorical Exclusion (CE2) must be approved by the Missouri Federal Highway Administration Division Administrator or the representative of the Missouri Federal Highway Administration Division Administrator. Definitions related to thresholds in the PCE agreement can be found in [[#127.14.5 NEPA Glossary|EPG 127.14.5 NEPA Glossary]]. There are 39 types of eligible projects included within the agreement that are categorically excluded from the formal documentation requirements of NEPA per CFR 771.  The programmatic agreement allows FHWA to use a risk-based approach to monitor and evaluate MoDOT’s environmental project files to ensure compliance with the programmatic agreement. Quarterly, MoDOT sends FHWA a list of projects that were determined to meet the criteria for PCEs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Process and Timeframes&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A PCE approval is given after environmental and historic preservation staff review the RES submitted by the district and all clearance are complete except for unusual circumstances. In most cases, the PCE can be approved between Preliminary Plans stage and Right of Way stage.  At the discretion of the Environmental Compliance Manager, project-specific coordination with FHWA may be conducted to determine if a project fits under the programmatic agreement.  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;CE2&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| For actions that will not individually or cumulatively involve significant social, economic, or environmental impacts, and do not meet the criteria for a PCE, environmental staff prepare a CE2 describing the proposed action, impacts that will result from the action, mitigation measures that will be used to compensate for expected impacts, and commitments that are carried through the design and construction. The district will provide project specific information such as job number, route, county, project termini and length, project description, current and future annual average daily traffic (AADT), right-of-way needs and displacements, and a location. FHWA may approve the CE2, request more information, or indicate that an EA or EIS needs to be prepared. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Process and Timeframes&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The environmental staff typically prepare CE2 documentation, but a consultant may occasionally prepare and submit the documentation to MoDOT for review before it is forwarded to FHWA. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After preparation of the CE2 FHWA has 4 weeks to approve or request more information.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===127.14.3.2 Environmental Assessment===&lt;br /&gt;
An EA is prepared when there is uncertainty about the significance of a project’s impacts. The district should submit an RES at least two (2) years before detailed design is expected to begin. At the very least, the [[127.1 Request for Environmental Services|(RES)]] should be submitted early enough during project development to ensure that NEPA compliance can be achieved before the preliminary plans approval stage. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The districts’ primary responsibility for creating an in-house environmental document is to prepare and submit a [[:Category:126 Location Study and Alternatives Analysis|Location Study]], which consists of the Purpose and Need and an Alternative Analysis, to the Design Division to be incorporated into the EA. For a consultant prepared EA, the district oversees the selection of the consultant and preparation of the scope of work.   The environmental and historic preservation staff will assist in this process. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first step in completing the EA is to develop a schedule of process milestones.  An interdisciplinary team should be assembled that includes MoDOT environmental/historic preservation, district, and central office staff, and FHWA.  This team meets several times throughout the EA process to make decisions and ensure project milestones are met.  These milestones include key components of the document’s structure.  The structure of the document will include the following items:&lt;br /&gt;
* Cover Page – Includes the title of the document, DOT Job Number(s), Federal Aid Number, Cooperating and Lead agency (ies), and Date.&lt;br /&gt;
* Title Page – Includes MoDOT and FHWA approval signatures.&lt;br /&gt;
* Purpose and Need – The reason the action is being proposed and what is expected to be achieved. &lt;br /&gt;
* Reasonable Alternatives – Consideration of a reasonable range of alternatives that can accomplish the purpose and need.&lt;br /&gt;
* Environmental Impacts and Consequences – Describes the environment of the area and the direct, indirect, and cumulative effects of the alternatives under consideration.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Direct effects&#039;&#039;&#039; are caused by the action and occur at the same time and place.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Indirect effects&#039;&#039;&#039; are caused by the action and are later in time or farther removed in distance, but are still reasonably foreseeable.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Cumulative effects&#039;&#039;&#039; result from the incremental impact of the action when added to other past, present, and reasonably foreseeable future actions regardless of the agency (Federal or non-Federal) or person undertaking other such actions. &lt;br /&gt;
* A list of all Environmental Commitments&lt;br /&gt;
* Public and Agency Involvement-Documents public meetings, agency correspondence, and comments received and how they were addressed. &lt;br /&gt;
* Appendices-Supporting materials that provide more information and substantiate conclusions on issues discussed in the document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The EA must examine all topics required by FHWA regulations and guidance but should discuss in detail only those areas where there is potential for a significant impact. If a significant impact is identified at any time during the preparation of an EA, an EIS must be prepared.  Some projects may have mitigated or reduced significant impacts to a level where they are no longer considered significant and therefore, do not require an EIS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT and FHWA as lead agencies will prepare a public and agency coordination plan.  The coordination plan should outline (1) how the lead agencies have divided the responsibilities for compliance with the various aspects of the environmental review process, such as the issuance of invitations to participating agencies, and (2) how the lead agencies will provide the opportunities for input from the public and other agencies, in accordance with applicable laws, regulations, and policies. The plan also should identify coordination points, such as:&lt;br /&gt;
* Scoping activities.&lt;br /&gt;
* Development of purpose and need.&lt;br /&gt;
* Identification of the range of alternatives.&lt;br /&gt;
* Collaboration on methodologies.&lt;br /&gt;
* Identification of the preferred alternative and the level of design detail.&lt;br /&gt;
* Completion of the EA.&lt;br /&gt;
* Completion of the Finding of No Significant Impact (FONSI).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the coordination plan may establish a schedule of regular meetings and may identify which persons, organizations, or agencies should be included for each coordination point. The plan may set timeframes for input by those persons, organizations, and agencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coordination begins via an interagency scoping process with interested regulatory agencies and others to present the scope of the project. This scoping process assists in determining if aspects of the proposed action have potential for social, economic, and/or environmental impact and identify other environmental review and consultation requirements that will be performed concurrently with the EA.  A record is kept of all contacts with agencies and the public, as the EA must summarize the results of both agency consultation and &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[:Category:129 Public Involvement|public involvement]], including substantive comments received and how those comments were or will be addressed&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;.  NEPA requires FHWA to invite federal agencies with jurisdiction by law or with special expertise relative to specific resource impacts associated with a proposed project or project alternative, such as the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (COE) and the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS), to become cooperating agencies. The cooperating agency(ies) are indicated on the EA’s cover page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT also works with FHWA during the NEPA process to initiate consultation with federally recognized American Indian tribes determined to have an interest in the project area. FHWA conducts consultation on a government-to-government basis, determines which tribes are to be contacted (as recommended by MoDOT), and sends the letters. MoDOT or its consultant does not contact the tribes, but prepares a draft letter for FHWA’s use. The consultation informs the tribes of the project, asks whether they have any specific concerns, and inquires whether they want to continue to consult on the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A [http://epg.modot.org/index.php/Category:129_Public_Involvement#129.1_Prelocation_Study_Meetings pre-location meeting] is held prior to NEPA document preparation for all projects classified as EAs (see [[:Category:129 Public Involvement|EPG 129 Public Involvement]]). MoDOT, or a consultant, will then prepare a preliminary EA (pEA), i.e., an EA that has not yet been through initial internal and FHWA review. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;A pEA requires the following work items: &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Develop the purpose and need and alternatives analysis taken from the Location Study. All alternatives considered, including those discarded, must be depicted graphically. &lt;br /&gt;
* Evaluate all proposed alternatives equally to determine which are reasonable and meets purpose and need; the EA must include at least one build alternative and the no-build alternative. Additionally, it must be documented why alternatives are discarded or dismissed. In the event the preferred alternative is not selected, the reasonable alternatives can be further evaluated and considered for the selected alternative.  &lt;br /&gt;
* Identify the preferred alternative. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;The reasonable alternatives must evaluate the following resources for direct, indirect, and cumulative impacts:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.2_Historic_Preservation_and_Cultural_Resources Historic Preservation and Cultural Resources] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.10_Section_4%28f%29_Public_Lands Section 4(f) Public Lands] (publically owned parks, recreation areas, and wildlife and waterfowl refuges)&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.10_Section_4%28f%29_Public_Lands#127.10.2.1.1_Section_4.28f.29_Properties Section 4(f)] Historic Sites &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.10_Section_4%28f%29_Public_Lands#127.10.1.4__Section_6.28f.29_Laws_and_Regulations Section 6(f) Parklands]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.4_Wetlands_and_Streams Wetlands and Streams] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.7_Threatened_and_Endangered_Species_%28T%26E%29 Threatened and Endangered Species (T&amp;amp;E)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.11_Farmland_Conversion Farmland Conversion]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.13_Noise Noise] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.8_Hazardous_and_Solid_Waste Hazardous and Solid Waste] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.12_Air_Quality Air Quality] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.9_Floodplain_Management_and_the_Regulatory_Floodway Floodplain Management and Regulatory Floodway]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.21_Federal_Emergency_Management_Agency_%28FEMA%29_Buyout_Properties Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) Buyout Properties]&lt;br /&gt;
* Socioeconomics and Environmental Justice &lt;br /&gt;
: - traffic/access&lt;br /&gt;
: - acquisitions/relocations&lt;br /&gt;
: - public involvement&lt;br /&gt;
: - demographics&lt;br /&gt;
: - community facilities&lt;br /&gt;
* Water Quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Land Use/Zoning&lt;br /&gt;
* Construction Impacts&lt;br /&gt;
* and others as appropriate for each project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pEA is circulated within MoDOT to be reviewed by the liaison engineer, environmental and historic preservation staff, potentially bridge, and district personnel for content, readability, and logical decisions. Central office environmental staff or consultant reviews all comments and prepares a revised pEA. The revised pEA must include a draft Section 4(f) evaluation if applicable. MoDOT environmental staff then sends the pEA to the FHWA and cooperating agencies for review and comment. This document is not to be distributed to anyone outside of MoDOT except formal cooperating agencies identified as such on the pEA cover page  Should FHWA determine after reviewing the documentation the project will have significant impacts, the classification of an EA is no longer appropriate and an Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) must be prepared.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After all comments on the pEA have been addressed, the EA is ready for MoDOT senior management’s approval and signature. Central office environmental staff assists the district in scheduling and preparing a project briefing for the Chief and Assistant Chief Engineers, State Design Engineer, and Design Liaison Engineer. If management is in agreement with the conclusions in the document and commitments, the document is signed by the Chief or Assistant Chief Engineer. After MoDOT has signed the EA, it is submitted to FHWA for signature.  Once FHWA signs the EA, the district holds a location public hearing (see [[:Category:129 Public Involvement|EPG 129 Public Involvement]]) and prepares the [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:129_Public_Involvement#129.11.3_Transcripts transcript] for submittal to the Design Division.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Public notice of the EA’s availability for public inspection and where it may be obtained or reviewed is included in the advertisement of the location public hearing in accordance with MoDOT’s Public Involvement Plan (EPG 129 Public Involvement). District staff should work with MoDOT’s Environmental and Historic Preservation Section and FHWA in development of the public hearing materials.  It is important to avoid predecisional language in any of those materials. The approved EA is made available for review and photocopying at the district office and must also be available for public review at the hearing. MoDOT must also send notice of the availability of the EA, briefly describing the action and its impacts, to affected units of federal, state, and local government as well as to Missouri Federal Assistance Clearinghouse, the state intergovernmental review contact established under Executive Order 12372. To satisfy federal regulation regarding availability of the EA and timeframe for submitting comments, MoDOT must publish the notice of public hearing and EA availability a minimum of 21 calendar days prior to the date of the hearing and the notice should also include a statement that written comments will be accepted until a date 10 days after the hearing unless FHWA determines, for good cause, that a different period is warranted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The EA process results in either a FONSI, or a determination the action is likely to result in significant impacts, and therefore an EIS must be prepared.  According to our Public Involvement Plan, MoDOT will make the document available 15 days prior to the hearing, and publish a notice of availability.  The document is available for comment 30 days after the notice of availability. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the 30-day public comment period has ended and all comments from the public and other agencies have been collected, a cover letter and the FONSI are prepared. The FONSI must satisfactorily address all substantive comments on the EA gathered during the 30-day comment period, including those from other agencies, the general public, and as a result of the [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:129_Public_Involvement#129.3_Location_Public_Hearings location public hearing]. To ensure this, the location public hearing transcript must have been previously submitted to the Design Division (see [[:Category:129 Public Involvement|EPG 129 Public Involvement]]) and also to FHWA for review. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The FONSI must describe any changes to the EA-designated preferred alternative and document any additional impact analyses performed for the final, selected alternative. The FONSI must also document compliance with all applicable environmental laws and Executive Orders or provide reasonable assurance that their requirements can be met and briefly present why the action does not have a significant impact. If the proposed project will adversely impact any NRHP-eligible sites or historical structures, a Memorandum of Agreement (MOA) or a Programmatic Agreement (PA) executed by the Missouri Department of Natural Resources-State Historic Preservation Officer (MDNR-SHPO), FHWA, Advisory Council on Historic Preservation (ACHP), and MoDOT must accompany the FONSI (See [[127.2 Historic Preservation and Cultural Resources|EPG 127.2 Historic Preservation and Cultural Resources]]). The MOA or PA will identify mitigation or activities to be completed prior to project construction. If the project will impact prehistoric sites known or likely to contain human remains, the MOA will also be provided to appropriate American Indian tribes with cultural interest in the region for review and comment. Accompanying documentation must also include the Final Section 4(f) Evaluation, when required, for any impacted historic structures and/or for parklands, wildlife refuges, or other public lands affected. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the FONSI is completed a cover letter, supporting documentation, an MOA execution, if necessary, and any additional environmental impact analyses including a list of all commitments for design and construction, is incorporated into the FONSI prior to submittal to FHWA for approval. If the Selected Alternative differs from the EA-designated preferred alternative, the FONSI must also be submitted to cooperating agencies for their review and comment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FHWA will review the FONSI, accompanying documentation, and any public hearing comments and other comments received regarding the EA. If it is determined there are no significant impacts associated with the project, the FONSI will be signed and the MHTC can then approve the location of the project. MoDOT must send a notice of availability of the FONSI to affected units of federal, state, and local government and the document is made available upon request by the public. Notice is also sent to Missouri Federal Assistance Clearinghouse, the state intergovernmental review contact established under Executive Order 12372. Once the MHTC has approved the location, MoDOT can begin detailed design of the project. A [http://epg.modot.org/files/c/cd/127.14_NEPA_Flow_chart.pdf flow chart] showing this process in detail is available. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:127.14.3.2.jpg|center|800px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Timeframes &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT’s Environmental staff or a consultant can prepare an EA. The project schedule should allow approximately 2 years for obtaining a FONSI. Details of the EA process requirements are shown on the NEPA Document Timeline flowchart.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===127.14.3.3 Environmental Impact Statement===&lt;br /&gt;
An EIS is required for projects that have significant social, economic, and environmental impacts. It includes procedures to minimize harm and details mitigation measures and environmental commitments. For an EIS the district should submit an [[127.1 Request for Environmental Services|RES]] at least three (3) years before detailed design is expected to begin. At the very least, the RES should be submitted early during project development to ensure that NEPA compliance can be achieved before the preliminary plans approval stage.  Executive Order 13807 implemented &#039;&#039;&#039;One Federal Decision&#039;&#039;&#039;, an MOU, between certain Federal agencies, including FHWA, establishing a process and timeline for processing environmental review and authorization decisions for proposed major infrastructure projects.  For more details on the framework established, see [[https://www.environment.fhwa.dot.gov/legislation/implementation.aspx NEPA Implementation]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The districts’ primary responsibility for creating an in-house environmental document is to prepare and submit a [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:126_Location_Study_and_Alternatives_Analysis Location Study], which consists of the Purpose and Need and an Alternatives Analysis, to the Design Division to be incorporated into the EIS. For a consultant prepared EIS, the district oversees the selection of the consultant and preparation of the scope of work.  The environmental and historic preservation staff will assist in this process. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first step in completing the EIS is to develop a schedule of process milestones.  An interdisciplinary team should be assembled that includes MoDOT environmental/historic preservation, district, central office staff, and FHWA.  This team meets several times throughout the EIS process to make decisions and ensure project milestones are met.  These milestones include key components of the document’s structure.  The structure of the document will include the following items:&lt;br /&gt;
* Cover Page – Includes the title of the document, DOT Job Number(s), Federal Aid Number, Cooperating and Lead agency(ies), and Date.&lt;br /&gt;
* Title Page – Includes MoDOT and FHWA approval signatures.&lt;br /&gt;
* Purpose and Need – The reason the action is being proposed and what is expected to be achieved. &lt;br /&gt;
* Reasonable Alternatives – Consideration of a reasonable range of alternatives that can accomplish the purpose and need.&lt;br /&gt;
* Environmental Impacts and Consequences – Describes the environment of the area and the direct, indirect, and cumulative effects of the alternatives under consideration. &#039;&#039;&#039;Direct effects&#039;&#039;&#039; are caused by the action and occur at the same time and place. &#039;&#039;&#039;Indirect effects&#039;&#039;&#039; are caused by the action and are later in time or farther removed in distance, but are still reasonably foreseeable.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Cumulative effects&#039;&#039;&#039; result from the incremental impact of the action when added to other past, present, and reasonably foreseeable future actions regardless of the agency (Federal or non-Federal) or person undertaking other such actions. &lt;br /&gt;
* A list of all environmental commitments&lt;br /&gt;
* Public and Agency Involvement – Documents public meetings, agency correspondence, and comments received and how they are being addressed. &lt;br /&gt;
* Appendices – Supporting materials that provide more information and substantiate conclusions on issues discussed in the document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT and FHWA as lead agencies will prepare a public and agency coordination plan.  The coordination plan should outline: 1) how the lead agencies have divided the responsibilities for compliance with the various aspects of the environmental review process, such as the issuance of invitations to participating agencies, and 2) how the lead agencies will provide the opportunities for input from the public and other agencies, in accordance with applicable laws, regulations, and policies. The plan also should identify coordination points, such as:&lt;br /&gt;
* Notice of intent publication and scoping activities.&lt;br /&gt;
* Development of purpose and need.&lt;br /&gt;
* Identification of the range of alternatives.&lt;br /&gt;
* Collaboration on methodologies.&lt;br /&gt;
* Completion of the DEIS.&lt;br /&gt;
* Identification of the preferred alternative and the level of design detail.&lt;br /&gt;
* Completion of the final environmental impact statement (FEIS).&lt;br /&gt;
* Completion of the ROD or combined ROD/FEIS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the coordination plan may establish a schedule of regular meetings and may identify which persons, organizations, or agencies should be included for each coordination point. The plan may set timeframes for input by those persons, organizations, and agencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coordination begins via an interagency scoping process with interested regulatory agencies and others to present the scope of the project.  The scoping process assists in determining if aspects of the proposed action have potential for social, economic, and/or environmental impact and identify other environmental review and consultation requirements that will be performed concurrently with the EIS. NEPA requires FHWA to invite federal agencies with jurisdiction by law or with special expertise relative to specific resource impacts associated with a proposed project or project alternative, such as the COE and the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS), to become cooperating agencies. These agencies may be asked to develop information and prepare environmental analysis including portions of the EIS.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cooperating agency(ies) are indicated on the EIS’s cover page. The lead agency may also invite federal, state, tribal, regional, and local government agencies that may have an interest in the project to be participating agencies.  These agencies have the opportunity to comment on the purpose and need and range of alternatives for the project.  MoDOT collaborates with FHWA in deciding which agencies should be invited to participate as either cooperating or participating agencies or both.  A record is kept of all contacts with agencies and the public, as the EIS must summarize the results of both agency consultation and public involvement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT also works with FHWA to initiate consultation with federally recognized American Indian tribes determined to have an interest in the project area. FHWA conducts consultation on a government-to-government basis, and MoDOt recommends to FHWA which tribes are to be contacted, and sending the letters; MoDOT or its consultant does not contact the tribes but prepares a draft letter for FHWA to send to the tribes. The consultation letter informs the tribes of the project, asks whether they have any specific concerns, and inquires whether they want to continue to consult on the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A [http://epg.modot.org/index.php/Category:129_Public_Involvement#129.1_Prelocation_Study_Meetings prelocation meeting] is held prior to NEPA document preparation for all projects classified as EISs (see [[:Category:129 Public Involvement|EPG 129 Public Involvement]]).  It is important that MoDOT Enviornmental and FHWA work with the district to develop public meeting material in order to avoid any predecisional language.  [https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/hep/guidance/section6002/index.cfm SAFETEA-LU] specifically requires agency and public involvement in the development of the purpose and need for a project and in the determination of the range of alternatives to be considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MoDOT, or a consultant, will then prepare a preliminary Draft EIS (pDEIS) that requires the following work items: &lt;br /&gt;
* Develop the purpose and need and alternatives analysis taken from the [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:126_Location_Study_and_Alternatives_Analysis Location Study]. All alternatives considered, including those discarded, must be depicted graphically&lt;br /&gt;
* Evaluate all proposed alternatives equally to determine which are reasonable.  Through evaluation of the reasonable alternatives and public and agency input, a preferred alternative is identified.  In the event the preferred alternative is not selected, the reasonable alternatives can be further analyzed and considered for the selected alternative. SAFETEA-LU provisions allow MoDOT and FHWA to decide whether to develop the preferred alternative to a higher level of design detail for mitigation purposes or to facilitate compliance with other laws.  FHWA’s &#039;&#039;SAFETEA-LU ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW PROCESS FINAL GUIDANCE&#039;&#039;, Publication L 109-59, November 15, 2006, addresses the timing and information needed to make that decision.  The lead agencies must agree on the preferred alternative before proceeding beyond preliminary design of the alternative.  MoDOT and FHWA can consider on a case-by-case basis whether such higher level of detail is warranted.  &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;The reasonable alternatives must evaluate the following resources:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.2_Historic_Preservation_and_Cultural_Resources Historic Preservation and Cultural Resources] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.10_Section_4%28f%29_Public_Lands Section 4(f) Public Lands] (publically owned parks, recreation areas, and wildlife and waterfowl refuges)&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.10_Section_4%28f%29_Public_Lands#127.10.2.1.1_Section_4.28f.29_Properties Section 4(f) Historic Sites] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.10_Section_4%28f%29_Public_Lands#127.10.1.4__Section_6.28f.29_Laws_and_Regulations Section 6(f) Parklands]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.4_Wetlands_and_Streams Wetlands and Streams] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.7_Threatened_and_Endangered_Species_%28T%26E%29 Threatened and Endangered Species (T&amp;amp;E)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.11_Farmland_Conversion Farmland Conversion]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.13_Noise Noise] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.8_Hazardous_and_Solid_Waste Hazardous and Solid Waste] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.12_Air_Quality Air Quality] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.9_Floodplain_Management_and_the_Regulatory_Floodway Floodplain Management and Regulatory Floodway]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.21_Federal_Emergency_Management_Agency_%28FEMA%29_Buyout_Properties Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) Buyout Properties]&lt;br /&gt;
* Socioeconomics and Environmental Justice &lt;br /&gt;
: - traffic/access&lt;br /&gt;
: - acquisitions/relocations&lt;br /&gt;
: - public involvement&lt;br /&gt;
: - demographics&lt;br /&gt;
: - community facilities&lt;br /&gt;
* Water Quality&lt;br /&gt;
* Land Use/Zoning&lt;br /&gt;
* Construction Impacts&lt;br /&gt;
* and others as appropriate for each project.&lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
The pDEIS is circulated within MoDOT for review by central office design staff and district personnel. Central office environmental staff reviews all comments and a revised pDEIS is prepared. MoDOT senior management must be briefed on the project and the pDEIS.  Central office environmental staff or a consultant can assist the district in scheduling and preparing for the project briefing. MoDOT environmental staff then sends the pDEIS to FHWA and cooperating agencies for review and comment. This document is not to be distributed to anyone outside of MoDOT except formal cooperating agencies identified on the pDEIS cover sheet. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the FHWA and cooperating agency(ies) comments on the pDEIS have been addressed, the DEIS is ready for FHWA’s final review. Once the DEIS is signed by FHWA, it is circulated to federal and state agencies, local entities, elected officials, and others as appropriate for their review and comment. The district also provides copies of the approved DEIS for public viewing and copying in the district office and other public repositories such as libraries and city offices. Upon circulation of the approved DEIS to the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), the EPA publishes a Notice of Availability (NOA) in the Federal Register. That publication initiates a 45-day comment period. During this period the district holds a location public hearing after 21 days of notice, (see [[:Category:129 Public Involvement|EPG 129 Public Involvement]]), and prepares the [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:129_Public_Involvement#129.11.3_Transcripts transcript] for submittal to the Design Division. The transcript must be available for review by the Design Division and FHWA prior to preparation of the preliminary Final EIS (pFEIS) so that substantive comments can be addressed in the pFEIS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the 45-day comment period has ended and all comments from the public and other agencies have been collected, a pFEIS is prepared. The following items of work must be completed as part of the pFEIS: &lt;br /&gt;
* Discuss all substantive comments received on the DEIS during the 45-day comment period, including those from other agencies, the general public, and as a result of the [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:129_Public_Involvement#129.3_Location_Public_Hearings location public hearing and responses thereto], must be satisfactorily addressed. &lt;br /&gt;
* Summarize public involvement.&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe any mitigation measures that are to be incorporated into the proposed action.&lt;br /&gt;
* A preferred alternative must be declared and evaluate all reasonable alternatives considered. &lt;br /&gt;
* Document compliance, to the extent possible, with all applicable environmental laws and Executive Orders or provide reasonable assurance that their requirements can be met.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When these work items and internal review are completed, MoDOT circulates the pFEIS to FHWA and cooperating agencies for review and comment. Once comments are received, the pFEIS is revised and MoDOT submits the Final Environmental Impact Statement (FEIS) to FHWA for legal sufficiency review and approval. Once approved, EPA publishes a Notice of Availability (NOA) in the Federal Register initiating a 30-day comment period for the public, agencies, and tribes.  The FEIS shall be transmitted to any persons, organizations, or agencies that made substantive comments on the draft EIS or requested a copy, no later than the time the document is filed with EPA.  MoDOT will also publish a notice of availability in local newspapers and make the final EIS available at appropriate Administration offices and institutions such as local government offices, libraries, and schools, as appropriate (23 cfr 771.125(g)).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Substantive comments on the FEIS are addressed in a Record of Decision (ROD). The ROD also discusses the reasonable alternatives that were considered for the project, identifies the selected alternative, and discusses why this alternative was selected. The ROD discusses commitments made in the document, including the measures that have been adopted to minimize harm, such as mitigation plans, and details any monitoring and enforcement program, if applicable. Once comments are satisfactorily addressed, the ROD is presented to FHWA for approval. After FHWA signs the ROD, the Missouri Highway Transportation Commission (MHTC) can approve the location of the project and detailed design can begin.  The process is shown on the following [http://epg.modot.org/files/c/cd/127.14_NEPA_Flow_chart.pdf flow chart].   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:127.14.3.2.jpg|center|800px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Combining the FEIS and ROD&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Section 1319(b) of MAP 21 directs DOTs, to the maximum extent practicable, to expeditiously develop a single document that consists of an FEIS and ROD, unless certain conditions exist. Traditionally, and in accordance with the CEQ Regulations (40 CFR 1506.10(b)(2)), FEIS and ROD documents are issued as separate documents with a minimum 30-day period between the FEIS and ROD. The FEIS and ROD should be combined unless:&lt;br /&gt;
# The FEIS makes substantial changes to the proposed action that are relevant to environmental or safety concerns; or&lt;br /&gt;
# There are significant new circumstances or information relevant to environmental concerns and that bear on the proposed action or the impacts of the proposed action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This provision is applicable to all DOT proposed actions, including combination of a [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.15_Reevaluation_of_National_Environmental_Policy_Act_%28NEPA%29_Documents Supplemental EIS] and ROD. The applicable requirements for both an FEIS and ROD must be met for issuance of a combined FEIS/ROD document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In using a combined FEIS/ROD, it will be important to consider possible effects on the timing of required coordination under other laws and the need for any additional documentation. For example, having a separate FEIS may facilitate meeting requirements under other laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the interagency coordination process, MoDOT should notify cooperating agencies as early as possible that they are considering combining the FEIS and ROD, thereby providing agencies the opportunity to express their views about the use of a combined FEIS and ROD for the specific proposed action. This will assist MoDOT/FHWA in making a determination whether combining the FEIS/ROD is practicable or whether it is appropriate to issue the documents separately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===127.14.3.4 Legal Sufficiency Review===&lt;br /&gt;
Although the Missouri division office of the FHWA conducts the general review of NEPA documents and Section 4(f) Evaluations, regulation requires a legal sufficiency review by FHWA Headquarters Office of Chief Counsel. FHWA regional office staff attorneys generally complete this review on their behalf. FHWA guidance on improving the quality of [http://environment.fhwa.dot.gov/strmlng/newsletters/sep06nl.asp environmental documents] describes the purpose of the FHWA legal sufficiency review as “to ensure that the lead agency&#039;s process and evaluations comply with applicable laws, regulations and executive orders, and could be sustained in Federal court if legally challenged.” FHWA Missouri division may conduct the NEPA document and Section 4(f) evaluation review concurrently with the legal sufficiency review based upon their comfort with the quality of the document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===127.14.3.5 FHWA/MoDOT Environmental Partnering Agreement===&lt;br /&gt;
The FHWA and MoDOT executed a [https://epg.modot.org/forms/general_files/DE/ENV/Environmental_Partnering_Agreement.pdf FHWA/MoDOT Environmental Partnering Agreement partnering agreement] establishing FHWA review times for specific NEPA document types, ground rules, conflict resolution, and performance evaluations. MoDOT district staff must ensure that project schedules developed internally and by consultants will accommodate specified document review times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===127.14.3.6 Projects Involving New or Revised Interstate Access===&lt;br /&gt;
A change in access to the Interstate System requires approval from FHWA, regardless of whether federal funds are used. This is accomplished by preparation of an Access Justification Report (AJR). Approval of the AJR cannot precede the completion of NEPA. Once NEPA has been completed, approval of the access change is granted as long as there are no changes to the location or design of the accepted concept. Further details on the requirements for preparation and submittal of an AJR can be found in [[234.1 Access to Interstate Highways|EPG 234.1 Access to Interstate Highways]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===127.14.3.7 Early and Advanced Acquisition of Right of Way===&lt;br /&gt;
In extraordinary cases or emergency situations, consideration may be given to acquisition of hardship or protective purchase of parcels within the limits of a proposed project prior to completion of the appropriate environmental document.  The [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/23cfr710501_cropped.pdf FHWA requirements table] outlines the different types of processes and requirements for Early Acquisition (EA) or Advanced Acquisition (AA). &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
EA alternatives #1, #2, and #4 are mostly commonly used.  Both AA alternatives are used.  When the district determines that EA #4 or AA #1 or #2 is needed, a separate ROW RES shall be submitted for the parcel being acquired.  The parcel must be clearly identified in the request for a NEPA decision.  This decision is independent from the project NEPA decision and may require commitments of clearances and permits to be obtained for the project before there are any impacts to the property being acquired. See [[127.2 Historic Preservation and Cultural Resources#127.2.11 Early Acquisition of Right-of-Way and Disposal of Uneconomic Remnants|EPG 127.2.11 Early Acquisition of Right of Way and Disposal of Uneconomic Remnants]] for the process regarding Section 106 and [[236.3 Administration#236.3.4.4 Early and Advance Acquisition|EPG 236.3.4.4 Early and Advance Acquisition]] for the right of way acquisition process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For EA alternatives #1 and #2, a 4(f) screening is needed. This can be accomplished by contacting Design&#039;s Environmental Section and documented via email or through the EA ROW RES for that parcel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==127.14.4 Non-Federal Actions, Maintenance, and Off-System Projects==&lt;br /&gt;
To be considered a non-federal action for purposes of NEPA compliance, a MoDOT project cannot use federal funds in any phase of project development or delivery. NEPA may still be required if a project has a federal nexus or requires federal permits. [http://environment.transportation.org/environmental_issues/nepa_process/ Click here] for more information regarding federal nexus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Off-system or cost-share projects that receive federal aid are subject to NEPA compliance. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===127.14.4.1 Non-Federal Actions===&lt;br /&gt;
NEPA classification and compliance is required for all MoDOT projects where federal aid funding is used for any purpose including planning, design, right of way acquisition, or construction. Non-federal actions are those that are not on the interstate system or do not require a federal permit, or use federal funding.  FHWA maintains oversight on any project that involves the interstate system, regardless of whether federal-aid funding is involved. Non-federal actions do not require NEPA classification and compliance. However, environmental reviews are still completed for all construction projects in order to be eligible for future federal funding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===127.14.4.2 Maintenance===&lt;br /&gt;
Any MoDOT maintenance project that appears in the STIP is subject to NEPA and environmental compliance. For projects that do not use federal funding, the environmental and historic preservation staff will assist the maintenance and traffic divisions with environmental compliance. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===127.14.4.3 Off-System Projects===&lt;br /&gt;
The NEPA and environmental compliance process for off-system projects is included in [[:LPA:136 Local Public Agency (LPA) Policy|EPG 136 Local Public Agency (LPA) Policy]].  Generally, MoDOT provides quality assurance/quality control for FHWA on NEPA and environmental aspects of off-system projects by reviewing what sponsors submit through the Request for Environmental Review (RER).  In order to receive NEPA approval, the sponsor must provide enough information to obtain T&amp;amp;E concurrence, Section 4(f) concurrence, if applicable, and Section 106 clearance as well as reasonable assurances that all other permits will be obtained. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==127.14.5 NEPA Glossary==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Affected Environment:&#039;&#039;&#039;  A description of the existing environment that may be affected by the proposed action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Access Justification Report (AJR):&#039;&#039;&#039;  An Access Justification Report is required for a project that proposes to change or provide new access to an interstate facility. The AJR should demonstrate that an access point is needed for regional traffic needs and not just local system needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Alternative:&#039;&#039;&#039;  One of a number of specific transportation improvements proposals, alignments, options, design choices, etc., in a defined study area that may address the purpose and need of a proposed project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Alternative Analysis:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Detailed examination of proposed alternatives to determine which alternatives may meet the purpose and need and are reasonable and feasible to be carried forward into the reasonable range of alternatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Categorical Exclusion (CE):&#039;&#039;&#039;  A category of actions that based on past experience with similar actions, do not individually or cumulatively have a significant effect on the human environment and have been found to have no such effect in procedures adopted by a federal agency pursuant to the National Environmental Policy Act, and for which, therefore, neither an environmental assessment nor an environmental impact statement is required. They are actions which: do not induce significant impacts to planned growth or land use for the area, do not require the relocation of significant numbers of people; do not have a significant impact on any natural, cultural, recreational, historic or other resource; do not involve significant air, noise, or water quality impacts; do not have significant impacts on travel patterns; and do not otherwise, either individually or cumulatively, have any significant environmental impacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Context and Intensity:&#039;&#039;&#039; Context is the geographic, biophysical, and social context in which the effects will occur.  Intensity is the severity of the impact. The significance of a project is assessed on a case-by-case basis, based on its context and intensity. The context of a project involves analyzing “society as a whole, the affected region, the affected interests, and the locality.” Intensity refers to the severity or degree of a project’s impact. For example, the severity of a project can become greater if there are cumulative impacts, which is the incremental impact of the action, to include past, present, and future developments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cooperating Agency:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Any federal agency, other than the lead agency, that has jurisdiction by law or special expertise with respect to any environmental impact involved in a proposed project or project alternative.  A State or local agency of similar qualifications or, when the effects are on lands of tribal interest, a Native American tribe may, by agreement with the lead agencies, also become a cooperating agency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Coordination Plan: &#039;&#039;&#039; A plan established by the project lead for coordinating public and agency participation during the environmental review process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ):&#039;&#039;&#039;  Established under Title II of the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) to develop federal agency-wide policy and regulations for implementing the procedural provisions of NEPA, resolve interagency disagreements concerning proposed major federal actions, and to ensure that federal agency programs and procedures are in compliance with NEPA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cumulative Effect:&#039;&#039;&#039;  The incremental environmental impact or effect of the proposed action, together with impacts of past, present, and reasonably foreseeable future actions, regardless of what agency (federal or non-federal) or person undertakes such other actions.  Cumulative effects can result from individually minor but collectively significant actions taking place over a period of time.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Direct Effect: &#039;&#039;&#039; Direct effects occur through direct interaction of an activity with an environmental, social, or economic component.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Environmental Consequences:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Environmental effects of project alternatives, including the proposed action, any adverse environmental effects that cannot be avoided, the relationships between short-term use of the human environment, and any irreversible or irretrievable commitments of resources which would be involved if the proposal should be implemented.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Environmental Assessment (EA):&#039;&#039;&#039;  A concise public document prepared in compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA), that briefly discusses the purpose and need for an action, alternatives to such action, and provides sufficient evidence and analysis of impacts to determine whether to prepare an environmental impact statement or a finding of no significant impact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Environmental Impact Statement (EIS):&#039;&#039;&#039;  A detailed written statement required by section 102 (2) (C) of the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA), analyzing the environmental impacts of a proposed action, adverse effects of the project that cannot be avoided, alternative courses of action, short-term uses of the environment versus the maintenance and enhancement of long-term productivity, and any irreversible and irretrievable commitment of resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Environmentally Preferable Alternative:&#039;&#039;&#039; the alternative that will promote the national environmental policy as expressed in NEPA&#039;s Section 101. Ordinarily, this means the alternative that causes the least damage to the biological and physical environment; it also means the alternative which best protects, preserves, and enhances historic, cultural, and natural resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Finding of No Significant Impact (FONSI):&#039;&#039;&#039;  If it is determined that there will be no significant impacts a finding of no significant impact (FONSI) will be prepared to conclude the process and document the decision. A FONSI is issued when environmental analysis and interagency review during the EA process find a project to have no significant impacts on the quality of the environment. &lt;br /&gt;
Human Environment:  Includes the natural and physical environment and the relationship of people with the environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Impact (Effect):&#039;&#039;&#039;  A direct result of an action that occurs at the same time and place; or an indirect result of an action which occurs later in time or in a different place and is reasonably foreseeable; or the cumulative results from the incremental impacts of the action when added to other past, present, and reasonably foreseeable future actions regardless of what agency or person undertakes such other actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Indirect Effect:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Indirect impacts on the environment are these which are not a direct result of the project, often produced away from or as a result of a complex impact pathway. The indirect impacts are also known as secondary or even third level impacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Independent Utility:&#039;&#039;&#039;  A project is considered to have independent utility if it would be constructed absent the construction of other projects in the project area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Interagency Coordination:&#039;&#039;&#039;  The coordination that occurs between elements of lead agency, and engaged US Government agencies, nongovernmental organizations, and regional and international organizations for the purpose of accomplishing an objective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lead Agency:&#039;&#039;&#039;  The agency or agencies responsible for preparing environmental impact statements or environmental assessments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Legal Sufficiency Review:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Additional review by FHWA for all Draft and Final EISs and Draft and Final Section 4(f) Evaluations to ensure that the lead agency’s process and evaluations comply with applicable laws, regulations and executive orders, and could be sustained in federal court if legally challenged.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Location Study:&#039;&#039;&#039;  A location study is prepared to determine the most advantageous location and type for a proposed highway improvement based on project purpose and need and on engineering and environmental constraints. The location study and the environmental analysis are developed in conjunction with each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Logical Termini:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Rational endpoints for both a transportation improvement and a review of the environmental impacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Major Federal Action:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Actions with effects that may be major and which are potentially subject to federal control and responsibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Major Traffic Disruption (PCE agreement threshold):&#039;&#039;&#039; is a project (for bundles this applies to each independent location rather than referring to a project number) where: 1) available detours are greater than 25 miles rural or 5 miles urban (U.S. Census Bureau designated urbanized area or an urban cluster) and can include non-state local routes, and 2) provisions are not made for local access and so posted or locally owned roads are not accessible in the area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Memorandum of Agreement (MOA):&#039;&#039;&#039;  A formal business document used to outline an agreement made between two separate entities, groups or individuals. A MOA usually precedes a more detailed contract or agreement between the parties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Memorandum of Understanding (MOU):&#039;&#039;&#039;  A bilateral or multilateral agreement between two or more parties. It expresses a convergence of will between the parties, indicating an intended common line of action. It is often used in cases where parties either do not imply a legal commitment or in situations where the parties cannot create a legally enforceable agreement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mitigation: &#039;&#039;&#039; Also, synonymous with Commitment.  Planning actions taken to avoid an impact all together, minimize the degree or magnitude of the impact, reduce the impact over time, repair or restore the impact, or compensate for the impact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA):&#039;&#039;&#039;  NEPA requires federal agencies to assess the environmental effects of their proposed actions prior to making decisions.  Under the NEPA process, agencies evaluate the environmental and related social and economic effects of their proposed actions and provide opportunities for public review and comment on those evaluations.  NEPA applies to a broad range of federal actions that include, but are not limited to, constructing highways and other publicly owned facilities, adopting federal land management actions, and federal permitting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notice of Availability (NOA):&#039;&#039;&#039;  Notices of availability of environmental documents published in local, state, or regional clearinghouses, newspapers, and other means; that may or may not require a public comment period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notice of Intent (NOI): &#039;&#039;&#039; A notice published in the federal register that an environmental impact statement will be prepared and considered.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;No-Build Alternative: &#039;&#039;&#039; The alternative where current conditions and trends are projected into the future without the proposed action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Participating Agency: &#039;&#039;&#039; Agencies with an interest in the project.  The standard for participating agency status is more encompassing than the standard for cooperating agency status.  Therefore, cooperating agencies are, by definition, participating agencies. But not all participating agencies are cooperating agencies. The lead agencies should consider the distinctions in deciding whether to invite an agency to serve as a cooperating/participating agency or only as a participating agency&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Preferred Alternative:&#039;&#039;&#039;  The alternative within the range of alternatives presented in an environmental assessment or environmental impact statement that the agency believes would best fulfill the purpose and need of the proposed action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Programmatic Agreement (PA):&#039;&#039;&#039;  A document that spells out the terms of a formal, legally binding agreement between a state Department of Transportation (DOT) and other state, local and/or federal agencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Programmatic CE (PCE):&#039;&#039;&#039;  Established through a PCE Agreement between FHWA and the State DOT to make Categorical Exclusions (CE) (most of which are listed under 23 CFR Part 771.117(d)) more efficient and faster.  The PCE agreement allows the State DOT to document, review and approve CEs in order to move on to the next step of the project development without requiring division office review. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Proposed Action:&#039;&#039;&#039;  A plan that contains sufficient details about the intended actions to be taken, or that will result, to allow alternatives to be developed and its environmental impacts analyzed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Public Involvement:&#039;&#039;&#039;  An integral part of the transportation process which helps to ensure decisions are made in consideration of and to benefit public needs and preferences.  It involves seeking public input at specific and key points in the decision-making process where such input has a real potential to help shape the final decision or set of actions.  This includes early and continuing opportunities during project development for the public to be involved in the identification of social, economic, and environmental impacts, as well as impacts associated with relocation of individuals, groups, or institutions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purpose and Need:&#039;&#039;&#039;  A clear and well documented section of an EIS or EA or some CEs defining the need for the project and how that need will be fulfilled.  The purpose and need drives the development of the range of alternatives.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Range of Alternatives:&#039;&#039;&#039;  All reasonable alternatives discussed in a NEPA document which are rigorously explored and objectively evaluated, as well as those other alternatives, which are eliminated from detailed study with a brief discussion of the reasons for eliminating them.  What constitutes a reasonable range of alternatives depends on the nature of the proposal and the facts in each case. A decision maker must not consider alternatives beyond the range of alternatives discussed in the relevant environmental documents.  The range of alternatives must include the no-build alternative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Record of Decision (ROD):&#039;&#039;&#039;  A concise public record of decision prepared by the federal agency, pursuant to NEPA that contains a statement of the decision, identification of all alternatives considered, identification of the environmentally preferred alternative, a statement as to whether all practical means to avoid or minimize environmental harm from the alternative selected has been adopted (and if not, why), and a summary of monitoring and enforcement where applicable for any mitigation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reevaluation:&#039;&#039;&#039;  A reevaluation is the process of determining whether or not the NEPA decision made for a project remains valid.  A NEPA document is based on the scope of a project at the time it’s approved. Various factors and circumstances may change that scope throughout the development of the project.  Any changes to the project’s concept or the affected environment after the NEPA decision is made, even after the project has begun, must be reevaluated to determine what effects these changes might have on the validity of the environmental documentation.  A reevaluation of the NEPA decision must additionally be made if more than 3 years has passed and the project has not progressed.  Reevaluations are in place at key points during the RES process to check for those possible changes and make adjustments to the NEPA conclusion if it’s no longer accurate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Request for Environmental Services (RES):&#039;&#039;&#039;  RES is a Webform Application that sends an electronic copy to a selected group of Administration and Environmental/Historic Preservation staff for each district when submitted. The distribution ensures that the RES submissions do not wait on an individual who may be out of the office for an extended period of time. In addition to submitting the RES, the appropriate Design Liaison Engineer should be entered in as a district contact when submitted. The electronic application was developed for a faster submittal process and response from the Environmental/Historic Preservation staff.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Request for Environmental Review (RER):&#039;&#039;&#039;  RER is a Webform Application that sends an electronic copy to a selected group of Administration and Environmental/Historic Preservation staff for each district when submitted. The distribution ensures that the RER submissions do not wait on an individual who may be out of the office for an extended period of time. In addition to submitting the RER, the appropriate LPA Liaison’s should be entered in as a district contact when submitted. The electronic application was developed for a faster submittal process and response from the Environmental/Historic Preservation staff.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Scope of Environmental Review:&#039;&#039;&#039;  The range of actions, alternatives, and impacts to be considered in a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Scoping:&#039;&#039;&#039;  An early and open process for determining the extent and variety of issues to be addressed and identifying the significant issues related to a proposed action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Segmentation:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Segmentation can occur when an action is broken down into small parts in order to avoid the appearance of significance of the total action. An action can be too narrowly defined, minimizing potential impacts in an effort to avoid a higher level of NEPA documentation. The scope of an action must include the consideration of connected, cumulative, and similar actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Significant: &#039;&#039;&#039; Term used in NEPA that considers both context and intensity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State Transportation Improvement Plan (STIP):&#039;&#039;&#039;  The Statewide Transportation Improvement Program (STIP) is a comprehensive list of all projects, or project phases, in Missouri proposed to receive federal funding, pursuant to Title 23 U.S.C. and 49 U.S.C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Tiering: &#039;&#039;&#039; A NEPA document covering general matters in broader environmental impact statements with subsequent narrower statements of environmental analysis, incorporating by reference, the general discussions and concentrating on specific issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Unavoidable Adverse Effects:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Effects that cannot be avoided due to constraints in alternatives.  These effects do not have to be avoided by the planning agency, but they must be disclosed, discussed, and mitigated for, if possible.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Unresolved Controversy (PCE agreement threshold):&#039;&#039;&#039; Controversy is considered more than a singular expression of dissatisfaction.  Controversy is considered a substantial dispute as to the size, nature or extent of the proposed project.  In cases when controversy is anticipated, MoDOT will discuss the potential for controversy with FHWA to determine if the project can be processed under the FHWA-MoDOT PCE agreement. When MoDOT is unsure whether a project should be considered controversial, MoDOT will engage FHWA for discussion and determination if a PCE is appropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:127 MoDOT and the Environment]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=User:Hoskir/Revision_Request_4275&amp;diff=59483</id>
		<title>User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4275</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=User:Hoskir/Revision_Request_4275&amp;diff=59483"/>
		<updated>2026-09-29T14:32:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: /* 905.2.13.3 Additional Guidelines for Establishing Speed Limits */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===905.2.13 Speed Limit Guidelines===&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:949.2.jpg|right|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;padding: 0.3em; margin-right:10px; margin-left:10px;border:1px solid #a9a9a9; background:#f8f9fa; text-align:center;&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;160px&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Traffic Pamphlet&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[media:949.2 speed limits.pdf|Speed Limits]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following guidelines promote consistency of speed limit postings on the state of Missouri’s highway system. In all cases, engineering judgment is necessary to determine the most appropriate speed limit at a location.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====905.2.13.1 Maximum Speed Limits====&lt;br /&gt;
Maximum speed limits in Missouri are governed by the [http://www.moga.mo.gov/statutes/C300-399/3040000010.HTM RSMo Section 304.010]. The following table summarizes maximum speed limits as established by the statutes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Rural Areas&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 75 mph || Interstate and Freeways&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 65 mph || Expressways&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 55 mph || State Lettered Routes&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|60 mph|| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|All other roadways, not urbanized&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Urbanized Areas&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 60 mph || Interstate, Freeways and Expressways&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 55 mph || State Lettered Routes&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=2 | &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; May be up to 60 mph based on engineering judgement&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
* The MHTC has the authority to set speed limit higher or lower than the uniform maximum speed limit established by the Missouri legislature, if recommended by the Missouri Department of Transportation.&lt;br /&gt;
* A review shall be conducted, in consultation with the Highway Safety and Traffic Division, prior making a change in the posted speed limits.&lt;br /&gt;
* At no time shall any Missouri road be posted above 75 mph.&lt;br /&gt;
* In 2026, RSMo Section 304.010, was modified to increase the uniform maximum speed limit on rural interstates and freeways to 75 mph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====905.2.13.1.1 Definitions (per RSMo 304.010)=====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Freeway:&#039;&#039;&#039; A limited access divided highway of at least ten miles in length with four or more lanes which is not part of the federal interstate system of highways which does not have any crossovers or accesses from streets, roads or other highways at the same grade level as such divided highway within such ten miles of divided highway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Expressway:&#039;&#039;&#039; A divided highway of at least ten miles in length with four or more lanes which is not part of the federal interstate system of highways which has crossovers or accesses from streets, roads or other highways at the same grade level as such divided highway.&lt;br /&gt;
Rural Interstate: That part of the federal interstate highway system that is not located in an urban area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Urbanized Area:&#039;&#039;&#039; An area of fifty thousand population at a density at or greater than one thousand persons per square mile.[&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====905.2.13.1.2 Discrepancies=====&lt;br /&gt;
Before raising a posted speed limit above the maximums in the state statute, the district should notify the State Traffic Engineer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Districts should coordinate across district borders to ensure consistent posted speed limits on inter-district routes in accordance with the speed limit guidelines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====905.2.13.1.3 Length of Section=====&lt;br /&gt;
Any speed limit section should have a logical beginning and ending point. Examples include city limits, roadway type changes, etc. Additionally, speed limits in unincorporated or “non-community” areas should stay consistent for a minimum of 2 miles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====905.2.13.2 Prevailing Speed Determination====&lt;br /&gt;
Prevailing speed determination is the starting point to setting speed limits in incorporated and unincorporated areas, pursuant to the aforementioned state statutes. The prevailing speed of free-flowing traffic shall be determined using one or more of the three criteria below:&lt;br /&gt;
* 85&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;th&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; percentile speed; &lt;br /&gt;
* Upper limit of the 10 mph pace;&lt;br /&gt;
* Average test run speed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The selected speed limit (in 5 mph increments) should not exceed the established prevailing speed by more than 3 mph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following factors may allow for reduction of the prevailing speed. The prevailing speed shall not be reduced below the 50&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;th&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; percentile (average) speed using these factors.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fatality and Disabling Injury Crash Rate&lt;br /&gt;
# Total Crash Rate&lt;br /&gt;
# Pedestrian Traffic&lt;br /&gt;
# Parking&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjacent Development&lt;br /&gt;
# Physical Roadway Conditions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====905.2.13.2.1 Fatality and Disabling Injury Crash Rate=====&lt;br /&gt;
If either the fatal or disabling injury crash rates, based on reportable crashes within the proposed area, are 50% higher than the statewide average crash rate for the same roadway type, prevailing speed may be reduced by 5%. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the fatal or disabling crash rate is more than twice the statewide rate for the roadway type, the prevailing speed may be reduced by 10%. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em auto 1em auto; text-align: center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Table 905.2.13.2.1 Prevailing Speed Reduction for Severe Crash Rates&lt;br /&gt;
! Reduction Condition !! Prevailing Speed Reduction&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Fatal or Disabling Injury Crash Rate &amp;gt; 1.5 SWAR || 5%&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Fatal or Disabling Injury Crash Rate &amp;gt; 2.0 SWAR || 10%&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====905.2.13.2.2 Total Crash Rate=====&lt;br /&gt;
If the overall crash rate, based on reportable crashes within the proposed area, is 50% higher than the statewide average crash rate for the same roadway type, prevailing speed may be reduced by 5%. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the crash rate is more than twice the statewide rate for the roadway type, the prevailing speed may be reduced by 10%. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em auto 1em auto; text-align: center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Table 905.2.13.2.2 Prevailing Speed Reduction for Total Crash Rates&lt;br /&gt;
! Reduction Condition !! Prevailing Speed Reduction&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Total Crash Rate &amp;gt; 1.5 SWAR || 5%&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Total Crash Rate &amp;gt; 2.0 SWAR || 10%&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====905.2.13.2.3 Pedestrian Traffic=====&lt;br /&gt;
Where sidewalks are not provided adjacent to the route and a total pedestrian traffic along the route exceeds 10 per hour for 3 hours of any 8-hour period, the prevailing speed may be reduced by 5 percent. Pedestrians crossing the route may only be counted if the point of crossing is not protected by a traffic control device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====905.2.13.2.4 Parking=====&lt;br /&gt;
Where parking is permitted adjacent to the traffic lane, the prevailing speed may be reduced by 5 percent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====905.2.13.2.5 Adjacent Development=====&lt;br /&gt;
Where significant adjacent development includes residential and commercial access points, the prevailing speed may be reduced to account for driveway conflicts. If necessary, this effect on the prevailing speed may be determined as outlined below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The effect of driveway entrances can be determined by using a Driveway Conflict Number. For this purpose, a private or field entrance should have a Driveway Conflict Number of 1. Minor commercial entrances should have a number of 5. Major commercial entrances, shopping centers or industrial plant entrances that generate relatively high volumes of traffic, and public streets should have a number of 10. If the total Driveway Conflict Number exceeds a rate of 40 per mile through the proposed zone, the prevailing speed may be reduced by 5 percent. If the total number exceeds a rate of 60 per mile, the prevailing speed may be reduced by 10 percent. However, before a reduction is made due to the Driveway Conflict Number, the Poisson Curve should be used to determine if the crash reduction is statistically significant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:905.2.14.2.5.jpg|center|550px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 905.2.13.2.5&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
The test is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
: a) Consult Fig. 905.2.13.2.5, using the current number of crashes for the last year.&lt;br /&gt;
: b) Determine the graph’s percent value from the Poisson Curve.&lt;br /&gt;
: c) Compute crash rate for last year.&lt;br /&gt;
:: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mbox{Crash Rate}=\frac{\mbox{no. of crashes x 100,000,000}}{\mbox{365 x ADT x length in miles}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: d) Obtain Statewide Crash Rate (SWCR). The crash data is obtained from the [http://tms/home/ Transportation Management System (TMS)].&lt;br /&gt;
: e) Calculate percent reduction between crash rate and statewide crash rate by:&lt;br /&gt;
:: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mbox{Percent Reduction}={100}\frac{\mbox{CR-SWCR}}{\mbox{CR}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: f) Compare % reduction with value obtained in step b.&lt;br /&gt;
: g) If % reduction equals or exceeds value obtained in step b, the Driveway Conflict Number may be used as the action would be statistically significant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: 8.0-mile section of roadway, AADT = 3,100, 30 crashes within last year.&lt;br /&gt;
: a &amp;amp; b). Value obtained from Fig. 905.2.13.2 = 30 %&lt;br /&gt;
: c). &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mbox{CR}=\mbox{331.4}=\frac{\mbox{30(100,000,000)}}{\mbox{(365)(3,100)(8.0)}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: d). SWCR = 242.04&lt;br /&gt;
: e). &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mbox{26.9 percent reduction}={100}\frac{\mbox{331.4-242.04}}{\mbox{331.4}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: f). Compare % reduction with value.&lt;br /&gt;
:: 26.9 &amp;lt; 30&lt;br /&gt;
:: Since 26.9 is less than 30, the Driveway Conflict Number cannot be considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====905.2.13.2.6 Procedures for Obtaining Prevailing Speed Data=====&lt;br /&gt;
Spot speed studies can be made with any speed measurement device such as radar, count cards and inductive loops that determine the 85&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;th&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; percentile speed and the upper limit of the 10 mph pace. The 85&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;th&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; percentile speed is defined as the speed at or below which 85 percent of the vehicles are traveling. The 10 mph pace is defined as the 10 mph range containing the most vehicles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spot speed studies should be made as close to the center of the proposed zone as is practical. If the zone is lengthier than one mile, studies should be made at a minimum of two locations. If the difference in data between the two locations is minor, the higher value should be used. If the difference in data is over 5 mph, consideration should be given to designating separate zones. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exercise care to collect the data in a manner and at times that indicate normal conditions. Normal conditions will be assumed to prevail under good weather conditions on dry pavement, following morning rush hours and prior to the evening rush hours, on any day of the week except Saturdays, Sundays or holidays. Observations should not be made immediately following a significant event or during a period of greater than normal police enforcement. Every effort should be made to disguise or conceal the fact that speeds are being reported. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Speeds should be observed for at least 100 passenger cars and pick-up trucks. Trucks over 4 tons will not be included in the data for determining a revised limit. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Average test run speeds shall be determined on the basis of at least two runs in each direction over the length of the proposed zone. The prime consideration in these test runs is to determine a maximum permissible speed. Speeds are to be recorded at 0.1 mile intervals. While making the test run, the driver will try to “float” in the traffic stream, passing as many vehicles as pass the test car. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====905.2.13.3 Additional Guidelines for Establishing Speed Limits====&lt;br /&gt;
Normally, isolated curves and turns, areas of restricted sight distance, no passing zones, etc. will not be considered as areas for lowering speed limits. The crash record on such highways will be the principal criterion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Except on divided highways, different speeds for traffic in opposite directions cannot be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Speed limits shall begin at a point on or as near in advance of the point as possible where the speed limit is warranted and shall end at the point or as near the point as possible where the speed limit is not warranted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===905.2.14 Voiding City Ordinances on State Routes with Inappropriate Speed Limits===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:949.1.jpg|right|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://revisor.mo.gov/main/OneSection.aspx?section=304.010 RSMo Section 304.010] contains the state laws pertaining to speed limits on Missouri’s roadways. Paragraphs 3 and 4 address speed limits on state routes and state:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;3. On any state road or highway where the speed limit is not set pursuant to a local ordinance, the highways and transportation commission may set a speed limit higher or lower than the uniform maximum speed limit provided in subsection 2 of this section, if a higher or lower speed limit is recommended by the department of transportation. The department of public safety, where it believes for safety reasons, or to expedite the flow of traffic a higher or lower speed limit is warranted, may request the department of transportation to raise or lower such speed limit, except that no speed limit shall be set higher than seventy-five miles per hour.&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;4. Notwithstanding the provisions of section 304.120 or any other provision of law to the contrary, cities, towns and villages may regulate the speed of vehicles on state roads and highways within such cities&#039;, towns&#039; or villages&#039; corporate limits by ordinance with the approval of the state highways and transportation commission. Any reduction of speed in cities, towns or villages shall be designed to expedite the flow of traffic on such state roads and highways to the extent consistent with public safety. The commission may declare any ordinance void if it finds that such ordinance is:&lt;br /&gt;
:: &#039;&#039;(1) Not primarily designed to expedite traffic flow; and&lt;br /&gt;
:: &#039;&#039;(2) Primarily designed to produce revenue for the city, town or village which enacted such ordinance. &lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;If an ordinance is declared void, the city, town or village shall have any future proposed ordinance approved by the highways and transportation commission before such ordinance may take effect.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a District Engineer believes that a city, village or town has passed an ordinance establishing an inappropriate speed limit, the District Engineer shall ensure the following actions are taken:&lt;br /&gt;
# Advise the city that a study will be made to determine the appropriate speed limit in the area.&lt;br /&gt;
# If a speed limit ordinance is found to be inappropriate as determined by a traffic engineering study and is determined to be for the purpose of producing revenue, a letter shall be sent to the city advising that their speed limit appears inappropriate and request a meeting with the city to discuss the matter.&lt;br /&gt;
# If a consensus cannot be obtained between the department and the city, the city would be notified of the date that the department’s recommendation will be presented to the Missouri Highways and Transportation Commission.&lt;br /&gt;
# If the [https://www.modot.org/missouri-highways-and-transportation-commission Commission] determines that the city speed limit is not correct as presently posted, the city shall be asked to adjust to the proper speed limit as determined by the Commission. If the city does not comply, the city speed limit ordinance will be declared void and posted as determined by the Commission.&lt;br /&gt;
# The city will then be notified of the Commission action and advised that all enforcement must be adjudicated through state courts unless the city passes and ordinance specifying the speed limit is the same as has been posted.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=User:Hoskir/Revision_Request_4275&amp;diff=59482</id>
		<title>User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4275</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=User:Hoskir/Revision_Request_4275&amp;diff=59482"/>
		<updated>2026-09-29T14:26:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===905.2.13 Speed Limit Guidelines===&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:949.2.jpg|right|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;padding: 0.3em; margin-right:10px; margin-left:10px;border:1px solid #a9a9a9; background:#f8f9fa; text-align:center;&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;160px&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Traffic Pamphlet&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[media:949.2 speed limits.pdf|Speed Limits]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following guidelines promote consistency of speed limit postings on the state of Missouri’s highway system. In all cases, engineering judgment is necessary to determine the most appropriate speed limit at a location.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====905.2.13.1 Maximum Speed Limits====&lt;br /&gt;
Maximum speed limits in Missouri are governed by the [http://www.moga.mo.gov/statutes/C300-399/3040000010.HTM RSMo Section 304.010]. The following table summarizes maximum speed limits as established by the statutes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Rural Areas&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 75 mph || Interstate and Freeways&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 65 mph || Expressways&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 55 mph || State Lettered Routes&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|60 mph|| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|All other roadways, not urbanized&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Urbanized Areas&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 60 mph || Interstate, Freeways and Expressways&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 55 mph || State Lettered Routes&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=2 | &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; May be up to 60 mph based on engineering judgement&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
* The MHTC has the authority to set speed limit higher or lower than the uniform maximum speed limit established by the Missouri legislature, if recommended by the Missouri Department of Transportation.&lt;br /&gt;
* A review shall be conducted, in consultation with the Highway Safety and Traffic Division, prior making a change in the posted speed limits.&lt;br /&gt;
* At no time shall any Missouri road be posted above 75 mph.&lt;br /&gt;
* In 2026, RSMo Section 304.010, was modified to increase the uniform maximum speed limit on rural interstates and freeways to 75 mph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====905.2.13.1.1 Definitions (per RSMo 304.010)=====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Freeway:&#039;&#039;&#039; A limited access divided highway of at least ten miles in length with four or more lanes which is not part of the federal interstate system of highways which does not have any crossovers or accesses from streets, roads or other highways at the same grade level as such divided highway within such ten miles of divided highway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Expressway:&#039;&#039;&#039; A divided highway of at least ten miles in length with four or more lanes which is not part of the federal interstate system of highways which has crossovers or accesses from streets, roads or other highways at the same grade level as such divided highway.&lt;br /&gt;
Rural Interstate: That part of the federal interstate highway system that is not located in an urban area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Urbanized Area:&#039;&#039;&#039; An area of fifty thousand population at a density at or greater than one thousand persons per square mile.[&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====905.2.13.1.2 Discrepancies=====&lt;br /&gt;
Before raising a posted speed limit above the maximums in the state statute, the district should notify the State Traffic Engineer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Districts should coordinate across district borders to ensure consistent posted speed limits on inter-district routes in accordance with the speed limit guidelines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====905.2.13.1.3 Length of Section=====&lt;br /&gt;
Any speed limit section should have a logical beginning and ending point. Examples include city limits, roadway type changes, etc. Additionally, speed limits in unincorporated or “non-community” areas should stay consistent for a minimum of 2 miles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====905.2.13.2 Prevailing Speed Determination====&lt;br /&gt;
Prevailing speed determination is the starting point to setting speed limits in incorporated and unincorporated areas, pursuant to the aforementioned state statutes. The prevailing speed of free-flowing traffic shall be determined using one or more of the three criteria below:&lt;br /&gt;
* 85&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;th&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; percentile speed; &lt;br /&gt;
* Upper limit of the 10 mph pace;&lt;br /&gt;
* Average test run speed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The selected speed limit (in 5 mph increments) should not exceed the established prevailing speed by more than 3 mph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following factors may allow for reduction of the prevailing speed. The prevailing speed shall not be reduced below the 50&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;th&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; percentile (average) speed using these factors.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fatality and Disabling Injury Crash Rate&lt;br /&gt;
# Total Crash Rate&lt;br /&gt;
# Pedestrian Traffic&lt;br /&gt;
# Parking&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjacent Development&lt;br /&gt;
# Physical Roadway Conditions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====905.2.13.2.1 Fatality and Disabling Injury Crash Rate=====&lt;br /&gt;
If either the fatal or disabling injury crash rates, based on reportable crashes within the proposed area, are 50% higher than the statewide average crash rate for the same roadway type, prevailing speed may be reduced by 5%. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the fatal or disabling crash rate is more than twice the statewide rate for the roadway type, the prevailing speed may be reduced by 10%. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em auto 1em auto; text-align: center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Table 905.2.13.2.1 Prevailing Speed Reduction for Severe Crash Rates&lt;br /&gt;
! Reduction Condition !! Prevailing Speed Reduction&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Fatal or Disabling Injury Crash Rate &amp;gt; 1.5 SWAR || 5%&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Fatal or Disabling Injury Crash Rate &amp;gt; 2.0 SWAR || 10%&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====905.2.13.2.2 Total Crash Rate=====&lt;br /&gt;
If the overall crash rate, based on reportable crashes within the proposed area, is 50% higher than the statewide average crash rate for the same roadway type, prevailing speed may be reduced by 5%. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the crash rate is more than twice the statewide rate for the roadway type, the prevailing speed may be reduced by 10%. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em auto 1em auto; text-align: center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Table 905.2.13.2.2 Prevailing Speed Reduction for Total Crash Rates&lt;br /&gt;
! Reduction Condition !! Prevailing Speed Reduction&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Total Crash Rate &amp;gt; 1.5 SWAR || 5%&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Total Crash Rate &amp;gt; 2.0 SWAR || 10%&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====905.2.13.2.3 Pedestrian Traffic=====&lt;br /&gt;
Where sidewalks are not provided adjacent to the route and a total pedestrian traffic along the route exceeds 10 per hour for 3 hours of any 8-hour period, the prevailing speed may be reduced by 5 percent. Pedestrians crossing the route may only be counted if the point of crossing is not protected by a traffic control device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====905.2.13.2.4 Parking=====&lt;br /&gt;
Where parking is permitted adjacent to the traffic lane, the prevailing speed may be reduced by 5 percent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====905.2.13.2.5 Adjacent Development=====&lt;br /&gt;
Where significant adjacent development includes residential and commercial access points, the prevailing speed may be reduced to account for driveway conflicts. If necessary, this effect on the prevailing speed may be determined as outlined below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The effect of driveway entrances can be determined by using a Driveway Conflict Number. For this purpose, a private or field entrance should have a Driveway Conflict Number of 1. Minor commercial entrances should have a number of 5. Major commercial entrances, shopping centers or industrial plant entrances that generate relatively high volumes of traffic, and public streets should have a number of 10. If the total Driveway Conflict Number exceeds a rate of 40 per mile through the proposed zone, the prevailing speed may be reduced by 5 percent. If the total number exceeds a rate of 60 per mile, the prevailing speed may be reduced by 10 percent. However, before a reduction is made due to the Driveway Conflict Number, the Poisson Curve should be used to determine if the crash reduction is statistically significant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:905.2.14.2.5.jpg|center|550px|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 905.2.13.2.5&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
The test is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
: a) Consult Fig. 905.2.13.2.5, using the current number of crashes for the last year.&lt;br /&gt;
: b) Determine the graph’s percent value from the Poisson Curve.&lt;br /&gt;
: c) Compute crash rate for last year.&lt;br /&gt;
:: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mbox{Crash Rate}=\frac{\mbox{no. of crashes x 100,000,000}}{\mbox{365 x ADT x length in miles}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: d) Obtain Statewide Crash Rate (SWCR). The crash data is obtained from the [http://tms/home/ Transportation Management System (TMS)].&lt;br /&gt;
: e) Calculate percent reduction between crash rate and statewide crash rate by:&lt;br /&gt;
:: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mbox{Percent Reduction}={100}\frac{\mbox{CR-SWCR}}{\mbox{CR}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: f) Compare % reduction with value obtained in step b.&lt;br /&gt;
: g) If % reduction equals or exceeds value obtained in step b, the Driveway Conflict Number may be used as the action would be statistically significant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: 8.0-mile section of roadway, AADT = 3,100, 30 crashes within last year.&lt;br /&gt;
: a &amp;amp; b). Value obtained from Fig. 905.2.13.2 = 30 %&lt;br /&gt;
: c). &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mbox{CR}=\mbox{331.4}=\frac{\mbox{30(100,000,000)}}{\mbox{(365)(3,100)(8.0)}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: d). SWCR = 242.04&lt;br /&gt;
: e). &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mbox{26.9 percent reduction}={100}\frac{\mbox{331.4-242.04}}{\mbox{331.4}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: f). Compare % reduction with value.&lt;br /&gt;
:: 26.9 &amp;lt; 30&lt;br /&gt;
:: Since 26.9 is less than 30, the Driveway Conflict Number cannot be considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====905.2.13.2.6 Procedures for Obtaining Prevailing Speed Data=====&lt;br /&gt;
Spot speed studies can be made with any speed measurement device such as radar, count cards and inductive loops that determine the 85&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;th&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; percentile speed and the upper limit of the 10 mph pace. The 85&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;th&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; percentile speed is defined as the speed at or below which 85 percent of the vehicles are traveling. The 10 mph pace is defined as the 10 mph range containing the most vehicles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spot speed studies should be made as close to the center of the proposed zone as is practical. If the zone is lengthier than one mile, studies should be made at a minimum of two locations. If the difference in data between the two locations is minor, the higher value should be used. If the difference in data is over 5 mph, consideration should be given to designating separate zones. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exercise care to collect the data in a manner and at times that indicate normal conditions. Normal conditions will be assumed to prevail under good weather conditions on dry pavement, following morning rush hours and prior to the evening rush hours, on any day of the week except Saturdays, Sundays or holidays. Observations should not be made immediately following a significant event or during a period of greater than normal police enforcement. Every effort should be made to disguise or conceal the fact that speeds are being reported. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Speeds should be observed for at least 100 passenger cars and pick-up trucks. Trucks over 4 tons will not be included in the data for determining a revised limit. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Average test run speeds shall be determined on the basis of at least two runs in each direction over the length of the proposed zone. The prime consideration in these test runs is to determine a maximum permissible speed. Speeds are to be recorded at 0.1 mile intervals. While making the test run, the driver will try to “float” in the traffic stream, passing as many vehicles as pass the test car. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====905.2.13.3 Additional Guidelines for Establishing Speed Limits====&lt;br /&gt;
Normally, isolated curves and turns, areas of restricted sight distance, no passing zones, etc. will not be considered as areas for lowering speed limits. The crash record on such highways will be the principle criterion. Advisory speed signs shall be used in connection with the appropriate warning signs at these locations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Except on divided highways, different speeds for traffic in opposite directions cannot be justified. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Speed limits shall begin at a point on or as near in advanced of the point as possible where the speed limit is warranted and shall end at the point or as near the point as possible where the speed limit is not warranted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===905.2.14 Voiding City Ordinances on State Routes with Inappropriate Speed Limits===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:949.1.jpg|right|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://revisor.mo.gov/main/OneSection.aspx?section=304.010 RSMo Section 304.010] contains the state laws pertaining to speed limits on Missouri’s roadways. Paragraphs 3 and 4 address speed limits on state routes and state:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;3. On any state road or highway where the speed limit is not set pursuant to a local ordinance, the highways and transportation commission may set a speed limit higher or lower than the uniform maximum speed limit provided in subsection 2 of this section, if a higher or lower speed limit is recommended by the department of transportation. The department of public safety, where it believes for safety reasons, or to expedite the flow of traffic a higher or lower speed limit is warranted, may request the department of transportation to raise or lower such speed limit, except that no speed limit shall be set higher than seventy-five miles per hour.&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;4. Notwithstanding the provisions of section 304.120 or any other provision of law to the contrary, cities, towns and villages may regulate the speed of vehicles on state roads and highways within such cities&#039;, towns&#039; or villages&#039; corporate limits by ordinance with the approval of the state highways and transportation commission. Any reduction of speed in cities, towns or villages shall be designed to expedite the flow of traffic on such state roads and highways to the extent consistent with public safety. The commission may declare any ordinance void if it finds that such ordinance is:&lt;br /&gt;
:: &#039;&#039;(1) Not primarily designed to expedite traffic flow; and&lt;br /&gt;
:: &#039;&#039;(2) Primarily designed to produce revenue for the city, town or village which enacted such ordinance. &lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;If an ordinance is declared void, the city, town or village shall have any future proposed ordinance approved by the highways and transportation commission before such ordinance may take effect.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a District Engineer believes that a city, village or town has passed an ordinance establishing an inappropriate speed limit, the District Engineer shall ensure the following actions are taken:&lt;br /&gt;
# Advise the city that a study will be made to determine the appropriate speed limit in the area.&lt;br /&gt;
# If a speed limit ordinance is found to be inappropriate as determined by a traffic engineering study and is determined to be for the purpose of producing revenue, a letter shall be sent to the city advising that their speed limit appears inappropriate and request a meeting with the city to discuss the matter.&lt;br /&gt;
# If a consensus cannot be obtained between the department and the city, the city would be notified of the date that the department’s recommendation will be presented to the Missouri Highways and Transportation Commission.&lt;br /&gt;
# If the [https://www.modot.org/missouri-highways-and-transportation-commission Commission] determines that the city speed limit is not correct as presently posted, the city shall be asked to adjust to the proper speed limit as determined by the Commission. If the city does not comply, the city speed limit ordinance will be declared void and posted as determined by the Commission.&lt;br /&gt;
# The city will then be notified of the Commission action and advised that all enforcement must be adjudicated through state courts unless the city passes and ordinance specifying the speed limit is the same as has been posted.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=User:Hoskir/Revision_Request_4275&amp;diff=59481</id>
		<title>User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4275</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=User:Hoskir/Revision_Request_4275&amp;diff=59481"/>
		<updated>2026-09-29T13:20:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: Created page with &amp;quot;   ===905.2.14 Voiding City Ordinances on State Routes with Inappropriate Speed Limits=== 300px [https://revisor.mo.gov/main/OneSection.aspx?section=304.010 RSMo Section 304.010] contains the state laws pertaining to speed limits on Missouri’s roadways. Paragraphs 3 and 4 address speed limits on state routes and state: : &amp;#039;&amp;#039;3. On any state road or highway where the speed limit is not set pursuant to a local ordinance, the highways and transport...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===905.2.14 Voiding City Ordinances on State Routes with Inappropriate Speed Limits===&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:949.1.jpg|right|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[https://revisor.mo.gov/main/OneSection.aspx?section=304.010 RSMo Section 304.010] contains the state laws pertaining to speed limits on Missouri’s roadways. Paragraphs 3 and 4 address speed limits on state routes and state:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;3. On any state road or highway where the speed limit is not set pursuant to a local ordinance, the highways and transportation commission may set a speed limit higher or lower than the uniform maximum speed limit provided in subsection 2 of this section, if a higher or lower speed limit is recommended by the department of transportation. The department of public safety, where it believes for safety reasons, or to expedite the flow of traffic a higher or lower speed limit is warranted, may request the department of transportation to raise or lower such speed limit, except that no speed limit shall be set higher than seventy-five miles per hour.&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;4. Notwithstanding the provisions of section 304.120 or any other provision of law to the contrary, cities, towns and villages may regulate the speed of vehicles on state roads and highways within such cities&#039;, towns&#039; or villages&#039; corporate limits by ordinance with the approval of the state highways and transportation commission. Any reduction of speed in cities, towns or villages shall be designed to expedite the flow of traffic on such state roads and highways to the extent consistent with public safety. The commission may declare any ordinance void if it finds that such ordinance is:&lt;br /&gt;
:: &#039;&#039;(1) Not primarily designed to expedite traffic flow; and&lt;br /&gt;
:: &#039;&#039;(2) Primarily designed to produce revenue for the city, town or village which enacted such ordinance. &lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;If an ordinance is declared void, the city, town or village shall have any future proposed ordinance approved by the highways and transportation commission before such ordinance may take effect.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a District Engineer believes that a city, village or town has passed an ordinance establishing an inappropriate speed limit, the District Engineer shall ensure the following actions are taken:&lt;br /&gt;
# Advise the city that a study will be made to determine the appropriate speed limit in the area.&lt;br /&gt;
# If a speed limit ordinance is found to be inappropriate as determined by a traffic engineering study and is determined to be for the purpose of producing revenue, a letter shall be sent to the city advising that their speed limit appears inappropriate and request a meeting with the city to discuss the matter.&lt;br /&gt;
# If a consensus cannot be obtained between the department and the city, the city would be notified of the date that the department’s recommendation will be presented to the Missouri Highways and Transportation Commission.&lt;br /&gt;
# If the [https://www.modot.org/missouri-highways-and-transportation-commission Commission] determines that the city speed limit is not correct as presently posted, the city shall be asked to adjust to the proper speed limit as determined by the Commission. If the city does not comply, the city speed limit ordinance will be declared void and posted as determined by the Commission.&lt;br /&gt;
# The city will then be notified of the Commission action and advised that all enforcement must be adjudicated through state courts unless the city passes and ordinance specifying the speed limit is the same as has been posted.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=User:Hoskir&amp;diff=59480</id>
		<title>User:Hoskir</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=User:Hoskir&amp;diff=59480"/>
		<updated>2026-09-29T12:57:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: /* Revisions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= &amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Revisions&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt; =&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4275|Revision Request 4275]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4274|Revision Request 4274]] - ready&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4273|Revision Request 4273]] - have question (sent to Zanab and Jeff)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4272|Revision Request 4272]] - ready&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4271|Revision Request 4271]] - ready&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4270|Revision Request 4270]] - ready&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4269|Revision Request 4269]] - ready&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4268|Revision Request 4268]] - lvl 1, waiting on comments made by Gidget&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4267|Revision Request 4267]] - balloted (ready)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4266|Revision Request 4266]] - CCO has asked to hold this request&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4265|Revision Request 4265]] - balloted (ready) (there will be some changes in document names)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4264|Revision Request 4264]] - balloted (ready)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4261|Revision Request 4261]] - PUBLISHED SEPTEMBER&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4260|Revision Request 4260]] - PUBLISHED SEPTEMBER&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4259|Revision Request 4259]] - PUBLISHED AUGUST&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4258|Revision Request 4258]] - PUBLISHED SEPTEMBER&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4256|Revision Request 4256 and 4257]] - balloted (ready)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4254|Revision Request 4254]] - lvl 1, edits ready to publish&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4253|Revision Request 4253]] - PUBLISHED SEPTEMBER&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4251|Revision Request 4251]] - PUBLISHED AUGUST&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4250|Revision Request 4250]] - PUBLISHED AUGUST&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4249|Revision Request 4249]] - PUBLISHED AUGUST&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4247|Revision Request 4247]] - figure updated (waiting on more changes possibly)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4244|Revision Request 4244]] - balloted (ready)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4240|Revision Request 4240]] - balloted (ready)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4238|Revision Request 4238]] - balloted (ready)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4209|Revision Request 4209]] - new test method but needs to be approved and put in EPG format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4191|Revision Request 4191 (ON HOLD)]] - may be withdrawn later&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4175|Revision Request 4175 (ON HOLD)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4165|Revision Request 4165]] - PUBLISHED SEPTEMBER&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4136|Revision Request 4136 (ON HOLD)]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4036|Revision Request 4036 (ON HOLD)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 3906|Revision Request 3906 (ON HOLD)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 3905|Revision Request 3905 (ON HOLD)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 3902|Revision Request 3902 (ON HOLD)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Hoskir/Revision Request 3818|Revision Request 3818 (ON HOLD)]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=User:Hoskir/Revision_Request_4274&amp;diff=59479</id>
		<title>User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4274</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=User:Hoskir/Revision_Request_4274&amp;diff=59479"/>
		<updated>2026-09-29T12:55:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: /* 915.1 Safe Transportation for Every Pedestrian (STEP) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=915 Vulnerable Roadway Users (VRUs)=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Vulnerable Roadway User (VRU) is defined by FHWA as “a non-motorist with a fatality analysis report system (FARS) person attribute code for pedestrian, bicyclist, other cyclist, and person on personal conveyance or an injured person that is or equivalent to, a pedestrian or pedalcyclist”. These users interact differently with the transportation system than vehicles. A variety of strategies and countermeasures should be taken into consideration to appropriately account for these users on the roadway system. This article looks to bring additional guidance and considerations specific to pedestrians.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Category:900 TRAFFIC CONTROL]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=915.1 Safe Transportation for Every Pedestrian (STEP)=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Safe Transportation for Every Pedestrian (STEP) is guidance for improving pedestrian safety at uncontrolled crossing locations. An uncontrolled crossing location is defined as “where sidewalks or designated walkways intersect a roadway at a location where no traffic control is present”. The STEP guide includes several sections of good information and it, along with other STEP documents can be found at [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/pedestrian-bicyclist/step/resources STEP — Resources | FHWA]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Table 1: Application of Pedestrian Crash Countermeasures by Roadway Feature below is from the STEP program and has been adapted for use in Missouri. The table provides information about various pedestrian countermeasures and when they can be considered to be installed. It is important to note that this table does not require these countermeasures to be installed but should be used as guidance for when the countermeasures should be considered. The table summarizes countermeasures which have been found to be effective at improving pedestrian safety based on research and experience within Missouri. While the STEP guidance table is very informative it does not address all pedestrian countermeasures. Additionally, there will need to be site specific context and other MoDOT policy to consider as well. &lt;br /&gt;
{{SpanID|fig_915.1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &#039;&#039;&#039;Table 1: Application of Pedestrian Crash Countermeasures by Roadway Feature&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:fig_915.1.png|right|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==915.1.1Additional STEP Countermeasure Information==&lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.1 High-visibility Crosswalks===&lt;br /&gt;
High-visibility crosswalks use patterns, as denoted in [[620.3_Crosswalk_Markings_(MUTCD_Chapter_3C)#620.3.3_Design_of_Crosswalk_Markings_(MUTCD_Section_3C.03)|Figure 620.3.3 in EPG 620.3.3]], that are visible to both the driver and pedestrian from farther away compared to traditional transverse line crosswalks. They should be installed at all midblock pedestrian crossings and uncontrolled intersections. Crossing at intersection should be on each leg of the intersection when feasible. Materials to make these crosswalk markings highly reflective should be used. Additional information about crosswalk marking can be found in [[620.3_Crosswalk_Markings_(MUTCD_Chapter_3C)#620.3.5_High-Visibility_Crosswalks_(Section_3C.05)|EPG 620.3.5]] and [[620.3_Crosswalk_Markings_(MUTCD_Chapter_3C)#620.3.6_Longitudinal_Bar_Crosswalks_(Section_3C.06)|EPG 620.3.6]]. There is also additional guidance in [[620.2_Pavement_and_Curb_Markings_(MUTCD_Chapter_3B)#620.2.18_Stop_and_Yield_Lines_(MUTCD_Section_3B.19)|EPG 620.2.18]] about the distance of yield and stop bars from crosswalks. In addition to the high-visibility crosswalk pavement marking there are three main enhancements that can be utilized to help make crosswalks and the VRUs more visible to drivers. These enhancements include lighting, signing, and supplemental pavement markings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An appropriate level of lighting should be considered at all established pedestrian crossings. To avoid silhouette lighting and better light the front of the VRU consideration should be given to placing the fixtures 10 to 15 feet in advance of the crosswalk on both sides of the roadway and on both approaches. An evaluation of where to place the luminaires, lighting levels, intensity, and illuminance should be completed to ensure appropriate lighting is achieved. The other enhancements for signing and pavement marking options for placing a YIELD Here for Pedestrians sign or including a YIELD bar can be found in [[#915.1.1.8 Advanced Yield Here to Pedestrian Sign and Yield Line|EPG 915.1.1.8]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.2 Raised Crosswalks=== &lt;br /&gt;
A raised crosswalk (e.g. raised walkway) is a marked pedestrian crosswalk at an intersection or a mid-block location constructed at a higher elevation than the adjacent roadway. This treatment is used on a limited basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A raised crosswalk is essentially a speed table, with the full width of the crosswalk contained within the flat portion of the table, usually 10 to 15 feet wide. It combines the benefits of a raised speed reducer with enhanced visibility for the pedestrian crossing. It should be used on roadways with a maximum speed limit of 30 mph.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
When determining if the implementation of a raised crosswalk is appropriate several things should be considered. First, there are several potential benefits to these installations. These benefits include: &lt;br /&gt;
* Compelling drivers to travel at speeds consistent with the roadway design speed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Improving drivers&#039; awareness of the presence of pedestrian crossings, particularly at mid-block crossing locations.&lt;br /&gt;
* Alerting drivers that they are entering a slower-speed, pedestrian-oriented roadway environment at transition points in the system. &lt;br /&gt;
* Providing more convenient pedestrian circulation between high foot traffic destinations on opposite sides of a roadway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These benefits are best achieved when this countermeasure is used appropriately. Certain conditions and considerations should be accounted for to determine the best use. These conditions and considerations include: &lt;br /&gt;
* The impact to street drainage or requirement of a catch basin relocation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Existing stop-controlled crosswalks or other locations where demand exists for a stop-controlled pedestrian crossing that also meets the criteria for raised speed reducers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Areas where there are pedestrian generators (ex. major commercial or cultural destinations, transit entrances, parks, etc.) on opposite sides of the roadway with a maximum of two moving lanes to cross at once. &lt;br /&gt;
* Where additional emphasis is needed for a crosswalk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to these considerations to determine location, there are other design elements that will need to be included. The appropriate warning signs, pavement markings, and lighting should accompany the raised crosswalk. Additionally, signage or delineation may be needed to alert snow-clearing operators to the presence of the raised crosswalk. These can also be used as an option for pedestrian crossings as multilane roundabouts to comply with PROWAG requirements. Finally, other high visibility crossing countermeasures may need to be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information can be found in the [https://highways.dot.gov/sites/fhwa.dot.gov/files/2022-06/techSheet_RaisedCW2018.pdf FHWA STEP countermeasure tech sheet for raised crosswalks]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.3 Pedestrian Refuge Island===&lt;br /&gt;
A pedestrian refuge island is a median with a refuge area that is intended to shorten crossing distances for pedestrians and cyclists who are crossing a roadway. The presence of a pedestrian refuge island at a midblock location or intersection allows pedestrians to focus on one direction of traffic at a time as they cross and gives them a place to wait for an adequate gap in oncoming traffic before finishing the second phase of a crossing. Refuge islands are highly desirable for midblock pedestrian crossings on roads with four or more travel lanes, especially where speed limits are 35 mph or greater and/or where annual average daily traffic (AADT) is 9,000 vehicles per day (vpd) or higher. They are also a candidate treatment option for uncontrolled pedestrian crossings on 3-lane or 2-lane roads. When installed at a midblock crossing, the island should be supplemented with a marked high-visibility crosswalk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should also be adequate lighting provided for both the crossing area and island noses. When pedestrian refuge islands are on 3-lane or 2-lane roadways, it should be considered for the lane width to accommodate a snowplow and other necessary maintenance activities. This requirement may conflict with traffic calming techniques that involve narrowing lanes. Careful consideration should be given for both aspects when considering lane width. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the [https://www.access-board.gov/prowag/ PROWAG] states, “the clear width of pedestrian access route crossing medians and pedestrian refuge islands shall be 60 inches minimum, except where shared use paths cross medians and pedestrian refuge islands the clear width of the pedestrian access route shall be 60 inches minimum or at least as wide as the crosswalk, whichever is greater”. Additionally, the dimensions selected should consider the speed and volume of the roadway to ensure that the users have adequate storage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information can be found in the [https://highways.dot.gov/sites/fhwa.dot.gov/files/2022-08/techSheet_PedRefugeIsland2018.pdf FHWA STEP countermeasure tech sheet for pedestrian refuge islands] and from [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/proven-safety-countermeasures/medians-and-pedestrian-refuge-islands-urban-and-suburban-areas FHWA Proven Safety Countermeasures on medians and pedestrian refuge islands in urban and suburban areas].&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.4 Rectangular Rapid Flashing Bacon (RRFB)===&lt;br /&gt;
Rectangular Rapid-Flashing Beacons (RRFBs) are pedestrian-actuated conspicuity enhancements used in combination with a pedestrian, school, or trail crossing warning sign to improve safety at uncontrolled, marked crosswalks. The device includes two rectangular shaped yellow indications, each with an LED-array-based light source, that flash with high frequency when activated. The RRFBs can be posted both above and below the standard pedestrian warning sign and on either side of the crosswalk. The RRFB is a treatment option at many types of established pedestrian crossings. Compliance rates vary per city location, posted speed limit, crossing distance, and whether the road is one- or two-way. MoDOT’s recommendation is that RRFBs be installed only if the speed limit is 35mph or lower and the volume is less than 12,000 AADT. Additionally, independent of the volume, if the roadway is four or more lanes, then the use of RRFBs should be limited. These specifics are reflected in [[#fig_915.1|Table 1: Application of Pedestrian Crash Countermeasures by Roadway Feature]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information about installation specifics for RRFB can be found in [[902.12_Rectangular_Rapid_Flashing_Beacons_(MUTCD_Chapter_4L)|EPG 902.12]]. Other information about RRFBs can also be found in the [https://highways.dot.gov/sites/fhwa.dot.gov/files/2022-08/techSheet_RRFB_2018.pdf STEP tech sheet for RRFBs] and in the [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/proven-safety-countermeasures/rectangular-rapid-flashing-beacons-rrfb FHWA Proven Safety Countermeasures]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.5 Road Space Reallocation===&lt;br /&gt;
A road diet, or roadway reconfiguration, reduces the number of through lanes on a roadway often to allow for the integration of facilities such as a two-way left turn lane, bike lanes, pedestrian refuge islands, side street parking, bus lanes, landscaping, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A conventional road space reallocation typically consists of reconfiguring a four-lane undivided roadway into a two-lane roadway with a two-way-left-turn-lane (TWLTL). &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:fig_915.1.1.5.png|center|600px|frame|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Before and After Road Space Reallocation Example.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Source: FHWA&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reduction of through lanes results in a reduction of total crashes and lower speeds on the mainline. The reduction of crashes is attributed with moving turning traffic off the through lanes therefore reducing rear end incidents as well as reducing the number of crossing lanes which reduces right angle crashes. The reduction of though lanes and introduction of a center lane has also proven to benefit pedestrian and other vulnerable roadway user safety by reducing the exposure to through traffic.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
When road diets are planned in conjunction with a resurfacing project, the cost is considered relatively low particularly where pavement marking is used to implement the lane reconfigurations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note the new configuration is not limited to the above example. The location should consider various factors including road context, design elements, cross section, and more when determining the best overall configuration. Typically, a Road Space Reallocation is implemented on a roadway with a current and future average daily traffic of 25,000 or less. Documented justification for the road diet, such as a traffic study right sized for the effort, is necessary for all projects. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, road diets are often key components to “Complete Street” projects. For more information on MoDOT’s complete street guidance, see [[907.10_Complete_Streets|EPG 907.10]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information can be found at:&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.nationalacademies.org/read/26788/chapter/1#ii Read &amp;quot;Roadway Cross-Section Reallocation: A Guide&amp;quot; at NAP.edu]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/other/road-diets/road-diet-informational-guide/4-designing-road-diet Designing a Road Space Reallocation | FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/other/road-diets Road Space Reallocation (Roadway Reconfiguration) | FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/other/road-diets/road-diet-desk-reference Road Space Reallocation Desk Reference | FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/proven-safety-countermeasures/road-diets-roadway-reconfiguration Road Space Realloation (Roadway Reconfiguration) | FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.6 Pedestrian Hybrid Beacon (PHB)===&lt;br /&gt;
A Pedestrian Hybrid Beacon head consists of two red lenses above a single yellow lens. Unlike a traffic signal, the PHB rests in dark until a pedestrian activates it via push button or other form of detection. When activated, the beacon displays a sequence of flashing and solid lights that indicate the pedestrian walk interval and when it is safe for drivers to proceed (see [[#fig_4J-3|Figure 4J-3]]). The pedestrian walk indication is shown while the PHB is showing solid red. The pedestrian clearance interval (flashing don’t walk) is shown while the PHB is showing flashing red. The PHB is often considered for installation at locations where pedestrians need to cross and vehicle speeds or volumes are high, but traffic signal warrants are not met. PHBs are typically installed on mast arms over midblock pedestrian crossings.&lt;br /&gt;
{{SpanID|fig_4J-3}} [[File:fig_4J-3.png|600px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike the signal warrants, the volume thresholds for PHB in [[902.10_Pedestrian_Hybrid_Beacons_(MUTCD_Chapter_4J)|EPG 902.10]] are guidelines. The safety of all users should be considered when determining the traffic control type for a pedestrian crossing. Failure to meet the volume guidelines listed in EPG 902.10 should not, by itself, be considered sufficient justification for disqualifying a location from consideration for a PHB.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PHBs should be considered at midblock crossings on routes with higher speeds, higher volumes and more lanes. Specifically, they are recommended at crossings when the speed limit is 40mph or higher and the volume is above 9,000 AADT. Additionally, independent of the speed and volume, if the roadway is four or more lanes the PHB is the preferred countermeasure. This criterion does not exclude them from use at locations with lower speed, AADT, or number of lanes as determined by engineering judgement. This is reflected in [[#fig_915.1|Table 1: Application of Pedestrian Crash Countermeasures by Roadway Feature]]. Using solar power for PBH is not allowed and shall instead use a power supply. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an alternative to a PHB, a midblock pedestrian signal (MPS) can also be considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information can be found at:&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/sites/fhwa.dot.gov/files/2022-06/fhwasa18064.pdf STEP Tech Sheets]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/proven-safety-countermeasures/pedestrian-hybrid-beacons Pedestrian Hybrid Beacons | FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.7 Leading Pedestrian Interval (LPI)===&lt;br /&gt;
An LPI is a signal timing function which displays a brief advanced WALK indication for the crosswalk before the traffic signal indication turns green. This is typically a three to seven second interval but can be longer if needed. This advanced crossing time establishes the pedestrians’ presence in the crosswalk ahead of turning traffic, increasing their visibility and encouraging drivers to yield right-of-way to pedestrians. LPI is not required at all signalized intersections; this section provides guidance to analyze where LPI is useful and how it should be applied and is not a substitute for or replacement of engineering judgment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
LPI can be installed across systems of signalized intersections to improve pedestrian safety. Where to incorporate LPI can be prioritized to maximize limited resources after considering several primary factors:&lt;br /&gt;
* Collision history: a review of a minimum three years and up to five years of collision data for intersections with multiple crashes or a history of severe injury and fatal crashes should be a priority. Collision history is a measure of the safety of an intersection, and repeated interactions between pedestrians and vehicles can warrant an LPI. Crash history can also help in identifying locations prone to pedestrian-vehicle crashes. &lt;br /&gt;
* Pedestrian crossing volumes: pedestrian volumes exceeding traditional pedestrian signal warrants can be a factor when considering LPI. The estimated exposure (product of pedestrian and turning traffic volumes) is another factor for consideration. The exposure allows the volume criteria to be satisfied in a variety of conditions, intersections with moderate turning traffic and high pedestrian volumes, as well as locations with excessively high turning traffic and moderate pedestrian volumes. Also, time of day exposures can be evaluated separately. &lt;br /&gt;
* Vulnerable populations: locations where there are groups of pedestrians that may enter the crosswalk more slowly than other pedestrians. &lt;br /&gt;
* One-Way streets or at T-intersections: at intersections where left-turning vehicles are not typically expected to yield to oncoming vehicles, LPI may be useful to increase yielding to pedestrians in the crosswalk.&lt;br /&gt;
* Intersection visibility: LPI may be prioritized where the visibility of a crosswalk is limited or restricted. Limited sightlines may exist between turning traffic and pedestrians starting their crossing on the corner due to street furniture, other obstructions, or geometry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information can be found at:&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/sites/fhwa.dot.gov/files/2022-06/fhwasa19040.pdf Leading Pedestrian Interval (LPI) Safe Transportation for Every Pedestrian Countermeasure Tech Sheet]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/proven-safety-countermeasures/leading-pedestrian-interval Leading Pedestrian Interval | FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[902.9_Pedestrian_Control_Features_(MUTCD_Chapter_4I)#902.9.6_Pedestrian_Intervals_and_Signal_Phases_(MUTCD_Section_4I.06)|902.9 Pedestrian Control Features (MUTCD Chapter 4I) - Engineering Policy Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[902.23_Traffic_Signal_Phasing_and_Operation#902.23.7.3_Pedestrian_Signal_Timing|902.23 Traffic Signal Phasing and Operation - Engineering Policy Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.8 Advanced Yield Here to Pedestrian Sign and Yield Line===&lt;br /&gt;
The Yield Here to Pedestrian Sign is part of the R1-5 series of signs. These signs, along with the yield bars, indicate where drivers should yield to pedestrians. These are used in advance of a crosswalk to improve pedestrian visibility at uncontrolled crossings. These are typically installed as part of signs and countermeasures to make the crossing more visible. Recommendations about installation distances and offsets can be found in [[#fig_915.1.1.8|Figure 915.1.1.8]]. These are to be used in addition to the standard signing at relevant crossing locations. &lt;br /&gt;
Additional information about the signs and yield lines can be found in EPG [[903.2_Regulatory_Signs_and_Barricades_(MUTCD_Chapter_2B)#903.2.18_Yield_Here_To_Pedestrians_Signs_(R1-5_Series)_(MUTCD_Section_2B.19)|903.2.18]], and [[620.2_Pavement_and_Curb_Markings_(MUTCD_Chapter_3B)#620.2.18_Stop_and_Yield_Lines_(MUTCD_Section_3B.19)|620.2.18]]. &lt;br /&gt;
{{SpanID|fig_915.1.1.8}} [[File:fig_915.1.1.8.png|700px|center|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 915.1.1.8&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.9 Curb Extension===&lt;br /&gt;
A curb extension is a traffic calming measure that extends the sidewalk at an intersection or midblock crossing. The extension physically and visually narrows the street, reduces the pedestrian crossing distance, helps encourage slower turning movements, and helps to improve both pedestrian and driver visibility. Curb extensions are generally recommended where full-time parking lanes are present or where there is excess travel lane width. The speed limit should not exceed 45mph, and they should not be implemented without a crossing. Additionally, maintenance and the frequency of large vehicles should be considered before installation. When considering implementation at an intersection an AutoTURN analysis should be completed. &lt;br /&gt;
{{SpanID|fig_915.1.1.9}} [[File:fig_915.1.1.9.png|700px|center|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 915.1.1.9&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.10 In-Street Pedestrian Crossing Sign===&lt;br /&gt;
The in-street pedestrian crossing signs can be found in [[903.2_Regulatory_Signs_and_Barricades_(MUTCD_Chapter_2B)#903.2.19_In-Street_Pedestrian_and_Trail_Crossing_Signs_(R1-6_Series)_(MUTCD_Section_2B.20)|EPG 903.2.19]] and are the R1-6 series of signs. The EPG contains the requirements and restrictions for when installations are allowed and how to install these signs. These are typically installed as part of a set of countermeasures to make a crosswalk more visible. Additional information about these signs can be found in the [http://www.pedbikesafe.org/pedsafe/countermeasures_detail.cfm?CM_NUM=69 FHWA PEDSAFE document] and more generally as part of the information for the [https://highways.dot.gov/sites/fhwa.dot.gov/files/Crosswalk%20Visibility%20Enhancements_508_1.pdf Crosswalk Visibility Enhancements] FHWA proven safety countermeasure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Category:915 Vulnerable Roadway Users (VRUs)]] --&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=File:Fig_915.1.1.9.png&amp;diff=59478</id>
		<title>File:Fig 915.1.1.9.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=File:Fig_915.1.1.9.png&amp;diff=59478"/>
		<updated>2026-09-29T12:55:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: File uploaded with MsUpload&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;File uploaded with MsUpload&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=File:Fig_915.1.1.8.png&amp;diff=59477</id>
		<title>File:Fig 915.1.1.8.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=File:Fig_915.1.1.8.png&amp;diff=59477"/>
		<updated>2026-09-29T12:55:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: File uploaded with MsUpload&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;File uploaded with MsUpload&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=File:Fig_4J-3.png&amp;diff=59476</id>
		<title>File:Fig 4J-3.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=File:Fig_4J-3.png&amp;diff=59476"/>
		<updated>2026-09-29T12:55:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: File uploaded with MsUpload&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;File uploaded with MsUpload&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=File:Fig_915.1.1.5.png&amp;diff=59475</id>
		<title>File:Fig 915.1.1.5.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=File:Fig_915.1.1.5.png&amp;diff=59475"/>
		<updated>2026-09-29T12:54:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: File uploaded with MsUpload&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;File uploaded with MsUpload&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=File:Fig_915.1.png&amp;diff=59474</id>
		<title>File:Fig 915.1.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=File:Fig_915.1.png&amp;diff=59474"/>
		<updated>2026-09-29T12:54:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: File uploaded with MsUpload&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;File uploaded with MsUpload&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=User:Hoskir/Revision_Request_4274&amp;diff=59472</id>
		<title>User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4274</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=User:Hoskir/Revision_Request_4274&amp;diff=59472"/>
		<updated>2026-09-29T12:41:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: /* 915.1.1Additional STEP Countermeasure Information */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=915 Vulnerable Roadway Users (VRUs)=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Vulnerable Roadway User (VRU) is defined by FHWA as “a non-motorist with a fatality analysis report system (FARS) person attribute code for pedestrian, bicyclist, other cyclist, and person on personal conveyance or an injured person that is or equivalent to, a pedestrian or pedalcyclist”. These users interact differently with the transportation system than vehicles. A variety of strategies and countermeasures should be taken into consideration to appropriately account for these users on the roadway system. This article looks to bring additional guidance and considerations specific to pedestrians.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Category:900 TRAFFIC CONTROL]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=915.1 Safe Transportation for Every Pedestrian (STEP)=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Safe Transportation for Every Pedestrian (STEP) is guidance for improving pedestrian safety at uncontrolled crossing locations. An uncontrolled crossing location is defined as “where sidewalks or designated walkways intersect a roadway at a location where no traffic control is present”. The STEP guide includes several sections of good information and it, along with other STEP documents can be found at [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/pedestrian-bicyclist/step/resources STEP — Resources | FHWA]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Table 1: Application of Pedestrian Crash Countermeasures by Roadway Feature below is from the STEP program and has been adapted for use in Missouri. The table provides information about various pedestrian countermeasures and when they can be considered to be installed. It is important to note that this table does not require these countermeasures to be installed but should be used as guidance for when the countermeasures should be considered. The table summarizes countermeasures which have been found to be effective at improving pedestrian safety based on research and experience within Missouri. While the STEP guidance table is very informative it does not address all pedestrian countermeasures. Additionally, there will need to be site specific context and other MoDOT policy to consider as well. &lt;br /&gt;
{{SpanID|915.1_table1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &#039;&#039;&#039;Table 1: Application of Pedestrian Crash Countermeasures by Roadway Feature&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:App_of_Ped_Crash_CM.png|right|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==915.1.1Additional STEP Countermeasure Information==&lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.1 High-visibility Crosswalks===&lt;br /&gt;
High-visibility crosswalks use patterns, as denoted in [[620.3_Crosswalk_Markings_(MUTCD_Chapter_3C)#620.3.3_Design_of_Crosswalk_Markings_(MUTCD_Section_3C.03)|Figure 620.3.3 in EPG 620.3.3]], that are visible to both the driver and pedestrian from farther away compared to traditional transverse line crosswalks. They should be installed at all midblock pedestrian crossings and uncontrolled intersections. Crossing at intersection should be on each leg of the intersection when feasible. Materials to make these crosswalk markings highly reflective should be used. Additional information about crosswalk marking can be found in [[620.3_Crosswalk_Markings_(MUTCD_Chapter_3C)#620.3.5_High-Visibility_Crosswalks_(Section_3C.05)|EPG 620.3.5]] and [[620.3_Crosswalk_Markings_(MUTCD_Chapter_3C)#620.3.6_Longitudinal_Bar_Crosswalks_(Section_3C.06)|EPG 620.3.6]]. There is also additional guidance in [[620.2_Pavement_and_Curb_Markings_(MUTCD_Chapter_3B)#620.2.18_Stop_and_Yield_Lines_(MUTCD_Section_3B.19)|EPG 620.2.18]] about the distance of yield and stop bars from crosswalks. In addition to the high-visibility crosswalk pavement marking there are three main enhancements that can be utilized to help make crosswalks and the VRUs more visible to drivers. These enhancements include lighting, signing, and supplemental pavement markings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An appropriate level of lighting should be considered at all established pedestrian crossings. To avoid silhouette lighting and better light the front of the VRU consideration should be given to placing the fixtures 10 to 15 feet in advance of the crosswalk on both sides of the roadway and on both approaches. An evaluation of where to place the luminaires, lighting levels, intensity, and illuminance should be completed to ensure appropriate lighting is achieved. The other enhancements for signing and pavement marking options for placing a YIELD Here for Pedestrians sign or including a YIELD bar can be found in [[#915.1.1.8 Advanced Yield Here to Pedestrian Sign and Yield Line|EPG 915.1.1.8]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.2 Raised Crosswalks=== &lt;br /&gt;
A raised crosswalk (e.g. raised walkway) is a marked pedestrian crosswalk at an intersection or a mid-block location constructed at a higher elevation than the adjacent roadway. This treatment is used on a limited basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A raised crosswalk is essentially a speed table, with the full width of the crosswalk contained within the flat portion of the table, usually 10 to 15 feet wide. It combines the benefits of a raised speed reducer with enhanced visibility for the pedestrian crossing. It should be used on roadways with a maximum speed limit of 30 mph.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
When determining if the implementation of a raised crosswalk is appropriate several things should be considered. First, there are several potential benefits to these installations. These benefits include: &lt;br /&gt;
* Compelling drivers to travel at speeds consistent with the roadway design speed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Improving drivers&#039; awareness of the presence of pedestrian crossings, particularly at mid-block crossing locations.&lt;br /&gt;
* Alerting drivers that they are entering a slower-speed, pedestrian-oriented roadway environment at transition points in the system. &lt;br /&gt;
* Providing more convenient pedestrian circulation between high foot traffic destinations on opposite sides of a roadway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These benefits are best achieved when this countermeasure is used appropriately. Certain conditions and considerations should be accounted for to determine the best use. These conditions and considerations include: &lt;br /&gt;
* The impact to street drainage or requirement of a catch basin relocation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Existing stop-controlled crosswalks or other locations where demand exists for a stop-controlled pedestrian crossing that also meets the criteria for raised speed reducers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Areas where there are pedestrian generators (ex. major commercial or cultural destinations, transit entrances, parks, etc.) on opposite sides of the roadway with a maximum of two moving lanes to cross at once. &lt;br /&gt;
* Where additional emphasis is needed for a crosswalk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to these considerations to determine location, there are other design elements that will need to be included. The appropriate warning signs, pavement markings, and lighting should accompany the raised crosswalk. Additionally, signage or delineation may be needed to alert snow-clearing operators to the presence of the raised crosswalk. These can also be used as an option for pedestrian crossings as multilane roundabouts to comply with PROWAG requirements. Finally, other high visibility crossing countermeasures may need to be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information can be found in the [https://highways.dot.gov/sites/fhwa.dot.gov/files/2022-06/techSheet_RaisedCW2018.pdf FHWA STEP countermeasure tech sheet for raised crosswalks]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.3 Pedestrian Refuge Island===&lt;br /&gt;
A pedestrian refuge island is a median with a refuge area that is intended to shorten crossing distances for pedestrians and cyclists who are crossing a roadway. The presence of a pedestrian refuge island at a midblock location or intersection allows pedestrians to focus on one direction of traffic at a time as they cross and gives them a place to wait for an adequate gap in oncoming traffic before finishing the second phase of a crossing. Refuge islands are highly desirable for midblock pedestrian crossings on roads with four or more travel lanes, especially where speed limits are 35 mph or greater and/or where annual average daily traffic (AADT) is 9,000 vehicles per day (vpd) or higher. They are also a candidate treatment option for uncontrolled pedestrian crossings on 3-lane or 2-lane roads. When installed at a midblock crossing, the island should be supplemented with a marked high-visibility crosswalk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should also be adequate lighting provided for both the crossing area and island noses. When pedestrian refuge islands are on 3-lane or 2-lane roadways, it should be considered for the lane width to accommodate a snowplow and other necessary maintenance activities. This requirement may conflict with traffic calming techniques that involve narrowing lanes. Careful consideration should be given for both aspects when considering lane width. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the [https://www.access-board.gov/prowag/ PROWAG] states, “the clear width of pedestrian access route crossing medians and pedestrian refuge islands shall be 60 inches minimum, except where shared use paths cross medians and pedestrian refuge islands the clear width of the pedestrian access route shall be 60 inches minimum or at least as wide as the crosswalk, whichever is greater”. Additionally, the dimensions selected should consider the speed and volume of the roadway to ensure that the users have adequate storage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information can be found in the [https://highways.dot.gov/sites/fhwa.dot.gov/files/2022-08/techSheet_PedRefugeIsland2018.pdf FHWA STEP countermeasure tech sheet for pedestrian refuge islands] and from [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/proven-safety-countermeasures/medians-and-pedestrian-refuge-islands-urban-and-suburban-areas FHWA Proven Safety Countermeasures on medians and pedestrian refuge islands in urban and suburban areas].&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.4 Rectangular Rapid Flashing Bacon (RRFB)===&lt;br /&gt;
Rectangular Rapid-Flashing Beacons (RRFBs) are pedestrian-actuated conspicuity enhancements used in combination with a pedestrian, school, or trail crossing warning sign to improve safety at uncontrolled, marked crosswalks. The device includes two rectangular shaped yellow indications, each with an LED-array-based light source, that flash with high frequency when activated. The RRFBs can be posted both above and below the standard pedestrian warning sign and on either side of the crosswalk. The RRFB is a treatment option at many types of established pedestrian crossings. Compliance rates vary per city location, posted speed limit, crossing distance, and whether the road is one- or two-way. MoDOT’s recommendation is that RRFBs be installed only if the speed limit is 35mph or lower and the volume is less than 12,000 AADT. Additionally, independent of the volume, if the roadway is four or more lanes, then the use of RRFBs should be limited. These specifics are reflected in [[#915.1_table1|Table 1: Application of Pedestrian Crash Countermeasures by Roadway Feature]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information about installation specifics for RRFB can be found in [[902.12_Rectangular_Rapid_Flashing_Beacons_(MUTCD_Chapter_4L)|EPG 902.12]]. Other information about RRFBs can also be found in the [https://highways.dot.gov/sites/fhwa.dot.gov/files/2022-08/techSheet_RRFB_2018.pdf STEP tech sheet for RRFBs] and in the [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/proven-safety-countermeasures/rectangular-rapid-flashing-beacons-rrfb FHWA Proven Safety Countermeasures]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.5 Road Space Reallocation===&lt;br /&gt;
A road diet, or roadway reconfiguration, reduces the number of through lanes on a roadway often to allow for the integration of facilities such as a two-way left turn lane, bike lanes, pedestrian refuge islands, side street parking, bus lanes, landscaping, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A conventional road space reallocation typically consists of reconfiguring a four-lane undivided roadway into a two-lane roadway with a two-way-left-turn-lane (TWLTL). &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Before_After_Road_Space_Reallocation_Example.png|center|600px|frame|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Before and After Road Space Reallocation Example.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Source: FHWA&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reduction of through lanes results in a reduction of total crashes and lower speeds on the mainline. The reduction of crashes is attributed with moving turning traffic off the through lanes therefore reducing rear end incidents as well as reducing the number of crossing lanes which reduces right angle crashes. The reduction of though lanes and introduction of a center lane has also proven to benefit pedestrian and other vulnerable roadway user safety by reducing the exposure to through traffic.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
When road diets are planned in conjunction with a resurfacing project, the cost is considered relatively low particularly where pavement marking is used to implement the lane reconfigurations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note the new configuration is not limited to the above example. The location should consider various factors including road context, design elements, cross section, and more when determining the best overall configuration. Typically, a Road Space Reallocation is implemented on a roadway with a current and future average daily traffic of 25,000 or less. Documented justification for the road diet, such as a traffic study right sized for the effort, is necessary for all projects. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, road diets are often key components to “Complete Street” projects. For more information on MoDOT’s complete street guidance, see [[907.10_Complete_Streets|EPG 907.10]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information can be found at:&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.nationalacademies.org/read/26788/chapter/1#ii Read &amp;quot;Roadway Cross-Section Reallocation: A Guide&amp;quot; at NAP.edu]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/other/road-diets/road-diet-informational-guide/4-designing-road-diet Designing a Road Space Reallocation | FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/other/road-diets Road Space Reallocation (Roadway Reconfiguration) | FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/other/road-diets/road-diet-desk-reference Road Space Reallocation Desk Reference | FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/proven-safety-countermeasures/road-diets-roadway-reconfiguration Road Space Realloation (Roadway Reconfiguration) | FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.6 Pedestrian Hybrid Beacon (PHB)===&lt;br /&gt;
A Pedestrian Hybrid Beacon head consists of two red lenses above a single yellow lens. Unlike a traffic signal, the PHB rests in dark until a pedestrian activates it via push button or other form of detection. When activated, the beacon displays a sequence of flashing and solid lights that indicate the pedestrian walk interval and when it is safe for drivers to proceed (see [[#fig_4J-3|Figure 4J-3]]). The pedestrian walk indication is shown while the PHB is showing solid red. The pedestrian clearance interval (flashing don’t walk) is shown while the PHB is showing flashing red. The PHB is often considered for installation at locations where pedestrians need to cross and vehicle speeds or volumes are high, but traffic signal warrants are not met. PHBs are typically installed on mast arms over midblock pedestrian crossings.&lt;br /&gt;
{{SpanID|fig_4J-3}} [[File:fig_4J-3.png|600px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike the signal warrants, the volume thresholds for PHB in [[902.10_Pedestrian_Hybrid_Beacons_(MUTCD_Chapter_4J)|EPG 902.10]] are guidelines. The safety of all users should be considered when determining the traffic control type for a pedestrian crossing. Failure to meet the volume guidelines listed in EPG 902.10 should not, by itself, be considered sufficient justification for disqualifying a location from consideration for a PHB.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PHBs should be considered at midblock crossings on routes with higher speeds, higher volumes and more lanes. Specifically, they are recommended at crossings when the speed limit is 40mph or higher and the volume is above 9,000 AADT. Additionally, independent of the speed and volume, if the roadway is four or more lanes the PHB is the preferred countermeasure. This criterion does not exclude them from use at locations with lower speed, AADT, or number of lanes as determined by engineering judgement. This is reflected in [[#915.1_table1|Table 1: Application of Pedestrian Crash Countermeasures by Roadway Feature]]. Using solar power for PBH is not allowed and shall instead use a power supply. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an alternative to a PHB, a midblock pedestrian signal (MPS) can also be considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information can be found at:&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/sites/fhwa.dot.gov/files/2022-06/fhwasa18064.pdf STEP Tech Sheets]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/proven-safety-countermeasures/pedestrian-hybrid-beacons Pedestrian Hybrid Beacons | FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.7 Leading Pedestrian Interval (LPI)===&lt;br /&gt;
An LPI is a signal timing function which displays a brief advanced WALK indication for the crosswalk before the traffic signal indication turns green. This is typically a three to seven second interval but can be longer if needed. This advanced crossing time establishes the pedestrians’ presence in the crosswalk ahead of turning traffic, increasing their visibility and encouraging drivers to yield right-of-way to pedestrians. LPI is not required at all signalized intersections; this section provides guidance to analyze where LPI is useful and how it should be applied and is not a substitute for or replacement of engineering judgment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
LPI can be installed across systems of signalized intersections to improve pedestrian safety. Where to incorporate LPI can be prioritized to maximize limited resources after considering several primary factors:&lt;br /&gt;
* Collision history: a review of a minimum three years and up to five years of collision data for intersections with multiple crashes or a history of severe injury and fatal crashes should be a priority. Collision history is a measure of the safety of an intersection, and repeated interactions between pedestrians and vehicles can warrant an LPI. Crash history can also help in identifying locations prone to pedestrian-vehicle crashes. &lt;br /&gt;
* Pedestrian crossing volumes: pedestrian volumes exceeding traditional pedestrian signal warrants can be a factor when considering LPI. The estimated exposure (product of pedestrian and turning traffic volumes) is another factor for consideration. The exposure allows the volume criteria to be satisfied in a variety of conditions, intersections with moderate turning traffic and high pedestrian volumes, as well as locations with excessively high turning traffic and moderate pedestrian volumes. Also, time of day exposures can be evaluated separately. &lt;br /&gt;
* Vulnerable populations: locations where there are groups of pedestrians that may enter the crosswalk more slowly than other pedestrians. &lt;br /&gt;
* One-Way streets or at T-intersections: at intersections where left-turning vehicles are not typically expected to yield to oncoming vehicles, LPI may be useful to increase yielding to pedestrians in the crosswalk.&lt;br /&gt;
* Intersection visibility: LPI may be prioritized where the visibility of a crosswalk is limited or restricted. Limited sightlines may exist between turning traffic and pedestrians starting their crossing on the corner due to street furniture, other obstructions, or geometry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information can be found at:&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/sites/fhwa.dot.gov/files/2022-06/fhwasa19040.pdf Leading Pedestrian Interval (LPI) Safe Transportation for Every Pedestrian Countermeasure Tech Sheet]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/proven-safety-countermeasures/leading-pedestrian-interval Leading Pedestrian Interval | FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[902.9_Pedestrian_Control_Features_(MUTCD_Chapter_4I)#902.9.6_Pedestrian_Intervals_and_Signal_Phases_(MUTCD_Section_4I.06)|902.9 Pedestrian Control Features (MUTCD Chapter 4I) - Engineering Policy Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[902.23_Traffic_Signal_Phasing_and_Operation#902.23.7.3_Pedestrian_Signal_Timing|902.23 Traffic Signal Phasing and Operation - Engineering Policy Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.8 Advanced Yield Here to Pedestrian Sign and Yield Line===&lt;br /&gt;
The Yield Here to Pedestrian Sign is part of the R1-5 series of signs. These signs, along with the yield bars, indicate where drivers should yield to pedestrians. These are used in advance of a crosswalk to improve pedestrian visibility at uncontrolled crossings. These are typically installed as part of signs and countermeasures to make the crossing more visible. Recommendations about installation distances and offsets can be found in [[#fig_915.1.1.8|Figure 915.1.1.8]]. These are to be used in addition to the standard signing at relevant crossing locations. &lt;br /&gt;
Additional information about the signs and yield lines can be found in EPG [[903.2_Regulatory_Signs_and_Barricades_(MUTCD_Chapter_2B)#903.2.18_Yield_Here_To_Pedestrians_Signs_(R1-5_Series)_(MUTCD_Section_2B.19)|903.2.18]], and [[620.2_Pavement_and_Curb_Markings_(MUTCD_Chapter_3B)#620.2.18_Stop_and_Yield_Lines_(MUTCD_Section_3B.19)|620.2.18]]. &lt;br /&gt;
{{SpanID|fig_915.1.1.8}} [[File:fig_915.1.1.8.png|700px|center|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 915.1.1.8&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.9 Curb Extension===&lt;br /&gt;
A curb extension is a traffic calming measure that extends the sidewalk at an intersection or midblock crossing. The extension physically and visually narrows the street, reduces the pedestrian crossing distance, helps encourage slower turning movements, and helps to improve both pedestrian and driver visibility. Curb extensions are generally recommended where full-time parking lanes are present or where there is excess travel lane width. The speed limit should not exceed 45mph, and they should not be implemented without a crossing. Additionally, maintenance and the frequency of large vehicles should be considered before installation. When considering implementation at an intersection an AutoTURN analysis should be completed. &lt;br /&gt;
{{SpanID|fig_915.1.1.9}} [[File:fig_915.1.1.9.png|700px|center|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 915.1.1.9&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.10 In-Street Pedestrian Crossing Sign===&lt;br /&gt;
The in-street pedestrian crossing signs can be found in [[903.2_Regulatory_Signs_and_Barricades_(MUTCD_Chapter_2B)#903.2.19_In-Street_Pedestrian_and_Trail_Crossing_Signs_(R1-6_Series)_(MUTCD_Section_2B.20)|EPG 903.2.19]] and are the R1-6 series of signs. The EPG contains the requirements and restrictions for when installations are allowed and how to install these signs. These are typically installed as part of a set of countermeasures to make a crosswalk more visible. Additional information about these signs can be found in the [http://www.pedbikesafe.org/pedsafe/countermeasures_detail.cfm?CM_NUM=69 FHWA PEDSAFE document] and more generally as part of the information for the [https://highways.dot.gov/sites/fhwa.dot.gov/files/Crosswalk%20Visibility%20Enhancements_508_1.pdf Crosswalk Visibility Enhancements] FHWA proven safety countermeasure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Category:915 Vulnerable Roadway Users (VRUs)]] --&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=User:Hoskir/Revision_Request_4274&amp;diff=59471</id>
		<title>User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4274</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=User:Hoskir/Revision_Request_4274&amp;diff=59471"/>
		<updated>2026-09-29T12:40:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: /* 915.1 Safe Transportation for Every Pedestrian (STEP) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=915 Vulnerable Roadway Users (VRUs)=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Vulnerable Roadway User (VRU) is defined by FHWA as “a non-motorist with a fatality analysis report system (FARS) person attribute code for pedestrian, bicyclist, other cyclist, and person on personal conveyance or an injured person that is or equivalent to, a pedestrian or pedalcyclist”. These users interact differently with the transportation system than vehicles. A variety of strategies and countermeasures should be taken into consideration to appropriately account for these users on the roadway system. This article looks to bring additional guidance and considerations specific to pedestrians.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Category:900 TRAFFIC CONTROL]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=915.1 Safe Transportation for Every Pedestrian (STEP)=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Safe Transportation for Every Pedestrian (STEP) is guidance for improving pedestrian safety at uncontrolled crossing locations. An uncontrolled crossing location is defined as “where sidewalks or designated walkways intersect a roadway at a location where no traffic control is present”. The STEP guide includes several sections of good information and it, along with other STEP documents can be found at [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/pedestrian-bicyclist/step/resources STEP — Resources | FHWA]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Table 1: Application of Pedestrian Crash Countermeasures by Roadway Feature below is from the STEP program and has been adapted for use in Missouri. The table provides information about various pedestrian countermeasures and when they can be considered to be installed. It is important to note that this table does not require these countermeasures to be installed but should be used as guidance for when the countermeasures should be considered. The table summarizes countermeasures which have been found to be effective at improving pedestrian safety based on research and experience within Missouri. While the STEP guidance table is very informative it does not address all pedestrian countermeasures. Additionally, there will need to be site specific context and other MoDOT policy to consider as well. &lt;br /&gt;
{{SpanID|915.1_table1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &#039;&#039;&#039;Table 1: Application of Pedestrian Crash Countermeasures by Roadway Feature&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:App_of_Ped_Crash_CM.png|right|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==915.1.1Additional STEP Countermeasure Information==&lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.1 High-visibility Crosswalks===&lt;br /&gt;
High-visibility crosswalks use patterns, as denoted in [[620.3_Crosswalk_Markings_(MUTCD_Chapter_3C)#620.3.3_Design_of_Crosswalk_Markings_(MUTCD_Section_3C.03)|Figure 620.3.3 in EPG 620.3.3]], that are visible to both the driver and pedestrian from farther away compared to traditional transverse line crosswalks. They should be installed at all midblock pedestrian crossings and uncontrolled intersections. Crossing at intersection should be on each leg of the intersection when feasible. Materials to make these crosswalk markings highly reflective should be used. Additional information about crosswalk marking can be found in [[620.3_Crosswalk_Markings_(MUTCD_Chapter_3C)#620.3.5_High-Visibility_Crosswalks_(Section_3C.05)|EPG 620.3.5]] and [[620.3_Crosswalk_Markings_(MUTCD_Chapter_3C)#620.3.6_Longitudinal_Bar_Crosswalks_(Section_3C.06)|EPG 620.3.6]]. There is also additional guidance in [[620.2_Pavement_and_Curb_Markings_(MUTCD_Chapter_3B)#620.2.18_Stop_and_Yield_Lines_(MUTCD_Section_3B.19)|EPG 620.2.18]] about the distance of yield and stop bars from crosswalks. In addition to the high-visibility crosswalk pavement marking there are three main enhancements that can be utilized to help make crosswalks and the VRUs more visible to drivers. These enhancements include lighting, signing, and supplemental pavement markings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An appropriate level of lighting should be considered at all established pedestrian crossings. To avoid silhouette lighting and better light the front of the VRU consideration should be given to placing the fixtures 10 to 15 feet in advance of the crosswalk on both sides of the roadway and on both approaches. An evaluation of where to place the luminaires, lighting levels, intensity, and illuminance should be completed to ensure appropriate lighting is achieved. The other enhancements for signing and pavement marking options for placing a YIELD Here for Pedestrians sign or including a YIELD bar can be found in [[ |EPG 915.1.1.8]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.2 Raised Crosswalks=== &lt;br /&gt;
A raised crosswalk (e.g. raised walkway) is a marked pedestrian crosswalk at an intersection or a mid-block location constructed at a higher elevation than the adjacent roadway. This treatment is used on a limited basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A raised crosswalk is essentially a speed table, with the full width of the crosswalk contained within the flat portion of the table, usually 10 to 15 feet wide. It combines the benefits of a raised speed reducer with enhanced visibility for the pedestrian crossing. It should be used on roadways with a maximum speed limit of 30 mph.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
When determining if the implementation of a raised crosswalk is appropriate several things should be considered. First, there are several potential benefits to these installations. These benefits include: &lt;br /&gt;
* Compelling drivers to travel at speeds consistent with the roadway design speed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Improving drivers&#039; awareness of the presence of pedestrian crossings, particularly at mid-block crossing locations.&lt;br /&gt;
* Alerting drivers that they are entering a slower-speed, pedestrian-oriented roadway environment at transition points in the system. &lt;br /&gt;
* Providing more convenient pedestrian circulation between high foot traffic destinations on opposite sides of a roadway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These benefits are best achieved when this countermeasure is used appropriately. Certain conditions and considerations should be accounted for to determine the best use. These conditions and considerations include: &lt;br /&gt;
* The impact to street drainage or requirement of a catch basin relocation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Existing stop-controlled crosswalks or other locations where demand exists for a stop-controlled pedestrian crossing that also meets the criteria for raised speed reducers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Areas where there are pedestrian generators (ex. major commercial or cultural destinations, transit entrances, parks, etc.) on opposite sides of the roadway with a maximum of two moving lanes to cross at once. &lt;br /&gt;
* Where additional emphasis is needed for a crosswalk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to these considerations to determine location, there are other design elements that will need to be included. The appropriate warning signs, pavement markings, and lighting should accompany the raised crosswalk. Additionally, signage or delineation may be needed to alert snow-clearing operators to the presence of the raised crosswalk. These can also be used as an option for pedestrian crossings as multilane roundabouts to comply with PROWAG requirements. Finally, other high visibility crossing countermeasures may need to be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information can be found in the [https://highways.dot.gov/sites/fhwa.dot.gov/files/2022-06/techSheet_RaisedCW2018.pdf FHWA STEP countermeasure tech sheet for raised crosswalks]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.3 Pedestrian Refuge Island===&lt;br /&gt;
A pedestrian refuge island is a median with a refuge area that is intended to shorten crossing distances for pedestrians and cyclists who are crossing a roadway. The presence of a pedestrian refuge island at a midblock location or intersection allows pedestrians to focus on one direction of traffic at a time as they cross and gives them a place to wait for an adequate gap in oncoming traffic before finishing the second phase of a crossing. Refuge islands are highly desirable for midblock pedestrian crossings on roads with four or more travel lanes, especially where speed limits are 35 mph or greater and/or where annual average daily traffic (AADT) is 9,000 vehicles per day (vpd) or higher. They are also a candidate treatment option for uncontrolled pedestrian crossings on 3-lane or 2-lane roads. When installed at a midblock crossing, the island should be supplemented with a marked high-visibility crosswalk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should also be adequate lighting provided for both the crossing area and island noses. When pedestrian refuge islands are on 3-lane or 2-lane roadways, it should be considered for the lane width to accommodate a snowplow and other necessary maintenance activities. This requirement may conflict with traffic calming techniques that involve narrowing lanes. Careful consideration should be given for both aspects when considering lane width. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the [https://www.access-board.gov/prowag/ PROWAG] states, “the clear width of pedestrian access route crossing medians and pedestrian refuge islands shall be 60 inches minimum, except where shared use paths cross medians and pedestrian refuge islands the clear width of the pedestrian access route shall be 60 inches minimum or at least as wide as the crosswalk, whichever is greater”. Additionally, the dimensions selected should consider the speed and volume of the roadway to ensure that the users have adequate storage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information can be found in the [https://highways.dot.gov/sites/fhwa.dot.gov/files/2022-08/techSheet_PedRefugeIsland2018.pdf FHWA STEP countermeasure tech sheet for pedestrian refuge islands] and from [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/proven-safety-countermeasures/medians-and-pedestrian-refuge-islands-urban-and-suburban-areas FHWA Proven Safety Countermeasures on medians and pedestrian refuge islands in urban and suburban areas].&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.4 Rectangular Rapid Flashing Bacon (RRFB)===&lt;br /&gt;
Rectangular Rapid-Flashing Beacons (RRFBs) are pedestrian-actuated conspicuity enhancements used in combination with a pedestrian, school, or trail crossing warning sign to improve safety at uncontrolled, marked crosswalks. The device includes two rectangular shaped yellow indications, each with an LED-array-based light source, that flash with high frequency when activated. The RRFBs can be posted both above and below the standard pedestrian warning sign and on either side of the crosswalk. The RRFB is a treatment option at many types of established pedestrian crossings. Compliance rates vary per city location, posted speed limit, crossing distance, and whether the road is one- or two-way. MoDOT’s recommendation is that RRFBs be installed only if the speed limit is 35mph or lower and the volume is less than 12,000 AADT. Additionally, independent of the volume, if the roadway is four or more lanes, then the use of RRFBs should be limited. These specifics are reflected in [[#915.1_table1|Table 1: Application of Pedestrian Crash Countermeasures by Roadway Feature]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information about installation specifics for RRFB can be found in [[902.12_Rectangular_Rapid_Flashing_Beacons_(MUTCD_Chapter_4L)|EPG 902.12]]. Other information about RRFBs can also be found in the [https://highways.dot.gov/sites/fhwa.dot.gov/files/2022-08/techSheet_RRFB_2018.pdf STEP tech sheet for RRFBs] and in the [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/proven-safety-countermeasures/rectangular-rapid-flashing-beacons-rrfb FHWA Proven Safety Countermeasures]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.5 Road Space Reallocation===&lt;br /&gt;
A road diet, or roadway reconfiguration, reduces the number of through lanes on a roadway often to allow for the integration of facilities such as a two-way left turn lane, bike lanes, pedestrian refuge islands, side street parking, bus lanes, landscaping, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A conventional road space reallocation typically consists of reconfiguring a four-lane undivided roadway into a two-lane roadway with a two-way-left-turn-lane (TWLTL). &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Before_After_Road_Space_Reallocation_Example.png|center|600px|frame|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Before and After Road Space Reallocation Example.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Source: FHWA&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reduction of through lanes results in a reduction of total crashes and lower speeds on the mainline. The reduction of crashes is attributed with moving turning traffic off the through lanes therefore reducing rear end incidents as well as reducing the number of crossing lanes which reduces right angle crashes. The reduction of though lanes and introduction of a center lane has also proven to benefit pedestrian and other vulnerable roadway user safety by reducing the exposure to through traffic.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
When road diets are planned in conjunction with a resurfacing project, the cost is considered relatively low particularly where pavement marking is used to implement the lane reconfigurations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note the new configuration is not limited to the above example. The location should consider various factors including road context, design elements, cross section, and more when determining the best overall configuration. Typically, a Road Space Reallocation is implemented on a roadway with a current and future average daily traffic of 25,000 or less. Documented justification for the road diet, such as a traffic study right sized for the effort, is necessary for all projects. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, road diets are often key components to “Complete Street” projects. For more information on MoDOT’s complete street guidance, see [[907.10_Complete_Streets|EPG 907.10]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information can be found at:&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.nationalacademies.org/read/26788/chapter/1#ii Read &amp;quot;Roadway Cross-Section Reallocation: A Guide&amp;quot; at NAP.edu]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/other/road-diets/road-diet-informational-guide/4-designing-road-diet Designing a Road Space Reallocation | FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/other/road-diets Road Space Reallocation (Roadway Reconfiguration) | FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/other/road-diets/road-diet-desk-reference Road Space Reallocation Desk Reference | FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/proven-safety-countermeasures/road-diets-roadway-reconfiguration Road Space Realloation (Roadway Reconfiguration) | FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.6 Pedestrian Hybrid Beacon (PHB)===&lt;br /&gt;
A Pedestrian Hybrid Beacon head consists of two red lenses above a single yellow lens. Unlike a traffic signal, the PHB rests in dark until a pedestrian activates it via push button or other form of detection. When activated, the beacon displays a sequence of flashing and solid lights that indicate the pedestrian walk interval and when it is safe for drivers to proceed (see [[#fig_4J-3|Figure 4J-3]]). The pedestrian walk indication is shown while the PHB is showing solid red. The pedestrian clearance interval (flashing don’t walk) is shown while the PHB is showing flashing red. The PHB is often considered for installation at locations where pedestrians need to cross and vehicle speeds or volumes are high, but traffic signal warrants are not met. PHBs are typically installed on mast arms over midblock pedestrian crossings.&lt;br /&gt;
{{SpanID|fig_4J-3}} [[File:fig_4J-3.png|600px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike the signal warrants, the volume thresholds for PHB in [[902.10_Pedestrian_Hybrid_Beacons_(MUTCD_Chapter_4J)|EPG 902.10]] are guidelines. The safety of all users should be considered when determining the traffic control type for a pedestrian crossing. Failure to meet the volume guidelines listed in EPG 902.10 should not, by itself, be considered sufficient justification for disqualifying a location from consideration for a PHB.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PHBs should be considered at midblock crossings on routes with higher speeds, higher volumes and more lanes. Specifically, they are recommended at crossings when the speed limit is 40mph or higher and the volume is above 9,000 AADT. Additionally, independent of the speed and volume, if the roadway is four or more lanes the PHB is the preferred countermeasure. This criterion does not exclude them from use at locations with lower speed, AADT, or number of lanes as determined by engineering judgement. This is reflected in [[#915.1_table1|Table 1: Application of Pedestrian Crash Countermeasures by Roadway Feature]]. Using solar power for PBH is not allowed and shall instead use a power supply. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an alternative to a PHB, a midblock pedestrian signal (MPS) can also be considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information can be found at:&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/sites/fhwa.dot.gov/files/2022-06/fhwasa18064.pdf STEP Tech Sheets]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/proven-safety-countermeasures/pedestrian-hybrid-beacons Pedestrian Hybrid Beacons | FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.7 Leading Pedestrian Interval (LPI)===&lt;br /&gt;
An LPI is a signal timing function which displays a brief advanced WALK indication for the crosswalk before the traffic signal indication turns green. This is typically a three to seven second interval but can be longer if needed. This advanced crossing time establishes the pedestrians’ presence in the crosswalk ahead of turning traffic, increasing their visibility and encouraging drivers to yield right-of-way to pedestrians. LPI is not required at all signalized intersections; this section provides guidance to analyze where LPI is useful and how it should be applied and is not a substitute for or replacement of engineering judgment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
LPI can be installed across systems of signalized intersections to improve pedestrian safety. Where to incorporate LPI can be prioritized to maximize limited resources after considering several primary factors:&lt;br /&gt;
* Collision history: a review of a minimum three years and up to five years of collision data for intersections with multiple crashes or a history of severe injury and fatal crashes should be a priority. Collision history is a measure of the safety of an intersection, and repeated interactions between pedestrians and vehicles can warrant an LPI. Crash history can also help in identifying locations prone to pedestrian-vehicle crashes. &lt;br /&gt;
* Pedestrian crossing volumes: pedestrian volumes exceeding traditional pedestrian signal warrants can be a factor when considering LPI. The estimated exposure (product of pedestrian and turning traffic volumes) is another factor for consideration. The exposure allows the volume criteria to be satisfied in a variety of conditions, intersections with moderate turning traffic and high pedestrian volumes, as well as locations with excessively high turning traffic and moderate pedestrian volumes. Also, time of day exposures can be evaluated separately. &lt;br /&gt;
* Vulnerable populations: locations where there are groups of pedestrians that may enter the crosswalk more slowly than other pedestrians. &lt;br /&gt;
* One-Way streets or at T-intersections: at intersections where left-turning vehicles are not typically expected to yield to oncoming vehicles, LPI may be useful to increase yielding to pedestrians in the crosswalk.&lt;br /&gt;
* Intersection visibility: LPI may be prioritized where the visibility of a crosswalk is limited or restricted. Limited sightlines may exist between turning traffic and pedestrians starting their crossing on the corner due to street furniture, other obstructions, or geometry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information can be found at:&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/sites/fhwa.dot.gov/files/2022-06/fhwasa19040.pdf Leading Pedestrian Interval (LPI) Safe Transportation for Every Pedestrian Countermeasure Tech Sheet]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/proven-safety-countermeasures/leading-pedestrian-interval Leading Pedestrian Interval | FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[902.9_Pedestrian_Control_Features_(MUTCD_Chapter_4I)#902.9.6_Pedestrian_Intervals_and_Signal_Phases_(MUTCD_Section_4I.06)|902.9 Pedestrian Control Features (MUTCD Chapter 4I) - Engineering Policy Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[902.23_Traffic_Signal_Phasing_and_Operation#902.23.7.3_Pedestrian_Signal_Timing|902.23 Traffic Signal Phasing and Operation - Engineering Policy Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.8 Advanced Yield Here to Pedestrian Sign and Yield Line===&lt;br /&gt;
The Yield Here to Pedestrian Sign is part of the R1-5 series of signs. These signs, along with the yield bars, indicate where drivers should yield to pedestrians. These are used in advance of a crosswalk to improve pedestrian visibility at uncontrolled crossings. These are typically installed as part of signs and countermeasures to make the crossing more visible. Recommendations about installation distances and offsets can be found in [[#fig_915.1.1.8|Figure 915.1.1.8]]. These are to be used in addition to the standard signing at relevant crossing locations. &lt;br /&gt;
Additional information about the signs and yield lines can be found in EPG [[903.2_Regulatory_Signs_and_Barricades_(MUTCD_Chapter_2B)#903.2.18_Yield_Here_To_Pedestrians_Signs_(R1-5_Series)_(MUTCD_Section_2B.19)|903.2.18]], and [[620.2_Pavement_and_Curb_Markings_(MUTCD_Chapter_3B)#620.2.18_Stop_and_Yield_Lines_(MUTCD_Section_3B.19)|620.2.18]]. &lt;br /&gt;
{{SpanID|fig_915.1.1.8}} [[File:fig_915.1.1.8.png|700px|center|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 915.1.1.8&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.9 Curb Extension===&lt;br /&gt;
A curb extension is a traffic calming measure that extends the sidewalk at an intersection or midblock crossing. The extension physically and visually narrows the street, reduces the pedestrian crossing distance, helps encourage slower turning movements, and helps to improve both pedestrian and driver visibility. Curb extensions are generally recommended where full-time parking lanes are present or where there is excess travel lane width. The speed limit should not exceed 45mph, and they should not be implemented without a crossing. Additionally, maintenance and the frequency of large vehicles should be considered before installation. When considering implementation at an intersection an AutoTURN analysis should be completed. &lt;br /&gt;
{{SpanID|fig_915.1.1.9}} [[File:fig_915.1.1.9.png|700px|center|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 915.1.1.9&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.10 In-Street Pedestrian Crossing Sign===&lt;br /&gt;
The in-street pedestrian crossing signs can be found in [[903.2_Regulatory_Signs_and_Barricades_(MUTCD_Chapter_2B)#903.2.19_In-Street_Pedestrian_and_Trail_Crossing_Signs_(R1-6_Series)_(MUTCD_Section_2B.20)|EPG 903.2.19]] and are the R1-6 series of signs. The EPG contains the requirements and restrictions for when installations are allowed and how to install these signs. These are typically installed as part of a set of countermeasures to make a crosswalk more visible. Additional information about these signs can be found in the [http://www.pedbikesafe.org/pedsafe/countermeasures_detail.cfm?CM_NUM=69 FHWA PEDSAFE document] and more generally as part of the information for the [https://highways.dot.gov/sites/fhwa.dot.gov/files/Crosswalk%20Visibility%20Enhancements_508_1.pdf Crosswalk Visibility Enhancements] FHWA proven safety countermeasure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Category:915 Vulnerable Roadway Users (VRUs)]] --&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=User:Hoskir/Revision_Request_4274&amp;diff=59470</id>
		<title>User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4274</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=User:Hoskir/Revision_Request_4274&amp;diff=59470"/>
		<updated>2026-09-29T12:40:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: /* 915 Vulnerable Roadway Users (VRUs) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=915 Vulnerable Roadway Users (VRUs)=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Vulnerable Roadway User (VRU) is defined by FHWA as “a non-motorist with a fatality analysis report system (FARS) person attribute code for pedestrian, bicyclist, other cyclist, and person on personal conveyance or an injured person that is or equivalent to, a pedestrian or pedalcyclist”. These users interact differently with the transportation system than vehicles. A variety of strategies and countermeasures should be taken into consideration to appropriately account for these users on the roadway system. This article looks to bring additional guidance and considerations specific to pedestrians.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[Category:900 TRAFFIC CONTROL]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=915.1 Safe Transportation for Every Pedestrian (STEP)=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Safe Transportation for Every Pedestrian (STEP) is guidance for improving pedestrian safety at uncontrolled crossing locations. An uncontrolled crossing location is defined as “where sidewalks or designated walkways intersect a roadway at a location where no traffic control is present”. The STEP guide includes several sections of good information and it, along with other STEP documents can be found at [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/pedestrian-bicyclist/step/resources STEP — Resources | FHWA]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Table 1: Application of Pedestrian Crash Countermeasures by Roadway Feature below is from the STEP program and has been adapted for use in Missouri. The table provides information about various pedestrian countermeasures and when they can be considered to be installed. It is important to note that this table does not require these countermeasures to be installed but should be used as guidance for when the countermeasures should be considered. The table summarizes countermeasures which have been found to be effective at improving pedestrian safety based on research and experience within Missouri. While the STEP guidance table is very informative it does not address all pedestrian countermeasures. Additionally, there will need to be site specific context and other MoDOT policy to consider as well. &lt;br /&gt;
{{SpanID|915.1_table1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &#039;&#039;&#039;Table 1: Application of Pedestrian Crash Countermeasures by Roadway Feature&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:App_of_Ped_Crash_CM.png|right|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==915.1.1Additional STEP Countermeasure Information==&lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.1 High-visibility Crosswalks===&lt;br /&gt;
High-visibility crosswalks use patterns, as denoted in [[620.3_Crosswalk_Markings_(MUTCD_Chapter_3C)#620.3.3_Design_of_Crosswalk_Markings_(MUTCD_Section_3C.03)|Figure 620.3.3 in EPG 620.3.3]], that are visible to both the driver and pedestrian from farther away compared to traditional transverse line crosswalks. They should be installed at all midblock pedestrian crossings and uncontrolled intersections. Crossing at intersection should be on each leg of the intersection when feasible. Materials to make these crosswalk markings highly reflective should be used. Additional information about crosswalk marking can be found in [[620.3_Crosswalk_Markings_(MUTCD_Chapter_3C)#620.3.5_High-Visibility_Crosswalks_(Section_3C.05)|EPG 620.3.5]] and [[620.3_Crosswalk_Markings_(MUTCD_Chapter_3C)#620.3.6_Longitudinal_Bar_Crosswalks_(Section_3C.06)|EPG 620.3.6]]. There is also additional guidance in [[620.2_Pavement_and_Curb_Markings_(MUTCD_Chapter_3B)#620.2.18_Stop_and_Yield_Lines_(MUTCD_Section_3B.19)|EPG 620.2.18]] about the distance of yield and stop bars from crosswalks. In addition to the high-visibility crosswalk pavement marking there are three main enhancements that can be utilized to help make crosswalks and the VRUs more visible to drivers. These enhancements include lighting, signing, and supplemental pavement markings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An appropriate level of lighting should be considered at all established pedestrian crossings. To avoid silhouette lighting and better light the front of the VRU consideration should be given to placing the fixtures 10 to 15 feet in advance of the crosswalk on both sides of the roadway and on both approaches. An evaluation of where to place the luminaires, lighting levels, intensity, and illuminance should be completed to ensure appropriate lighting is achieved. The other enhancements for signing and pavement marking options for placing a YIELD Here for Pedestrians sign or including a YIELD bar can be found in [[ |EPG 915.1.1.8]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.2 Raised Crosswalks=== &lt;br /&gt;
A raised crosswalk (e.g. raised walkway) is a marked pedestrian crosswalk at an intersection or a mid-block location constructed at a higher elevation than the adjacent roadway. This treatment is used on a limited basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A raised crosswalk is essentially a speed table, with the full width of the crosswalk contained within the flat portion of the table, usually 10 to 15 feet wide. It combines the benefits of a raised speed reducer with enhanced visibility for the pedestrian crossing. It should be used on roadways with a maximum speed limit of 30 mph.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
When determining if the implementation of a raised crosswalk is appropriate several things should be considered. First, there are several potential benefits to these installations. These benefits include: &lt;br /&gt;
* Compelling drivers to travel at speeds consistent with the roadway design speed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Improving drivers&#039; awareness of the presence of pedestrian crossings, particularly at mid-block crossing locations.&lt;br /&gt;
* Alerting drivers that they are entering a slower-speed, pedestrian-oriented roadway environment at transition points in the system. &lt;br /&gt;
* Providing more convenient pedestrian circulation between high foot traffic destinations on opposite sides of a roadway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These benefits are best achieved when this countermeasure is used appropriately. Certain conditions and considerations should be accounted for to determine the best use. These conditions and considerations include: &lt;br /&gt;
* The impact to street drainage or requirement of a catch basin relocation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Existing stop-controlled crosswalks or other locations where demand exists for a stop-controlled pedestrian crossing that also meets the criteria for raised speed reducers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Areas where there are pedestrian generators (ex. major commercial or cultural destinations, transit entrances, parks, etc.) on opposite sides of the roadway with a maximum of two moving lanes to cross at once. &lt;br /&gt;
* Where additional emphasis is needed for a crosswalk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to these considerations to determine location, there are other design elements that will need to be included. The appropriate warning signs, pavement markings, and lighting should accompany the raised crosswalk. Additionally, signage or delineation may be needed to alert snow-clearing operators to the presence of the raised crosswalk. These can also be used as an option for pedestrian crossings as multilane roundabouts to comply with PROWAG requirements. Finally, other high visibility crossing countermeasures may need to be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information can be found in the [https://highways.dot.gov/sites/fhwa.dot.gov/files/2022-06/techSheet_RaisedCW2018.pdf FHWA STEP countermeasure tech sheet for raised crosswalks]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.3 Pedestrian Refuge Island===&lt;br /&gt;
A pedestrian refuge island is a median with a refuge area that is intended to shorten crossing distances for pedestrians and cyclists who are crossing a roadway. The presence of a pedestrian refuge island at a midblock location or intersection allows pedestrians to focus on one direction of traffic at a time as they cross and gives them a place to wait for an adequate gap in oncoming traffic before finishing the second phase of a crossing. Refuge islands are highly desirable for midblock pedestrian crossings on roads with four or more travel lanes, especially where speed limits are 35 mph or greater and/or where annual average daily traffic (AADT) is 9,000 vehicles per day (vpd) or higher. They are also a candidate treatment option for uncontrolled pedestrian crossings on 3-lane or 2-lane roads. When installed at a midblock crossing, the island should be supplemented with a marked high-visibility crosswalk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should also be adequate lighting provided for both the crossing area and island noses. When pedestrian refuge islands are on 3-lane or 2-lane roadways, it should be considered for the lane width to accommodate a snowplow and other necessary maintenance activities. This requirement may conflict with traffic calming techniques that involve narrowing lanes. Careful consideration should be given for both aspects when considering lane width. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the [https://www.access-board.gov/prowag/ PROWAG] states, “the clear width of pedestrian access route crossing medians and pedestrian refuge islands shall be 60 inches minimum, except where shared use paths cross medians and pedestrian refuge islands the clear width of the pedestrian access route shall be 60 inches minimum or at least as wide as the crosswalk, whichever is greater”. Additionally, the dimensions selected should consider the speed and volume of the roadway to ensure that the users have adequate storage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information can be found in the [https://highways.dot.gov/sites/fhwa.dot.gov/files/2022-08/techSheet_PedRefugeIsland2018.pdf FHWA STEP countermeasure tech sheet for pedestrian refuge islands] and from [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/proven-safety-countermeasures/medians-and-pedestrian-refuge-islands-urban-and-suburban-areas FHWA Proven Safety Countermeasures on medians and pedestrian refuge islands in urban and suburban areas].&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.4 Rectangular Rapid Flashing Bacon (RRFB)===&lt;br /&gt;
Rectangular Rapid-Flashing Beacons (RRFBs) are pedestrian-actuated conspicuity enhancements used in combination with a pedestrian, school, or trail crossing warning sign to improve safety at uncontrolled, marked crosswalks. The device includes two rectangular shaped yellow indications, each with an LED-array-based light source, that flash with high frequency when activated. The RRFBs can be posted both above and below the standard pedestrian warning sign and on either side of the crosswalk. The RRFB is a treatment option at many types of established pedestrian crossings. Compliance rates vary per city location, posted speed limit, crossing distance, and whether the road is one- or two-way. MoDOT’s recommendation is that RRFBs be installed only if the speed limit is 35mph or lower and the volume is less than 12,000 AADT. Additionally, independent of the volume, if the roadway is four or more lanes, then the use of RRFBs should be limited. These specifics are reflected in [[#915.1_table1|Table 1: Application of Pedestrian Crash Countermeasures by Roadway Feature]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information about installation specifics for RRFB can be found in [[902.12_Rectangular_Rapid_Flashing_Beacons_(MUTCD_Chapter_4L)|EPG 902.12]]. Other information about RRFBs can also be found in the [https://highways.dot.gov/sites/fhwa.dot.gov/files/2022-08/techSheet_RRFB_2018.pdf STEP tech sheet for RRFBs] and in the [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/proven-safety-countermeasures/rectangular-rapid-flashing-beacons-rrfb FHWA Proven Safety Countermeasures]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.5 Road Space Reallocation===&lt;br /&gt;
A road diet, or roadway reconfiguration, reduces the number of through lanes on a roadway often to allow for the integration of facilities such as a two-way left turn lane, bike lanes, pedestrian refuge islands, side street parking, bus lanes, landscaping, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A conventional road space reallocation typically consists of reconfiguring a four-lane undivided roadway into a two-lane roadway with a two-way-left-turn-lane (TWLTL). &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Before_After_Road_Space_Reallocation_Example.png|center|600px|frame|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Before and After Road Space Reallocation Example.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Source: FHWA&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reduction of through lanes results in a reduction of total crashes and lower speeds on the mainline. The reduction of crashes is attributed with moving turning traffic off the through lanes therefore reducing rear end incidents as well as reducing the number of crossing lanes which reduces right angle crashes. The reduction of though lanes and introduction of a center lane has also proven to benefit pedestrian and other vulnerable roadway user safety by reducing the exposure to through traffic.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
When road diets are planned in conjunction with a resurfacing project, the cost is considered relatively low particularly where pavement marking is used to implement the lane reconfigurations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note the new configuration is not limited to the above example. The location should consider various factors including road context, design elements, cross section, and more when determining the best overall configuration. Typically, a Road Space Reallocation is implemented on a roadway with a current and future average daily traffic of 25,000 or less. Documented justification for the road diet, such as a traffic study right sized for the effort, is necessary for all projects. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, road diets are often key components to “Complete Street” projects. For more information on MoDOT’s complete street guidance, see [[907.10_Complete_Streets|EPG 907.10]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information can be found at:&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.nationalacademies.org/read/26788/chapter/1#ii Read &amp;quot;Roadway Cross-Section Reallocation: A Guide&amp;quot; at NAP.edu]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/other/road-diets/road-diet-informational-guide/4-designing-road-diet Designing a Road Space Reallocation | FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/other/road-diets Road Space Reallocation (Roadway Reconfiguration) | FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/other/road-diets/road-diet-desk-reference Road Space Reallocation Desk Reference | FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/proven-safety-countermeasures/road-diets-roadway-reconfiguration Road Space Realloation (Roadway Reconfiguration) | FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.6 Pedestrian Hybrid Beacon (PHB)===&lt;br /&gt;
A Pedestrian Hybrid Beacon head consists of two red lenses above a single yellow lens. Unlike a traffic signal, the PHB rests in dark until a pedestrian activates it via push button or other form of detection. When activated, the beacon displays a sequence of flashing and solid lights that indicate the pedestrian walk interval and when it is safe for drivers to proceed (see [[#fig_4J-3|Figure 4J-3]]). The pedestrian walk indication is shown while the PHB is showing solid red. The pedestrian clearance interval (flashing don’t walk) is shown while the PHB is showing flashing red. The PHB is often considered for installation at locations where pedestrians need to cross and vehicle speeds or volumes are high, but traffic signal warrants are not met. PHBs are typically installed on mast arms over midblock pedestrian crossings.&lt;br /&gt;
{{SpanID|fig_4J-3}} [[File:fig_4J-3.png|600px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike the signal warrants, the volume thresholds for PHB in [[902.10_Pedestrian_Hybrid_Beacons_(MUTCD_Chapter_4J)|EPG 902.10]] are guidelines. The safety of all users should be considered when determining the traffic control type for a pedestrian crossing. Failure to meet the volume guidelines listed in EPG 902.10 should not, by itself, be considered sufficient justification for disqualifying a location from consideration for a PHB.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PHBs should be considered at midblock crossings on routes with higher speeds, higher volumes and more lanes. Specifically, they are recommended at crossings when the speed limit is 40mph or higher and the volume is above 9,000 AADT. Additionally, independent of the speed and volume, if the roadway is four or more lanes the PHB is the preferred countermeasure. This criterion does not exclude them from use at locations with lower speed, AADT, or number of lanes as determined by engineering judgement. This is reflected in [[#915.1_table1|Table 1: Application of Pedestrian Crash Countermeasures by Roadway Feature]]. Using solar power for PBH is not allowed and shall instead use a power supply. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an alternative to a PHB, a midblock pedestrian signal (MPS) can also be considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information can be found at:&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/sites/fhwa.dot.gov/files/2022-06/fhwasa18064.pdf STEP Tech Sheets]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/proven-safety-countermeasures/pedestrian-hybrid-beacons Pedestrian Hybrid Beacons | FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.7 Leading Pedestrian Interval (LPI)===&lt;br /&gt;
An LPI is a signal timing function which displays a brief advanced WALK indication for the crosswalk before the traffic signal indication turns green. This is typically a three to seven second interval but can be longer if needed. This advanced crossing time establishes the pedestrians’ presence in the crosswalk ahead of turning traffic, increasing their visibility and encouraging drivers to yield right-of-way to pedestrians. LPI is not required at all signalized intersections; this section provides guidance to analyze where LPI is useful and how it should be applied and is not a substitute for or replacement of engineering judgment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
LPI can be installed across systems of signalized intersections to improve pedestrian safety. Where to incorporate LPI can be prioritized to maximize limited resources after considering several primary factors:&lt;br /&gt;
* Collision history: a review of a minimum three years and up to five years of collision data for intersections with multiple crashes or a history of severe injury and fatal crashes should be a priority. Collision history is a measure of the safety of an intersection, and repeated interactions between pedestrians and vehicles can warrant an LPI. Crash history can also help in identifying locations prone to pedestrian-vehicle crashes. &lt;br /&gt;
* Pedestrian crossing volumes: pedestrian volumes exceeding traditional pedestrian signal warrants can be a factor when considering LPI. The estimated exposure (product of pedestrian and turning traffic volumes) is another factor for consideration. The exposure allows the volume criteria to be satisfied in a variety of conditions, intersections with moderate turning traffic and high pedestrian volumes, as well as locations with excessively high turning traffic and moderate pedestrian volumes. Also, time of day exposures can be evaluated separately. &lt;br /&gt;
* Vulnerable populations: locations where there are groups of pedestrians that may enter the crosswalk more slowly than other pedestrians. &lt;br /&gt;
* One-Way streets or at T-intersections: at intersections where left-turning vehicles are not typically expected to yield to oncoming vehicles, LPI may be useful to increase yielding to pedestrians in the crosswalk.&lt;br /&gt;
* Intersection visibility: LPI may be prioritized where the visibility of a crosswalk is limited or restricted. Limited sightlines may exist between turning traffic and pedestrians starting their crossing on the corner due to street furniture, other obstructions, or geometry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information can be found at:&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/sites/fhwa.dot.gov/files/2022-06/fhwasa19040.pdf Leading Pedestrian Interval (LPI) Safe Transportation for Every Pedestrian Countermeasure Tech Sheet]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/proven-safety-countermeasures/leading-pedestrian-interval Leading Pedestrian Interval | FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[902.9_Pedestrian_Control_Features_(MUTCD_Chapter_4I)#902.9.6_Pedestrian_Intervals_and_Signal_Phases_(MUTCD_Section_4I.06)|902.9 Pedestrian Control Features (MUTCD Chapter 4I) - Engineering Policy Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[902.23_Traffic_Signal_Phasing_and_Operation#902.23.7.3_Pedestrian_Signal_Timing|902.23 Traffic Signal Phasing and Operation - Engineering Policy Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.8 Advanced Yield Here to Pedestrian Sign and Yield Line===&lt;br /&gt;
The Yield Here to Pedestrian Sign is part of the R1-5 series of signs. These signs, along with the yield bars, indicate where drivers should yield to pedestrians. These are used in advance of a crosswalk to improve pedestrian visibility at uncontrolled crossings. These are typically installed as part of signs and countermeasures to make the crossing more visible. Recommendations about installation distances and offsets can be found in [[#fig_915.1.1.8|Figure 915.1.1.8]]. These are to be used in addition to the standard signing at relevant crossing locations. &lt;br /&gt;
Additional information about the signs and yield lines can be found in EPG [[903.2_Regulatory_Signs_and_Barricades_(MUTCD_Chapter_2B)#903.2.18_Yield_Here_To_Pedestrians_Signs_(R1-5_Series)_(MUTCD_Section_2B.19)|903.2.18]], and [[620.2_Pavement_and_Curb_Markings_(MUTCD_Chapter_3B)#620.2.18_Stop_and_Yield_Lines_(MUTCD_Section_3B.19)|620.2.18]]. &lt;br /&gt;
{{SpanID|fig_915.1.1.8}} [[File:fig_915.1.1.8.png|700px|center|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 915.1.1.8&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.9 Curb Extension===&lt;br /&gt;
A curb extension is a traffic calming measure that extends the sidewalk at an intersection or midblock crossing. The extension physically and visually narrows the street, reduces the pedestrian crossing distance, helps encourage slower turning movements, and helps to improve both pedestrian and driver visibility. Curb extensions are generally recommended where full-time parking lanes are present or where there is excess travel lane width. The speed limit should not exceed 45mph, and they should not be implemented without a crossing. Additionally, maintenance and the frequency of large vehicles should be considered before installation. When considering implementation at an intersection an AutoTURN analysis should be completed. &lt;br /&gt;
{{SpanID|fig_915.1.1.9}} [[File:fig_915.1.1.9.png|700px|center|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 915.1.1.9&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.10 In-Street Pedestrian Crossing Sign===&lt;br /&gt;
The in-street pedestrian crossing signs can be found in [[903.2_Regulatory_Signs_and_Barricades_(MUTCD_Chapter_2B)#903.2.19_In-Street_Pedestrian_and_Trail_Crossing_Signs_(R1-6_Series)_(MUTCD_Section_2B.20)|EPG 903.2.19]] and are the R1-6 series of signs. The EPG contains the requirements and restrictions for when installations are allowed and how to install these signs. These are typically installed as part of a set of countermeasures to make a crosswalk more visible. Additional information about these signs can be found in the [http://www.pedbikesafe.org/pedsafe/countermeasures_detail.cfm?CM_NUM=69 FHWA PEDSAFE document] and more generally as part of the information for the [https://highways.dot.gov/sites/fhwa.dot.gov/files/Crosswalk%20Visibility%20Enhancements_508_1.pdf Crosswalk Visibility Enhancements] FHWA proven safety countermeasure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;-- [[Category:915 Vulnerable Roadway Users (VRUs)]] --&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=User:Hoskir/Revision_Request_4274&amp;diff=59469</id>
		<title>User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4274</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=User:Hoskir/Revision_Request_4274&amp;diff=59469"/>
		<updated>2026-09-29T12:39:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=915 Vulnerable Roadway Users (VRUs)=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Vulnerable Roadway User (VRU) is defined by FHWA as “a non-motorist with a fatality analysis report system (FARS) person attribute code for pedestrian, bicyclist, other cyclist, and person on personal conveyance or an injured person that is or equivalent to, a pedestrian or pedalcyclist”. These users interact differently with the transportation system than vehicles. A variety of strategies and countermeasures should be taken into consideration to appropriately account for these users on the roadway system. This article looks to bring additional guidance and considerations specific to pedestrians.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;-- [[Category:900 TRAFFIC CONTROL]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=915.1 Safe Transportation for Every Pedestrian (STEP)=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Safe Transportation for Every Pedestrian (STEP) is guidance for improving pedestrian safety at uncontrolled crossing locations. An uncontrolled crossing location is defined as “where sidewalks or designated walkways intersect a roadway at a location where no traffic control is present”. The STEP guide includes several sections of good information and it, along with other STEP documents can be found at [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/pedestrian-bicyclist/step/resources STEP — Resources | FHWA]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Table 1: Application of Pedestrian Crash Countermeasures by Roadway Feature below is from the STEP program and has been adapted for use in Missouri. The table provides information about various pedestrian countermeasures and when they can be considered to be installed. It is important to note that this table does not require these countermeasures to be installed but should be used as guidance for when the countermeasures should be considered. The table summarizes countermeasures which have been found to be effective at improving pedestrian safety based on research and experience within Missouri. While the STEP guidance table is very informative it does not address all pedestrian countermeasures. Additionally, there will need to be site specific context and other MoDOT policy to consider as well. &lt;br /&gt;
{{SpanID|915.1_table1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &#039;&#039;&#039;Table 1: Application of Pedestrian Crash Countermeasures by Roadway Feature&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:App_of_Ped_Crash_CM.png|right|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==915.1.1Additional STEP Countermeasure Information==&lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.1 High-visibility Crosswalks===&lt;br /&gt;
High-visibility crosswalks use patterns, as denoted in [[620.3_Crosswalk_Markings_(MUTCD_Chapter_3C)#620.3.3_Design_of_Crosswalk_Markings_(MUTCD_Section_3C.03)|Figure 620.3.3 in EPG 620.3.3]], that are visible to both the driver and pedestrian from farther away compared to traditional transverse line crosswalks. They should be installed at all midblock pedestrian crossings and uncontrolled intersections. Crossing at intersection should be on each leg of the intersection when feasible. Materials to make these crosswalk markings highly reflective should be used. Additional information about crosswalk marking can be found in [[620.3_Crosswalk_Markings_(MUTCD_Chapter_3C)#620.3.5_High-Visibility_Crosswalks_(Section_3C.05)|EPG 620.3.5]] and [[620.3_Crosswalk_Markings_(MUTCD_Chapter_3C)#620.3.6_Longitudinal_Bar_Crosswalks_(Section_3C.06)|EPG 620.3.6]]. There is also additional guidance in [[620.2_Pavement_and_Curb_Markings_(MUTCD_Chapter_3B)#620.2.18_Stop_and_Yield_Lines_(MUTCD_Section_3B.19)|EPG 620.2.18]] about the distance of yield and stop bars from crosswalks. In addition to the high-visibility crosswalk pavement marking there are three main enhancements that can be utilized to help make crosswalks and the VRUs more visible to drivers. These enhancements include lighting, signing, and supplemental pavement markings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An appropriate level of lighting should be considered at all established pedestrian crossings. To avoid silhouette lighting and better light the front of the VRU consideration should be given to placing the fixtures 10 to 15 feet in advance of the crosswalk on both sides of the roadway and on both approaches. An evaluation of where to place the luminaires, lighting levels, intensity, and illuminance should be completed to ensure appropriate lighting is achieved. The other enhancements for signing and pavement marking options for placing a YIELD Here for Pedestrians sign or including a YIELD bar can be found in [[ |EPG 915.1.1.8]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.2 Raised Crosswalks=== &lt;br /&gt;
A raised crosswalk (e.g. raised walkway) is a marked pedestrian crosswalk at an intersection or a mid-block location constructed at a higher elevation than the adjacent roadway. This treatment is used on a limited basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A raised crosswalk is essentially a speed table, with the full width of the crosswalk contained within the flat portion of the table, usually 10 to 15 feet wide. It combines the benefits of a raised speed reducer with enhanced visibility for the pedestrian crossing. It should be used on roadways with a maximum speed limit of 30 mph.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
When determining if the implementation of a raised crosswalk is appropriate several things should be considered. First, there are several potential benefits to these installations. These benefits include: &lt;br /&gt;
* Compelling drivers to travel at speeds consistent with the roadway design speed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Improving drivers&#039; awareness of the presence of pedestrian crossings, particularly at mid-block crossing locations.&lt;br /&gt;
* Alerting drivers that they are entering a slower-speed, pedestrian-oriented roadway environment at transition points in the system. &lt;br /&gt;
* Providing more convenient pedestrian circulation between high foot traffic destinations on opposite sides of a roadway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These benefits are best achieved when this countermeasure is used appropriately. Certain conditions and considerations should be accounted for to determine the best use. These conditions and considerations include: &lt;br /&gt;
* The impact to street drainage or requirement of a catch basin relocation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Existing stop-controlled crosswalks or other locations where demand exists for a stop-controlled pedestrian crossing that also meets the criteria for raised speed reducers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Areas where there are pedestrian generators (ex. major commercial or cultural destinations, transit entrances, parks, etc.) on opposite sides of the roadway with a maximum of two moving lanes to cross at once. &lt;br /&gt;
* Where additional emphasis is needed for a crosswalk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to these considerations to determine location, there are other design elements that will need to be included. The appropriate warning signs, pavement markings, and lighting should accompany the raised crosswalk. Additionally, signage or delineation may be needed to alert snow-clearing operators to the presence of the raised crosswalk. These can also be used as an option for pedestrian crossings as multilane roundabouts to comply with PROWAG requirements. Finally, other high visibility crossing countermeasures may need to be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information can be found in the [https://highways.dot.gov/sites/fhwa.dot.gov/files/2022-06/techSheet_RaisedCW2018.pdf FHWA STEP countermeasure tech sheet for raised crosswalks]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.3 Pedestrian Refuge Island===&lt;br /&gt;
A pedestrian refuge island is a median with a refuge area that is intended to shorten crossing distances for pedestrians and cyclists who are crossing a roadway. The presence of a pedestrian refuge island at a midblock location or intersection allows pedestrians to focus on one direction of traffic at a time as they cross and gives them a place to wait for an adequate gap in oncoming traffic before finishing the second phase of a crossing. Refuge islands are highly desirable for midblock pedestrian crossings on roads with four or more travel lanes, especially where speed limits are 35 mph or greater and/or where annual average daily traffic (AADT) is 9,000 vehicles per day (vpd) or higher. They are also a candidate treatment option for uncontrolled pedestrian crossings on 3-lane or 2-lane roads. When installed at a midblock crossing, the island should be supplemented with a marked high-visibility crosswalk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should also be adequate lighting provided for both the crossing area and island noses. When pedestrian refuge islands are on 3-lane or 2-lane roadways, it should be considered for the lane width to accommodate a snowplow and other necessary maintenance activities. This requirement may conflict with traffic calming techniques that involve narrowing lanes. Careful consideration should be given for both aspects when considering lane width. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the [https://www.access-board.gov/prowag/ PROWAG] states, “the clear width of pedestrian access route crossing medians and pedestrian refuge islands shall be 60 inches minimum, except where shared use paths cross medians and pedestrian refuge islands the clear width of the pedestrian access route shall be 60 inches minimum or at least as wide as the crosswalk, whichever is greater”. Additionally, the dimensions selected should consider the speed and volume of the roadway to ensure that the users have adequate storage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information can be found in the [https://highways.dot.gov/sites/fhwa.dot.gov/files/2022-08/techSheet_PedRefugeIsland2018.pdf FHWA STEP countermeasure tech sheet for pedestrian refuge islands] and from [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/proven-safety-countermeasures/medians-and-pedestrian-refuge-islands-urban-and-suburban-areas FHWA Proven Safety Countermeasures on medians and pedestrian refuge islands in urban and suburban areas].&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.4 Rectangular Rapid Flashing Bacon (RRFB)===&lt;br /&gt;
Rectangular Rapid-Flashing Beacons (RRFBs) are pedestrian-actuated conspicuity enhancements used in combination with a pedestrian, school, or trail crossing warning sign to improve safety at uncontrolled, marked crosswalks. The device includes two rectangular shaped yellow indications, each with an LED-array-based light source, that flash with high frequency when activated. The RRFBs can be posted both above and below the standard pedestrian warning sign and on either side of the crosswalk. The RRFB is a treatment option at many types of established pedestrian crossings. Compliance rates vary per city location, posted speed limit, crossing distance, and whether the road is one- or two-way. MoDOT’s recommendation is that RRFBs be installed only if the speed limit is 35mph or lower and the volume is less than 12,000 AADT. Additionally, independent of the volume, if the roadway is four or more lanes, then the use of RRFBs should be limited. These specifics are reflected in [[#915.1_table1|Table 1: Application of Pedestrian Crash Countermeasures by Roadway Feature]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information about installation specifics for RRFB can be found in [[902.12_Rectangular_Rapid_Flashing_Beacons_(MUTCD_Chapter_4L)|EPG 902.12]]. Other information about RRFBs can also be found in the [https://highways.dot.gov/sites/fhwa.dot.gov/files/2022-08/techSheet_RRFB_2018.pdf STEP tech sheet for RRFBs] and in the [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/proven-safety-countermeasures/rectangular-rapid-flashing-beacons-rrfb FHWA Proven Safety Countermeasures]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.5 Road Space Reallocation===&lt;br /&gt;
A road diet, or roadway reconfiguration, reduces the number of through lanes on a roadway often to allow for the integration of facilities such as a two-way left turn lane, bike lanes, pedestrian refuge islands, side street parking, bus lanes, landscaping, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A conventional road space reallocation typically consists of reconfiguring a four-lane undivided roadway into a two-lane roadway with a two-way-left-turn-lane (TWLTL). &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Before_After_Road_Space_Reallocation_Example.png|center|600px|frame|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Before and After Road Space Reallocation Example.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Source: FHWA&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reduction of through lanes results in a reduction of total crashes and lower speeds on the mainline. The reduction of crashes is attributed with moving turning traffic off the through lanes therefore reducing rear end incidents as well as reducing the number of crossing lanes which reduces right angle crashes. The reduction of though lanes and introduction of a center lane has also proven to benefit pedestrian and other vulnerable roadway user safety by reducing the exposure to through traffic.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
When road diets are planned in conjunction with a resurfacing project, the cost is considered relatively low particularly where pavement marking is used to implement the lane reconfigurations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note the new configuration is not limited to the above example. The location should consider various factors including road context, design elements, cross section, and more when determining the best overall configuration. Typically, a Road Space Reallocation is implemented on a roadway with a current and future average daily traffic of 25,000 or less. Documented justification for the road diet, such as a traffic study right sized for the effort, is necessary for all projects. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, road diets are often key components to “Complete Street” projects. For more information on MoDOT’s complete street guidance, see [[907.10_Complete_Streets|EPG 907.10]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information can be found at:&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.nationalacademies.org/read/26788/chapter/1#ii Read &amp;quot;Roadway Cross-Section Reallocation: A Guide&amp;quot; at NAP.edu]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/other/road-diets/road-diet-informational-guide/4-designing-road-diet Designing a Road Space Reallocation | FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/other/road-diets Road Space Reallocation (Roadway Reconfiguration) | FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/other/road-diets/road-diet-desk-reference Road Space Reallocation Desk Reference | FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/proven-safety-countermeasures/road-diets-roadway-reconfiguration Road Space Realloation (Roadway Reconfiguration) | FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.6 Pedestrian Hybrid Beacon (PHB)===&lt;br /&gt;
A Pedestrian Hybrid Beacon head consists of two red lenses above a single yellow lens. Unlike a traffic signal, the PHB rests in dark until a pedestrian activates it via push button or other form of detection. When activated, the beacon displays a sequence of flashing and solid lights that indicate the pedestrian walk interval and when it is safe for drivers to proceed (see [[#fig_4J-3|Figure 4J-3]]). The pedestrian walk indication is shown while the PHB is showing solid red. The pedestrian clearance interval (flashing don’t walk) is shown while the PHB is showing flashing red. The PHB is often considered for installation at locations where pedestrians need to cross and vehicle speeds or volumes are high, but traffic signal warrants are not met. PHBs are typically installed on mast arms over midblock pedestrian crossings.&lt;br /&gt;
{{SpanID|fig_4J-3}} [[File:fig_4J-3.png|600px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike the signal warrants, the volume thresholds for PHB in [[902.10_Pedestrian_Hybrid_Beacons_(MUTCD_Chapter_4J)|EPG 902.10]] are guidelines. The safety of all users should be considered when determining the traffic control type for a pedestrian crossing. Failure to meet the volume guidelines listed in EPG 902.10 should not, by itself, be considered sufficient justification for disqualifying a location from consideration for a PHB.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PHBs should be considered at midblock crossings on routes with higher speeds, higher volumes and more lanes. Specifically, they are recommended at crossings when the speed limit is 40mph or higher and the volume is above 9,000 AADT. Additionally, independent of the speed and volume, if the roadway is four or more lanes the PHB is the preferred countermeasure. This criterion does not exclude them from use at locations with lower speed, AADT, or number of lanes as determined by engineering judgement. This is reflected in [[#915.1_table1|Table 1: Application of Pedestrian Crash Countermeasures by Roadway Feature]]. Using solar power for PBH is not allowed and shall instead use a power supply. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an alternative to a PHB, a midblock pedestrian signal (MPS) can also be considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information can be found at:&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/sites/fhwa.dot.gov/files/2022-06/fhwasa18064.pdf STEP Tech Sheets]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/proven-safety-countermeasures/pedestrian-hybrid-beacons Pedestrian Hybrid Beacons | FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.7 Leading Pedestrian Interval (LPI)===&lt;br /&gt;
An LPI is a signal timing function which displays a brief advanced WALK indication for the crosswalk before the traffic signal indication turns green. This is typically a three to seven second interval but can be longer if needed. This advanced crossing time establishes the pedestrians’ presence in the crosswalk ahead of turning traffic, increasing their visibility and encouraging drivers to yield right-of-way to pedestrians. LPI is not required at all signalized intersections; this section provides guidance to analyze where LPI is useful and how it should be applied and is not a substitute for or replacement of engineering judgment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
LPI can be installed across systems of signalized intersections to improve pedestrian safety. Where to incorporate LPI can be prioritized to maximize limited resources after considering several primary factors:&lt;br /&gt;
* Collision history: a review of a minimum three years and up to five years of collision data for intersections with multiple crashes or a history of severe injury and fatal crashes should be a priority. Collision history is a measure of the safety of an intersection, and repeated interactions between pedestrians and vehicles can warrant an LPI. Crash history can also help in identifying locations prone to pedestrian-vehicle crashes. &lt;br /&gt;
* Pedestrian crossing volumes: pedestrian volumes exceeding traditional pedestrian signal warrants can be a factor when considering LPI. The estimated exposure (product of pedestrian and turning traffic volumes) is another factor for consideration. The exposure allows the volume criteria to be satisfied in a variety of conditions, intersections with moderate turning traffic and high pedestrian volumes, as well as locations with excessively high turning traffic and moderate pedestrian volumes. Also, time of day exposures can be evaluated separately. &lt;br /&gt;
* Vulnerable populations: locations where there are groups of pedestrians that may enter the crosswalk more slowly than other pedestrians. &lt;br /&gt;
* One-Way streets or at T-intersections: at intersections where left-turning vehicles are not typically expected to yield to oncoming vehicles, LPI may be useful to increase yielding to pedestrians in the crosswalk.&lt;br /&gt;
* Intersection visibility: LPI may be prioritized where the visibility of a crosswalk is limited or restricted. Limited sightlines may exist between turning traffic and pedestrians starting their crossing on the corner due to street furniture, other obstructions, or geometry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information can be found at:&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/sites/fhwa.dot.gov/files/2022-06/fhwasa19040.pdf Leading Pedestrian Interval (LPI) Safe Transportation for Every Pedestrian Countermeasure Tech Sheet]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/proven-safety-countermeasures/leading-pedestrian-interval Leading Pedestrian Interval | FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[902.9_Pedestrian_Control_Features_(MUTCD_Chapter_4I)#902.9.6_Pedestrian_Intervals_and_Signal_Phases_(MUTCD_Section_4I.06)|902.9 Pedestrian Control Features (MUTCD Chapter 4I) - Engineering Policy Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[902.23_Traffic_Signal_Phasing_and_Operation#902.23.7.3_Pedestrian_Signal_Timing|902.23 Traffic Signal Phasing and Operation - Engineering Policy Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.8 Advanced Yield Here to Pedestrian Sign and Yield Line===&lt;br /&gt;
The Yield Here to Pedestrian Sign is part of the R1-5 series of signs. These signs, along with the yield bars, indicate where drivers should yield to pedestrians. These are used in advance of a crosswalk to improve pedestrian visibility at uncontrolled crossings. These are typically installed as part of signs and countermeasures to make the crossing more visible. Recommendations about installation distances and offsets can be found in [[#fig_915.1.1.8|Figure 915.1.1.8]]. These are to be used in addition to the standard signing at relevant crossing locations. &lt;br /&gt;
Additional information about the signs and yield lines can be found in EPG [[903.2_Regulatory_Signs_and_Barricades_(MUTCD_Chapter_2B)#903.2.18_Yield_Here_To_Pedestrians_Signs_(R1-5_Series)_(MUTCD_Section_2B.19)|903.2.18]], and [[620.2_Pavement_and_Curb_Markings_(MUTCD_Chapter_3B)#620.2.18_Stop_and_Yield_Lines_(MUTCD_Section_3B.19)|620.2.18]]. &lt;br /&gt;
{{SpanID|fig_915.1.1.8}} [[File:fig_915.1.1.8.png|700px|center|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 915.1.1.8&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.9 Curb Extension===&lt;br /&gt;
A curb extension is a traffic calming measure that extends the sidewalk at an intersection or midblock crossing. The extension physically and visually narrows the street, reduces the pedestrian crossing distance, helps encourage slower turning movements, and helps to improve both pedestrian and driver visibility. Curb extensions are generally recommended where full-time parking lanes are present or where there is excess travel lane width. The speed limit should not exceed 45mph, and they should not be implemented without a crossing. Additionally, maintenance and the frequency of large vehicles should be considered before installation. When considering implementation at an intersection an AutoTURN analysis should be completed. &lt;br /&gt;
{{SpanID|fig_915.1.1.9}} [[File:fig_915.1.1.9.png|700px|center|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 915.1.1.9&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===915.1.1.10 In-Street Pedestrian Crossing Sign===&lt;br /&gt;
The in-street pedestrian crossing signs can be found in [[903.2_Regulatory_Signs_and_Barricades_(MUTCD_Chapter_2B)#903.2.19_In-Street_Pedestrian_and_Trail_Crossing_Signs_(R1-6_Series)_(MUTCD_Section_2B.20)|EPG 903.2.19]] and are the R1-6 series of signs. The EPG contains the requirements and restrictions for when installations are allowed and how to install these signs. These are typically installed as part of a set of countermeasures to make a crosswalk more visible. Additional information about these signs can be found in the [http://www.pedbikesafe.org/pedsafe/countermeasures_detail.cfm?CM_NUM=69 FHWA PEDSAFE document] and more generally as part of the information for the [https://highways.dot.gov/sites/fhwa.dot.gov/files/Crosswalk%20Visibility%20Enhancements_508_1.pdf Crosswalk Visibility Enhancements] FHWA proven safety countermeasure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;-- [[Category:915 Vulnerable Roadway Users (VRUs)]] --&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=User:Hoskir/Revision_Request_4274&amp;diff=59468</id>
		<title>User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4274</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=User:Hoskir/Revision_Request_4274&amp;diff=59468"/>
		<updated>2026-09-28T20:27:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: /* 9XX.1.1.10 In-Street Pedestrian Crossing Sign */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=9XX Vulnerable Roadway Users (VRUs)=&lt;br /&gt;
A Vulnerable Roadway User (VRU) is defined by FHWA as “a non-motorist with a fatality analysis report system (FARS) person attribute code for pedestrian, bicyclist, other cyclist, and person on personal conveyance or an injured person that is or equivalent to, a pedestrian or pedalcyclist”. These users interact differently with the transportation system than vehicles. A variety of strategies and countermeasures should be taken into consideration to appropriately account for these users on the roadway system. This article looks to bring additional guidance and considerations specific to pedestrians.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=9XX.1 Safe Transportation for Every Pedestrian (STEP)=&lt;br /&gt;
Safe Transportation for Every Pedestrian (STEP) is guidance for improving pedestrian safety at uncontrolled crossing locations. An uncontrolled crossing location is defined as “where sidewalks or designated walkways intersect a roadway at a location where no traffic control is present”. The STEP guide includes several sections of good information and it, along with other STEP documents can be found at [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/pedestrian-bicyclist/step/resources STEP — Resources | FHWA]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Table 1: Application of Pedestrian Crash Countermeasures by Roadway Feature below is from the STEP program and has been adapted for use in Missouri. The table provides information about various pedestrian countermeasures and when they can be considered to be installed. It is important to note that this table does not require these countermeasures to be installed but should be used as guidance for when the countermeasures should be considered. The table summarizes countermeasures which have been found to be effective at improving pedestrian safety based on research and experience within Missouri. While the STEP guidance table is very informative it does not address all pedestrian countermeasures. Additionally, there will need to be site specific context and other MoDOT policy to consider as well. &lt;br /&gt;
{{SpanID|9xx.1_table1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &#039;&#039;&#039;Table 1: Application of Pedestrian Crash Countermeasures by Roadway Feature&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:App_of_Ped_Crash_CM.png|right|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==9XX.1.1Additional STEP Countermeasure Information==&lt;br /&gt;
===9XX.1.1.1 High-visibility Crosswalks===&lt;br /&gt;
High-visibility crosswalks use patterns, as denoted in [[620.3_Crosswalk_Markings_(MUTCD_Chapter_3C)#620.3.3_Design_of_Crosswalk_Markings_(MUTCD_Section_3C.03)|Figure 620.3.3 in EPG 620.3.3]], that are visible to both the driver and pedestrian from farther away compared to traditional transverse line crosswalks. They should be installed at all midblock pedestrian crossings and uncontrolled intersections. Crossing at intersection should be on each leg of the intersection when feasible. Materials to make these crosswalk markings highly reflective should be used. Additional information about crosswalk marking can be found in [[620.3_Crosswalk_Markings_(MUTCD_Chapter_3C)#620.3.5_High-Visibility_Crosswalks_(Section_3C.05)|EPG 620.3.5]] and [[620.3_Crosswalk_Markings_(MUTCD_Chapter_3C)#620.3.6_Longitudinal_Bar_Crosswalks_(Section_3C.06)|EPG 620.3.6]]. There is also additional guidance in [[620.2_Pavement_and_Curb_Markings_(MUTCD_Chapter_3B)#620.2.18_Stop_and_Yield_Lines_(MUTCD_Section_3B.19)|EPG 620.2.18]] about the distance of yield and stop bars from crosswalks. In addition to the high-visibility crosswalk pavement marking there are three main enhancements that can be utilized to help make crosswalks and the VRUs more visible to drivers. These enhancements include lighting, signing, and supplemental pavement markings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An appropriate level of lighting should be considered at all established pedestrian crossings. To avoid silhouette lighting and better light the front of the VRU consideration should be given to placing the fixtures 10 to 15 feet in advance of the crosswalk on both sides of the roadway and on both approaches. An evaluation of where to place the luminaires, lighting levels, intensity, and illuminance should be completed to ensure appropriate lighting is achieved. The other enhancements for signing and pavement marking options for placing a YIELD Here for Pedestrians sign or including a YIELD bar can be found in [[ |EPG 9XX.1.1.8]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===9XX.1.1.2 Raised Crosswalks=== &lt;br /&gt;
A raised crosswalk (e.g. raised walkway) is a marked pedestrian crosswalk at an intersection or a mid-block location constructed at a higher elevation than the adjacent roadway. This treatment is used on a limited basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A raised crosswalk is essentially a speed table, with the full width of the crosswalk contained within the flat portion of the table, usually 10 to 15 feet wide. It combines the benefits of a raised speed reducer with enhanced visibility for the pedestrian crossing. It should be used on roadways with a maximum speed limit of 30 mph.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
When determining if the implementation of a raised crosswalk is appropriate several things should be considered. First, there are several potential benefits to these installations. These benefits include: &lt;br /&gt;
* Compelling drivers to travel at speeds consistent with the roadway design speed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Improving drivers&#039; awareness of the presence of pedestrian crossings, particularly at mid-block crossing locations.&lt;br /&gt;
* Alerting drivers that they are entering a slower-speed, pedestrian-oriented roadway environment at transition points in the system. &lt;br /&gt;
* Providing more convenient pedestrian circulation between high foot traffic destinations on opposite sides of a roadway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These benefits are best achieved when this countermeasure is used appropriately. Certain conditions and considerations should be accounted for to determine the best use. These conditions and considerations include: &lt;br /&gt;
* The impact to street drainage or requirement of a catch basin relocation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Existing stop-controlled crosswalks or other locations where demand exists for a stop-controlled pedestrian crossing that also meets the criteria for raised speed reducers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Areas where there are pedestrian generators (ex. major commercial or cultural destinations, transit entrances, parks, etc.) on opposite sides of the roadway with a maximum of two moving lanes to cross at once. &lt;br /&gt;
* Where additional emphasis is needed for a crosswalk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to these considerations to determine location, there are other design elements that will need to be included. The appropriate warning signs, pavement markings, and lighting should accompany the raised crosswalk. Additionally, signage or delineation may be needed to alert snow-clearing operators to the presence of the raised crosswalk. These can also be used as an option for pedestrian crossings as multilane roundabouts to comply with PROWAG requirements. Finally, other high visibility crossing countermeasures may need to be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information can be found in the [https://highways.dot.gov/sites/fhwa.dot.gov/files/2022-06/techSheet_RaisedCW2018.pdf FHWA STEP countermeasure tech sheet for raised crosswalks]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===9XX.1.1.3 Pedestrian Refuge Island===&lt;br /&gt;
A pedestrian refuge island is a median with a refuge area that is intended to shorten crossing distances for pedestrians and cyclists who are crossing a roadway. The presence of a pedestrian refuge island at a midblock location or intersection allows pedestrians to focus on one direction of traffic at a time as they cross and gives them a place to wait for an adequate gap in oncoming traffic before finishing the second phase of a crossing. Refuge islands are highly desirable for midblock pedestrian crossings on roads with four or more travel lanes, especially where speed limits are 35 mph or greater and/or where annual average daily traffic (AADT) is 9,000 vehicles per day (vpd) or higher. They are also a candidate treatment option for uncontrolled pedestrian crossings on 3-lane or 2-lane roads. When installed at a midblock crossing, the island should be supplemented with a marked high-visibility crosswalk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should also be adequate lighting provided for both the crossing area and island noses. When pedestrian refuge islands are on 3-lane or 2-lane roadways, it should be considered for the lane width to accommodate a snowplow and other necessary maintenance activities. This requirement may conflict with traffic calming techniques that involve narrowing lanes. Careful consideration should be given for both aspects when considering lane width. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the [https://www.access-board.gov/prowag/ PROWAG] states, “the clear width of pedestrian access route crossing medians and pedestrian refuge islands shall be 60 inches minimum, except where shared use paths cross medians and pedestrian refuge islands the clear width of the pedestrian access route shall be 60 inches minimum or at least as wide as the crosswalk, whichever is greater”. Additionally, the dimensions selected should consider the speed and volume of the roadway to ensure that the users have adequate storage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information can be found in the [https://highways.dot.gov/sites/fhwa.dot.gov/files/2022-08/techSheet_PedRefugeIsland2018.pdf FHWA STEP countermeasure tech sheet for pedestrian refuge islands] and from [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/proven-safety-countermeasures/medians-and-pedestrian-refuge-islands-urban-and-suburban-areas FHWA Proven Safety Countermeasures on medians and pedestrian refuge islands in urban and suburban areas].&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===9XX.1.1.4 Rectangular Rapid Flashing Bacon (RRFB)===&lt;br /&gt;
Rectangular Rapid-Flashing Beacons (RRFBs) are pedestrian-actuated conspicuity enhancements used in combination with a pedestrian, school, or trail crossing warning sign to improve safety at uncontrolled, marked crosswalks. The device includes two rectangular shaped yellow indications, each with an LED-array-based light source, that flash with high frequency when activated. The RRFBs can be posted both above and below the standard pedestrian warning sign and on either side of the crosswalk. The RRFB is a treatment option at many types of established pedestrian crossings. Compliance rates vary per city location, posted speed limit, crossing distance, and whether the road is one- or two-way. MoDOT’s recommendation is that RRFBs be installed only if the speed limit is 35mph or lower and the volume is less than 12,000 AADT. Additionally, independent of the volume, if the roadway is four or more lanes, then the use of RRFBs should be limited. These specifics are reflected in [[#9xx.1_table1|Table 1: Application of Pedestrian Crash Countermeasures by Roadway Feature]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information about installation specifics for RRFB can be found in [[902.12_Rectangular_Rapid_Flashing_Beacons_(MUTCD_Chapter_4L)|EPG 902.12]]. Other information about RRFBs can also be found in the [https://highways.dot.gov/sites/fhwa.dot.gov/files/2022-08/techSheet_RRFB_2018.pdf STEP tech sheet for RRFBs] and in the [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/proven-safety-countermeasures/rectangular-rapid-flashing-beacons-rrfb FHWA Proven Safety Countermeasures]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===9XX.1.1.5 Road Space Reallocation===&lt;br /&gt;
A road diet, or roadway reconfiguration, reduces the number of through lanes on a roadway often to allow for the integration of facilities such as a two-way left turn lane, bike lanes, pedestrian refuge islands, side street parking, bus lanes, landscaping, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A conventional road space reallocation typically consists of reconfiguring a four-lane undivided roadway into a two-lane roadway with a two-way-left-turn-lane (TWLTL). &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Before_After_Road_Space_Reallocation_Example.png|center|600px|frame|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Before and After Road Space Reallocation Example.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Source: FHWA&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reduction of through lanes results in a reduction of total crashes and lower speeds on the mainline. The reduction of crashes is attributed with moving turning traffic off the through lanes therefore reducing rear end incidents as well as reducing the number of crossing lanes which reduces right angle crashes. The reduction of though lanes and introduction of a center lane has also proven to benefit pedestrian and other vulnerable roadway user safety by reducing the exposure to through traffic.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
When road diets are planned in conjunction with a resurfacing project, the cost is considered relatively low particularly where pavement marking is used to implement the lane reconfigurations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note the new configuration is not limited to the above example. The location should consider various factors including road context, design elements, cross section, and more when determining the best overall configuration. Typically, a Road Space Reallocation is implemented on a roadway with a current and future average daily traffic of 25,000 or less. Documented justification for the road diet, such as a traffic study right sized for the effort, is necessary for all projects. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, road diets are often key components to “Complete Street” projects. For more information on MoDOT’s complete street guidance, see [[907.10_Complete_Streets|EPG 907.10]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information can be found at:&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.nationalacademies.org/read/26788/chapter/1#ii Read &amp;quot;Roadway Cross-Section Reallocation: A Guide&amp;quot; at NAP.edu]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/other/road-diets/road-diet-informational-guide/4-designing-road-diet Designing a Road Space Reallocation | FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/other/road-diets Road Space Reallocation (Roadway Reconfiguration) | FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/other/road-diets/road-diet-desk-reference Road Space Reallocation Desk Reference | FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/proven-safety-countermeasures/road-diets-roadway-reconfiguration Road Space Realloation (Roadway Reconfiguration) | FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===9XX.1.1.6 Pedestrian Hybrid Beacon (PHB)===&lt;br /&gt;
A Pedestrian Hybrid Beacon head consists of two red lenses above a single yellow lens. Unlike a traffic signal, the PHB rests in dark until a pedestrian activates it via push button or other form of detection. When activated, the beacon displays a sequence of flashing and solid lights that indicate the pedestrian walk interval and when it is safe for drivers to proceed (see [[#fig_4J-3|Figure 4J-3]]). The pedestrian walk indication is shown while the PHB is showing solid red. The pedestrian clearance interval (flashing don’t walk) is shown while the PHB is showing flashing red. The PHB is often considered for installation at locations where pedestrians need to cross and vehicle speeds or volumes are high, but traffic signal warrants are not met. PHBs are typically installed on mast arms over midblock pedestrian crossings.&lt;br /&gt;
{{SpanID|fig_4J-3}} [[File:fig_4J-3.png|600px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike the signal warrants, the volume thresholds for PHB in [[902.10_Pedestrian_Hybrid_Beacons_(MUTCD_Chapter_4J)|EPG 902.10]] are guidelines. The safety of all users should be considered when determining the traffic control type for a pedestrian crossing. Failure to meet the volume guidelines listed in EPG 902.10 should not, by itself, be considered sufficient justification for disqualifying a location from consideration for a PHB.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PHBs should be considered at midblock crossings on routes with higher speeds, higher volumes and more lanes. Specifically, they are recommended at crossings when the speed limit is 40mph or higher and the volume is above 9,000 AADT. Additionally, independent of the speed and volume, if the roadway is four or more lanes the PHB is the preferred countermeasure. This criterion does not exclude them from use at locations with lower speed, AADT, or number of lanes as determined by engineering judgement. This is reflected in [[#9xx.1_table1|Table 1: Application of Pedestrian Crash Countermeasures by Roadway Feature]]. Using solar power for PBH is not allowed and shall instead use a power supply. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an alternative to a PHB, a midblock pedestrian signal (MPS) can also be considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information can be found at:&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/sites/fhwa.dot.gov/files/2022-06/fhwasa18064.pdf STEP Tech Sheets]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/proven-safety-countermeasures/pedestrian-hybrid-beacons Pedestrian Hybrid Beacons | FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===9XX.1.1.7 Leading Pedestrian Interval (LPI)===&lt;br /&gt;
An LPI is a signal timing function which displays a brief advanced WALK indication for the crosswalk before the traffic signal indication turns green. This is typically a three to seven second interval but can be longer if needed. This advanced crossing time establishes the pedestrians’ presence in the crosswalk ahead of turning traffic, increasing their visibility and encouraging drivers to yield right-of-way to pedestrians. LPI is not required at all signalized intersections; this section provides guidance to analyze where LPI is useful and how it should be applied and is not a substitute for or replacement of engineering judgment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
LPI can be installed across systems of signalized intersections to improve pedestrian safety. Where to incorporate LPI can be prioritized to maximize limited resources after considering several primary factors:&lt;br /&gt;
* Collision history: a review of a minimum three years and up to five years of collision data for intersections with multiple crashes or a history of severe injury and fatal crashes should be a priority. Collision history is a measure of the safety of an intersection, and repeated interactions between pedestrians and vehicles can warrant an LPI. Crash history can also help in identifying locations prone to pedestrian-vehicle crashes. &lt;br /&gt;
* Pedestrian crossing volumes: pedestrian volumes exceeding traditional pedestrian signal warrants can be a factor when considering LPI. The estimated exposure (product of pedestrian and turning traffic volumes) is another factor for consideration. The exposure allows the volume criteria to be satisfied in a variety of conditions, intersections with moderate turning traffic and high pedestrian volumes, as well as locations with excessively high turning traffic and moderate pedestrian volumes. Also, time of day exposures can be evaluated separately. &lt;br /&gt;
* Vulnerable populations: locations where there are groups of pedestrians that may enter the crosswalk more slowly than other pedestrians. &lt;br /&gt;
* One-Way streets or at T-intersections: at intersections where left-turning vehicles are not typically expected to yield to oncoming vehicles, LPI may be useful to increase yielding to pedestrians in the crosswalk.&lt;br /&gt;
* Intersection visibility: LPI may be prioritized where the visibility of a crosswalk is limited or restricted. Limited sightlines may exist between turning traffic and pedestrians starting their crossing on the corner due to street furniture, other obstructions, or geometry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information can be found at:&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/sites/fhwa.dot.gov/files/2022-06/fhwasa19040.pdf Leading Pedestrian Interval (LPI) Safe Transportation for Every Pedestrian Countermeasure Tech Sheet]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/proven-safety-countermeasures/leading-pedestrian-interval Leading Pedestrian Interval | FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[902.9_Pedestrian_Control_Features_(MUTCD_Chapter_4I)#902.9.6_Pedestrian_Intervals_and_Signal_Phases_(MUTCD_Section_4I.06)|902.9 Pedestrian Control Features (MUTCD Chapter 4I) - Engineering Policy Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[902.23_Traffic_Signal_Phasing_and_Operation#902.23.7.3_Pedestrian_Signal_Timing|902.23 Traffic Signal Phasing and Operation - Engineering Policy Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===9XX.1.1.8 Advanced Yield Here to Pedestrian Sign and Yield Line===&lt;br /&gt;
The Yield Here to Pedestrian Sign is part of the R1-5 series of signs. These signs, along with the yield bars, indicate where drivers should yield to pedestrians. These are used in advance of a crosswalk to improve pedestrian visibility at uncontrolled crossings. These are typically installed as part of signs and countermeasures to make the crossing more visible. Recommendations about installation distances and offsets can be found in [[#fig_9xx.1.1.8|Figure 9xx.1.1.8]]. These are to be used in addition to the standard signing at relevant crossing locations. &lt;br /&gt;
Additional information about the signs and yield lines can be found in EPG [[903.2_Regulatory_Signs_and_Barricades_(MUTCD_Chapter_2B)#903.2.18_Yield_Here_To_Pedestrians_Signs_(R1-5_Series)_(MUTCD_Section_2B.19)|903.2.18]], and [[620.2_Pavement_and_Curb_Markings_(MUTCD_Chapter_3B)#620.2.18_Stop_and_Yield_Lines_(MUTCD_Section_3B.19)|620.2.18]]. &lt;br /&gt;
{{SpanID|fig_9xx.1.1.8}} [[File:fig_9xx.1.1.8.png|700px|center|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 9xx.1.1.8&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===9XX.1.1.9 Curb Extension===&lt;br /&gt;
A curb extension is a traffic calming measure that extends the sidewalk at an intersection or midblock crossing. The extension physically and visually narrows the street, reduces the pedestrian crossing distance, helps encourage slower turning movements, and helps to improve both pedestrian and driver visibility. Curb extensions are generally recommended where full-time parking lanes are present or where there is excess travel lane width. The speed limit should not exceed 45mph, and they should not be implemented without a crossing. Additionally, maintenance and the frequency of large vehicles should be considered before installation. When considering implementation at an intersection an AutoTURN analysis should be completed. &lt;br /&gt;
{{SpanID|fig_9xx.1.1.9}} [[File:fig_9xx.1.1.9.png|700px|center|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 9xx.1.1.9&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===9XX.1.1.10 In-Street Pedestrian Crossing Sign===&lt;br /&gt;
The in-street pedestrian crossing signs can be found in [[903.2_Regulatory_Signs_and_Barricades_(MUTCD_Chapter_2B)#903.2.19_In-Street_Pedestrian_and_Trail_Crossing_Signs_(R1-6_Series)_(MUTCD_Section_2B.20)|EPG 903.2.19]] and are the R1-6 series of signs. The EPG contains the requirements and restrictions for when installations are allowed and how to install these signs. These are typically installed as part of a set of countermeasures to make a crosswalk more visible. Additional information about these signs can be found in the [http://www.pedbikesafe.org/pedsafe/countermeasures_detail.cfm?CM_NUM=69 FHWA PEDSAFE document] and more generally as part of the information for the [https://highways.dot.gov/sites/fhwa.dot.gov/files/Crosswalk%20Visibility%20Enhancements_508_1.pdf Crosswalk Visibility Enhancements] FHWA proven safety countermeasure.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=User:Hoskir/Revision_Request_4274&amp;diff=59467</id>
		<title>User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4274</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=User:Hoskir/Revision_Request_4274&amp;diff=59467"/>
		<updated>2026-09-28T20:26:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: /* 9XX.1.1.10 In-Street Pedestrian Crossing Sign */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=9XX Vulnerable Roadway Users (VRUs)=&lt;br /&gt;
A Vulnerable Roadway User (VRU) is defined by FHWA as “a non-motorist with a fatality analysis report system (FARS) person attribute code for pedestrian, bicyclist, other cyclist, and person on personal conveyance or an injured person that is or equivalent to, a pedestrian or pedalcyclist”. These users interact differently with the transportation system than vehicles. A variety of strategies and countermeasures should be taken into consideration to appropriately account for these users on the roadway system. This article looks to bring additional guidance and considerations specific to pedestrians.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=9XX.1 Safe Transportation for Every Pedestrian (STEP)=&lt;br /&gt;
Safe Transportation for Every Pedestrian (STEP) is guidance for improving pedestrian safety at uncontrolled crossing locations. An uncontrolled crossing location is defined as “where sidewalks or designated walkways intersect a roadway at a location where no traffic control is present”. The STEP guide includes several sections of good information and it, along with other STEP documents can be found at [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/pedestrian-bicyclist/step/resources STEP — Resources | FHWA]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Table 1: Application of Pedestrian Crash Countermeasures by Roadway Feature below is from the STEP program and has been adapted for use in Missouri. The table provides information about various pedestrian countermeasures and when they can be considered to be installed. It is important to note that this table does not require these countermeasures to be installed but should be used as guidance for when the countermeasures should be considered. The table summarizes countermeasures which have been found to be effective at improving pedestrian safety based on research and experience within Missouri. While the STEP guidance table is very informative it does not address all pedestrian countermeasures. Additionally, there will need to be site specific context and other MoDOT policy to consider as well. &lt;br /&gt;
{{SpanID|9xx.1_table1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &#039;&#039;&#039;Table 1: Application of Pedestrian Crash Countermeasures by Roadway Feature&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:App_of_Ped_Crash_CM.png|right|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==9XX.1.1Additional STEP Countermeasure Information==&lt;br /&gt;
===9XX.1.1.1 High-visibility Crosswalks===&lt;br /&gt;
High-visibility crosswalks use patterns, as denoted in [[620.3_Crosswalk_Markings_(MUTCD_Chapter_3C)#620.3.3_Design_of_Crosswalk_Markings_(MUTCD_Section_3C.03)|Figure 620.3.3 in EPG 620.3.3]], that are visible to both the driver and pedestrian from farther away compared to traditional transverse line crosswalks. They should be installed at all midblock pedestrian crossings and uncontrolled intersections. Crossing at intersection should be on each leg of the intersection when feasible. Materials to make these crosswalk markings highly reflective should be used. Additional information about crosswalk marking can be found in [[620.3_Crosswalk_Markings_(MUTCD_Chapter_3C)#620.3.5_High-Visibility_Crosswalks_(Section_3C.05)|EPG 620.3.5]] and [[620.3_Crosswalk_Markings_(MUTCD_Chapter_3C)#620.3.6_Longitudinal_Bar_Crosswalks_(Section_3C.06)|EPG 620.3.6]]. There is also additional guidance in [[620.2_Pavement_and_Curb_Markings_(MUTCD_Chapter_3B)#620.2.18_Stop_and_Yield_Lines_(MUTCD_Section_3B.19)|EPG 620.2.18]] about the distance of yield and stop bars from crosswalks. In addition to the high-visibility crosswalk pavement marking there are three main enhancements that can be utilized to help make crosswalks and the VRUs more visible to drivers. These enhancements include lighting, signing, and supplemental pavement markings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An appropriate level of lighting should be considered at all established pedestrian crossings. To avoid silhouette lighting and better light the front of the VRU consideration should be given to placing the fixtures 10 to 15 feet in advance of the crosswalk on both sides of the roadway and on both approaches. An evaluation of where to place the luminaires, lighting levels, intensity, and illuminance should be completed to ensure appropriate lighting is achieved. The other enhancements for signing and pavement marking options for placing a YIELD Here for Pedestrians sign or including a YIELD bar can be found in [[ |EPG 9XX.1.1.8]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===9XX.1.1.2 Raised Crosswalks=== &lt;br /&gt;
A raised crosswalk (e.g. raised walkway) is a marked pedestrian crosswalk at an intersection or a mid-block location constructed at a higher elevation than the adjacent roadway. This treatment is used on a limited basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A raised crosswalk is essentially a speed table, with the full width of the crosswalk contained within the flat portion of the table, usually 10 to 15 feet wide. It combines the benefits of a raised speed reducer with enhanced visibility for the pedestrian crossing. It should be used on roadways with a maximum speed limit of 30 mph.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
When determining if the implementation of a raised crosswalk is appropriate several things should be considered. First, there are several potential benefits to these installations. These benefits include: &lt;br /&gt;
* Compelling drivers to travel at speeds consistent with the roadway design speed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Improving drivers&#039; awareness of the presence of pedestrian crossings, particularly at mid-block crossing locations.&lt;br /&gt;
* Alerting drivers that they are entering a slower-speed, pedestrian-oriented roadway environment at transition points in the system. &lt;br /&gt;
* Providing more convenient pedestrian circulation between high foot traffic destinations on opposite sides of a roadway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These benefits are best achieved when this countermeasure is used appropriately. Certain conditions and considerations should be accounted for to determine the best use. These conditions and considerations include: &lt;br /&gt;
* The impact to street drainage or requirement of a catch basin relocation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Existing stop-controlled crosswalks or other locations where demand exists for a stop-controlled pedestrian crossing that also meets the criteria for raised speed reducers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Areas where there are pedestrian generators (ex. major commercial or cultural destinations, transit entrances, parks, etc.) on opposite sides of the roadway with a maximum of two moving lanes to cross at once. &lt;br /&gt;
* Where additional emphasis is needed for a crosswalk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to these considerations to determine location, there are other design elements that will need to be included. The appropriate warning signs, pavement markings, and lighting should accompany the raised crosswalk. Additionally, signage or delineation may be needed to alert snow-clearing operators to the presence of the raised crosswalk. These can also be used as an option for pedestrian crossings as multilane roundabouts to comply with PROWAG requirements. Finally, other high visibility crossing countermeasures may need to be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information can be found in the [https://highways.dot.gov/sites/fhwa.dot.gov/files/2022-06/techSheet_RaisedCW2018.pdf FHWA STEP countermeasure tech sheet for raised crosswalks]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===9XX.1.1.3 Pedestrian Refuge Island===&lt;br /&gt;
A pedestrian refuge island is a median with a refuge area that is intended to shorten crossing distances for pedestrians and cyclists who are crossing a roadway. The presence of a pedestrian refuge island at a midblock location or intersection allows pedestrians to focus on one direction of traffic at a time as they cross and gives them a place to wait for an adequate gap in oncoming traffic before finishing the second phase of a crossing. Refuge islands are highly desirable for midblock pedestrian crossings on roads with four or more travel lanes, especially where speed limits are 35 mph or greater and/or where annual average daily traffic (AADT) is 9,000 vehicles per day (vpd) or higher. They are also a candidate treatment option for uncontrolled pedestrian crossings on 3-lane or 2-lane roads. When installed at a midblock crossing, the island should be supplemented with a marked high-visibility crosswalk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should also be adequate lighting provided for both the crossing area and island noses. When pedestrian refuge islands are on 3-lane or 2-lane roadways, it should be considered for the lane width to accommodate a snowplow and other necessary maintenance activities. This requirement may conflict with traffic calming techniques that involve narrowing lanes. Careful consideration should be given for both aspects when considering lane width. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the [https://www.access-board.gov/prowag/ PROWAG] states, “the clear width of pedestrian access route crossing medians and pedestrian refuge islands shall be 60 inches minimum, except where shared use paths cross medians and pedestrian refuge islands the clear width of the pedestrian access route shall be 60 inches minimum or at least as wide as the crosswalk, whichever is greater”. Additionally, the dimensions selected should consider the speed and volume of the roadway to ensure that the users have adequate storage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information can be found in the [https://highways.dot.gov/sites/fhwa.dot.gov/files/2022-08/techSheet_PedRefugeIsland2018.pdf FHWA STEP countermeasure tech sheet for pedestrian refuge islands] and from [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/proven-safety-countermeasures/medians-and-pedestrian-refuge-islands-urban-and-suburban-areas FHWA Proven Safety Countermeasures on medians and pedestrian refuge islands in urban and suburban areas].&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===9XX.1.1.4 Rectangular Rapid Flashing Bacon (RRFB)===&lt;br /&gt;
Rectangular Rapid-Flashing Beacons (RRFBs) are pedestrian-actuated conspicuity enhancements used in combination with a pedestrian, school, or trail crossing warning sign to improve safety at uncontrolled, marked crosswalks. The device includes two rectangular shaped yellow indications, each with an LED-array-based light source, that flash with high frequency when activated. The RRFBs can be posted both above and below the standard pedestrian warning sign and on either side of the crosswalk. The RRFB is a treatment option at many types of established pedestrian crossings. Compliance rates vary per city location, posted speed limit, crossing distance, and whether the road is one- or two-way. MoDOT’s recommendation is that RRFBs be installed only if the speed limit is 35mph or lower and the volume is less than 12,000 AADT. Additionally, independent of the volume, if the roadway is four or more lanes, then the use of RRFBs should be limited. These specifics are reflected in [[#9xx.1_table1|Table 1: Application of Pedestrian Crash Countermeasures by Roadway Feature]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information about installation specifics for RRFB can be found in [[902.12_Rectangular_Rapid_Flashing_Beacons_(MUTCD_Chapter_4L)|EPG 902.12]]. Other information about RRFBs can also be found in the [https://highways.dot.gov/sites/fhwa.dot.gov/files/2022-08/techSheet_RRFB_2018.pdf STEP tech sheet for RRFBs] and in the [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/proven-safety-countermeasures/rectangular-rapid-flashing-beacons-rrfb FHWA Proven Safety Countermeasures]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===9XX.1.1.5 Road Space Reallocation===&lt;br /&gt;
A road diet, or roadway reconfiguration, reduces the number of through lanes on a roadway often to allow for the integration of facilities such as a two-way left turn lane, bike lanes, pedestrian refuge islands, side street parking, bus lanes, landscaping, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A conventional road space reallocation typically consists of reconfiguring a four-lane undivided roadway into a two-lane roadway with a two-way-left-turn-lane (TWLTL). &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Before_After_Road_Space_Reallocation_Example.png|center|600px|frame|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Before and After Road Space Reallocation Example.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Source: FHWA&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reduction of through lanes results in a reduction of total crashes and lower speeds on the mainline. The reduction of crashes is attributed with moving turning traffic off the through lanes therefore reducing rear end incidents as well as reducing the number of crossing lanes which reduces right angle crashes. The reduction of though lanes and introduction of a center lane has also proven to benefit pedestrian and other vulnerable roadway user safety by reducing the exposure to through traffic.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
When road diets are planned in conjunction with a resurfacing project, the cost is considered relatively low particularly where pavement marking is used to implement the lane reconfigurations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note the new configuration is not limited to the above example. The location should consider various factors including road context, design elements, cross section, and more when determining the best overall configuration. Typically, a Road Space Reallocation is implemented on a roadway with a current and future average daily traffic of 25,000 or less. Documented justification for the road diet, such as a traffic study right sized for the effort, is necessary for all projects. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, road diets are often key components to “Complete Street” projects. For more information on MoDOT’s complete street guidance, see [[907.10_Complete_Streets|EPG 907.10]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information can be found at:&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.nationalacademies.org/read/26788/chapter/1#ii Read &amp;quot;Roadway Cross-Section Reallocation: A Guide&amp;quot; at NAP.edu]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/other/road-diets/road-diet-informational-guide/4-designing-road-diet Designing a Road Space Reallocation | FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/other/road-diets Road Space Reallocation (Roadway Reconfiguration) | FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/other/road-diets/road-diet-desk-reference Road Space Reallocation Desk Reference | FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/proven-safety-countermeasures/road-diets-roadway-reconfiguration Road Space Realloation (Roadway Reconfiguration) | FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===9XX.1.1.6 Pedestrian Hybrid Beacon (PHB)===&lt;br /&gt;
A Pedestrian Hybrid Beacon head consists of two red lenses above a single yellow lens. Unlike a traffic signal, the PHB rests in dark until a pedestrian activates it via push button or other form of detection. When activated, the beacon displays a sequence of flashing and solid lights that indicate the pedestrian walk interval and when it is safe for drivers to proceed (see [[#fig_4J-3|Figure 4J-3]]). The pedestrian walk indication is shown while the PHB is showing solid red. The pedestrian clearance interval (flashing don’t walk) is shown while the PHB is showing flashing red. The PHB is often considered for installation at locations where pedestrians need to cross and vehicle speeds or volumes are high, but traffic signal warrants are not met. PHBs are typically installed on mast arms over midblock pedestrian crossings.&lt;br /&gt;
{{SpanID|fig_4J-3}} [[File:fig_4J-3.png|600px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike the signal warrants, the volume thresholds for PHB in [[902.10_Pedestrian_Hybrid_Beacons_(MUTCD_Chapter_4J)|EPG 902.10]] are guidelines. The safety of all users should be considered when determining the traffic control type for a pedestrian crossing. Failure to meet the volume guidelines listed in EPG 902.10 should not, by itself, be considered sufficient justification for disqualifying a location from consideration for a PHB.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PHBs should be considered at midblock crossings on routes with higher speeds, higher volumes and more lanes. Specifically, they are recommended at crossings when the speed limit is 40mph or higher and the volume is above 9,000 AADT. Additionally, independent of the speed and volume, if the roadway is four or more lanes the PHB is the preferred countermeasure. This criterion does not exclude them from use at locations with lower speed, AADT, or number of lanes as determined by engineering judgement. This is reflected in [[#9xx.1_table1|Table 1: Application of Pedestrian Crash Countermeasures by Roadway Feature]]. Using solar power for PBH is not allowed and shall instead use a power supply. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an alternative to a PHB, a midblock pedestrian signal (MPS) can also be considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information can be found at:&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/sites/fhwa.dot.gov/files/2022-06/fhwasa18064.pdf STEP Tech Sheets]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/proven-safety-countermeasures/pedestrian-hybrid-beacons Pedestrian Hybrid Beacons | FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===9XX.1.1.7 Leading Pedestrian Interval (LPI)===&lt;br /&gt;
An LPI is a signal timing function which displays a brief advanced WALK indication for the crosswalk before the traffic signal indication turns green. This is typically a three to seven second interval but can be longer if needed. This advanced crossing time establishes the pedestrians’ presence in the crosswalk ahead of turning traffic, increasing their visibility and encouraging drivers to yield right-of-way to pedestrians. LPI is not required at all signalized intersections; this section provides guidance to analyze where LPI is useful and how it should be applied and is not a substitute for or replacement of engineering judgment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
LPI can be installed across systems of signalized intersections to improve pedestrian safety. Where to incorporate LPI can be prioritized to maximize limited resources after considering several primary factors:&lt;br /&gt;
* Collision history: a review of a minimum three years and up to five years of collision data for intersections with multiple crashes or a history of severe injury and fatal crashes should be a priority. Collision history is a measure of the safety of an intersection, and repeated interactions between pedestrians and vehicles can warrant an LPI. Crash history can also help in identifying locations prone to pedestrian-vehicle crashes. &lt;br /&gt;
* Pedestrian crossing volumes: pedestrian volumes exceeding traditional pedestrian signal warrants can be a factor when considering LPI. The estimated exposure (product of pedestrian and turning traffic volumes) is another factor for consideration. The exposure allows the volume criteria to be satisfied in a variety of conditions, intersections with moderate turning traffic and high pedestrian volumes, as well as locations with excessively high turning traffic and moderate pedestrian volumes. Also, time of day exposures can be evaluated separately. &lt;br /&gt;
* Vulnerable populations: locations where there are groups of pedestrians that may enter the crosswalk more slowly than other pedestrians. &lt;br /&gt;
* One-Way streets or at T-intersections: at intersections where left-turning vehicles are not typically expected to yield to oncoming vehicles, LPI may be useful to increase yielding to pedestrians in the crosswalk.&lt;br /&gt;
* Intersection visibility: LPI may be prioritized where the visibility of a crosswalk is limited or restricted. Limited sightlines may exist between turning traffic and pedestrians starting their crossing on the corner due to street furniture, other obstructions, or geometry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information can be found at:&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/sites/fhwa.dot.gov/files/2022-06/fhwasa19040.pdf Leading Pedestrian Interval (LPI) Safe Transportation for Every Pedestrian Countermeasure Tech Sheet]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/proven-safety-countermeasures/leading-pedestrian-interval Leading Pedestrian Interval | FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[902.9_Pedestrian_Control_Features_(MUTCD_Chapter_4I)#902.9.6_Pedestrian_Intervals_and_Signal_Phases_(MUTCD_Section_4I.06)|902.9 Pedestrian Control Features (MUTCD Chapter 4I) - Engineering Policy Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[902.23_Traffic_Signal_Phasing_and_Operation#902.23.7.3_Pedestrian_Signal_Timing|902.23 Traffic Signal Phasing and Operation - Engineering Policy Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===9XX.1.1.8 Advanced Yield Here to Pedestrian Sign and Yield Line===&lt;br /&gt;
The Yield Here to Pedestrian Sign is part of the R1-5 series of signs. These signs, along with the yield bars, indicate where drivers should yield to pedestrians. These are used in advance of a crosswalk to improve pedestrian visibility at uncontrolled crossings. These are typically installed as part of signs and countermeasures to make the crossing more visible. Recommendations about installation distances and offsets can be found in [[#fig_9xx.1.1.8|Figure 9xx.1.1.8]]. These are to be used in addition to the standard signing at relevant crossing locations. &lt;br /&gt;
Additional information about the signs and yield lines can be found in EPG [[903.2_Regulatory_Signs_and_Barricades_(MUTCD_Chapter_2B)#903.2.18_Yield_Here_To_Pedestrians_Signs_(R1-5_Series)_(MUTCD_Section_2B.19)|903.2.18]], and [[620.2_Pavement_and_Curb_Markings_(MUTCD_Chapter_3B)#620.2.18_Stop_and_Yield_Lines_(MUTCD_Section_3B.19)|620.2.18]]. &lt;br /&gt;
{{SpanID|fig_9xx.1.1.8}} [[File:fig_9xx.1.1.8.png|700px|center|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 9xx.1.1.8&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===9XX.1.1.9 Curb Extension===&lt;br /&gt;
A curb extension is a traffic calming measure that extends the sidewalk at an intersection or midblock crossing. The extension physically and visually narrows the street, reduces the pedestrian crossing distance, helps encourage slower turning movements, and helps to improve both pedestrian and driver visibility. Curb extensions are generally recommended where full-time parking lanes are present or where there is excess travel lane width. The speed limit should not exceed 45mph, and they should not be implemented without a crossing. Additionally, maintenance and the frequency of large vehicles should be considered before installation. When considering implementation at an intersection an AutoTURN analysis should be completed. &lt;br /&gt;
{{SpanID|fig_9xx.1.1.9}} [[File:fig_9xx.1.1.9.png|700px|center|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 9xx.1.1.9&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===9XX.1.1.10 In-Street Pedestrian Crossing Sign===&lt;br /&gt;
The in-street pedestrian crossing signs can be found in [[903.2_Regulatory_Signs_and_Barricades_(MUTCD_Chapter_2B)#903.2.19_In-Street_Pedestrian_and_Trail_Crossing_Signs_(R1-6_Series)_(MUTCD_Section_2B.20)|EPG 903.2.19]] and are the R1-6 series of signs. The EPG contains the requirements and restrictions for when installations are allowed and how to install these signs. These are typically installed as part of a set of countermeasures to make a crosswalk more visible. Additional information about these signs can be found in the [http://www.pedbikesafe.org/pedsafe/countermeasures_detail.cfm?CM_NUM=69 FHWA PEDSAFE document] and more generally as part of the information for the [https://highways.dot.gov/sites/fhwa.dot.gov/files/Crosswalk Visibility Enhancements_508_1.pdf Crosswalk Visibility Enhancements] FHWA proven safety countermeasure.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=User:Hoskir/Revision_Request_4274&amp;diff=59466</id>
		<title>User:Hoskir/Revision Request 4274</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=User:Hoskir/Revision_Request_4274&amp;diff=59466"/>
		<updated>2026-09-28T19:45:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hoskir: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=9XX Vulnerable Roadway Users (VRUs)=&lt;br /&gt;
A Vulnerable Roadway User (VRU) is defined by FHWA as “a non-motorist with a fatality analysis report system (FARS) person attribute code for pedestrian, bicyclist, other cyclist, and person on personal conveyance or an injured person that is or equivalent to, a pedestrian or pedalcyclist”. These users interact differently with the transportation system than vehicles. A variety of strategies and countermeasures should be taken into consideration to appropriately account for these users on the roadway system. This article looks to bring additional guidance and considerations specific to pedestrians.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=9XX.1 Safe Transportation for Every Pedestrian (STEP)=&lt;br /&gt;
Safe Transportation for Every Pedestrian (STEP) is guidance for improving pedestrian safety at uncontrolled crossing locations. An uncontrolled crossing location is defined as “where sidewalks or designated walkways intersect a roadway at a location where no traffic control is present”. The STEP guide includes several sections of good information and it, along with other STEP documents can be found at [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/pedestrian-bicyclist/step/resources STEP — Resources | FHWA]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Table 1: Application of Pedestrian Crash Countermeasures by Roadway Feature below is from the STEP program and has been adapted for use in Missouri. The table provides information about various pedestrian countermeasures and when they can be considered to be installed. It is important to note that this table does not require these countermeasures to be installed but should be used as guidance for when the countermeasures should be considered. The table summarizes countermeasures which have been found to be effective at improving pedestrian safety based on research and experience within Missouri. While the STEP guidance table is very informative it does not address all pedestrian countermeasures. Additionally, there will need to be site specific context and other MoDOT policy to consider as well. &lt;br /&gt;
{{SpanID|9xx.1_table1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ &#039;&#039;&#039;Table 1: Application of Pedestrian Crash Countermeasures by Roadway Feature&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:App_of_Ped_Crash_CM.png|right|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==9XX.1.1Additional STEP Countermeasure Information==&lt;br /&gt;
===9XX.1.1.1 High-visibility Crosswalks===&lt;br /&gt;
High-visibility crosswalks use patterns, as denoted in [[620.3_Crosswalk_Markings_(MUTCD_Chapter_3C)#620.3.3_Design_of_Crosswalk_Markings_(MUTCD_Section_3C.03)|Figure 620.3.3 in EPG 620.3.3]], that are visible to both the driver and pedestrian from farther away compared to traditional transverse line crosswalks. They should be installed at all midblock pedestrian crossings and uncontrolled intersections. Crossing at intersection should be on each leg of the intersection when feasible. Materials to make these crosswalk markings highly reflective should be used. Additional information about crosswalk marking can be found in [[620.3_Crosswalk_Markings_(MUTCD_Chapter_3C)#620.3.5_High-Visibility_Crosswalks_(Section_3C.05)|EPG 620.3.5]] and [[620.3_Crosswalk_Markings_(MUTCD_Chapter_3C)#620.3.6_Longitudinal_Bar_Crosswalks_(Section_3C.06)|EPG 620.3.6]]. There is also additional guidance in [[620.2_Pavement_and_Curb_Markings_(MUTCD_Chapter_3B)#620.2.18_Stop_and_Yield_Lines_(MUTCD_Section_3B.19)|EPG 620.2.18]] about the distance of yield and stop bars from crosswalks. In addition to the high-visibility crosswalk pavement marking there are three main enhancements that can be utilized to help make crosswalks and the VRUs more visible to drivers. These enhancements include lighting, signing, and supplemental pavement markings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An appropriate level of lighting should be considered at all established pedestrian crossings. To avoid silhouette lighting and better light the front of the VRU consideration should be given to placing the fixtures 10 to 15 feet in advance of the crosswalk on both sides of the roadway and on both approaches. An evaluation of where to place the luminaires, lighting levels, intensity, and illuminance should be completed to ensure appropriate lighting is achieved. The other enhancements for signing and pavement marking options for placing a YIELD Here for Pedestrians sign or including a YIELD bar can be found in [[ |EPG 9XX.1.1.8]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===9XX.1.1.2 Raised Crosswalks=== &lt;br /&gt;
A raised crosswalk (e.g. raised walkway) is a marked pedestrian crosswalk at an intersection or a mid-block location constructed at a higher elevation than the adjacent roadway. This treatment is used on a limited basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A raised crosswalk is essentially a speed table, with the full width of the crosswalk contained within the flat portion of the table, usually 10 to 15 feet wide. It combines the benefits of a raised speed reducer with enhanced visibility for the pedestrian crossing. It should be used on roadways with a maximum speed limit of 30 mph.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
When determining if the implementation of a raised crosswalk is appropriate several things should be considered. First, there are several potential benefits to these installations. These benefits include: &lt;br /&gt;
* Compelling drivers to travel at speeds consistent with the roadway design speed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Improving drivers&#039; awareness of the presence of pedestrian crossings, particularly at mid-block crossing locations.&lt;br /&gt;
* Alerting drivers that they are entering a slower-speed, pedestrian-oriented roadway environment at transition points in the system. &lt;br /&gt;
* Providing more convenient pedestrian circulation between high foot traffic destinations on opposite sides of a roadway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These benefits are best achieved when this countermeasure is used appropriately. Certain conditions and considerations should be accounted for to determine the best use. These conditions and considerations include: &lt;br /&gt;
* The impact to street drainage or requirement of a catch basin relocation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Existing stop-controlled crosswalks or other locations where demand exists for a stop-controlled pedestrian crossing that also meets the criteria for raised speed reducers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Areas where there are pedestrian generators (ex. major commercial or cultural destinations, transit entrances, parks, etc.) on opposite sides of the roadway with a maximum of two moving lanes to cross at once. &lt;br /&gt;
* Where additional emphasis is needed for a crosswalk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to these considerations to determine location, there are other design elements that will need to be included. The appropriate warning signs, pavement markings, and lighting should accompany the raised crosswalk. Additionally, signage or delineation may be needed to alert snow-clearing operators to the presence of the raised crosswalk. These can also be used as an option for pedestrian crossings as multilane roundabouts to comply with PROWAG requirements. Finally, other high visibility crossing countermeasures may need to be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information can be found in the [https://highways.dot.gov/sites/fhwa.dot.gov/files/2022-06/techSheet_RaisedCW2018.pdf FHWA STEP countermeasure tech sheet for raised crosswalks]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===9XX.1.1.3 Pedestrian Refuge Island===&lt;br /&gt;
A pedestrian refuge island is a median with a refuge area that is intended to shorten crossing distances for pedestrians and cyclists who are crossing a roadway. The presence of a pedestrian refuge island at a midblock location or intersection allows pedestrians to focus on one direction of traffic at a time as they cross and gives them a place to wait for an adequate gap in oncoming traffic before finishing the second phase of a crossing. Refuge islands are highly desirable for midblock pedestrian crossings on roads with four or more travel lanes, especially where speed limits are 35 mph or greater and/or where annual average daily traffic (AADT) is 9,000 vehicles per day (vpd) or higher. They are also a candidate treatment option for uncontrolled pedestrian crossings on 3-lane or 2-lane roads. When installed at a midblock crossing, the island should be supplemented with a marked high-visibility crosswalk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should also be adequate lighting provided for both the crossing area and island noses. When pedestrian refuge islands are on 3-lane or 2-lane roadways, it should be considered for the lane width to accommodate a snowplow and other necessary maintenance activities. This requirement may conflict with traffic calming techniques that involve narrowing lanes. Careful consideration should be given for both aspects when considering lane width. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the [https://www.access-board.gov/prowag/ PROWAG] states, “the clear width of pedestrian access route crossing medians and pedestrian refuge islands shall be 60 inches minimum, except where shared use paths cross medians and pedestrian refuge islands the clear width of the pedestrian access route shall be 60 inches minimum or at least as wide as the crosswalk, whichever is greater”. Additionally, the dimensions selected should consider the speed and volume of the roadway to ensure that the users have adequate storage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information can be found in the [https://highways.dot.gov/sites/fhwa.dot.gov/files/2022-08/techSheet_PedRefugeIsland2018.pdf FHWA STEP countermeasure tech sheet for pedestrian refuge islands] and from [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/proven-safety-countermeasures/medians-and-pedestrian-refuge-islands-urban-and-suburban-areas FHWA Proven Safety Countermeasures on medians and pedestrian refuge islands in urban and suburban areas].&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===9XX.1.1.4 Rectangular Rapid Flashing Bacon (RRFB)===&lt;br /&gt;
Rectangular Rapid-Flashing Beacons (RRFBs) are pedestrian-actuated conspicuity enhancements used in combination with a pedestrian, school, or trail crossing warning sign to improve safety at uncontrolled, marked crosswalks. The device includes two rectangular shaped yellow indications, each with an LED-array-based light source, that flash with high frequency when activated. The RRFBs can be posted both above and below the standard pedestrian warning sign and on either side of the crosswalk. The RRFB is a treatment option at many types of established pedestrian crossings. Compliance rates vary per city location, posted speed limit, crossing distance, and whether the road is one- or two-way. MoDOT’s recommendation is that RRFBs be installed only if the speed limit is 35mph or lower and the volume is less than 12,000 AADT. Additionally, independent of the volume, if the roadway is four or more lanes, then the use of RRFBs should be limited. These specifics are reflected in [[#9xx.1_table1|Table 1: Application of Pedestrian Crash Countermeasures by Roadway Feature]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information about installation specifics for RRFB can be found in [[902.12_Rectangular_Rapid_Flashing_Beacons_(MUTCD_Chapter_4L)|EPG 902.12]]. Other information about RRFBs can also be found in the [https://highways.dot.gov/sites/fhwa.dot.gov/files/2022-08/techSheet_RRFB_2018.pdf STEP tech sheet for RRFBs] and in the [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/proven-safety-countermeasures/rectangular-rapid-flashing-beacons-rrfb FHWA Proven Safety Countermeasures]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===9XX.1.1.5 Road Space Reallocation===&lt;br /&gt;
A road diet, or roadway reconfiguration, reduces the number of through lanes on a roadway often to allow for the integration of facilities such as a two-way left turn lane, bike lanes, pedestrian refuge islands, side street parking, bus lanes, landscaping, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A conventional road space reallocation typically consists of reconfiguring a four-lane undivided roadway into a two-lane roadway with a two-way-left-turn-lane (TWLTL). &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Before_After_Road_Space_Reallocation_Example.png|center|600px|frame|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Before and After Road Space Reallocation Example.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Source: FHWA&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reduction of through lanes results in a reduction of total crashes and lower speeds on the mainline. The reduction of crashes is attributed with moving turning traffic off the through lanes therefore reducing rear end incidents as well as reducing the number of crossing lanes which reduces right angle crashes. The reduction of though lanes and introduction of a center lane has also proven to benefit pedestrian and other vulnerable roadway user safety by reducing the exposure to through traffic.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
When road diets are planned in conjunction with a resurfacing project, the cost is considered relatively low particularly where pavement marking is used to implement the lane reconfigurations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note the new configuration is not limited to the above example. The location should consider various factors including road context, design elements, cross section, and more when determining the best overall configuration. Typically, a Road Space Reallocation is implemented on a roadway with a current and future average daily traffic of 25,000 or less. Documented justification for the road diet, such as a traffic study right sized for the effort, is necessary for all projects. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, road diets are often key components to “Complete Street” projects. For more information on MoDOT’s complete street guidance, see [[907.10_Complete_Streets|EPG 907.10]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information can be found at:&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.nationalacademies.org/read/26788/chapter/1#ii Read &amp;quot;Roadway Cross-Section Reallocation: A Guide&amp;quot; at NAP.edu]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/other/road-diets/road-diet-informational-guide/4-designing-road-diet Designing a Road Space Reallocation | FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/other/road-diets Road Space Reallocation (Roadway Reconfiguration) | FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/other/road-diets/road-diet-desk-reference Road Space Reallocation Desk Reference | FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/proven-safety-countermeasures/road-diets-roadway-reconfiguration Road Space Realloation (Roadway Reconfiguration) | FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===9XX.1.1.6 Pedestrian Hybrid Beacon (PHB)===&lt;br /&gt;
A Pedestrian Hybrid Beacon head consists of two red lenses above a single yellow lens. Unlike a traffic signal, the PHB rests in dark until a pedestrian activates it via push button or other form of detection. When activated, the beacon displays a sequence of flashing and solid lights that indicate the pedestrian walk interval and when it is safe for drivers to proceed (see [[#fig_4J-3|Figure 4J-3]]). The pedestrian walk indication is shown while the PHB is showing solid red. The pedestrian clearance interval (flashing don’t walk) is shown while the PHB is showing flashing red. The PHB is often considered for installation at locations where pedestrians need to cross and vehicle speeds or volumes are high, but traffic signal warrants are not met. PHBs are typically installed on mast arms over midblock pedestrian crossings.&lt;br /&gt;
{{SpanID|fig_4J-3}} [[File:fig_4J-3.png|600px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike the signal warrants, the volume thresholds for PHB in [[902.10_Pedestrian_Hybrid_Beacons_(MUTCD_Chapter_4J)|EPG 902.10]] are guidelines. The safety of all users should be considered when determining the traffic control type for a pedestrian crossing. Failure to meet the volume guidelines listed in EPG 902.10 should not, by itself, be considered sufficient justification for disqualifying a location from consideration for a PHB.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PHBs should be considered at midblock crossings on routes with higher speeds, higher volumes and more lanes. Specifically, they are recommended at crossings when the speed limit is 40mph or higher and the volume is above 9,000 AADT. Additionally, independent of the speed and volume, if the roadway is four or more lanes the PHB is the preferred countermeasure. This criterion does not exclude them from use at locations with lower speed, AADT, or number of lanes as determined by engineering judgement. This is reflected in [[#9xx.1_table1|Table 1: Application of Pedestrian Crash Countermeasures by Roadway Feature]]. Using solar power for PBH is not allowed and shall instead use a power supply. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an alternative to a PHB, a midblock pedestrian signal (MPS) can also be considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information can be found at:&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/sites/fhwa.dot.gov/files/2022-06/fhwasa18064.pdf STEP Tech Sheets]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/proven-safety-countermeasures/pedestrian-hybrid-beacons Pedestrian Hybrid Beacons | FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===9XX.1.1.7 Leading Pedestrian Interval (LPI)===&lt;br /&gt;
An LPI is a signal timing function which displays a brief advanced WALK indication for the crosswalk before the traffic signal indication turns green. This is typically a three to seven second interval but can be longer if needed. This advanced crossing time establishes the pedestrians’ presence in the crosswalk ahead of turning traffic, increasing their visibility and encouraging drivers to yield right-of-way to pedestrians. LPI is not required at all signalized intersections; this section provides guidance to analyze where LPI is useful and how it should be applied and is not a substitute for or replacement of engineering judgment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
LPI can be installed across systems of signalized intersections to improve pedestrian safety. Where to incorporate LPI can be prioritized to maximize limited resources after considering several primary factors:&lt;br /&gt;
* Collision history: a review of a minimum three years and up to five years of collision data for intersections with multiple crashes or a history of severe injury and fatal crashes should be a priority. Collision history is a measure of the safety of an intersection, and repeated interactions between pedestrians and vehicles can warrant an LPI. Crash history can also help in identifying locations prone to pedestrian-vehicle crashes. &lt;br /&gt;
* Pedestrian crossing volumes: pedestrian volumes exceeding traditional pedestrian signal warrants can be a factor when considering LPI. The estimated exposure (product of pedestrian and turning traffic volumes) is another factor for consideration. The exposure allows the volume criteria to be satisfied in a variety of conditions, intersections with moderate turning traffic and high pedestrian volumes, as well as locations with excessively high turning traffic and moderate pedestrian volumes. Also, time of day exposures can be evaluated separately. &lt;br /&gt;
* Vulnerable populations: locations where there are groups of pedestrians that may enter the crosswalk more slowly than other pedestrians. &lt;br /&gt;
* One-Way streets or at T-intersections: at intersections where left-turning vehicles are not typically expected to yield to oncoming vehicles, LPI may be useful to increase yielding to pedestrians in the crosswalk.&lt;br /&gt;
* Intersection visibility: LPI may be prioritized where the visibility of a crosswalk is limited or restricted. Limited sightlines may exist between turning traffic and pedestrians starting their crossing on the corner due to street furniture, other obstructions, or geometry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information can be found at:&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/sites/fhwa.dot.gov/files/2022-06/fhwasa19040.pdf Leading Pedestrian Interval (LPI) Safe Transportation for Every Pedestrian Countermeasure Tech Sheet]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://highways.dot.gov/safety/proven-safety-countermeasures/leading-pedestrian-interval Leading Pedestrian Interval | FHWA]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[902.9_Pedestrian_Control_Features_(MUTCD_Chapter_4I)#902.9.6_Pedestrian_Intervals_and_Signal_Phases_(MUTCD_Section_4I.06)|902.9 Pedestrian Control Features (MUTCD Chapter 4I) - Engineering Policy Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[902.23_Traffic_Signal_Phasing_and_Operation#902.23.7.3_Pedestrian_Signal_Timing|902.23 Traffic Signal Phasing and Operation - Engineering Policy Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===9XX.1.1.8 Advanced Yield Here to Pedestrian Sign and Yield Line===&lt;br /&gt;
The Yield Here to Pedestrian Sign is part of the R1-5 series of signs. These signs, along with the yield bars, indicate where drivers should yield to pedestrians. These are used in advance of a crosswalk to improve pedestrian visibility at uncontrolled crossings. These are typically installed as part of signs and countermeasures to make the crossing more visible. Recommendations about installation distances and offsets can be found in [[#fig_9xx.1.1.8|Figure 9xx.1.1.8]]. These are to be used in addition to the standard signing at relevant crossing locations. &lt;br /&gt;
Additional information about the signs and yield lines can be found in EPG [[903.2_Regulatory_Signs_and_Barricades_(MUTCD_Chapter_2B)#903.2.18_Yield_Here_To_Pedestrians_Signs_(R1-5_Series)_(MUTCD_Section_2B.19)|903.2.18]], and [[620.2_Pavement_and_Curb_Markings_(MUTCD_Chapter_3B)#620.2.18_Stop_and_Yield_Lines_(MUTCD_Section_3B.19)|620.2.18]]. &lt;br /&gt;
{{SpanID|fig_9xx.1.1.8}} [[File:fig_9xx.1.1.8.png|700px|center|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 9xx.1.1.8&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===9XX.1.1.9 Curb Extension===&lt;br /&gt;
A curb extension is a traffic calming measure that extends the sidewalk at an intersection or midblock crossing. The extension physically and visually narrows the street, reduces the pedestrian crossing distance, helps encourage slower turning movements, and helps to improve both pedestrian and driver visibility. Curb extensions are generally recommended where full-time parking lanes are present or where there is excess travel lane width. The speed limit should not exceed 45mph, and they should not be implemented without a crossing. Additionally, maintenance and the frequency of large vehicles should be considered before installation. When considering implementation at an intersection an AutoTURN analysis should be completed. &lt;br /&gt;
{{SpanID|fig_9xx.1.1.9}} [[File:fig_9xx.1.1.9.png|700px|center|thumb|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Figure 9xx.1.1.9&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===9XX.1.1.10 In-Street Pedestrian Crossing Sign===&lt;br /&gt;
The in-street pedestrian crossing signs can be found in EPG 903.2.19 and are the R1-6 series of signs. The EPG contains the requirements and restrictions for when installations are allowed and how to install these signs. These are typically installed as part of a set of countermeasures to make a crosswalk more visible. Additional information about these signs can be found in the FHWA PEDSAFE document and more generally as part of the information for the Crosswalk Visibility Enhancements FHWA proven safety countermeasure.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hoskir</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>